Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 1 English

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT
FOREWORD
The Bengal Police Manual, first issued in 1884, was a compilation of Government orders
by Mr. Botelho, Registrar of the Bengal Police Office. Thereafter, the following revisions took
place: —
(i) From 1890to1893by Mr. A. H. Giles. P.A. to the Inspector-General and Mr. C.A.
Wilkins, I.C.S., (ii) in 1897 by Mr. E. M. Showers, Personal Assistant to Inspector-
General during the time of Edward Henry (then Mr. Henry), (iii) from 1906 to
1907 by Mr. Daly and from 1909 to 1910 by Mr. Swain, both Personal Assistants
to Inspector-General who did the revision in addition to their own duties,
assisted by Mr. B. A. Collins, 1.c.s. which was finally published in 1911, (iv) in
1912 by Dr. J.V. Ryan, I.L.D., Superintendent of Police when its name was first
changed in 1914 as Bihar and Orissa Police Manual. (v) The last revision, before
this present Manual, was done in 1923-24 by Mr. R.J. Hirst, Deputy Inspector-
General, C.I.D., which was later continued from 1927 to 1929 by Mr. W. A. P.
Sealy, Superintendent of Police on Special Duty and Mr. E. A. O. Perkin, Assistant
to the Inspector-General and was concluded in 1929-30 by Mr. C. R. B. Murray,
assisted by Mr. R. A. P. Hare, Assistant to the inspector-General.
2. After India’s Independence, Police Manual, Volume I was reprinted in 1949 and 1955
at the Government Press, Gulzarbagh where all the amendments issued serially for several
decades and kept there in booklets were incorporated. Subsequently, the translation of Police
Manual, Vol. I in Hindi was done at the initiative of Sri Sarda Prasad Varma, the then Inspector
General of Police by Deputy Superintendent of Police Sri Kedar Nath Mishra “Prabhat“ and Sri
Ram Gopal Sharma “Rudra”. This was published in two parts. The first part which contained
chapters 1—14 and the second part which contained chapters 15—36 were published in 1965
and I971 respectively.
3. The State Government particularly at the initiative of Sri Rarnanand Tiwari, Minister,
Home (Police) (formerly a constable who had joined the freedom movement of Mahatma
Gandhi in 1942) took the decision of revising the Police Manual and Sri Badri Narain Sinha. I.P.S.,
Deputy Inspector-General of Police was specially selected for this work. He started the work of
revision from 1st June, 1971 in right earnest. Later, a committee was formed of the following
persons:—
(1) Sri Trilok Nath, I.P., Inspector-General of Police ---- on Special

Duty—cum-Chairman.
(2) Sri Fazlur Rahman, M.L.A. (later Union Minister) --- Member.
(3) Sri Jai Narayan, who after resigning from I.P.S. --- Member.
was M.L.A.
(4) Sri Kumar Taranand Singh, Resident Director, --- Member.
TISCO, Jamshedpur.
(5) Sri Satyendra Narain Agrawal, Ex Deputy --- Member.

Speaker, Bihar Legisiative Assembly.

(6) Finance Commissioner,
(7) Home Secretary,
(8) Law Secretary, and
(9) Dy. LG (Admin.) as ex-officio members, besides
(10) Member-Secretary Sri Badri Narain Sinha.
4. Sri Sinha, prepared an exhaustive questionnaire which was widely circulated. On

transfer, he handed over charge to Sri Duniya Lal, I.P.S., Dy. LG. of Police in July 1972. Unfortu-
nately, Sri D, Lal died premature on 9th August, 1972.
5. Sri Jyotindra Mohan Prasad, I.P.S., Superintendent of Police was posted as Member-
cum-Secretary in August 1972, later promoted as Dy. LG. the same year. He is still continuing.
6. The Police Manual Revision Committee incorporated the recommendations of the

Bihar Police Commission submitted in 1961 by Sri Mithilesh Kumar Sinha, I.P., retired Inspec-
tor-General of Police and it took extracts from the Police Order book also which had been
revised in 1969. Moreover, the new Criminal Procedure Code (2 of 1974). Bihar Accounts Code
and new system of accounts and the recommendations of the sub-committee of the Leg- islative
Assembly specially set up for reforms in the Police organisation have made significant changes in
the Manual. The committee interviewed a large number of persons, both officials and non-
officials and finished revision of all the three Volumes of Police Manual by October,1974 in
Hindi.
7. An Implementation Committee was ‫إ‬

then set up with Sri Ajit Kumar Ghosh, I.P., Direc-
tor-General-cum-Inspector-General of Police as (Chairman in November, 1974 with Sri Narendra
Pal Singh, I.A.S., Joint-Secretary, (later Additional Secretary), Home (Police) as Member, but
soon, this committee was reconstituted with Sri Narendra Pal Singh as Chairman and Finance
Secretary, Law Secretary and Dy. I.G. (Admin.) as ex-officio members. In this the names of Sri
Ram Nandan Prasad, Addl. L.R. and later Sri Gobind Prasad, Dy. L.R. deserve mention. Sri
Jyotindra Mohan Prasad, Member-Secretary continued as before. Sri Prasad also translated all
the three Volumes of the Police Manual into English with the help of Sri Satish Chandra Misra,
Rajbhasha Officer and thus, both English and Hindi versions are being published. Sri A. K. Ghosh,
who later took over as Special Secretary, Home (Police) made a thorough check of Police
Manual, Volume I before he retired on 31st March, 1977. The Cabinet approved the revised
Manual in December, 1977.
8. Lastly, the assistance given by Assistants Sarbshri Birendra Narain Jha, Singheshwari
Prasad Singh and Chandra Shekhar Prasad Singh and Typist Sheo Nath Pandit has to be appre-
ciated.
9. The revised Manual is dedicated to the cause of selfless public service by policemen
and is offered to all. Any suggestions for its improvement are welcome.
PATNA INSPECTOR-GENERALOF POLICE,

The 2nd October, 1978 BIHAR, PATNA.

PREFACE
The Bihar Police Manual, 1978 [Vol. 1 (Rules), Vol. II (Forms) and Vol. lll
(Appendices)] is issued by and with the authority of the State Government under
sections 7 and 12 of the Police Act V, 1861. All the rules etc. therein are binding on all
police officers and are an authoritative guide to other concerned officers of
Government.
..
ꃰ‫إ‬

CONTENTS
VOLUME 1
Rules. ....... .. Pages.
CHAPTER 1—
THE GENERAL DUTTES OF THE FORCE 1—7.…………. 1—2
AND THEIR CODE OF CONDUCT.
CHAPTER 1 A—
ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL OF 7A .............3—7
THE DEPARTMENT.
CHAPTER 2—
THE DUTTES OF POLICE OFFICERS OF 8—13...........3—12
ALL RANKS.
CHAPTER 3—
RELATION WITH DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS
AND UNITS—
The District Magistrate 14—23 ......... 13—15
The Commissioner 24—25 ….…… 15—15
Relations of Magistracy and Police 27—34 ......... 16—17
Relations with other departments 34A—34B …….… 17—19
CHAPTER 4—
INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION—
Inspection 35—47 .........20—24
Supervision of cases 48—50 .........24—30
CHAPTER 5—
ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENTS, DY.
SUPERINTENDENTS AND CIRCLE INSPECTORS 53—72...31—36
CHAPTER 6—
THE POLICE-STATION—
The Police-Station 73—80 ....... 37—39
General duties of officers posted at Police-Station. 81—107 ........39—51
Service of Warrants 108—109 ........51—52
Village police 110—112 ........53—55
Duties connected with the upkeep of registers. 113—135 ........55—68
CHAPTER 7—
OUTPOSTS, ROAD-POSTS AND PATROLS 136—141...69—70
CHAPTER 8—
INFORMATIONS—
First Information 142—150 .........71—76
(i)

INFORMATIONS—concld. Rules. Pages.
Hue and cry notices 151—155 ……… 76—79
Miscellaneous 156…………….. 79
CHAPTER 9-
INVESTIGATION-
Investigation 157—185 …….. 80—97
Procedure in conspiracy and gang cases 186—198 ……. 97—102
CHAPTER 10-
UNNATURAL DEATHS, WOUNDED PERSONS
AND CHEMICAL EXAMINATION-
Unnatural deaths 199—211…….103—112
Wounded persons 212—215 …. 112—113
Chemical examination 216—220 …. 113—117
CHAPTER 11—
ARREST AND CUSTODY OF ACCUSED
Arrest 221—234 … 118—123
Identification 235—236 … 123—125
Classification of under-trial and convicted 237… 125—126
prisoners.
Physical Examination of prisoner 238 ………..126
Custody and escort 239—244 … 127—133
CHAPTER 12—
PROSECUTION CADRE AND COURT OF FICE-— 齠‫ئ‬
Staff 245—251 … 134—137
Court Office 252—254 … 137—138
Institution of cases 55—265 … 138—145
Preparation of cases 266—268 … 145—146
Old offenders 269—278 … 146—149
Conduct of cases 279—285 … 150—152
Warrants, etc. 286—294 … 152—154
Under trial prisoners 295—301 … 155—157
Witnesses 302—304 … 157—158
Bail and recognizances 305—306 … 158—159
Custody of property 307—308A ... 159—161
Sessions cases 309……………..161
Appeals 310—313 … 162—163
CHAPTER 13—
CONVICTION AND REGISTRATION OF CRIMINALS—
Conviction 314—323 … 164—172
Disposal of property 324—328 … 172—177
The P. R. system 329—351 … 177—187
Release 352—354 … 187—188
ii

Rules. Pages.
CHAPTER 14—
SURVEILLANCE AND THE PEEVENTION OF CRIME—
Crime Directory 355—366A … 189—196
Surveillance 367—383 … 196—207
Wandering gangs 386—404 … 208—212
Special Police 405—407 … 212—213
Co-operation 408 … 214—215
CHAPTER 15—
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT
AND INTELLIGENCE DEPARTMENT—
Functions of the department 409—412 … 216—218
Collection and distribution of information 413—414 …………. 219
Criminal Intelligence Bureau 415—422 … 219—222
Control and assistance in enquiries and investigations. 423—438 … 222—226
Reports for D.C.B./C.I.B. 439 …………. 226
CHAPTER 16—
FINGER PRINT AND FOOT PRINT—
Finger Print system 440—441 … 227—228
Methods of taking finger prints 442—445 … 228—231
Experts 446—457A … 231—235
Appointment of Staff 457B ………….. 235
CHAPTER 17—
ᛀ‫ة‬
RAILWAY POLICE—
General 458—470 … 236—241
Relations with Railway officials 471—473 … 241—242
Co-operation with District authorities 474—479 … 242—244
Railway Police-Station 480—498 … 244—249
Railway Act cases 499—501 … 249—250
Arrest of Railway servants 502—503 … 250—251
Prosecution of cases 504 …………. 251
Surveillance 505—507 … 251—252
Accidents 508—510 … 252—253
Returns, Registers, etc. 511—512 … 253—254
Police arrangements for V.I.Ps. 513—514 … 254—255
Transfers between district and railway police. 515 …………. 255
CHAPTER 18—
GUARDS. AND ESCORTS—
Supply of guards 516—521 … 256—258
Accommodation and discipline of guards 522—525 … 258—264
Supply of escorts and temporary guards 526—533 … 264—266
General rules for escorts 534—552 … 266—271
Relief of escorts 553—556 … 271—274
iii

GUARDS AND ESCORTS-concld. Rules. Pages.
Escorts for prisoners 557—574 ... 274—281
Railway warrants 575......281—282
Bus warrants 575A............. 282
Railway travelling 576—580 ... 282—283
Road journeys 581—583 ... 283—284
Steamer journeys 584 ............. 284
Lunatics 585—586 ... 284—285
Escort for treasure 587—600 ... 285—292
Escorts to and from sub-divisions 601—602 ... 292—293
Escort for troops 603 ... 293—294
Guards of honour and personal escorts 604—606A ... 291—299
Compliments and salutes 607 ... 299—301
Guards at Block headquarters 608 .......... ...301
CHAPTER 19—
RESERVES—
Organization of the reserve 609—620 ... 302—306
Firing on unlawful assemblies 621 ... 306—314
Jail alarm parade 622 ............ 314
Duties of the officers of reserve 623—627 ... 314—317
Training and management of the reserve 628—637 ... 317—320
Sports and duty meet 638 ............ 320
CHAPTER 20— 䙠‫ب‬
APPOINTMENTS AND ENROLMENTS—
Ranking of Police Officers 639 ............ 321
Indian Police Service Officers 640—644 ... 321—322
Deputy Superintendents 645—648A ... 322—323
inspector, Reserve Inspector and Reserve
Sub-Inspector. 649—652 ... 323—325
Sub-Inspectors 653—659 ... 325—328
Assistant Sub-inspectors, Havildars and Constables. 660—669 ... 328—334
Assistant District Prosecutor and District Prosecutor. 670 ............ 334
Re-appointments, Medical examination, etc. 671—674A ... 335—337
CHAPTER 21—
EXAMINATIONS AND TRAINING-
Language examination 675—676 ... 338—339
Training 677 ... 339—341
Departmental examinations 678—680 ... 341—343
Sub-Inspectors and Assistant District Prosecutors. 681—683 ... 344—348
Assistant Sub-Inspector, Havildar and Constable. 684—687 ... 348—351
iv

CHAPTER 22— Rules. Pages.
DISCIPLINE—
Seniority and privileges 688—701 … 352—357
Liabilities 702—703 … 357—358
Government Servants’ Conduct Rules 704—715 … 358—362
Defence of police-officers in criminal and Civil suits. 716—720 … 362—363
CHAPTER 23—
PROMOTIONS AND ALLOWANCES—
Promotion 721—724B … 364—367
Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors 725—728 … 367—369
Assistant Sub-inspectors, Havildars and Constables. 729—730 … 369—370
Pay, allowances and quarters of Gazetted ranks. 731—742 … 370—372
Reserve Sub-Inspector 743—745 … 372—373
Sub-Inspectors 746—749 …………. 373
Free Quarters 750 ……………374
Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Havildars and Constables. 751—752 …………..374
Travelling allowance 753—769 … 374—381
CHAPTER 24—
TRANSFER, LEAVE AND RETIREMENT—
Prior permission before leaving the jurisdiction 770 ……..382
Making and taking over charge 771—779 … 382—386
Leave Rules 780—784 … 386—390
Powers to grant leave ꕠ‫ر‬ 785—794 … 390—393
Medical certificate 795—797 … 393—395
A Miscellaneous 798—807 … 395—398
Resignations, retirements, etc. 808—813 … 398—400
Pension and gratuities 814—823 … 400—404
CHAPTER 25—
PUNISHMENTS—
Departmental punishments 824—833 … 405—410
Black marks 834—837 … 410—411
Minor Punishments 838—839 … 411—412
Suspension 840—842 … 412—415
Absence without leave 843 ………….. 415
Criminal prosecutions 844—849 … 415—416
Punishment Register 850 ………….. 416
Appeals 851—853 … 416—418
Review 853A—854 ………… 418
Compulsory retirement, etc. 854A … 418—419
CHAPTER 26—
REWARDS 855—861 … 420—423
Miscellaneous 861A—861B ……… 423

CHAPTER 27— Rules. Pages.
MINISTERIAL CADRE AND FOURTH GRADE 862—876 … 454—427
EMPLOYEES AND SUPERIOR STAFF.
CHAPTER 28—
SUPERINTENDENT’S OFFICE—
Attendance at office 877 ………… 428
Different sections in Superintendent’s office. 877A—877C … 428—429
Office work connected with crime 878—885 … 429—438
Gazettes 886—890 … 439—442
Correspondence 891—918A … 442—453
Forms and Stationery 919—923 … 453—455
Annual Confidential Character Rolls 924 … 455—457
List of Acts and Registers to be kept 925 … 457—458
Inspections 926 ……………458
Miscellaneous 926—926G … 458—460
CHAPTER 29—
ACCOUNTS—
General principles 927—932 … 461—462
Head Clerk and Accountant 933—934 … 462—463
Receipt and payment of money 935—936 … 463—464
Advice slips and Receipt .cheques 937—939 … 464—467
Cash accounts 940—956 … 467—474
Dieting charges in Police Hospitals ‫خ‬ 957—961 … 474—475
Muster Roll and Force Return 962—963 … 475—477
Pay bills 964—973 … 477—480
Disbursement of pay 974—997 … 481—489
Additional Police 998—1001 … 489—491
Travelling allowance bills, etc. 1002—1009 … 491—492
CHAPTER 30—
REPORFS AND RETURNS 1010—1025 … 493—498
CHAPTER 31—
PRESERVATION AND DESTRUCTION OF
REGISTERS AND PAPERS-—
Registers and Departmental papers 1026—1030 … 499—501
Destruction of papers, etc. 1031 …………. 501
CHAPTER 32—
RESERVE OFFICE 1032—1051 … 502—512
CHAPTER 33—
UNIFORM AND CLOTHING—
Uniform 1052 ………….. 513
Officers of and above the rank of Dy. Ss. P. 1053—1057 … 513—514
vi

UNIFORM AND CLOTHING—concld. Rules. Pages.
General instructions for all ranks 1058—1061 … 514—516
Grants for purchase and maintenance of
uniform, saddlery and horses. 1062—1063 … 517—519
Uniforms of Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors
(Reserve included). 1064—1075 … 519—522
Contracts for the supply of uniform and
equipments. 1076—1084 … 522—526
Kit inspections 1085—1086 … 526—527
Lost medals, etc. 1087—1088 … 528—529
CHAPTER 34—
ORDNANCE AND DEPARTMENTAL STORES-
Supply of ordnance stores 1089—1090 … 530—531
Adjustments 1091—1092 ……………531
Delivery 1093—1095 … 531—532
Return or disposal 1096—1101 … 532—535
Special rules for arms and ammunition 1102—1109 … 535—540
Rules for ammunition only 1110—1117 … 540—543
Equipment 1118—1121 … 543—544
Tents 1122—1124 ……………544
Annual return 1125 … 544—545
CHAPTER 35—
BUILDINGS- ‫ر‬
General 1126—1131 … 546—547
Sites 1132—1133 … 547—548
Public Works Department and other agencies. 1134—1140 … 548—551
Major works 1141—1146 … 551—553
Minor works 1147 … 553—554
Repairs to Public works department buildings 1148 … 554—555
Departmental buildings 1149—1166 … 555—563
CHAPTER 36—
TRANSPORT—
Boats and crews 1167—1177 … 564—566
Exemption from tolls 1178 ……………566
Motor Vehicles, etc. and Staff 1179—1190 … 566—569
CHAPTER 37—,
WELFARE AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 1191—1209 … 570—573
CHAPTER 38—
COMPLAINTS AND CORRUPTION ENQUIRIES. 1210—1222 … 574—576
CHAPTER 39—,
POLICE INFORMAIION AND CONTROL ROOM . 1223—1228 … 577—578
vii

Rules. Pages.
CHAPTER 40—
THE BIHAR STATE POLICE RADIO 1229—1247 … 579—586
(OR SIGNAL) ORGANIZATION.
CHAPTER 41—
ARMOURERS AND TEAR GAS SQUAD 1248—1253 … 587—589
CHAPTER 42—
FORENSIC SCIENCE LABORATORY—
Function 1254 … 590—591
Organization 1255—1256...............591
Exhibits and rules for their examination 1257—1264 … 591—596
Apparatus and mobile squad in
Laboratory, etc. 1265............... 597
CHAPTER 43—
POLICE AUXILIARIES—
Civil Defence 1266—1268 ............ 598
Fire Service 1269—1275 ... 598—601
Village Volunteer Force 1276—1280 … 601—602
Home Guards 1281—1284 … 602—603
CHAPTER 44—
MISCELLANEOUS POLICE FORCE—
Women Police 1285—1290 … 604—605
Traffic Police ﾀ‫ر‬ 1291—1301 … 605—608
Police Hospital, etc. 1302—1312 … 608—611
River Police 1313—1314 … 611—612
CHAPTER 45—
SPECIAL DUTIES OF POLICE—
Goondaism 1315—1317 … 613—615
Students unrest 1318—1322 … 615—617
Election 1323—1334 … 617—619
Agrarian unrest 1335—1340 … 619—622
Epidemics/Animal Diseases 1341—1345 … 622—624
Melas/ Meetings/Processions 1346—1355 … 624—627
Communal unrest 1356—1360 … 627—631
Labour unrest 1361—1366 … 631—635
Hunger Strikes 1367—1370 … 635—636
Duties of Police in Emergency Relief Operations. 1371—1382 … 636—641
CHAPTER 46—
MISCELLANEOUS—
Flags 1383—1385 … 642—643
Museum 1386—1390 … 643—646.
viii
_________________

CHAPTER 1
THE GENERAL DUTIES OF THE FORCE AND THEIR
CODE OF CONDUCT
1. The general duties imposed on police officers by law are detailed in Sections 23,
24 and 9.5 of Act V of 1861 (see Appendix 1).
2. The prevention and detection of crime.—The most important duties of the police are
the prevention of crime and the maintenance of law and order. The great mass of crime consists
of offences against property, against which the police can afford a large measure of protection,
either directly by regular and efficient patrolling, or
indirectly by the exercise of a proper surveillance over bad characters. To obtain a knowledge of
the persons addicted to crime and to maintain adequate-supervision over them should be the
aim of every member of the force. The successful detection of such crime as the police cannot
or do not prevent is also of the greatest importance.
3. Standard by which officers will be judged.—An officer will be judged not merely by
his success in the investigation and prosecution of offences, but by his display of method and
intelligence in detection, his general efficiency and keeness, his management of subordinates,
his knowledge and control of the local charge committed to him and above all his capability in
ﾀ‫ر‬
public service according to law and procedure.
4. The reporting of crime.—It is the duty of every officer to see that all cognizable crime
is reported and registered. The public will be encouraged to give full information if the police
exercise a wise discretion in investigation of trivial offences under Section 157, Cr.P.C. But if
trivial offences or attempts of such offences are .not registered the valuable indications
regarding the activities of bad characters will not be available to the police. A rise in percentage
of uninvestigated offences, therefore, is by no means to be feared in itself, provided that
inspecting officers satisfy themselves that offences are not being minimized.
5. Code of conduct.—Every police officer shall be faithful and loyal towards the Indian
Nation and Indian Constitution. He will not only respect the rights of citizens as given in the
Constitution but also uphold their honour. No pol-ice force can perform its duties with success
unless it can win the respect and good feeling, -and secure the co-operation, of the public.
Therefore, the officers of every rank are directed to exercise forbearance, civility and courtesy
towards all classes. Firmness in the execution of duty is essential, but rudeness, harshness, and
brutality are forbidden and will be severely punished. The superior officers of the police shall
not only observe a courteous and conciliatory demean our themselves, but on all occasions
endeavour to

inculcate in their subordinates that in rendering the performance of their duties no work of
theirs is distasteful to the people.
6. (a) Miscellaneous duties.—The Police shall not be employed in miscellaneous duties, e.g. the
guarding of tanks within municipal areas in order to prevent them from being polluted or the
publication of miscellaneous notice by beat of drum, because the time that will, be spent in such
work, can be usefully utilized for crime prevention.
(b) Assistance io defence services. —See Rule 603.
(c) Requisitions for assistance.—If an officer or any other person asks for the assistance he shall
be requested to submit requisition in writing which should be filed at the Police-Station.
7. Acquaintance with the local dialects.— All Police Officers must acquire and maintain a
thorough and intimate knowledge of local dialects of the district with in which they are posted.
2
ﾀ‫ر‬
**********

CHAPTER 1-A
ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL OF THE DEPARTMENT
7-A. For the performance of duties and discharge of liabilities at different levels and in different
units the category wise set up of Police force is as follows :—
(1) State level.-----

(a)The Police force of the entire State is under the overall charge of Inspector-General of Police.
For the help of Inspector-General and for the convenience of carrying out the work connected
with the different branches of Police administration, Deputy Inspectors-General and Assistant
Inspectors General of the rank of Superintendent are posted at Headquarters.
(b)The charge of Intelligence Department is generally held by a Deputy Inspector-General and

for disposal of work entrusted to him, officers of the rank of Superintendent are posted in his
office.
(C)The control of Criminal Investigation Department is in the hands of an officer generally of the
rank of Deputy Inspector-General. For carrying out the works allotted to the Deputy Inspector-
General, Officers of the rank of Superintendent are posted in his office.
Note. —Subordinate officers under (b) and (c) are posted at range and district level also but
administrative control over them is of theﾀ‫ر‬Deputy Inspector-General concerned.
(d)The charge of Bihar Armed Police is generally held by an Additional Inspector-General under
whom there are one or more Deputy Inspectors-General.
(e)Police training range is a separate range whose control is generally in the hands of a Deputy
Inspector-General.
(f)Set up of separate units.—Bihar Fire Brigade Service under Bihar Fire Service Act, 1948 has
been set up as separate unit, and it works under the direction of Inspector-General of Police
through Chief Fire Officer.
(g)There are separate centres for examination of finger prints and hand writings. The experts
incharge of these centres are Directors who work according to the orders of Deputy Inspector-
General, Criminal Investigation Department.
(h)The Dog Squad is under the charge of a Police Officer generally of the rank of Deputy
Superintendent of Police at Headquarters. This Squad works under the direction of Inspector-
General and Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D.

(i) There is a separate Central Workshop of Police Transport at State-Headquarters. There
is provision of keeping departmental vehicles in the Workshop. The control,
distribution, receipt-expenditure, allotment, etc. of Police Vehicles of the entire State is
done by an Assistant Inspector-General at the direction of Inspector-General.
(j) Police communication is a separate cadre. The control Wireless Centres of the entire
State will be under an officer of the rank of at least Superintendent.
(K) The Statistical section collects and, records the facts and figures concerning Police of the
entire State and it is attached to the office of the C.I.D. The experts attached with this
section are not the members of the Police force. They along with ministerial officers
meant for office work also assist the office of Inspector-General in preparing various
statistics.
(l) The Police Photo Section is under Criminal Investigation Department whose officers are
posted at range level also. The employees of this section are not the members of the
Police force.
(m) Forensic Science Laboratory is under the charge of Inspector-General and it function
under his direction.
(n) For the examination, repair. etc. of Police fire-arms of the entire State, an Inspector
(armourer) or Deputy Superintendent is posted in the Office of Inspector-General. Sub-
Inspectors and armed Havildars and other employees work under his supervision at
range level and district units respectively and the administrative control over all of them
is of Superintendent of Police/Commandant or Range Deputy Inspector-General,There is
a Central Workshop also under them.
(o) A Police Public Relations Officer generally of the rank of Superintendent or Deputy
Superintendent of Police is posted in the Office of Inspector-General who scrutinizes
those news published in newspapers which have direct bearing with Police Department.
He works as a chain between the Police Force and the Press.
(p) Women Police is a separate cadre. Its centralized control is in the Inspector-General's
office but a detachments are kept at districts also.
(q) There is a separate clothing store at Central level which is under the charge of a Deputy
Superintendent or an Inspector (reserve). It works either directly under the office of
Inspector-General or through the medium of a Superintendent.

(2)Range level.—For the sake of police administration the Bihar State is divided into
different ranges. Each range is under a Deputy Inspector-General. Generally, the jurisdiction of a
range Deputy Inspector-General is similar to that of Divisional Commissioner. Though range
Deputy Inspector-General provides local guidance to the District Police administration but its
working is carried out under the extensive direction of Inspector-General alone.
(3)District level.-
(a) Superintendent of Police is posted in district whose jurisdiction generally coincides

with the revenue jurisdiction of District Magistrate. But several revenue districts are
also divided into two Police districts and one Superintendent of Police is
independently in charge of these divided revenue areas.
(b) Apart from Superintendent of Police, Additional Superintendents of Police and City
Superintendents of Police are also posted in some districts and they share the
responsibilities of Police administration under the direction of Superintendent of
Police.
(c) Every district is divided into sub-divisions. Generally for every sub-division, a Snub-
Divisional Police Officer is appointed who carries out his responsibility under the
direction of Superintendent of Police. Where one Police Sub-division is made of two
嵀‫خ‬
revenue sub-divisions, only one Sub-Divisional Police Officer is appointed for Police
administration. A separate Assistant or Deputy Superintendent of Police is appointed
for supervision of Police work at Sadar Sub-Divisional Headquarters. The Sub-
Divisional Police Officer is of the_ rank of Assistant Superintendent or Deputy
Superintendent of Police.
(d) In a sub-division, there are several circles. The charge of each circle isheld by an
Inspector.
(e) (i) Acircle is divided into Police-Stations. A Sub-Inspector holds the chargeof each
Police-Station. For assistance to Sub-Inspector, Junior Sub-Inspectors. Assistant Sub-
Inspectors Havildars and Constables areappointed.
(ii)There are out-posts and Shivirs under a Police-Station which are generally
residential centres respectively for town areas or distant are as for constables posted
for patrolling and surveillance.
(f) The prosecution of Police cases is under a separate cadre but Sub-Inspectors,
Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Havildar and Constables are posted

in prosecution centers who carry on the work of office correspondence and maintain
the registers, etc.
(g) (i) In the districts also, Bihar Armed Police may be deputed to assist the district Police. In
this, there are men of ranks of Superintendent, Deputy Superintendent, Inspector, Sub-
Inspector, Havildars, Naik, Lance Naik and Constable.
(ii) For looking after the district reserve force, there is another Inspector (reserve) who
was known as Sergeant-Major.
(4) Village level.--
(a) Chaukidars are appointed for the villages.

(b) A Halka is formed of a group of villages. A dafadar looks after each Halka.
(c) In Chotanagpur Division and in the district of SanthalParganas, there are only Chaukidars
except in some districts as noted in Rule 926G(b).
(d) Village Volunteer Force is organized in every village under Bihar Panchayat Raj Act, 1947
whose Naik is called Dalpati. Every villager between 18 to 40 years of age is, as a rule,
member of this force. Their training is done through Gram Panchayat Raj administration.
Fire Brigade, crime control, patrolling and surveillance during emergency and overall
watch are the general duties of village volunteer force: It is the responsibility of this
Ř1
force to give full co-operation to Police force. Inspector of Police and other high Police
officers can duly inspect and supervise the work of village volunteer force and its
records according to Rules passed under Bihar Panchayat Raj Act, 1947.
(5) Bihar Armed Police Force.—
(a) Bihar Armed Police Force unit is under the charge of a Commandant, who is of the rank
of Superintendent of Police. According to Bengal Military Police Act, I892 special powers
are given to Commandant and Assistant Commandant, who is of the rank of Deputy
Superintendent and works under the Commandant. Armed Police Force is generally
divided into Companies. Each company is under an Inspector and Sub-Inspectors are
appointed under him.
(b) Bihar Mounted Armed Police works according to Bengal Military Police Act. I892. Its
charge is vested in Superintendent of Police.

(6) Training. —There are several training centers in the state for Policemen up to the ranks of
Assistant
and Deputy Superintendent of Police. Syllabus is laid down at these Centers corresponding to the duties
and responsibilities of each rank.
(7) Railway pol ice. —Railway police force is divided into independent units. Each unit is under an
officer of the rank of Superintendent of Police. The Superintendent in charge of the unit carries on the
work like a district Superintendent.
(8) Subsidiary units.—
(a) The Bihar Home Guard Force is organized separately at State, range, district and sub-
divisional levels according to Bihar Home Guard Act, 1947 and Bihar Home Guard Rules, 1953
and is under the charge of its Inspector General-cum-Commandant-General.
(b) Civil Defense Force is also located at different areas of the State. The Police Force has to fully
co-operate with this.
(9) Miscellaneous Force. –

豠‫د‬
(a) For accounts, correspondence and crime record, there are Accountants, Head Clerks, Upper
Division Clerks and Lower Division Clerks, etc. who are attached with the Office of Inspector-
General, Deputy Inspector-General and Superintendent but they are not the member of the
Police force.
(b) There are Stenographers of the ranks of Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub-Inspector who are
posted in the Confidential Section of the Offices Inspector-General, Deputy Inspector-General,
Superintendent, Assistant and Deputy Superintendent etc.
..
7

CHAPTER 2
THE DUTIES OF POLICE OFFICERS OF ALL RANKS
8. The Inspector-General.--(a) The Inspector-General is responsible to Government for Police

Administration of entire State of Bihar. Besides the power given to him by Section 12 of Act V of 1861,
he is authorized, to issue circular orders on matters of routine, or in order to explain previous orders,
without prior approval of Government, provided that no circular dealing with a point of law shall be
issued until approved by the Legal Remembrance and two copies of all such circulars will be submitted
to Government. Other rights of the Inspector-General have been given in Appendix 2.
(b) The powers of a Magistrate vested in the Inspector-General by Section 5 of Act V of 1861
shall be exercised, so far as may be necessary in the absence of a Magistrate, only for the maintenance
of the peace, the prevention or detection of crime or for the
Apprehension or detection of offenders.
(c) Additional Inspector General. —This officer will perform such of the duties of the Inspector-
General as are delegated to him but he will work under his direction and control. He will use the badges
of the rank of Inspector-General.
9. (a) The State of Bihar is divided into ranges for the sake of Police administration. Each range is
under the charge of a Deputy Inspector-General. Apart from this, one Deputy Inspector-General is
posted in Criminal Investigation Department and㋠one ‫ش‬ in Intelligence Department. Another separate
Deputy Inspector-General controls the Railway Police.
In Armed Police Force, there will be other D.I.Gs. also with separate liabilities. For Police
training, there is another Deputy Inspector-General. Other Deputy Inspector- General are appointed for
special duties. (It includes the Headquarters Deputy Inspectors-General also).
(b) The duties of Deputy Inspector-General are that he-
(1) Should keep his subordinate force disciplined and maintain their efficiency of work:
(2) Should satisfy himself that Government fund is spent in proper manner and
economy is practiced:
(3) Should remain in close touch with his Superintendents keep them under control and
give them necessary and required advice promptly;
(4) Should pay proper attention to the training of Assistant Superintendents and
Deputy Superintendents;

(5) Should maintain good relations between Police-officers and Magistracy;
(6) Should superintend strongly the work prevention, registration, investigation and detection of
crime within his jurisdiction;
(7) Should be always careful that crime investigation is done by appropriate and able officers:
(8) Should also keep in view .that his subordinate Gazetted Officers carry on theirs supervisory
responsibilities properly;
The Deputy inspector-General will keep the Inspector-General informed of all these facts
according to necessity and for compliance of his duty shall himself visit not only the
Headquarters but the inferior of the districts and remain active in conducting his work by
personal contact and inspection whenever necessary.
The Rules of inspection and the details of powers delegated to D.I.G. may be seen in Chapter 4
and Appendix 2 respectively (See Rules 25, 35 and 36).
10. (a) The Superintendent is the head of the police force the district. He is responsible for all matters
concerning its internal economy and management, for its efficiency and its discipline and for the proper
performance of all its crime preventive and executive duties. His relations with the District Magistrate
are described in Rules 14 to 23.
@
(b) It shall be the aim of every Superintendent. first to gain the confidence of his subordinates
and to let them feel assured of due credit for good work and fair hearing and a loyal support in all
difficulties, and secondly. to have such knowledge of, and to be on such terms with, the people of the
district that his subordinate officer shall know that they cannot impose on him and cannot earn his good
opinion or gain promotion except by honest work.
(c) He shall be easily accessible to both official and non-official gentlemen encouraging them to
call on him and to communicate their ideas and opinions freely. In order to get into touch with the
leading men of the district, he shall be ready to serve on local bodies, and when on tour he shall
endeavor to make the acquaintance and to gain the confidence of all grades of inhabitants, so as to
ascertain at first hand the feelings of the public at large (see Rule 37).
(d) At Headquarters he shall attend office during regular hours and dispose of his official
business there. He shall be as accessible to his subordinate as to others, and shall encourage them,
when called to head-quarters, to discuss their difficulties and to report in person on the state of their
charges. When enquiries are being made into minor

disciplinary offences written explanation should be called for and short concise orders passed. The
Superintendent shall hold orderly room at a fixed time, at least once a week. to dispose of all cases of
misconduct or petty breaches of discipline and all other matters in which he thinks fit to accord a
personal hearing to a subordinate. In so doing, he shall be careful to maintain the authority of the
immediate superiors of any man coming before him.
(e) Commandant. — This officer is of the rank of Superintendent of Police under whom. are the
detachments of armed Police. They have special powers under Bengal Military Police Act. 1892.
(f) Additional Superintendent of Police shall work under the control and direction of
Superintendent. Their list of duties will be given under special orders of Inspector-General.
(g) Generally, a City Superintendent of Police will be posted in town areas whose population is
more than 3 lakhs. Under him, there will be Assistant Superintendent and Deputy Superintendent.
(h) Correspondence with higher officers, e.g. Inspector-General Commissioner. Deputy

Inspector-General or on subjects concerning policy will be done by Additional Superintendent only after
showing it to the S.P. He will be in charge of accounts, budget, office establishment and other subjects.
He will be present on parade at least once a week when the Superintendent as absent and be
responsible for work connected with leave, posting. Transfer, increment, pension. etc., of Havildars and
constables. He will inspect those Police-Stations which are desired by Superintendent. He will dispose of
matters connected with Motor Vehicles. Assembly and Council questions and Chaukidars. He will inform
辰‫د‬
Superintendent of his tour programme and leave application. The City Superintendents of Police
appointed for small towns will perform their work like Additional Superintendent, but in addition to this,
they should pay special attention to work connected with crime. However, the Inspector-General may
issue suitable orders making detail arrangements regarding distribution of duties between (l) Additional;
and (2). City Superintendent of Police as deemed fit.
11. (a) Power of Assistant and Deputy Superintendents.—-Except for the Sub-Divisional Police
Officer, any Assistant and Deputy Superintendent in any district may perform under the control of the
Superintendent and subject to any written orders recorded by him, any of the duties of the
Superintendent under Act V of 1861.
(b) Superintendent may delegate any of his powers to Assistant and Deputy Superintendents,
but in so doing he will exercise his discretion. In spite of delegation of
10

powers the general responsibility of police management of the district will be upon him. Orders
of delegation should be clear and definite, and Superintendents should satisfy themselves from time to
time that these duties are suitably performed.
(c) Assistant (§'0mmandam.—-There are Assistant Commandants for assistance to the in charge
of armed force. They have special powers under Bengal Military Police Act, I892. They are of the ranks of
Deputy Superintendents or Assistant Superintendent.
(d) Method of employment. —--Superintendents shall not employ Assistant and Deputy
Superintendents to relieve themselves of their own responsibilities in the matter of supervising cases,
inspecting police stations and generally acquiring a first hand knowledge of their districts and the work
of their subordinates nor in such a manner as to sacrifice opportunities of gaining detective experience.
12 Inspectors.—They are in charge of any circle of a district or of any special Police Centre, e.g.
for control of traffic or smuggling in border or export and import. Apart from this, they can be engaged
in special work.
Sub-Inspector —-Primarily. They are appointed in charge of police-stations or as Junior

investigating employees. Being an indispensable part of P.S. the basic unit of police, a Sub-Inspector is
‫ؤ‬
responsible for prevention and detection of crime. 쫠
They are posted in Court offices also.
Assistant Sub-Inspector.—They are appointed in Police-Station or Circle inspector’s office or

Superintendent's office or Court office for conducting work connected with records. In special
circumstances, an Assistant Sub-Inspector conducts investigation also but for this, Superintendent
confers powers by district orders.
Havildar: —He is in charge of a small unit of police force, whether it is armed or unarmed.
Constable-.—Constables carry on the responsibility of escort, patrolling, guarding of hajat, traffic

control, collection of confidential information, etc. Their rights are given in Criminal Procedure Code and
Police Acts. The general powers of a Police officer are also given to them.
Inspector (armed).—They are posted in armed force and in districts are in charge of district
armoury, Personnel section and Police stores, etc. They are also in charge of a company of armed force.
11

*Sub-Inspector (armed). —They are appointed for providing helping hands to Police Inspector
(armed). They are responsible for looking after platoons and proper training of armed Police.
13. Powers of officers according to Rules made under Act V of l86l.—(a) Any Assistant or
Deputy Superintendent, and in the absence of the Superintendent, an officer temporarily let in charge of
Headquarters, may perform subject to the control of the Superintendent, all or any of the duties of the
Superintendent under any Rule made or approved by Government under Act V of 1861.
(b) Members of technical sections such as Police Photo Bureau Forensic Science Laboratory,
Finger Print Bureau, Handwriting Examination Bureau etc., are not officers of Police force.
Note—The rights and responsibilities of all these officers are serial wise given in Chapters
concerned.
• Armed S.I. was previously called Sergeant. Similarly armed Inspector of Police was called as
Sergeant major.
12‫خ‬
嵀
**********

CHAPTER 3
RELATION WITH DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS AND UNITS
The District Magistrate
14. The District Magistrate, as head of the criminal administration of the district and responsible
for maintenance of law and order in the society maintains control over the working of the police force
and directs them as necessity demands.
15. Superintendent.-- The Superintendent of Police is responsible for the proficiency, efficiency
and good bahaviour of the district Police. He is himself in direct command of the police force and in
charge of the ordinary distribution of police duties.
The district Magistrate shall not interfere in superintending matters connected with the internal
management of force such as arming of force, equipment, drill and punishment etc.
16. Power of District Magistrate to order enquiries etc.—(a) Subject to Rule15, the District
Magistrate may—
(1) require the Superintendent to furnish him with any documents relating to the conduct
or character of any police-officer subordinate to the Superintendent. ---
(2) 卐‫ د‬into any allegation of misconduct or neglect of

direct the Superintendent to enquire
duty on the part of any police-officer subordinate to the Superintendent;
(3) if he is dissatisfied with the result of such enquiry, request a further enquiry to be made,
or forward the papers to the Deputy Inspector-General with his remarks; and if the
latter., after any further enquiry he may think necessary, does not accept the District
Magistrate's views, he shall refer the matter to the Commissioner, who shall decide all
such cases in consultation with the Inspector-General.
(b) The District Magistrate may require the Superintendent to submit either general or special
reports on any matter connected with crime, the distribution of the Police force or any other matter not
specified in Rule 15 (see Rule 891).
17. In no circumstances shall the District Magistrate depute a subordinate Magistrate to hold a
departmental enquiry.
18. The District Magistrates, in the exercise of his power of control, shall abstain from any
action likely to weaken the authority of the Superintendent or to deprive him of responsibility. For this,
he shall avoid, the issue of executive orders unit he has consulted the Superintendent.
13

19. Superintendent to remain in close touch with District Magistrate.—The Superintendent
shall discuss with the District Magistrate whenever possible and consult him on all important matter. It
shall be his duty to afford the District Magistrate all possible assistance in the criminal administration of
the district and as far as possible in carrying out his advice. Should any question arise on which they do
not agree, decision will be taken as laid down in Rule I6 (a)(3) above.
20. Informations to be given to District Magistrate.—(a.) The Superintendent shall keep the
District Magistrate fully informed of all matters coming to his knowledge.When the Superintendent is on
tour, the Police Officer-in-charge at Headquarters shall send direct to the District Magistrate all
important informations which would not reach him soon enough through the Superintendent.
(b) The Superintendent shall give to the District Magistrate the information of his leaving the
Headquarters and possibly make it clear as to places at which he may be found from day to day. The
District Magistrate. for reasons to be recorded by him, may require the Superintendent to remain at
Headquarters.
21. The District Magistrate will inspect the management and the working of the Police-stations of his
district at regular intervals and satisfy himself that—
(a) the station diary is written up in the prescribed manner;
(b) the Arms Act is worked out properly;
(c) the law and order situation as also the state of crime are kept under check and the people get
the desire help from the policemen. After that he will communicate the copy of his comments to
Superintendent for necessary action;
(d) the working of the rural police;
(e) whether the police-station officials appear to be working properly and the police-stations were
regularly inspected.
22. District Magistrate and transfers.—(a) If the District Magistrate observes in any police-officer of
or below the rank of inspector marked incompetence or unfitness for the locality in which he is
stationed, or unfitness for his particular duties, he may direct the Superintendent to transfer him to
another locality or to other duties and to appoint another officer in his place. Such orders shall not be
issued until after consultation with the Superintendent, and the District Magistrate shall bear in mind
that not only are transfers in themselves detrimental to police work, but the officer transferred may do
as badly or even worse in another place. Unsatisfactory work is as a Rule best met by punishment or
stoppage of promotion, and a transfer should be avoided unless it is likely to improve the criminal
administration of the district as a whole (see Rule 776).
14

In the ease of an inspector if a transfer outside the district is desired the District Magistrate should
request the Superintendent to move the Deputy Inspector-General. If the Deputy Inspector-General
does not agree the District Magistrate may refer the matter to the Inspector-General through the
Commissioner.
(b) If the District Magistrate observes in any police-officer above the rank of inspector
incompetence or unfitness as aforesaid, he may communicate with the Deputy Inspector-General, who,
after paying careful attention to the views of the District Magistrate, shall determine what measures
should be taken and shall inform the District Magistrate of the orders which he passes in the matter.
If the District Magistrate considers that the action taken by the Deputy inspector- General is
insufficient or unsuitable, he may refer the matter to the matter to the Inspector-General through the
Commissioner.
23. Procession licenses.—The powers of a Superintendent or inspector [Rule 54(d)] under

Section 30 of Act V of I861 to license and regulate processions shall be exercised subject to the control
of the District Magistrate. P.M. form, No. 1 is a specimen form for use as a procession license. This is not
a legal form but only a sample form, Itis liable to alteration to suit local circumstances which may
necessitate the insertion of conditions having a purely local bearing.
Note.— For other powers of the District Magistrate in respect of the reserve force, promotions,
transfer, punishments, etc. (See Rules 614, 621, 794, 825 and 85 7).
⡐‫ص‬
THE COMMISSIONER
24. Duties of Commissioner.—(a) The Commissioner, as the local head of the administration,
shall exercise supervision and control over the action of the District Magistrate in police matters,
(b) All orders received from the Commissioner, either direct or through the District Magistrate,
shall be promptly executed Superintendents shall at the same time, report any such orders, if of an
unusual nature, to the Deputy Inspector.-General who shall, if he thinks it necessary. refer the matter to
the Inspector-General.
25. D.I..G. to consult Commissioners and District. Magistrates.—(a) The Deputy Inspector-
General should make a point of seeing Divisional Commissioners and District Magistrate at frequent
intervals, and should discuss with them freely measures for the maintenance of the peace and the
prevention and detection of crime.
(b) It is of utmost importance for the District Magistrate that whenever he goes to the divisional
Headquarters, he should discuss with the Deputy Inspector-General matters concerning law and order
and crime as well.
15

26.Deleted.
27. Relations of Magistracy and Police.—The general and reciprocal relations between Magistrates
and the Police are defined in the Code of Criminal Procedure, with the provisions of which. and the
principal rulings on them. all investigating and prosecuting officers are expected to be familiar.
28. Except as provided in that, or any other Act, or in any Rules made or approved by Government,
for the time being in force subordinate Magistrates have no power to interfere in police work.
29. In all cases in which misconduct or a reasonable suspicion of misconduct, on the part of a police
officer comes to the notice of a Magistrate if the course of a judicial proceeding, he may, if deemed fit,
record a separate note setting forth clearly the points of importance and treating the misconduct as a
matter demanding enquiry, rather than as an established fact. The Magistrates should refrain from
mentioning the matter in his final order or judgment. This note should be sent to the District Magistrate
who shall follow the procedure laid down in Rule 50.
30. Relations of Police with Courts and Magistrates.—It is necessary that Police Officers shall treat
all Courts and Magistrates with due respect, and maintain cordial relations with them. Cases in which police
complain of unfair treatment, these may be brought⡐‫ ص‬to the notice of District Magistrate and District and
Sessions Judge. Notes and reports on such matters shall be drawn up in temperate and respectful language.
Reflections on judicial Tribunals shall not be made in public, nor shall departmental reports and other
similar documents, which are or may be published. contain disparaging criticism judicial acts.
31. Police enquiries in non-cognizable cases.—As regards use of powers given to Magistrates by
Sections 155 and 202, Cr.P.C. of ordering police investigation in non- cognizable cases. it is essential duty of
the Superintendent to watch the working of these sections. He should bring, to the notice of District and
Sessions Judge relevant matters relating to these sections during his periodical meetings or otherwise. It
should be remembered by the Superintendent that such orders should be made only in exceptional case
and when the Magistrate requires informations of a specific matter of fact and not as a preliminary action
before the granting of summons. The subordinate police may often not be averse to this abuse of the
procedure.
32. Powers of Sub-Divisional Officers.--Except where it is provided otherwise in these Rules or by

any law for the time being in force. Sub-Divisional Officers shall have only the same powers in respect of the
police as other subordinate Magistrates; but it. is the duty of every Sub-Divisional Officer to inspect all
police-stations within his jurisdiction annually. At such inspections they shall follow the instructions laid
down
16

for District Magistrates in Rule 21 and may give orders affecting the preparation and trial of cases: but
they are not empowered to issue executive orders to the police and shall confine themselves to bringing
to the notice of the District Magistrate any matter which appears to call for intervention.
33. Reports of unfavourable comments in Sessions Cases.—(a) Special reports in P. M. Form

No. I40, as prescribed by Rule 1010 and Appendix 3 serial 23, shall be submitted in all cases disposed of
at the Sessions or on appeal or revision before a Judge of High Court, in which the Judge has commented
unfavourably on the mannerin which the Police have conducted the investigation, or have given
evidence in the trial, or in which the short-coming of the Police have, in the opinion of the District
Magistrate, caused or contributed to the break-down of the case and the acquittal of theaccused.
Superintendents shall arrange to obtain a copy of any unfavourable remarks recorded by Judges and
shall take action in accordance with Rule 50(f) and (g).
(b) In submitting reports the Superintendent shall send an abstract of the unfavourable remarks
with the first report, noting therein the action taken, the name of the Judge who made the
remarks and the date on which a copy of the judgment was obtained.
34. Inspection and copying of Sessions Court records.—(a) Sessions Judges are directed by the
High Court to give every facility to District Magistrates and Superintendents of Police for inspecting the
records of the cases in their Courts, but no record ⡐‫ص‬is to be allowed to be removed from the Judge‘s
office. Copies of the judgment and order, when required by the District Magistrate, will be prepared by
the copying establishment of the Sessions Judge and, If possible, should be typewritten. Such copies
should be charged for at the rate prescribed in the Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual, which should be
paid to the copyists concerned. Copies of papers other than these which are required by the District
Magistrate should he prepared by a clerk of the District Magistrates office. Such copies are to be used
only for the information and guidance of Magistrates and Police Officers, who are not at liberty to avail
of the judgment of the Sessions Court, or enter into any discussion with Judge upon its merits.
(c) When copies are required by Superintendents from Sessions Courts, they shall apply to the
District Magistrate and depute a clerk or police officer to make copies of paper, other than
those which are to be copied by, the Judge's establishment.
(d) The District Judge shall give orders to his clerk and copying department to give copies of
judgment of judicial Magistrates to police department.
34-A. Other departments of State Government.—(a) The Superintendent of Police shall keep
contact with the Heads of other departments of Government in the district. Detailed instructions are
given about Public Works Department, Health
17

Department etc. in this Manual (see Chapters 35 and 44). The responsibility of keeping co-ordination
with Head of other departments in the district will be on the District Magistrate.
(b) At the range level, the Deputy Inspector-General concerned shall keep contact with
Divisional Officers.
The Inspector—General shall keep contact with the Heads of other departments according to
approved Rule of Government.
34-B. Relation with different departments of Government of India.—(a) According to Article

245 of the Indian Constitution and its concerned Schedule, Police department is a. State subject. But in
the Union subjects, All India Services, Central Bureau of Investigation, Intelligence Bureau and other
units [see sub-rules (b) to (n)] give deep influence on the working of Police department. Therefore, the
police officers
of the State should keep contact with these units from time to time according to prescribed orders.
(b) Sardar Vallabhbhai Patel National Police Academy. —The members of Indian Police Service
and other Police services are given training here. Special training programmes of officers of rank of
Superintendents and Research and investigation into subjects concerning Police are also held here.
(c) Central intelligence Bureau.—It keeps Centre fully equipped for the careful collection, study
and analysis of confidential matters connected with
⡐‫ص‬
the security of the nation. It gives proper direction
to State Intelligence Departments and helps the Centre in guidance of the State Police Force.
(d) Central Bureau of investigation.—This investigates cases of inter-State and international

importance. It helps the States in detection and prevention of crime according to necessity and compiles
crime records and figures on all India basis.
(e) Police wireless Co-ordinating Directorate. —This Directorate gives advice and directions to all
the wireless stations established in the country and also co-ordinates their activities.
(f) Central Reserve Police Force.--This force is organized into several Battallions and it
supplements the local Police Force in controlling law and order situations in centrally administered areas
and the States.
(g) Central Forensic Science Laboratory.—The Central Forensic Science Laboratory, Central
Detective Training School and Central Finger Print Bureau, all together help State Police in different
fields.
(h) Stale examiner of questioned documents.—This branch helps police force in examination of
manuscripts and documents concerned with it.
18

(i) Border Security Force. —This force keeps constant watch on the borders of the country and gives
protection to citizens living on the border, from stray and ordinary raids by the enemy.
(j) Industrial Security Force.—This force is organize for safety and watch on properties of public
sector industries.
(k) Railway Protection Force. —This force is organized on all India level and works under the
supervision of Railway Board. This force always remains active for providing safety to Railway property
and to property entrusted to Railways and takes up investigation of cases concerning it.
(1) There is co-ordination and link between State Police and Central administration on account of All
India Games, Welfare and Cultural functions and duties connected with scientific investigation and other
functions. Indian Police Journal and other publications which are printed by Central Home Ministry are
links of the same chain.
A conference of Inspectors-General is held once in two years in the Ministry of Home Affairs so that
decisions can be taken on inter-State subjects and on matters connected with co-operation on All India
level. Similarly, an annual conference of Deputy inspectors-General of Criminal Investigation
Department and intelligence Department is also arranged.
(m) Central Excise and Custom Force.—The investigation, prosecution and trial of different cases
arising out of export or import subjects of different factories established on the border and inside are
done by this force and in this direction, police has also to render necessary help and act according to
duties prescribed by law. ⡐‫ص‬
(n) Public Undertakings.-—It is also the responsibility of State Police to deal with problems arising
out of safety and keep watch on oil, iron, heavy engineering, mines, coal and other public undertakings
and it is necessary to carry out this responsibility.The District Superintendent should keep contact with
officers of public undertakings for matters concerning their safety.
(0) Accountant-General.—For compliance of Rules connected with accounts, necessary instructions

are received from Accountant-General, Bihar, The statements of Pension. Salary and General Provident
Fund of officers are prepared and kept in this office.
19
..
CHAPTER 4
INSPECTION AND SUPERVISION
35. Inspections by Inspector-General and Additional Inspector-General.—The Inspector-
General should make such provision for completing inspection work that in every two years there is at
least one inspection either by him or by Additional Inspector-General of every district and of other units
such as armed police, etc., every two years. For this purpose, he may ask Additional Inspector-General
to do some of the inspections.
36. Tour of Deputy Inspector-General.—A Range D.I.G. must make a thorough inspection once a
year of all district Headquarters in his Jurisdiction. He should also inspect at least one Court Office, one
S.D.P.O.'s Office, one Circle Inspector's Office and one Police Station in district.
37. General supervision by Gazetted police officers.—(a) It is the duty of Superintendents.

Assistant and Deputy Superintendents to maintain a vigilant supervision over their subordinates by
frequent and thorough inspections.
(b) They shall themselves endeavour and shall also encourage their subordinates to try to secure
the good-will the public and the assistance of the leaders of the different communities, of panchayats
and of Village headmen in the prevention and detection of crime, and generally in furtherance of the
objects of Government. In order to check malpractices,⡐‫ص‬ they shall make themselves accessible to the
public and shall pay surprisevisits to police-stations. They shall not depend solely upon Police sources of
information, but shall also seek to learn facts for themselves, unattended by their subordinates.
38. Some important instructions on inspection are given in Appendix 76.
39. Superintendent’s annual inspection.—(a) Every office of Court incharge,Inspector's office

S.D.P.O’s office and police-station in a district shall be inspected thoroughly once a year by the
Superintendent.
(b) Inspection of Assistant and Deputy Superintendents.—In addition to this inspection and to
such other necessary visits as the Superintendent may think fit to make an Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent in charge of a sub-division shall carry out within his jurisdiction all those duties of
inspection which are imposed on the Superintendent.
N. B.— For inspection of Superintendent’s office, uniform and kit, ordinance stores,etc..see
Rules 926. 1085 and 1086.
40. General directions for inspections of police-stations.—The principal object of inspection is

to see whether the police are for the control and prevention of crime.
20

Whilst, therefore, it is necessary to examine registers, records, clothing, equipment, furniture and
buildings, in order to see that they are in good order, that Rules are duly observed, that economy is
practiced, money well spent, and that correspondence and orders passed receive prompt attention, it is
still more necessary to examine the conduct of investigations, the collection ofinformation about
criminals, the progress of crime, the application of preventive measures, the employment of the village
police and the co-operation invited from Panchayats, village headmen and the public. These details must
be examined in the interior as well as at the police-station.
41. Detailed instructions for inspections of police-stations.—The following instructions are laid
down to guide all those inspecting officers of the district whose duty and responsibility is to inspect
police-stations. Some local enquiries of the nature indicated in these instructions must be made in every
police-station once a year :—
(1) Officers and other ranks shall be examined in their knowledge of their duties and of the
law, and shall be given such instructions as may be necessary.
(2) The entries in the station diary for any fortnight since the last inspection shall be
perused and the connected entries required by Rule to be made concurrently in other
registers shall also be traced.
(3) The records of so many cognizable⡐‫ص‬ cases, as may appear necessary shall be examined,
mistakes explained to the officer responsible and due praise bestowed for good work.
(4) The investigation of one or two unsuccessful cases shall ordinarily be selected and the
investigation tested on the spot.
(5) The number and nature of cases in which enquiry was refused shall be examined, and
some cases of house breaking, in which no property was reported stolen, will be tested
on the spot and enquiries made in the villages to ascertain whether crime is being
minimized or suppressed (see Rule 4).
(6) As opportunity arises, they shall test on the spot the enquiries of Police Officers and
Mukhias into unnatural deaths.
(7) They shall question all officers and men at the station about the bad characters under
surveillance, and satisfy themselves that they know by sight and are really in touch with
the active criminals, and that the various registers connected with surveillance are kept
up not as empty forms, but as a real record of preventive work. The inspecting officers
shall see that
21

surveillance is adequate and efficient and shall occasionally test in the villages concerned the
entries relating to surveillance in Sub-Inspectors’ and assistant Sub-Inspectors’ mufassil diaries.
(8) They shall ascertain whether all requisite information is obtained from Chaukidars and
Panchayats. The inspecting officers shall be present at Chaukidari parades from time to time.
(9) They shall not only halt in the towns and villages especially notorious for crime but make
necessary enquiries in an appropriate manner.
(10) They shall give special attention that no steps are neglected for the arrest of absconders.
(11) They shall satisfy themselves that there is prompt and active co-operation between neighboring
police-stations.
(12) They shall see that only necessary orders are issued at inspections and that there is no
carelessness in giving effect to them.
(13) They shall satisfy themselves that members of gangs are simultaneously looked up by all officers
in whose jurisdictions they reside (see Rule 380).
(14) They shall check that railway warrants are not used unnecessarily and that the forms are in
order (see Appendix 31, clause 21).
⡐‫ص‬
42. Examination of the Crime Directory.—(a) At every inspection, the inspecting officer shall
examine carefully the crime statistics in Police-Station Crime Directory and shall comment in the
inspection report book (P.M. Form No. 4) on any increase or decrease of crime and on the working of
the Police explaining causes of failure or success and the discredit or credit clue to individual Police
officers. Such explanation shall be based on the actual features of each case, and not on mere statistical
results, and all reasonable allowance shall be made for causes beyond the control of Police-officers.
Whenever an inspecting officer visits a police-station, he shall scrutinize the entries in C.D. and other
connected files and registers.
(b) Inspection book. -—ln this book the general results of the inspection shall be noted. The
points to which attention is called shall be set down one by one and numbered. The remarks under each
head shall be brief and to the point, and. shall be verbally explained to the officers concerned.
Inspection books are not to be taken into Headquarters but if it is necessary to carry it for reference, it
will not be kept there for more than a few days in any case.
22

43. Responsibility of Inspector to be enforced.-—-In making his inspections. The
Superintendent shall be careful to observe the extent of the supervision and control exercised by the
circle inspector and the nature of his inspections. The inspector has a small area under his charge and
therefore Possesses every advantage in knowledge of the language, the people and the details of his
work. Serious defects in the state of discipline or in work done imply a failure of duty on his part unless
he can show that he has already done his best to correct what is wrong. This responsibility shall always
be brought home to him.
44. Duration of inspections.—A thorough inspection of a police-station cannot be made in a

few hours and seldom in one day. During the hot weather and rains, more visits than one may be made
to carry out the station inspection, but in the cold weather inspecting officer should halt from three to
four days within the limits of each police- station and complete the inspection. Hurried visit to one
station after another along the main road cannot lead to proper results.
45. Tour Diary.—(a) Superintendents. Assistant Superintendents and Deputy Superintendents

when absent from Headquarters. on inspection duty or otherwise, shall write a monthly tour diary in
which shall be written how their time is spent and what matters of interest came to their notice. All
facts concerning night rounds (with the time), supervision of investigations at Headquarters and
inspection of Headquarter Offices shall be noted in this diary.
(b) The tour diary of the Superintendent along with his inspection statement shall be sent to the
Range Deputy Inspector-General. The inspection statement
‫ص‬ shall be returned by D.I.G with his remarks
and filed in the Superintendent’s office.
(c) Tour diaries of Assistant and Deputy Superintendents shall be sent to the Superintendent in
the first week of the month following that to which they relate in P.M. Form No. 5A. The Superintendent
shall take action on all matter requiring attention and shall forward extracts of any subjects of special
interest or importance to the Deputy Inspector-General and the District Magistrate.
46. Record of inspection.--A continuous record of inspections made by the Superintendent

shall be maintained in his office in the form below and submitted to the Rang Deputy Inspector-General
each month with the tour diary until the end of the financial year. The Deputy Inspector-General will
ret1.u'n the statement monthly, with any remarks he has to make on a separate sheet of paper attached
with it.
23

Statement of Inspections by Superintendents of police
District........... Year..............
Names of stations, Dates of inspection Number of days Dates of previous

inspection.
Court office and during the current spent on inspection
Headquarters offices. Year.
47. Use of statistics.—Statistics are of value to inspecting officers, indicating as they do the
officers whose work needs special scrutiny and the areas and kinds of crime on which they should
concentrate their energies. But to use them as the chief means of appraising work is deceptive and may
teach subordinate officers to believe that credit can only be gained by the maintenance of a high ratio of
convictions to cases and a low return of crime. In the inspection of small areas, such as police-station,
the award of praise or blame on this basis of percentages and comparison of figures is dangerous and
may be unfair. An officer‘s merits can be gauged effectively only by a careful scrutiny and testing of work
actually done. ⡐‫ص‬
SUPERVISION OF CASES
48. No improper pressure to be put on subordinates.—(a) Police officers are particularly

warned against putting improper pressure on their subordinates by injunctions to detect particular case
or cases generally.
(b) Confessions to be eschewed.—Care shall be taken to see that Investigating Officers do not
work mainly for confessions and do not rely on them too much when made (see Rule 190).
(c) Written explanations to be avoided.—Except in cases in which it may appear necessary to

take immediate action or inflict punishment, supervising officers shall avoid calling for written
explanations.
(d) Supervision notes.—All officers supervising a case shall prepare daily a note of their
supervision in triplicate in Police Manual Form No. 2 mentioning the fact in their personal or tour diaries
as the case may be. One copy of the form shall be sent to the Superintendent through proper channel
which, after necessary action being taken will be kept with the file of the case. The second copy will be
kept by the officer who writes
24
the form and the third copy in the police-station. These forms shall not at first form part of the case
diaries but shall be filed with them on the conclusion of the case.
Test notes on completed investigations shall be made on plain paper in triplicate, the fact that
this has been done being mentioned in the tour or personal diaries as the case may be. They shall also
be disposed of in the same way as supervision notes.
(e)Submissi0n of case diary by superior officers.—-When a superior officer undertakes the conduct
of an investigation under Chapter XII, Cr.P.C., he shall submit a case diary under Section 172. Cr.P.C.
instead of the note prescribed above.
48-A. (a) Apart from supervising the special report cases of Appendix 3, A Superintendent of
Police shall supervise other important cases also. In such cases, it is not necessary to send a special
report. Only a supervision note shall be written whose copy shall be submitted to Range Deputy
Inspector-General according to necessity. In such cases, the period of investigation (Rule 173) and the
period of remand (Rule 224) shall be fixed by an order of Superintendent. Like a Superintendent. Sub-
Divisional Police Officer will also supervise important cases and shall follow the same procedure which is
fixed for a Superintendent. But the S.D.P.O. shall send the copy of his supervision note to
Superintendent only.
(b) As far as Circle Inspectors are concerned the list of cases to be taken under control by them
is given in Rule l73 (c) (m). Apart from this, they will take up under their control other cases taking into
account their seriousness or on orders of Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Police Officer and will submit
⡐‫ص‬
their supervision notes and progress-reports as per rule. In such cases, the period of investigation as
well as actions connected with remand will be dope by inspector.
49. Share of the Superintendent in investigation.—The duties of Superintendents are not

confined to office work, inspection and general supervision, but they are expected to take a share in the
actual investigation of important crime. They shall take the investigation out of the hands of their
subordinates only in exceptional circumstances, but they shall by frequent local enquiry and careful
scrutiny of case records, both at the time of investigation and subsequently, satisfy themselves that the
proceedings are honest and energetic, that the public are properly treated and that no important line of
enquiry has been shirked or overlooked. In particular, they shall supervise the investigation of cases
enumerated in Appendix 3, all cases presenting difficulty and all cases in which the conduct of the
subordinate police is in any way unsatisfactory by going to the spot at all stages of the investigation,
whenever possible, without undue detriment to touring, inspection or other important work.
50. (a) Enquiry into serious misconduct.--The procedure to be followed in enquiry into serious
misconduct on the part of police-officers must be distinguished according as:—
25

(A) The allegation is contained in a complaint made before a Magistrate under Chapter XIV,
Cr.P.C.,
(B) The allegation is contained in an information lodged before police-officer under Chapter XII,
Cr.P.C.
(C) The misdemeanor has been brought to light otherwise as for instance in the judgment of a
Court, or on the knowledge or suspicion of a superior officer.
CASES FALLING UNDER CLASS ‘A’
(b) In the case of an allegation made in a complaint, the decision as to whether there should be
a preliminary enquiry under Section 202, Cr.P.C. must rest with the Magistrate who takes cognizance.
But Government direct that whenever possible the following procedure should be followed.
When a complaint is laid against a police-officer charging him, with having committed a
cognizable offence, or having demanded a bribe, the Magistrate must regulate his proceedings by the
provisions of the Criminal Procedure Code. It is for him to form his own judgment whether or not there
is a sufficient ground for proceeding, and consequently whether it is incumbent on him to issue process
to compel the attendance of the accused under Section 204, Cr.P.C. or to dismiss the complaint under
Section 203. It is competent for him however, before coming to any such decision, to take preliminary
action under Section 202, and he may also without forming any opinion, transfer the complaint under
Section 192 to another specified Magistrate who is‫ص‬competent to try the accused or to commit him to
sessions for trial. The following points of procedure are important:—
(i) If the Magistrate receiving the complaint transfers it to another Magistrate, he has no
further concern with the ease unless it is retransferred to his file in due process of law. It
is for the Magistrate to whom the case is transferred to form his own opinion whether
process should be issued under Section 204. Cr.P.C ., or whether action should be taken
under Section 202, or whether the complaint should be dismissed under Section 203, a
section which requires the reasons for so doing to be stated.
(ii) Issue of process can only be postponed, whether by the Magistrate who receives a
complaint, or by a Magistrate to whom it is transferred, after examination of the
complaint (except in the rare event of the complaint being made by a court) for reasons
to be recorded definitely in writing. Thereafter the Magistrate may either enquire into
the case himself or direct
26

a previous local investigation. If he decides to enquire into the case himself, the accused
cannot be required to appear, nor should he be invited to take any part in the
proceedings. An enquiry under Section 202, Cr.P.C. is not intended to be a full dress
rehearsal of the trial, but is held in order that the Magistrate may satisfy himself whether
there is or is not, a prima facie case which the accused should be called upon to answer.
(iii) A Magistrate who has enquired into the case himself or has received the report of a local
investigation may, if he considers it necessary, direct, after recording his reasons that
further local investigation should be made by a police-officer.
(c) In the foregoing paragraphs the requirements of the law have been summarized. When the police-
officer is of the rank of Sub-Inspector or of higher rank, it is of great importance to the administration of
justice that the case should be fully and promptly enquired into by a thoroughly competent and
experienced Magistrate. Government desire, therefore, that in all such cases the following instructions
should be adhered to as closely as possible:--
(1) The complaint should not be transferred except to a Magistrate exercising first class
powers.
(2) If the Magistrate decides to enquire into the case himself under Section 202, Cr.P.C. his
enquiry should be made immediately and locally.
⡐‫ص‬
(3) If the Magistrate decides that a local investigation is desirable, no officer of lower rank
than a Magistrate of the first class should be deputed toconduct it. The Magistrate
selected should proceed to the pot without delay and continue his investigation until its
conclusion. When a Magistrate proceeds to the mufassil to make a local investigation he
should inform the Superintendent or the sub-divisional police-officer, as the case maybe,
and through him the police-officer implicated so that the latter may be present, if he
wishes, and suggest questions to be put to witnesses or points to be investigated on the
spot.
(4) When a Magistrate after enquiring into the case himself, or after receiving the report of a
local investigation, directs that further investigation shouldbe made by a pol ice-officer,
such further investigation should, if possible, be conducted by a Gazetted Officer,
preferably the Superintendent himself or the sub-divisional police-officer. The officer who
conducts the investigation must always be of higher rank than the officer whose conduct is
under enquiry.
27

(5) When a Magistrate. after enquiry or investigation (if any). is of opinion that there is
sufficient ground for proceeding and decides to issue process under Section 204, he should
fix the earliest, possible date for trial. When a complaint is made against an assistant Sub-
Inspector, havildar or constable charging him with having committed a cognizable offence
or having accepted a bribe, instructions (2). (3) and (S) above will apply, except that the
person who conducts the local investigation need not be a Magistrate of the first class. If
[see (4) above] the Magistrate decides that further investigation by a police officer is
necessary the officer deputed should be of or above the rank of inspector.
CASES FALLING UNDER CLASS ‘B'
(d) When the complainant lodges information of cognizable offence of the above
description at a. police-station, the officer-in-charge shall proceed to investigate the charge, and shall
send a copy of the First Information Report by the quickest available means to the officers concerned. If
on receipt of the First information Report the Magistrate desires to hold an enquiry under Section 159,
Cr.P.C. he shall inform the Superintendent or the sub-divisional police-officer, as the case may be, who
shall either himself attend, if required or depute a subordinate police-officer not below the rank of
inspector, to attend and assist at the enquiry. The enquiry shall be made with the least possible delay,
and the accused police-officer shall be informed of the time and place through the Superintendent.
When a magisterial enquiry is held into any㡐‫ص‬case of misconduct of Police it shall be made with
the least possible delay and the Magistrate shall utilize all evidence that may have been collected before
his arrival by the investigating police-officer. On the enquiry being started by the Magistrate separate
enquiry by police department will be suspended.
CASES FALLING UNDER CLASS ‘C’
(e) Whenever a police officer, of any rank becomes aware of a charge of this nature, he
shall immediately report it to the Superintendent, who in turn shall at once inform the District
Magistrate. If the Superintendent and the District Magistrate both are at headquarters, the
Superintendent will personally consult the D. M. as to the action which should be taken. If either officer
is on tour and the Superintendent cannot himself hold a local enquiry, he should direct such an enquiry
to be held by a police-officer of a rank superior to that of the accused.
Whenever the accused is an assistant Sub-Inspector, haviidar or officer of higher rank, the
enquiry must always be made by a Gazetted Officer, preferably the sub-divisional police-officer, or at
the least an inspector.
28

(f) Whenever the High Court or a Sessions Judge makes specific and definite charges of serious
misconduct against a police-officer by name and magisterial proceedings have not been ordered (see
below) the Superintendent of Police shall immediately after taking the action prescribed by Rule 33,
frame charges, Consider what evidence there is to support them and obtain the explanations of the
officer concerned in reply to each several charge. Should unfavorable comments be made in more
general terms, it is left to the discretion of the Superintendent to decide, in consultation with the
District Magistrate, whether or not proceeding should be drawn up.
(g) On receipt of intimation of any cases falling under clauses (e) and (f), the District Magistrate
will consider whether-
(i) to order a magisterial enquiry in lieu of or in continuation of. The departmental

enquiry which the Superintendent should in the absence of the District Magistrate
from Headquarters, always institute of his own motion: or
(ii) to instruct a Magistrate to co-operate with the Superintendent or other police-officer

not below the rank of inspector deputed to make the enquiry; or
(iii) to leave the Superintendent to conduct the enquiry by departmental agency alone.
In making this choice, the District Magistrate will be guided by the rank of the accused the
gravity of the offence charged and the extent to which charges of the kind are prevalent in the district.
Where he directs that a magisterial enquiry should have preference, the Superintendent will suspend his
‫ص‬
own enquiry and will assist the Magistrate directed㺠to enquire, by producing before him all the evidence
available and all the officers whom the Magistrate may require to examine or question.
When charges of resorting to ill-treatment in the course of an investigation are lodged against
the police, in no case should an officer connected with that investigation be allowed to have any
connection with the conduct of the enquiry into these charges.
SUMMARY
(h) The effect of these Rules is to stay all independent proceedings by the police, where the
charge has been instituted by complaint before a Magistrate, or where the District Magistrate has
ordered an enquiry by himself or by a Magistrate subordinate to him. In such cases the departmental
enquiry will be suspended in favor of the magisterial enquiry but its results will be incorporated in the
Magistrate's record and the police department will render the fullest assistance and co-operation in the
magisterial enquiry.
29

ln all other cases, the Superintendent should enquire personally into charges against police-officers of
torturing any person, or of an offence amounting to culpable homicide or grievous hurt cause by him,
committed upon any person, while in police custody. Discretion is allowed to the Superintendent, in the
matter of investigation of charges misconduct other than homicide, torture, and grievous hurt brought
against the police, but all serious complaints shall be thoroughly shifted by the Superintendent himself.
If it is impossible for him to go to the spot in every case, he may employ his Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent. If he has no Assistant or Deputy Superintendent, he may, if he thinks fit, entrust an
officer, not below the rank of inspector, with enquiries of this nature but only if he has full confidence in
his impartiality and ability. Even then, the Superintendents supervision must be constant and thorough.
When a serious charge is brought against a police-officer and it appears that there are reasonable prima
facie ground for the charge he shall be suspended. If the Magistrate dismisses the case either summarily
or after an enquiry under Section 202, Cr.P.C. it is for the Superintendent carefully to consider whether
departmental action should be taken against the accused police-officers.
(i) The Inspector-General shall report to Government cases in which there has been any serious
deviation from the procedure prescribed above. Therefore, in suchcases, Superintendent shall submit
detailed reports to the Range Deputy Inspector- General and to the Superintendent of Police, Criminal
Investigation Department in duplicate through the District Magistrate.
51.Deleted.
52.Deleted.
㡐‫ص‬
30
..

CHAPTER 5
ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENTS. DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENTS

AND CIRCLE INSPECTORS
53. Assistant and Deputy Superintendents in-charge of Sub—Divisions.—The Rules laid down
in this Chapter for the guidance of Circle Inspector apply also to Assistant or Deputy Superintendents in
charge of Sub-divisions. Where the jurisdiction of an Inspector and a Sub-Divisional Police Officer is
same the Superintendent shall decide which of the duties and responsibilities of the officer in-charge of
a sub division shall be delegated to him.
54. Duties of Circle inspector.—(a) generally a circle consist of two or more police-stations
which is under the charge of an Inspector. Sometimes, the circle may have only one P.S. according to
necessity. The Inspector is responsible for supervision, control and efficiency of Police work in a circle
and under Section 36, Cr.P.C. he is competent to exercise the powers of officer in-charge of a police-
station within his circle. He is required to reside within his jurisdiction and keep himself informed of
what is going on within his jurisdiction and keep proper watch on the performance of duties by his
subordinates.
㡐‫ص‬
(b) He should himself assume charge investigation of important cases and of other cases for
reasons such as mismanagement by the Investigating Officer or the unusualim portance/or intricacy of
the facts of the case. He shall supervise investigation of important cases, take special note of the
progress of investigation of such cases and be ready to assist in any investigation where his assistance is
required. He shall see that each case is fully and properly investigated and that all possible steps are
taken to ensure detection. His supervision extends from the time he goes to the spot until the case is
finally disposed of. He should record supervision note at the spot if necessary by halting there even if he
has supervised the case partially independently. The supervision note should be written by the Inspector
himself and not by the Investigating Officer. He may dictate his note to his stenographer. A.S.I. or to
some other officer posted under him. He must note the case number, date of report and section, date of
supervision and date of submission of note in his monthly summary of work.
In respect of control over investigation he shall act in direct subordination to the Superintendent
and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer, if any. He shall visit villages within his charge to make enquiries
regarding suppression of crime.
(c) He is responsible for performance of work of the rural and station police. He shall pay
attention to the conducting of cases and allied matter in Courts in his jurisdiction.
31

(d) Every Inspector is appointed to perform, within the limits the sub-division or circle to which
he is posted, all the duties of a District Superintendent under sub-sections(3) and (4) of Section 30 of Act
V of 1861, and it is expected that he will obtain the orders of his superior officer, whenever this is found
necessary.
N.B.-— For the location of the inspector’s office, see Rule 252.
55. Town Inspectors and Mufassil Inspectors.-—On account of being Circle Inspectors, their
responsibilities are the same.
56. Power to depute station officer outside jurisdiction.—(a) An Inspector may depute a station
officer to undertake the duties of, or an investigation in the jurisdiction of another station officer, but be
shall use this power only in an emergency reporting all cases to the Superintendent.
(b) A Sub-Divisional Police Officer can only nominate the officer-in-charge of a police-station to
investigate a case within the limits of that officer’s police station; but should the sub-divisional
Magistrate intimate his opinion that for particular reasons special police officer should conduct the
investigation, the circle inspector shall, if possible, comply with his wishes.
57. Inspector’s Assistant Sub-Inspector.—An assistant Sub-Inspector is attached to each circle

Inspector‘s office to assist him in routine matters, upkeep of registers, receipt and dispatch of papers
and such other works. But he shall not be entrusted with the custody of pending case diaries,
supervision notes and other connected papers (see Rule 62) or utilized for writing the daily reports or
‫ص‬
progress memoranda. On no account he shall be㼐shown any confidential paper, which the Inspector
shall invariably keep under lock and key in his own custody.
58. Reading of case diaries.—-A Circle Inspector shall himself open the covers and read every
First Information Report, station diary, case diary and mufassil diary and give necessary notes. This duty
cannot be delegated to anyone. An explanation shall invariably be called for when a diary is not received
on the due date. Station diaries shall read immediately on receipt and. the Inspector shall encourage his
subordinates by judicious comments to make them full and complete.
59. Weekly and daily reports.—{a) Circle Inspectors shall prepare a weekly report on every
Monday (in P.M. From No. 6) from First Information Reports and station diaries received. In this report,
those eases shall be entered which after a fixed date (see Rule I73) shall be pending for investigation.
The weekly report shall be submitted by Circle Inspector to Sub-Divisional Police Officer. The latter shall
forward it to Superintendent. Where there is no Sub-Divisional Police Officer. It will be submitted direct
to Superintendent.

In P.M. Form No. 6-A, which will be submitted daily, those cases will be entered which are
registered every day. The Circle inspector shall forward, these reports to Sub- Divisional Officer and Sub-
Divisional Police Officer who will forward them to District Magistrate and Superintendent of Police
respectively. Where there is no S.D.P.O., these reports shall be sent direct to Superintendent of Police.
(b) Contents of daily report. —Materials from different forms shall be compiled in this report;
for example all those cognizable crimes shall be enumerated which are pending for more than the
period fixed for them (see Rule I73), unnatural deaths, facts concerning public safety or all such
important facts whose information’s received by the Inspector from subordinate officers or from other
sources.
60. Disposal of station diaries.—When the Circle Inspector has extracted from station diaries all
information required for his daily report, he shall file the diaries in his office and at the end of the month
they shall be sent to the office of the Superintendent for record.
61. Progress memoranda.—(a) In all cases. in which copies of case diaries are not submitted
direct to the Superintendent, if the investigation lasts more than l5 days, the Circle Inspector shall
submit Progress Memoranda (in P.M. Form No." 7) to the Sub- Divisional Police Officer. Thereafter at the
end of next 15 days be will submit second progress, memoranda. After this, this report will be submitted
once a month. The S.D.P.O. shall submit Progress memoranda in those cases which are not enumerated
in Appendix 3 and are supervised by him.
(b) These progress reports should clearly contain information’s about the progress in
investigation steps taken to obtain a clue; the arrest or release on bail of any person; the search of
㡐‫ص‬
houses the finding of stolen property and the inspector’s suggestions for completing the investigation as
early as possible. If the real name and residence of an accused person are not known the action taken to
ascertain them and particulars as to the action taken against absconders shall also be mentioned.
(c) In special report eases enumerated in Appendix 3, circle inspectors shall not write progress
memoranda but shall submit supervision notes. [Rule 48 (d)].
62. Custody of case diaries.—When investigation is in progress the copy of case diary for that
day written at the end of the day shall be sent to inspector together with the copy of any statement
recorded under Section I61. Cr.P.c. The Inspector shall as soon as it is received, read it and forward to
Sub-Divisional Police Officer. If any and make an entry in the Crime Index regarding, the actions taken.
Where there is no S.D.P.O.the case diary shall be kept in the office of the Inspector. In cases of ‘B‘
Category of Appendix 3 the case diaries shall be forwarded to Superintendent direct by the Inspector as
per
33

Rule 164(g). If any direction is given to the investigating Officer, three copies of those Instructions shall
be prepared in RM. Form No. 30-A. Two copies will be given to the I.O. who, after complying with the
instructions, shall keep one copy with the copy of his case diary and shall return the other copy to
Inspector. The latter will keep it pasted with his original copy [see, Rule I64 (f)]. After, disposal of the
case in Court, the case diaries shall be sent from Court office direct to Police Station concerned but the
Final Memo shall be sent, to Inspector through Superintendent’s office and from inspector’s office to
Police Station concerned.
63. Final report.—Final report forms shall be submitted for the orders of Magistrate only after it
has been scrutinized by the Circle Inspector [see Rule 181 (c)].
Note.— For powers of Circle inspectors to order further investigation [see Rule l8 l(e)].
64. Inspector’s personal diary.—Circle and town inspectors shall keep a diary in P.M. Form No.
5. Where a Sub-Divisional Police Officer is posted, the Inspector shall send this diary at the end of each
week to him and the S.D.P.O. shall, according to necessity, forward it to the Superintendent with his
comments. Where S.D.P.O. is not posted, its copy shall be sent direct to Superintendent at the end of
each week by such Inspectors. This diary shall contain information regarding not only Police matters, but
also all events of public interest occurring in their circles. "The fact that the investigation made by a
subordinate has been supervised or tested oil completion shall be entered but no details need be given.
65. Inspector’s note book.—(a) Circle Inspectors shall keep a note book, in which shall be
㡐‫ص‬
recorded in separate parts. Comprehensive and up-to-date information for the entire area of the circle
(not separately for each police-station) on the subjects noted below:—
(l) Prominent criminals and absconders.

(2) Names of such persons who are helpful in maintenance of law and order and also of those
who obstruct in its maintenance.
(3) Religious disputes and communal differences.
(4) Land disputes.
(5) Other matters of general importance.
In addition, they should keep separate confidential note hooks for their own personal use, which
shall not be open to inspection by any other person.
(b) Inspector responsibility regarding criminals, absconders, etc.-inspectors shall see that the
active criminals of their circles are not only properly watched, but are
34

known by sight by all the officers and men and as many chaukidars as possible of allthose police-stations
in which they are likely or known to operate. Inspector shall also see that warrants, proclamations and
attachment orders are promptly issued and action taken under Section 299, Cr.P.C., against absconders
and that every effort is made to secure their arrest and that adequate steps are taken to realize fines
from defaulters.
66. Registers of letters received and dispatched.—-In every Inspector's office,two registers shall
be kept up in the forms mentioned in Rule 132 showing all papers received and dispatched.
67. Index of crime, maps and chart.—Every circle inspector and sub-divisionalpolice officer shall
maintain an index of crime, crime-charts and crime maps as detailed in Rules 879 and 880 and Appendix
7.
68. Touring.—A circle inspector shall be frequently on the move and shall spendan adequate
part of his time on tom" in his circle. For this purpose, he shall keep a horse or pony by which reasonable
day journey may be performs. Where there are good roads communicating with all parts of the sub-
division, a bicycle, a motor cycle or a motor car may be kept in place of pony. Inspectors shall not
ordinarily use the railway for journeys on inspection duty, and if they have to do a rail journey, their
travelling allowance bills shall not be passed unless they give satisfactory reasons for doing so.
69. Inspections.—(a) The instructions for inspection and supervision by superior officers are
applicable to an inspector within his circle, but as the area under his control is smaller and he has less to
‫ص‬
keep him at Headquarters, his inspection shall be㾐detailed and thorough. He will concentrate on crime
records, rectify defects, and bring them up-to- date and he will supervise cases on the spot more closely
and more frequently. In particular, he shall inspect all stations, and outposts in his circle twice a financial
year, Where the jurisdiction of S.D.P.O. and Inspector is same, the. Inspector shall inspect only once and
shall so arrange his inspections that these are not made in the same quarter as that of the S.D.P.O.
There should be similar gap with the inspection of S.P.
The Circle Inspector and S.D.P.O. shall prepare only one copy of Inspection note which shall be
written, by hand or typed and kept in the Inspection Register on the same day at the time of inspection.
(b) Inspection of lock-ups—~Inspectors and officers of higher rank should satisfy themselves,
whenever they visit a police-post, that the Rules regulating the conduct of lock-ups are properly
observed and that no ill-treatment of prisoners has occurred. Court hajats should be similarly inspected
at frequent intervals (see Rule 237-239).
70. Special Rules for Inspectors —The following are special orders for the guidance of an
inspector when inspecting a police station:—-
35

(a) He shall carry out all the instructions given in Rule 41 at each inspection. He shall make
entries in Khatian Inspection Register of P.S. in P.M. Form No. 75D in his own hand (see Rule
131).
(b) He shall see that all orders of superior officers given at previous inspections have been
carried out and shall note that he has done so.
(c) He shall observe the discipline maintained at the police-station and the measure of control
exercised by the Sub-inspector over his subordinates.
(d) He shall look into the working of the Chaukidari Act both at the station and in the mufassil.
(e) He shall look into the working of the Arms and Excise Acts [see Rule 71 (b)]-
(l) He shall ensure that officers in charge ofpolice-stations keep in close touch with each other.
(g) See Appendix 76 also.
71. Supervision of Chaukidari work.—(a) In every quarter. Inspector shall superintend at least
one day‘s attendance of chaukidars at every station in his circle and satisfy himself that the Rules
regarding chaukidari parades or observed. By questioning chaukidars and examining the station diary,
he shall satisfy himself that no instance of good work on their part escapes recognition.
㡐‫ص‬
(b) Arms and explosives stores. Etc. -He shall Inspect all factories licensed under the Arms and
Explosive Act and all shops and stores licensed under these Acts, other than firework shop, once a
quarter. Only fire-workshops shall, be inspected once in every six months (see Appendix 26).
72. Inspection return.—(a) The circle inspector shall submit monthly return of inspections and
work done in RM. Form No. 8.
(b) Registers and returns. ——A. list of the registers and other returns prescribed for all circle
offices and the periods for which they are to be preserved will be found in Appendices 62 and 64.
36
..

CHAPTER 6
THE POLICE-STATION
73. Definitions.—(a) A police stations is defined in Section 2(5), Cr.P.C. A thana is a revenue unit
and may include one or more police-stations. For purposes of police administration, all investigating
centers are known as “Police-stations”.
(b) Police-post.--The term “Police-post“includes police-stations, beat houses, town outposts and
shivirs.
(c) Alteration in boundaries. —Proposal for alterations in the boundaries of police-stations,

according as they do or do not affect Revenue thana boundaries, shall be made as laid down in Appendix
4. As alterations in Revenue thana boundaries cause considerable administrative inconvenience, no
proposals for readjustment of existing settled boundaries shall be submitted unless the reasons are
incontestably strong or unless readjustment is consequent upon a well-established need of an additional
investigating center owing to the increase of work.
74. Police-station to be kept neat and clean.-—-A police-station should be a pattern of order
and cleanliness both inside and out. The officer-in-charge will be held responsible that ever thing is in its
place. The bedding in the constables’ barracks should he neatly rolled up when not in use.
75. Notice Board and signboard.——every police-post shall be provided with a notice board and
a sign board. The former shall be hung up in the verandah in a conspicuous place and the latter shall be
firmly afiixed to two strong posts on the side of㿠the ‫ ص‬public road. Regarding sign-board, see detailed
descriptions in Appendix 80. Words denoting the name and direction of the particular police-station or
post should be written in Devanagri script in block letters. Some direction signs may be fixed all more
than one conspicuous places in the town for locating the police station easily.
76. Takhtis.—the following takhtis shall be hung up in all police-stations:—
(1) Government property list.
(2) Name of every man posted at a police-station.
(3) List of factories, stores and shops licensed under the Explosives Act.
(4) List of arms and ammunition stores and factories.
(5) List of shops licensed under the Poisons Act.
(6) List of shops licensed under the Excise and Opium Acts.
37

(7) Cases pending investigation and the names of officers with whom pending and other
alternative details which shall be entered as soon as an F.l.R. is registered and shall be
made up-to-date scoring out from the list as soon as Final Form is submitted.
(8) Towns and areas in which Section 34 of Police Act, the Bengal Public Gambling Act or
any other special acts are in force.
(9) Main fairs, bazars and hats with dates on which they are held.
(10) Names of presidents of Panchayats. Mukhiyas and Sarpanchas of Gram Panchayats,
presidents of Block Committees.
(11)Officers and Police-stations to which hue and cry notices are to be sent (Rule 152).
(12) Persons under surveillance. (List shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 25-A).
(13) Active criminals of bordering police-stations (List shall be kept in PM. Form No. 25-
A).
(14) Returns due to superior officers.
(15) Maps. —Besides the crime map maintained under Rule 13 l, a printed the map,
backed with, strong canvas, shall be hung up. On it shall be marked in colors, out stills and liquor
shops, public ferries, the boundaries chaukidari unions and any other feature of importance
which the Superintendent may think fit to order. The maps of all police-stations immediately
adjoining shall be cut out and pasted in their proper positions round this map, so as to form one
‫ص‬
continuous map. At police stations which 㡐 are on the borders of Nepal or any other territory, of
which no bordering thana map can be obtained the best maps of the country concerned
available shall, be hung up alongside of the map of the police-station.
(16) The Government notification according to which the police-station areahad been
fixed. The area, population, names of all village under the Police Station and Thana number shall
also be noted with this notification.
77. Sentries.—(a) At town police-stations, a regular sentry shall always be on duty in full uniform
and shall be relieved every two hours. The officer-in-charge shall assemble all the men present
at the station every morning and evening and tell off the constables in the order of their watch
for the ensuing day or night and enter the orders in the station diary. An Assistant Sub-Inspector
or a Havildar shall be placed in charge of the watch who shall see that the sentries are relieved a
proper time. He shall always sleep close to the sentry, so that his assistance can be obtained
without the sentry leaving his post (see Rule 239-B).
38

(b) As a rule, no standing sentry need be posted at mufassil stations, but at night one constable shall he
to off to sleep in front of the door of the police-station, which shall he securely fastened. If, however,
there are prisoners in the lock-up or valuable property in the malkhana, the orders in clause (a) shall be
followed.
(c) The constable on watch shall rouse the officer-in-charge whenever he is required for public service.
78. Keys of the malkhana and lock-up.—Malkhana doors and chests shall be provided with secure locks,
the keys of which shall be kept by the officer-in-charge. The key of the lock up shall remain with the
sentry on duty.
79. Making and taking over charge.—All entries concerning taking over of charge by Thana-in-charge
and officer taking charge shall be in their own handwriting. For Rules regarding making and taking over
charge of a police-station, Rules 771 and 773 are applicable. These Rules shall not be observed in cases
of temporary absences, as, for instance, when the officer-in-charge of the police-station proceeds to
give evidence. In such cases, the two officers concerned shall note in the station diary the facts of having
made and taken over charge.
80. Officer-in-charge of a police-station.--The term “Officer-in-charge of a police-station" as defined in

clause (0), Section 2, Cr. P.C., distinctly excludes constables. A constable unavoidably left to perform the
routine work of a police-station does not come within the meaning of “officer-in-charge of a police-
station" [see Rule 143(f) ].
䀰‫ص‬
DUTIES OF STATION OFFICERS
81. Station-in-charge.—(a) within the limits of his jurisdiction the officer-in-charge of a police-station is
responsible for the management and working of all his Subordinates and for investigation and detection
crimes. In order to check crime, his first aim should be to obtain correct information about criminals,
vagrants or ever wandering gangs resident in or passing through the Police-station, and either to watch
them effectively or to take such active measures against them as may be legal. The foremost means to
this end are:——
(1) an intimate knowledge of the area committed to his charge and of its inhabitants, and the,
enlistment of their sympathy and co-operation;
(2) the regular and early reporting by chaukidars of facts as to crime and criminals, suspicious characters
and strangers;
(3) the active surveillance of registered criminals and suspects;
39

(4) the careful maintenance nce and study of the crime directory and surveillance records;
(5) the efficient use of road patrols;
(6) submission of prosecution reports in bad livelihood cases;
(7) generous co-operation with officers of neighbouring police-stations.
(b) The station officer shall not neglect or ignore above means and, by constantly moving about within is
jurisdiction and by visit to residents, shall assure himself that he receives complete and correct
informations at regular intervals. It will be easy to hunt out active criminals by keeping up-to-date
information about crime and criminals and preventive action can also be taken at appropriate time.
(c) Responsibility for registers. —The responsibility for proper maintenance of all registers and records
at a police-station rests on the officer-in charge who may take the assistance of his subordinates in
doing this work.
(d) Collection of intelligence.—The Police-station-in-charge shall collect intelligence on all matters of

public importance in his jurisdiction and also communicate in superior officers even though such
matters may have no connection with any criminal offence.
㡐‫ص‬
(e) Arms and explosives stores, etc.—The officer-in-charge of P.S. shall inspect all factories. -hops and
stores and firework shops licensed under the Arms and Explosives Act once in every three months (See
Appendix 26).
82. Land disputes and breaches of the peace.--The following instructions are issued as a guide to the
police officers in dealing with disputes which are likely to lead to a breach of the peace :—
(1) It is the duty of every police officer, under Section 23 of the Police Act to collect intelligence
and send information’s where necessary. Therefore, the officers-in-charge of Police-stations
should keep in touch with subordinate Police men deputed for the purpose and chaukidars with
all developments threatening a breach of the peace and should not be content merely with the
submission of a report to the Magistrate for preventive action.
(2) in cases where there is, in the opinion of police officers a bonafide dispute on the question of
right to possession of land and a breach of the peace is imminent, a report under Section 145,
Cr.P.C. should ordinarily be submitted. In every such case, submission of a report under Section
144. Cr.P.C. is always an advisable preliminary action. If the station officer considers it
necessary, a copy of the report shall be sent through a special
40

messenger to Superintendent of Police or the Sub-Divisional Police Officer and request him that, he
should either himself enquire into the matter or get it enquired by a Magistrate within 24 hours or as
early as possible.
(3) Where action under Sections I44 and 145, Cr.P.C. does not have the desired effect, and likelihood of
a breach of the peace continues, a report under Section 107, Cr.P.C. and if considered necessary under
Section 116(3), Cr.P.C. for interim bond can be submitted against either or both the parties.
(4) The Circle Inspector and the S.D.P.O. shall be held responsible for seeing that station officers follow
the correct procedure and. generally keep in touch with existing conditions.
83. Training of subordinates.—(a) Officers-in-charge of police-stations are responsible that every

change, addition to the law which directly concerns the police. And every circular order, knowledge of
which is likely to be useful to the men under them is read out and explained to all assistant Sub-
Inspectors, havildars and constables. From time to time, he shall himself take part in training and satisfy
himself that the above officers and constables are fully acquainted with the histories, habits, haunts.
relative and associates of, and the kind of crime committed by, local and bordering active criminals and
absconders. Brief histories shall be written and hung up in every barrack for the constables to study.
(b) All the constables available in every police-station shall be collected daily for at least half an hour for
getting them acquainted with the facts laid down in Appendix 35.
㡐‫ص‬
84. Second and third Sub-Inspectors.-—If junior Sub—inspectors, are posted to a police station, they
can, subject to the general responsibility of the officer-in-charge, relieve the latter of certain duties and
those investigations which may he made over to them. '
85. Maintenance of conveyance.—Sub-Inspector shall keep a serviceable horse or pony or motor cycle
so that suitable journeys can be made. In the places mentioned in Appendix 47, a bicycle or motor cycle
may be used instead of a pony, with the permission of the Superintendent. Station officers shall not
ordinarily use the railway for short journeys on duty within their jurisdictions (see Rule 748).
86. Boats.--Certain police-stations are provided with boats for the use of Police, which shall be hired,
with their crews, for the tithe specified in the district allotments. The responsibility for efficiency of both
boats and crews is on the Superintendent (see Rule 762).
87. Mufassil diary.—Whilst engaged out of Headquarters on any duty, Sub- Inspector and Assistant Sub-
Inspector shall submit a diary, in P.M. Form No. 5 to the
41

Circle Inspector. While the fact of any investigation of a case or of special arrests made, if any, shall be
noted in this diary no details must even be given. The Circle Inspector shall peruse it personally and take
action for delays and irregularity on the part of his subordinates. This diary shall be dispatched daily.
88. Duties of Assistant Sub-lnspectors.—(a) Assistant Sub-inspector posted at a police-station is

intended manly to relieve the ofiicer-in-charge of clerical work and to help him in the mutine parts of
chaukidari parades.
(b) When the officer-in-charge or the Junior Sub-Inspectors, are absent or ill, the Senior Assistant Sub-
Inspector is competent, under Section 2(a), Cr.PC., to assume charge of the station and to exercise the
functions of an officer-in-charge.
(c) When a station officer or his junior is present, Assistant Sub-Inspector shall in no circumstance, go to
the spot for, investigation of a case and shall comply with Sections 154, 156, 157, I65, 166, Cr.P.C. and
Rule 158.
(d) in unavoidable emergencies, an Assistant Sub-Inspector can take preliminary steps in investigation
but he shall fully explain the circumstances in personal diary and case diary. The Circle Inspector shall
examine it carefully. The Superintendent shall also, in course of his inspection of P.-S., review the
compliance of this rule.
(e) When the Sub-Inspector is absent, an Assistant Sub-Inspector, on receipt of information of a

cognizable case shall take such preliminary steps 䂠‫ص‬as may be necessary,- e.g. recording of the First
Information Report and the pursuit of accused persons. If the Sub-Inspector is within the limits of the
pol ice-station, the Assistant Sub-Inspector shall send the complainant and the parties concerned to him
with a copy of the First information Report.
(f) When he can be spared from the duties of the station, he may be deputed to move outside the P.-S.
to make enquiries regarding seveilles, to learn to recognize local and foreign criminals, to realize fines,
to enquire into simple cases of unnatural death, to supervise road patrols and to hold charge of
detachments deputed on guard or escort duty.
88-A. Duties of Havildars.—ln police-stations having more than 10 constables, Havildar may be posted
who shall be utilized for supervision of work of constables. In special circumstances. Havildars can be
given the duties even of constables they can be utilized for clerical work of station according to orders of
Superintendent
89. Duties of constables.—(a) Constables at police-stations maybe employed in the execution of

warrants, for escorts and guards, on picketing duty, for the patrolling of roads, for the regulation of
crowds and traffic and, under orders of a superior in the suppression of riots and disturbances.
42

(b) The constables may be deputed to collect definite information wider the orders of the Sub-
Inspector. The details of information to be collected in this way and the places. to be visited shall be
recorded on the command certificate to be granted under Rule 90.
(c) Apart from going with the Investigating Officer, a constable may also be sent to call
witnesses, to keep watch on suspects and accused and on persons kept under surveillance.
(d) Since a constable is such a living symbol of the administration who is mostly visible and
available at any place and time, it becomes his duty that when he is on duty either alone or in a group
and in case an incident occurs at or near the place of his posting, he must utilize his capability to the full.
If the incident has any link with any crime, he will mobilize his resources and force quickly to find out its
reality. If the incident is of riot or unrest, he will try his best to localize and prevent it from spreading
and he will inform the superior police officers at once. He will not leave his place till the arrival of
another detachment of police force or armed force in his place.
(e) Constable’s Note Book. —Constables on duty shall maintain a note book which will contain
an account of duties done and places visited. They are required to enter full account of their doings on
beat or any special duty. Information picked up concerning crime, bad characters and other matters of
interest to the police should be noted. The Note Books of constables shall be kept by the officer-in-
charge. It will be handed over to constables when, they go out on duty and received back on their
return. Note books when full or no longer in use shall be kept in P.-S. After three years they will
㡐‫ص‬
be destroyed.
The officer-in-charge shall go through the notes on each occasion those are made
by constables returning from duty, initialing them in token of his having read them. Any matter of
interest should be entered in the station diary and extract forwarded to the superior officers as
necessary.
90. Command certificates. ---Whenever a subordinate police officer (up to Havildar) is deputed
on any duty, a command certificate in PM. Form No. 9 shall be given to him. He shall carry it with him
and produce it on his return before the officer- in—charge who shall bring to the notice of the circle
inspector all instances of delay in the performance of any duty. Command certificates shall be filed it the
officer of origin, except those for journeys involving payment of travelling allowance, escort charges
etc., which shall be submitted to the Superintendent (see Appendix 57). When more than one constable
is deputed the command certificate shall indicate the names of all and the name of that constable ‘shall
also be written who will be in charge of the detachment.
43

91. Residence.—(a) Ordinarily. all constables posted at police posts shall live on the premises.
(b) At police-stations, where Government quarters are provided, in which families can live together.
the married officer shall live at nights but where there is no such facility the officer-in-charge may
permit those to live with family at night whose residence is not from their posts. However, it is
necessary that at least one Assistant Sub-Inspector and three constables shall remain all night on the
premises of the police-station. This privilege of living with family outside shall be given only with the
Inspector’s written consent.
92. Verification of antecedents of candidates for employment.—(a) Applications for verification of the
antecedents of intending candidates for employment fall under two classes:—
(i) Those concerning candidates for employment in Government service or railway; or public
sector industrial undertakings and which have been sent for enquiry by a Government
servant or a responsible railway official or an official of said industry; and
(ii) Those applications which are received from a local body, or corporation, or institutions
recognized by Government, factories or their officers.
(b) The officer-in-charge of a police-station shall comply with applications under (i) and return them
䃰‫ ص‬direct at his police-station. be referred to the
direct but applications falling under (ii) shall. if received
Superintendent of Police. ln both the circumstances verification shall be done from records kept at
police-station, without making any local enquiry.
(c) In cases under class (ii) the S.P. shall request the authority concerned to deposit a fee of Rs. l0.
Fees received by the Superintendent shall be deposited at once in the local treasury under head “O55-
Police". In districts where such receipts are large, they may be deposited under one chalan twice a
month.
(d) The applications received for verification under class (ii) shall be addressed to Superintendent. If
a non-Government company or persons make an application for verification of antecedents, the
Superintendent shall before forwarding it to station for enquiry, satisfy himself that the application is
genuine.
93. Post-office safe.—(a) Postmasters may place iron safes containing post-office cash inside police-
stations with the sanction of the Superintendent of Police. For each safe a rent of Rs. 100 per year will
be payable by the Postal Department.
(b) For such a permission, postmasters should give a certificate in P.M. Form No. ll and the above
certificate will be preserved as a permanent record in the Superintendent's office if the permission is
granted.
44

(c) The cost of embedding, etc. will in each case be bome by the Postal Department, cost of removal.
if necessary, and of repairs to building necessitated by such removal should also be bome by that
department.
(d) Permission, if accorded. shall be in P. M. Form No. 1 l-A and acknowledgement of the receipt of
this form should always be obtained.
(e) A cash chest in a police-station shall be securely embedded in the floor. The key shall remain with
the postmaster who alone shall have access. The Police shall have no concern with the contents kept
inside or taken out which shall not be entered in the station books. Whenever cash chest is opened or
closed, entries shall be made in the Station diary.
(f) Escorts for post-office remittance. —Notice of escorts passing between stations and sub-
divisional or Sadar Headquarters shall be given to postmasters. If there is excess funds with any
Postmaster and he desires to remit, he shall send such excess amount under charge of the first available
escort. Post-master shall pay for the carriage and other charges. The police simply shall afford
protection in form of escort.
93A. Excise.—(a) If the money on account of excise collection is receive at such a time when the
post-office is closed on account of holiday or after post-office working hours, the Excise Sub-Inspector
may deposit cash in sealed bags at police-stations.
㡐‫ص‬
(b) The officer-in-charge will not be responsible for the contents of the sealed-bag but only for its
safe custody and that it is returned with the seal intact. A station diary entry shall be recorded on the
receipt and the return of the sealed bag.
94. Deleted.
95. Death of pensioners and police-officers on leave.—(a) Treasury officers and, in the case of
pensioners of the Posts and Telegraphs Department, disbursing postmasters shall always supply the
officer-in-charge of a police station with a list of all such pensioners who reside within the police-station
jurisdiction and whose pensions are paid by money order. The officer-in charge shall report as soon as
possible to the Treasury Officer or the disbursing postmaster, the death of any such pensioner.
(b) Prompt reports shall also be sent to the Superintendent of the death of any police-officer whilst
on leave.
96. Lunatics.—(a) Officers-in- charge of police-stations. acting under the provisions of Section 13 of
the Lunacy Act (4 of I 912), shall secure and forward to the District or Sub-Divisional Magistrate all
persons believed to be dangerous by reason of lunacy. They shall not ordinarily interfere with harmless
lunatics or with dangerous lunatics of whom proper care is taken.
45

(b) When a lunatic is sent up. a report in P. M. Form No. 10 shall accompany him.
(c) Police Officers shall report to the District or Sub-Divisional Magistrate all cases in which lunatics,
who. have been made over to their friends for care and treatment, are neglected or cruelly treated.
97. Epidemics.—In this connection [see Rule 1341].
98. Famine duties.—For duties of the Police in connection with famine, [see Appendix S].
99. Overloading ferry boats.---In the neighborhood of much frequented ferries, officers-in-
charge of police-stations shall exercise constant supervision, personally and through their subordinates,
in order to see that too much load is not put on boats. Rules concerning the Bengal Ferries Act (Bengal
Act 1, I885) have been given in clause 86 of Appendix 101 . The Superintendent of Police shall pass the
orders to officers- in-charge in which special liabilities of local police force will be mentioned. It will also
be stated by the Superintendent that at what periods and how much force should be posted at ferries,
so that they may control the rush and no accident occurs.
100. Encroachments.——(a) It is the special duty of officers-in-charge of police- stations to

prevent, encroachments on the public roads. ln many cases, action can be taken by them under Sections
283 and 431, Indian Penal Code which are cognizable; but where these are not applicable, a report shall
be made to a Magistrate having iurisdiction with a䅀
view
‫ ص‬to the issue of an order under Section 133,
Criminal Procedure Code.
(b) Embankments.—ln the areas notified under Section 6 of Bengal Embankment Act, 1882 (ll of
1882) the officer-in-charge of police-station shall pay attention to the safety of embankments according
to the list of authorized and existing embankments which will be supplied by the Collector and get this
work done by chaukidars and other subordinates. Where there is a possibility of danger, information,
shall be given by station-in-charge a quickly as possible to District Magistrate and S.P.
101. Fires.—(a) On the occasion of a fire, the following orders shall be complied:—-
(1) There will be sincere co-operation between Police units and Fire-brigade organizations.
(2) On receipt of an information about outbreak of fire, a police-station or a post wherever

information might have been available shall give information to the nearest Fire-Brigade Centre. For this
purpose, it is extremely necessary for policemen to fully know the Telephone numbers of the Fire
Brigade posts and their Headquarters.
46

(3) As far as possible, the information shall be given by telephone and if there is no telephone in a
Police-post, a telephone nearby shall be utilized for this.
(4) If telephone is not available, the information shall be sent as soon ft possible through special
messenger.
(5) The message, whether communicated over the telephone or sent by messenger shall be in simple
form. The place of outbreak of fire shall be stated clearly.
(6) Messages communicated over telephone shall also be confirmed immediately in writing.
(7) All police telephones shall have a card attached in which the address and telephone number of
nearest fire-brigade shall be noted.
(b) On outbreak of fire, the Police force shall have to perform following duties:--—
(1) The station-in-charge shall organize promtly a force of at least one S.l. and as many constables and
Havildars a can be available ad send them to the spot.
(2) On arrival at the scene, the officer-in-charge of police detachment shall after meeting Senior Fire
Brigade Officer ascertain as to what assistance should be given.
㡐‫ص‬
(3) The police force shall comply with the requests and directions of Fire Brigade Officer as far as
possible.
(4) The police force shall be employed for following duties:--
(i) The roads along which Fire Service Vehicles shall pass and along which pipes be laid for bringing
water, shall be kept absolutely clear.
(ii) In order to save the vehicles from the possibility of damage, these shall not be allowed to pass
near a burning house .
(iii) All obstructions shall be removed from the places close to burning house so that there is no
obstruction in fire brigade work.
(iv) Traffic shall be kept far off from the spot of fire.
(v) Sentries shall be provided over Fire Service tanks. A Fire Brigade employee cap utilize any type
of reservoir available near the spot of fire, whether it belongs to a particular person or public, as
laid down in Section l0(e) of Bihar Fire Services Act. 1948.
47
(vi) If the Fire Brigade Officer desires to post a person for fire brigade work on the roof of
neighboring houses, the police officer shall obtain the consent of the owners.
(vii) Injured persons handed over to the police shall be sent to Hospital alter rendering
proper first aid.
(viii) Properties handed over to the police shall be taken charge of.
(ix) The police force shall take proper steps to prevent looting or theft in the fire-affected
areas.
(x) If the police force appears insufficient the officer-in-charge shall try to obtain
reinforcements but for this, it is improper to enter into arguments of any type with the
fire officer.
(xi) Since the fire officer is responsible for operations connected with fire brigade, the
officer-in-charge of police force, whatever his rank may be, shall comply with the
instructions of fire officer.
(xii) The senior fire officer shall announce, after the fire has been extinguished, that the fire
service operations have concluded. The S.l. of police shall then take charge of the
affected area and take appropriate steps for the sake of storing of properties or for
safety of damaged houses.
(xiii) All S.S.P., in whose towns the Fire Service is available, shall keep attention on this fact
that the subordinate employees under them understand these orders.
䆐‫ص‬
(c) Where no Fire Service is available the following orders shall be observed:—
(i) All the members of police detachment which is ordered to proceed to the spot shall not go
there individually but in a body.
(ii) Some men of the force shall keep the crowd in order. The remainder shall be engaged in
extinguishing the fire. In such circumstances, they will not be required to wear full uniform. They can
start for the spot as early as possible even after wearing a belt only.
(iii) A Senior Officer of the police force present at the spot shall select a place where the
property rescued shall be kept safely. The owner of this saved property and none else shall be able to
take the property.
(d) In incidents relating to outbreak of fire, the person among the police force or fire brigade
whose services in extinguishing it shall be considered worth reporting, shall be surely given proper
reward by S.P.
48

102. Explosions.—(a) On a serious explosion happening, a report has to be sent to the Chief
Controller of Explosives by express wire or wireless and if his services are required in connection with
the investigation or enquiry it will be stated in the message. Officer-in-charge of police-stations shall.
Therefore, give immediate notice of such occurrences to the Superintendent by telegram or wireless
and shall not allow anyone to go near the debris. lf it is decided that the Chief Controller of Explosives
shall hold an investigation, everything at the spot shall be kept safely as it is until he_ arrives (see
Appendix 26. clause 8).
(b) Accident on railway — The duties of station officers in regard to enquiries into accidents on
the railway are laid down in Rules 508 and 509.
(c) Accidents of aircrafts and other calamities are dealt within Chapter 45.
103. Wrecks.—{a) It is the duty of Police to report all wrecks to the District or Sub-Divisional
Magistrate. and pending the receipt of his orders, take measures to protect the wrecked property.
(b) If a station-in-charge receives an information of a casualty to an inland steam vessel under

Section 32 of Inland Steam Vessel Act (I, 1917). he shall supply the Registrar, Shipping and Wrecks,
Calcutta as early as possible with an attested copy of such information (see Appendix HA).
㡐‫ص‬
(c) If the property saved from a wreck is “salvaged property". the police shall not take that
property out of the possession of the salvers. but shall only ascertain from them the nature of the
property and report the matter for the orders of the District or Sub—Divisional Magistrate.
(d) Salvage.-—"Salvage” means the compensation allowed to persons by whose assistance a

ship or boat or the lives of the persons on board, are saved from danger or loss in eases of ship-wrecks,
abandonment of vessel or the like. lt is necessary, therefore, that life or property shall be in peril, and
that skill or enterprise shall be displayed, or risk encountered, on the part of the salvers before any claim
to salvage can be established. Where such claim is established. ten per cent may be awarded to such
persons who recover wrecked property.
(e) Where these conditions exist, there is no difference between river and sea salvage.
Example—A steamer or boat is wrecked in a river, and cargo is floating about within easy distance of
land, As no skill is required or danger encountered in bringing it ashore. this is not "salvaged property".
In such a case it is the duty of the police to render all possible assistance, and. if the owners of salvaged
properties are present, to make it over to them. in the event of the owners being unknown the police
shall take
49

possession of it, as such property belongs to the State. In either case, they shall report the fact for the
information or orders of the Magistrate.
(f) A villager who carried off such property and made no attempt to find out the owners would be
guilty of criminal misappropriation under Section 403, I.P.C. In all cases of wrecks the chaukidar shall
give immediate notice to the police-station.
(g) With these exceptions, movable property found by any private person and not claimed is the
property of the finder.
(h) Wrecks in canals.—ln the canals, the Canal Officer has control over the disposal of wrecks.
104. Treasure trove.—(a). The finding of statuary, coins or other treasure buried underground shall
be reported through the Superintendent to the Collector.
(b) The law regarding treasure trove (i. e. , anything of value hidden in the soil or in anything affixed
thereto) is contained in Act 6 of l 878. Whenever treasure exceeding in value Rs. 10 is found, the finder
shall give notice to the Collector. If the Collector, after due enquiry, declares the treasure ownerless, he
will distribute the sum to the finder, and the owner of the place in which it was found, or give it to the
finder or acquire it on behalf of Government under the provisions of the Act.
䇠‫ص‬
105. Archaeology.— Whenever any object of archaeological interest is found, the officers-in-charge
of the police-stations shall report about it to the Superintendent of Police and the latter will send
information about it to. the Director of Archaeology of the State Government or the Government of
India as the case may be and also to the Education Department. Till the making over of the antiquity to
authority concerned it will be kept in the safe custody o£ local police-station.
106. Pillars of the Great Trigonometrical Survey.—The Police are responsible for repot ting on the
state of the pillars of the Great Trigonometrical Survey. A constable shall be deputed every six months
to examine all such pillars in the police-station area, and chaukidara shall be instructed to report at once
any damage to pillars situated in their beats. Any damage or injury shall be reported at once both to the
District Magistrate and S. P.
In case of minor repair work to be done for such pillars the authorities concerned” shall intimate the
cost of repairs which can be approved by the Director, Indian Geodetic & Research Branch, Survey of
India, and Dehradun (U.P.) subsequently.
Whoever commits mischief by destroying or tampering with any survey pillar the police department
would be responsible to find out such miscreant(s) and take necessary action under Section 434, I.P.C.
50

The officer-in-charge shall send annually a report in P. M. Form No. 12 in the month of
November to Superintendent of Police who will compile them for the entire district and send them to
the District Magistrate. The latter will forward them to Director of Geodetic & .Research Branch in the
printed Form No. 204-G of Survey of India and supplied by that authority so as to reach there by 1st of
January every year (see Rule 1015).
107. Indents for service-stamps.—Officers-in-charge of police-stations, shall submit indents for service-
stamps to the Superintendent in the following form:—
MONTHLY SERVICE-STAMPS ACCOUNT FOR THE MONTH......................

YEAR ...............OF POLICE-STATION ..............DISTRICT.
Balance from Received within Total of Expenditure Balance available

the month. columns
the previous month. during the month.
1 and 2.
1 2 3 4 5
㡐‫ص‬
Signature....................
Indenting Officer
108. Service of warrants.—(a) Warrants received by an officer-in-charge of a police-station for

execution under Section 72, Cr.P.C., will be addressed to him by name or by title of his office. Section 74,
Cr.P.C., prescribes that all subsequent endorsements shall be by name. If, therefore, the officer
addressed desires to entrust the execution of the warrant to some other police officer, the endorsement
to such officer shall be by name. His authority to endorse shall be made clear by the addition of the
words “officer-in-charge” alter his signature. An officer below the rank of Assistant
Sub-Inspector left in charge has no power to endorse a warrant.
(b) Service of warrants on railway servants will be made according to Rules 502 and 503.
109. (a) if a warrant of arrest cannot be executed till the date fixed, instead of returning it to the
Magistrate concerned, the station officer shall inform the Magistrate stating the reasons for its non-
execution and the warrant shall be kept at the P.S. till the arrest is made or the warrant is not
withdrawn by the Court.
51

(b) Proclamation and attachment. —Along with the report under Section 82, Cr.P.C. [Rule 288(b)], the
officer-in-charge shall submit to the Court officer a complete list of the absconder’s property, movable
and immovable, together with an application for attachment under Section 83, Cr.P.C. On receipt of
orders of attachment. the officer-in- charge shall effect attachment. and submit a report in P. M. Form
No. I 7 to the Magistrate concerned forwarding a copy to the Superintendent (see Rules 118 and 288).
(c) Return of warrants against witnesses. —An unexecuted warrant for the arrest of a witness in
Form No. 7, Schedule 33, Cr.P.C . shall be returned to the Magistrate on date fixed therein, so that the
latter may take any further steps he may think advisable.
(d) Every officer-in-charge of police-station shall send the list of those absconders to Panchayat who
can visit areas in its jurisdiction. They shall obtain receipts from the Gram Sewak about the receipt of the
list. Alterations and amendments made in this list from time to time shall also be sent whenever
necessary. The officer-in-charge and officer’s superior to him) shall check and ensure that the lists are
properly maintained at each Panchayat office.
The list shall be kept in the following proforma :—
Serial No. and date of entry Name, father's Descriptive Details as to family and property of
name, village, Police roll of the absconder in the Panchayat area.
station and district of absconder
absconder.
䈰‫ص‬
1 2 3 4
Names of relatives and well-wishers residing Brief description of Amount of reward.

inside Panchayat area who are likely to be offence
contacted by absconder.
5 6 7
52

VILLAGE POLICE
110. Chaukidari parades.—(a) In districts in which the system of parade before Mukhiya or
presidents of panchayats is in force, chaukidars shall attend at the police- station once a month only.
Half the chaukidars of each union shall appear in the first week and the other half in the third week but
dafadars shall parade at the police-station each week after attending the parade before the president or
Mukhiya. In the month in which chaukidars are paid they shall all attend on the day fixed for pay-parade.
Where, under the Village Administration Act. the pay is distributed by the president of the union or
presiding member, the pay-parade shall be held at the union board office.
(b) The following are the Rules for holding chaukidari parades in districts where the president
system is not in force:-—
(1) The chaukidars shall he divided into two classes.-—
(i) Those belonging to villages within a radius of 16 kms. and (ii) those belonging to
villages outside such a radius. The former shall attend once a week, the latter once a
fortnight.
(2) These two classes shall be further subdivided into two groups. Each group shall he under a
dafadar and there shall be 20 or any less number of chaukidars in it. Each chaukidar shall
have his group number and his individual number in that group. The odd and even
numbers of each group shall attend㡐on ‫ ص‬separate days in the week, to be fixed by the
Superintendent with reference to local conditions, such as hat days etc. and shall he
attended by their dafadars. When there are two or more chaukidars in a village. They shall
attend alternately so that there may always be one chaukidar present in the village.
(3) Daily parade system. . —Where local conditions permit and with the District Magistrate ‘s
approval, a system of parades may be arranged by which one or more chaukridars of each
circle, according to their size, attend daily at the police-station except in the week in which
pay is distributed when the entire force will attend on the date fixed for pay parade. Clause
(1) will be observed in forcing daily parades. Dafadars need only attend once a week. They
may attend more often, if desired, provided such attendance does not involve too
prolonged absence from their circles.
(4) The advantages of the daily parade system are obvious. Information can be obtained from,
and disseminated to, every part of a station area daily; the station area is not denuded
twice a week of half its village police and a small body of chaukidars is always available for
“picketing” and other important works.
53

(c) The chaukidari parade shall be held at such an hour as to admit of chaukidars returning to
their villages by sunset. And in order to ensure, this. chaukidars shall be compelled to be punctual.
Parades shall he held in the police-station compound. Each group being represented by tiles set into the
ground, on which are to be recorded the individual number of tha chaukidars using them. A masonry
platform marked out in squares, and sheds to protect the chaukidars from sun and rain, are
recommended. A dafadar's position in the parade shed shall be either in front or on the flank of the men
of his circle. Every chaukidar and dafadar attending the parade shall be in uniform.
(d) Attendance register and half-_yearly statement.—The chaukidars having assembled their
attendance shall be recorded in the attendance register (P. M. Form No.13) by the officer holding the
parade. Chaukidars who show good reason for absence may be allowed to send proxies provided they
are physically qualified and of ability. The names of all chaukidars absent from the muster parade
without leave or substitute and whose absence is unexplained, shall be entered in the station diary
immediately after the parade. A half-yearly statement of the chaukidars absent during the half-year shall
be submitted in the first week of the month following the half year in P. M. Form No. 14 to
Superintendent through proper channel.
111. Powers and duties of village police.—(a) The powers and duties of dafadars and chaukidars
are prescribed in the following acts and Rules:--
A. ‫ ص‬Bihar and Orissa Village Administration Act, 1922

In those districts in which Part 111 of䊀the
is in force.—Section 27 and Schedule 111 of the said Act and Rules 6 to 10 of the Bihar and
Orissa Chaukidari Rules. 1923.
B. Where the Village Admim'strari0n Act is not inf0rce.—(1) Section 21 of the Chota Nagpur
Rural Police Act, 1914 and Rules 79-81 made under that Act in those districts to which this
Act applies.
(2) In other districts Section 39, “Bengal Act V1 of 1870, and paragraphs 141-163 of the
Chaukidari Manual, 1907 (1959 edition).
(b) A register of village chaukidars shall be maintained at all police-stations in the forms noted
below:—
(i) For districts where the Acts in A and B (2) of clause (a) are in force. Register 2 of Chaukidari
Manual, 1907.
(ii) For districts where the Act in B (l) of clause (a) is in force, Register 1 of Rules made under
the Chota Nagpur Rural Police Act, 1914.
112. Information and reports.—(a) After recording attendance, the officer holding the parade
shall question those present as to whether they have any report to make on the following points:—
54

(1) Epidemics.
(2) Fires.
(3) The state of crops.
(4) Cattle-disease.
(5) Obstruction to telegraph wires.
(6) Injury to survey pillars, Government trees, bridges, embankments, etc.
(7) The arrival of foreigners, criminal gangs or-ever wandering gangs in their villages.
All chaukidars having information to give on any particular subject shall stand up and remain
standing, until their information has been recorded.
(b) The above officer shall then ascertain if any dafadar or chaukidar has any information to give
as to (1) the movements of bad characters belonging to his villages, (2) visits of suspicious persons or
registered bad characters, (3) persons suspected of cattle poisoning, (4) the existence of any quarrel
likely to lead to a breach of the peace.
In case there is any other matter or subject on which they are unlikely to speak out before their
‫ص‬
fellows they shall be ordered to fall out and their㡐information elicited from them out of hearing of the
rest so that they may understand that it will be kept as far as possible confidential and others, shall not
be able to know it. These enquiries shall always be made by the officer-in-charge, when he is present at
the police-station and the fact noted in the station diary. The routine questions mentioned in sub-rule
(a) above may be put by the Junior Sub-Inspector or the Assistant Sub-Inspector under his supervision
provided that the Senior Sub-Inspector acquaints himself with the information elicited. If the officer-in-
charge does not himself question the chaukidars who have information to give privately, he shall explain
his reason for not doing so in the station diary (For rewards to chaukidars, (see Rule 861).
(c) Instruction to chaukidars. --- Chaukidars shall be instructed carefully as to their powers and
duties (Rule 111), articles that are excisable and the quantities of these a person can legally keep.
Chaukidars shall be deputed to identify local and bordering criminals and taught the descriptions of
absconded offenders. The contents of hue and cry notices (Rules l5l-155), descriptions of missing cattle,
details of stolen property and unidentified recovered property, notices of rewards offered and all other
important matters shall be read out to them and they shall be encouraged, by liberal recognition of
good work, to take a real interest in their duties.
113. Registers.—(a) A list of registers, files, to be kept at every police-station, and the periods,
etc. for which they are to be preserved, will be found in Appendix 62.
55

(b) Returns.—A list of returns and reports to be made by officers-in-charge of police-stations will
be found in Appendix 64. In each case, a reference is made to the Rule or authority by which they are
prescribed.
114. Descriptive-rolls. -- Instructions for the preparation of descriptive-rolls will be found in

Appendix 6. It is necessary that all officers pay special attention to this subject because it plays a very
important part in the detection of crime and police work generally.
115. Instructions for keeping the registers carefully.——(a) No alterations in the form or mode
of Keeping the books or preparing, or rendering the returns mentioned in the last preceding Rule and no
addition to their number, may be made without the sanction of the Inspector-General.
(b) Registers issued to police-stations shall bear a certificate under the band of the bead clerk on
the inside of the cover as to the number of pages they contain. No page may be tom out of a station
register. Any correction which it may be necessary to make in any register shall be made by drawing a
line through the mistake, so as to leave the word erased legible and by writing the corrected word in the
margin. A piece of paper shall not be pasted over a mistake.
(c) All entries shall be neatly and clearly written, and all corrections shall be attested by the
signature of the officer making them. If words or lines are omitted from an entry, or if an entry is
omitted altogether no interpolation shall be made. The omissions shall be supplied by a fresh entry in
the regular course.
䋐 ‫ص‬
(d) Seals of a uniform pattern are provided for each police-station and for the offices of
Superintendent and Deputy Inspector-General, and no deviation shall be allowed from the sanctioned
design when seals are renewed, or new seals are procured for additional stations.
(e) Station officers shall not rewrite registers without the Superintendent’s written permission
which should only be given when really necessary.
116. Station diary.—(a) The station diary is the diary prescribed in Section 44, Act V of I861 and
is the book prescribed under Section I55, Cr.P.C. for the entry of all information received in respect of
non-cognizable cases. It shall be maintained at every police-station in P. M. Form No. 15.
(b) Every occurrence brought to the knowledge of the officer-in-charge shall be entered in the
station diary at the time at which it is communicated; and if no incident is communicated during the day,
the fact shall be noted at the time of closing the diary.
(c) The following information shall be recorded in the station diary as concisely and clearly as
possible:—
56

(i) All complaints and charges preferred, whether cognizable or not, the names of the
complainants, the names of all persons arrested, the offences with which they are
charged, with details of weapons or property taken from their possession, and the
names of witnesses examined.
N.B. — A carbon copy of the entry in the station diary made on plain paper shall be handed over
to the complainant or informant free of charge and compliance recorded in the diary.
The complainant or informant should attest the entry that is recorded in the station diary
regarding his complaint and in token of this attestation, he should sign against the entry
made. If the complainant or informant is illiterate, any literate person accompanying
him may sign for him. In cases, where even this is not possible, the complainant or
informant may be allowed to put his left thumb impression against the entry
The Rule should be rigorously enforced so that the carbon copies of the station diary entries are
invariably issued to the complainant or informant under proper attestation.
(ii) The state of crops, roads and rivers damage to bridges, railway fences, Government
building, ferries, embankments, trees, telegraph lines, etc., the occurrence of large fires,
㡐‫ص‬
inundations, storms, railway or other serious accidents; the outbreak. prevalence or
cessation of cattle-disease, or other epidemic or endemic disease; the passage through,
or gathering together within the limits of the station circle of large bodies of people and
wandering gangs; attendance of, and information given by village chaukidars.
(iii) Arrival and dispatch of prisoners (Rules 238-240); receipt and disbursement or
transmission of cash; particulars of taking and making over charge; distribution of duty;
departure and arrival of officers; misconduct or instances of meritorious behavior on the
part of subordinates; arrival and despatch of dak, submission of periodical returns, and
the imparting of instruction in drill, procedure and other duties to constables.
(iv) The arrival and departure of escorts over treasure or prisoners; particulars regarding the
feeding of prisoners, and names of officers present at the time of feeding.
(d) Every entry made in the diary shall be numbered in a monthly series and attested by the
signature of the officer-in-charge at the time, all important entries shall be made
57

by the officer-in-charge himself, and all other entries shall be read by him before the diary is closed, or,
if he is absent when they are made, on his return. In token of having read them, he shall initial and date
the last entry.
(e) The station diary shall be closed, and a carbon copy of it despatched in a cover to the circle
inspector one hour before the departure of the dak. It shall be a complete record of all occurrences
during the previous 24 hours. At the sadar and sub-divisional headquarters the diary shall be closed and
despatched at 8 a.m., so that extracts from it may appear in the daily report of the same day. The
station diary of a beat-house, road- post or other outpost shall be despatched through the officer-in-
charge of the police-station in which it is situated.
(f) All officers deputed for any duty shall sign the station diary entry ordering their deputation.
(g) A duty roster shall be maintained at all police-posts in P.M. Form No. 15A. This roster shall be
filled in daily when officers and men are detailed for duties which will ordinarily be at 6 p.m., for the
coming day.
(h) An entry in the station diary will be made at intervals of every two hours. Even if there is
nothing to report, the two hourly entry will be made to the effect “Nothing to enter”. This Rule may be
relaxed between the hours of-10 p.m. to 6 a.m.
(i) The officers must not make vague entries while leaving the thana such as “Miscellaneous
䌠‫ص‬
enquiry”. The exact purpose should be noted.
(j) The station diary booklet is to contain 200 fom1s in duplicate and each form should be of
ruled paper.
117. Submission of important information.—Except in the case of matters of pure routine, in

addition to an entry in the station diary, a separate report shall be made of all occurrences of special
importance to the, office to whom such occurrences are ordinarily reported. In any matter of urgency
should the dak have gone, an express messenger shall be sent to headquarters by the speediest mode of
conveyance available. Envelopes containing all such communications shall be directed in red ink.
118. (a) Absconders.--The following persons shall be considered to be “absconded offenders“:-
(i) Persons charged with cognizable offences against whom there is evidence sufficient to
warrant their trial, and who are at large when a charge-sheet or final report is submitted
on completion of the police investigation;
(ii) Persons who have escaped from police custody or from a jail or lock-up; and
(iii) Accused persons for whom proclamation has been issued under Section 82. Cr.P.C.
58

(b) Absconder’s register —A register of absconders shall be kept in P.M. Form No.I6. It shall be
divided into two parts—
(i) Part I shall contain the names of all absconded offenders, irrespective of where they
have committed crime, whose usual residence is within the station jurisdiction.
(ii) Part II shall contain the names of escaped convicts and absconded offenders—(1) who
have committed crime within the station circle. But whose residence is either unknown
or within some other station jurisdiction; (2) who have relatives or connections living in
the station jurisdiction, irrespective of the place where crime was committed.
(c) Several pages shall be left blank after each name, on which the result of enquiries shall be
entered.
(d) No name shall be entered in either part of the register without the written order of the
Superintendent.
(e) Periodical search—Periodical search shall be made for each offender at his own house and at
those of his relatives, and the date and result shall be entered, together with the names of two
respectable residents present at the time of enquiry. A note of all such enquiries shall also be entered in
the station diary. Application shall be made for the issue of a warrant under Section 73, Cr.P.C.
whenever it appears likely to be of use, and the responsibility imposed on chaukidars by the provisions
of the Acts mentioned in Rule 111 shall be enforced.
㡐‫ص‬
(f) Arrest of escaped convicts. —The capture of an absconded offender shall be promptly
reported to the Superintendent, who shall order the name to be struck off from his own and the police-
station registers.
(g) Comparison with Superintendent It register: —The police-station register shall be compared
with the Superintendent's register of absconders once a year in the month of July and the S.P. shall
assure himself that these registers have been compared properly in his office (see Rule 883).
119. Register of property in possession of the police.—(a) All identifiable property stolen,
whether recovered or not and all articles of which the police take charge, shall be entered in the above
register in detail, with a description of the identifying marks on each article. This register shall be kept in
P.M. Form No. 18 in duplicate, and a receipt shall be obtained whenever any property, of which the
police take charge, is made over to the owner, sold, sent to the Court or disposed of in any other way.
These receipts shall
59

be numbered serially and filed and the number of the receipt shall be entered in column 7 of the
register.
Unidentifiable property (when the Rule requires its entry, i.e., when the police officer takes
charge of such property) shall be entered in bulk. The number of separate articles, value and general
description being merely noted.
(b) Malkhana statement. —The original shall serve as a malkhana statement and shall be
forwarded monthly by the officer-in-charge to the Court officer, who shall deal with it as laid down in
Rules 307 and 324-328.
(c) On the first day of each month, all items of property received in previous months, shall be
brought forward. The serial number of each item only shall be copied, and, if disposed of, column 7 shall
be filled up. If still un-disposed of, column 8 shall be filled up.
(d) All orders regarding disposal of property, other than those passed on final memoranda, shall
be filed in original and numbered. The number of each order shall be quoted in column 7 of the register.
(e) For Rules regarding the register of arms deposited at police-stations and the manner of
control and verification of arms, see Rule 325.
120. The following classes of property shall be entered in P.M. Form No. 18:-—
‫ص‬
(a) Suspicious properly —-Suspicious䍰property seized by Police shall be entered in the
above noted from and intimation about this shall be given at once to District or Sub-
Divisional Magistrate under Section 457, Cr.P.C. When promissory note, bonds and
other similar property are seized, the value noted on them shall be entered in column 4
of P.M. From No. 18. When gold or silver or valuable ornaments are seized, its weight
shall also be written so that at the time of sending it to Court, it is convenient to write in
P. M. Form No. 52 and no dispute arises in other situations.
(b) Unclaimed property —All unclaimed property (Section 25, Act V of 1861) shall be
entered as soon as received at the police-station; or, in the case of property not brought
to the police-station, but left where found, as soon as “the report is authenticated by an
officer. The provisions of Sections 25-27, Act V of 1861, shall also apply to all such
unclaimed property of which any police officer may be the finder. When unclaimed
property is sold, the sale shall in all cases be held by the Sub-Inspector of the police-
station.
(c) Intestate pr0perry.—Intestate property taken charge of by the police and property of a
prisoner dying in jail, when sent for disposal to the police under Rule 507, Jail Manual,
shall also be entered.
60

Note (1) -- All property of which possession is taken under clauses (a), (b) and (c) or the
sale-proceeds thereof shall be forwarded to the Court officer (see Rule 807). In
the case of property which deteriorates rapidly, such as fruit, the police can sell
it in anticipation of sanction, in order to avoid loss.
Note (2) — Officers are prohibited from keeping their private money or property in the
malkhana. No property other than those narrated in the Rules shall be kept at a
police-station malkhana without the orders of I.G. Police.
121. How to deal with intestate properly.—(a) If a person dies possessed of movable property
to which there is no claimant, or to which an obviously false claim is made, the officer-in-charge of the
police-station in which the death takes place shall take possession of the property and shall submit a
report in Police Manual Form No. 19 to the Magistrate-in-charge of the Sub-Division concerned.
The police shall not interfere unless it is clear that there is no person present, or no person can
be summoned within a reasonable time who has a claim to the property. The police officer shall not give
the above property in possession to any other claimant.
If a claimant has obtained possession of property dishonestly before the police heard of it,
action should be taken against him under Section 404, I.P.C.
(b) The report in P.M. Form No. 19, when received by the Magistrate, shall be forwarded with a
memorandum to the district Court having jurisdiction in the case, and the orders of the Court should be
㡐‫ص‬
requested.
(c) On receipt of the Magistrates report the District Judge shall reply in a separate
communication, and the property shall be dealt with in accordance with his orders. In practice, there are
only two ways in which the property is dealt with; it is either ordered to be sold on the spot and the
money remitted to the Court or the property itself is ordered to" be sent to the Court.
(d) When, in the case of property that rapidly deteriorates or perishes, the police assume the
responsibility of selling it in anticipation of orders, or when the Court directs that the property shall be
sold on the spot, an account of the sale in P.M. Form No. 20 shall be prepared in triplicate by the police.
The three copies shall be sent to the Magistrate, who shall send two copies to the Judge, and the third
to the district treasurer. One of the two copies forwarded to the Judge shall be returned, with his
signature, to the police-station at which it was originally prepared.
(e) When the District Judge directs that the property itself is to be sent to the Court, a challan in
P.M. Form No. 21 shall be prepared in triplicate by the police officer. As in sub-rule (d), one copy shall be
returned by the District Judge, with his signature, to the police-station at which it was originally
prepared.
61

(f) Horses, cattle, ponies, sheep and goats should not be sold by the police officer without the
orders of the District Judge. They shall be placed in the nearest pound, and the Judge shall pass orders
as soon as be receives the report, so as to prevent the possibility of the cost for keeping exceeding the
value of the animal. When an animal is ordered to be sold it shall be sold, if possible, at a public market.
(g) The cost of keeping in cases covered by sub-rule (D will be deducted from the sale-proceeds
and paid to the pound-keeper, and only the net proceeds will be remitted to the Judge, as provided in P.
M. Form No. 20. Similarly, the cost of transport of such intestate movable property as is sent up to the
district Court shall be entered in the challan forwarding the property (RM. Form No. 21). This cost
should be met at once from the amount to credit on account of property sold. In cases in which a claim
to the property is afterwards allowed, the successful claimant will generally be required to satisfy the
charge for transport, or for the keep of live animals, before receiving the property or its proceeds.
(h) Expenses of municipality in disposing of corpses. —When an, officer-in-charge of a police-

station has taken charge of the effects of a person dying intestate, the bona fide expenses incurred by a
municipality on account of the cost of the burial or cremation of the corpse within municipal limits shall
be included in P. M. Form No. 21, and the officers of the municipality shall be instructed that the
amount may be recovered at once from the estate of the deceased on the presentation of a duly
receipted bill for the amount to the judge.
(i) Bills for the burial of paupers should be countersigned by the police-station officer and
stamped with the police-station seal.
䏀‫ص‬
122. Wills not to be ignored.—It is not for the police to question the validity of a will upon
which a claim to movable property is based, to the extent of ignoring it and taking possession of the
property as being intestate; but should a police officer have reason to doubt the genuineness of a will so
set up, it is open to him to report his doubts to the District or Sub-Divisional Magistrate and suggest an
enquiry as to the commission of the non-cognizable offence of forgery.
123. Pounds.—(a) Officers-in-charge of police-stations shall sell all unclaimed impounded cattle
brought to them for sale. A challan in Pound Form J shall accompany such cattle. Officers-in-charge shall
maintain, in connection with such sales, (1) a receipt- book for purchase-money of cattle sold, (2) a
register of sales; and (3) an account of cattle sold in Forms 76, 83 and 87 of Forms Schedule 51.
Note.— The duties and responsibilities of the police in connection with that Cattle Trespass Act
are laid down in Sections 10, 11, 14, and 19 of the Act. See P.M. Form No. 80A also.
62

(b) Officers-in-charge shall send notices of all reported stray cattle to the pound-keepers of their
circle (in the form prescribed by District Magistrate) and shall also put up notices of such cattle on the
notice-board of the station.
(c) Officer-in-charge shall frequently visit and inspect cattle pounds in. his jurisdiction, to see
that food and water are properly supplied to impounded cattle, and that a proper stock of food is kept.
(e) S.-Is. of police-stations shall keep in the form below a list of cattle reported strayed and
inspecting officers shall examine it and see that those connected with theft are investigated
as such :—
Station Diary, Description of How long the Circumstances Result Remarks of

cattle reported under which inspecting
Para and date. cattle, name strayed had found with Of officer and
of the owner been in date of enquiry description of
possession of recovery suspected
and his address owner before panha taker
it strayed.
1 2 3 㡐‫ص‬ 4 5 6
124. Cash accounts—(a) The monthly cash account shall be kept in duplicate in P. M. Form No. 22.
(b) All sums received in the station from any source whatever shall be entered in the statement.
(c) The entries shall be made by the station officer in his own hand-writing or, when he is absent
on duty, by the officer-in-charge of the station, who shall, at the time of entry, sign his name in column 6
or in column ll. The station officer on his return shall countersign all entries made in his absence and
satisfy himself, as far as possible, that payments have been duly made.
(d) A receipt cheque in Form No. 175 of Schedule LIII (P. M- Form No. 23) shall invariably be
given to any individual who brings money to the station and each item of receipt shall be supported by a
receipt cheque, the number of which shall be entered in column 2.
63

(e) The original shall be sent at the close of each month to the Superintendent's office through
the Court Sub-Inspector, the copy being kept at the station. The Court Sub-Inspector with the
permission of the District or Sub-Divisional Magistrate, shall obtain a certificate from the officer-in-
charge of the registers kept in the Magistrate’s office that all sums remitted to the Magistrate have been
duly accounted for (see Rule 944). He shall himself record a certificate to the same effect in P. M. Form
No. 24 in regard to money remitted to his own office and transmit the cash accounts to the ofiice of the
Superintendent of Police. The audit and comparison with the registers in the Magistrate’s office shall, as
far as possible, be done by somebody unconnected with the keeping of the accounts.
(f) Money £0 be paid into Treasury —Miscellaneous receipt other than fines realized under
orders of the Magistrate unconnected with the police, and remitted to the Magistrate’s office, such as
Chaukidari money, sale-proceeds of impounded cattle, etc., shall be paid direct into the treasury, both
at Sadar and at Sub-divisions. Amounts thus remitted shall be accompanied by challans in triplicate, in
printed form, which shall be presented at Sadar stations to the Magistrate's accountant, and at Sub-
divisions to the Nazir; or in case the Nazir is treasurer or treasury accountant, to the clerk-in-charge of
the fine register or some other clerk from whom security has been taken and who does not perform the
duties of the treasurer or treasury accountant, The Magistrate‘s accountant or the Sub-Divisional clerk
shall examine the challans, and if they are in order and correct shall initial and return them to the police
officer to present with the cash at the treasury. At the treasury, the challans shall be taken to the
accountant and treasurer, as required by subsidiary Rules 3, 4 and 11, Part II, Bihar Account Code. After
being receipted, two copies shall be returned to the police officer, who shall take one back to the
Magistrate‘s accountant or the Sub-Divisional clerk, as the case may be, leaving it with him for the
䐐‫ص‬
purpose of writing up his books, and shall retain the other as his acquaintance.
(g) Money to be sent to Court officer -Cash stolen and recovered, cash, and found on under trial
prisoners [see Rule 30’7 (b) sale-proceeds of unclaimed, attached or suspicious property, and any other
moneys not covered by clause (F) above, shall be forwarded to the Court officer.
(h) Officers-in-charge shall accept receipts from the Magistrates, Superintendent’s and Court
officer’s offices and from other police-stations in regular printed receipt forms alone. Other receipts
shall not be given, validity.
(i) A receipt shall be taken for all cash and property sent to Headquarters or elsewhere and
these receipts shall be consecutively numbered and kept in the file.
125. Fine warrants.—(a) A warrant issued under Section 421(1) (a), Cr.P.C. for the levy of a fine
shall ordinarily be directed to a police officer. The authority issuing it
64

Shall specify a time within which the attached property is to be sold and for the return of the warrant.
The police officer to whom such a warrant is directed shall attach any movable property belonging to
the offender. If no person claims the property attached, the police officer directed to execute the
warrant shall sell it within the time specified in the warrant without any previous reference to the
Magistrate. If any person makes any claim in respect of property so attached, the claim shall be reported
forthwith to the authority who issued the warrant for orders (Based on Judicial Department notification
No. 251-J-22-J.R. of 17th May. 1927).
(b) Register of fine warrants.—A register in Court Form (A)-19. Schedule XLIII shall be kept at
each police-station for all such warrants. The police shall return the warrant in due time, whether the
amount of the fine, imposed, or any part of it. Be realized or not. They shall not retain time-expired
warrants in their possession or. After the warrant has been returned, pay any domiciliary visit to a
defaulter with a view to the realization of any portion of the fine outstanding, unless fresh orders to do
so are issued. When they have no warrant to authorize their action, any enquiries shall be made only
under the order of a Magistrate with a view to ascertaining whether there are grounds for the issue of a
fresh warrant. Such enquiries shall not ordinarily he made by an officer of lower rank than a Sub-
Inspector. If it appears from such enquiries that a defaulter cal1 pay the amount of the fine outstanding
against him, the police-officer shall forthwith report the matter to the Magistrate having jurisdiction
with a. view to the issue of a fresh warrant. In other cases he shall merely note “no assets” in the
remarks column, dating the entry.
All fine warrants not executed because the offenders have no property shall be returned by
㡐‫ص‬
officers-in-charge of police-stations though the Circle Inspector who shall whenever possible check the
reports locally before forwarding them to the Magistrate.
(c) When a fresh warrant (subsequent to the first) is obtained, it shall be entered in the register
in red ink and he treated as a fresh entry, reference being made in the remarks column to the year and
number of the original warrant.
(d) Death of defaulter—ln the event of the death of a defaulter being reported one final and
formal enquiry shall be made as to whether he has left anywhere property of any kind.
(e)All fines realized shall be at once remitted with the retuned warrant to the Magistrate’s clerk-
in-charge of the fine registers.
(f) Comparison with Court fine registers. —The Magistrate shall call for the register of each
police—station at least once a quarter, and have it compared with the fine registers of his Court. He
shall also note that the police enquiries have been regularly made and properly recorded. The
comparison shall never be made by the clerk-in-charge of the fine registers. It shall, when possible, be
done by a Magistrate, or by some other of the Magistrate’s clerks.
65

(g) Entries in the station register regarding realization of fines imposed in other districts, or in a
sub-division of the game district shall be compared once a quarter with the entries of fine warrants in
the Court officer s register of processes and with the Magistrate's cash book.
126. Vital statistics,—Gram Panchayat Sevaks are registrars of births and deaths in their
respective jurisdiction. Such statistics of a police-station shall be reported by the Chaukidar before Gram
Sevaks. The station-in-charge shall instruct Chaukidars to carry out this responsibility on every Monday.
In case any Chaukidar or Dafadar fails to perform this duty, Panchayat Sevaks or the junior
supervisor, posted at development block Headquarters, shall report to station officer and thereafter
action will be taken against Chaukidar/Dafadar.
127. Registration of births and deaths in municipal areas.—In areas covered by notified area
committees, Municipalities and Municipal Corporations, the work of recording births and deaths shall be
done by the committees concerned. In these areas, the co-operation of station officers should also be
available but he has no special responsibility in this regard. The compilation of statistics is done by the
local statistical officer. In this connection, Registration of Bihar Births-Deaths Act (18, 1969) may be
seen.
128. Deleted
129. Persons and cattle killed by wild animals and snakes.—(a) A register shall be kept at each
‫ص‬
Police-Station showing the number of persons and䑠cattle killed by wild animals and the measures taken
for controlling the menace of these animals. Chaukidars shall report all such occurrences to station
officers. The number of entry in the register of unnatural deaths shall be noted in this register.
Superintendents shall submit, at the close of each year, an annual return through the District
Magistrate, to the Commissioner of the Division for transmission to Government.
(b) Restrictions an killing wild life—The Wild Life (Protection1) Act (XLIII of 1972) has been made
applicable to whole Bihar and covers both forest and non-forest areas. Any wild animal has to be
declared dangerous under Section 11 of that Act before it can be exterminated. Tiger, wolf, crocodile
and gharial are included in Schedule I of the Act and can be declared dangerous by the Chief Wild Life
Warden only. Animals mentioned in other schedules of the Act may be declared dangerous by the Chief
Wild Life Warden or by any other officer authorised in this behalf by the State Government.
(c) Tiger is the national animal and peacock is declared the national bird and must not be killed.
However they may he killed only in self defence or when declared dangerous, as mentioned in sub-para
(h) above. It must; be borne in mind that other tiger should not be killed in lieu of the dangerous one.
66

(d) The killing of any wild animal for self defence or for the protection of any other person shall
not be in offence. The wild animal killed in such circumstances shall be Government property and should
be handed over to the nearest Range Officer of Forest Department.
District Magistrate may declare suitable rewards for killing the animals in case these are
declared “dangerous". Such a provision exists in Bihar Treasury Code.
130. Persons licensed under Arms Act.—(a) List of persons licensed to carry or possess arms
shall also be furnished to station officers yearly by District Magistrates. This list shall be kept in P. M.
Form No. 25 which is a modified form or Magistrate’s Form No. 170A. of Schedule III Executive Register
of arms license (one column of the form being used as :1 "Remarks" column). Every officer-in-charge
shall report to the District Magistrate on or before the 1st December, whether there is any objection to
the renewal of any of the licenses within his jurisdiction (see Rule '76). On receipt of a new list the
officer-in-charge shall (a) compare it with the old one, (b) see that arms in respect of which licenses have
been cancelled are deposited, and (c) draw the District Magistrate's attention through the Sub-Divisional
Magistrate to any omission either to renew or cancel an old license.
(b) For Rules for the delivery of arms on the renewal of cancelled licenses, see Rule 325.
㡐‫ص‬
131. Preparation of station statistics.—(a) The register of station statistics shall contain for each
year :—
(1) A detailed Khatian of cases in P. M. Form No. 75D.
(2) Annual statements of work in P. M. Form No. 75E.
(b) The number (1) shall be written by Circle Inspector and number (2) shall be filled up by
station-in-charge.
(c) Printed skeleton maps which are supplied yearly in December by the Drawing office shall be
used as crime maps in all police-stations other than town stations for which town or municipal maps are
to be used. A new map shall be used each year. The detailed instruction for upkeep of these maps are
given in Appendix 7.
132. Receipt and despatch register.—(a) Two registers shall be kept in Forms 1 and 2 of
Schedule LIII, in which shall be included all orders. legal processes, as well as other correspondence,
received and despatched. The registers shall be written up by Assistant Sub-Inspector, but the
responsibility of opening, dating and attending to the dak shall he, personally on the station-in-charge.
67

(b) The register of letters received shall be divided into as many parts as required by the nature
of the correspondence: thus-
(1) Orders from Courts and Magistrates.
(2) Departmental orders.
(3) Enquiry slips.
(4) Miscellaneous.
(c) Such papers as are registered elsewhere such as First Information Reports, final memoranda,
copies of the station diaries, etc., shall not be entered in this register.
(d) Details of the receipts and issues of service stamps (see Rule 107) shall be noted in the
despatch register and balance struck daily. .
(e) The register shall be maintained as laid down in Rule 916.
133. Gazettes.—(a] The Police and Criminal Intelligence Gazettes shall be read immediately on
receipt and any correction to previous issues, or in any of the books or registers, shall also be
made at once.
(b) All information relating to absconded offenders, suspicious characters, released convicts,
prisoners, etc., shall be communicated by the officer-in-charge to Assistant Sub-Inspector,
Havildars and Constables (see Rule 83).
㡐‫ص‬
(c) The Criminal Intelligence Gazette and Illustrated Supplements shall be filed in parts as laid
down in Rule 887. Supplementary instructions will be found in Appendix 53.
134. File of periodical returns.—{a) The original dopy of every periodical return shall be filed at
the station, those for the various periods, weekly, monthly, etc., being filed separately.
(b) File of miscellaneous returns. —Miscellaneous returns of each month shall be filed together.
(c) File of circulars, etc.—All circular orders from the Superintendent shall be kept in separate
yearly files and indexed. Police Orders and Government Orders published in the Police Gazette
shall be separately filed and a running index under printed headings maintained throughout the
current year. At the end r f the year they shall be bound, unless cancelled or reissued by order of
the Inspector General.
135. Inspection report book.—An inspection report book in RM. Form No. 4 shall be kept at
each police-station.
..
68

CHAPTER 7
OUTPOSTS, ROAD-POSTS AND PATROLS.
136. Outposts.—(a) Outposts are established in different parts of the towns or remote parts of
muffassil police-stations for the purposes of patrolling and surveillance and, generally, for the
prevention of crime. They are not investigating centres, and the officer-in-charge is a havildar. The
employees here perform their duties under the control and direction of station-incharge. Town outposts
are only meant for the accommodation for constables for patrolling duties. If in a village area, the
necessity of an outpost for the sake of investigation is felt, a separate police-station shall be established.
(b) Bear-houses and road-posts. -- Beat-houses and road-posts are maintained for the temporary
accommodation of police party employed in. patrolling disturbed areas or dangerous roads of villages.
(c) Outposts, bent-houses and road-posts for patrol purposes not being police- stations for
investigation purposes, may be established by the Inspector-General without reference to Government,
provided no extra expense is involved in policing these outposts. The proposal for setting up these
outposts shall be submitted by the Superintendent through the District Magistrate and the Range
Deputy Inspector-General.
(d) In these posts besides station diary (1) a duty roster, (2) advance patrolling chart and (3)
pencil sketch map of the area of the outpost shall be kept. It is necessary for each constable to keep a
note-book [Rule 89(e)]. If the Superintendent of Police considers useful to keep any other register or
table, he shall issue a separate district order. '
䓠‫ص‬
137. Inspection by station-in-charge.—Sub-Inspectors in charge of police-station shall inspect all
outposts, beat-houses and road-posts within their jurisdiction at least twice a year positively and be
responsible for their state and for the conduct of the force stationed there. The station-in—charge shall
see at the time of inspections as to whether the constables have knowledge specially about the B. Cs. of
their area and of bordering areas or not and shall record his remarks in the Inspection Note-Book in this
regard.
138. Town and other patroIs.—The different systems of patrols in towns and villages will he
found in Appendix 8. The work in all towns and village areas shall be done according to these systems. In
this connection, every notification that is necessary shall be clearly set forth in the district order-book.
Copies of these notifications shall be supplied to police concerned and a copy shall be hung up in each
beat-house or outpost (in Shivir also) (see Rule 884).
139. Use of swagger canes.—(a) Havildars or constables deputed on patrol, watch and ward
duty and street duty generally are to carry lathi. The use of swagger canes on
such occasions is prohibited. Ordinarily, the use of the hands raised as a signal should be sufficient for
controlling and directing crowds. The Sub-Inspectors and officers of higher rank can carry swagger canes
in special circumstances.
69

(b) The use of ‘Bhallas‘ is to be done only for controlling rowdy elements. For facing other
troubles connected with law and order, baton, tear gas, or if necessary, even gun shall be used. The
Bhallas shall never be used for controlling processions of students and labourers or religious. social or
other processions or gathering at the time of arrival and departure of special personalities or on public
occasions.
140. (a) Superintendents shall themselves go on rounds at night and depute their Assistant and
Deputy Superintendents to do so. The Superintendents shall lay down in the District Order Book the
number of times that each officer is to go on rounds, monthly or weekly.
(b) Special watch on Post offices and Banks at night. —Police men out on patrolling at night shall
remember that they have to keep a special watch on Post Offices and Banks. They should satisfy
themselves that the men employed by the postal department to guard the post offices are doing their
duty properly.
(c) In emergencies, the Superintendent of Police may make suitable charges in the Rules relating
to patrolling given in Appendix 8. The instructions for constables equipped with Bhalas are given in Rule
139(b).
(d) An armed force should not be deployed 㡐‫ص‬

as force less than a section except at the discretion
of the S.P. in special circumstances to be recorded in writing.
141. Traffic rules.—Rules for the regulation of traffic will be found in Appendix 9.
..
70
CHAPTER 8

INFORMATIONS
FIRST INFORMATION
142. Substantive law.—The Provisions of the law in respect of informations and the
investigation of crime are contained in the Criminal Procedure Code, and in particular in Chapter XII of
that Code.
143. Recording of information.—(a) The first information of cognizable crime mentioned in

Section 154(1), Cr.P.C. shall be drawn up by the officer-in-charge of the police-station in P.M. Form No.
26 in accordance with the instructions printed with it.
(b) The informant’s statement, when complete, shall be read over to him. He shall be asked to
sign it. If the informant is incapable of affixing his signature, his left thumb impression shall be taken on
the statement. It is not necessary to insist on a written information being lodged for purposes of
drawing up a F.I.R.
(c) Hearsay reports.-—Information of the commission of a cognizable crime that shall reach the
police, whether oral or written, shall be treated as the First Information Report. It may be given by a
person acquainted with the facts, directly or on hearsay, but in either ease it constitutes the first
information required by law, upon which the investigation under Section I57, Cr.P.C. shall he taken up.
When hearsay information of a crime is given, the station officer shall not wait to record, as the first
information, the statement of the actual complainant or an eyewitness.
䔰‫ص‬
(d) Vague rumour. —A vague rumour shall be distinguished from a. hearsay report. It shall not
be reduced to writing or signed by the informant, but entered in the station diary, and should it on
subsequent information prove well-founded, such subsequent information shall constitute the first
information.
(e) First Information Report to be drawn up at once.—Police Officers shall not defer drawing up
the First Information Report until they have tested the truth of the complaint, nor shall they await the
result of medical examination before recording a first information, when any information ia given
regarding grievous hurt or other cognizable crime.
(f) Action of constable left in charge.—A constable left in charge of a station or any post shall not
accept any information, or prepare and submit the First Information Report of any crime reported to
him. He shall enter an abstract of the information in the station diary and report the fact to the officer-
in-charge of the station or post, as the case may be, sending the informant with a note of the case to
him. If the information relates to the occurrence of heinous crime, he shall send immediate information
to the circle inspector: and in case of the incidents like dacoity, murder, etc., he shall take all possible
steps to effect immediate arrest of accused on the basis of the facts of the report (see Rule 80).
71

(g) Cancellation of First Information Reports forbidden.--Station officers shall on no account
cancel First Information Reports once recorded.
(h) In regard to limitation of hearing of certain cases, the provisions of Sections 467-473, Cr.P.C.
should be borne in mind as it would be unnecessary recording F.I.Rs. of cases which are covered by the
limitations mentioned in the above quoted sections of Cr.P.C.
144. (a) A First Information shall be recorded in respect of every cognizable complaint preferred
before the police, whether prima facie false or true, whether serious or petty, whether relative to an
offence punishable under the Indian Penal Code or any special or local law [Protection of Civil Rights Act
(22 of 1955) included] except in cases under Municipal, Railway and Telegraph bye-laws, Section I20 of
the Indian Railways Act (IX of 1890), and cases under Sections I07, I09, I l0, 144 and 145, Cr.P.C. all of
which shall be entered in a register to be kept in P. M. Form No. 28; and cases under Section 34 of Act V
of 1861. which shall be recorded in a register kept in P. M. Form No. 29. Cases involving atrocities on
Harijans or Adivasi by others shall be indicated as such on top right hand corner with red ink.
(b) Assaults or obstruction of Police Officers.--lf a police officer is assaulted or obstructed in

the execution of his duty he may lodge a first information at the police- station or file a complaint in
Court. If he lodges a first information, a case shall be investigated in the ordinary way by a police officer
but a charge-sheet shall not be submitted except under the written order of the Superintendent, If he
files a complaint in Court and it is referred to the police for enquiry and report, the report shall in all
such cases be submitted through the Superintendent.
㡐‫ص‬
Note. -- (1) These orders do not apply to cases instituted on the information or complaint of
other public servants. In such cases, charge-sheets may be submitted after investigation
without reference to the Superintendent.
(2) Whenever. the name of a suspect or an accused transpires in a record concerning

investigation of crime, his age along with his name, shall also be entered in bracket as
follows;—(b. year of birth).
(c) Every case, initiated by the police or in which the accused is handed over to the police, but
for which F. I. R. is not registered, must be entered in non-F.I.R. register (RM. Form No. 28). These
entries shall be made after dividing that register in separate volumes or parts according to class of cases
as directed by Superintendent. The classification of these cases in the following ways shall be
sufficient:—
72

(1) I.P.C, non- cognizable cases.
(2) Cases under Sections 107. 109, 110. 133, 144 and 145, Cr.P.C.
(3) M.V. Act, M.V. Taxation Act, Highways Act cases.
(4) Miscellaneous Acts, such as the Police Act, Press Act, Arms Act, Explosives Act, and
Prevention of Cruelty to Animals. Act, Posts and Telegraphs Act, Railway Act (cases
under Sections H2. 113 and 123 but the accused is handed over to the police by
railway).
(5) Prosecution under District Board, Municipal and other local by-laws.
For providing facilities to inspecting officers in checking delays, the station diary entry number and date
relating to cases under Sections l44, 145, 107, 109, Cr.P.C. shall be entered in Col. 2 of the Register (P.
M. Form No. 28) and the date of submission of report with dispatch register number and date should
also be noted. In such cases final memos shall also be submitted.
This Register should be compared with the relevant registers of Magistrates office each quarter
sc that up-to-date information’s are entered.
(d) In cases concerned with Cognizable Crimes even in cases triable by Gram Panchayats, it is
necessary for police that as soon as such cases are reported in police- stations. the F.I.Rs. are registered
at the same time. [See Rule 148 (d)]
145. Loss of property.—(a) In cases involving loss of property, the complainant shall be required
䖀‫ص‬
to put in a list of the property stolen, signed by himself, which shall be sent to the Court with the First
Information Report. The Investigating Officer shall keep a copy of the list to aid him in his enquiry. lf the
complainant is unable to furnish a list of the property when he gives the first information, the
Investigating Officer shall obtain such list as soon after his arrival at the spot as possible and forward it
duly signed by the complainant. to the Court. Police Officers should not prepare such lists themselves
(Section 162. Cr.P.C).
(b) The lists should contain the fullest description possible of each article alleged to have been
stolen (see Rule 166).
146. Theft of currency notes.—(a) When information is, given, either at the time of the loss or
afterwards, that a note has been stolen or dishonestly received, and when reasonable grounds for
suspicion that such an offence has been committed are adduced, the police shall enquire into the
matter. In other cases, viz., where a lost note is presented for payment by some person other than the
loser, it may be safely said that, at least, the offence of criminal misappropriation (Section 403, I.P.C.)
has been committed in respect of the note by someone. But the police have no jurisdiction to
investigate suo more into the offence of criminal misappropriation, and accordingly they should merely
report the facts to the Magistrate and take no further action, unless he, orders an investigation. It is left
to the Magistrate to exercise due discretion in ordering such investigation.
73

(b) Superintendent requiring cancelled Government Currency notes, which form the subject of
cases, shall apply for them direct to the Controller, Paper Currency, Patna.
Whenever a forged note is received at a, police-station and case is registered or is not

registered, in both the instances, the station-in-charge shall give a statement in the form given below by
7th of every month to Superintendent of Police. In that form, either the case number or reasons for not
registering it shall be given. The Superintendent of Police after collecting the reports of all P.Ss., send a
report to Criminal Investigation Department in that very form by 15th. This will be published in Cr. Int.
Gaz. in Part 4 (f)( 1), (2) according to Appendix 53 [see Rule 883 A(c) (10)].
Statement of Counterfeit Government Currency Note for the month
Number of Series no, Denomination Place and Process Remarks.

Pieces circle and date Date of Made or
Presemted or appearance
seized hand made
1 2 3 4 5 6
㡐‫ص‬
147. Cases occurring outside jurisdictions.—-(a) When the report of a crime relates to an
occurrence outside the jurisdiction of the officer to whom the report is made, he shall at once send
information to the police-station in the jurisdiction of which the occurrence took place and, if the
circumstances of the case warrant it, shall take steps for the apprehension of the accused and shall,
except in the circumstances stated in Rule 160, take tip the investigation pending the arrival of the other
officer having the jurisdiction.
(b) Similarly when after the investigation of a case has been taken up, it is found that it occurred
in another jurisdiction, the Investigating Officer shall send information to the officer-in-charge of the
police-station concerned and transfer the case to him, but shall continue to investigate until the transfer
has been effected and he has been relieved of the investigation .
74

(c) When a case is transferred from one jurisdiction to another, the officer to whom the case is
transferred shall not draw up a fresh First Information Report, but shall assign his own police-station
number to the original First Information Report, and the transferring officer shall apply forthwith to the
Magistrate having jurisdiction over his police-station for permission to cancel the First Information
Report from his police- station records.
(d) Concurrent jurisdiction. —ln cases where the officers of two or more police- stations have
jurisdiction in respect of the same offence. and complaint is laid simultaneously at such stations, the
Police Officer concerned shall apply to the Superintendent for instructions before submission of the final
report, When complaint is laid in two districts regarding an offence which is cognizable in either district
(Section 178 etc. Cr.P.C.), the final report shall be submitted in one district only.
148. To whom report is to be sent.—(a) The original of the First Information Report, viz. , that
signed, sealed or marked by the complainant or informant under Section l54(l ), Criminal Procedure
Code, shall be sent without delay to the Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate as the case may be
through the Court officer. One carbon copy shall be sent to the Superintendent, a second to the Circle
Inspector, the third shall be kept at the police-station for future reference.
The fourth carbon copy [according to Section 154(2,), Cr.P.C.] shall be made over to the
complainant or informant tree of charge who shall acknowledge its receipt on the copy of the F.I.R., to
be kept, at the police-station. The Inspector shall forward his own copy to Sub-Divisional Police Officer. .
䗐‫ص‬
(b) Special report cases.—On receipt of information of the commission of any of the offences
mentioned in Appendix 3, the station officer shall despatch an information to the Superintendent and
the S.D.P.O. by the quickest means available.
(c) Professional Poisoning.—On the occurrence of a case of Professional poisoning, the station
officer shall inform the Superintendent by telegram or by the quickest means available. The
Superintendent shall while sending the information by telegram or wireless to the Deputy Inspector-
General, C.I.D., state if the services of an officer of that department are required.
(d) When according to Rule 144(d) a F.I.R. is registered, in a case triable by Gram Pranchayat,
one extra copy of the F.I.R. shall be prepared on plain paper bearing the seal of the police-station and
shall be sent to the panchayat concerned for information. The summary of the action being taken shall
be noted in the body of the F.I.R.
75

149. Information to railway police in dacoity cases.—ln dacoities, where the scene of
occurrence is within reasonable distance of the line of rail, the Sub-Inspector, assistant Sub-Inspector,
havildar or constable, to whom the report is made, will ascertain and note in the station diary whether
information was conveyed through the station master to the nearest railway police.
150. Cases against Reformatory school boys.—The officer-in-charge of the station shall report
to the Superintendent all cases in which criminal charges are laid before the police against boys licensed
under Section 18(1) of the Reformatory Schools Act, VIII of I897 and under Rules of Borstal School,
Daltonganj by their pro tempore employers, such charges being dealt with in the usual manner and
according to law. The Superintendent of Police shall forward the report to the Superintendent of the
Reformatory School, Hazaribagh, or the Borstal School, Daltonganj as the case may be (see Rule 232).
151. Hue and cry notices.—Hue and cry notices in P. M. Form No. 27 shall be issued in the
following cases when the accused are not arrested in the Act, and consequently the immediate
dissemination of intelligence and the co-operation of the staff of neighbouring railway, river and district
police-stations are desirable:--
(1) Professional drugging cases;
(2) dacoity and all organized crime in which wandering gangs of foreigners are known or
suspected to have been concerned;
(3) escapes of prisoners from jails or station lock-ups, when they are not immediately
arrested; 㡐‫ص‬
(4) cases of cheating or swindling by professional criminals;
(5) when wandering gangs shake off police supervision;
(6) important cases in which the accused have absconded after committing the offence.
152. (a) List of stations to be drawn up.—All Superintendents of district and railway police shall
draw up lists showing the Deputy Inspectors-General, Superintendents and police-stations (district and
railway), to which each police-station shall communicate such occurrences. When the crime occurs near
the borders of one or more districts a copy of the hue and cry notices shall be sent to the
Superintendents of each of those districts; if one of them lies in another range, a copy shall also be sent
to the Deputy Inspector-General of that range. When it occurs on the borders of another State, copies
shall be sent to the Superintendent of the bordering district in that State and the range Deputy
Inspector-General in cases affecting the Uttar Pradesh and to the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. of
West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh and Orissa in cases affecting the borders of those States.
76

(b) In cases in which hue and cry notices are sent under the above Rules to the Deputy
Inspector-General of a bordering range (or of the C, I. D.) and Superintendent of a district (or railway),
the Superintendent of the district in which the crime occurs shall send a copy of the first special report
to the same officers. Copies of subsequent reports need only be sent if they contain anything of interest
or value to those officers.
The lists shall be prepared with careful regard to the lines of communication along which
criminals are known to move, and shall have the approval of the Deputy Inspector- General.
(c) Notices to be sent to Calcutta and other cities. —The hue and cry notices to be sent to
Calcutta shall be addressed to Commissioner of Police so that these may be communicated at once
among all the police stations. In case of other cities also, the hue and cry notices shall be sent to city
control room incharge by wireless so that he may relay them properly.
153. Issue of notices.—(a) The police-station officer shall prepare the required number of copies
of the hue and cry notices by pen-carbon paper and despatch them to the police-stations,
Superintendents and Deputy Inspectors-General mentioned in the list and to the Deputy Inspector-
General, C.I.D. of his own State and to all stations within whose limits the culprit is likely to be found, in
order to justify his arrest there by dafadars or chaukidars under Section 39 of the Village Chaukidari Act
or Section 27 of the Bihar and Orissa Village Administration Act, 1922, or under the second clause of
Section 21 of the Chota Nagpur Rural Police Act, 1914 as the case may be. The name and description of
䘠‫ص‬
the accused and the nature of the stolen property shall be given in the notice.
(b) The station incharge shall also send a copy to his own Superintendent and Inspector, who
shall communicate the information to any other police-station or Superintendent they may think
necessary.
154. Action on receipt of notice.—(a) On receipt of a hue and cry notice, the station officer shall
at once enter it in the station diary, giving it a consecutive number and explaining the contents to his
subordinates, and shall make the necessary enquiry.
(b) All hue and cry notices shall be read out and explained at chaukidari parades, and dafadars
and chaukidars shall be warned to be on the look-out for the offenders or stolen property, as the case
may be.
155. Duties of rural police.—(a) The duties of rural police are given in Rules lll and 112. All
Chaukidars and Dafadars should give immediate information about likelihood or occurrence of serious
crimes by telegram or other quick available means to the nearest police-station.
77

(b) For this purpose, the rural police are permitted to make use of post and Telegraphs
department and also Railway Telegraphs without pre-payment for all messages in connection with
detection and prevention of crime. These messages are of two kinds viz. , (l) Ordinary Telegrams, and (2)
Special Police telegrams. Special Police telegrams shall be sent only in cases of real emergency. Apart
from this when it is necessary to send a telegram during the hours when a telegraph office is closed, a
“Special Police” telegram, shall invariably be sent. In such circumstance the Dafadar or Chaukidar shall
get the message marked “Special Police" and the telegraph offices have instructions to accept it at any
hour of the day or night. All telegrams shall be marked “State”.
(c) Telegrams shall be worded briefly and except in cases where an absconder is to be arrested,
shall usually not contain details of names of parties, etc.
(d) Officers-in-charge of P. & T. and Railway Telegraph offices have been directed to write out
the message on telegraph forms in Hindi or in English, if necessary.
(e) Dafadar or Chaukidar shall not only sign in the space meant for it in the telegraph form with
the name of police-station but also affix the left thumb impression. They shall also carry their
appointment letter and should wear uniform far their identification.
(f) Superintendents shall prepare lists of unions bordering the Railway line, to which a railway
station possessing a telegraph office is more accessible than the District Police-station. If at these places,
㡐‫ ص‬should he sent from there according to Indian
there is also a Post and Telegraph office, the Telegram
Telegraph Rule I50, but in emergency, this can be sent from Railway Telegraph office also.
(g) Inland State Telegrams may be paid for prior to dispatch in cash. In case these are tendered
without prepayment, the same shall be treated to have been booked under the “credit account system".
The Superintendent of Police shall see that all charges due on such Telegrams are paid within 3 weeks
and a Credit Account system is formally opened and maintained with P. & T. Department by paying Rs. 5
per month (see Indian Telegraph Rules l48 and 149).
(h) Dafadais of unions, specially those of unions noted in sub-rule (t) shall be supplied with
forms of hue and cry notices and on the occurrence of any of the cases noted in Rule 151, they shall at
once fill up two of the forms and send one copy to the Police-station and the other copy (duly
abbreviated, if necessary) to the Railway Station to be telegraphed to the nearest Railway Police-Station.
Similarly, in case of P. & T. office one copy will have to be tendered there.
For use of Railway control system in grave emergency, [see Rule 488(v)].
78

(i) Rewards shall be freely paid to Dafadars and Chaukidars for such prompt reporting.
156. Cognizable cases referred by Magistrate.—(a) When a Magistrate directs the police to
investigate the complaint of a cognizable offence, of which no previous information has been laid before
the police. the written information sent by the Magistrate to the Police shall be treated as the First
Information Report. In such a case the charge- sheet or final report shall be submitted for orders under
Section 203 of the Cr.P.C. to the Magistrate who sent the case to the police for investigation.
(b) When such a complaint is referred for enquiry upon some specific point or points, the police
shall submit an ordinary report not in the prescribed form.
(c) Non-cognizable cases. —When it is necessary to employ the police to enquire into a non-
cognizable case, the Magistrate shall mention the section under which the complaint seems to fall and
shall indicate clearly the particular point or points into which enquiry is needed (see Rule 31).The
instructions in Rule 164 apply to the investigation of non-cognizable cases.
(d) In every case referred to the police for investigation a period shall be fixed by the Magistrate
by which the report or an explanation of the cause of delay shall reach him.
䙰‫ص‬
..
79

CHAPTER 9
INVESTIGATION.
157. Responsibility of station officer.—The general responsibility for all investigations within
the limits of his jurisdiction rests with the officer-in-charge of the police-station.
157-A. Separation of general law and order work from investigation work.- A Superintendent
of Police may at his discretion earmark certain staff in a police station separately for investigation of
professional crimes and other start for maintenance of law and order.
158. Rank and strength of Investigating Officers.—As a rule. no officer of rank’ lower than a S.I.
in uniform shall be employed in the investigation of cases. A supervising officer is also an Investigating
Officer, except that be does not write C.Ds. but a supervision note. The supervising officer shall also
wear uniform.
159. Investigation outside jurisdiction.—An officer of one police station may be deputed or may
proceed. on an emergency. to make an enquiry within the jurisdiction of another police-station. but in
such cases immediate information shall be given to the Superintendent and Circle Inspector. as well as
to the officer-in-charge of the police- station within the jurisdiction of which he makes the enquiry (sec
Rules 56 and 147).
160. Abstention from investigation.—(a) An officer in charge of a police-station may, under

Section 157(i)(b), Cr.P.C. refrain altogether from investigating a case in which there appears to him to be
insufficient ground for investigation. The informant 㡐‫ص‬or complainant, if any, shall be notified forthwith in
P.M. Form No. 82 that the case will not be investigated and the officer-in-charge shall state in the First
Information Report his reasons for (a)’ not investigating at all or (b) not investigating on the spot.
(b) Police Officers shall observe the following broad principles in. exercising the discretion vested
in them by Section 157(1)(b). Cr.P.C. :—
(I) every cognizable offence other than one of those enumerated in clause (II) below, shall
ordinarily be investigated, if the informant so desires.
(II) No investigation shall ordinarily be made in—
(a) cases in which the injured person does not wish for an enquiry unless the offence
appears to be serious or may reasonably be suspected not to be the work of a
professional or habitual offender, or a member of a criminal gang known to be
addicted to crime, or unless it is otherwise desirable in the interests of the public
that the case shall be investigated ;
80

(b) cases which, alter consideration of the information and of anything which the
informant may have to say appear to fall under Section 92. I.P.C.:
(c) cases in which the information shows the case to be of a purely civil nature i.e.
where the informant is apparently seeking to take advantage of a petty or
technical offence to bring into the Criminal Courts a matter which ought
properly to be decided by the Civil Courts.
These instructions indicate only general principles and police-officers shall exercise their
discretion in every cognizable case that is reported to them (sec Rule 4).
161. Investigation on the spot.—lf an investigation appears necessary. The investigating g

Officer shall proceed to the spot himself for depute any of his subordinates1 If the complaint is not
serious and is made against a known person. Section 157 (i), C r. P.C. does away with the legal necessity
for a local investigation, but it is very seldom that advantage should be taken of this section. .
162. Harassment of the public to be avoided.--The Police have powers to summon witnesses
under Sections 160 and 161. C r. P.C, but Investigating Officers should as far as possible save from
causing unnecessary harassment either to the parties or to the public generally. Only those persons who
are likely to assist the enquiry materially should be summoned to attend. The proceedings should be as
‫ص‬
informal as possible. The questioning of witnesses 䛀should ordinarily be conducted apart and in a manner
that will not be distasteful to them.
163. Use of crime directory.—when an offence against property is reported without the
offender being specified the investigating Officer shall consult the crime directory to ascertain the
names of persons likely to be concerned (see Rules 357-360) before he proceeds to investigate.
164. Cass diaries.—(a) Every Investigating Officer shall keep a record of the proceedings of his
investigations in a diary in RM. Form No. 30 or30A mentioning the particulars required by Section l72.
Cr.P.C. The main heads of information received from persons enquired shall be recorded very briefly in
narrative form. The Police Officer shall record the statements given by such persons as far as possible
separately in their own words. Mention shall be made of all steps taken by the Investigating Officer and
every incident of the investigation which may have a bearing on the result. The diary should be made as
short and concise as possible. In cases under trial the investigating Officer can record evidence in first
person in accordance with Section 161. C r. P.C. but the signatures of witnesses shall not be taken on
such statements. Separate books shall be made available at each P.S. for-recording such statements and
its pages shall be numbered. As many copies of such statements shall be prepared as are made of case
diaries so that one copy of statement can be attached with each copy. The approved form for writing
case diary shall be used for recording statements.
81

(b) The diary shall be written up as the enquiry progresses and as soon practicable after each
step in the investigation. The hour of each entry and name of the place at which it is written shall be
noted in it.
(c) A note shall be made at the end of each day’s diary of the place from, the hour at and means
by which it is dispatched. The points on which investigation is pending shall also be written in it.
(d) Two or more cases shall not be reported in one case diary. The diary shall be submitted daily
until the enquiry is completed except on days on which the investigation is not proceeded with. But
when simultaneous investigation is made into two or more connected cases, it will be sufficient if full
particulars are reported in one diary only and a reference made to this in the others.
(e) Neither a summary of the investigation nor particulars of the case shall be recorded in the
last diary, which shall snow merely the number and date of the charge- sheet or final report (see Rules
174 and 181).
(f) Copies to be dispatched daily—-Subject to provision of the sub-rule (g) below at the close of
each day, one carbon copy of the diary shall be dispatched to the Inspector and the latter on getting it
‫ص‬
shall read it and forward it to Sub-Divisional Police㡐Officer, if posted, and give an indication of the action
taken in the Crime Index. Where the Sub-divisional Police Officer is not posted, the case diary shall be
kept in this office of Inspector. If any “instruction is given to the Investigating Officer, he will prepare
three copies of instructions in RM. Form No. 30A. Its two copies shall be given to investigator. After
compliance the Investigating Officer will keep one copy of instructions with his copy of the case diary
and return the other copy to Inspector [see note to Rule 41(3)]. The Inspector will paste, this with the
original. The remarks of other superior officers can be noted in the margin of the case diary.
(g) A broad division of cases for supervision is given in Rule I73 (c) and Appendix 3 although
there is no bar for a Superintendent to supervise any case as per Rule 49. Similarly, it does not absolve a
Sub-Divisional Police Officer and/or a Circle Inspector as per Rule 54(a) of their responsibility of guiding
investigation of all cases in their area. However in cases of ‘A ‘Category in Appendix 3, a copy of the case
diary shall be sent direct to Superintendent and another copy shall be forwarded to Sub-Divisional Police
Officer by Circle inspector as in Rule l64(a). Similarly in ‘B’ Category of Appendix 3 a copy of case diary
shall be sent direct to Sub-Divisional Police Officer and another copy forwarded to Superintendent by
Inspector.
82

N.B. —The original diaries are attached to the charge-sheet (Rule I75) and retuned by the
prosecutor when the case is over (Rule 279). They are then docketed with the number,
month and year of the First information Report the final form submitted and the name of
the complainant, the accused and the Investigating Officer and filed at the police station
(Rule I027). In final report cases, the original case diaries are not sent to Court office but
filed in the same way.
(h) All officers are warned of their responsibility for ensuring that copies of case diaries or their
Annexures do not find their way in to the hands of unauthorized persons (see Rules 62 and 279).
(i) The following procedure shall be fully observed:—
(i) The despatch of all case diaries must he entered in despatch register as well as in the
station diary. It shall be sent in. sealed covers and on the envelope, the case number
and diary number shall be noted. Every Investigating Officer shall have a personal seal
made with his initials. The expenditure on this account may be met from the district
allotment.
(ii) If an Investigating Officer is in the Muffasil, he must route his case diaries through the
police station. In the station office, the despatch number with date shall be noted on
the envelope. The concerned case and diary numbers shall be noted in the station diary
without examining the contents, after satisfying that the seals are intact.
䜐‫ص‬
(iii) All such sealed envelopes shall be opened personally by the Inspector, S.D.P.O. and
Superintendent of Police and not by any subordinate. These case diaries must always be
kept safely and under lock and key by the superior officers (see Rule I010).
(iv) If due to some reason the case diary cannot be written on any particular day, on which it
should be written the date on: which it is written should be given. At the same time the
reason should also be noted as to why diaries could not be written in time. Wrong date
should not be written in any circumstance.
(v) In case diary, any overwriting is strictly prohibited. If there is any mistake in writing the
words should be neatly scored through and correct words shall be written separately. If
there is a necessity of noting any matter again the entries shall not be made over
written lines or inside them but it should be done in the manner indicated above.
(vi) When a case diary is completed. the Investigating Officer must narrate the following
facts after writing the accounts of investigation of completed full day and before closing
the diary :—
83

(a) Which witnesses (names to be given) were questioned?
(b) Any bad characters (names) were looked up or not‘?
(c) Whether any exhibit despatched to the Chemical Examiner and whether the
opinion of any doctor received regarding any weapon or injury?
(d) Which houses searched ‘?
(e) Whether applications for warrant of arrest and processes under Sections 82
and 83, Criminal Procedure Code made or not?
(i) Consultation of the Crime Directory and other police records; and
(f) Any other specific lines of investigation.
The object is not only to indicate the future line of investigation of Investigating Officer but to
assure themselves that the work done in course of investigation in day time, has been entered point by
point in the diary.
165. (a) House searches. —-A house search without warrant shall be made only in the
circumstances stated in Sections 165 and 166, Cr.P.C. Police officers shall record in their diaries the
reasons for every search and as far as possible the articles for which search is to be made before
‫ص‬
proceeding with a search. They are not obliged to 嗰
give the name of the person upon whose information
they act.
(b) Night searches. -—Searches by night are not illegal [Except these under Section 14 of Act I of
1878 (Opium)] and are occasionally unavoidable. When, however, the search can be delayed till day light
without endangering the chance of recovering then property, it should be postponed.
(c) Promiscuous seizure of properly forbidden. —Only such property shall be seized as is either
alleged or suspected to have been stolen, or found under circumstances which create suspicion of the
commission of an offence (see Section 102, Cr.P.C.). The whole of a man‘s property shall not be seized
because he is suspected of having stolen some particular article or articles.
(d) List of property. --A list of property seized or a blank statement if nothing is seized shall be
prepared, as directed in Section l00(4) to (8), Cr.P.C. in P.M. Form No. 31, and shall be forwarded by the
first available messenger or post after the search to the Court Sub-Inspector for transmission to the
office of Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate.
(e) Method of search. —investigating Officer shall conduct searches in such a manner as to
leave no room for suspicion that articles have been surreptitiously introduced by them or their
subordinates or informers. The searching party should before entering the premises, tender themselves.
for personal search by the witnesses required under Section 100, Cr.P.C.
84

(f) The Investigating Officer or the officer conducting a search shall prepare a list articles seized
and give a copy of the list to the owner of the house. An identification slip shall be pasted on each article
seized which shall be signed by the Investigating Officer and the witnesses. These articles shall be kept
safely in malkhana and no sign or mark shall be given on these articles.
(g) When any document etc. is taken charge of by any Police Officer from any person in
connection with any enquiry receipt should be given to that person by him.
166. Identification of property.—{a) Where any property recovered in a search or otherwise

and alleged or suspected to have been stolen is of a commonplace nature in regard to the identification
of which reasonable doubt could arise a test identification shall be held. Every precaution shall he taken
to prevent the witness or witnesses seeing it before the test identification is held.
(b) In dacoit and other important eases; the test should whenever possible be carried out in the
presence of a Magistrate in ordinary cases or when no Magistrate is available, it should be carried out in
the presence of two or more respectable persons unconnected with the case, who shall be asked to
satisfy themselves that the conditions of the tests have precluded the possibility of collusion.
㡐‫ص‬
(c) An officer at least of the rank of inspector shall, whenever possible, attend every test
identification in important cases to see that it is properly conducted. The investigating Officer though his
presence may be necessary outside, shall not be present while the test is in progress unless it is found
impossible to secure the presence of an inspector or a Magistrate
(d) The articles of suspicious property to be identified shall be mixed up with other articles of a
similar kind and the witness shall be invited to select those which he is able to identify and. having done
so to state by what marks or other means he is able to identify them. Each identification shall be made
out of sight and hearing of other identifying witnesses.
(e) Identification parade of properly. —This shall be conducted according to procedure given in
Rule 236(a) (ii). The identification chart of property shall be similar to the identification chart of persons
(see P.M. Form No. 42).
167. Finger prints, Foot prints, counterfeit coins, handwriting, bombs and explosives.—(i)
Instructions and hints for the guidance of officers in investigations on the subjects noted below will be
found in the appendices as follows !—
85

(a) Detection of cases by finger prints. Appendix 22.
(b) Detection of cases by foot prints- Appendix 23.
(C) Counterfeit coins. Appendix 24.
(d) Examination of documents for comparison of handwriting. Appendix 25.
(e) Internal machines and Explosives. Appendix 26.
(ii) Instructions concerning investigation of heinous and other crimes are given in Appendix 79.
(iii) Instructions for packing exhibits in cases are given in Appendix 78.
168. Information from post-office records.—Records of a post office shall be produced and
information available in them shall be given by the Postmaster on the written order of any police officer
who is making an investigation under the Criminal Procedure Code; hut only those entries in records
shall be disclosed which relate to the persons accused of the offence under investigation or which are
relevant to that offence. In any other case the Postmaster shall refer for orders to the Post Master-
General who will decide whether or not under Section 125, Indian Evidence Act the information
required shall be withheld. When the information required is not available in the records of the post
office, the police officer shall be informed accordingly, irrespective of the question whether the
䞀‫ص‬
information, if available, might or might not be given. The powers of Magistrates and police officers to
order production and detention of articles in the possession of postal authorities will be found in Section
92, Cr.P.C.
169. Dying declarations.—If a person connected with a case whose statement is required, is in
imminent danger of death his statement, whether recorded before or not, shall be recorded by a judicial
Magistrate or if such a Magistrate is not available by an executive Magistrate and if he can also not be
available by any Gazetted Officer whenever possible. When this cannot be arranged, and it becomes
necessary for some other person to record a dying declaration, this shall be done, whenever possible in
the presence of the accused and of attesting witnesses. A dying declaration made to a police-officer
shall be signed as far as possible by the person making it.
170. Statements of witnesses.—(a) The discretion vested in an Investigating Officer under

Section 162, Cr. P.C. to record the statements of witnesses should only be exercised in cases exclusively
triable by Sessions Courts and in those cases in which special reports are submitted under Rule l010 and
then only when considered necessary.
The statement of a witness, if recorded shall not be recorded in the case diary but on a separate
sheet of paper which shall be attached to the diary and reference to it shall be made therein.
86

(b) A dying declaration shall always he recorded and is admissible in evidence.
(c) Where it is considered desirable to record evidence while it is fresh and before opportunity
occurs for tampering with it and provided the witness is willing to go before a Magistrate, recourse
should be had to Section 164, Cr.P.C.
(d) Under sub-section (3) of Section 161. Cr.P.C. it is not necessary that the Investigating Officer
should record the statement of each person word by word and in detail. It is unfeasible and impractical.
Still it is his proper duty to record the statements of as many witnesses as may be necessary for the
purpose of prosecution. It is the statutory responsibility of prosecution under Section 207. Cr.P.C. that
the copies of all those recorded statements are supplied to accused according to Section 173(5) which
are to be produced as evidence before the Court on behalf of prosecution. This responsibility should be
fulfilled before trial [see Rule 279(d)].
171. Arrest of accused.—When the investigating Officer thinks that he has received sufficient
information to justify him in taking action under Section 41, Cr.P.C. He may arrest the accused. The stage
of proceedings at which such a step is expedient is let to his discretion, but unnecessary arrests shall be
avoided in petty cases, arrest shall be avoided. In petty cases, arrest shall not be made on mere
suspicion (see Chapter II). The manner in which the record of arrested persons and their disposal has
been made shall be kept in a register in P.M. Form No. 31 A in duplicate. At the end of the month, the
original shall be sent to Superintendent through Circle Inspector and Sub-Divisional Police Officer, if
因‫ص‬
posted.
172. Accused to be forwarded to Magistrate.—(a) Section 57 read with Section 167(1) to (4).
Cr.P.C, requires that an accused shall be sent forthwith to the nearest Magistrate together with a copy
of the entries in the case diary and a forwarding note in P.M. Form No. 3 I -B if the enquiry be not
completed within 24 hours of his arrest; but in no case shall the accused remain in police custody for a
longer time than under all the circumstances of the case is reasonable.
(b) Application for detention in police custody —An application shall never be made For a special
order for the detention of the accused in police custody under Section 167, Cr.P.C, unless-
(1) it appears that the investigation cannot be completed within twenty four hours;
(2) There are reasonable grounds for believing that the charge is not baseless; and
(3) The station officer is in a position to show good and satisfactory grounds for the application.
87

(c) When the first two conditions exist and the station officer is further in a position to show
good and satisfactory grounds for a remand to police custody, he shall forward the accused to the
nearest Magistrate (whether or not he has jurisdiction to try the case) together with a copy of his case
diary and report the matter to the Inspector. The latter shall inform his superior officer according to
necessity. Application for above action shall be made through Sub-Divisional Police Officer who shall
forward it to the Court concerned.
(d) The grounds upon which the remand is needed shall be distinctly stated in the application to
the Magistrate. A mere general statement that the accused may be able to give further information is
not a good ground for an application for a remand. An application for remand to police custody is not
permissible in any circumstance in the case of a prisoner who has been produced for the purpose of
making a confession and who has declined to do so, or has made a statement which from the point of
view of the prosecution, is considered unsatisfactory.
(e) In no case shall an application be made to Magistrate of lower status than a stipendiary
Magistrate exercising second class powers.
173. Completion of investigation.—-(a) Investigation shall be completed with the least possible
delay. Where cases are unimportant, where prima facie the real issue involves a question of civil right,
or where the defendants are unknown, and there is little hope of a clue being obtained, the
investigation shall ordinarily be completed within three or four days.
㡐‫ص‬
(b) It is not permissible to delay the submission of a charge-sheet to secure the arrest of more of
the accused. Save in exceptional cases, the progress of an investigation and the submission of a charge-
sheet or final report must not be delayed in order to take the order of the Superintendent or other
superior officer. Such consultation, as is necessary, can ordinarily be arranged during the course of an
investigation and without retarding its progress. It is the duty of the Superintendent to call to account
any officer who delays a case unnecessarily at any stage for consultation.
(c) (i) The investigation of cases of category “A“ enumerated in Appendix 3 should be completed
in three months, if more time is taken in investigation, the period of investigation can be extended up to
three months under orders of Superintendent. If investigation is not completed in six months, the range
Deputy Inspector-General or if the investigation is under control of Criminal Investigation Department,
the Deputy Inspector-General, C.l.D. can extend its period up to further six months but in that case, it
shall be the individual responsibility of the said officer to see that the investigation is completed within
the extended period. In cases in which the investigation is not completed even within a year the
attention of Inspector-General should be drawn towards this and extension for investigation should be
given by him.
88

(ii) In cases of category 'B' enumerated in Appendix 3, the work of investigation should be
finished within two months. If necessary, the S.D.P.O. can extend this period by a month. If further
extension of period is necessary the procedure given in para (i) will apply.
(iii) In the following cases investigation must be finished within one month. If on account of
some reason, this is not possible this period can be extended by one month by the Circle Inspector. If
there is need for more time than this, the orders for approval of extension of period shall be given
according to paras (i) & (ii);
Sections of l.P.C.--I33. 135. 136. 148/324. 148/325, 279, 296, 297, 307, 325, 326. 353. 354, 363
to 369 and 371 to 373 (which are not S.R. cases), 376. 377, 379 (serious and professional), 409, 436. 457
(serious and professional), 458 and 460.
N. B. — Those cases [local find special laws also included) which are not S.R. (Appendix 3) and
not listed above specifically should be taken in hand by the SID.P.O., who may direct
the Inspector to take them or some of them under his control.
(iv) In other cases, investigation should be finished in 10-l5 days and station ln charge who is
also in charge of investigation shall be especially responsible to see that in no case investigation remains
pending generally for more than a fortnight.
䠀‫ص‬
(d) In cases enumerated in Appendix 3, the Circle Inspector shall submit only a supervision note
and if necessary, submit another supervision note also after re-inspection of place of occurrence but in
such cases [see Rule 6l(c)] progress report in P.M. Form No. 7 is not necessary.
(e) The provisions given in sub-rules (a) to (c) are included within the limits of provisions under
Sections I67. Cr. P.C. i.e., in all summons cases, investigation is generally concluded within a period of six
months from the date of arrest of accused. Therefore, in such cases generally the question of extension
of period of investigation beyond six months does not arise.
174. (a) Charge-.sheets.—-When the case is found to be true and accused persons are to be sent
up, either in custody or on bail, a charge-sheet shall be submitted in P.M. Form No. 32 to the Court
officer for submission to the Magistrate by the quickest means of communication and at the same time
intimation shall also be sent to the informant in P.M. Form No. 82. Only briefest particulars as required
by the column headings shall be noted in the charge-sheet [see Sections 173 and 190(b), Cr.P.C.]. The
counterfoil shall be kept at the police-station. Superior Police-Officers shall not return or detain a
charge- sheet once submitted by an Investigating Officer. They may, however, direct further enquiry
pending the instructions of the Magistrate.
(b) Brief of a case.—simultaneously with the submission of the charge-sheet and its Annexures
(see Rule 175). the Investigating Officer shall prepare three copies (fourth
89

copy to be made if there is a Sub-Divisional Police Officer) of a brief containing full particulars of the case
and of evidence available for sending up the accused person, in P.M. Form No. 45. The brief shall be
kept apart with the prosecutor and shall not form part of the case diary while the case is pending trial
[see Rule 264 (b)]. One copy of the brief shall be sent by the investigating Officer to the prosecuting
Officer. The remaining three copies shall be sent to Inspector who shall forward two copies to the Sub-
Divisional Police Officer, if posted. The latter shall then retain one copy and send one copy to
Superintendent. While forwarding brief, the Circle Inspector or Sub-Divisional Police Officer shall give
their recommendations for order of Superintendent when final memorandum is received by him
keeping a copy of their remarks on their own copies of briefs.
Should superior officers notice defects in the investigation, they shall at once draw the attention
of the Investigating Officer to them, so that further investigation may be undertaken, if necessary, and
they shall rend to the prosecuting officer, through the Court officer. a copy of any orders they issue.
Any suggestions the superior Police Officer has to make regarding the conduct of the
prosecution shall be communicated by him to the prosecuting officer who shall take necessary action for
making the presentation of the case complete. He shall not wait, however, for such suggestions before-
remedying defects which become apparent to him.
(c) “When a prima facie case is made out in a case in which articles have been sent for scientific
埐‫ص‬
analysis the charge-sheet shall not be delayed till receipt of the Scientific Examiner’s Report.
(d) Charge-sheet Forms shall be submitted when final report forms are cancelled and persons
are sent up for trial.
175. Documents to accompany charge-sheets.—The original case diaries, lists of property

stolen, lists of arrested persons, reports concerning previous convictions, the bail-bonds and the
recognizance bonds executed under Section 170, Cr.P.C. (Rule 305). shall be attached to the charge-
sheet forms. The original case diaries shall be sent to the office of Superintendent when records
concerned are sent to the High Court in appeal cases.
176. Maps and Plans of scene of occurrence.—(a) In each appropriate case the Investigating
Officer shall, as soon as possible after arriving at the scene of occurrence, prepare a plan of it and shall
attach it to the case diaries for the information of his superior officers. He may at his discretion prepare
and send up a map or plan in any other case also. Detailed instructions in connection with preparing
maps are given in Appendix 77. If the Investigating Officer cannot prepare a map of p.o. any Amin or
other competent plan drawer may draw the map or plan.
90

(b) Maps and plans for exhibiting in Court. —-A map or plan intended to be exhibited in Court
shall be drawn to scale and, if possible, one prepared by an Investigating Officer also; it shall show all
particulars calculated to be of use to the Court trying the case, such as the place of occurrence, its
surroundings the places where the witnesses were, the number of the case and the name or names of
the accused. A map or plan shall bear the signature of the person who made it and he shall be named in
the list of witnesses.
(c) The person who prepares a map or plan shall not enter on it anything more than he sees
himself. Particulars derived from witnesses examined at the spot shall not be noted on the body of the
map or plan but on a separate sheet of paper annexed to the map as an index thereto, the necessary
references being marked on the map or plan by letters or figures; this Annexure shall be signed by the
person who prepares the map or plan.
(d) Cadastral maps.--ln areas which have been cadastrally surveyed, the map should ordinarily
be a copy of the cadastral map, which is on the scale of 1: 3960 cm. (l6" = 1 mile), and should he
accompanied by extracts from the khatians and khasra (Khatian index) relating to the fields concerned.
In the case of close village sites, the cadastral map frequently includes an enlargement of the scale of 1:
lS840 cm. (64" = l mile), but if such an enlargement is not already available and is required for the
purposes of the case, it may be prepared by pantograph.
㡐 ‫ص‬
The settlement map or enlargement should be checked by local enquiry and any corrections
that may be necessary, or additions, such as sites of houses of topographical features not already shown
on the map, should be entered in such a manner (e.g. in ink of a different color) as to be clearly
distinguishable from the original survey. If any special skill is required, the police-officer or Magistrate
should apply to the District Magistrate to depute any officer from Public Works Department for the
purpose. Police officers should not, however, delay submission of their final forms on account of delay in
getting copies of the maps, but should submit rough plans in advance. In sessions cases the copy of the
survey map (enlarged if necessary) should be produced.
In some districts which have been cadastrally surveyed, copies of the cadastral maps have been
supplied to station officers, but where this has not been done copies will be obtainable in the
collectorate. Copies of entire settlement records can be available from collectorate on applications.
(e) In some cases, the person making investigation should himself prepare the map or plan and
attach it with case diary. This map shall be submitted with charge-sheet and the person making
investigation shall sign on the map or plan. This shall be prepared according to instructions given in
Appendix 77.
177. The following instructions are given for appearance of Police Officers on fixed dates:-
91

(i) It is necessary that the Police Officer for whose evidence in Court, a date is fixed,
appears on that very date. In order to see that there is as little difficulty as possible in
compliance of this rule, a register shall be kept in the office of Circle Inspector in which
the names of police officers and the cases in which evidence is required in Court shall be
noted against the name of each officer, if any Police officer is transferred before giving
evidence in the case noted in this register or if he has to go on long leave, he will leave
his address with and if there is any change in it, he will send the information to Circle
Inspector so that any summon received from Court may be sent to him easily. If such an
information is not sent by any officer, a report shall be submitted to Superintendent of
Police for proper action, it is proper for such officers that they should give list of such
cases to prosecuting officers of district Headquarters or sub-divisional Headquarters as
the case may be, so that their evidence is taken in Court before departure on their
transfer or if they are called for giving evidence they may give evidence in one or more
cases in one journey.
(ii) The Assistant! Deputy Superintendent of Police Headquarters shall submit a statement
in two parts to Superintendent of Police. For this he will collect the required materials
from Court officers. In Part l the names of those officers with dates shall he noted whose
evidence could not be recorded inspite of their presence on fixed dates. In Part 2, the
names of those officers shall be noted who could not be present on the date fixed. This
statement shall be sent in P.M. Form No. 32-A.
‫ص‬
(iii) In the office of Superintendent 䡰of Police a consolidated statement of this shall be
prepared every quarter and one copy of this shall be sent to Sessions Judge.
In the remarks column of Part ll. it shall be indicated as to what action was taken against those
officers who did not give information either to the Court concerned or to the prosecuting officer. If no
action is taken at district level for situations mentioned in Part l. a copy of this Part shall be sent to range
I78. Expenses of journeys of witnesses.—(a) In the interest of important cases Investigating

Officers shall incur expenses for witnesses, who are not Government servants, travelling by rail or long
distances by boat or road and send the bill to the Superintendent tor sanction and payment. Such
expenses shall be recovered from the Court, subject to the Rules framed under the provisions of Section
312. Cr.P.C. (see Appendix I0).
92

(b) All charges incurred by Police escorts on account of travelling and diet expenses of witnesses
arrested under warrants issued by criminal Courts under Section 89, Cr. P.C. shall also be recovered from
the Court.
(c) All legitimate expenses of Investigating Officers, as well as all necessary expenditure incurred
in the investigation of cases which cannot under the existing rules. he-paid from other sources or
recovered from the Courts, shall be paid by the Superintendent from the office expenses grant.
Note.— This clause covers the following expenses:—
(i) Travelling and diet expenses of witnesses attending police enquiries, who are not
required to appear before the Court; _
(ii) Subsistence allowance or travelling expenses of informers and approvers;
(iii) diet expenses of chaukidars and dafadars called in from distant beats to help in the
investigation of cases;
(v) hire of conveyances for bringing important personages to the scene of occurrence to
help in investigation.
㡐‫ص‬
179. “Special Police”, telegrams in important cases.—(a) In important cases, telegrams
regarding the detection of crime should be marked “Special Police” and will then be granted special
precedence in accordance with the instructions under Rule 74 of Indian Telegraph Rules, 1951 framed
under para 226 of Indian Telegraph Act, P & T. Manual, Vol. XI, Parts I & II (Fifth Revised Edition). These
telegrams may be sent by Police Officers of all ranks and Dafadars / Chaukidars (see Rule I55).
(b) In places, where police wireless are available, every important information shall be sent by
wireless. Telephones can also be used, if necessary provided that the information to be given is not
confidential. Detailed Rules regarding the sending of informations through wireless are given in Rule
I243.
180. Expenses of complainants and witnesses attending Court.—(a) The travelling expenses of
complainants and witnesses attending Court in railway or district police cases are payable by the Courts
concerned in accordance with the Rules framed under Section 312, Cr. P.C. which have been given in
Appendix 10.
(b) In order to ensure that witnesses receive payment for their expenses with a minimum
inconvenience, the following procedure has been prescribed by Government for observance by all
Magistrates, in Police cases. “While the Magistrate is hearing the case the peshkar will prepare a bill of
the expenses of all the witnesses shown in the Court Sub-Inspector's haziri list (Rule 303). The bill will be
signed by the Magistrate and sent at once to be checked by the nazir. On its return, the peshkar will put
up for
93

payment order and on this basis the money will be obtained thereon from the nazir during the hearing
of the case. It will then be possible to make payment to the witnesses in the presence of the Magistrate
immediately afier the conclusion of the hearing.
181. Final Reports.—(a) In all cases in which no arrest is made, or in which there is insufficient
evidence to send up the persons arrested for trial, or in which the charge is reported false. the, final
report contemplated in Section 173(1) and (2), Cr.P.C., shall be written in duplicate with carbon paper in
P.M. Form No. 33, and intimation shall at the same time to sent to the informant in P.M. Form No. 82.
(b) The Investigating Officer shall write the summary of the investigation in the final report in
brief, legibly and clearly. If any person is suspected, the reasons must be clearly stated, When an
application is made for prosecution under Section 182 or 211, I.P.C., evidences available in support of
such an application shall be narrated in full (see Rule 182).
(c) Both the copies of the final report shall he submitted to the Circle Inspector, who shall note
on both of them the defects in investigation and the steps taken or proposed by him to remedy the
defects. He shall amplify the reasons of suspicion when necessary and see that the report is otherwise
properly prepared. He shall deal with delays in the investigation and action taken to arrest absconders.
䣀‫ص‬
(d) The Inspector shall then forward without unnecessary delay one copy of the final report
through the Court officer to the Magistrate, to form part of the judicial record, and another copy to the
Superintendent through the Sub-Divisional Police Officer, if posted otherwise he will send direct for
orders about rectifying defects in the investigation, and note the summary for his remarks in the Crime-
Indices of office. If the case diaries are in the offices of Inspector or Sub-Divisional Police Officer, be will
at the time of sending the final reports, send the case diaries also with them and shall note on final
reports the recommendations for reward [see Rule 857(d)] or punishment. The Superintendent after
seeing the second copy of report, give his orders on the final memo and return one copy to the Police-
Station. After making up-to-date the case diaries attached with the final report these shall be filed in the
office of Superintendent of Police along with other papers of that case.
(e) Final report forms shall not be detained, cancelled or altered by the Superintendent or Sub-
Divisional Police Officer, if any or by the Circle Inspector concerned who may however in suitable cases,
with a request to the Magistrate, not to dispose of the cases until further intimation, order fil1"lI"l6I'
enquiry and issue such instructions as may be necessary in connection with such further enquiry. Such
officers can also order submission of charge-sheet under Section 175(8), Cr.P.C. without enquiry
[1963(2) Cr.L.J. 42 (Vol. 67, C.N. 14)]. See also Rule 184,
94

(f) Form of bail-bond.—Bail-bonds taken under Section 169, Cr.P.C. shall be in Form No. 28 of
Schedule II. Cr.P.C. No specific date will be fixed on it and it shall be sent with the final report Form.
(g) Release from bail or recognizances.—Orders concerning release from bail or

recognizances shall be conveyed by Court officers to officers in charge of Police-Stations in the final
memorandum and shall be communicated to the person concerned.
182. False cases.—(a) When an investigating Officer is satisfied that a case is deliberately or
maliciously false, he shall make a special endeavour to collect evidence to secure the conviction of the
informant under Section 182 or 21 1, I.P.C., and. if evidence be available, shall, along with the final
report, submit to the Magistrate a formal complaint to enable him to fake cognizance under Section
190, Cr.P.C., read with proviso (a) to Section 200, Cr.P.C. The complaint shall be accompanied by a list
showing the names, father’s names and residences of the witnesses to be summoned to prove the
falsity of the case and a precis of the points each witness will prove. A brief shall be prepared and
submitted as required in Rule 1 74(b) and the case diaries shall be sent to the prosecuting officer. Circle
Inspectors shall pay special attention to all such cases and where prosecution of the informant is not
considered possible, they shall give full reasons for this view. Prosecuting officers shall put the facts
clearly and fully before Magistrates when submitting complaints for prosecution under these sections.
(b) Compensation in false cases. —Courts have power under Section 250, Cr.P.C. to grant
compensation to accused in cases tried by them and declared false and cither frivolous or vexatious. In
cases in which the informant or complainant is convicted under Section 182 or 21 1, I.P.C. on police
report, Compensation can be awarded to the aggrieved party under Section 357(1) and (2), Cr.P.C., and
it is the duty of prosecuting officers to press for the奠award
‫ص‬ of compensation in such cases. .
(c) Superintendents shall take a personal interest in all deliberately or maliciously false cases and
shall see that investigating and prosecuting officers realise their responsibility in this matter. "
(d) Superintendents should obtain from Court officers a quarterly report in which the following
facts shall be clearly noted :-
(i) against how many persons application was made for prosecution for perjury;
(ii) against how many persons the prosecution was granted;
(iii) how many persons were convicted.
In all cases in which police officers are accused and which are ultimately declared as false.
Superintendents of Police must take action against the complainant under Section 182 or 211, I.P.C.
95

The Inspecting officers shall specially see whether Rule I82 is adhered to or not.
183. Magistrate’s order to send up accused.—When the Magistrate considers that the police
have acted erroneously in not sending up an. accused person for trial and that the evidence supports
the charge, he shall either order a fresh enquiry or take cognizance if in his opinion. al prima facie cape
has been made out, When a fresh enquiry is ordered. it shall be entered on and completed as soon as
possible and its result should be communicated to the Court concerned. If, on the completion of such
enquiry, the Sub-Inspector considers the charge proved, he can submit a charge-sheet: if not, he shall
submit a final report in the usual way (sec Rule 181).
184. Subsequent enquiry on fresh evidence.—I f. after sending in the final report of a case. a
police officer obtains a clue and sufficient evidence to justify further proceedings, he shall immediately
reopen the enquiry. The Investigating Officer shall inform the Sub-Divisional Officer that the
investigation has been started again. He shall not wait for the acknowledgment of the information.
Should the evidence justify the accused being sent up for trial, ho shall submit charge-sheet. If any one is
arrested, but not sent up, or if no one is arrested, he shall submit a final report in the usual way. This
final report shall bear the same number as the original final report.
185. Reports under Sections 107, 109 and 110, Cr.P.C.—Reports under Sections l07. 109 and
110, Cr.P.C. shall be submitted in P.M. Form Nos. 34. 35 and 36 respectively (see Rule 404). For bad-
livelihood prosecutions see Appendix 11.
If any person is arrested under Section 41(1)

㡐‫ص‬
or 151, Cr.P.C. for starting a case under Section
107, Cr.P.C. and the Police Officer does not release him on bail. he shall send up that person within 24
hours of arrest and submit his report under Section 116. C r. P.C. In every such case, a case diary in
duplicate shall be written for each day‘s work till the prosecution report under Section 107. Cr.P.C. is not
sent to Court. One copy of case diary shall be sent to Inspector for record and scrutiny. The Inspector
shall if necessary, forward the case diary and the prosecution report to Sub-Divisional Police Officer. This
report shall he sent to Sub—Divisional Magistrate's Court.
Similarly if any person is arrested for action under Section 109, Cr.P.C. and prosecution report
cannot be sent within 24 hours. a case diary shall be written. a copy of which shall be sent through
inspector to Sub-Divisional Police Officer. The prosecution report shall be sent in triplicate through
Inspector to Sub-Divisional Police Officer. The latter shall send one copy to Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial
Magistrate, keep the second copy in his office and return the third Copy to Sub-Inspector of Police-
Station.
On the arrest of a person for action under Section 110, Cr. P.C. the same procedure shall be
followed which is done on arrest for prosecution under Section l0‘). Cr.P.C. The only difference will be
that the case diary and prosecution report shail he sent through proper departmental channel to
Superintendent and the latter shall send the prosecution report to the Magistrate concerned after giving
approval.
96

PROCEDURE IN CONSPIRACY AND GANG CASES
186. Conspiracy cases.—(a) Prosecutions under Section 121-A, I,P.C., and under Section 120B, in
the class of cases referred to in Section 106(2) Cr. P.C., can only be instituted by order of the State
Government. in the latter class of cases such an order will only he passed where the conspiracy seriously
endangers the public peace and tranquility, in other words where it is in the manifest interest of the
State and of society that conspiracies of this kind should be suppressed.
(b) Where the Police are required to assist in conspiracy case they will be guided mutatis
mutandis by the Rules relating to the institution and conduct of gang cases. The investigation of such
cases shall be done at least by an officer of the rank of Inspector. It is necessary that the Police-Officer
employed for the purpose of supervision and control must be of known integrity and experience and
arrangements should be such that he should enter the witness-box at an early stage of the case to show
how the evidence has been collected. In all such cases, special reports shall be sent to Government from
time to time by Superintendent of Police concerned and Criminal Investigation Department as a, rule.
They will also be responsible for keeping the Government informed at all important stages of the case.
(c) The advice of the Legal Remembrancer should be sought on every proposal to institute a case
for conspiracy before the preliminary enquiry commences, and from time to time as the case proceeds,
and steps should be taken to secure further legal opinion whenever the Legal Remembrancer considers
such a course advisable.
187. Circumstances in which gang cases should be instituted.—Where a criminal gang is known
to form, steps should be taken to prosecute the members of the gang, so far as possible, on individual
䥀‫ص‬
charges. If, however. it is thought that this procedure will not effectually break up the organisation and
there appears after the verification of a confession or otherwise. to be sufficient material for the
institution of a gang case (Sections 400-401. I.P.C .) the Superintendent shall, if the criminal activities of
the gang are found to be in more than one district or State, call a conference of senior Police Officers of
the concerned districts or States, so that deputations of senior Investigating Officers could be made for
enquiries quickly. For proper co-ordination and guidance, the Criminal Investigation Department should
assume control over the investigation of the cases concerned and should depute an officer of known
integrity and experience to act as Chief Investigating Officer. After the completion of the enquiries, a
second conference of the name sot of senior officers should be held just to decide the possible legal
actions on the evidence available. The opinion of the Public Prosecutor should also be obtained as to
whether there are sufficient materials for starting a gang case and against whom. With the decision of
starting a gang case this decision shall also he taken as to where the case should he launched. Thereafter
the Chief Investigating Officer shall submit a proposal with the opinion of the public prosecutor to the
Inspector-General of Police, through the Superintendent of Police and the District Magistrate of the
district, in which it is decide to start a gang case, Range Deputy Inspector-General of Police, and the
Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. Each officer when forwarding the report will record his opinion as to
the necessity of a gang prosecution. The Inspector-General will then sanction the institution of the case,
if he thinks fit, and report the fact to the State Government and the Commissioner of the Division. In all
important cases, the Inspector- General will consult the Legal Remembrancer before according sanction.
97

ln the sanction order the names, parentage and residences of the persons against whom the
gang case will be started and so also the name of the Police-Station where the case would be registered,
the name of the officer who will lodge First Information Report at the Police- Station and the name of
the officer, who will investigate the case shall also be mentioned. The reporting and Investigating
Officers should preferably be the same officer, who submits the proposed report, provided he is not an
eye-witness to any incident connected with the case.
188. Procedure to be followed on institution of gang cases.--On receipt of sanction from the
Inspector-General a police report will be drawn up and a gang case started. The preparation of the First
information Report shall be first step in this campaign. After this, the Investigating Officer shall submit
charge-sheet in Court after completion of investigation. This charge-sheet may be based on the
statement made by an informer. witness, accused either to the police or to a Magistrate. The
Superintendent should seek the special assistance and advice of the Criminal Investigation Department
in doing work connected with gang cases. Generally such cases shall be controlled by C.I.D.
189. Gang case report.—Detailed instructions for drawing foundational reports in, and
investigating gang cases under Sections 400 and 401, I.P.C., together with a sample report, will be found
in Appendix 12. These instructions shall he very carefully noted and followed in all gang cases.
婐‫ص‬
190. Confession in gang cases.—(a) If an accused or suspected person volunteers a confession, a
police officer will make use of it as he should make use of every valuable clue obtained, but all officers
are warned (1) against working with the object of obtaining a confession, and (2) against relying unduly
on confessions or admissions to prove a case in Court.
(b) Anything which savours of oppression or trickery in obtaining a confession must be avoided.
The aim of Police Officer should be to obtain circumstantial and oral evidence so convincing that the
accused person cannot escape. If he succeeds in obtaining such evidence, the confession will often
follow and will materially strengthen the case. but to seek to obtain the confession first and the
corroborative evidence afterwards is to reverse the proper order of procedure. lf. however, a confession
is volunteered in an -enquiry, every effort must be made to ascertain if there is evidence corroborative
of any point in the confession which can he verified. A statement purporting to be a confession will
often be made in order to mislead the enquiring officer, and such statements are very rarely true in all
particulars. Also they are frequently made in order to throw blame oil other persons. or with a view to
deter the police from further enquiry. They are. moreover, generally retracted in Court, in which case if
they stand alone and uncorroborated, they have little or no probative value, There is thus every ground
for testing so called confessions very carefully and for not accepting them as final and conclusive, and
stopping the enquiry.
98

Note. — It will be the responsibility of Investigating Officer that for the sate of confession,
the accused is produced before & judicial Magistrate (see I64, Cr.P.C.).
191. Record and verification of confessions.—(a) In gang and other important cases in
which an accused person confesses and names accomplices, the Investigating Officer shall produce the
abused as soon as possible before the seniormost Judicial Magistrate, with a view to having the
confession recorded and at the same time consult the Superintendent as to whether steps shall be taken
to have the confession verified. The Investigating Officer should not close the investigation pending
sanction, but should proceed to investigate on the basis of any clue suggested by the confession, so that
the entire gang is detected.
(b) On receipt of the Investigating Off1cer‘s application the Superintendent will, in consultation
with the District Magistrate, refer the matter to the inspector-General with a view to the confession
being verified locally, by some officer who is not a police officer. If the Inspector-General considers the
case of sufficient complexity and importance to justify this Procedure being adopted, sanction shall be
㡐‫ص‬
given. The Superintendent shall then ask the District Magistrate to depute a tried and experienced
Magistrate to verify the confession locally. The confessing accused should not be taken out for the
purposes of verification because he is also to be put on Test Identification Parade in all such cases which
have been confessed by him. There is also the risk of his escape. If for the recovery of stolen properties
and for pointing out any place of occurrence which is not being traced, his taking out is absolutely
necessary, he should be taken out only after putting him on the Test Identification Parade or after taking
necessary precautions so that he may not be seen by any witness of the concerned case. The
verifications should be done through the records and by making local enquiries and thereafter
verification reports should be drawn up.
192. Verification.—The object of the verification is to collect evidence to corroborate the

confession, and for this purpose the verifying officer in company with
99

the confessing accused, will follow the route said to have been taken by the perpetrators of the crimes,
if there were more than one, from the time they assembled together until they finally separated, and
record at the prisoner’s dictation each event in chronological order. The work of verification should be
carried out according to the provisions of Section 164, Cr.P.C. The following classes of facts should be
specially noted :
(i) Name, father's name, residence, age and personal description of each accomplice.
(ii) The route taken by the gang.
(iii) The chief incidents during the journey of the gang from the starting point to the scene
of occurrence and up to the place of dispersal, :'.e., meetings with any one, visits to any
house or shop for purchase of food, oil, light, axes, etc., the hiring of conveyances,
purchase of railway tickets, crossing of a ferry, etc.
(iv) The arrival of the gang at the scene of occurrence and the preliminary arrangements
made, i.e., lighting torches, cutting sticks, etc.
(v) The particulars of the commission of the crime, rooms entered, doors broken, persons
tied up or assaulted, cries uttered or threats used, boxes or chests broken open and
particulars of property taken, etc.
(vi) The sharing of the plunder.
(vii) Any other incident up to the time of dispersal of the gang.

䦰‫ص‬
193. The object of verification.—(a) It must be borne in mind that the object of the
verification and of the collection of the above facts is twofold :
(A) to test the accuracy of the story of the confessing accused as to the fact of his own
presence at known occurrences;
(B) to obtain independent corroborative evidence of the accused‘s allegations as to the

presence of other persons at these occurrences.
(b) The utmost that" the accused‘s testimony, in itself, can do is to prove beyond a doubt that
he was one of the persons present at certain occurrence which are known to have taken place, it is of
very little value in itself to prove the presence of other persons named by him, unless independent
evidence is forthcoming on the point. The verification of the confession in the manner, laid down will,
however, often enable such independent evidence to be secured and it is in this respect only, that it is
especially useful. The verifying officer must, therefore, seek corroborative evidence on the spot and
shall make concise notes of the evidence that can be given by each man. No statement shall be taken on
oath. A secondary advantage of the verification is the fact that it makes clear-that the confession is a
coherent story, which has stood the test of careful examination on the spot by an impartial person, and
that it makes the evidence of the Magistrate available in case further proof of the confession is required.
The verification report of the Magistrate, except such portion of it as consists of the recorded statement
of the informer, is not itself admissible in evidence but may be used by the Magistrate to refresh his
memory.
100

194. Custody of confessing prisoner during verification.—During the local verification of a
confession the Magistrate deputed to verify it shall be responsible for the safe custody of the prisoner
and shall have sole charge of him. He shall on no account allow him to be put in a police station lock up.
No police-officer of any rank shall have access to him, except with the written p6lTl‘llSSl0I1 of the
verifying Magistrate and in his presence such permission should not be given to any police officer
directly connected with the investigation.
The prisoner shall be guarded by peons arranged for by the verifying Magistrate when such
arrangements are considered sufficient to prevent the escape of, or any attack on, the prisoner. When
the custody of peons is considered insufficient the verifying Magistrate should apply to the District
Magistrate for a guard from the armed police but the men of this guard shall be forbidden to hold any
communication with the investigating police officers or to converse with the prisoner, whose personal
wants shall be attended to by the Magistrate’s peons under the eyes of the guard. The period of the
remand should always be as short as possible.
195. Obtaining information from criminals after conviction.—(a) Attention should be paid by
Superintendents and p0llC6-0ffiCBl‘S generally to the very important subject of obtaining information
from criminals after their conviction. Such information must be received and acted upon with caution.
Every police-officer should think how to utilize such information. The procedure for interviewing
prisoners in jail is laid down in Rule 351.
孀‫ص‬
(b) When all the members of a gang responsible for a crime have not been placed on trial
endeavors should be made by interviewing those who have been convicted to obtain information which
may lead to the arrest and conviction of the rest. Officers to be deputed for such interviews should be
selected by the Superintendent.
(c) When any person or persons have been convicted of an offence against property and all the
stolen property has not been recovered, Superintendents should attempt, by the offer of rewards or
otherwise, to induce the convicts to give information which may lead to the recovery of it.
(d) Superintendents should exercise a wide discretion as to what persons are to be interviewed,
but the following classes may be included:—
(i) Prisoners arrested after a long period of disappearance, with a view to ascertaining their
movements and associates.
(ii) Unidentified prisoners.
101

(iii) Persons sent to jail under Section 110, Cr. P.C.
(iv) Persons known to be professional burglars or dacoits.
(e) All investigating and prosecuting officers, inspectors and the Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent posted in the Superintendent’s office will be held responsible for seeing that the
Superintendents attention is drawn to cases where an interview is necessary or advisable.
(f) When a reward is offered for information relating to a crime or criminal and any of the
persons concerned or any of the associates of the criminal are confined in a jail, a copy of the notice
offering the reward should be sent to the Superintendent of the Jail for the information of the jail staff.
196. Safeguards against false imputations against, the police enquiry.—The officers
interviewing, the prisoner shall keep a full note of all that is said or occurs. Ordinarily, he shall not record
any statement, but simply put such questions as may be necessary to ascertain whether the man is
willing or not to make a statement and whether he can really give any useful information. If the officer
finds the prisoner willing, he shall submit a full report of his interview to the Superintendent of Police,
indicating any, information given to him by prisoner. The report should be ready for production if, at any
stage of the proceedings, it is called for by the Court. Every kind of action which may give rise to the
suspicion of underhand dealings must be avoided.
197. Suspension of sentence to allow verification

㡐‫ص‬ to be made.—Should the person whom it is
desired to use as an approver be undergoing a substantive sentence of imprisonment in jail at the time
when he gives his information it will be necessary in order to allow the verification to take place, to
move the State Government to suspend his sentence temporarily under Section 432. Cr.P.C. and, as a
condition of such suspension government will require him to remain in charge of the subordinate
Magistrate whom the District Magistrate may select for the purpose of verifying his confession.
198. Prosecution of gang cases.—The prosecution of gang cases in the Court (including Sessions
Court) shall be placed in the hands of a Public Prosecutor or Special Public Prosecutor appointed by
Government for whose information a statement in the form given in Appendix 12 shall be prepared and
submitted along with the charge-sheet. Ordinarily all officers who have taken part in l ne investigation
mast, be cited as witnesses and examined at an early stage of the proceedings, in order to give the Court
an idea how the case started and how the evidence was collected and shifted.
Rules for the representation of the prosecution in appeals will be found in Rules 310 and 311.
102
..
CHAPTER 10
UNNATURAL DEATHS, WOUNDED PERSONS AND

CHEMICAL EXAMINATION
UNNATURAL DEATHS
199. First information to be submitted.—(a) immediately after receipt of information of a death

occurring in any of the circumstances mentioned in Section 174. Cr.P.C. a First information Report shall
be submitted in P.M. Form No. 37.
(b) Final report.—A final report shall be submitted in P.M. Form No. 37A on the termination of
the investigation. An inquest report in P.M. Form No. 38 signed by the Police officer and two respectable
persons under Section 174, Cr.P.C. shall be attached to the final report. The investigation shall be very
carefully conducted and special attention is drawn to Rule 205. The attention of the witnesses shall be
drawn to all important points as the report is compiled.
200. Case diaries when necessary.—(a) Case diaries shall be submitted in cases of investigation
into unnatural deaths only when the police officer making the investigation suspects the commission of
a cognizable crime, or when the investigation lasts for more than one day.
(b) When several persons meet their death by the same accident, there shall be a separate
inquest report on each body; but not necessarily a separate first information or final report.
䨰‫ص‬
(c) The First Information Report and the final report shall be in triplicate, numbered serially and
shall be disposed of according to the instructions printed on the forms.
201. (a) Powers of Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Junior Sub-inspectors under Section 174(l),
Cr.P.C.—Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Junior Sub-Inspectors, subordinate to an officer-in-charge of a
police-station are empowered, to act under Section 174(1), Cr.P.C.
(b) Duties of constables left in charge -A constable cannot make an investigation; but when no
other officer is present at the station, the senior constable should proceed to the spot, take charge of
the body and note facts concerning its state. Later, if the Investigating Officer desires to send a dead
body for examination, all necessary arrangements for this shall be made by the constable.
202. Enquiries by Presidents of Panchayats and Chaukidari Panchayats.—

When a president of a Chaukidari panchayat, who is authorized by the District Magistrate to enquire
into the circumstances of unnatural death in which there is no suspicion or foul play or a Mukhiya or
Sarpanch of an authorized Gram Panchayat makes such an enquiry, he shall forward a report signed by
two relatives of the deceased or, if there are none available, by two respectable inhabitants of the
neighborhood, to the officer-in-charge of the police-station within the limits of which the death
occurred. On receipt of such report, the officer-in-charge shall not proceed to the spot or hold an
investigation unless he has reason to suspect the occurrence of suicide or foul play.
103

203. Death of a prisoner in police custody.—(a) When a person dies in the custody of the
police, or if the death of a person occurs in course of an enquiry or giving statement before Police the
officer empowered to investigate unnatural deaths, who receives notice of his death shall send
information at once to the nearest Magistrate, but he shall not refrain from commencing an
investigation under Section 174, Cr.P.C., himself.
(b) The body of the person so dead must be sent for post-mortem examination.
(c) On the occurrence of such a death, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and, if necessary, the S.P.
should reach on the spot and make enquiries in person and should forward his report to D. M. with the
least possible delay. If enquiry is made only by S.D.O., in addition to sending his report direct to District
Magistrate, be will send its copy to the Superintendent of Police. The Sub-Divisional Magistrates are
required to proceed at once for local enquiry on the occurrence of such a case within his Sub-division
but this does not absolve the Superintendent of Police from all this responsibilities in this matter. He is
expected to have full information about such events and if he considers it necessary or desirable, he
shall reach himself and make enquiries in addition to or in lieu of those made by any officer subordinate
to him.
If such a death occurs in hospital and the Medical Officer Certifies that the death is natural a
尰‫ص‬
personal enquiry on the spot may be dispensed with. In such a case what is required is that the Medical
Officer shall, along with his certificate, send a simple report in which cause of death and other facts shall
be stated. The Medical Officer should not be of lower rank than an Assistant Surgeon.
204. Whenever death occurs due to electricity or there is possibility of death or serious injury
due to broken or fallen electric wires, the officer-in-charge of the police-station shall send immediate
information by the quickest possible means to the local officer of concerned department. As long as
there is possibility of danger at the place of occurrence, the station officer shall keep watch on it.
Note. — Where the telegraph or telephone is used, a written report in confirmation of the
telegraphic or telephonic communication shall invariably be sent without delay.
205. Directions for investigation in cases of suspicious and unnatural deaths— In investigating
unnatural and suspicious deaths, the following Rules shall be observed by the Police with a view to
obtaining as much medico legal evidence as possible :—
104

(a) General.
(i) When it is necessary to send any articles for medical or scientific examination, the
directions in Rules 217-220, Chapter 42 and Appendix 78 shall be followed.
(ii) viscera and liquid substances should be placed in clean bottles or any other available
new/clean receptacles, and carefully secured and sealed.
(iii) Tim forwarding report should always contain the following Information in addition
in the information to be given under sub- paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g) and (h) of
this Rule :—
(a) date and hour of onset of symptoms; .
(b) date and hour of death;
(c) if the body has been, exhumed, dates of burial and of exhumation;
(d) statement of symptoms of illness;
(e) treatment, if any, by patient’s friends, by police or by a medical man, baidya or

㡐‫ص‬
hakim.
(b) Suspected poisoning.
(i) Bring away under seal any food (specially atta or sweetmeats), drink, tobacco or drugs
which may be in the house or near the body.
(ii) if vomiting has occurred, swab up with a clean rag any vomited matter which may be
found on the person or bed. Where there is vomit on a bed the cloth at that place with
vomit can be cut and separated. The swab containing vomit and the portion cut out
from the bed can be sealed in a packet. The procedure for scrapping vomit from earth or
such other places is given in Appendix 78.
Vomited matter should not be allowed to be mixed with wood-ashes, because these have the
power of destroying-aconite. Instructions regarding ante-mortem or post-mm-rem urine
have been given in Appendix 78(4)(d).
In cases of suspected poisoning by aconite_ it is important when sending the body for post-
mortem examination, to request that some urine be extracted from the bladder of the
deceased and sent to the Director, Forensic Science Laboratory along with the other
articles usually sent.
105
(iii) Bring away under seal any clothing, matting, wood or mud flooring into which any
vomited matter has been soaked.
(iv) Carefully bottle and seal the contents of any vessel containing vomited matter.
(vii) Ascertain the exact time between the receipt of food, drink or medicine, the appearance
of symptoms and occurrence of death. Also, what were the first symptoms? Did
vomiting or purging occur? Did the person become drowsy or fall asleep? Was there
cramp or twitching of the limbs or any tingling in the throat or skin?
(viii) ‘The forwarding report to be submitted under (a) (m) should also contain the following
information :—
(a) Nature of food last taken.
(b) Did the patient walk from the place where first taken ill? If so, how far?
(c) Did the patient become unconscious? If so, bow soon after the onset of
symptoms?
(d) Did the patient talk sensibly or incoherently ‘?

䪠 ‫ص‬
(e) What was the poison supposed to have been used?
(f) Other relevant history of the case including age, occupation, etc... Which is likely
to throw light on the chemical investigation.
(g) A copy of the police report sent with the case to the forwarding Medical Officer.
Note. — For special instructions, see Rule 1259. For packing Exhibits concerning poisoning, see
Appendix 78, C1. (4).
(c) Suspected cattle-poisoning.
(i) The carcass should be first carefully examined, especially about the genitals and soft
skin of the thighs and neck, if any puncture is found, it is possible that sutari-poisoning
has occurred. The spike or sutari should then be sought for; and if one be found it
should be wrapped in paper, and be sealed and labeled.
(ii) The mouth should be examined and anything found in it should be preserved and
labelled.
106

(iii) lf it is suspected that the cattle has been poisoned and/or if there is allegation or
suspicion for doing this then the carcass shall be sent for examination as early as
possible.
(vi) The dry excreta, etc. of animals are also useful for tracing the poison. In this connection,
see also Appendix 78(5).
Note: -- In Rules 205 (b) (i) to (iv) and 205 (c) (i) and (ii) the sealing should be done according to
Appendix 78(3)(6) at the place of seizure.
(d) Hanging or strangulation.
(i) If possible, before cutting down the body or removing the strangulating medium, note
any lividity of face, especially of lips and eyelids, any projection of the eyes, the state of
the tongue, whether enlarged or protruded or compressed between the lips, the escape
of any fluid from month and nostrils, and direction of its flow.
(ii) On cutting down the body or removing the strangulating medium note particularly the
state of the neck, whether bruised along the line of strangulation.
(ii) Note the direction of the mark whether circular or oblique.

崠 ‫ص‬
(iii) Note the state of the thumbs, whether crossed over the palm.
(iv) If possible, bring away the materials by which hanging or strangulation has been
effected.
(v) In Appendix 77(5)(_m), instructions regarding the examination of different clues in cases
of suicide or hanging the dead body by rope after murder may be seen.
(e) Body found in rank or well.
(i) Note any mark of blood around the mouth or on the side of well or tank.
(ii) On removing the body, carefully search for and note any external marks of injury,
especially on the head and neck.
(iii) Note state of skin, whether smooth or rough.
(iv) Examine the hands and carefully remove anything they may hold.
(v) In any case, if the death has occurred due to drowning or due to any other reason, see
Appendix 70. '
107

(f) Body found murdered in an open field.
(i) Note number, character and appearance of injuries.
(ii) If any infant is found thrown outside then note the slate of the cord, specially if tied, as
well as any mark of violence.
(g) Presumed murder and burial of remains.
(i) Search for and note any marks of violence especially upon the skull.
(ii) Note carefully any indications of sex. Especially bring away a jaw and the bones of the
pelvis.
(iii) If any suspicion of poisoning, bring away (sealed) the earth from where the stomach
would have been. The ashes and charred bones from the scene of cremation of a person
who is suspected to have died from arsenic poisoning should be collected and
forwarded for examination. In such cases it is possible to detect arsenic in the remains
of the funeral pyre.
(iv) If a body, presumed to have been murdered, has been burnt, collect and bring in any
fragments of bones which may be found among the ashes.
㡐‫ص‬
(h) Rape or unnatural offence.
Send in lower garments worn by the person when assaulted. See Appendices 78(I0) and
79.
206. Murder of women for gain.—In all such cases of murder Investigating Officers shall
examine the deceased’s tongue in order to see whether it bears marks of injury or not. If marks are
found, the Civil Surgeon shall be specially asked if they appear to be self-inflicted, and if not, how they
might have been inflicted.
207. (a) (i) The provisions for holding post-mortem-examinations by nearest competent Civil
Surgeon are contained in Section 174(3) Cr.P.C. In each instance, where a P.M. examination is held, the
above section lays down that the reasons for the same must be recorded by the Investigating Officer
concerned- Where, however, a post-mortem examination is dispensed with by the I.O., the reasons
therefor must invariably be recorded by the I.O. in the final report of the U.D., case and/or in the case
diary.
(ii) When a corpse is sent for post-mortem, examination it shall be accompanied by a challan in
duplicate in P.M. Form No. 39, one copy of which shall be addressed to inspector, who shall forward it to
the Superintendent, and the other to the Civil Surgeon at District Headquarters and to the Assistant
Surgeon at sub-divisional Headquarters.
108

All corpses shall be sent to the Headquarters of the district unless the Medical Officer at the sub-division
has not been authorized by Government to conduct post-mortem examinations. In railway cases, bodies
may be sent to the railway doctor, if more convenient. No Government Medical Officer shall be entitled
to any fee for a post-mortem, or medico—legal examination made by him as part of his duties or
conducted in accordance with an order from a Magistrate or the Police. Medical subordinates whose
services have been lent by Government to a local body or dispensary committee will be required to
conduct without additional remuneration any post-mortem or other examinations that may be
entrusted to them as part of their ordinary duties.
(iii) In Patna. Darbhanga, Ranchi, Bhagalpur, Jamshedpur, Muzaffarpur and at other places
where there are Government medical colleges and there is Forensic Medicine department, postmortem
examination and medico legal work, should be done by teachers of that department [see Bihar
Government letter No. 2/M3-20121-69-6213(2), dated 11th November 1071]. In special cases, the dead
body from, other districts can also be sent to nearest medical college by plane or other quick transport.
The above procedure shall also apply to Private Medical Colleges which are so authorized by the
Government.
(iv) When bones or skeletons are required to be examined for determination of age, sex or
marks of violence which cannot be done locally, these should be sent to the Heads of the Department of
Forensic Medicine of the nearest Medical College.
䬠‫ص‬
Prescribed fees to be paid to the Doctor has been fixed at Rs. 50 per case. The expenditure is
payable from ‘investigation expenses’ under the head office expenditure according to Assistant
Inspector General’s memo. No. 1200/XI-III-3 8-44—66D, dated 11th February, 1967. (Letter No. IIM3-
2081/66H, dated 23rd December, 1966 from Health Department to Principals of medical Colleges).
(v) The Medical Officers holding the P.M. examination should, if it can be conveniently arranged,
reach the place of offence and help in the investigation of such murder cases in which the Police require.
For this purpose the Police officer shall send his requisition to the S.E.M.O. of the district/Forensic
Medicine department or the officer concerned if necessary. Whenever for the reconstruction of any
particular case the determination of circumstances is essential such visit shall be made, as far as
possible, before the body is removed from there. When the buried corpses are to be taken out the
Medical Officer should reach the spot at the time of digging. For this purpose Medical Officer should be
provided with transport and similar facilities by the Superintendents of Police.
Note — (l) From villages of Chandil and Patamda police-stations in Singhbhum district, which are
situated close to Sakchi Government hospital, the dead bodies shall be sent to Sakchi
Government hospital instead of sending them to Seraikela Sub-Divisional hospital for
post-mortem examination.
109

(2) There is provision for post-mortem examination in Jagdishpur, district Bhojpur and
Rajmahal, district Santhal Parganas. In places nearest to these places, the dead bodies
shall not be sent to concern Sub-Divisional Headquarters.
(3) The post-mortem examination of bodies concerned in cases of Satgawan police-

station in Hazaribagh district shall be done in Nawadah.
(b) ChaIan.—-The chalan shall contain an accurate description of the corpse, a statement of the
apparent cause of death and other circumstances, which give rise to any suspicion of foul play, and an
accurate list of clothes and articles sent in with the corpse.
(c) When sending a corpse for post-mortem examination, a sufficient quantity of powdered
charcoal shall be placed next to it and a sheet wound round it and in each case, wherever a charpoy can
be obtained, the corpse shall be carried upon it; and not slung on a bamboo. [For the carriage of dead
bodies by rail to pus!-mortem centers without prepayment of fees, see Rule 509(6), RM. Form No. 226
and Appendix 78, C l. (I S)(c)]. This Rule applies to both district as well as railway police cases.
208. Duties of constable in charge.—(a) The corpse shall he sent in charge of a constable, whose
name, together with those of the bearers or others accompanying it shall be recorded in the chalan.
帐 ‫ص‬
(b) The date and hour of the actual dispatch of the corpse shall be clearly stated in the
command certificate. The date and hour of arrival shall be noted in it by the Medical Officer.
(c) A constable in charge of a corpse shall be given strict orders not to loiter on the road, but to
take it by the nearest route direct to the dead-house.
(d) After leaving the body at the dead-house he shall immediately deliver one copy of the chalan
in P.M. Form No. 39 to the Civil Surgeon (at Headquarters) or the Civil Assistant Surgeon (at Sub-
divisions). He shall then deliver the second copy __of the form to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer and
the information relating to it shall be sent to Police Inspector concerned. Where a Sub-Divisional Police
Officer is not appointed, the duplicate copy shall be given to local Circle Inspector. I f this information
relates to the Inspector of another area the Inspector getting the form shall inform the Inspector
concerned. P.M. Form No. 39 shall be sent to Sub-Divisional Police Officer or where there is no Sub-
Divisional Police Officer, to Superintendent of Police. This form shall be sent to Superintendent only in
those cases in which the record is kept in the office of Superintendent of Police.
110

209. Post-mortem examination and report.—(a) On completing the post-mortem examination. The
Medical Officer shall fill up P.M. Form No. 40 in triplicate and keeps the original report for record in his
office. One carbon copy shall be sent to the investigating Police officer by the constable who brought in
the corpse. The other shall be forwarded to the Superintendent direct or in the case of a subordinate
Medical Officer to the Superintendent through the civil Surgeon. The Superintendent shall then forward
the report to the Court officer to lay before the Magistrate concerned.
(b) Police officers shall refer to the Civil Surgeon if they have any doubt in regard to any part of the
medical report.
(c) Medical officers of the Government equally with those of Railway may be called upon to
examine the corpse of any person who has died within railway premises, or to treat any person who has
been injured there.
210. Expenses incurred in sending dead bodies for examination or in sending wounded persons for
examination and treatment to Medical Officers by the Police. As well as expenses incurred in treatment
of such wounded persons by Medical Officers, will be met by thane officers from the advance which is
given by Superintendent of Police for feeding prisoners [see Rule 244 (a)].
211. Disposal of body.—(a) the final disposal of the body would be made as hereinafter provide
(i) if death is allegedly caused in Police custody or by the Police, the final disposal of the body
㡐‫ص‬
will be done according to the orders of nearest Sub-Divisional Magistrate;
(ii) If the body is not identified in spite of wide publicity by beat of drum in rural areas and help
from local press or broadcasting station and social organizations in towns and remains
unclaimed and no foul play is suspected or reported in case of death. The final disposal of the
body should be made either by the Municipal authorities in case of urban areas or the Gram
Panchayat in rural areas. In case of any difficulty such disposal may be made by the local Police
for which the expenses should be reimbursed by the local sub-divisional officials. It should be
noted that if wide publicity may affect law and order this should not-be resorted to. The
Superintendent of Police should issue instructions to all Investigating Officers and request D.M.
to instruct all Gram Panchayats that if such dead body or bodies remain unclaimed they should
hand over the dead body to a recognized medical college for purposes of anatomical
examination and dissection at their own expense. The officer-in-charge of such college shall
furnish to the Superintendent of Police a certificate to the effect that either the body has been
disposed of after anatomical examination according to the faith of dead or retained for
educational purposes of medical students as provided in Bihar Anatomy Act (Act 7 of 1961).
111

(iii) In all other cases, the dead body should be handed over to the nearest relation for
disposal.
(iv) Notwithstanding the above, whenever it is apprehended by the local police or the
Magistrate that handing over of a dead body to the relation or friend of the deceased
may affect the situation of law and order or cause circumstances that will be
embarrassing to the authorities, the disposal of the body will be made under the
guidance of the local Sub-Divisional Magistrate.
(b) Whenever. Disposal of the dead body has to be made by the police or the Magistrate. Such
disposal will be made, as far as practicable, as per the religious rites, provided that the religion
of the deceased can be readily ascertained.
(c) In cases where police are in the picture, the responsibility for handing over dead bodies or
arranging for their disposal as the case may be shall be of the Police.
WOUNDED PERSONS
212. Medical examination of injured persons.—(a) When medical examination of a wounded
person is necessary, the first half of P.M. Form No. 41 shall be filled in and sent in triplicate to the
Medical Officer concerned-In cases of forcible rape or unnatural offence (see Appendix 79), P.M. Form
No. 41A shall be used.
宐‫ص‬
(b) The Medical Officer shall return to the officer-in-charge of the police-station two copies of
the form, with his reply in the second portion of the form. The officer-in-charge shall keep one copy with
the case diary or other record and shall send the other copy to the circle inspector. If a constable
accompanies the wounded person, he shall receive the two copies and leave one at the Inspector's
office. If further opinion is necessary, the Medical Officer shall mention it in the original report in PM.
Form No. 41 and return it to Investigating Officer at once. The Investigating officer shall be given as far
as possible further report in two copies in which the serial number of injury report or ease number shall
be noted. The Investigating Officer shall send a copy of this report to Circle Inspector. i
(c) Where injuries have been sustained that are likely to prove fatal the Sub-Inspector shall send
full and immediate information to the Inspector and Superintendent.
(d) The circle inspector shall, in cases where he considers it necessary send his copy of P. M.
Form No. 41 at once to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer. If necessary, the S.D.P.O. shall send this copy to
Superintendent for his information,
(e) The Medical Officer‘s report is not legal evidence and RM. Form No. 41 need not be attached
to the final report or charge sheet or form part of the Magistrate’s record.
112

213. Hospital to which wounded persons are to be sent.—(a) wounded persons brought into a
station by the police; but not charged with any offence, shall be sent to hospital for medical treatment.
But those injured persons who are charged with an offence and brought in police custody shall be
treated in the jail hospital. If such persons are released on bail, they may be sent to the hospital, but
only under orders of the Magistrate.
(b) In cases of serious injury, the station in charge shall first of all send the wounded person
without any delay for the nearest available medical aid, arrangements being subsequently made for
removal for treatment to the sub-divisional or Headquarters hospital. This Rule applies equally to
wounded persons required to be kept in custody; but in the cases of such persons suitable
arrangements for guarding them must be made until they can be removed to the jail hospital.
214. Statement to be recorded in serious cases.—If a wound or injury is a dangerous one, the
Investigating Officer shall take immediate measures to have the injured man’s statement recorded by a
Magistrate (see Rule 169).
215. Consent of injured persons.—(a) The consent of an injured person is ordinarily necessary
to his removal to hospital for treatment. Persons in police custody suffering from injuries that require
immediate treatment may be sent to the hospital for that purpose without their consent.
(b) No person, male or female, shall be subjected to medical examination without his or her
consent. 㡐‫ص‬
CHEMICAL, EXAMINATION
216. Chemical examination.—(a) Articles which are required to be examined chemically, shall be
sent to Bihar Forensic Science Laboratory, Patna (see Chapter 42). Special test can also be done by
Chemical Examiner, Calcutta but in every case, articles shall be sent through the Forensic Science
Laboratory, Patna. For examination of each case irrespective of number of exhibits, Rs. 25 and in
paternity dispute case. Rs. 100 is payable by Crossed Cheques /bank drafts drawn in favor of Pay and
Accounts Officer, Ministry of Health and Family Planning (Department of Health), Calcutta. Therefore,
such articles shall be sent whose full examination cannot be done in Patna and whose examination is
essential for the confirmation of the allegation.
The station in-charge of both district and railway police shall on no account send the articles
direct but shall send them through the judicial Magistrate concerned with Full details. As the
examination of separate witnesses to prove the packing and posting of exhibits wastes the time of both
the Court and the police, the officer who does the packing should whenever possible do the posting
also.
113

(b) The result of analysis shall be communicated immediately to the station in- charge concerned, and its
original report shall be filed with the Magistrate's record. In cases of treatment of the patient in hospital
or post-mortem examination should the railway Medical Officer, Civil Surgeon, Civil Assistant Surgeon
consider it necessary, or be requested, to send any matter or portion of a subject examined by him to
the chemical examiner, he shall, as a rule, arrange for its transmission direct. But if he considers for any
special reason that it should be sent by special messenger, he shall apply to the Superintendent.
N. B.-- ln cases where the cause of death found by the Court is not in accordance with the
Chemical Examiner's report, or where that report is contested, a copy of the judgment and of the
evidence regarding symptoms and post-mortem appearances shall be supplied to the Chemical
Examiner.
217. The following Rules shall be observed in packing and dispatching articles for chemical
analysis (see also Rule 205):-—
(a) In no circumstances shall exhibits of different cases be included in the same parcel.
Each article shall be separately wrapped in paper and shall be sealed and consecutively
lettered.
(b) Articles of wearing apparel shall have pieces of clean paper stitched (never pasted,
gummed or pinned) over the supposed stains and the places shall be consecutively
lettered. Care shall be taken that 嬀 ‫ص‬
clothes are not folded at the stained portions which
should be kept flat and that ants or other insects do not gain access to stained articles,
as they may in a short time destroy all traces of the stains. The entire garment must
always be sent and each garment shall have a label stitched on it in one corner on which
shall be given the following information:—
(1) Number of report.
(2) Description of articles.
(3) Owner.
(4) Number of observed stains.
(5) By whom forwarded.
(6) Station date and seal.
114

(c) Knives, weapons and other articles shall have labels securely tied on them and the knots shall be
sealed.
The labels shall contain the following information:—~
(1) Number of report.
(2) Description of articles.
(3) Case details.
(4) By whom forwarded.
(5) Station, date and seal.
Stains on hard surfaces such as the blade of a weapon, a sheet of tin, or a piece of wood should
be covered by a thin layer of cotton wool, which in its turn should be covered with paper, whose
margin should be pasted to the articles well clear of the cotton wool. Cutting edges should be
well covered with hemp or jute packing.
(d) Earth and plaster, etc., should be carefully packed in cotton wool or other soft material in a
wooden or tin receptacle and never in earthenware or other breakable containers. If possible
the earth or plaster should be sent in one piece. Large and heavy articles such as doors, cart
㡐‫ ص‬stained portions cut out and sent.
yokes, should as far as possible have only their
(e) All stained articles shall first be wrapped in paper and then be carefully stitched up in waxed
cloth and enclosed in a tin or wooden box.
(f) A list of all articles, duly lettered and sealed shall accompany each parcel.
(g) The parcel containing the articles shall be sent by registered post or by rail, freight prepaid. On
the parcel must be noted the number and date of its letter of advice [see Rules 218 and l254(c)].
(h) Seals used on exhibits and parcels must on no account he of coins. Small weights or other
common articles [Cl. 2(e) of Appendix 78].
(i) According to Appendix 78(3)(6) and Rule 1259, on the bottles of liquid articles and packets of
solid matters respectively the names of persons concerned, p.s. case number and information
required in sub-rule (c) shall be written on a paper and pasted over them. In case of dead
persons. The date and number of post-mortem examination shall also be given.
Note-In addition to labels given hi sub-rules (b), (c) and (i), if any article is kept in any packet or
box, another label shall be given also according to Appendix 78 (2)(b).
115

218. (a) According to Rules 217 and 1259, at the time of sending articles for
examination, separate forwarding letters for each packet (if within State in Hindi) shall be‘ sent
in P.M. Form Nos. 211, 212, 213 and 214 concerned. In compliance to instructions given in
Appendix 78(b)(l)(c), the forwarding letter shall be sent through special messenger or registered
post according to necessity.
(b) The forwarding letter shall also contain the following particulars:--
(I) date of dispatch of the parcel;
(2) an accurate description of the contents of the parcel;
(3) details of the case and circumstances in which the articles were recovered:
(4) a copy, in the identical handwriting of the original, of the list referred to in Rule 217(f);
(5) a facsimile of the seal used in closing the various items and the parcel [Rules 217 (c)
and (t)] which shall be protected on both sides by a thin layer of cotton wool to prevent the wax
being powdered in transit;
(6) the railway receipt, when parcels are‘ sent by rail;
(7) a note whether the articles should not be destroyed without reference to him [see Rule
216(b)]. -
嬀‫ص‬stains.—(l) The following points shall be carefully
219. Special rules for blood and semen
complied with when sending forwarding letters regarding articles suspected to contain blood or
semen stains:-—-
(a) A certificate in P.M. Form No. 46 shall accompany the forwarding letter (Rule 218), in order
to enable the removal of those portions to which it may be necessary to apply scientific tests.
(b) It shall be noted whether any of the articles are suspected to contain semen stains, or in be
stained with blood other than human blood, and if so, the animal which is suspected to be
involved.
(c) The section of the Indian Penal Code under which the case has been registered shall be given
and a copy of the police report shall also be sent.
(d) A full medico-legal account of the aspects of the case shall be given.
(2) The following special precautions shall be taken in packing articles containing suspected
blood stains:--
116

(a) Blood stains found on hard surfaces, such as cement flooring, must on no account be
moistened or rubbed, as such action causes disintegration of any blood elements
present.
(b) When flesh or skin is sent for examination, it must not he sent in alcohol, but in a fairly
strong solution of common salt.
(c) Any article that is damp at the time of despatch should be carefully covered with wax
cloth and sent separately.
(3) The investigator shall preserve safely earth mixed with blood and keep this earth lifted from
different places separately- It has to be ensured that these articles are dispatched as early as possible
but not exceeding three days to chemical examiner [see Appendix 78 Cl. (ii)].
220. Information to be as full as possible.—The information furnished to Medical Officers and

the Chemical Examiner by the police regarding unnatural deaths, in which a post-mortem examination is
required or has been held, shall be as full as possible.
117
㡐‫ص‬
..

CHAPTER 11
ARREST AND CUSTODY OF ACCUSED
ARREST
221. Police officers powers of arrest.—(a) The powers of arrest possessed by police officers are
laid down in Sections 41(1). 41(2), 42, 129(2), 151 and 432. Cr.P.C.
(b) It shall be fully kept in view that nobody is kept in police custody for more than twenty-four
hours. If after arrest of any person, the police considers it necessary to keep him in his custody beyond
this period, orders of the Court be obtained after placing reliable facts at the time of forwarding the
accused to the Court.
(c) At the time of making arrest or after that, care should be taken to see that religious
susceptibilities of any community are not hurt.
(d) As soon as an accused person is placed under arrest the Investigating Officer shall ask him
whether he has any complaint to make of ill-treatment by the police and shall enter in the case diary the
question and answer. If an allegation of ill-treatment is made, the Investigating Officer shall there and
then examine the prisoner’s body. if the prisoner consents, to see if there are any marks of ill-treatment
and shall record the result of his examination. He shall also consider whether the marks, etc. are due to
to‫ص‬allow his body to be examined, the refusal and the
resistance in making arrest. If the prisoner refuses嬀
reason therefor shall be recorded. If the Investigating Officer finds that there is reason to believe the
allegation of ill-treatment, he shall at once forward the prisoner with his complaint, the record of
corporal examination, any other evidence available and, if possible, the personnel of the police force
implicated to the nearest Magistrate having jurisdiction to enquire into the case.
(e) A prisoner in police custody before being produced in the Court is entitled to see his pleader
only and a relative. All applications from pleaders or other members of the legal profession for interview
of accused in police custody for the purpose of defense must be in writing and addressed to the officer-
in-charge or any higher police officer.
Authorized interviews shall take place in the presence and hearing of the police sentry though
confidential talk also may be allowed but in that case, the prisoner shall be searched after interview.
(f) Arrest of Member of state Legislature/Parliament-immediately a member of the Parliament

or State Legislature is arrested in a criminal charge or for a criminal offence, the police officer concerned
shall send intimation of such fact by telegram or wireless to the Speaker/Chairman with a copy to the
Government of India and State Government, in the Ministry of Home Affairs indicating the reasons for
the arrest or detention as the case may be. A detailed report should follow by post in P.M. Form No.42-
A.
118

The above procedure should be adopted on the arrest or detention of any member of the
legislature of another State but the information shall be given to Speaker/Chairman of that State’s
Legislative Assembly/Council and simultaneously to the State Government concerned.
The information has also to be given when a member is convicted or released whether on bail or
completion of his term or is transferred fi-om one place to another by the authorities concerned.
The rules referred to above also provide that no member of the House shall be arrested and no
legal process, civil or criminal shall be served on him/her within the precincts of the House without
obtaining the permission of the Speaker.
“Precincts of the I-louse” includes the Chamber, the lobbies, the galleries and approaches
leading these and such other places as the Speaker may from time to time specify.
It must also be noted that not-with standing the provision contained in Section I35-A, Civil
Procedure Code the immunity of a member of Parliament State Legislature from arrest pursuant to a
civil process would in term of Article 105 (3)/195(3) of the Constitution of India, extend to a period of 40
days before or after a meeting of the House.
㡐‫ص‬
When in Judicial or Jail custody, all communications addressed by a member of Parliament, who
is under arrest or detention, to Speaker or Chairman of the House of which he is a member or to the
Chairman of a Committee (including a Committee of Privileges) of such House, etc. shall be immediately
forwarded by S.P. to Government in Home Department.
(g) As soon as a person is arrested, he shall be informed of grounds of arrest vide Section 50,
Cr.P.C. When that person is arrested away from his home, an intimation should also be sent to his
nearest relation in PM. Form No. 41-B after ascertaining the address from him.
222. Definition of Police Custody.—Police custody is custody on the authority of the Police.
Every person who is kept in attendance to answer a charge in such a way that he is practically deprived
of his freedom shall be considered as in custody. A Police Officer who without himself arresting a
person, directs some of the neighbors to take charge of him, shall be responsible in the same way as if
he had made the arrest himself. Requiring a person’s attendance by letter and deputing a constable to
accompany him, with orders to prevent, him from speaking to any one amounts to an arrest.
119

223. Bail able Offences—(a) The officers should study sections 170(i) and 436, Cr.P.C. carefully.
When a person arrested is accused only of bail able offences, he shall be admitted to bait with or
without sureties in accordance with these sections. The instructions given in Rule 181 (f) shall be
applicable to the form of bail bond.
(b) When a person is arrested in connection with a bail able offence, he should not be compelled
to go to Police-Station to give bail. The officer arresting him should take necessary bail bond from him
and release him as per Rule where the bail is offered.
224. Non-bailable offences.—(a) Special attention is to be paid to the provisions of Section

167(2) and 437, Cr.P.C. The Police should not expect the Courts to detain an accused person in custody
beyond the prescribed limit of 15 days imposed by Section 167(2) without producing reliable and
reasonable evidence.
(b) When it is considered necessary to oppose an application for bail in a non-bailable case the
Court officer shall be given, as early as possible, sufficient information about the accused to enable him
to do so.
(c) In case in which an accused person has been detained in intermediate custody for a period
extending to three weeks and sufficient evidence has not been obtained to justify the immediate
submission of a charge sheet, a full explanation of the circumstances shall be submitted immediately by
the Superintendent, through the District Magistrate to the Range Deputy Inspector-General or the
Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D., if he is controlling the case, who shall pass such orders as he considers
necessary and forward the papers to the Inspector-General.
嬀‫ص‬
(d) No Police officer has power to re-arrest an accused person in the same offence in which he
has been released on bail under Section 437, Cr.P.C. When re-arrest is deemed necessary, the Police
should apply to a competent Court for cancellation of the bail bond and the issue of a warrant in
accordance with provision under Section 437(5), Cr.P.C.
225. The power of arrest given to Police officers by Section 34 of Act V of 1861 should not be
exercised in the case of a person whose name and address are known (see Section 42, Cr.P.C.). Such a
person should be called upon to execute a bond to appear before a Magistrate, if required. These
restrictions do not apply in case of intoxicated persons who are disorderly and unable to take care of
themselves or when arrest is necessary for the safety of the public and preservation of peace and
tranquility.
Consequent upon the enactment of the Police (Bihar Amendment) Act 1954, the State
Government are empowered to extend the application of Section 34 of the Police Act (V of 1861) to
local areas such as large fairs, health resorts, etc. other than towns where the Act had already been
permanently in force from before. In enforcing the provisions of the Act, care should be taken not to
cause harassment to shopkeepers or other members of the public. The Circle Inspectors and higher
officers should exercise due discretion before taking a decision to submit a prosecution report under
Section 34 of the Police Act.
120

226. (a) When foreign Criminals or foreign Government servants in India while on duty or leave
or otherwise or Indian employees of foreign missions are arrested on major Criminal or civil charges, the
facts with brief description of the offence should be brought to the notice of Intelligence Branch, Bihar
who will bring it to the notice of I.B., Government of India to bring it to the notice of foreign diplomatic
counselor, if necessary. A copy of this report should also be sent to Home (Police) Department, Bihar
who will inform Government of India.
(b) The district Superintendents of Police shall notify direct to U.K. High Commissioner posted in
New Delhi or U. K. Deputy High Commissioner in Bombay! Madras/Calcutta when a citizen of United
Kingdom is arrested or dies in such circumstances which the Police have cause to investigate. The
reports of such incidents should be made within 24 hours (or 48 hours, if a Sunday or holiday
intervenes), of such incident.
(c) Prompt information of Crimes and Criminals in which foreigners are involved shall be
reported to C.B.I, by wireless.
227. Deleted.
228. Deleted.
‫ص‬
229. Whenever, any accused escapes from㡐India after committing a crime, action shall be taken
for his arrest according to procedure given in Appendix 13 and Extradition Act (34, I962).
N.B. — For extradition from Nepal, see Rule 403.
230. Arrest of railway and other Government servants.—(a) Instructions regarding arrest of
railway servants will be found in Rules 502 and 503. These instructions also apply to Post and Telegraph
Department and such other essential services in which there is a possibility of damage or accident in
case of an arrest without a substitute.
(b) As soon as a complaint is made or an information is given of the commission of an offence by

a Post Office or Telegraph servant or any subordinate Government officer in connection with his official
duties, notice thereof should be given by the Magistrate or Superintendent to the head of the
department concerned, and the assistance of the superior-officers of the department invited in such
preliminary enquiries or investigation as may be necessary before process is issued against the accused,
unless the Magistrate or Superintendent is satisfied that the delay caused thereby would defeat the
ends of justice.
121

231. Military offenders.—(a) Whenever anyone subject to the Indian Army Act is arrested,
notice shall be given forthwith by the Police to the officer commanding the troops to which he belongs
in the form given in Appendix 14, ln this Appendix, the general rights of services Court. Court martial and
Civil Court have been described.
(b) Military deserters.'—
(i) Arrest of such persons should be done according to instructions laid down in the
warrant if any issued against them. The warrant may provide that they should neither
be produced before Magistrate nor released on bail. A register of persons arrested and
action taken shall be kept in S.P’s office in P.M. Form No. 42-B. For this purpose thana
officers should send information to S. P’s office and should keep a register in P.S. also in
the same form.
(ii) Any Police officer may without an order from a Magistrate arrest any person reasonably
suspected to be a deserter from the Armed Forces or Ordnance Factory and particularly
when he is reported to be in possession of Arms and Ammunition.
(iii) The descriptive rolls of such deserters, if necessary shall be published in Criminal
Intelligence Gazette in P.M. Form No. 42-C.
(c) If an employee of defense (or Police) department in uniform is required to be

handcuffed, it will be desirable to carry him in a vehicle and not on foot after being
handcuffed.
嬀‫ص‬
(d) Defense Personnel in Police custody shall not be deprived of their shoulder badges, etc.,
but his Medals shall be taken charge of for safe custody.
232. Rearrests of ex-reformatory boys.—Superintendents of Police shall intimate without

delay to the Superintendents of the Reformatory School, Hazaribagh or Borstal School,
Daltonganj the arrest of boys who have served terms at those institutions (see also Rule
150).
233. Illness of person arrested.—when a person arrested has to be kept in custody, and is in
such a state of health that he cannot be removed without serious risk to himself or
others, the officer making the arrest shall make suitable arrangements for his custody.
234. Search of person arrested.-—when persons are searched under Section 51(1), Cr.P.C.
and the police take charge of articles, a receipt shall be granted to the prisoner and his
signature obtained in token of its receipt a list of such articles shall be attached to the
charge-sheet form. The prosecutor shall see that prisoners hold such receipts. Such
articles shall be forwarded with the prisoner, in charge of his escort.
122

235. Instructions regarding identity of accused in rioting cases.—In rioting cases the police shall
keep the persons arrested during the occurrence distinct from those arrested afterwards on suspicion of
having taken part in it. Police officer shall use the utmost care to prevent the identity of rioters and
other offenders caught in the act from being impugned at the trial. The names of the offenders and of
the persons arresting or identifying them shall be recorded as soon as possible in all cases, before the
prisoners are removed in custody from the spot, and the place and hour of arrest shall be most
accurately noted.
236. Identification of suspects.—(a) Whenever it is necessary that a person suspected of having

been concerned in any offences should be identified by a witness, the following instructions shall be
complied with word by word :—
(1) These suspects shall be kept at a place where identifying witness cannot have access to
him.
(2) At the time of taking the suspects to Court or Jail, precaution shall be taken that none is
able
to see them and hence they shall be taken in closed vehicles or if such vehicles are not
available, their faces shall be covered in such a manner that they cannot be recognized.
(3) As far as possible, the photographs of suspected persons shall not be published before
identification.
(4) The investigator shall not keep suspected persons in Police custody before holding Test
㡐‫ص‬
identification.
(5) The prosecutor shall request the Magistrate that these persons should not be released
on bail before identification.
(6) If the physical characteristics of any suspected person are such that on account of these,
he can be searched in a group, then as far as possible such persons shall be assembled
for mixing up who have similar characteristics or the characteristics shall be covered.
The investigator shall see before identification parade begins that the suspected person
is available in it.
(7) For identification, one suspected person is to be mixed with 8-10 other persons and not
that ten suspected persons shall be mixed in a small group.
(8) Identification should be done without delay because identification done with delay is
not fully acceptable to Courts.
(9) Where the description of suspected persons in the First Information Report or in the
statements of witnesses are so explicit that there is no suspicion left of any kind, it is not
essential to hold identification parade.
123

(10) The Investigating Officer though his presence may be essential outside shall not be
present while the identification is in progress.
(11) If a witness is unable to attend an identification parade and identification is considered

necessary, this may be arranged with reference to photograph, details of which are
incorporated in Appendix 22.
(12) When suspected persons are brought for identification its chart shall be prepared in
P.M. Form No. 42. An indication of the above facts should be given in case diary and
identification chart.
(b) Identification of suspected articles.—In this connection, the following instructions shall be
followed word by word:—
(1) For identification of one article three or four articles of similar nature shall he mixed up.
(2) No mark shall, be put on a suspected article. If it is essential to give a mark similar marks
shall be placed on unsuspected articles.
(3) Care shall be taken to see that witnesses have not seen the suspected articles before
嬀‫ص‬
the identification. Hence, the witnesses shall not go with that officer who carries the
articles before Magistrate.
(4) Where any special mark has been given on articles from before and their descriptions
have been noted in First Information Report and in the statement of witnesses, the
investigator shall fully scrutinize it after the article has been recovered and if from
descriptions given, those articles are established, it shall not be necessary to get
identification done. Only at the time of trial, the witnesses concerned shall identify
these articles before Courts.
(5) For the sake of identification it will be proper if articles, similar to suspected articles are
made available.
(c) The identification parade shall be conducted as far as possible before a Magistrate but if for
any reason, a Magistrate cannot be available then before any other responsible officer, such as the
services of Deputy Registrar shall also be admissible.
(d) The witnesses shall have to certify in the prescribed columns of the chart that the method in
which the identification has been carried, was correct.
124

(e) Suspects who are to be subjected to an identification parade shall be informed about it at
the time of their arrests to enable them to take necessary precautions by way of keeping their faces
covered and a request should be made to the Magistrate to record a note in the remand papers
regarding such precautions having been taken by him so as to eliminate any subsequent defense by the
suspects that they had been shown to the witnesses before identification parade was held,
237. (a) Classification of prisoners.—(1) Under-trial prisoners are divided into two divisions,
superior and ordinary. This classification is based on previous standards of living only. Those under-trial
prisoners who, by social status, education and habit of life, have been accustomed to a superior mode of
living, etc. will be classified as superior, and all others as ordinary. The members of State Legislature and
Parliament shall be placed in superior category.
(2) Before a prisoner is produced before a Court, the classification will be made by officer-in-
charge of the police-station or Court hajat who will use his discretion.
(3) After the prisoner has been produced before a Court, this classification will be made by the
trying Court subject to the approval of the District Magistrate.
(b) Convicted prisoners, for the purposes of treatment in jail, are classified in three divisions.—
First, Second and Third:—
FIRST DIVISION
㡐‫ص‬
Prisoners sentenced to rigorous or simple imprisonment will be classed in this division if—
(1) They are non-habitual prisoners of good character,
(2) they by social status, education and habit of life have been accustomed to a superior
mode of living provided that—
(3) They have not been convicted of-
(i) Offences involving elements of cruelty, moral degradation or personal greed;
(ii) Serious or premeditated violence;
(iii) Serious offences against property;
(iv) offences relating to the possession of explosive, firearms and other dangerous
weapons with the object of committing an offence and enabling an offence to
be committed;
(v) abetment or incitement of offences falling within the sub-clauses (i) to (iv).
125

SECOND DIVISION
Only those prisoners will be eligible for this division who by social status, education or habit of
life have been accustomed to a superior mode of living. Habitual prisoners will not be excluded
automatically and the classifying authority will be allowed discretion to suggest their inclusion in this
class on grounds of character and antecedents, subject to confirmation or revision by the State
Government.
THIRD DIVISION
It will consist of prisoners who are not classified in First and Second Divisions.
(c) Classifying Authority.—-In cases tried by High Court and Sessions Court Judges originally,
those judges themselves and in cases tried by other Magistrates those Magistrates through District
Magistrate shall make the initial recommendation to State Government for classification in Division 1st
or 2nd—The State Government shall either confirm or review these recommendations.
238. Physical examination of prisoner.—(a) On arrival of a prisoner at police- station the officer-
in-charge shall note the fact in the station diary and before admitting him to a police lock-up, he shall
examine his person for any signs of injury and shall嬀‫ص‬ record the result of the examination in the station
diary. If any marks are found, the prisoner shall be asked to account for them, and his statement shall be
recorded, in the presence of independent witnesses if possible. The statement shall be transmitted to
the Circle Inspector, Sub-Divisional Police Officer and the Superintendent as an urgent communication,
together with a transcript from the station diary, in which shall be given a careful description of the
injuries, their number and position. This Rule shall be observed as far as possible also by Prosecuting
officers receiving a prisoner sent up from a police-station, even though the prisoner may not be
admitted to the Court lock- up. A copy of this Rule shall be hung up near every police lock-up.
N. B. — The object of this Rule is to protect police officers against charges:-‘of torture found on
injuries received before the prisoner came into the hands of the police.
(b) Thana lock-up is meant for keeping temporarily the persons arrested by police, hence
persons arrested by any other department shall not ordinarily be kept in these lock-ups.
The local police officers should exercise their discretion according to needs of the situation
keeping in view the fact that the police are supposed to help all departments
126

239. Responsibility for safe custody.—(a) The officer-in-charge of a police post shall be
responsible for the safe custody of all prisoners brought to every police post (see Rule 172).
(b) Every police-station shall be provided with a lock-up for the temporary custody of prisoners.
Lock-ups shall be provided with strong iron grated doors, through which the interior can be easily seen.
Separate lock-ups shall be provided for male and female prisoners. Two blankets in winter and Durries in
summer shall be supplied by Sub-Divisional Magistrate for the use of each prisoner in each Police lock-
up. These articles should be issued to such prisoners who could not provide themselves with their own
bedding. At day break, the bedding of the prisoners shall at once be brought outside, well shaken and
left for some hours in the sun.
(c) In every such lock-up, the superficial and cubic space allowed to each prisoner shall in no
circumstance be less than thirty-six square feet and four hundred and thirty-two cubic feet respectively.
(d) A notice shall be hung up outside the lock-up at every police-station, showing the maximum
number of male or female prisoners which each lockup is authorized to accommodate. The authorized
number shall never be exceeded. If the number of prisoners exceeds, such prisoners shall be
accommodated in a convenient building under an adequate guard.
N. B. — The above Rules relate to accommodation in a police lock-up and not to that in a Court
hajat.
(e) The arrival and departure of prisoners in Court hajat shall be entered in the following
proforma;-
Name and Case number Whence 㡐‫ص‬

Through Where Under whom Any other
address of received whom departed departed notable fact
accused received
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
239-A. Rules for the custody of prisoners.—The following Rules for the custody of prisoners by
the police apply to police-station and Court hajats. A copy of these Rules shall be kept in the District
Police Office and translations in Urdu, English and where necessary, in Bengali, and Oriya, of Rules (d)—
(j), shall he hung up near the hajat door. These rules, after being published through the office of
Superintendent of Police, shall he sent to all police-stations and prosecutor’s office. The officers-in-
charge of police posts are responsible for seeing that they are strictly enforced. At Courts the Court
officer may, by an order in writing, to be noted in the list of distribution of work, depute an assistant
Sub-Inspector for the permanent charge of the hajat. This shall not, however, relieve him of the
responsibility of seeing that the Rules are enforced:
127

(a) Immediately on receipt of a prisoner the officer-in-charge shall tell off a guard, entering
their names and hours of duty in the station diary or duty roster, where station diaries
are not kept and take their signatures or thumb- impressions therein in token that they
know their periods of duty. The name of the prisoner shall also be entered in the police-
station lock.-up register in P.M. Form No. 43-A by sentry.
(b) The haj at shall be carefully examined by the officer-in-charge to see that it is clean and
that no weapons or articles which might facilitate escape or suicide or be used for
assaulting other persons, are in the hajat or within reach of prisoner incarcerated
therein.
(c) A prisoner, before being admitted in lock-up shall be searched by the officer- in-charge
and everything, except articles of wearing apparel, shall be removed from his possession
and receipt given for the articles so removed (Rule 234). Female prisoners shall be
searched at police-stations by a respectable woman and at Courts by a woman
approved of by the Magistrate. Glass, Conch shell or iron bangles or any ornament that
has religious sentiment shall not be removed from the person of female prisoner. When
a female prisoner is put in the lock-up, Women Police shall be called from District Police
Headquarters for custody. If this is not possible a female employee from the office of
the B.D.O. near to station such as Gram Sevika, Lady Health Visitor can be possibly
called. The Station officer shall always endeavor that such, a female prisoner is sent as
quickly as possible to that district jail or such a place where proper arrangements can be
made. The special attention of Court officers is drawn to Rule 296(b).
谀‫د‬
(d) The escort party shall not leave the haj at door until a sentry has taken post.
(e) The sentry shall take post in front of the door in such a position that he can see the
prisoner. Between sunset and sunrise he shall be provided with a lantern, which shall be
kept burning brightly at a safe distance from the room, but in such a position as to
illuminate the interior of the hajat.
(f) The key of the hajat shall remain with the sentry and, except in urgent eases, such as an
outbreak of fire he shall not unlock’ the door or remove a prisoner without first calling
the officer-in-charge or without his permission.
(g) (i) Under trial prisoners classified as ordinary by the trying Court or by the officer-in-
charge of the police-station under Rule 237 (a) (or any, convicted prisoner classified in
Division III) before being taken out at night shall be secured with leg shackles, handcuffs
or rope. They shall not be allowed out of sight and when relieving nature shall be
attached by a rope, the two ends of which will remain with the constable. .
(ii) Under trial prisoners classified as “superior” (or any convicted prisoner classified in
Divisions l and II) should not be secured with leg shackles, handcuffs or rope unless
there is reason to suspect that they may attempt to escape.
128

(h) The sentry shall see that no individual is allowed to introduce anything into a hajat or
gains access to or converses with a prisoner in police custody without authoritative
permission. Prisoners awaiting trial at Courts may be interviewed by their lawyers only
with the written permission of the Court (see Rule 301).
(i) Prisoners shall be supplied with drinking water whenever required. No food shall be
supplied to prisoners in Court hajats without the Magistrate’s written order. Such food
shall be given in the presence of the officer-in-charge of the P.-S., who may permit the
relations of the persons in the lock- up to provide diet for them but all articles of food
and water shall be carefully examined before being passed on to prisoners. Also no
article prohibited by any Rule under the Prisons Act shall be given to prisoners or
allowed into lock-up (see Rule 565). P.D. Bill as laid down in P.M. Rule 244(a) will include
only those items which are provided by the officer-in-charge.
(l) The officer-in-charge or havildar in command of the guard shall at the time of relieving
sentries, count the prisoners and see that all is well.
Note.-— Where an Assistant Sub-inspector has been planned in charge of a Court hajat, he is the
officer-in-charge referred to in these rules.
㡐‫ص‬
240. Escort of prisoners to and from police posts.--The following are the Rules for the escort of
prisoners to and from police posts:—
(a) In dispatching prisoners clear instructions shall be given to the escort regarding route
and halting places.
(b) Usually it will be sufficient to send one constable in-charge of one or even two petty
offenders; if really necessary, an able-bodied village chaukidar, shall accompany him in
the event of the constable having to go aside for any purpose, he shall see that the
prisoner is properly secured, and if a chaukidar is available, shall keep the prisoner in his
temporary custody. Chaukidars shall be relieved when possible on the road, and not
taken to an unreasonable distance from their villages. Their diet expenses, while on this
duty shall be borne by the police.
(c) Chaukidars shall not be employed more than where it is absolutely necessary as they are
not liable to judicial punishment when prisoners escape.
129

(d) If the offence with which the prisoner is charged is of a serious nature or the prisoner is
of a desperate character, or if there be a large number of prisoners, the escort shall be
increased, and in urgent cases more than one chaukidar may be called in to help. If a
station officer is aware of the possibility of any prisoner’s escape, he will warn the
escort about it.
(e) Notice of desperate characters. --When a prisoner sent up for trial is known to be a
desperate character, the fact shall be reported separately to the Court Officer.
(f) Hour of despatch.—Officers-in-charge shall despatch prisoners at such a time that

ordinarily, they may arrive at their destination or a suitable halting place by daylight. A
certificate in RM. Form No. 43 shall accompany the prisoners.
(g) Feeding of prisoners. -Officers-in-charge shall see, as far as possible, that prisoners in
transit are properly fed and treated. Meals shall be taken by daylight, or if a short delay
only be necessary, deferred until arrival at a station.
(h) Custody at night. —lf the party has to sleep at night on the road, the constable in-charge
shall, on arriving at the village selected for the purpose, go to the headman and call
嬀‫ص‬
upon him to provide a secure room for the custody of the prisoner or prisoners, and
members of Village Volunteer Force, if necessary, for night guard.
(i) When prisoners go aside to relieve nature, they shall be secured by leg shackles,
handcuffs or a rope. They shall not be allowed out of sight and, if available, a rope shall
connect the prisoner and his guard.
(j) Every prisoner despatched from a station to Court shall, if possible, be forwarded direct
to the nearest Magistrate having jurisdiction, and shall not he sent station by station or
to the next superior police officer.
(k) Police officer shall not compel witnesses or accused person to travel long
distances when they are not in a fit condition to stand the journey.
130

241. Restraint of prisoners.—(a) Use of handcuffs.—
(i) Prisoners arrested by the police for transmission to a Magistrate or to the scene of an
enquiry and also under trial prisoners shall not be subjected to more restraint than is
necessary to prevent their escape.
(ii) Under trial prisoners classified as superior in accordance with Rule 23 7(a) by the
Magistrate or the officer-in-charge of the police-station (or any convicted prisoners
classified in Divisions I and II should not be handcuffed unless there is reason to suspect
that they may attempt to escape. The order of the Superintendent of Police or Gazette
Officer should be taken where possible and reasons for imposing handcuffs recorded in
writing.
(iii) In no case shall women, or witnesses arrested under Section I71, Cr.P.C. he handcuffed,
nor shall restrain be used to those who either by age or infirmity, are easily and securely
kept in custody.
(b) In bailable cases prisoners shall not be handcuffed at the time they are dispatched, unless
they are violent or have previously attempted to escape. They shall not be handcuffed en-route,
except in emergencies as permitted in P.M. Rule 240(b) and (i) or unless they become violent or
attempt to escape. In such cases the order to apply handcuffs or a rope shall be given by the
㡐‫ص‬
senior officer present who shall, if at a police-station, enter the reasons in the station diary, and in
the certificate in P.M. Form No. 43 or if in the interior, or en-route, shall report the facts to the
first police-station or Court at which he arrives.
(c) When dispatching prisoners accused of non-bailable offences, the amount of restraint
necessary must be let to the discretion of the senior officer present. In certain circumstances the
use of handcuffs may not be necessary, but if the prisoner has previously attempted to escape, or
is taken in custody for a crime of violence, or is of notorious antecedents, or disposed to give
trouble, or if the journey is long, or the number of prisoners is large, handcuffs may properly be
used. Escorts shall in any case be supplied with handcuffs for use, should necessity arise. If it
becomes necessary en-route for the officer-in-charge of the escort to depart from the instructions
received at the time of dispatch, he shall report the facts with reasons to the first police-station or
Court at which he arrives.
(d) The Rules in Chapter l 8 for the escort of convicts apply generally to the guarding and
escorting of persons arrested by the police so far as they are not contradictory to the Rules
contained in this chapter, but no one arrested shall be subjected to more restraint than is
necessary to prevent his escape.
131

(e) It is undesirable that, under trial prisoners classified as superior or any convicted prisoners
classified in Divisions I and II should be taken from and to Court and Jail, and in particular between
Jails. Along with batches of prisoners classified as ordinary under trials (or in Division III). If
possible undertrial prisoner’s classified as superior should be conveyed to and from Court in a
special conveyance.
(f) A prisoner who desires to provide at his own expense a vehicle for the conveyance of himself
and his escort may be permitted to do so. If such a permission is not given the reasons therefor
shall be recorded. In such cases, one member of the escort shall sit by the side of the driver and no
person, other than the driver, the prisoner and his escort, shall be permitted to travel in it.
242. Use of handcuffs.—In the cage of two prisoners, when it is necessary to handcuff. they
shall be hancuffed in couples, the right wrist of one to the left wrist of the other. When the
number under escort consists of an odd number, the odd man shall be handcuffed to two other
prisoners.
ln all cases in which the use of handcuffs is allowed and considered necessary and when no
proper handcuffs are available, the prisoners may be secured by ropes or pieces of clothing. These
shall be so tied as not to interfere with proper circulation, and shall be replaced by handcuffs as
soon as possible.
嬀‫ص‬
Great caution shall be exercised at all times in the removal of handcuffs and other fastenings
from prisoners en-route whether by land or water.
243. Care of handcuffs.—(a) Handcuffs shall be kept in good order. If broken, or if the key is
defective they shall be mended or replaced without delay.
(b) Handcuffs when not in use shall be kept open and the keys shall not be screwed into the
lock, but kept separately. These precautions are essential as otherwise the springs become weak
and there will be no difficulty in their being opened without keys.
244. Expenses incurred in feeding prisoners.—(a) Expenses incurred in feeding prisoners while
in Police-Stations and in transit from Police-Stations to Sub-Divisional Headquarters, and of
prisoners made over temporarily to police for purposes of detection, shall be paid by from a
separate grant for contingencies. The Inspector-General shall make allotment of sum to each
District Superintendent. This sum shall not be from Police budget. Adequate sum shall be given as
permanent advance to each station from the allotment made to Superintendent by Inspector-
General. This amount shall be recouped in the manner laid down in Rule 1005. The station
incharge shall submit a bill in duplicate in P.M. Form No. 44 to Superintendent of Police quarterly.
When the advance is running short, the bill in the same form may be submitted earlier to the
office of the Superintendent so that the amount is received in time. A monthly statement of
expenditure under this head shall be sent by Superintendent to Inspector-General so that the
Inspector- General may send a consolidated statement to Accountant-General and proper control
can be maintained over it.
(b) The rate of diet for under trial prisoners classified as superior under Rule 237(a) by the
trying Court or the officer-in-charge of the police-station or any convicted prisoners classified in
Divisions I and H under Rule 237(b) is fixed at Rs. 2 per prisoner per diet and that for ordinary
prisoners under Rule 237(a) or any convicted prisoners classified in Division III under Rule 23 7(b)
at rupee one per prisoner per diet.
133
..
㡐‫ص‬

CHAPTER 12
PROSECUTION CADRE AND COURT OFFICE
STAFF
245. Responsibility for the proper prosecution of cases.—(a) Responsibility for the
proper prosecution of cases rests ordinarily with the Superintendent, who is in the best position
to undertake it. However, the Senior District Prosecutor shall be overall incharge of prosecution
work of the District Headquarters and Sub-Divisional Headquarters of a district. Moreover, in
Sub-Divisional Headquarters in mufassil the District Prosecutor or Assistant District Prosecutor
shall be locally responsible for their respective areas. In cases, however, which are of great
importance at the outset or assume such importance at any stage prior to the prosecution, the
Superintendent's responsibility for prosecution shall continue until the Deputy Inspector-
General who controls the investigation, specifically assumes it.
(b) Supervision of prosecution.—Officers responsible for the supervision of prosecution
shall in important or difficult cases watch the proceedings in Court, either personally or through
a suitably qualified subordinate. lf it is not possible to find time to attend the Court throughout
the trial, they shall keep in daily touch with the prosecuting officer.
(c) The supervising officer shall pay 嬀special
‫ص‬
attention so that the case is properly
presented and conducted.
(d) When the prosecutor is a lawyer, the officer responsible for supervision of the
prosecution is responsible for seeing that he is properly briefed and given every reasonable
assistance, but is not responsible for the way the lawyer conducts the case in Court.
He should, however, attend from time to time, unless represented by a fully competent
subordinate and if he thinks that the case is not being well handled, should report the fact to
the District Magistrate. the Superintendent of Police and the Deputy Inspector-General who
controlled the investigation or if the officer responsible is the Deputy Inspector-General
himself. to the District Magistrate and the Inspector-General.
246. Prosecuting staff--The Police prosecuting staff shall consist of one senior district
prosecutor and the requisite number of district prosecutors or assistant district prosecutors at
each Sub-Divisional Headquarters. The District Prosecutor and Assistant District Prosecutor shall
be incharge of prosecution work. Apart from this, a number of Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors,
Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Havildars and constables shall be appointed at each Court Office who
shall do the work concerning Court records, Hajat, Malkhana etc.
134

N. B.— Senior District Prosecutor, District Prosecutor and Assistant District
Prosecutor are also to be known as Assistant Public Prosecutor Grade 1,
A.P.P., Grade II and A.P.P., Grade III respectively.
247. (a) Duties of Senior District Prosecutors. —( 1 ) The Senior District Prosecutor
shall supervise" the prosecution work of all police cases of the district, inspect the work‘ of
prosecutors and give legal advice concerning oases to Superintendent when required. He shall
dispose of all work connected with prosecution in S. P's. office and obtain orders from
Superintendent according to prevailing circumstances.
(2) Apart from supervision of prosecution work in sub-divisional Headquarters, it will he
his special responsibility to ensure himself that the trial of cases is being done in a proper
manner. He shall also conduct important cases in Courts.
(3) He will examine the progress reports sent by prosecutors and present all necessary
facts before the Superintendent. The disposal of other papers connected with Court shall he
done in Crime Section of the office of Superintendent.
(4) He will inspect the prosecution work of Headquarters at least twice a year and of the
sub-divisions at least once a year. Similarly the District Prosecutor will inspect the Sub-Divisional
Court Office twice a year. '
(b) He shall not go to a sub-division for conducting a case till he is assured that he is not
㡐‫ص‬
required to conduct cases in Headquarters and till he has not obtained the permission of the
(c) The Prosecutor shall have the use of law books in the Magistrates library or Sessions
Judge’s library according to the procedure and Bihar Gazette and authorized reports concerning
law shall be circulated to him for his perusal. He shall be responsible for entering in books the
reference notes of important decided cases as reported in law reports and the inspecting
officer shall see that this is done.
(d) The Senior District Prosecutor shall specially keep watch on work connected with bail
and where it is proper, he will remain present himself. He shall be responsible for the discipline
of entire staff connected with prosecution in a district. -
(e) For annual evaluation of work, each prosecutor shall maintain a register in which the
result of cognizable cases entrusted to him shall be narrated. Apart from this, a tour diary shall
be submitted every month which shall be similar to the return prescribed for Deputy
248. Charge of prosecution.—(a) The prosecution work shall be done by officers of rank
of District Prosecutor or Assistant District Prosecutor. In Sessions Courts, this -work shall be
carried on by Public Prosecutor or Additional Public Prosecutor.
135
(b) In Sub-Divisional Headquarters, District Prosecutor or Assistant District Prosecutor
shall be posted. For every Court, there shall be one Assistant District Prosecutor and where the
number of Assistant District Prosecutors is more one post of District Prosecutor shall be created
over every three Assistant District Prosecutors. The seniormost Prosecutor shall be incharge of
all prosecutors.
The officers of prosecution cadre shall not be appointed according to Police Act and
they shall not be vested with any powers of Police Officers. They shall have to do all their work
in prescribed dress, if any.
(c) The Assistant District Prosecutor and District Prosecutor shall submit in the first week
of every month a statement in the following form to Senior D.P. The latter shall study it
carefully and show to Superintendent of Police, if necessary:—
I
Serial P.S. Number of Number of Number of Number Pending Remark
No. Case Witnesses Defense Persons of s
No. Examined witnesses convicted persons
In Court examined in acquitte
Court d
1 2 3 4 嬀‫ص‬ 5 6 7 8
II
1. Number of charge-sheets received by A.D.P/D.P. in the month.
2. Number of cases pending with A.D.P./D.P. from before.
3. Particulars of non-cognizable cases conducted.
4. Bail cases.
5. Bail granted.
6. Bail refused.
136

248-A. Duties of the Court Officers.—(a) “Court Officer” throughout these Rules means a Police
Officer generally of the rank of Sub-Inspector incharge of the Court office as distinguished from the
prosecutors. In important district Headquarters, an Inspector may also be incharge.
(b) The Court Officer attached to the Sadar Court shall assist the Sr. District Prosecutor and obey
his instructions in regard to the prosecution of cases. He shall be responsible for the upkeep of the Court
Office registers and the proper performance of the duties of the Court Officer described in this chapter
and in all matters connected therewith he shall be subordinate to the Sr. District Prosecutor.
(c) The number of Sub-Inspectors and other ranks in district Headquarters Court office shall be
kept keeping in view the number of Courts and persons to be kept in Hajat. Apart from this, a Junior
Sub-inspector and other subordinate ranks shall be attached with the Headquarters Court office for
purpose of Sessions Court. Their strength shall depend on the number of cases committed to the Court
of Sessions.
A senior Sub-Inspector shall be incharge of Sub—Divisional Court office. The Prosecutors

incharge shall maintain supervisory control over the police personnel in their work.
249. Statutory powers of prosecutors.—All Senior District Prosecutors! District Prosecutors

/Assistant District Prosecutors are ex-officio appointed as Assistant public prosecutors for conducting
prosecutions in the Courts of the Magistrate under Section 25(1), Cr.P.C. In non—cognizable cases, in
which a report is submitted by police, any officer of prosecution cadre should he present in Court for
looking alter it. When any prosecuting officer is 㡐not
‫ ص‬present, a Circle inspector who is competent in
prosecution work may appear with the permission of Court or the District Magistrate (see Sections 25
and 302, Cr.P.C.). ,
250. Assistance to Advocates or other Police Officers.—(a) When any other officer or person is
employed to conduct the prosecution of case, the police employees of Court office shall give him all
information needful to enable him to conduct the prosecution efficiently.
(b) No prosecutor shall leave the prosecution of Police cases in the hands of Advocates engaged
by private persons without the express sanction of the Superintendent of Police or District Magistrate.
Advocates appointed privately may give assistance.
251. Presence of constables in Court.—A constable shall be placed on duty in Courts where
police cases are being tried and in all other Criminal Courts when available.
COURT OFFICE
252. Office accommodation.—(a) The office of police staff located in district Court should be in
the Court building of District Magistrate or of the Sub-Divisional Magistrate wherever
accommodation is available and there is no special difficulty. The employees of prosecution
cadre shall also be provided with accommodation there. The office of the Sessions Court Police
staff should be located in the premises of the Civil Court.
137

(b) Furniture. —Furniture, such as chairs, tables and benches, required for the staff of
Court offices shall be supplied by the Superintendent and an authenticated list of all articles so
supplied shall be hung up in the Court office.
253. Stationery, forms and stamps.—(a) The Court officer shall indent on the
Superintendent’s office for all stationery and police forms required by him. The forms marked
as High Court and Government of Bihar from-is shall be obtained through the Magistrate’s
office.
(b) Service stamps shall be obtained from the Magistrate. —Details of the receipts and
issues of service stamps shall be noted in the despatch register and balance struck daily.
254. Registers, returns, etc.—A complete list of files, etc., to be kept up in the Court
office, the periods for which they are to be preserved and the Rules under which they are
prescribed, all these things are given in Appendix 62. A list of returns and reports due from
these offices will be found in Appendix 64.
INSTITUTION OF CASES
255. Powers of Police Officers—Under Section 24, Act V of 1861, any police officer may
lay any information before a Magistrate and apply for a summon, warrant, search-warrant or
such other legal process as may by law issue against any person committing an offence.
Applications for prosecution in non-cognizable嬀cases
‫ص‬
shall be made through the Superintendent
of Police or if the Sub-Divisional Police Officer is posted, through" him. The Court officer shall
report to Superintendent or S.D.P.O. whenever a police officer institutes a non-cognizable case
without authority [see also Rule 144(e)].
256. Prosecutions instituted by public officers.—The following procedure shall be
followed when prosecutions are instituted by public officers :—
Where the charge is of a cognizable offence, the prosecution will ordinarily be conducted by
the Prosecution Cadre. Where the charge is of an offence which is non-cognizable, or. though
cognizable, calls for special arrangements. the officer who prefers the complaint should refer
for instructions to the District Magistrate, who may, if he thinks fit, either instruct the officer
himself to prosecute, or if the case is of a complicated and difficult nature rendering, in his
opinion, the employment of the Public Prosecutor or of some legal practitioner necessary for
efficient prosecution, may direct the Public Prosecutor to prosecute or report for the sanction
of the Legal Remembrancer what other arrangements he has to propose. Save in exceptional
cases, to be reported to the Superintendent and Remembrancer of Legal Affairs, the Public
Prosecutor shall not be employed in cases in Magistrates Courts. Whenever it may be necessary
for a District Magistrate to authorize the employment of the Public Prosecutor before obtaining
the Legal Remembrancefs sanction, he shall at once report his proceedings for that officer‘s
approval.
138
The responsibility must rest with the Magistrate in the first instance of deciding whether it is
necessary to employ the Public Prosecutor or not, and he must act on his own discretion, in the
matter subject to the Legal Ramembrancer’s control and criticism, if the discretion appears to
have been improperly exercised. It is practically impossible to obtain this sanction in all cases
before the Public Prosecutor is employed.
Note.-- All Government Pleaders are ex-officio Public Prosecutors.
257. Legal aid to accused at State expense in certain cases.—(l) Where in a trial before
the Court of Sessions, the accused is not represented by an Advocate and where it appears to
the Court that the accused hag not sufficient means to engage an Advocate, the Court shall
assign an Advocate for his defence at the expense of the State.
(2) Under Section 304, Cr.P.C. the High Court has framed “The Bihar Legal Aid to
Accused Rules, 1974” for the mode of selecting Advocates, the facilities to be allowed to them
and the fees payable to them.
258. Deleted.
259. Prosecution of railway servants, employees of essential services and military
offenders.—For instructions regarding institution of prosecutions against railway servants and
employees of essential services, see Rule 230 (a) and (b). Instructions regarding procedure to be
adopted in the case of military offenders are given in Appendix 14.
㡐‫ص‬
260. Excise and opium cases.—(a) On the institution of any excise or opium case sent up
by the police without the cognizance of the Collector’s department, the Court officer shall at
once give notice to the Collector of the district, so that the Excise Department may, if they
choose, watch the proceedings.
(b) In all cases of smuggling of Opium, Morphia, Cocaine and Ganja instituted by the
police, Superintendents shall supply immediately to the Narcotics Commissioner of India, 19,
the Mall, Morar,” Gwalior-6 (M.P.) the following information :—
(i) information regarding the arrest by the police of any person suspected or proved
to be a smuggler of Opium, Cocaine, Ganja, or Morphia;
(ii) A note showing the action resulting from every such arrest and in the case of
conviction, the particulars accompanied by a descriptive roll; and
(iii) a notice of release of all such smugglers.
139

(c) Standard form for the report of arrest and seizure is given below :—
SEIZURE REPORT OF OPIUM AND OTHER DANGEROUS DRUGS.

(To be forwarded immediately after the seizure)
1. Time and date of seizure.
2. Place.
3. Quantity, description and value of the drug seized.
3-A. Nature of offence—Import or export.
4. Packing and marking, if any.
5. Method of transport.
6. Vessels involved-
(i) Nationality.
(ii) Air line covered.
7. (a) Name and aliases, parentage/name of husband, address and nationality of
the person or persons arrested.
嬀‫ص‬
(b) Age of the person or persons arrested.
8. Suspected source of drug.
9. Name, parentage/name of husband address, and nationality of other persons
believed to be implicated.
10. Suspected destination of drug.
11. Brief facts of the case.
Signature of Seizing Officer:

No ....................... ..Station .................... Dated…………………………….
Copy forwarded to the Narcotics Commissioner, Narcotics Intelligence Bureau, Morar-
Gwalior-6.
Signature and designation of the

Reporting Authority.
140

Note.— In case, the seized drug was meant for internal consumption, no information
is required to be filled in for serial 3-A. In serial 6 particulars of “Vehicles”
should be noted. ln serial II, brief facts concerning the case are to be
given, including “Itinerary of the carrier, i.e. the details about the Railway
Ticket held or any other details relevant to the case.”
261. Prosecutions under Police Act.—(a) Superintendents and the Principals of the
Police Training College and Constables Training School are empowered to order the prosecution
of police officers under Section 29, Act V of 1861, but no Magistrate, except the District
Magistrate, may exercise the power of instituting prosecutions under this section.
(b) Senior District Prosecutor or District Prosecutor shall themselves arrange for proper
prosecution of cases in which Policemen are accused of negligently allowing prisoners to escape
and of all other cases instituted by order of Superintendent against Police officers.
262. Complaints against Police Officers.—(a) The Court officer shall report immediately
to the Superintendent whenever a complaint cognizable or non-cognizable, is made against a
police officer, on when any police officer or clerk is concerned in any suit or miscellaneous
proceeding, and such reports shall be forwarded to the District Magistrate.
㡐‫ص‬
(b) Information regarding all such complaints shall be given by Magistrate’s bench clerks
to Court officers, who shall immediately give reports in this connection to Superintendent.
263. Charge-sheets and First Information Reports.—(a) As soon as First Information

Reports, charge-sheets, etc. come in, they shall be laid before the Chief/
Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate. In charge-sheet cases the Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial

Magistrate will either keep the case in his own file or transfer it to some other Judicial
Magistrate for trial (see Rule 314).
(b) In serious cases the Investigating Officer shall provisionally suggest an advance date
in the C.S. ( Rule 174) when the cases may be taken up. The convenience of witnesses and other
circumstances if any shall be kept in view [see Rule 240(k))]. However, He shall obtain from the
witnesses a bond as laid down under Section 172 (2), Cr.P.C. to appear before Magistrate for
giving evidence.
141

If the Court Officer finds that the case is not expected to be taken up on that date, he
shall intimate the alteration of the date of hearing to the witnesses (see Rule I78).
(c) (i) After receipt of C. Ss. in cases triable by Gram Panchayat the Magistrates shall
transfer thorn to Gram Kutchery [Rule 263(e)(ii)]. Though the police is not required to represent
the prosecution of these cases before the Panchayats, the local police should co-operate with
the Panchayats in the expeditious disposal of cases when referred to Panchayats.
(ii) According to section 62 of The Bihar Panchayat Raj Act, 1947 (VII of 1948)
notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal. Procedure, 1973 (2 of 1974) and
subject to the provisions of this Act, a bench of the Gram Kutchery shall have jurisdiction
concurrent with that of the Criminal Court within the local limits of whose jurisdiction the
bench is situate for the trial of the following offences as well as abetment of and attempts to
commit any such offence, if committed within the local limits of its jurisdiction, namely :—
(a) Offences under Sections 140, 143, 145, 147, 151, 153, 160, 172, 174, 178, 179,
269, 277, 283, 285, 286, 289, 290, 294, 323, 334, 336, 341, 352, 356, 357, 374,
379, 380, 381, 403. 411, 426, 428, 430, 447, 448, 461, 504, 506, 510 of Indian
Penal Code (45 of 1860).
宐‫ص‬
(b) Offences under the Bengal Public Gambling Act, 1867 (Bengal Act 2 of 1867).
(c) Offences under Sections 24 and 26 of the Cattle Trespass Act, 1871 (1 of 1871).
(d) Except as otherwise provided, offences under Bihar Panchayat Raj Act or under
any Rule or bye-law made thereunder; and
(e) Any other offence under any other enactment, if sponsored in this behalf by the
Government:
Provided that the bench shall not take cognizance of any offence under Sections 379, 380, 381
or 411 of the Indian Penal Code in which the value of the property alleged to be stolen exceeds
one hundred rupees or in which the accuse—
(1) has been previously convicted of an offence punishable under Chapter XVII of
the Indian Penal Code with imprisonment of either description for a term of 3
years or upwards; or
142

(2) has been previously fined for theft by any bench of the Gram Kutchery; or
(3) has been bound over to be of good behaviour in proceedings instituted under
Sections 109 or I10 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (2 of 1974) :
Provided further that the Gram-Kutchery shall not take cognizance of any offence in
which a complaint has been filed against the Gram Panchayat Mukhiya or any other
member of the Executive committee, a Sarpanch or a panch.
(iii) According to Rule 53 of the Bihar Gram Kutchery Rules, 1962 the Gram Kutchery is
bound to give information to the Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate and the officer-in-
charge of the Police-Station of the area, of the result of trial in all cases. under Sections 379,
380, 381,411 or 430 of the Indian Penal Code. In such cases it shall within 15 days of its order
send the information in Form 14 ((G.K. Rules).
FORM 14 OF GRAM KUTCHERY RULES, 1962

덠‫ص‬
Serial Name of No. of Name and Name, Para- Date of Nature of
No. The Gram Cases with Parentage Ntage and Conviction. Offence
Kutchery Section. Of com- Residence And
Plainant Of accused. Sentence
Passed.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
143

On receipt of such information, the station-in-charge shall make requisite entry in the
Crime Directory (Rule 357) at the Police-Station.
(iv) The Court Officer shall obtain requisite information from the Magistrate for
completing the entry in G.R. in cases transferred to Gram Kutchery for trial and in which
information is received in Form 14 (G. K. Rules). The Court Officer shall also ensure
corresponding entries in conviction register (Rule 317) and Jail Parade Report (Rule 350). in
such cases, RM. (Rule 316) should be issued after the information is received. ln cases not
covered by Rule 63 of Bihar Gram Kutchery Rules, 1962, and which are transferred for trial to
the Gram Kutchery by the Magistrate, the Court Officer shall obtain the information regarding
disposal of the case from the Gram Kutchery through the Thana Officer concerned (see Rule
408).
264. (a) Submission of briefs to Superintendents.—( 1 ) On receipt of charge-

sheets, brief and case diaries, the Court officer shall give them to the incharge of prosecution.
The latter will distribute from these the appropriate cases between other prosecutors. Entries
shall be made in this connection in the general register. The prosecutor shall immediately draw
attention of the Investigating Officer towards such defects which can be remedied. Any
suggestion made by Superintendent and Circle Inspector/Sub- Divisional Police Officer for
remedying defects shall also be considered by the investigator [see Rule 174 (b)] who shall take
all actions necessary for the complete presentation of the case in Court by prosecutors without
delay. ln cases in which the prosecution is to be
谀‫ د‬conducted by any other officer, all the papers
shall be made over to that officer [see Rule 250 (b)].
(2) Every prosecutor should keep a brief in which in the cases taken up for prosecution,
the questions to be asked from each witness together with their answers shall be given against
his name in different columns and the actual answers given by the witness shall be noted in
another column. lf any mistake occurs in his answer the actions taken to correct it shall be given
in another column after that. The superior officer shall scrutinize this register from time to time
so that prosecution of cases can be done in a proper manner.
(b) Disposal of briefs.—In non-special report cases, when the trial is over the
Prosecuting officer shall forward his copy of the brief together with notes and orders received
from the Superintendent/Sub-Divisional Police Officer/Circle Inspector vide Rule 174(6) and the
Final Memo to Sub-Divisional Police Officer, if posted. The latter shall note on the Prosecuting
Officer’s copy of the brief his observations on the good work or otherwise of the Investigating
Officer and others and his recommendation for rewards (see Rule 857) and punishment,
surveillance and send the papers with the case diaries to the Superintendent keeping a copy of
his remarks on his own copy of the brief. In special report eases or in any other case supervised
by Superintendent Final Memos. brief, etc. shall be sent to Superintendent direct to be put up
with the files concerned.
144

The Superintendent after passing orders on the brief, shall send it to the Police-
Station to be filed with the Final Memo and case diaries. The notes of Sub-Divisional Police
Officer and others and Superintendent‘s orders thereon, shall be transcribed in the Police Office
on the Superintendent’s copy of the brief, which shall then be filed in the Superintendent's
office with other papers of the case.
265. Police investigation in non-cognizable complaints.—(a) A Magistrate, directing an
investigation to be made by the police under Section 155, Cr.P.C., in a complaint which is not
cognizable by the police, shall enter his order in his complaints register before transmission to
the officer concerned.
(b) The Court officer shall initial this register daily; and if he detects any irregular order, he shall
bring it to the notice of the Superintendent (see Rules 31 and 156).
PREPARATION OF CASES
266. Advocate bound to advise gratis.—The Government Advocate or the Public
Prosecutor are bound to advise the head of any Government office on any legal matters
affecting the interests of Government in connection with the department which such officer
represents, without a fee, such service being covered by their general retainers.
267. Instructing the public prosecutor in sessions eases.—(a) In any particular sessions
case, where the District Magistrate or the Sub-Divisional Officer considers that a special
memorandum containing a concise history of 嬀 ‫ ص‬case is necessary, he shall take steps to get it
the
prepared.
(b) This memorandum, together with the case diaries and copies of depositions shall be
made over to the Public Prosecutor at least seven days before the day appointed for the trial.
These papers shall be treated by Public Prosecutor as confidential.
(c) The Police employees posted in Sessions Courts who shall be a sort of wing of the
Headquarters Court office shall be responsible for obtaining the case diaries, etc. for Public
Prosecutor. They shall also keep in touch with Court office concerned for obtaining all the
material exhibits of the case without delay.
(d) The Superintendent shall be meeting the Public Prosecutor personally, satisfy himself that
the later receives all the aid that he needs to enable him to prosecute successfully. If the
requires the presence of particular officers acquainted with the facts of the case, they shall be
brought in. The Public Prosecutor shall be made acquainted with the facts of the case in good
time, so that if further evidence in his opinion is required upon any particular point, action may
be taken with a view to its being] obtained before the case comes on for trial.
145

(e) At the close of trial, the case diaries etc. shall be returned to the Police-Station. The remarks
of the Prosecuting officer as he may wish to offer shall be sent with two copies of the final
memo by the Court officer to the Superintendent of Police.
268. Employment of Public Prosecutor or Government Pleader.—(a) In important
eases, the Superintendent of Police shall apply to the District Magistrate to retain the services
of the Public Presecutor or, where there is no such officer, the Government Pleader for the
prosecution (see Rule 256).
(b) The District Magistrate, as the Chief Executive Authority in the district, is the
representative of Government and has the first call on the Government pleader's or Public
Prosecutor’s professional services, both in the original and appellate Courts. They, therefore,
cannot accept a brief for the defence, or for an appeal from an applicant except with the
District Magistrate‘s permission in writing previously obtained.
(c) Public Prosecutor shall never be deputed to the mufassil without the previous
sanction of the Legal Remembrancer. The detailed Rules relating to Public Prosecutors will be
found in Chapter Il. Bihar Practice and Procedure Manual, 1959.
OLD OFFENDERS
269. Previous offence suspected.—(a) Whenever there is good reason to suspect that a
person accused of an offence for which, on 宐reconviction,
‫ص‬
an enhanced punishment may be
awarded (Rule 317), or a person sent up under Section 109 or 110, Cr.P.C., has been previously
convicted, or when the name, residence and antecedents of a person so accused are unverified,
an application. for remand shall be made by the prosecuting officer, pending enquiry into the
prisoner's antecedents. This application will remain with the record.
(b) If a remand is not granted. an immediate report shall be made to the Superintendent
who if the reasons appear insufficient shall take up the matter with the D.M./D.J. as the case
may be.
(c) In order to expedite receipt of proof of previous punishments it is required that as
soon as an accused is produced before a Magistrate, the prosecutor should take prescribed
action for obtaining proof and finger prints and not await for charge-sheet. The copies of
entries noted in the register of unidentified persons shall be sent to Headquarter Court office
after trial in Sub-Divisional Court Office.
270. Verification application.—(a) The Court officer shall despatch to the Court officer
of any district or sub-division in which the house of the accused is believed to be
146

situated, or in which he is believed to have been previously convicted, or where his antecedents
are likely to be known, a verification application in P.M. Form No. 47. This application shall be
signed by the Court officer “for superintendent", and be despatched direct to the Court office
concerned, the notice foil being sent to the Superintendent concerned, so that he may take
steps to see that no unnecessary delay occurs in the despatch of the reply to the original
application. These notice foils shall be filed after action. When the Court officers from whom
the information is required belong to another state the application shall be sent through the
Superintendent of the district concerned, without the detachable foil.
(b) On receipt of the verification application, the Court officer to whom it is addressed
shall consult the indices to his conviction register without delay, record on the application the
result of his search, and return the, application direct to the officer from whom he received it,
by return of posts, if possible. In no circumstances shall it be detained for more than four days.
If the search has proved ineffectual or if there are grounds for making a reference to police-
station registers, the Court officer shall make the reference, returning at the same time the
verification application with a note on it that he has done so.
(c) To facilitate searches Court officers are required to keep their conviction register
indices up-to-date.
271. F. P. Slips of unidentified persons.—(a)

츠‫خ‬ The finger prints of unidentified persons
who are arrested as suspects, or are charge-sheeted by police (including cases under the excise,
Opium and Dangerous Drugs Acts) shall be taken by the Court officer and submitted to the
Finger Print Bureau, Patna, for search (see Rules 441 and 442). For this purpose every person] in
custody, whose residence and antecedents have not been fully ascertained, during police
investigation, will be considered to be unidentified. The names of such persons shall be entered
in the Unidentified Persons Register (P. M. Form No. 48).
(b) The finger print slips of under trial prisoners sent up by the railway police shall be
prepared and submitted for search by the Court officers attached to the Courts to which the
prisoners are sent up for trial.
(c) The transmission of finger impressions of unidentified prisoners does not dispense
with the necessity of the local enquiry as to the identity of prisoners ordered in Rules 269 and
270.
272. Identification of dead bodies.— Where the identity of a corpse of a person killed in
circumstances which are suspicious and whose identity has not been established
147

at once and when the condition of the body is such that a recognizable photograph cannot be
taken at once entailing the risk of decomposition likely to hinder post-mortem examination or
where the identity of a corpse of a person killed in the act of committing a criminal offence has
not been fully ascertained by ordinary enquiries. a photograph shall be taken and sent to the
Criminal Intelligence Gazette for publication [see clauses l(d), and 15 of Appendix 22]. The
finger prints of all the digits shall be taken in all cases on search slip forms and sent to the
Finger Print Bureau for search. Photographs and finger prints of unidentified bodies shall
invariably be taken under the supervision of an officer not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector
and supervising officer shall certify by his signature on the search slip that the impressions have
been correctly taken in his presence. The supervising officer shall further note in the remarks
column of the search slip the condition of the body, whether in an advanced stage of
decomposition or otherwise. In the case of criminals killed in the execution of crime. if it is
found that the skin of the fingers is so contracted and wrinkled that decipherable prints cannot
be obtained, the Medical Officer holding the post-mortem should be asked to remove the skin
from the fingers. The pieces of skin from the ten digists should then be carefully enclosed in
separately numbered envelops and sent to the Bureau for examination, in such a manner as to
ensure the preservation of the skin from decomposition (see clause 17 of Appendix 78).
273. Slips to be sent to other bureaux.—ln addition to the above, the finger print slips
of the following persons shall be sent by the Court officer direct for search both to the bureau
of the state of which they are alleged or suspected to the residents and to the bureaux of the
뼀‫ض‬
states to which their operations are believed to extend (see Appendix
28):—
(a) All persons whose operations are known or suspected to extend beyond the
limits of the state of arrest.
(b) All persons who are not residents of the state of arrest. or who, though
themselves residents, are not natives of that state and are thus likely to have
relations with criminals in other states.
(c) All persons charged with—
(i) thefts of arms and ammunition:
(ii) serious offences against coinage in circumstances which render it likely that
they are professional coiners;
(iii) counterfeiting currency notes, bank notes. or Government promissory notes, or
offences connected therewith;
(iv) poisoning of a professional type ;
148

(d) all persons with whatever offences charged, who are known or believed to
be connected with organised gangs of other states.
274. Finger print slips of men arrested in districts on the borders of other states, whose
identity is doubtful, shall be sent for search to the Finger Print bureaux of the neighbouring
states as well as to Central Finger Print Bureau direct. Such search slips shall be sent to state
Finger Print Bureau, Patna in a usual way.
N.B.— For search of finger prints of foreigners arrested in India. see Appendix 95.
clause 5.
275. Submission of search slip to Finger Print Bureau.—(a) The search slip of an under
trial risoner shall be despatched without delay to the Finger Print Bureau in P.M. Form No. 49.
The portion of this form to be filled in by the Court officer in indicated on the form. The
certificate on the form regarding the dispatch of a verification roll to the native district of the
suspect or under trial prisoners and the names of the bureaux to which similar forms have
been sent for search shall be carefully filled in.
(b) When finger impressions of an under trial prisoner are sent to a bureau for search,
an application shall be made for the remand of the case, pending receipt of reply from the
bureau.
(c) Slips shall be folded so as not to crease the 㡐
finger
‫ص‬ prints.
276. Method of proving previous convictions in traced cases.—lf, on the return of the
search slip from the F.P. bureau, it is found that previous convictions have been traced against
the accused steps shall be taken to prove them when necessary. Under Section 298, Cr.P.C.
277. Proof of last conviction will generally suffice.-—ln the case of a person who has
been previously convicted more than once. it will generally suffice to prove the last conviction
only, provided that the former convictions were proved in that case and the mentioned in the
judgment.
278. Method of proving identity of accused.--The identity of the accused should
ordinarily be proved by the evidence of a police ofiicer who is cognizant of the previous
conviction, or by a jail officer who can recognize the accused as the prisoner who underwent
the previous sentence of imprisonment: but if such witnesses cannot be obtained, identity may
be proved, under Sections 45 and 73, Evidence Act, as amended by Act 5 of 1899, by means of
expert evidence, for which purpose the recorded finger print slip must be obtained from the
bureau by which the accused was traced and the services of an ‘expert’ requisitioncd from the
state bureau (see Rule 449). The presence of the officer who recorded the finger print slip will
also be required to prove it.
149

CONDUCT OF CASES
279. Case diaries.—(a) The original file of case diaries is attached to the charge-sheet
(see Rule 175). The diaries shall be made over to the prosecutor concerned. At the conclusion
of the case, the prosecutor shall return the original diaries to the police station from which they
were sent up through the Court officer.
(b) Any Criminal Court may send for and refer to the case diaries but they shall not form
part of the record,
(c) When the Court calls for case diaries under Section 172. Cr.P.C., but these are not put
in as evidence. these shall not be attached to the record and shall be returned as soon as the
Court has finished with them. Mutatis mutandis, the same instructions shall apply to any report
of a confidential nature not admitted in evidence.
(d) Supply of copies under Section 207, Cr.P.C. —Copies of statements recorded under
Section 161 , Cr.P.C. and of other relevant documents or extracts thereof, on which the
prosecution proposes to rely. shall be furnished to the accused free of cost before the
commencement of enquiry or trial.
(e) Sufficient number of typists shall be appointed for furnishing copies of above case
diaries to accused persons. It is expected from each typist that he shall type each day 12 to 15
foolscap pages and shall maintain a register in P.M. Form No. 49-A in which the dates of
豠‫د‬
submission of C. Ss. and the dates of supply of copies to accused persons etc. shall be noted.
280. Custody of and reference to, case records and registers.—(a) Prosecutors shall
have no concern with the custody of records of cases or the Magistrate‘s record-room. If the
prosecutor requires any record or other papers for perusal. he shall obtain them by the orders
of the Magistrate from the record keeper or other officer-in-charge of them. Whenever, it is
necessary. the copies of papers to be presented in judicial proceedings shall be prepared before
hand. The prosecutor shall in no circumstance keep records of a case under trial with him
unless otherwise ordered in writing by the Magistrate holding trial. lf copy of any pan of a
record is required subsequently its copies shall be prepared in the presence of a responsible
officer of the Court with the orders of trying Magistrate.
(b) The prosecutor shall be permitted to take extracts from a Magistrate's record for the
purpose of prosecution of cases,
(c) The docket forms prescribed by the High Court for each case file shall be filled in by
the Magistrate’s assistant and not by the prosecutor.
(d) The Court officer shall be permitted to have the register of cases in which no first
information is received (kept by the Magistrate’s asstt.) for a short time every day,
150

together with a note of the cases decided since the previous day for the purpose of writing up
the khatian.
281. Application for an order under Section 356, Cr.P.C., in gang and other cases.—The
prosecuting officer shall he careful to see that in all gang cases in which convictions are
obtained under Sections 400 and 401. I. P. C. and in all other cases in which such order is
applicable application is made for the passing of an order under Section 356. Cr.P.C.,against the
accused.
282. Examination of Medical Officers.—(a) Medical officers will be examined on oath. but
their evidence may be recorded by any Magistrate and not necessarily by the officer trying the
case ( Section 291 Cr.P.C.).
(b) When the Medical Officer is under examination before a Magistrate the prosecuting
officer shall ask him to produce ( 1 ) an authenticated copy of his forwarding letter to the
Director, Forensic Science Laboratory. And (2) the post office or other receipt for the parcel
despatched to the latter. and shall elicit from him any further evidence necessary to connect
the Scientific Examiners report with the charge against the accused. If necessary, the Medical
Officer's clerk or other person who has granted the receipt shall he called to prove it and shall
be bound over to appear at the Sessions Court. Both copy and receipt shall be tendered in
evidence when proved.
283. (a) In proceedings under Sections 109‫ ط‬and l I0. Cr.P.C ., the prosecuting officer shall
submit a written application to the Court. as soon. as the order to give security is passed. not to
accept the sureties offered without first affording him an opportunity of objecting, if necessary.
to any of such sureties. and of producing evidence. if required,in support of the objection.
(b) The fitness or unfitness of a surety is a matter for the Magistrate's discretion.For
instance. pecuniary unfitness is not the only kind of unfitness which the Magistrate is entitled
to take into consideration.
284. Assistance to be given to Public Prosecutor.—The prosecutor or other officer well
acquainted with the facts of a case. shall assist the Public Prosecutor throughout the case.
should the District Magistrate so desire.
285. Withdrawal from prosecution.—(a) The following instructions have been issued by the
Legal Remembrancer for the guidance of Public Prosecutor subordinate to him :—
No Public Prosecutor shall withdraw from the Prosecution of any person under Section 321,
Cr.P.C., unless he has obtained the permission of the District Magistrate. Should there not be
time to obtain the orders of the District Magistrate owing to the latter’s absence from
Headquarters. the permission of the Magistrate—in-charge must be
151

obtained. In cases of more than ordinary importance the District Magistrate shall consult
the Legal Remembrancer before giving permission. Such permission can be granted only by
the State Government through the L.R.
(b) The Superintendent should ordinarily be consulted by the District Magistrate or
Magistrate-in-charge before orders are passed on any such reference.
(c) These instructions apply also to police officers appearing as prosecutors in criminal
Courts, except that such officers will obtain their instructions from the Superintendent, who
should take the orders of the District Magistrate except in unimportant cases.
(d) Cases under Section 420, I.P. C. and other professional 0ffences.—Sanction to
compromise in cases under Section 120, I.P.C. and -other offences should be resisted.
where the case is of habitual nature and professional criminals are concerned, and which
show features of danger to wider public than the complaint in the case before the Court.
Such offences are those in which the method of committing crime is widely employed.
WARRANTS ETC.
286. In charge-sheet and final report form cases, when accused against whom criminal
charges appear substantiated have absconded, application shall always be made -without
delay for a warrant.
287. Issue of warrants.-—(a) In issuing
宐‫ص‬warrants, Magistrates shall fix a date allowing
the police reasonable time for proper action within which the police shall have to report
about execution of the warrant.
(b) Warrants of arrest shall usually be directed to the police for execution but in special
cases it may be directed to Court peons.
(c) In non-cognizable cases fees shall be charged for warrants. oil arrest whether
executed by the police or by peons, under Section 20 of the Court fees Act and the Rules
framed by the High Court.
(d) Under Section 72, Cr.P.C., when issuing a warrant to police ofiicer, the Court may
address him either by name or by the title of his ofiice. Under Section 74, all subsequent
endorsements shall be by name. A warrant, therefore, shall be addressed not to the
prosecutor, but to the “officer-in-charge” of a police-station or out post.
(e) Defective warrants.-—The Court officer shall scrutinize all warrants received by him
for dispatch and bring to the notice of the presiding Magistrate any case in which the
process is unsuitably directed or has been irregularly framed.
152

(f) Despatch and return of warrants.--The Court officer shall dispatch warrants by post to
the officer-in-charge of Police Station and outpost direct except when a special officer is
necessary for this duty to be performed. In such cases, the Court officer shall take the
orders of the Superintendent or Sub-Divisiona] Police Officer if any and in their absence the
Circle Inspector. Warrants so served, when executed, shall be returned to the Court officer
direct (see Rule 108).
288. Proclamation and attachments.—(a) Three copies of a proclamation under Section
82. Cr.P.C., shall be obtained from the Magistrate’s office: one for the Court ofiice, one for
the Police Station. and the third for the absconder’s village. The Magistrate shall also be
asked to issue orders for attachment of his property under Section 83. Cr.P.C.
(b) Police Officers shall strictly comply with the provisions of Section 82, Cr.P.C. relating
to the publication of the proclamation. The Prosecutor shall affix the copy for the Court
office in the presence of witnesses and submit a report to this effect. The station officer
shall have the copy for the absc0nder’s village duly read out in a conspicuous part of the
village, post it up at the ordinary place of abode of the absconder in the presence of some
of the principal residents and submit a report that this has been done giving the names of
the witnesses [see Rule 109 (b)].
(c) On receipt of the report if everything is correct the Court officer shall move the
Magistrate to record in the proceeding that the proclamation was duly made and declaring
the date on which it was made. The term 㡐 of‫ص‬30 days (see Section 82, Cr.P.C.) shall run from
the date so declared.
289. Application for attachments.—Property of absconding accused persons, other
than land paying revenue to Government, which is ordered to be attached, shall be
specified in the warrant of attachment. Prosecutors therefore, shall prepare and submit a
list of property to be attached when applying for orders under Section 83, Cr.P.C. When no
property is specified in a warrant, the Prosecutor shall bring this fact to the notice of the
Court [see Rule 109 (c)].
290. Evidence under Section 299, Cr.P.C.—{a) If all measures provided by law to compel
the appearance of the absconding accused wholly fail, by law to compel the appearance of
the absconding accused wholly fail, the prosecutor shall in important cases apply to the
Magistrate to record the evidence of the complainant and witnesses under Section 299,
Cr.P.C.
(b) When in any case, some accused are present and some are absconding, the
prosecutor shall. during trial give proof of this fact that all actions have been taken against
those who are absconding and still they are absconding and there is no prospect of arrest in
near future.
153

Therefore, a request shall be made before Magistrate concerned that evidence under
Section 299, Cr.P.C. should be recorded against those absconders also and that this should
be done during the course of trial of accused persons present. Care shall be taken of this
fact only that the statements of witnesses should be recorded in separate proceeding and
this proceeding should not form part of proceeding against other under-trial persons.
291. Absconders to foreign territory.--In the case of persons who have absconded into
foreign territory the, Magistrate shall be moved to take action under the Extradition Act
or/and Extradition treaty, if there be one.
292. Return of warrant against absconder.—When an absconded offender appears in

Court or is arrested by parties other than the police of the police-station to which the
warrant was sent in the first instance, or when a warrant is cancelled under Section 70,
Cr.P.C., the Court officer shall send information to the police-station and ask for the return
of the warrant.
293. Service of warrants and other processes.—(a) The service of criminal processes in
all districts, with the exception of those ‫ط‬mentioned in clause (b) of this Rule shall be
supervised by the Collectorate nazir.
(b) Ordinarily, warrants of arrest, fine warrants, orders issued under Section 83, Cr.P.C.
and search warrants shall be executed by the police m both cognizable and non-cognizable
cases and shall be entered in, the register of processes in P. M., Form No. 225 served by the
police. The line warrants shall be shown in a separate section of this register, so as to secure
a separate consecutive number for such entries.
(c) Processes shall have an annual serial number: —Unexecuted processes shall be
brought forward in red ink in April and October only, these red ink entries bearing their
original annual serial number and year of issue.
294. (a) impaction of process register: —The process register shall be examined carefully
by Sub-Divisional Police Officer at Sub-Divisional Courts and by the Sr. D. P. at the sadar
Court in January and July each year. These officers shall satisfy themselves that delays are
not occurring in the issue and return of warrants, proclamations and attachment orders.
(b) Return of unexecuted warrants. —In the month of April and October the Court
officer shall submit to the Superintendent a return of unexecuted warrants in P. M. Form
No. 50 [see Rule 293(c)].
154

UNDERTRIAL PRISONERS
295. Hajat register.—(a) A Hajat register in Schedule XLIH (High Court) Form No. (R) 12
shall be kept in each Court office.
(b) Custody and release of pris0ners.—The Police in Court office shall escort offenders
under trial from the‘ jail or lock-up to the Magistrate’s Court and guard them while there.
(c) They shall also return to the jail, under safe escort, prisoners sentenced to
imprisonment or remanded to hajat by the Magistrate.
(d) Prisoners discharged or acquitted shall be released in open Court by order of the
Magistrate; prisoners remanded or convicted shall be sent to jail with their appropriate
warrants; and prisoners enlarged on bail or on their own recognizances, if present in Court,
shall be released there, the Court officer obtaining the Magistrates initials opposite their
names in the hajat register in attestation of the release.
(e) Whenever the trial of a prisoner, who is detained pending the result of such trial.
shall be adjourned for any reason, a day shall be fixed by the Magistrate for the rehearing
of the case, and it shall be the duty of the Court officer to ensure the punctual attendance
of the prisoner on the day fixed.
(l) The names of all the prisoners to be produced each day before the Magistrate shall
be entered in the hajat register by the Court
宐‫ص‬ officer. The jailor shall make over the prisoners
with their warrants to the guard in the Court office for production before the Magistrate.
Note.— For order regarding duties of police in guarding and escorting under-trial
prisoners in camp with Magistrates, see Rules 532 and 533.
296. Search of prisoners on arrival.—(a) The officer-in-charge of the hajat register shall
receive under trial prisoners, as well as prisoners sent up from police-stations or received
from Courts of Magistrates or Sessions Judges on conviction or commitment to haj at, or for
release on bail. He shall forthwith search all the male prisoners and have the female
prisoners searched by a woman approved of by the Magistrate, and take possession of all
properties and weapons found on them. These and the properties and weapons sent by the
station police through the escort shall be taken charge of and entered in the malkhana
register; by the officer answerable for the malkhana. The payment of fee due to the woman
making a search under this Rule shall be made from the Magistrate‘s grant for contingencies
(see Rule 239A).
(b) Second search of prisoners before entering Court. — Immediately before the trial of
cases and before prisoner or prisoners are put into the dock/brought into Court it
155

shall be the duty of the police in whose custody the prisoner or prisoners are, to make a
further and thorough search and satisfy, themselves that no weapons are being carried into
Court. Similar precautions shall be taken in the case of all prisoners surrendering in Court .
ln the case of dangerous prisoners, slippers or shoes, which might be used as missile should
be removed before the prisoners enter the Court. In other cases, the police will use their
discretion in the matter of removal of shoes.
(c) Desperate characters. — -The Court officer shall inform the jailor by means of a
separate report. for the information of the Jail Superintendent, when any under-trial
prisoner or convict sent to jail is a desperate character or when his offence is very heinous.
Ordinarily this information shall be obtained from the charge-sheet or challan sent in by the
police with the prisoner [see Rule 240(e)].
297. Children of female convicts.— Unweaned children of female convicts shall be
admitted with their mothers to a lock-up or jail. Children under three years of age shall be
admitted with their mothers, if after enquiry it appears to the Magistrate that they cannot
conveniently be made over to their relatives, and if no other suitable arrangement can be
made Children, whether at the breast or not exceeding three years of age, shall on no
account be admitted. However, a jail Superintendent in exceptional circumstance where
there is no one else except mother for looking after the child, may admit a child up to five
years in the jail with his mother (sec Bihar Jail Manual Rule, 889).
‫خ‬
298. Confessing prisoners.—(a) In the 츠case of confessing prisoners and persons made
witnesses under Section 306, Cr.P.C. and also in cases in which it appears to the Magistrate
that under-trial prisoners should be segregated (see Rule 846 of the Bihar Jail Manual), the
Court officer shall communicate the fact to the jail, in order that such persons may be kept
apart from other persons accused in the same case.
(b) Segregation 0fapprovers.—Superintendents should see that proper arrangements
are made for segregating approvers completely, and when this appears impracticable in a
sub-jail, should suggest to District Magistrates the desirability of keeping approvers in the
Headquarters jail and of escorting them to the Sub-Divisional Court on the dates on which
they may be wanted.
299. Drinking water and food.—Prisoners shall be supplied with drinking water,
whenever required, but no food shall be given to a prisoner without the Magistrate’s
permission. All articles of food shall be carefully examined before they are passed on to
prisoners, and no article, the introduction of which into a prison is prohibited by any Rule
under the Prisons Act, shall be given to prisoners or allowed into the lock-up (see Rule 565).
300. Removal from hajat.-—No prisoner shall he taken out of the hajat, except with the
permission of the Court or, in his absence, the officer performing his duties.
156

301. Interview with under-trial prisoners in Court.—No one shall have access to a
prisoner whilst he is in the precinct of the Court awaiting trial without authoritative
permission. The Presiding Officer of the Court may give such authority in writing and may
require the person making the application to do so in writing. In such case no Court-fee shall
be necessary. Facilities shall be given by Courts to recognized practitioners for consultation
with their clients, but care should be taken that unlicensed practitioners or touts are
entirely excluded. For the use of handcuffs. escort of under-trial prisoners, etc. see Rules
241-243.
WITNESSES
302. Service of summons on witnesses in Government and railway employ.— (a) The
following rules. laid down by the High Court for the service of summons on witnesses in
Government employment, apply to police officers and to village chaukidars as well as to
other Government servants :—
In fixing the date for the attendance of any public officer or any servant of railway under
Section 66, Cr.P.C. sufficient time shall be allowed to give the. witness an opportunity of
communicating with his departmental superior, so as to arrange for the discharge of his
duties during his absence. The Court shall also send a copy of the process to the
departmental superior of the witness on the ‫ ط‬same date as that on which the summons is
sent to the witness. [High Court Rules and Orders (Civil), Chapter 1, Rule 35].
(b) Summons on a railway officer—Summ0ns shall be served on a railway official
through the head of his department.
(c) Summons against a police officer. —Whenever summons to appear as a witness in a
criminal case is issued against a police officer, it shall be served upon such officer through
the Superintendent of the district or the police-in-charge of the sub-division to which such
officer may belong.
Note.- The High Court has intimated that upon a proper application being made in each
case to the judge exercising the original criminal jurisdiction of the Court, the
convenience of public officers summoned as witnesses in cases before the High
Court from the muffassil shall always be duly considered. “Whenever a public
officer is summoned as a witness before the High Court, the Legal
Remembrancer should be informed and asked to see that the witness is not
unnecessarily detained.
157

303. Attendance of witnesses.-The following Rule has been framed by the High Court
:—
In police cases the police officers attached to the Court, and in non-police eases the
nazir or some officer of the nazarat, shall be required to make over to the bench clerk, not
later than11l A.M. or, if early morning sittings are being held, 7 AM. (Standard time) a list,
verified, dated and initialed by such officer, of the witnesses who are in attendance for
examination. The omission of the name of a witness from the list shall be no bar to such
witness being examined if presented for examination, but no costs shall be allowed to any
witness on account of his expenses for the day’s attendance if he is neither entered in the
list nor actually examined.
Note 1.— This Rule in no way affects the obligation on the part of witnesses to
attend punctually at the time for which they are summoned.
Note 2.— Not only the names of witnesses entered in the lists mentioned in this
rule, but also of those who, though not so entered are actually examined
will find entry in the register of the attendance of witnesses which is to
be written up by the bench clerk.
304. Certificate of attendance for Government servant.—When the complainant or a
witness in a case is a Government servant, the prosecutor shall see that a certificate of
attendance is given to him by the Court to 宐
enable
‫ص‬ him to draw his travelling expenses (Rule
767).
The certificate shall state clearly the dates of attendance and the amount, if any, of
expenses paid to him by the Court.
BAIL AND RECOGNIZANCES
305. Bail and recognizance bonds.-—(a) The Court officer may be permitted to see the
bail and recognizance bonds in order to give him an opportunity to assess the suitability of
bailers etc.
(b) Prosecution witnesses’ and their sureties having to execute bonds, shall be taken to
the Court office, after the Magistrate's orders are passed, to have bonds properly drawn out
and executed.
(c) The Court officers shall pay special attention to bail matters. He shall make careful
enquiries into the position in life of proposed sureties-and if there is any objection to their
being accepted, shall report it at once to the Magistrate concerned.
(d) Money security—When money is put down by a party as security under Section 445,
Cr.P.C., the Court officer shall deposit it promptly in the treasury for safe custody.
158

(e) Court officers shall obtain receipts for the bail and recognizance bonds made over to
the Magistrate,s amla to be filed with the records.
306. Grant of bail in non-bailable cases.—(a) Orders granting bail in a non bailable case
shall not be passed by a Magistrate until the prosecutor has been heard. Similarly, in cases
in which bail has been granted by a Court, no order should be passed until the prosecutor
has been heard on the point of suitability of bailers and their sureties.
(b) The prosecutors shall bring to the notice of the Superintendent cases in which
bail appears to have been wrongly allowed, in order that he may draw the attention of the
District Magistrate and through him the Sessions Judge if necessary.
CUSTODY OF PROPERTY.
307. Malkhana register.—(a) A. register in P. M. Form No. 51 shall be kept in police
Court office.
(b) In this shall be entered stolen property sent up for identification, property found
on under trial prisoners: property such as weapons, other than arms and ammunition
forwarded as exhibits in criminal trials; unclaimed property taken possession of by the
police under Section 25. Act V of 1861, and suspicious property sent in under Section 457.
Cr.P.C. Arms and ammunition shall be entered in the arms register prescribed by Rule 325.
“When these are exhibits of a case, a reference to the entries in the arms register shall be
㡐‫ص‬
made in the Malkhana register.
(c) When cash or property is sent to the Court office, the police-station officer shall
fill in P. M. Form No. 52 in duplicate and send it as a chalan to enable the Court officer to
write up the Malkhana register.
(d) Court officer to keep keys of Malkhana.—For the safe custody of such property, a
secure room, to be called the Malkhana, shall be provided. Its keys shall be kept by the
Court Malkhana-in-charge who is answerable that no one takes away or tampers with the
property or exhibits. A strong box with a good lock for ornaments, money or documents
shall be kept in the room. Every article shall be neatly labelled to tally with the number in
the register.
In order to avoid incidence of burglaries and embezzlement there should be no hole
for entrance of any type of light and where such an entrance is found, this shall be closed.
An iron safe shall be embedded on the verandah by the side of the main door so that it is in
full view of the sentry posted there. The double lock system shall be introduced in the
Malkhana room whose keys shall be kept both by the Court officer and the- Assistant Sub-
Inspector who carries on the work concerning the Malkhana register.
159

The In charge of the guard shall examine the lock in presence of the Court officer
and note the fact in the guard duty register and the Court officer shall countersign it. The
police officer deputed to the guard on rounds at night shall check the locks and note his
remarks in the guard duty registers. The arms and ammunition as soon as they are exhibited
in Court should be sent to the Magazine at police center for safety with the permission of
the Court.
The Superintendent shall keep proper vigilance on properties to be produced in
sessions Courts as exhibits and shall also depute the employees of the available Court staff
for this. At the same time he shall arrange for vigilance with the help of peons, orderlies,
etc. after requesting the Court. Every inspecting officer shall make complete check of above
orders during his inspection.
(e) Custody of fire-arms and ammunition.—All items of fire-arms and ammunition
received in Court Malkhana shall be sent to Malkhana located in Headquarters of
Superintendent of Police for safe custody, except those which are required every day for
production in the Court.
(f) In cases where the property sent up is given back to the owners, the order for
return shall be entered in column l0. The judicial officer ordering the disposal of the
property shall initial has order. The receipt of the person receiving the property shall be
taken in the register.
‫ط‬
(g) Valuables to be kept in treasury. —When property is no longer required by the
Courts, such portion of it as consists of cash, bullion, gold and silver ornaments, or other
valuable articles of small compass, shall be deposited in the treasury, articles other than
cash being kept in a separate small box in charge of the treasurer.
(h) Perishable pr0per!y.—Orders shall be taken to convert perishable unclaimed
property into cash at the earliest date the law allows.
(i) Prisoner It property. —Court officers shall see that station officers comply with
Rule 234 and shall bring to notice all cases of failure to forward lists of property found on
prisoners and to grant those receipts.
(j) An accused person shall be allowed to take only strictly necessary clothing into
the lock-up.
(k) On 1st January each year the numbers of all outstanding items shall be entered in
red ink at the commencement of the entries for the current year. All orders concerning
them shall continue to be made against the original entry and only the date of final disposal
shall be noted against the red ink entries.
160

(I) With a view to help in presentation of antiques, these should be kept safely and
properly in the State Museum at Patna pending investigation or trial or afterwards if they
are found unclaimed or recovered during investigation of any case.
If any stolen idol or religious scripture is recovered and is produced as an exhibit in a
case, due care should be taken that religious sentiments are not hurt in handling it.
For State Police Criminal Museum and Crime exhibitions, instruments or other
articles connected with cases sent up for trial as may be considered useful as exhibits of
educational value, should be sent there after obtaining orders from Court,
(m) The Malkhana items should be physically verified annually and a certificate to
this effect should be given in the Malkhana register accordingly. Inspecting Prosecutors like
D. P. and Sr. D. P. should also make thorough verification of Malkhana items at the time of
inspection of the Court Office.
(n) Exhibits concerning absconder:—Orders for disposal of such long pending
exhibits (say 15 years or more) should be obtained from the Court concerned and in the
unlikely circumstances of their being required later on the order of disposal can be
produced as a proof of existence of the exhibit.
Note--- when it becomes necessary to keep articles in Court Malkhana which are not
connected with police cases, its entries shall be made in a separate Mallrhana
‫ص‬
register and preferably these shall 宐be kept in a separate apartment in Malkhana or
according to availability in a separate room._
308. Daily under-trial case reports.—(a) A daily report filled up according to note
given in P. M. Form No. 53 shall be forwarded by the Court officer. This report shall be sent
through Sub-Divisional Police Officer to Superintendent. In this report, the cases sent up for
trial, convictions, and acquittals and pending cases shall be narrated.
(b) This report along with above remarks shall be sent to District Sessions Judge for
perusal from the office of Superintendent.
308-A. Every Court officer, shall prepare police-station wise and circle-wise a list of
cases pending for more than six months before judicial Magistrate. The reasons for delay
shall be entered against each case. This list shall be sent to Superintendent of Police so that
he may assure himself that the work of prosecution is being done» in a proper way. The
Senior District Prosecutor shall scrutinize these statements.
309. Production of prisoners before the Sessions Judge.-—The Court officer at
Headquarters shall produce prisoners committed to the Sessions and property connected
with Sessions cases before the Court of Sessions on the date fixed for trial.
161

N. B. —Where the sessions is not held in the district of commitment, the Court
officer of the district of commitment and the Court officer of the district
where trial is to be held shall keep in touch with each other for sending the
property and production of prisoners etc. before the judge on the date fixed
for trial.
APPEALS
310. Appeals from Magistrate.—(a) When there is an appeal to the Judge against
the decision of a Magistrate, the Court officer shall make entry regarding the particulars of
appeal in the register kept for appeals before the Sessions Judge. This register shall be
produced before the Superintendent of Police from time to time and he shall ensure that
the Public Prosecutor or Assistant Public Prosecutor (as the case may be) has made proper
arrangements for placing the facts of the case before the judge. He shall see that the
officers concerned are sending the relevant-papers to the judge’s office and if necessary. he
shall direct the Sub-Divisional Court Officer that the information should be obtained from
the Magistrate concerned. He shall also ensure that proper instructions have been given to
Public Prosecutor in this regard.
(b) Magistrates shall send intimations of appeal to the Superintendent of Police as
soon as admitted.
(c) The Superintendent shall ask 츠the‫خ‬ District Magistrate to employ the Public
Prosecutor in important appeals before the Sessions Judge should he think it advisable.
(d) In appeals and revision cases before the Court of sessions, the District Magistrate
can direct the Public Prosecutor to appear on behalf of the Government without reference
to the Legal Remembrance. The District Magistrate should see that no Government
prosecution fails because Government is not adequately represented in the appellate Court.
The Public Prosecutor shall be fully assisted by the Prosecutor or other officer fully
acquainted with the facts of the case whenever he is engaged to support a conviction in the
appellate Court.
311. Appeals to High Court.—(a) When an appeal is preferred -to the High Court
against the orders of a Sessions Judge in a serious case, or when such a case is before the
High Court on revision or motion, the Superintendent shall specially bring the circumstances
to the notice of the District Magistrate, and request that officer to move the Legal
remembrances to support the conviction at the hearing of the appeal in the High Court,
setting forth the special grounds that make such a course desirable. In the case of appeals
preferred by prisoners in jail, it may be assumed that when records are called for by the
High Court, there is some feature of the case which prima facie appears to the Court to call
for explanation.
162

In such cases the District Magistrate will, if necessary, consult the Superintendent
and take steps to see that important points of the cases are brought to notice and the
conviction supported before the High Court.
(b) In important cases, the question whether Government shall be represented or
not shall not depend on whether an advocate is employed on the other side, but shall be
decided by the Legal Remembrancer on the merits of the case itself.
(c) The detailed Rules relating to appeals in the High Court will be found in Appendix
A, Chapter II and Section Ill. Chapter III, Bihar Practice and Procedure Manual, I959.
312. Appeal register.—(a) The Sadar Court Officer shall keep an appeal register in P.
M. Form No. 54, in which he shall enter all appeals in police cases.
(b) In the High Court the representative appointed by the Police department shall
contact the Registrar of High Court and obtain information of all those cases in which
appeal has been filed. These information shall be kept in the Appeal register in P. M. Form
No. 54 and its extracts shall be sent to Superintendent of Police concerned so that he can
take all possible actions in this connection. The Superintendent of Police shall see that there
are no deficiencies in the materials required for placing before the High Court in connection
with these eases.
(c) The Sessions Court appeal register shall be put up before the Superintendent
>
once a week and the Superintendent shall satisfy himself that proper provision for
conducting coming cases has been made. Copies of any entries referring to appeals in cases
sent up by the railway police shall be sent to the Superintendent of the railway police
concerned. .
313. (a) Police Officer to attend Sessions Court.-—-The Court Officer at
Headquarters shall arrange for the attendance of a police officer at the Sessions Court, on
the days fixed for the hearing off appeals, or on receipt of information that the services of
an officer are required, for the purpose of escorting to the Magistrate any accused, person
who has surrendered to his bail in the appellate Court and whose sentence has been
confirmed or modified.
(b) Results of appeals. —Results of appeals shall be communicated in P. M. Form No.
55 to Superintendents of Police concerned.
163
..
CHAPTER 13
CONVICTION AND REGISTRATION OF CRIMINALS
314. Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate’s general register of cases.-(a) A
register in P. M. Form No. 56 shall be kept in every Court office in accordance with the
instructions affixed to it. All First Information Reports and final reports in cognizable cases
shall be entered in it (see Rule 263). The Court officer shall obtain all information.
(b) Judicial Magistrates shall record in this register orders passed by them in all cases
reported in final report form. It will rest with the Magistrate to say whether the case is to be
declared true or not, as reported by the police.
(c) Method of recording cases in general register. -In under trial cases or in final
report cases, the Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate, shall record in the general register
as to how each case is to be shown. The value of the property declared by the Magistrate to
have been stolen and recovered shall also be noted.
Note.—-Magistrates should be asked not to declare any property as stolen in cases
ot refusal of enquiry by the police as civil disputes.
(d) Each order shall be clear and intelligible in the form of one of the following:—
True: enter section...................................
宐‫ص‬
Intentionally false: enter section..................

Mistake of law: enter section......................
Mistake of fact: enter section.....................
Non-cognizable: enter section..............
Not investigated: enter section.....................
(e) All cases instituted by the police shall be accounted for in Part I of the statement
‘a’ (P.M. Form No. 179), the section of entry shall be same as is given in that statement.
(D In a case ending in conviction, the order shall be entered on conviction and
without regard to the period allowed for appeal. If a sentence be quashed or modified on
appeal, the revised order shall be entered in red ink.
(g) The form of the Magistrate Is general register.—-Schedule No. 43. High Court No.
(R)2 is similar to P. M. Form No. 56. This form is supplied by Magistrates. The Court officer
should follow the detailed instructions given in annexure to the form which should be typed
neatly and pasted inside the binding cover of the G.R.
164

315. Register of Sessions eases.—(a') Court officers at Headquarters of districts shall
maintain a register in P.M. Form No. 57 of cases committed to the Sessions or which are
sent to Sessions Court direct for trial. This register shall be put up to the Public Prosecutor
once a week who shall satisfy himself that appropriate prosecutors have been appointed for
conducting the eases. This register shall be presented once a week before the
Superintendent of Police and he shall also satisfy himself that all papers required from
Sessions Court have been supplied by Police. Where unfavorable comments are made
against the police, the fact shall be noted in red ink in the remarks column, so that action
ma} he taken as prescribed by Rule 33.
(b) In column 11 of P. M. Form No. 57 the entries regarding the connected registers
should be recorded in the same manner as laid down for the Court G. E. in column 9.
However, the F. M. will be issued to the Superintendent from the Court office concerned so
that the connected entries in their (LR. are made-up to date and the corresponding Khatian
entries are also made.
316. Final Memorandum.—(a) On the disposal of all cases in which a First
Information Report has been recorded and of cases under Sections 107, I09, 110, 144 and
145. Criminal Procedure Code and other non-F.l.R. reports, the Court officer shall prepare in
duplicate a Final Memorandum in Police Manual Form No. 58. In all cases in which final
reports are submitted whether included in Appendix 3 or not [vide Rule 181 (d)] and in any
other case supervised by Superintendent, 宐‫ ص‬final memorandum shall be submitted to
Superintendent direct by the Court Officer. Only in non-special report cases in which charge
sheets have been submitted vide Rule 264(b) and in non-F.l.R. prosecution reports which
have not been supervised by Superintendent the Final Memorandum shall be sent through
Circle Inspector or S.D.P.O. if posted.
(b) The Circle Inspectors or Sub-Divisional Police Officers, if any, when noting on the
memorandum sent to them at the time of sending it to the Superintendent shall suggest
action to be taken in respect of each suspect and also send the case diaries of cases kept
with them.
(c) One copy of the final memorandum, with the Superintendent's orders thereon,
shall be forwarded‘ to the police-station, and be .pasted on to the counterfoil of the First
Information Report after the necessary entries have been made in the registers concerned.
(d) Final memoranda shall be sent to the Superintendent, Railway Police, in cases
sent up for trial by the railway police.
165

(e) The Superintendent shall, before filing the final memorandum, pass orders
regarding surveillance, opening of dossiers, entries in the crime directory, making convicts
P.R. and regarding absconders (sec Rules 330, 356 and 367) and these orders shall be copied
into the index of crime (P. M. Form No. I17).
If the Magistrate awaits the result of appeal in any case, the final memorandum shall
be kept pending until the appeal has been disposed of and final orders regarding
absconders have been passed. The District Crime Bureau shall keep a list of such orders to
ensure that orders of Superintendent are carried out at thana level.
(l) Railway accidents.—In all cases of railway accidents, Court officers shall furnish
the Superintendent of Railway Police with copies of the final orders of the Magistrate in P.
M. Form No.58.
316-A. Bujharat.—(a) At the beginning of every year, Crime Bujharat shall be done in
every district. The Superintendent shall himself keep watch on it and its object shall be that
all cognizable and non-cognizable cases presented before Magistrates in the previous year
and before that shall be accounted for and all entries concerning these cases shall be fully
made in registers from police-station level to district level.
(b) For this, a comparative examination shall be made of all concerned records in the
offices of police-station, Inspector, Sub-Divisional Police Officer and District Superintendent
of Police and in course of this sequence, allሀ‫ط‬records which were to be sent from one office
to another and which could not be seat so far shall be made available.
(c) Bujharat shall be completed within one month. After its completion, a serial wise
statement of cases entered in records concerning crime shall be sent to Range Deputy
Inspector-General and to the office of Criminal Investigation Department with the remarks
of Superintendent in P. M. Form No. 58A.
317. Conviction register.—(a) A register of persons convicted or bound down shall
be kept in all Sadar Courts in P. M. Form No. 59.
(b) The names of all persons convicted of the following offences shall be entered in
it:—
(1) Chapter 11-Escapes (Sec. 224, I.P.C.).
(2). Offences relating to coin and service stamps (Chapter 12, I.P.C.) and offences
against property (Chapter 17, I.P.C.) which are punishable with imprisonment for 3
years or upwards.
(3) Chapter 16, I.P.C.—Sections 302 to 304 and 307 (for professional gain), 3ll and
328.
166

(4) Chapter 18, I .P.C.--Forgery of Currency Notes and Bank Notes (Sections 489-A to 489-D).
(5) All persons bound down under Sections H38 to I10, Cr.P.C.
(6) All offences, in cases in which the subsequent proof of conviction so recorded would
render the person convicted liable to enhanced punishment on subsequent
conviction of the same or similar offence by reason of the proof of such former
conviction, some of which are noted below as illustrations :—
(i) The Bengal Public Gambling Act (II of 1867).
(ii) Opium Smuggling Act (I of 1878).
(iii) Section 4 of the Metal Tokens Act (I of 1889).
(iv) Offences under Section 3 of the Act for the Protection of Right of Fishing in
Private Waters (Bengal Council Act Il of 1889).
(v) Offences under Section 198 of the Assam Labour and Emigration Act (VI of 1901).
(vi) Offences under Sections 47, 49, 55, 56, Bihar and Orissa Excise Act (Act II of
1915).
(vii) Offences mentioned in Section 6 of the Poisons Act (XII of 1919).
(viii) Offences under Section 57 of the
쫠‫ ؤ‬Cantonments Act (ll of 1924).
(ix) Offences under Section 42 of Indian Forest Act (XVI of 1927).

(x) Offences under Sections I0, 12, 13, 14 and 15 of the Dangerous Drugs Act (II of
1930).
(xi) Offences under Section 5 of the Telegraph Wires (Unlawful Possession) Act (74
of 1950).
(xii) Offences under Section 21 of Prevention of Food Adulteration Act (Act XXXVII
of 1954).
(xiii) Offences under Sections 5, 6, 7 and 11 of Suppression of Immoral Traffic in
Women and Girls‘ Act (104 of 1956).
(xiv) Offences under the Indian Arms Act (54 of 1959).
(xv) Offences under Section 3 of the Railway Property (Unlawful Possession) Act
(29 of 1966).
(xvi) Offences under Section 5l of Wild Life Protection Act (XLIII of I972). '
167

Note. — First offenders bound down under Section S62. Cr.P.C. shall be treated as
convicted.
(c) Entries shall be made as soon as sentence is passed. In the case of persons
convicted, who are foreigners, their names shall also be entered in red ink. In the case of
persons convicted under Chapters l2 and 17, who are unidentified the entries shall be in red
ink.
(d) Convictions at the Sessions shall be registered at the Sadar Court of that district.
(e) Conviction sheets at sub-divisions.--At sub-divisions, entries of convictions shall
be made as they occur on loose sheets of the printed form, which shall be forwarded to the
Headquarters Court office within the first week of the following month, and fastened with
the Headquarters register at the end of the entries for the same month.
(f) Signature of Judicial Magistrate.—The conviction sheets shall be put up once a
week for examination and signature before Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate and at
Headquarters before the Magistrate to whom the duty is made over. The Magistrate shall
certify on each sheet that the entries in the conviction sheets have been checked with the
Magistrate's general and complaint registers and that all necessary entries have been made.
(g) Sole custody -The conviction register shall he kept in the record-room or other
safe place, the index only being in the custody of the Court officer.
‫ط‬
(h) Criminals of other districts. -- Extracts of entries regarding criminals residing in
another district or changing their residence shall be forwarded to the Court officer of the
district in question for entry in the conviction sheet of the sub-division concerned. The
receiving Court officer after making the necessary entries shall note on the extract that he
has done so and send it to the police-station of residence for report whether the C.D. slip
(Rule 360) has been received. In the case of other States it shall also be enquired whether
other information of conviction have been received. If the report is in the affirmative the
Court officer shall return the extract direct to the issuing Court officer. If however, the
station-in-charge reports that the C .D. slip or any other information of conviction has not
been received, the Court officer shall submit the extract to the Superintendent who will
return it to the Superintendent of the district of conviction and ask for the C .D. slip and
other information of conviction.
318. When residents of other States are convicted in Bihar State a statement in the
following form shall be sent by Superintendent concerned to Superintendents concerned of
those Slates.
168

Residence.
description of particular
Name and occupation
Date of committing
Age, height and
police-station.
particulars of
parcentage
conviction.
offence.
District.
Village
mark.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
319. Index to conviction register.—(a) An index to the conviction register shall be

㸠‫ط‬
kept at each sadar and sub-divisional Court office in P. M. Form No. 60.
(b) The page, volume and year of the index shall be noted under each man's name in
the conviction register,
(c) At the close of each month, after the sub-divisional conviction sheets are
received, the Sadar Court officer shall prepare an index for the whole district and send
copies of each sub-division for entry in the sub-divisional index.
(d) At the end of the year the Court officer of each sub-division, when coming to
Headquarters for the preparation, of the annual returns, shall bring his index for
comparison with the sadar index and the Sadar Court officer will be responsible that his
index as well as the sub-divisional indices are properly corrected. In order that the
entries for different years may be traceable in the index, Court officers are directed to
draw a line in red ink under the last name entered in each letter-group during the year
and to make a marginal note of the year to which the entries refer opposite the first
entry in such year.
(e) Indices for every 10 years shall be kept in a bound book.
169

(f) The Court, officer after seeing the indices of this register shall certify on the back of the
charge-sheet if a person sent up has been previously convicted or not.
320. System of indexing.—(a) Details regarding the system of indexing names will be found
in Appendix l5 and P. M. Form No. 60.
(b) 111 cases where the same man has been convicted more than, once, a reference of
previous page shall be made in red ink below the name, the page number and year of conviction
register being given in black ink on the right, as shown below:—
(i) Haider Ali, S/o Miyan Buksh. p. 28, Vol. 1--1977.
Cf. p. 25. Vol. 1——1974.
(ii) Haider Ali, S/o Miyan Buksh. p. 30. Vol. 1—1978.
Cf. p. 25, Vol. 1-1974 and
Cf. p. 28, Vol. 1—l977.
321. Elimination of names.—Names of persons acquitted on appeal shall be struck off from the
index as soon as intimation is received.
322. Court khatian register.—(a) To facilitate the preparation of the annual crime statements, a
khatian register, composed of compilation sheets in P. M. Form No. 61, shall be kept at each
Headquarters and sub-divisional Court. For each serial of the common forms of crime one or more
sheets may he provided for each police-station.
Ԁ‫ ط‬For the less common forms of crime this will be
unnecessary and in many cases one sheet will suffice for the whole district.
(b) In statement ‘a’. Part l (P. M. Form No. I79), are entered (1) cognizable cases taken up by
the police suo moto upon report, and otherwise than upon report. (2) cognizable cases of a petty
nature in which First Information Reports are not recorded. Those cases in which First Information
Reports are submitted are recorded in the general register of cases and from this register the
information for the khatian with respect to such cases shall be gathered. Cognizable cases instituted
by complaint or petition to a Magistrate, and referred to the police for investigation are also entered
in the general register. Such cases shall be shown in the khatian in red ink, but shall only be entered
in Statement ‘a’, if declared true.
(c) Cognizable cases under Municipal, Railway and Telegraph by-laws, Section 120 of the
Indian Railways Act (IX of 1890) and Section 34 of Act V of 1861, vagrancy and bad character cases of
Chapter 8 Cr.P.C., etc. are not reported in, First Information Reports, and are consequently not
entered in the general register of cases. These cases, however, are entered in the
Magistrate‘s register of cases in which no First Information Report is used and from this
register shall be entered in, the khatian and included in Statement A, Part 1.
170

(d) Cases of the above description shall be entered in the khatian register after final orders
in each case have been passed.
(e) When entering a case from the Magistrates’ general register or from the register of cases
in which no first information is used, the number of entry in column I of the compilation sheet shall
be noted in, the column of remarks of the register concerned so that a link between the registers
and the compilation sheets is created.
(f) Railway crime shall be differentiated from district crime in the khatian register and shall
be excluded from the district monthly and annual crime returns (P. M. Form No. 62 and Appendix
61).
N. B. — Railway Police submit their returns in P. M. Form No. I95.
323. Monthly crime return.—(a) In the statement of serious crime (P. M. Form No. 62) shall be
shown all cases, including those refused enquiry under Section, 157(i)(b), Cr.P.C., under headings
given in the form, whether direct or otherwise, which have been reported during the month, cases
declared false by Magistrates being omitted.
(b) This statement, shall be forwarded by Superintendents with brief notes on, crime centers
(see Appendix 7), to their respective Range Deputy Inspectors-General by 7th of the month with a
copy to D. l. G., C. l. D. The statements shall be consolidated in the office of the Range Deputy
inspector-General in forms prescribed form time to time. This consolidated statement, together
with 21 general note prepared by the Range Deputy Inspector-General on the lines of the monthly
crime review and a defect note shall be submittedԀ‫ط‬ by the 20th of the same month to the Deputy
Inspector-General, C.I.D. The returns and note received from districts shall remain on record in the
office of the Range Deputy Inspector-General for such action as is considered necessary in the
matter of pointing out defects, giving instructions and dealing with replies and explanations received
from Superintendents.
(c) Marked fluctuations of each class of crime shall be commented upon in the remarks
column or, where space or importance requires it in a separate note.
(d) Under the heading burglary, only cases under Sections 453-460, I. P. C. shall be included.
Explanations regarding marked fluctuations and high percentages of unsuccessful cases, i. e., of
attempts or of without theft, shall be given.
(e) Dacoit attended with murder shall be shown under “Dacoity” and not under “murder”, a
note being given in the remarks column regarding the loss of life involved. It shall also be stated how
many of the cases professional and how many technical.
ln distinguishing between professional and technical cases, the intention and not the character of
the offenders must be considered. A dacoity committed For the sake of gain is usually professional,
while one committed for some ulterior motive, such as to enforce a claim and coerce a Ryot, is
technical. The remarks also apply to robberies.
171

(f) Under the head riot only cases under Sections I47 and 148. I.P.C., shall be included. Riots
attended with murder shall be shown under riot and not under murder, a note being made in, and
the remarks column of the number attended with loss of life. All such cases together with any others
of a serious or widespread nature shall be separately shown in P. M. Form No. 62. A statement in P.
M. Form No. 62 shall also be submitted, showing what preventive measures were adopted in
connection with riot and apprehensions of breaches of the peace.
(g) When supervision has been exercised by Gazetted Officers or inspectors in only a small
percentage of cases under any particular class, a note giving reasons shall be appended to the
return.
(h) Statements in P. M. Form No. 62 of bad livelihood cases and of cases decided at the
Sessions shall also be submitted.
(i) A copy of the monthly return of serious crime and its appended statements shall be
submitted through the District Magistrate to the Commissioner of the Division. Any remarks he
makes on the return shall be communicated to the Superintendent.
(j) The Sub-Divisional Police Officers shall also submit monthly statement in P. M. Form No.
52 to their Superintendent.
324. Property of accused.—When a case in which any person is concerned is disposed of,
the Magistrate’s order as to the disposal of property found on him shall, be obtained. In ease of
imprisonment, the property shall be sent to the jailor. If on conviction a fine is imposed and not
paid, a distress warrant shall immediately be obtained,
⊐‫ط‬
and the property found in possession of the
party shall be attached and sold in payment of the fine.
325. Deposit of arms in respect of cancelled licenses.—(a) Directly a license to possess arms is
cancelled, an order, with full particulars of the arms covered by the license, shall he issued by the
Magistrate by registered post to the licensee directing him to deposit them at the police-station in
which he lives within 14 days of receipt of the order, and warning him that in the event of his failure
to do so he will be prosecuted under the Indian Arms Act, I878.
A copy of the order shall be sent to Station Officer for information and guidance.
(b) Register of arms at police-stations.--All arms and ammunition deposited at a police-

station under clause (a) above, or in accordance with the provisions of Sections 14 and 16 of the
Indian Arms Act or in connection with any case under investigation. Or received in any other
circumstances shall at once be entered in a register to be kept for the purpose in P. M. Form No. 67.
(c) If the license is also deposited with the arms an entry to this effect will be made in the
register in P.M. Form No. 67. If a license which has been cancelled remains in the possession of the
licensee, he should be specially told to surrender it with the arm at the police-station and the station
officer shall forward the license to the Court with the arm. In the event of delay on the part of the
licensee in surrendering the arm, the District Magistrate will pass order as to whether a prosecution
should be instituted or not.
172
(d) Within l4 days from the date of deposit at the police-station or. in the case of arms and
ammunition that are exhibits in a case, when no longer required for the purpose of investigation,
the station officer shall forward the items to the Court after filling up the duplicate and triplicate
copies of P.M. Form No. 67.
(e) Register of arms in Court office.—On receipt of the arms in Magistrate's office the Court
officer shall return the duplicate copy of P.M. Form No. 67 to the police- station. He will then make
the necessary entries in the arms register of the malkhana in P. M. Form No. 68. He will then make
over the triplicate copy of P. M. Form No. 67 to the arms Magistrate with the license if received after
endorsing, on it the date of deposit in the malkhana and the number in the arms register (P. M.
Form No. 68).
(f) At the commencement of each year pending entries of previous years shall be brought
forward and dealt with as proscribed by Rule 307(K).
(g) Verification of arms.—Every officer-in-charge on assuming charge of a police- station

shall personally compare the arms in deposit at the Police Station with their descriptions in the
register in P. M. Form No. 67 and give a certificate
㽠‫ط‬ that he has done so in the register in his own
hand, signed and dated.
Every malkhana-in-charge on assuming charge of a Court office shall personally compare the
arms in stock in the malkhana with their descriptions in the malkhana register and give a certificate
that he has done so in the register in his own hand. Signed and dated.
Notes.—( 1 ) The descriptions of arms in the arms register (PM. Form No. 68) must be full
and detailed, so that it may be impossible at any time for other weapons to be substituted
without detection. All names, numbers and marks which the weapons may bear must be
recorded in addition to other full particulars, viz., whether rifle or smooth bore, single or
double barrel, muzzle or breach-loader; number of chambers in the case of revolvers, etc.,
(2) The stock must also be verified item by Item whenever the mulkhana is inspected, and
the weapons should be so numbered and arranged as to facilitate verification.
173

(h) Renewal of cancelled licenses.—lf a license which has been cancelled is subsequently
renewed, the Magistrate will issue to the maikhana-in-charge an order over his signature to make
over the arms covered by it and will also send him the necessary license and the duplicate copy of P.
M. Form No. 67 received from police- station. He will also inform the licensee that the license has
been renewed. The malhkana in-charge shall then despatch the arm with the license and the
triplicate copy to the officer-in-charge of the police-station in which the licensee lives and make the
necessary entry in the malkhana register.
(i) The officer-in-charge shall acknowledge receipt of triplicate copy of P. M. Form No. 67
and shall send for the licensee to take delivery of the license and the arms. The licensee on taking
delivery shall sign the register (P.M. Form No. 67). The officer-in-charge shall return the triplicate
copy to the Magistrate with an endorsement signed and dated to the effect that the arms have been
duly delivered.
(j) All arms and ammunitions which shall be deposited in Court Malkhana shall be kept in
the Magazine of District Police lines for sake of safety.
The Superintendent shall arrange for deposit

Ԁ‫ط‬ of arms and ammunition from Sub- Divisional
Court Malkhana to Headquarters Court Muikhana quickly with available escort. Only those arms and
ammunitions shall be kept in Sub-Divisional Court Malkhana which are required for exhibiting during
trial of a case.
The Malkhana-in-charge shall make entries of all arms and ammunition in the arms register
and will hand them over to Reserve inspector previously known as Sergt. Major and obtain a receipt.
The same procedure shall be followed with regard to arms received in Headquarters Court
Maikhcma. The Reserve inspector shall keep an account of such arms and ammunition on a separate
page in his Arms Register.
326. Confiscated arms.—(a) The Court Officer shall follow the procedure indicated below in
the case of all confiscated arms, but before doing so, he shall take the order of the-Magistrate-in-
charge of the working of the Arms Act, who shall before arms are sent to Government Gun Factory,
Monghyr or transferred for the use of the Police, satisfy himself that their number and description
agree with those given in the Malkhana register.
All firearms and ammunition deposited under Section 21(i) of the "Arms Act, 1959 must
however be kept in the Malkhana for one year from the date of deposit before they are so disposed
off.
174
(b) For sending such firearms and ammunition to Gun Factory, Monghyr which have been
ordered to be confiscated to Government under Section 21(3) of the Arms Act or any other
provision of the law and which have been forfeited to Government under Section 21(3) of the Arms
Act a list shall be, prepared in quadruplicate in P.M. Form No. 69. One copy of this list shall be office
copy and the fourth copy shall be sent to D.I.G., I.D. for information. After this, its second and third
copies together with arms and ammunition shall be sent to the Superintendent, Gun Factory.
Monghyr at least in January and July every year. The Superintendent, after scrutinizing the materials
sent to Gun Factory and comparing them with the list shall return the second copy to District
Superintendent concerned who will keep it pasted with the original copy. The third copy shall be
kept in the Gun Factory. The D.I.G., I.D. shall prepare a consolidated statement every year in January
from P.M. Form No. 69 received in the office and forward it to Home (Special) Department showing
the disposal of arms and ammunition.
(c) Firearms and ammunition seized for contravention of the provisions of the Arms Act or in
connection with any offence of the Arms Act or in connection with any offence under the genera]
law shall be retained in the Court Malkhana, and will not be sent to Gun Factory till their final
disposal according to law. In cases of contravention of the provisions of the Arms Act for which no
prosecution is ordered, the District Magistrate will pass orders regarding the disposal of such arms
and ammunition.
(d) The depositor or his successor in interest can exercise his rights under clauses (a) and (b)
of Section 21(2) of the Arms Act in respect of arms and ammunition deposited under Section, 21(1)
of the Act.
Ԁ‫ط‬
(e) The arms and ammunition seized and detained under Sections 22 and 24 of the Arms
Act, 1959 shall be kept in the Police armory and shall be disposed of according to the directions of
the authority ordering such seizure and detention.
(f) All firearms stored in Gun Factory, Monghyr should be renovated and made serviceable.
The Government will take over such of them as they require for their own use and the rest will be
sold to bona fide civilian licensees on prices to be fixed by a committee consisting of D.I.G, I.D., the
D.M., Monghyr, and the Deputy S.P.I/C of the GF. The committee should classify the arms and
ammunition in three categories:—-
(i) Those to be retained for Government use including small arms of non-prohibited bore;
(ii) Those to be sold to the public after renovation, preference being given to clubs,
Sarvodaya centres, protection societies or people living in the borders; and
(iii)Those arms and ammunition which are to be destroyed.
175

(g) The services of the Ballistic expert from the Forensic Science Laboratory should be made
available to the Committee in-classifying the weapons. The Committee shall also fix a schedule for
repairing charges so that payment at uniform rates may be made by Government for all repairs to
Government weapons by private manufacturers of firearms holding license in Form 9 of Arms Act.
(h) Revolvers. Pistols and Rifles of prohibited bores shall not be sent to the Gun Factory,
Monghyr. After inspection of A. l. A. these shall be grouped into categories given in Rule 1096 (c)
and such arms, which cannot be repaired in districts shall be listed out in RM. Form No. 69 and sent
for further action.
If after inspection by A.I.A. the misfired ammunitions of service pattern are found to be in
proper condition and if arrangements for their use in districts exist, they shall be kept in the
category of “service ammunition” in the district and their accounts shall be maintained. According to
Rule 1114 (e) the misfired ammunition should be sent to Pannagarh/Kirki.
Such ammunition in which there is difficulty in disposal or in which there is doubt as to

whether these are of service pattern or not, shall be disposed of after consultation with Chief
Controller of Explosives, Gomia, district Hazaribagh.
(i) Arms not disposed of shall be broken up.
(j) Bayonets, swords, daggers, spears and

‫ ط‬spearhead shall, if possible, be sold to licensed
dealers and are not to be sent to Gun Factory, Monghyr. If they cannot be sold, they shall be
destroyed locally. Such arms and ammunition, which are suitable for being kept in Museum, shall
neither be destroyed nor sold. In respect of them, action will be taken as per Rule 307(1).
(k) All arms and ammunition kept in Malkhana or armoury and not seized as exhibit shall be
kept properly maintained for which depositor shall have to pay the fee at the following rates:--
(i) For each firearm—Re. l per year or portion thereof.
(ii) For every other weapon or package of ammunition—50 N.P. per year or portion thereof
[see Rule 47(4) of the Arms Rules, 1962].
327. Malklnma statements.—(a) A monthly malkhana statement in P. M. Form No. 18 shall

be forwarded by each officer, in charge of a police-station (see Rule H9), to the Court officer, who
shall forward it to the Superintendent after it has been compared with the register kept by the
Judge‘s Nazir (respecting intestate property) and the Mulkhana register.
(b) These statements shall he used as a means of check for disposal of property.
176

328. Check and scrutiny.—(a) The Court Malkhana-in-charge shall report to the
Superintendent if he finds that station officers have not shown in their statements all property that
has passed through their hands during the month.
(b) After the statements have been scrutinized in the Superintendent's office. They shall he
returned to the Court .l'lulH-rmur officer concerned. who shall file them.
Note.—-For custody of property during trial. See Rule 307.
THE P. R. SYSTEM
329. (a) The “P. R.“ (Police Registered) system is a system under which the finger prints and
the criminal histories of certain classes of convicted criminals are kept on, permanent record and
the classifications made are transcribed in the Jail registers. Thereby enabling the police to know as
to when they remained in jail and when, they were released.
(b) The finger print system which is described in Chapter I6, is a very important part of the P.
R. system. The finger prints which are sent under the P. R. system for record in the F. P. bureau form
a valuable collection from which not only the previous convictions of criminals, but also the identity
of unidentified persons, can be traced and if necessary proved in Court (see Rules 271-278).
330. The following persons, juvenile or adult, mate or female, and eunuchs shall be made P.
R. and their finger prints shall be taken. Boys sent to the Reformatory School, Hazaribagh and
Borstal School. Daltonganj shall have their finger prints taken before they are sent there and the P.R.
Rules shall not be applied to them to any further extent:—
䂠‫ط‬
(i) All persons convicted of offences against property carrying enhanced punishment
on reconviction irrespective of the duration of the sentence inflicted, if their real
names and antecedents are unknown to the police and cannot be ascertained.
(ii) All persons convicted under Chapter 17, I. P. C. (except Sections 418 to 420 in
dealing with which no discretion is allowed) who in the opinion of the
Superintendent are likely to revert to crime after release.
(iii) All persons reconvicted under Chapters XII and XVII, l. P.C.
(iv) All persons convicted under Sections I70, 17] . 231 to 263, 302 and 304 (murder for
gain), 328. 338. 465 to 477-A, 489-A to 489-D.
(v) All persons ordered to execute bonds under Sections 109 and I I0, Cr.P.C. (for
offences against property only).
(vi) All persons convicted under the Arms, Opium and State Excise Acts who are
suspected to be dealers or smugglers in Arms. Opium or dangerous drugs as defined in the
Dangerous Drugs Act (XI of 1930) or entailing enhanced punishment on reconviction.
177

(vii) All persons convicted of any offence under Chapter VI, I.P.C. or of sabotage and
subversive activities against the State.
(viii) All persons convicted under Section 3 of Identification of Prisoners Act (XXXIII of
1920) for whom no provision has been made above and all persons acquitted or discharged
under Section 7 of Identification of Prisoners Act regarding whom the S.P. considers it
desirable to keep a permanent record, e.g., persons of notoriously criminal reputation who
habitually absent themselves from their homes and are believed to travel to other districts
for committing crimes and persons reasonably suspected of being professional itinerant
criminals.
(ix) All persons convicted of smuggling gold, currency and valuable articles under
Foreign Exchange Regulations Act.
(x) All traffickers in women and children who are convicted under Sections
363 to 373, I.P.C.
(xi) All persons convicted under Section S of the Telegraph Wires (Unlawful
Possession) Act, 1950.
(xii) All persons convicted under Section 3 of the Railway Property (Unlawful
Possession) Act, 1966.
(xiii) Foreigners externed under the Foreigners Act (XXVI of 1946).

Ԁ‫ط‬
(xiv) All approvers in gang, dacoity and criminal conspiracy cases.
(xv) All international criminals and absconders whose finger prints are sent to the
State Bureau from countries outside India.
(xvi) All persons convicted under Explosive Substances Act (VI of I908).
(xvii) All persons convicted under the Official Secrets Act (XXX of I923).
(xviii) All persons convicted under Sections 101, 126 and I28 "of the Indian Railways
Act (IX of I890).
(xix) Any other person, for whom according to provisions of Identification of

Prisoners Act (33 of 1920), the Government of India may order from time to
time for keeping finger prints.
Note. — Orders for taking finger prints of local and ordinary criminals depend on the
discretion of Superintendent of Police.
178

331. No person will be liable to surveillance on his release merely by reason of being “P.R.”
332. Classification of P.R. prisoners.—(a) P.R. prisoners shall be divided into three classes,
viz.,—
(1) P. R.,
(2) P. R.T., and
(3) P.R.T. 356.
(b) Class (1) includes prisoners who are to be released from the jail wherein they may
happen to be confined on the expiration of their sentence; class (2) includes those who are to be
transferred for release to the jails either of their native districts or of their districts of domicile and
class (3) are convicts against whom an order under Section 856, Cr.P.C. has been passed (see Rule 28
l).
(c) Class (1) shall comprise persons about whose release it is desirable to give the police
timely warning, but who are likely to avail themselves at once of the means furnished to them by
the Jail Department and return home or who are not likely to revert to crime. In the case of
prisoners of this class the entry in the P. R. slip against the heading “where to be released" shall be
“jail of incarceration“.
(d) Class (2) shall comprise convicts who are of such a dangerous type as to be likely to
Ԁ‫ط‬
revert to crime before returning home, if released at a distance from their homes. Amongst them
may be included-
(i) Members of known criminal gangs imprisoned for an offence of any kind,
(ii) All members of notorious criminal communities bound down under Section
(m) Members of wandering gangs,
(iv) Convicts who have no regular residence (see Rule 349).
(e) Class (3) shall comprise of such person on whom an order under Section 356, Cr.P.C. has
been passed [see Rule 349(d)].
333. (a) The order classifying a prisoner under any of the heads noted in Rule 332 shall be
made by the Superintendent on the final memoranda of the case [Rule 3l6(e)] and in the jail parade
report (Rule 350) in cases in which such order is considered necessary and has not already been
made. The order of P.R. classification shall be communicated to the Court officer who shall he
responsible that all necessary action prescribed in Rules 334-349 is taken.
(b) Orders passed by Superintendents, Railway Police, shall also he communicated to the
Court officer concerned who shall take all necessary action and shall inform the Superintendent,
Railway Police.
179

334. P.R. slip and F.P. slip.—(a) For every convict made P.R. a slip in P.M. Form No. 70
(known as the “P.R. slip”) and one or more sets of finger prints in P. M. Form No. 90 (known as the
“F. P. slip”) shall be prepared by the Court Officer.
(b) The P.R. slip shall be made over to the jail authorities, by whom it shall be kept until the
time for the prisoners release is due, when it will be issued as a release notice (Rule 352).
(c) The F.P. slip or slips shall be sent to the Finger Print Bureau for permanent record (Rule
335).
(d) When a foreigner is convicted and he is made P. R. and his F.P. slip is received for record
in F. P. Bureau, then the F. P. Bureau shall send information to Central Bureau of Investigation.
335. The number of Finger Print slips required for record is as follows:--
(a) Of ordinary P. R. convicts convicted in their home State, one copy will be taken for record
in the bureau of the State of conviction.
(b) Of P.R. convicts-—
(i) who are wanderers, unidentified, or whose operations are known or

believed to extend beyond the limits of their home State, or
(ii) who, though themselves resident of the State of conviction are really
foreigners and are thus
‫ ط‬likely to have relations with criminals of other
States,
(iii) who have been convicted of thefts of firearms and ammunition or under the
Arras. Opium, Excise or Dangerous Drugs Act, are likely to be illicit dealers in
arms. Opium, cocaine or other dangerous drugs or
(iv) who have been convicted under Section 328, Indian Penal Code, if the
offence was of a professional type, or under Sections 231 to 263-A, or
Sections 489-A to 489-D, I. P. C. One copy of their F. P. shall be kept in each
of the following offices:—
(i) the Finger Print Bureau, Patna;
(ii) the F. P. Bureau or bureaux of the State or States of which the

person is or claims to be or is suspected to be resident;
(iii) the F.P. Bureau or bureaux of the State or States to which their
operations are known or believed to extend.
(iv) Central Finger Print Bureau, Calcutta.
180

335-A. Procedure for submitting Finger Print slips for record to the Central Finger Print
Bureau.—(a) The references of the despatch cheque number and date with which the F. P. slips
have been sent to the Central Finger Print Bureau, shall be noted on the despatch cheques
forwarding F. P. slips of the same persons to the State Finger Print Bureau.
(b) The Court officers shall submit the Finger Print slips for record to the Central Finger Print
Bureau through the State Finger Print Bureau, Patna with despatch cheque in triplicate in P. M. Form
No. 71.
(c) Not more than ten Finger Print slips shall be forwarded with one dispatch cheque.
(d) The Finger Print slips, received at the State Finger Print Bureau shall be scrutinized and
slips found to be fit for record, shall be forwarded to the Central Finger Print Bureau. The slips found
to be unfit for recording, shall be returned to the Court officer along with the objection memo for
resubmission after removing the defects.
(e) A monthly report shall be submitted by the Director, Finger Print Bureau to the D.I.G.,
C.I.D., regarding submission of F. P. slips to the Central Finger Print Bureau for record in the form
below who will check up whether F. P. slips are regularly being sent to C.F.P.B. The Director, F. P. B.
will send to C.F.P.B. a consolidated quarterly statement of F.P. slips sent to them in the same
proforma.
䇠‫ط‬
No. of F.P. slips in No. of F.P. slips No. of F.P. slips No. of F.P. slips No. of F>P. slips
hand from received during forwarded to the returned with remaining in hand
previous month. the month. Central Finger objections.
Print Bureau.
1 2 3 4 5
181

336. Responsibility of officer taking finger prints.—The officer taking the prints is responsible
not only for the impressions, but also for the correctness of the convictions and other details entered on
the reverse of the slip, his signature to the slip will be held to show that he has verified the sentence and
previous convictions from the judicial record, and the personal details of the convict from the Court
officer’s and jail records.
337. Taking and testing of F.P. slips.-—F. P. slips of convicts shall be taken as soon after
sentence is passed as possible and shall be tested by the local expert. F. P. slips shall be taken by some
officer, preferably one declared a "proficient" (Rule 441), other than the expert who is to test them.
When a local expert is not available to test them they shall be kept pending the arrival of the touring
expert from the F. P. Bureau (Rule 446). When, however, there is a likelihood of the release of a prisoner
before a touring, expert’s arrival, they shall be tested by an officer declared a proficient, other than the
one who prepared the slip.
338. Nature of test.—ln making the test the expert shall satisfy himself that the prints have
been properly taken and are those of the convicts named on the slip, that all particulars recorded on the
slip are correct and properly filled in, that all convictions have been correctly entered and that the
required number of copies have been taken. Any mistake should be brought to the notice of the
Superintendent for action. F.P. slips on which the prints are blurred or indistinct should be rejected and
replaced by fresh slips prepared by the expert personally. After having tested the slips the expert shall
note the word “tested” with his initials and the date (I) against the prisoners‘ names in the jail admission
registers, (2) on the back of the P. K. slips, and (3) on the history tickets. The expert shall also sign each
slip that he has tested, and his signature to the slip shall be held to be a certificate that the test has been
Ԁ‫ط‬
made in strict accordance with this Rule (see Rule 447).
339. Testing by Proficients.--A proficient testing a slip under this Rule shall be guided by the
instructions laid down for testing by an expert in the previous Rule provided that if he considers the
prints on the slip to be indistinct, he shall prepare a duplicate slip and both slips shall be sent to the
bureau for decision, as to which should be placed on record. If more than one copy of the slip has been
taken, he shall take an equal number of duplicates.
340. Procedure regarding slips of persons passing quickly out of custody.-In the case of persons
convicted of the offences and under the circumstances mentioned in Rule 330 who are sentenced to
fine, a short term of imprisonment or to find security, it is not always possible to apply the above rules,
owing to the rapidity with which such convicts pass out of custody. The finger prints of such convicts,
therefore, shall be taken by the Court officer immediately alter sentence is passed, and the slip
submitted to the Superintendent of Police for orders whether it is to be forwarded or not to the Finger
Print Bureau for permanent record. When it is not possible to subject Finger Print slips prepared under
the above circumstances to the usual test by an expert. They should be sent without test.
341. Despatch of F.P. slips.—(a) Provided that the time of appeal is over, or the appeal, if any.
has been decided, Finger Print slips for record, after being tested. shall be sent by the Court officer on
behalf of S. P. along with a despatch cheque (P. M. Form No. 71) in proper number of copies as given in
sub-paras (d) and (e). On each slip shall be noted the names of the other bureaux to which slips have to
be sent for record.
182

(b) Finger Print slips of prisoners transferred to the Presidency Jail. Alipore, Calcutta shall be
sent to the Finger Print Bureau. Calcutta.
(c) The Finger Print slips meant for concerned bureaux of other States and for Central Finger
Print Bureau shall be sent through State Finger Print Bureau, Patna with three copies of despatch
cheques separately. These Finger Print slips shall be tested in State Bureau. Patna and if these are found
suitable for record they shall be forwarded to concerned bureaus. Those Finger Print slips which shall
not be found suitable shall be returned to Court officer concerned with P.M. Form No. ‘)1 for
rectification of defects.
(d) After rectification of defects of Finger Print slips returned according to para (c) above. the
Court officer shall again send the finger prints with three copies of dispatch cheques according to
procedure given above.
(e) After record in other State Bureaux, the list of F. P. classification shall be received in State
Bureau, patna with two copies of dispatch cheques. One copy shall he kept in State office and the other
copy shall be sent to Court officer concerned for necessary action.
342. Slips of convicts identified or unidentified to be, distinguished.—(a) Every slip sent for
record in the F. P. bureau after conviction shall be endorsed on the reverse side ‘identified‘ or
‘unidentified’, as the case may be [sec Rule 441). In the case of reconvicted persons whose finger prints
are known or believed to be already on record. the slip will be endorsed in a similar manner with the
word ‘reconvicted' in order that they may attract special notice in the F.P. bureau and thus provide
against two slips of the same person being kept on record.
뼀‫ض‬
(b) Slips of traced convicts.—A prisoner who has been traced by the bureau, but whose
residence has not been ascertained, shall be shown in the Finger Print slip sent to the bureau for record
as Traced/Unidentified (see Rule 441 ).
(c) Slips of females. —The F.P. slips of females, whether sent for search or for record, shall bear
the word “female” in red ink on the side of the slip which contains the impressions. '
(d) Slips of railway thieves and wandering criminals. —F.P. slips of railway thieves find
wandering criminals shall hear the words “Railway thief” or “Wandering criminal”, as the case may be.
343. Action in cases of escaped convicts and proclaimed offenders.—(a) When a prisoner
escapes from police or jail custody and his finger prints have been taken previous to his escape, the
“Finger Print slip, whether tested or not, shall be sent at once to the Finger Print Bureau with a red slip
attached, so that, should the prisoner be arrested in some district where he is not known, his identity
may be established. When the slip has already been forwarded, it will be necessary to inform all bureaux
to which copies of the slip have been sent of the escape, in order that the slip may be placed at once in
the record arranged for search.
(b) In cases not covered by clause (a), when a person is declared a proclaimed offender, the
Court officer shall ascertain, by consulting the conviction register, whether his finger print slip is already
on record in respect of a previous conviction and, if so, shall immediately send intimation of the
proclamation to all bureaux concerned.
183

344. Preparation of P.R. slips.—(a) When the F.P. slip of P.R. prisoner has been taken, the Court
officer shall note the words ‘F. P. taken’ on the P.R. slip in the jail register, and the counterfoil of the P.
R. slip.
(b) The Court officer shall make over the P.R. slip to the jailor and obtain his signature in column
6, Part I of the jail parade report form.
(c) In the case of female prisoners made P. R. the Finger Print slips shall be prepared in the
presence of a matron (where one exists), or of a female convict. The police officer deputed to take finger
impressions of female prisoners shall be accompanied by an assistant jailor or a head warder when
going into the female ward.
345. Finger impression when to be taken.—(a) Finger impression of P. R. prisoners shall be

taken before they are transferred from the jail of the district of conviction. Superintendents of jails shall
forward, with their requisitions, a list of prisoners selected for transfer. The jail admission numbers shall
be noted on the lists. Superintendents of Police shall, on receipt of such lists, depute an officer to see
that finger impressions of all the P. R. prisoners named in the list have been taken, and that there has
bean no omission to make a prisoner P.R.
⑰‫ط‬
(b) The P. K. slips of a prisoner whose finger prints have not been taken before his transfer shall
be sent along with a despatch cheque in P. M. Form No. 71, to the Superintendent of the district to
which he is transferred. The Superintendent of this district shall have the prisoner’s finger impressions
taken and shall communicate the fact to the Superintendent from whom the P. R. slip has been
received.
346. Jail authorities to check P.R. system.—On the admission of a P. R. prisoner by transfer, the
jail authorities shall note in the jail admission register the fact that he has been made P. R., and shall
transcribe the entries “F. P. taken” and "tested" from the P.R. slip.
347. Reports of deaths in jail.—(a) If a P.R. prisoner dies in fail the Superintendent. if the
deceased was convicted in his district, shall forward a death report in P.M. Form No. 72 to the State F. P.
Bureau. Should such prisoner die in jail after transfer the Superintendent of the district in which the jail
is situated shall forward the death report to the Superintendent of the district in which the deceased
was convicted, who shall forward it to the State Bureau.
184

(b) Reports of death in a reformatory.—The death of inmates of a Reformatory school shall be
reported by the school authorities to the Superintendent of the district in which the deceased was
convicted. The Superintendent shall pass on the information in P. M. Form No. 72 to the State F. P.
Bureau.
348. Information of convicts made P. R. to be sent to Police Station.—The Superintendent shall

invariably send information to the Police-Station Officer of all convicted persons resident in such police-
station who have been made P. R. by sending to him the copy of P. R. slip meant for Superintendent's
office. The Station-in-charge shall enter the words “F. P. taken“ in red ink against their names in his
crime directory and registers concerned and return the slip to Super-intendent’s office for record.
349. Jail of release of P. R. T. and P. R. T. 356 prisoners.—(a) P. R. slips of P. R. T. prisoners shall

show the jail from which they are to be released.
(b) Members of wandering gangs shall be released from the jail of the district in which they are
sent up for trial. A convict who has no regular residence shall be released from the jail of the district in
which he was last convicted.
(c) A prisoner classed as P. R. T. 356 shall be released from the jail of the district in which he has
declared his intention to reside unless the Superintendent of the Jail in which he is confined considers it
impracticable to effect his transfer to the jail concerned prior to his release, in which case he shall be
released from the jail in which he is confined. 䌠‫ط‬
(d) Persons originally residents of foreign districts or States who, for any reason, have become
permanently domiciled in any part of Bihar shall be transferred for release to the jail of the district of
domicile. and not to that of the district of original residence.
(e) Certain Sonars of Muzaffarpur to be made PR.—Such Sonars of Muzaffarpur, who are
professional criminals, are under Rule 332, invariably to be made P. R. and they are to be released from
the jail nearest their homes. The words “Sitamarhi Jail” shall he written on their P. R. slips and release
notices (in duplicate P. R. slips) shall be sent to the Superintendent of Police, Sitamarhi. After release
from Sitamarhi Jail, the Superintendent of Police, Sitamarhi shall arrange to keep watch on their
movements and also send report to Criminal Investigation Department in this connection.
(f) Those criminals who are residents of other States and who are convicted from the Courts of
the State of Bihar shall ordinarily be kept in that jail of their State where their residence ordinarily exists
and they shall be released from there.
Nepali criminals should be kept in the jail in the State nearest to their State and they should be
released from there (see Appendix 16). .
185

350. Jail parade.—(a) A jail parade shall be held every Sunday morning at all central and district
jails. It shall be conducted by the Court officer and such other officers as the Superintendent of Police
may consider necessary to detail for the purpose.
(b) The primary object of the parade is to exercise a check upon the working of the P. R. and F. P.
system. It also affords an opportunity for the identification of criminals by the Police.
(c) The jail parade report shall be prepared by any Court officer or by a subordinate officer, on
Saturday afternoon, in P. M. Form No. 73, in accordance with the instruction printed on it. He shall enter
the names of all persona falling within Rule 330. He shall have access to jail registers and records with
the permission of the jail authorities, and shall collect together the warrants. High Court forms, and P. R.
slips of the prisoner whose names have been entered in the report.
(d) The officers detailed for the parade shall be present at the jail at 7-30 A.M. and the parade
shall be held at 8 A.M.
(e) Females shall not be paraded, but shall be

Ԁ‫ ط‬entered in the report.
(f) The Court officer shall refer to the jail admission register, the release diary, the warrants, etc.
and satisfy himself that the report drawn up on the previous day is correct and complete. He shall check
the entries relating to the P. B. and F. P. work in the jail admission register and history ticket with those
on the back of the P. R. slip, and shall supply any omission which he may discover in the admission
register and the history ticket; but no alteration shall be made in the P. B. slip without enquiry. When
the prisoners have assembled, be shall scrutinize the case of each individual and fill in column 7 of the
jail parade report. In the case of prisoners admitted by transfer, he shall see if there has been any
omission to make a prisoner P. E. or to take his finger print. If no P. E. slip has been received for a
prisoner who ought to be made P. E., the matter shall be referred to the Superintendent for
consideration. If the P. E. slip of a prisoner does not show both the endorsement “F. P. taken and
tested”, and no finger print slip has been received for test, or if the P. R. slip bears only the
endorsement “F. P. taken“, a reference shall be made to the district concerned.
(g) Prisoners about to be released, who remain unidentified shall be further questioned about
their identity and the word “unidentified” shall be entered in red ink against their names in the jail
parade report.
186

(h) The jail parade report shall be placed before Superintendent on Monday next and he shall
give proper orders. The Superintendent of Police shall satisfy himself that previous orders have been
complied with. The Superintendent shall give orders to officers of other posts whom the Superintendent
considers proper to join jail parade on every Sunday.
(i) If S. P. does not order to treat a convict as P. R. his F. Ps. taken immediately after conviction.
should be destroyed.
351. Interview with prisoner in Jail.—(a) When the Superintendent decides that an interview
with a criminal confined in a jail is necessary. as detailed in Rule 195, he shall obtain the District
Magistrate’s permission, either for himself or for some other officer, not below the rank of Inspector, in
conspiracy gang or other important, cases, or of Sub-Inspector in ordinary cases, to interview the
prisoner.
(b) No police officer shall be permitted to interrogate any prisoner in confinement in jail without
the special permission of the Magistrate of the district except as provided in clause (c). The permission
shall be given in the form of written order addressed to the Superintendent of the jail or jailor. The,
interview: shall take place in the presence of the jailor
⓰‫ ط‬or other responsible officer of the jail, who shall
remain at a sufficient distance to prevent hip overhearing the conversation.
(c) An officer not below the rank of a Sub-Inspector with credentials from the Deputy Inspector-
General of Police, Criminal Investigation Department, may be admitted into the Buxar Central Jail even
without the order of Magistrate.
352. P. R. slips as release notices.—(a) On the first and third Saturday of every month the Court,
officer shall obtain from the jail, the P. E. slips of P. R. prisoners who are to be released during the
following half month and of those who have died during the preceding half month and obtain the
signature of the Jailor in token of handling back of P. R. slips to him in column 6. The Court Officer shall
get noted P. R. slip No. and district No. in Part IV bottom. P. R. slips shall be treated as release notices
(see Rule 362).
(b) P. R. slips of prisoners which for any reason have been omitted from the fortnight batch and
whose release falls due within the next fortnight shall be sent by the jail authorities to the
Superintendent of Police without delay (see Jail Manual Rule 578).
187

(c) P.R. slips of other districts shall be forwarded to the Superintendents of the districts
concerned. Those relating to the district shall be issued to police-stations copies of those, of P.R. railway
criminals being forwarded to the Superintendent, Railway Police, concerned for information. The
number and date of dispatch of the P. R. slip shall be noted in column 6, Part 4 of the Jail Parade Report.
(d) The Station-in-charge shall return the P.R. slip to the Superintendent after dealing with it in
the manner laid down in Rule 362. It shall be returned to the Court officer after making entries in
counterfoil and other record concerned in the district crime bureau.
(e) The P.R. slip shall then be pasted with its corresponding foil in the P.K. slip book, after the
name of the identifying warder has been noted in the Court conviction register.
353. Release of juvenile convicts.—All juvenile convicts, shall on release be escorted to their
homes by the Police in case of no arrangements having been, made by the jail authorities,
Superintendents of jails, other than Monghyr shall send notice of the release of such prisoners to the
Superintendent of Police before hand.
354. P.R, slips from other districts.—(a) On receipt by the Superintendent of the P. R. slip of a
resident of his district, convicted elsewhere [Rule 352(c)], he shall send it. to the police-station
concerned for action as laid down in Rule 362 and shall ascertain from the Court officer whether an
extract from the conviction register has been received and if so, he shall satisfy himself that action has
been taken as prescribed by Rule 317(h).
(b) If no extract of the conviction register has been received he shall, after ascertaining from the
police-station in which the convict’s home is situated䐐‫ط‬
whether the Crime directory slip (see Rule 360) or
other information of conviction has been supplied by the district in which he was convicted,
communicate with the Superintendent of the district of conviction, and request him to supply the
extract of the conviction register and, if necessary, the Crime directory slip.
188
..

CHAPTER 14
SURVEILLANCE AND THE PREVENTION OF CRIME
CRIME DIRECTORY
355. Description of crime directory.—(a) The Crime directory, which shall be kept at Police-Station, shall
consist of three parts :—
Part I.— A file of dossiers of individual criminals and suspects in P.M. Form No. 74.
Part II.— A record of crime and criminals according to P.M. Form No. 75.
Part III.— General notes on crime, land disputes, festivals, fairs etc. in P.M. Form No. 75 C.
(b) The crime directory is intended to be a permanent record of crime and criminals. It is not a
surveillance register and no person shall be subjected to surveillance merely because his name is
entered in it. These shall be kept in Police-Stations but in case of dossier holders concerning more than
one p.s. a copy shall be kept in D.C.B. also. It is strictly confidential, coming under the class of documents
mentioned in Rule 374, and shall not be allowed out of the police-station or exhibited in Court without
due authority (see Appendix 73). It is open to inspection by magisterial and police authorities but no
outsider may see it or obtain copies of its contents.
PART 1
Ԁ‫ط‬
356 For whom dossiers are to be written.—(a) The dossier in P.M. Form No. 74 is a record of criminal’s
career, containing all the information available regarding his criminal activities, his associates, relations,
habits, haunts and modus operandi. It shall be written up for every person convicted of professional
crimes such as dacoity or preparation to commit dacoity, robbery, cheating, coining and for forgery of
notes and stamps and thefts by poisoning. A dossier shall also be opened for professional burglars and
thieves (in this persons who help in commission of theft and receivers of stolen property are included),
for all persons concerned an offences falling under Chapters 12 and 17, I.P.C., for persons bound down
under Sections 109 and 110, Cr.P.C. and for persons who are members of gangs of professional
criminals.
it shall also be opened at the discretion of the Superintendent after carefully examining records and
reports regarding his criminal propensities and on his written order for a person suspected even if not
convicted of the commission of any of the offences and also for persons convicted of other forms of
crime for instance. Panha takers, child lifters, kidnappers of minor girls for immoral traffic, professional
gamblers, professional and renowned smugglers of Cocaine or other similar articles, etc., cutters of
copper wires and persona convicted of keeping firearms without license. Such orders shall be passed, as
far as possible on the final memorandum of the case (Rule 316). Generally the dossiers shall be kept of
prominent criminals of above crimes on the orders of Superintendent of Police hut whenever the modus
operandi of a criminal exceeds the jurisdiction of two Police-Stations, his dossier must be kept.
189

(b) Arrangement of dossiers.—These shall be kept in guard files and shall be arranged according
to modus operandi and given serial numbers under each major classification [see sub-rule (e)].
(c) Removal of dossiers.—lf a criminal dies his dossier shall be removed. If he changes his
residence, it shall be sent to the Police-Station concerned. If lie becomes harmless it (dossier) may be
removed to a separate collection kept for such persons, When a dossier is removed. a removal slip
showing where it has been placed, or the police-station to which it is sent and the number and date of
the letter with which it was sent, shall be placed in the file. Similar action will be taken in D.C.B. for
dossiers whose copies are kept there.
(d) Writing of dossiers.—Dossiers shall be prepared by the officer-in-charge of the station

immediately on receipt of orders of the Superintendent on the final memorandum and a copy of this
shall be sent to District Crime Bureau for record in case the person is concerned in cases of more than
one P. S. Great care shall be exercised in making the entries, which shall be concised and shall contain
no superfluous matter.
(e) Index. —An alphabetical index of dossiers shall be kept on the inside of the guard file which
binds them together, or, where more than one guard file is necessary in a separate folder. The serial
number prescribed by clause (b) shall be noted against each entry in the index. A separate index shall be
kept M.O. wise as a permanent record in P.M. Form No. 75-F. This will facilitate in giving serial numbers
to new dossiers also.
╠‫ط‬
(f) For opening and proper maintenance of the dossier the following procedure will be
adopted:——
(1) Every officer incharge of police-station will submit quarterly return which will contain as
to bow many final memos have not been received and on the basis of those which have
been obtained, whether the entries have been made in crime directory, C .D. slips have
been issued, dossiers have been opened and necessary entries have also been made in
the relevant registers. On the receipt of this return the Superintendent shall compare it
with the Crime Index of his office and will see whether it is correct and will also take
action to make available the final memos as early as possible.
(2) The Station-in-charge will submit quarterly return of the persons under surveillance to Circle
Inspector and S.D.P.O. so that no unauthorized change is made in their surveillance period. This return
will be in the following proforma :—
190

Total number of Number Monthly Quarterly Half- Yearly Present………….
dossiers according Yearly
Available. Untraced……….
To Index.
Jail………………..
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
PART ll
357. How record of Crime is to be kept in P.S.—(a) One register shall be kept in P.M. Form No.
75. All cases enumerated in Appendix 17 shall be entered in this register. Two subsidiary registers are
Alphabetic cal lndex and M.O. Index in P.M. Forms 76 and 76-A respectively. Detailed instructions for
making entry are given in those forms which shall be ‫ط‬carefully followed. Special attention is drawn to the
䔀
instructions regarding differentiations of foreign crime.
(b) When entries are to be made in the Directory.—Only true cases are to find entry in the
directory. Therefore, entries should begin as soon as F.F. is submitted. Entries in other columns are to-
be made on receipt of F.M.
(c) Entries under several sub-classes in M.O. index. —The entry shall be made under main heads
of crime but all the sub-classifications are to be noted in column 4 from the list maintained in Appendix
17.
(d) Numbering of pages and volumes of Cr. Dir. II. —Each Vol. of Cr. Dir. Part II shall be given a
volume number on the top with the dates of commencement and finish. The page number and serial
entry number shall be according to each volume.
(e) No new sub-classes shall be opened without the order of the Inspector-General.
(f) Need for maintaining a note-book.—Every investigating police officer should maintain a note-
book for ready reference in a distant scene of occurrence where other crime records of the police-
station cannot be easily available. The information can be collected and noted tinder the items of the
sample form in P.M. Form No. 75-B which must be handed over from predecessor to successor so that
the continuity will be maintained.
191

358. Persons to be entered.—The names of such persons shall be entered in C.D. II who are
convicted, acquitted, discharged or are absconding in cases enumerated in Appendix 17. Persons
reasonably suspected in cases sent up in final report form may also be entered. on the written‘ order of
the Superintendent. The letters C, D, A and S shall be entered against the names on receipt of the final
memorandum. If any order of the Court is changed on appeal, these entries shall also be corrected.
359. Real name and residence important.—(a) Care shall be taken to ascertain the real names
and residences of all convicts. If any doubt exists as to whether a convict has previously borne another
name or resided else where, full enquiry shall hp. Made regarding his antecedents and all information
on the point shall be recorded.
(b) First offenders.-- First offenders dealt with by Courts under Section 360, Cr. P.C. shall be
treated as convicted.
(c) Convictions under Section 511, I.P.C.—Conviction under Section 511., I.P.C., in respect of any
of the offences mentioned in Appendix 17 shall also be entered in the directory.
360. Crime directory slip.—When a person concerned in an occurrence resides within the
jurisdiction of another police-station, an extract from the crime directory shall he compiled (in P.M.
Form No. 77) and sent to the officer in-charge of the concerned police-station who shall copy it into his
directory in red ink in a separate serial go as to distinguish it from the entries relating to the cases of the
Police-Station which shall he entered consecutively in blue/black ink. The Officer in-charge of the Police
Station who receives the Crime directory slip shall뼀make‫ ض‬the necessary cross references in his Index and
return the slip to the Police-Station from where it was received. On receipt at the original police-station,
the corresponding entries will be made in the Crime directory, Part Il and in its indices at the P.S. by the
Police officer. The Crime Directory slip shall then be filed in a separate folder which will he specially
checked up by the Inspecting Officer. The entries based on the Crime directory slips received from
another Police- Station shall be recorded in the crime directory by the thana-incharge and the Circle
Inspector in the same manner as it is done for the cases reported at that P.S.
361. Annual, enquiries.—Every Station in-charge shall make annual enquiries from the village
police as to the whereabouts of all convicts and suspects resident in his jurisdiction. Any correction
regarding change in the residence of the criminal shall be recorded by the officer in proper way and he
shall initial the entry with date. If it comes to his knowledge that any criminal has gone to another
police-station, a crime directory slip shall be dispatched to the police-station concerned, if necessary. In
such circumstance, the procedure given in Rule 360 above shall be followed.
The result of annual enquiries shall be noted in the page for annual remarks in alphabetical
Index to crime directory. In case of death, etc., as given fin Rule 364 entries shall be made also in that
index. In case of death, of any person whose name finds entry in M.O. index an entry shall be made in
M.O. index also.
192

A copy of annual enquires should be sent every year by the end of July to the district Crime
Bureau through Inspector and S.D.P.0. who will assure that effective enquiries have been made.
Enquiries in this connection shall begin in the beginning of the same month in all police-stations.
362. P.R. slips as release notices.—(a) On receipt from Jail of the P.R. slip (see Rule 352) of a
convict, the station incharge shall note the necessary particulars in column 7 of his crime directory Part II
ascertain whether the released convict has returned to, and intends to reside in, his Town/Village or not
and in case he does not return he shall report the fact to the Superintendent and endeavour to ascertain
where he is residing. When the date of release has been entered in column 7 and the words ‘F. P. taken‘
noted in the crimp directory the crime directory slip shall be returned to the Superintendent’s office
with a report of the fact and the number of the entry in the register endorsed on it (see Rule 354).
(b) In order that informations in respect of criminals. whose History sheets are kept in Criminal
Intelligence Bureau of the State. may be available in time, the following instructions shall be
applicable:—
(1) The Superintendent shall send to bureau, details of date of release from jail and the
likely choice of residence. If untraced, indications of all probable whereabouts shall also
be given. It will be meaningless to send for publication in the Intelligence Gazette details
of “Untraced” persons because their particulars will be available there from before.
◠‫ط‬
(2) If after release, any one is convicted or is suspected in some other case, then particulars
of these facts and modus operandi together with the names of new associates are
necessary to be mentioned.
(3) In every correspondence. the number given by Criminal Intelligence Bureau shall also be
quoted.
363. Criminal Intelligence Bureau History Sheets.—(a) History sheets in P.M. Form No. 142 will
be kept permanently in the Criminal Intelligence Bureau in respect of professional criminals whose, area
of operation extends to two or more districts. History sheets shall also be kept in respect of such
criminals, who commit crimes within one district but who are concerned in serious case of (i) poisoning
with the object of theft; or robbery. (ii) Note and stump forgery. (iii) professional swindling, and (iv)
Coining etc. Detailed instructions in this connection will be found in “classification of records in the
C.T.B., Bihar and Orissa“. These will be arranged in separate volumes under the following main heads
and allotted serial numbers:—
193

Volume I— Misc. informations about crimes and Criminals.
Volume II—Dacoits, Robbers.
Volume III—Burglars and Theives.
Volume lV—Criminal gangs.
Volume V—Poisoners.
Volume VI—Swindlers.
Volume VII--Coiners and utterers.
Volume VIII—Note forgers and utterers.
Volume IX—Absconders and persons wanted in undetected cases.
(b) These history sheets will be originally prepared in the police-stations concerned so that all
the informations from there may be included in them. There will be, checked in the District Crime
Bureau. After these history sheets have been given serial numbers in C .T.B. these shall be kept on
record in police-station and District Crime Bureau also as noted in Rule 1012. Every enquiry note sheet
䔀‫ط‬
relating to such history sheets in P.M. Form No. 142 shall be available from the police-station concerned
and after noting them in the District Crime Bureau in the office of Superintendent of Police, these should
be promptly relayed to the Criminal intelligence Bureau so that the record there can be made up to
date.
364. Removal of names from directory.—(a) Names of deceased persons and of convicts and
suspects, who have attained the age of 65 years and have not been convicted or suspected during the
preceding 10 years, shall be reported to the Superintendent at the time of his inspection and he may
order their names to be removed from the directory (see Rule 361).
At the close of the year station in charge shall submit list of such convicts above whose names
have been removed during the year to the Sub-Divisional Court officer. The Sub-Divisional Court officer,
after making an entry to that effect in the index of the conviction register, Shall forward the list to the
Headquarters Court officer, who, after making similar corrections in his index and conviction register,
shall forward the list to the Superintendent, who shall satisfy himself that the conviction register and the
indices have been corrected (P.M. Form No. 72).
(b) A list of the eliminated persons for whom; C.I.B. history sheets exist shall be forwarded to
the C.I. Bureau by the Superintendent of Police (Rule 421).
194

365. Alphabetical find M.0. indices.—An alphabetical index in P. M. Form No. 76 shall be kept of
persons whose names are entered in CD. Part IT as accused. Those who are convicted, it shall be written
in red ink against their names. The procedure for making entry in this index is given in Appendix 15. The
index based on modus operandi shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 76-A. The classification of M.O. in this
register shall be done according to Appendix 17.
PART III
366. Crime directory. Part III—(a) This register shall be kept in two parts in P.M. Form No. 75 C.
Part (a) will contain the types of crimes prevalent in the area and the notes recorded under each head of
crime by the Officer incharge of the police- station.
These entries will be made from time to time so that the officer incharge can refer to these
notes for investigation of Crime. The Superintendent of Police may direct the officer-incharge to make
entries under any specific sub-bead according to the prevalent crime situation in the area.
(b) The Second Part (b) shall contain notes about serious and important disputes which are
prevalent m the police-station area. Separate portions
‫ װط‬will be allotted to each dispute. There should be
notes on important festivals, routes of procession and other important matters affecting any part of
police-station.
(c) These notes should be carefully and concisely recorded and the methods adopted to deal
with the situation should be given so that officers in future obtain important guidelines for their future
action.
(d) Where the investigating staff and the law and order staff have been separated the entries
relating to crime should be made by the investigating staff. In each case, the entries will be
countersigned by the Circle Inspector.
(e) The Sub-Divisional Police Officer, the Superintendent of Police and the senior officers will
make it a point to examine these entries in each part of crime directory to make sure that entries have
been made correctly.
195

366-A. How and when crime directory shall he referred.—(a) In a case registered against
unknown person in any of the heads mentioned in Appendix 17, the Station incharge or Investigating
Officer shall see the M.O. index of Crime Directory Part Il for names of such persona who are likely to
have committed this crime. it is also necessary to study the connected entries of Crime Directory Part III.
This reference shall be useful only when the spread of crime is studied after seeing crime map. All the
appropriate M.O. symbols which are noted against the names entered in M.O. index to Crime Directory
Part ll should be deciphered
(b) If names of accused persons are known. a reference of alphabetical index of Crime Directory
Part II and its concerned entries. Which are in Part ll, and of entries of Part III may be useful.
(c) When such persons are suspects. Whose area of operation extends to more than two police-
stations, the District Crime Bureau of the office of the Superintendent of Police can give indication
easily. The indication shall be available either when station in charge writes to District Crime Bureau for
indication or when a general report is received in the offfice of Superintendent of Police from a station.
In this way, whenever the area of operation of a criminal extends to two or more districts and his
participation in crime is likely, the C.I.B. (C.I.D) shall be easily able to give an indication on receipt of a
special report from Superintendent of Police or a general report in connection with the crime.
SURVEILLANCE
♐‫ط‬
367. (a) The various methods of exercising surveillance are detailed in the subsequent Rules of
this chapter :-—
(1) Open surveillance; and
(2) Secret picketing.
(b) No person shall be subjected to open surveillance who has not been convicted and, on
conviction, specifically ordered by the Superintendent to be planed on the list of surveilles, except
as provided by Rule 370(b).
(c) Picketing as detailed in Rule 377 may be carried out in the case of any convict or suspect.
368. Object of surveillance.—(a) Ordinarily, criminals may be roughly divided into two classes-
(1) Those regarding whom only the annual enquiry prescribed by Rule 361 is
considered sufficient.
(2) Those whom it is necessary to watch more closely.
196

(b) The object of surveillance, is to keep in close and constant touch with criminals in order to
ascertain whether they are continuing their life of crime or mating an effort to earn an honest
livelihood. Open surveillance shall not be resorted to in such a way as to harass or annoy a criminal.
Open surveillance shall not he permitted over ex-convicts who have obtained employment and may be
earning an honest livelihood.
369. Selection of criminals for surveillance.—(a) The Circle Inspector shall make a definite
recommendation when forwarding Final report or brief whether the persons concerned should be
placed under surveillance or not.
(b) For every person placed under surveillance a dossier shall be opened.
370. Persons to be placed under surveillance.—(a) Persons convicted of dacoity, house-

breaking, mail robbery. Professional dragging. counterfeiting or bad livelihood, persons who are known
or suspected to have been concerned in any of the above offences or who are known or believed to be
habitual cattle lifters. burglars, opium and cocaine smugglers, gamblers or abettors of theft or who
belong to any criminal gang, Shall ordinarily be placed under surveillance.
(b) Persons never convicted. but suspected on good grounds of living a life of crime, shall be
placed under surveillance by the order of the District Magistrate or the Additional District Magistrate, on
proceedings drawn up in Police Manual Form No. 96, either by the District Magistrate. by the Additional
District Magistrate, by a Sub divisional Magistrate.Ԁ‫ط‬ by the Superintendent or by the Additional
Superintendent of Police, showing in full detail the grounds on which surveillance is deemed necessary.
Proceedings drawn up under this Rule shall be treated as confidential and shall be attached to the
suspects‘ dossier.
(c) Juvenile offenders. —Juvenile offenders sent to a reformatory school shall not be placed
under surveillance, except when a boy has shown himself to be incorrigibly depraved and malicious and
not amenable to law and order and the District Magistrate orders him to be so entered on the report of
the school authorities.
Superintendents of Police shall send information to the Superintendent of the Reformatory

School, Hazaribagh, as soon as an ex-reformatory boy is placed under surveillance or hound down under
Section 109 or 110, Cr.P.C.
371. (a) Enquiry note sheet:.—The Officer incharge of police-station shall make periodical
reports in P.M. Form No. 78 regarding the activities of each surveille. In case of dossiers kept in D-C.B.
also. a copy of this sheet in P.M. Form No. 78-A shall be sent there for placing it with the dossier
concerned. These enquiries may be as frequent as once a month, but not less than once in three
months. The Superintendent may reduce this period to once in six months.
197

(b) Periodical Enquiries. —These enquiries shall be made from respectable inhabitants of the
village of the bad character and of neighbouring villages, as well as from chaukidars and dafadars. The
object of these enquiries shall be mainly to ascertain whether the surveille is believed to be committing
crime or earning an honest livelihood, the amount of his earnings, the number of members of his family
he has to support, and whether his find their earnings are likely to meet their necessary expenses,
whether he works regularly or irregularly, whether he absents himself periodically particularly during
dark nights, and the character of his associates. Circle Inspectors shall test a certain number of these
enquiries and note the fact in column 2 of the Police Manual Form No. 8 (monthly summary of works).
(c) In addition to these periodical enquiries, the results of enquiries made either locally or by
enquiry slip (Rule 378) and other important informations gathered from time to time shall also be
recorded on the note-sheets, e.g., information obtained as the result of picketing operations (Rule 377),
visits paid by bad characters to the surveille, visits by the surveille to places of bad characters, his
connection with criminal or civil cases, as bringing a false case, being concerned in a land dispute.
(d) The enquiry note-sheets shall be preserved for seven years.
372. (a) List of surveilles.—A list of all persons under surveillance (Rule 370) shall be maintained
and shall be backed with card board and hung on the office wall. A fresh list signed by both the officer
incharge and Circle Inspector shall be made out at the commencement of each year. The final orders of
the Superintendent of Police regarding surveillance on F.M. shall not be filed until the surveille’s name
has been entered in this list The old list shall be kept at least for five years and destroyed only under the
written orders of Superintendent. 뼀‫ض‬
(b) Pickering Chart.—This chart in P.M. Form No. 79 shall he maintained for each surveille who
has been selected for special watch. Special care should be taken for selecting such bad characters for
keeping under surveillance. Every person selected for picketing shall have a separate chart which shall
be tiled with his dossier (P.M. Form No. 74).
373. Removal from surveillance—The Superintendent of Police may direct the removal of a
name from the list of surveilles (see Rule 369). Dossiers of such surveilles shall be kept in a separate
folder for future reference. These must in no account be destroyed.
374. Confidential nature of surveillance records.— All papers connected with the surveillance
work are kept under Sections 12 and 45 of Act V of 1801 and fall within the category of unpublished
official records relating to affairs of State. They arc, therefore, privileged documents and under Section
123, Indian Evidence Act, no one can be permitted to give any evidence derived from them except with
the permission of the appointed authority (see Appendix 73) and no judicial officer can compel the
police for their production in Court (Section 165, Indian Evidence Act).
198

375. Knowledge of constables and other police officers about surveilles.—For the sake of
proper surveillance, it is necessary to follow the procedure noted below :—
(a) That night surveillance is exercised over criminals who commit crime by night and whenever
such a criminal shall be found absent at night, it shall be noted in surveillance note-sheet
and in the station diary. The name of police officer or Chaukidar or Dafadar who shall give
information about this fact, shall also be noted. The information about absence given by
Chaukidars shall be tested locally.
(b) Every Sub-Inspector, Assistant S.l., Havildar, Constable Dafadar and Chaukidar is required to
recognise by sight all professional criminals and also those criminals of bordering police-
stations whose movements are likely in their jurisdiction.
(c) The Station incharge shall make a sustained effort and teach his subordinates that they
should recognize the criminals and their close relatives, friends and the modus operandi
and keep information of their places of resorts. For this purpose, he shall send his
subordinates to the residence of criminals and get those recognized who are at police-
station.
(d) Whenever any constable is posted at a ‫ط‬station on transfer, the station incharge shall detail
him for recognition of criminals quickly.
(e) Every Station incharge must send to one or two bordering police-stations one or two
constables once every month to recognize bad characters.
(f) Selected Dafadars and Chaukidars shall also be sent to bordering Stations for recognition of
bad characters.
When constable and Chaukidar return after this work his knowledge shall be tested and it shall
be noted on his command certificate. .
(g) Every station-incharge shall keep a record in the following proforma. In this record, the
names of those bad characters of bordering P.Ss. shall be noted who visit the P.S. for
committing crime or about whom there is a possibility of their committing crime :—
199

Constables. Date of Joining Dates of seeing the bad characters
Police Station. Name-- Name-- Name--
C/1107 sheo
Nandan Pandey. 25th December 5th jan. 1950 12th Feb. 1950 5th Jan. 1950
1949
C/56 Abdul Karim. 15th Feb., 1950 20th Feb .1950 19th March 1950
376. Deleted.
377. Methods of surveillance.—The following methods may be adopted in exercising

surveillance over criminals:-—-
(a) Pickering system. -Under this system two or more police men, Dafadars or Chaukidars
are deputed to watch the house or the approaches to the house of a surveille. If a place
of concealment is available from which the house can be kept in view two men are
sufficient; if no such place of concealment is available and there is more than one
approach to the house, three or four men will be required, if numerous or dangerous
Ԁ‫ط‬
criminals are likely to be encountered, it is us well to have a picket watching at two
places, two at each. If the picket consists of two men, each will watch in tum while the
other sleeps; if it consists of three men posted at two places, two will watch while the
third sleeps and so on.
(b) Pickets should take position usually about midnight within view of the house to be
watched, if a suitable place of concealment can be found, otherwise in some favorable
position, such as the exit or exits of the road or roads leading to the house, or at cross-
roads. Pickets should, as far as possible, take position without attracting the attention of
the local inhabitants and they should on no account disturb the surveille or his family
during the night. Secrecy is absolutely essential.
(c) If the surveille is not caught returning to his house, or has not been seen leaving it
during the night, the picket should ascertain at dawn whether he is present. Should he
be found absent, the officer incharge of the picket shall send word to the officer
incharge of the police-station and shall arrange to maintain the watch until the surveille
returns or until he receives orders to desist. Should the bad character leave his house
during the night he should be followed secretly to his destination.
200

(d) The picketing system can be applied equally well to prevent and detect crime in areas where
burglary or dacoity is rife. If it is known from which direction the criminals approach a sufficient
number of pickets may be posted to command the approaches from that direction. If it is not
known from which direction they will come, pickets should be placed round the area under
watch.
Valuable deductions can be made from the picketing of areas in which crime is rife and it is not
known whether local or foreign criminals are responsible. If crime continues in an area while it is
under strict and continued picketing, it may be inferred that persons living within the area are
responsible; if the crime ceases during that period it is probable that outsiders were concerned.
(e) In all picketing it is important that the person or place should be picketed for several days at a
time and over a sufficient period to determine whether the surveille is active or not. Picketing
on odd days is not likely to give much result as the chances that the criminal is at work on any
one particular night are small. Picketing shall ordinarily be undertaken only during the dark half
of the month.
(f) Pickets may consist of police officers and Dafadar/Chaukidar or a combination of both.
Ordinarily, police officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector should not
participate in the actual picketing but should supervise.
377-A. (a) House visits of parsons under surveillance. “House visits may be made by day and by
night, to persons under surveillance as laid down, in Rule 367(b), to ascertain whether such persons are
present or absent.
瘀‫ط‬
A second or third visit to an active bad character on the same night, is valuable. Except in
extraordinary circumstances, this work should not be entrusted to Chaukidar or Dafadar only.
Simultaneous house visits should be made in more than one police-station to ascertain whether
surveilles belonging to the same organisation are all present.
Thana and Circle Officers should make local inspections of these house visits and make a note of
the fact in their personal diaries.
(b) The block system. —ln towns and large areas where criminals are active the block system
may be applied with advantage.
The Police will be posted al all exits from, and all important centers in, the area to be blocked, at
a pre-arranged hour, after dark.
Persons moving within this area or attempting to enter or leave it regarding whose conduct
there is any suspicion, should be questioned and, if necessary, detained pending further enquiries into
their movements. The success of the system depends on the secrecy with which the block is carried out.
The Police should render themselves as inconspicuous as possible and should take up positions from
whence they can observe without being. een.
201

(c) Group patrols. —The system of patrols in rural areas is given in detail in Appendix 8. The
arrangement of this type of patrol shall be appropriate according to that method.
(d) Town patrol-system in large villages. -ln large villages where there are adequate numbers of
Dafadars or Chaukidars and a Police-station is nearby the town patrol systemas laid in Appendix 8 may
be introduced.
(e) Border; road, gang and hat: patrols. —For control of border crime and crime on roads, for
the protection of persons attending hats and for surveillance over known gangs, patrols can be
arranged in accordance with the instructions for patrols shown in Appendix 8.
(f) Surveillance.—The dispatch and return of all officers on surveillance duty shall be noted in
the station diary and entries made in the surveillance sheet in P.M. Form No.79 [see Rules 372(6) and
76(l3)], and in the Enquiry note-sheet, where necessary [Rule371 (a)].
(g) An Inspector, Sub-Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector going out on surveillance

duty shall enter the fact in his personal diary [see Rules 41(7) and 87].
❀‫ط‬
(h) Advance programme of surveillance.—When circle inspectors consider it necessary they shall
direct thana officers to submit to them by the 25th of each monthan advance programme of
surveillance to be carried out during the following month. This programme should be compiled by the
oficer-in-charge of each police-station personally and submitted to the circle inspector (by name) as is
laid down for confidential papers. If there is a necessity to any modification due to subsequent events, a
report about this should be sent to the circle inspector quickly.
378. Enquiry sIips.—(a) When any information in respect of a surveille, absconder, suspect or
other person is required from another jurisdiction, or from another State, an “Enquiry Slip” shall be
issued in P.M. FOITYI No. 80. These enquiry slips shall be sent in English to the States where the State
language is not Hindi. Enquiry slips for the Calcutta Police shall be forwarded through the
Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Police Officer to the Deputy Commissioner of Police, Lal Bazar.
Calcutta. Each slip shall bear a date of issue. The receipt of an enquiry slip shall be entered in the Station
diary. The enquiry shall be undertaken with expedition and these shall be returned without delay.
202

(b) If it be found that an individual named in the enquiry slip has moved to the Jurisdiction of
some other police-station. the enquiry slip shall be forwarded to that station and intimation thereof
given to the officer by whom the slip was issued.
(c) In issuing an enquiry slip to ascertain the whereabouts of a surveille who has left home, the
station officer shall enquire the date of his arrival at his destination and shall enter in the enquiry note-
sheet, the date of arrival in proximity to the entry of date of departure. He shall adopt a similar
procedure, when the surveille, having left home and resided elsewhere for a period, returns home.
(d) The actual date of reported departure for or arrival at a place shall not be entered in enquiry
slips issued. Only the month shall be mentioned, the actual dates being recorded in the ofiice
counterfoils. The officer replying, however, shall give the actual dates, which shall be compared with the
ofiice counterfoils.
(e) If an undue interval of time has elapsed between arrival and departure, the Surveille shall be
required to explain it, and the result, especially if he fails to explain it satisfactorily, shall be entered in
the note to be sent to Police office.
(f) The officer communicating information by means of an enquiry slip shall invariably state the
person (the name and occupation) with whom the surveille has gone and the ostensible obiect of his
visit and the nature of crime to which the surveille is addicted.
Ԁ‫ط‬
(g) When enquiry slips are issued to other states, replies received shall be sent to the Deputy inspector-
General, C.l.D., for scrutiny and return in the case of—
(i) Criminals in respect of whom records are kept in Criminal Investigation Department, e.g.
coiners and poisoners.
(ii) Information regarding criminals or cases which is likely to be of use to the C.l.D. and concerns
cases which are controlled by that department.
379. Change of residence by surveilIe.—lf a person who is under surveillance, in one police-
station jurisdiction takes up residence for a sufficiently long time in the jurisdiction of another police-
station, the officer-in-charge of the original station shall send his dossier with enquiry note-sheets
quickly to the station incharge of his new place of residence. The station incharge shall give information
about this at the same time to the Superintendent of Police so that he may give proper orders to the
officer-incharge of new police-station regarding surveillance.
202
380. Surveillance of criminals belonging to gang.—(a) Surveillance should be by gangs. If a
member of a gang is found absent. an enquiry slip should he issued Immediately to all police-stations
within whose jurisdiction any of the members of the gang reside, stating the said absence and enquiry
whether any of the other members were absent at the same time. Similar steps are to be taken on the
occurrence of a crime in which a known gang is suspected. In cases of dacoity, there should be no delay
in issuing enquiry slips. These should be issued immediately after the first information has been
recorded and the fact noted in the station diary. giving the number and date of the slip and the officer
and the name of the police-station to which the slip has been issued. It will be the duty of the officer
receiving the slip to take action without delay, and to inform the officer who issued the slip of the result
of the enquiry. He will enter in his station diary the date and hour on which the slip is received and also
the date and hour on which it is returned. In the event of any of the members of the gang being found
absent, the fact and the number of the enquiry slip shall be noted in the enquiry note- sheet. All slips
shall be carefully filed, as evidence of absence of gangs of known criminals simultaneously with a
outbreak of crime is valuable evidence in bad livelihood cases. Assistance should be taken from Gram
Panchayats and Chaukidars in surveillance over angs and they should, be encouraged by liberal rewards
from the chaukidari fund so that the information of the absence of any member of a gang or of the visit
of any strangers to members of a gang is easily available (see Rule 86] ).
(b) All station officers, in whose jurisdiction the members of a gang reside, shall arrange with
each other to make periodical enquiries regarding the presence of the members of the gang
simultaneously.
뼀‫ض‬
381. (a) In connection with convicts against whom an order is passed under Section 356, Cr.P.C.
Government notification No. I35-RR dated the 17th April, 1934 and No. 958-P.R., dated the l6th June,
l934 may be seen giving following directions—
A convict shall, at least 14 days before the date fixed for his release, notify to the
Superintendent of the jail or any person authorized in this behalf by the
Superintendent in the form appended hereto, the place oil which he intends to reside
after his release. If after the ninth day following his release, a convict is residing in any
place other than that notified by him as above he shall immediately attend in person at
the police-station or post within the local limits of which he is residing and notify his
presence to the Officer- in-charge thereof. If after taking up his residence in any place
notified in accordance with any of these Rules a convict intends to change his residence,
he shall, if the place to which he intends to change his residence is situated within the
local limits of the police-station or police post within which he is at the time residing, at
least two, and, in any other case, at least seven days before he intends to leave the
notified place of residence attend
204

in person at such police-station or post and notify to the officer-incharge thereof the place to
which he intends to change his residence and the date on which be intends to leave the notified
place of residence. If a convict is residing in any place, (including his last notified place of
residence) other than that notified by him in accordance with above Rules as his intended place
of residence, he shall at once attend in person at the police-station or post within the local limits
of which he is for the time being residing and notify his place of residence to the officer-in-
charge thereof.
If a convict intends to absent himself temporarily for one or more nights from his notified place of
residence, he shall, if he does not intend to leave the local limits of the poiice-station or post
within which he is at the time residing, on the day immediately before the day of departure and
in any other case not later than the third day before his departure from his notified place of
residence, attend in person at such police-station or police post and notify before the officer-in-
charge thereof his intention to absent himself and the place or places to which he intends to
proceed and the probable dates of his arrival there at and departure therefrom respectively.
If a convict is for any reason unable to notify the place at which he intends to reside after his release,
he shall be deemed to reside within the limits of the police-station in which the jail from which
he is released is situated and from where he is released.
FORM OF DECLARATION REQUIRED BY SECTION 356,

CRIMINAL PROCEDURE CODE
JAIL................................... ..
‫ط‬
Dated...................................
I....................................................................... Son of.................................................do hereby declare

that after release from the Jail I shall,
Name of town or village and Address showing the road or Name of any person living at or
district. lane, police station or municipal near the address where the
ward. prisoner states that he intends
to live
205

reside at the above place and that within a period of. ......... .. years after my release whenever I shall
intend to change my residence or to remain absent from my residence I shall, in accordance with the
Rules framed by Government under Section 356, Cr.P.C., which have been explained to me, notify to the
officer-in-charge of the police-station or post within the, local limits of which l am at present residing.
Signature or left thumb impression. Counter signed.
Attested.
Jailor.
................................. .. Jail.
Superintendent of Jail
The .................. 20........
Ԁ‫ط‬
(b) The declaration noted above shall be taken down in writing and shall be read over to and be
signed (or L.T.l., taken) by the convict in the presence of the Superintendent of the J ail or any other
authorized person. The declaration of the convict as to his intended residence shall be sent by the
Superintendent of the jail, in duplicate to the Superintendent of Police within whose jurisdiction the
place of proposed residence lies. The facts enumerated in this Rule shall be clearly explained to the
convict before he leaves the prison; he shall be told for what period he is required to observe them and
a copy of them shall be given to him.
382. Working of the Rules made under Section 356, Cr.P.C.-—-(a) In giving effect to the above
Rules no unnecessary harassment of convicts shall be permitted. Any reasonable excuse for failure to
report residence, or any intended change of or absence from residence, or delay in reporting any
change of or absence from residence shall be accepted, and no prosecution under Section 176, l.P.C.,
shall be instituted without the orders of the Superintendent or of the District Magistrate. When any
breach of the Rules comes to the notice of an officer-in-charge of a police-station or another post and is
reasonably explained, full particulars shall be entered in the station diary. lf any such breach is not at
once reasonably explained, the station-in-charge shall make summary enquiry to ascertain the facts, and
submit report through the circle inspector to the Superintendent for orders. Note regarding the breach
of the Rules shall be recorded in the enquiry note-sheet book.
206

(b) One copy of the statement as to residence mentioned in Rule 381 shall be kept safely in the
office of the Superintendent of Police and the other in the police-station where the exconvict has to
notify his residence. If, however, he does not return to the proposed place of residence within a
reasonable time and his whereabouts are not known, the statement’ in duplicate received from the jail
shall be sent to the Superintendent of the district where he was previously convicted and there one
copy shall be kept in the Superintendent’s office and the other in the police-station from which he was
sent up.
383. Professional poisoners.—(a) The officer-in-charge of a police-station in whose jurisdiction

a convicted or suspected poisoner resides shall report immediately, by postcard in P.M. Form No. 83,
direct to the officers mentioned below, the absence of any poisoner from his home. If necessary, this
information should be sent by wireless also—
(l) to the Superintendent. Criminal Investigation Department;
(2) to all the Superintendents of Railway Police;
(3) to the Superintendent of Police of the district where the poisoner resides;
(4) to the officer-in-charge of the nearest railway police-station.
N.B.— The information to Rail Superintendents and to Superintendents of Criminal

뼀‫ض‬
investigation Departments of bordering States shall be sent through C.l.D. without
delay. The officer-in-charge, therefore, shall make such arrangements as will ensure his
receiving accurate daily information of the presence or absence of any convicted nr
suspected poisoner. The duty shall ordinarily be specifically entrusted to the Dafadar of
the union in which a poisoner resides. or to the village Chaukidar where Dafadars do not
exist.
(b) Cards showing their convictions and descriptive-rolls shall be supplied to Superintendents of
the districts concerned. to Criminal Investigation Departments of all States and to important railway
police-stations. ln the waiting-hall of important railway stations, or other convenient place, a notice-
board protected by glass shall be bung up, and the railway police, shall fix the notice of the absence of
the poisoner from his borne to this notice-board and it will remain fixed there until he is reported to
have returned home.
(c) The notice-board at the railway stations shall bear a warning to the public in the following
words in Hindi:—
“The public are cautioned to be on their guard against the poisoners whose
descriptions are given below and who are now absent from their homes.”
(d) On the arrest or return home of a poisoner Intimation by postcard shall be given to all officers
to whom his absence has been reported.
384. Deleted.
385. Deleted.
207

WANDERING GANGS
386 What classes of gangs are to be watched.—(a) The Police cannot interfere with the
movements of persons who are bona fide engaged in trade. They may only resort to preventive action in
order to protect the public from the wandering gangs, whose object is crime rather than legitimate
trade.
(b) Many of the gangs enumerated in Appendix l8 are habitual wanderers having no fixed abode.
The ordinary surveillance Rules cannot be applied to such habitual gangs. Its details are given in Rules
387-403.
(c) A list of wandering gangs who are usually active in Bihar is given in Appendix 1 8. The
wandering gang Rules are applicable to all these gangs. No other gangs shall be subjected to the
wandering gang Rules without the written orders of the Deputy Inspector- General, C.l.D.
387. Continuous touch by escort necessary.—(a) The Police shall keep in continuous touch with
every wandering gang required to be kept under surveillance. The number of police and Dafadars or
Chaukidars deputed to watch a criminal gang shall be according to number of members of the gang so
that sufiicient surveillance may be kept.
(b) The gangs consist usually of a large number of women and children and do not generally
include the active members, who are keeping on the outskirts of the route, so that they may contact
when opportunity offers. if it is rendered difficult for them to gain contact with the man body their
⠰‫ط‬
operations are considerably curtailed. Whenever, therefore, a large or important gang, such as Karwals,
enters a district the Superintendent should, if possible depute a Havildar to accompany the gang and
supervise the surveillance over it. till it leaves the district.
388. Gang book.—For every wandering gang kept under surveillance a statement shall be
maintained in P.M. Form No. 84. This shall be passed on by the officer accompanying the gang to. the
relieving constable or ofiicer.
389. Wandering gang register.-—At every police-station a wandering gang register shall be
maintained in P.M. Form No. 85 in which shall be entered details regarding the movements and
behaviour of all wandering gangs passing through, or halting within the police-station jurisdiction.
390. Chaukidar to rcport.—Every village Chaukidar shall inform without delay to his police-
station the presence or arrival within his village boundary of any wandering gang.
391. Station officer to visit new gang.—(a) On receipt of such information, the officer-in-charge
of the police—station, or, in his absence, the next senior officer present,
208

shall at once proceed to the place where the gang is located, and if the gang is not already under
surveillance, he shall place it under surveillance, ascertaining by enquiry all necessary particulars and
preparing a gang hook in P. M. Form No. 84.
(b) lf, however, the gang is already under surveillance he shall obtain the gang book from the
police-officer accompanying the gang and verify the particulars entered therein. He shall then take over
the gang, granting the relieved constable or another ofiicer a receipt.
(c) The relieving officer shall make an entry in Part 2 of the gang book, and shall take a copy of
the necessary entries to enable him to fill up the station wandering gang register. The left thumb
impressions of such members shall also be taken in P. M. Form No. 86 for which the station officer is
competent under identification of Prisoners Act.
392. Constable’s diary.—-Every constable deputed to accompany a wandering gang or, if more
than one constable be deputed, the senior man, shall maintain a diary in P. M. Form No. 87, in which
shall be entered a daily note of the movements and behavior of the gang. The names of absent
members. the names of fresh arrivals, instances of misconduct and complaints against any of the
members must invariably find entry.
393. Fortnightly visits by Sub-lnspector.—(a) At least once a fortnight. the officer- in-charge of
the police-station, or a junior officer deputed by him, shall visit the encampment of every wandering
gang under surveillance within his jurisdiction and after consulting the diary of the constable in-charge,
Ԁ‫ط‬
shall note in Part ll of the gang book all the information he can gather regarding the behavior of the
gang since it was last visited. The names of fresh arrivals, the names of absent members and instances
of misconduct shall specially be noted. In recording the latter, care shall be taken to note the names of
the witnesses capable of proving the occurrence.
(b) Copies of all entries thus made in the gang book shall he taken and entered in column I l of
the station wandering gang register.
394. Departure of a gang.—Whenever a gang leaves. or is about to leave, the jurisdiction of one
police station for another. the constable-in-charge of the gang shall send by the quickest available
means information to the officer-in-charge of the station to which the gang is proceeding. to enable the
latter to make arrangement for visiting the gang and relieving the police accompanying it. Whenever
possible. this information shall be sent in advance.
395. Gangs eluding vigilance.—0n no account shall a constable deputed to accompany a gang
leave it until formally relieved. In case the gang eludes the vigilance of the police and evades
supervision, the constable in-charge of the gang shall send immediate information if possible, to
surrounding police-stations, on receipt of which
209

the officers in-charge shall take all possible steps to intercept the gang. The constable meanwhile, shall
pursue and search for the gang. ln case all efforts prove unavailing and the gang cannot be traced, the
gang book shall be sent with a full report of the circumstances under which the gang absconded and
became untraced to the Criminal Investigation Department, for necessary action.
396. Action on gang splitting up.—should a gang split up or any member leaves the gang, an
adequate number of police or Dafadar/Chaukidar shall be deputed to follow the person or persons
leaving it. There is to be no decrease in surveillance over the main body. Immediate information shall be
sent to the police-station to enable the ofi'1cer-in- charge to take necessary action himself, or to
communicate with the police of the jurisdiction into which the branch party arrives. If the division of
the gang is obviously not temporary, a fresh gang book shall be prepared for each branch party. In the
event of the sections again joining, this gang book shall be linked with the gang book originally prepared
for the gang.
397. Gang leaving by rail or steamer.—If a gang leaves by rail or steamer, the ofiicer-in-charge
shall accompany them, and shall not leave them until he has duly made them over to the police of the
place to which they go (Rule 389). When the police force accompanies gang in such station jurisdictions
through which a railway runs, its members should be supplied with money to enable them to purchase
tickets for themselves.
398. Gang leaving the State limits.—(a) In the event of a gang moving into another State. the
procedure indicated above shall be followed generally, nut the gang book, instead of being made over
to the local police of another State, shall he sent to뼀the
‫ ض‬C.I.D. concerned.
(b) Gangs shall not be made over for surveillance to the railway police, who shall nevertheless
render all assistance.
Such gangs, particularly lrani gangs, which generally travel by train and stay within railway limits,
shall be subjected to surveillance by the railway police so long as they remain within the railway limits.
The responsibility of the railway police regarding surveillance snail continue until the gangs are properly
made over to the district police.
399. Entry of movements in station diary.—All informations received at police- stations

regarding the movements of wandering gangs shall be entered in the station diary, and it shall be the
duty of the circle inspector to see that action under these Rule is taken promptly.
400. Weekly gang statements.—(a) The station-in-charge shall submit a statement in P.M. Form
No. 88, once a week which must reach district Headquarters every Friday. It shall contain up-do-date
information regarding all wandering gangs under surveillance in their jurisdictions.
210

(b) Once a week, so as to reach Patna without fail every Monday, Superintendents shall submit
to the Deputy Inspector-General. C.I.D., a consolidated statement in P.M. Form No. 88, giving
information regarding all criminal wandering gangs under surveillance in the district.
(c) Publication in C. I. Gazette. —The Deputy inspector-General, C.I.D. shall publish weekly in
Criminal Intelligence Gazette a statement showing the movements and behavior of all wandering gangs
under surveillance in the State.
401. Deportation of gangs of foreign vagrants.—Whenever it may appear to the

Superintendent that the presence of a gang of foreign vagrants in the district is undesirable and that it
cannot be dealt with under the Criminal Procedure Code, instead of passing it on to an adjacent district,
he shall submit a report of the circumstances, through the proper channel, to the State Government,
asking for the deportation of the gang members under relevant Acts as noted in clauses 26 and 29 of
Appendix 101 Full lists and descriptive rolls of the persons to be deported shall be submitted, together
with finger
Impressions of the leaders.
402. Passes and certificates to gangs forbidden.—Safe conduct .passes, licenses to carry arms,
or certificates of good behavior or respectability shall on no account be granted by Police-officers to any
gangs or wandering persons.
⢰‫ط‬
403. (a) Raiding by Nepali gangs.—When any gang of Nepal is committing crime in this State,
proper action shall be taken in that connection (see Appendix 13).
(b) Bordering inspectors. —Sub-Divisional Police officer’s and Circle Inspectors, whose
jurisdiction borders on Nepal and in particular such Inspectors in Purnea district, who are close on the
border, shall, as often as occasion requires or opportunity offers, discuss frontier problems with
Nepalese officials on the border. Their import ant duty is to keep in touch with officials across the
border and to obtain their co-operation for the successful treatment of border crime. The Rules for
mutual co-operation between Indian and Nepalese Police officers and for correspondence with
Nepalese Hakims are detailed in Appendix 19.
404. (a) Bad livelihood cases.—Applications for proceedings under Sections 109, Cr.P.C. shall be
submitted to the Chief, Sub-Divisional judicial Magistrate by the S.D.P.O. Such reports under Section I
10. Cr.P.C. shall be submitted through Superintendents of Police. The Sub-Divisional Police officer and
Superintendent shall, alter scrutiny, satisfy themselves that sufficient evidence is available (see Rule
I85). A note on the type of evidence required in cases tinder section 1 10. Cr.P.C. is given in Appendix ll.
211

(b) Report.—In the report for proceedings no more should he slated than it is proposed to
endeavor to prove. It should contain full details as it relates to prevalence of crime, suspicion in
particular cases, movements under surveillance, association, free living without apparent means of
livelihood, general repute. etc.
(c) In the case of had livelihood proceedings against gangs, it is very essential that the evidence
should not only he generally arranged in the manner described in the foregoing paragraph but the
available evidence should he clearly stated against each individual accused.
(d) When the case comes on for trial, the first witness called should be the Investigating Officer,
who should give a straightforward account of the reasons for, and history of, the enquiry against the
accused, in order to show to the Court that a fair and painstaking endeavour has been made to ascertain
the criminals responsible before proceedings were instituted. He should produce the police-station
records and describe the evidence available from them followed by any fact ascertained in the course of
enquiry to which the Investigating Officer can depose.
(e) The Court should then be informed of the different points it is proposed to establish against
the accused, and the witnesses should be called in groups, so far as possible, in a corresponding
sequence.
(f) Bad livelihood proceedings under Section l 10, Cr. P.C. shall, whenever possible, he held
locally at some place in or near the jurisdiction of the station in which the accused and the witnesses
reside.
405. Reason for appointment of special Ԁ‫ ط‬police.—Special police officers should only he
appointed to meet cases of sudden emergency and, therefore, only for the time during which the special
cause of disturbance exists, i. e. , during a religious festival, or the existence of a flood which may lead
men to cut an embankment which it is essential to preserve. Special police officers should not be
appointed, however, in the case of disputes regarding rights in land which have to be settled in the Civil
Court. If in such cases the locality is in a disturbed and dangerous condition and the ordinary preventive
sections of the Criminal Procedure Code are found to be insufficient for the maintenance of peace, it
may be necessary to appoint additional police under Section l5 of Act V of 1861, but not special police
officers under Section l7 of that Act (see Rule 518).
406. Selection of Special police.—(a) When breaches of the peace are threatened the
Government has a right to call on any resident in the immediate neighborhood to assist the police in the
discharge of their legitimate duty of preserving the public peace, but it is not right to appoint the ring
leaders of the contentious factions for the purpose of humiliating them in the eyes of their neighbors. It
is, however, desirable to select leading and influential men, whose authority is likely to be respected by
the mass of the population and from this point of view it would be reasonable to appoint the ring
leaders of contentious factions to be special police officers during a time of excitement, so that being
employed in patrolling the streets or on the other duties imposed on them by the police, in matters of
watch and ward they may not be engaged in fomenting the disturbances but may use their influence to
repress them. Every endeavor should be made to secure voluntary enrolment of special police officers
before resort is had to compulsory enrolment wider the Act.
212

(b) Discipline.—The discipline to which special police officers may be subjected shall he as light
as possible. Any condition of office which might he regarded as offensive or unnecessarily irksome
should not be insisted on, for example doing drill or physical exercises or unnecessary attendance or
detention for duty at a police-station or the saluting of petty subordinate officers etc. Due regard shall
be had to social status in deciding the class of officers of the regular police from whom they shall receive
instructions and to whom they shall report.
(c) Duties. —Whenever special police officers are appointed, orders for their guidance shall he
framed by the Superintendent and recorded in the District Order book. The duties assigned to them
shall be suited to their social position, education, physique and age. The guiding principle shall be to
employ each in the manner best calculated to utilize his local influence and to secure his willing co-
operation with the regular police. In any emergency, the senior officer present at the police-station, not
below the rank of officer-in-charge of a police-station may modify the orders as necessary hut he must
report his action forthwith to the Superintendent. The Superintendent may employ special Police on
supervisory duties according to situation and ability.
(d) Uniform.—Special police-officers shall not he required to wear the uniform of the regular
뼀‫ض‬the letters "S- P.O." in blue representing the words
police but shall be provided with a white armlet with
“special police officers" in brief.
407. (a) Form of application. —An application for the appointment of special police officers
under Section 17, Act V of 1861, shall contain all the necessary particulars including (i) the period for
which they are required, (ii) the limits within which they are to be employed, (m)'_where no disturbance
of the peace has occurred, the grounds for apprehending such disturbance, and (iv) the reasons why the
police force ordinarily employed is insufficient.
(b) Magistrate 3 0rders.—Orders shall be obtained from the District Magistrate in the proper
form. The sample form an Appendix 20 will serve as a guide.
Note.—Persons refusing to serve as special police officers, or as such disobeying lawful orders,
are liable to prosecution under Section l9, and not Section 29 of the Police Act.
213

CO-OPERATION
408. Co-0peration.—(a) There shall be systematic co-operation between neighboring districts
and between neighboring stations of different districts as well as between stations of the same district.
Crime shall not be regarded as a purely local problem. A police officer shall strive not only to repress
crime or possibility of crime in his own jurisdiction but give full help in prevention of possibility of crime
at other places also.
Co-operation between neighboring districts and stations should stop at a State boundary. As a
general principle every officer from the officer-in-charge of a police- station up to a Superintendent of
Police whether of the district or Railway police, should see all his neighbors of corresponding rank,
whether within or without the State at least once in a year (and more often if necessary). The duty of
seeing that this principle is enforced will rest with the Deputy Inspector-General.
The Inspector General, the Deputy Inspector-General (Intelligence Department) and his
subordinate Superintendents, Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department and
Superintendents subordinate to him and Range Deputy Inspector—General may visit other States when
occasion arises to discuss questions of administrative importance.
The Principals of the Police Training College and Constables Training School may, with the orders
of the Inspector-General, visit the Police Training Colleges and other training Centers in other States to
study their methods of work and training.
‫ط‬
(b) Co-operation meetings of Superintendents shall be of two kinds.—(i) Periodical and (ii)
Special.
(c) The Range Deputy Inspectors-General shall arrange Periodical Co-operation meetings for the
groups of districts with reference to the incidence of crime and in consultation with Superintendents.
Range Deputy inspector-General should invite, through the proper channel, Superintendents of other
states whose districts border on this state, to attend the Periodical Co-operation meetings.
An annual programme of periodical meetings shall be drawn up by the Range Deputy Inspectors-
General before the 1st of January each year and be submitted to the Inspector-General for information.
Superintendents shall submit to the Range Deputy Inspector-General the subjects which they propose
for discussion at a periodical Co- operation meeting at least two months before the date of the meeting.
The Deputy Inspector-General shall, after considering the list of subjects submitted circulate a combined
programme to the Superintendents concerned and to the Deputy Inspector- General, Criminal
Investigation Department. It shall be left to Superintendents to decide what Inspectors and Sub-
Inspectors should accompany them.
(d) Special meetings.—Special co-operation meetings may be called at any time by the Deputy
Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department, or any Range Deputy Inspector-General for the
purpose of dealing with sudden or organized outbreaks of crime.
214

A Superintendent may invite any otter Superintendent to a special meeting when circumstances
require concerted action, but in all such cases he shall report his action to the Range Deputy Inspector-
General, Stating clearly the reasons for calling the meeting and the result of the discussion.
(e) Meetings of subordinates.—Meetings between Inspector and Sub-Inspectors shall be held

when consultation between officers of neighboring jurisdictions is desirable for dealing with the
investigation of any serious crime or sudden outbreak of crime. The report of such a meeting shall be
entered in the case of Inspectors, in the inspector’s personal diary and in the case of Sub-Inspectors, in
the personal or station diary.
(f) Minutes of co-operation meetings shall be recorded by the Superintendent of the district in
which the meeting is held and copies shall be sent by him to the Range Deputy Inspector-General and
Superintendents concerned. The Range Deputy Inspector- General shall forward to the Deputy Inspector
General C.I.D. extracts regarding any subject that concerns the C.I.D.
(g) Co-operation with Gram Panchayat.—The village is the unit of administration and the co-
operation of the village communities can best be obtained through village agencies, namely, the
Mukhiya, Chaukidar and Gram Panchayats with its various wings. The village community is ordinarily
represented by its Mulchiya whose control, position, influence and responsibility is recognized by
Section 40, Cr.P.C. Village watchman Is village Police and is a part of village organization. Improved
administration lies in teaching the village communities to take an active interest in their own affairs.
Ԁ‫ط‬
These basic principles must be borne constantly in mind by Police Officers of all ranks so that the village
police system is fully utilized for securing co-‘operation of the people, [Rules 263(0) and l09(d)].
The assistance of Gram Panchayat officials should be invoked for guarding Railway tracks and
Post and Telegraph lines as provided in Section 37, Cr.P.C. (see Rules 1276 and 1280). .
Note.--Fox Rules of co-operation between district and railway police. See Chapter 17.
215
..
CHAPTER 15
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT AND INTELLIGENCE
DEPARTMENT
FUNCTIONS OF THE DEPARTMENTS
409. Controlling officers.—(a) The Criminal Investigation Department is under the control of an
officer generally not below the rank of a Deputy Inspector-General of Police. Similarly, the Intelligence
Department is under the control of another Deputy Inspector-General.
(b) For posting of Superintendents of Police who will be separately in charge of different wings
in the two departments, see Rule 7-A (i) (b) and (c). Other subordinate Police officers will be posted in
the two departments (for field operation also).
(c) Ministerial Officers. —While assistants are employed in Criminal Investigation Department,
ministerial officers with executive ranks shall be posted in Intelligence Department who will form a
cadre of their own and shall be appointed wider Police Act (5, 1861).
(d) Both the departments shall be manned by personnel on transfer from the general cadre and
thus there will be no direct recruitment. Apart from this, in the Intelligence Department, officers called
“Reporters” shall be taken from the cadre of Steno Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Steno Sub-Inspectors.
(e) The employees of the two departments shall be deputed, transferred, promoted, etc., like
Ԁ‫ط‬
employees of Police ranges according to Rules given in Chapters like 23, 24 and Appendix 72 etc.
(f) For restrictions on use of Police uniform and in giving Police salute for Criminal investigation
Department/Intelligence Department officials see Rule 1061 (e).
410. Functions of the departments.—(l) Separate orders are laid down in a special manual for
functions of the Intelligence Department.
(II) The functions of the Criminal Investigation Department shall specially include the following:-
(a) The collection and distribution of information relating to professional cases and classes of
crime detailed below:—-
(1) dacoity;
(2) highway, railway or mail robbery;
(3) counterfeiting coin or stamps, forging notes, uttering or being in possession of

counterfeit coins or stamps or forged notes:
(4) drugging or poisoning by professional poisoners;
(5) swindling:
216

(6) action against criminal gangs such as cases, under Sections 400 and 401, IPC and
proceedings under Sections 109 and 110, Cr.P.C.
(7) professional criminals whose operations extend beyond the limits of a single
district;
(8) such crimes about whom Inspector-General gives special orders.
(b) (i) To control, advise or assist as circumstances require, in enquiries or investigations into
crime of the classes described in (a) above.
(ii) To control, advice or assist in investigations into other serious crime in which such control,
advice or assistance is invoked by the local authorities with the approval of Inspector-General or ordered
by the Inspector-General or Government.
(iii) To enquire about the movements of foreign criminals and about such matters in which local
police asks for help.
(c) To make enquiries concerning forgery of telegraphic or railway receipts, postal frauds, the
movements of foreign criminals and the like, in which the assistance of the department may be similarly
invoked or directed.
(d) Specialized squads shall be set up at Headquarters for investigation of cases. Employees
posted in every squad shall investigate cases connected with squads and in case of necessity, shall be
sent on deputation for this work throughout the State. The squads shall be of following types:--
‫ط‬
(1) Cheating and defalcation squad.
(2) Forged note and counterfeiting squad
(3) Murder squad.
(4) Railway Crime squad (see Rule 680).
(5) Eve teasing prevention squad.
Apart from this, there shall be other branches in office for special works.
(e) In the Headquarters of Criminal Investigation Department, there shall also be statistical
section, museum (Rule 1386) library, and record and law sections. The in charge of these sections should
be experts and an annual stock verification of books, records and items in the museum must be done.
(f) The following offices shall also be attached to this department-
(1) Finger Print Bureau (Chapter 16),
(2) Laboratory (Appendix 25),
(3) Photo Bureau (Appendix 22).
217

(4) Dog Squad (Appendix 83) whose branches can be set up in other districts also,
(5) Missing Persons Bureau (Appendix 81), and
(6) Juvenile Aid Bureau (Appendix 82).
Similarly, the work for scientific examination shall be done in State Forensic Science Laboratory
(Chapter 42).
(g) Criminal Investigation Department to keep in contact with International Crime Police
Organization. -—Instructions regarding collecting and disseminating information about crimes and
criminals with an international complexion, their Finger Print slips, photographs etc. are given in
Appendix 95.
(h) Whenever a foreigner is to be released from any jail in the State, information about the date
Ԁ‫ ط‬on to the Criminal Investigation Department for
of release and the place of release should be passed
onward transmission to the Interpol Division of the C.B.I, so that the foreigner may not escape vigilance.
411. Definition of “enquiry” and “investigation”.—"Investigation" has the meaning attached to

it in the Criminal Procedure Code. “Enquiry” means the collection of information prior to an
“investigation”. The power to investigate does not arise until there is reason to suspect the commission
of a cognizable offence, which an officer-in- charge of a police-station is empowered to investigate
under Sections 156 and 157, Cr.P.C. If the offence be non-cognizable, a Magistrate may direct an
investigation under Section 155, Cr.P.C.
412. Deputy Inspector-General (Criminal Investigation Department) responsible for legality of

procedure.—The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department is responsible that as
soon as, in the course of any enquiry wider his control, there is reason to suspect the commission of
cognizable offence, an information is recorded and a regular investigation undertaken under Chapter l2,
Criminal Procedure Code.
218
COLLECTION AND DISTRIBUTION OF INFORMATION
413. Collection of information.—(a) Information relating to the occurrence of serious crime is
received chiefly through the special reports and telegrams/ wireless required to be submitted to the
Deputy Inspector-General in the cases specified in Appendix 3 (see Rule 1010 also). Information relating
to certain classes of criminals is received in History Sheets in P. M. Form No. I42 as under Rule I012 and
in references received in Finger Print Bureau (Rules 271 and 272).
Apart from this, the information are consolidated from statements sent rom District Crime
Bureaux of the offices of District Superintendents. All these information are useful for making the
records up-to-date.
(b) Further information relating to dangerous criminals, suspects, proclaimed offenders,

wandering gangs, lost property, and other miscellaneous matters is supplied to the department weekly
for publication in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette under Rules 887 and 888.
(c) It is also the duty of the Superintendent of Criminal Investigation Department to peruse
weekly the gazettes of other States, and extract there from all matters of interest to the State for
publication in Criminal Intelligence Gazette and incorporating in their records.
414. Distribution of information.——-The Criminal Intelligence Gazette (see Rules 887 and 888)
is the ordinary medium for the distribution of information. Superintendents are required to instruct
their subordinates to make an intelligent use of this publication. It would be impressed upon all officers
that they must not confine their interest to items concerning their own police-station, sub-division or
district; rather they should send to their Superintendents
Ԁ‫ط‬ for communication to the Criminal
Investigation Department any information they may require on all subjects mentioned in this Gazette.
CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE BUREAU
415. Criminal Intelligence Bureau.—The purpose of Criminal Intelligence Bureau is to enable the
department to deal effectively with professional and organized crime, and to supply Investigating
Officers with all information which is on record regarding any particular class of crime or criminal.
Information is compiled and classified in the bureau as detailed in Appendix 21 (see Appendix 86
also). The Criminal Intelligence Bureau shall keep contact with District Crime Bureaux in the
office of District Superintendents for collection and distribution of information:
(1) Missing person bureau. ¢The responsibility of the officers of this bureau is to enquire
about the missing persons. These officers may obtain the help of district missing squad
during the course of investigation according to necessity. Details have been given in Appendix
81.
(2) Juvenile Aid Bureau. — (a) For the functioning of this bureau depart mental orders
known as Juvenile Aid Manual are available. It contains methods and arrangements for
diverting the juvenile delinquent from the path of crime (see Appendix 82).
219

(b) Juvenile Aid Bureau will be provided at the District Headquarters of important towns
in State.
(c) In places where Juvenile Aid Bureau exists and in other districts the District Crime
Bureau of the S. P.’s office will keep a watchful eye on the operation of Children’s Act. .
(d) Wherever juveniles are involved in offences, the year of birth must be clearly
mentioned against the name and the paper should be marked as “Juvenile” so that
there will be facility in disposal of the matter.
(e) Prosecutors of police cases in Court should be required to take a special note of all
cases involving juveniles so that the existing legal procedures are fully implemented
regarding remand or custody of the criminals and the sentence to he passed against
them.
(3) District Crime Bureau.—in every district, there is separate staff for dealing with matters
concerning crime and for special investigations under whose charge, the work of entire
district is carried on. These employees work under the administrative and operational
control of district Superintendent although some of them may belong to the Criminal
Investigation Department. The details of its functions may be seen in District Crime
Bureau Manual (see Rule 883A).
416. Police officers to study Appendix 21.-—Superintendents are required to study Appendix 21
with great care, and to insist upon their subordinates doing the same.
417. References to Criminal Intelligence ‫ط‬Bureau.—When a case occurs in which from the
modus operandi of the criminal it appears that concerned records can possibly be kept in the Criminal
Intelligence Bureau, the Superintendent shall communicate at once with the officer in-charge of the
bureau. Circle Inspectors are responsible for sending immediate intimation of such cases to their district
Headquarters in order that references may be made without delay. In ordinary cases it will suffice if a
written reference is made but in important cases and when anything appears likely to be gained by such
a course, an officer should be deputed to consult the bureau in person. Reference shall be complied
with as promptly as possible.
418. Form of reference.—(a) In cases in which special reports are not due, references can be
made in Police Manual Form N0. 89 even by thana officers which will be addressed to the officer-in-
charge of Criminal Intelligence Bureau direct to avoid delay with a copy to District Crime Bureau. The
facts concerned shall according to necessity be communicated to the bureau by wireless or telephone in
place of form so that knowledge about facts may be obtained quickly.
(b) N0 separate reference in special report cases. —No separate reference need be made in
cases in which, special reports are due to the Deputy Inspector General, Criminal Investigation
Department. In such cases it shall be the duty of the Superintendent of Police, Criminal Investigation
Department concerned on receipt of special report or intermediate communications to see that the
bureau renders all assistance in its power.
220

419. Final reports of cases.—ln every case in which a reference is made to the Criminal
Intelligence Bureau (no matter whether such reference has proved successful or otherwise) a further or
final report shall be submitted, showing briefly the result of the case, to enable the officer-in-charge of
the bureau to make necessary additions to or corrections in his records.
420. Deputy Inspectors-General to see that references are made—Range Deputy Inspectors-
General are required, during their inspections, to examine carefully and report whether references to
the Criminal Intelligence Bureau have been made in all appropriate cases. The Deputy Inspectors-
General shall note the results of this scrutiny in their inspection notes.
421. Elimination of useless information.—The Superintendents shall help the officer-in-charge

of the bureau in eliminating useless or out of date information. They shall forward every year in the
month of August to him direct a list of persons whose records are in the Criminal Intelligence Bureau
and whose names have been removed from the Crime directory [see Rules 364(b) and 1012]. It should
contain the following information :-—-
(1) C.I.B. History sheet number.
(2) Name with alias and parentage.

Ԁ‫ط‬
(3) Residence.
(4) Reasons for removal.
422. Photographic Bureau.—(a) A Photographic Bureau is maintained in the department, the

main functions of which are-
(1) the photographing of criminals for the purpose of aiding identification;
(2) the photographing and enlargement of ringer prints and handwriting for purpose of
comparison.
(b) The staff of trained police photographers is available in districts also.
(c) The Rules for the photographing of criminals for record and the organization of the bureau
and the list of classes of criminals whose photographs are kept on record are detailed in Appendix 22. All
officers should carefully study the Appendix, especially the portions dealing with finger prints.
(d) Superintendents shall arrange that all police-stations are kept supplied with camel hair
brush, magnifying glasses, gray powder and graphite for the purpose of intensifying or bringing to light
finger prints and other marks left by criminals, as detailed in clause 14 of Appendix 22.
221

CONTROL AND ASSISTANCE IN ENQUIRIES AND INVESTIGATIONS
423. Deputy Inspector-General may assume control or only assist.—The Deputy Inspector-
General, Criminal Investigation Department, may either assume control of investigations subject to the
provisions of Rule 410 or may advise or assist without assuming control. In other cases, C.I. Bureau shall
assist on basis of records.
N. B. —-In other suitable cases the Criminal Investigation Department may adopt them for
watching their trial in Court after submission of charge-sheets.
424. Responsibility of Deputy Inspector-General, Ranges and C .I.D.—In cases in which control
is assumed, the responsibility of general control is transferred from the Range Deputy Inspector-General
to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department. In such cases, the directions for
investigation shall be laid down by Criminal Investigation Department and their 0flIC€l’S shall as far as
possible, themselves do the investigation in the manner given in Rule 431. The local district force shall
provide full assistance. However, such general control includes the determination of the broad lines of
enquiry or investigation, as well as such supervision of the conduct of the same thereafter as will
prevent serious errors or irregularities; whilst Superintendents, except in the special eases mentioned in
Rule 426, are responsible, under such general control, for the details of enquiry or investigation within
their districts. In cases in which the Deputy Inspector—General, Criminal Investigation Department is
required merely to advise or assist the responsibility of control remains with the Range Deputy
Inspector- General, and the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department shall keep the
Range Deputy Inspector-General informed of the Ԁ‫ط‬ action taken. The Rules regarding responsibility for
supervision of prosecutions will be found in Rule 245.
425. Method of assuming control.—The Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation

Department may assume control of a case on receipt of either the first special report or any subsequent
report forwarded to him under Rule I010. These reports shall be laid before him as soon as received in
his office. If he decides to assume control he shall inform the Range Deputy Inspector-General forthwith
sending a copy of his intimation direct to the Superintendent or Superintendents concerned. The Range
Deputy Inspector-General shall then refrain from passing any further orders or comments on the case.
Criminal Investigation Department will assume control of cases enumerated in serial Nos. S
(except counterfeiting) 6, 19, 35 and 36 of Appendix 3 automatically and no separate control order will
be issued.
426. Enquiries under the immediate control of the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal
Investigation Department.—In special cases or class of cases in which district Superintendents of Police
are not concerned and action is taken as per Rule 410 (II) (a) (8), the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal
Investigation Department may cause the enquiry to be conducted by officers of the Criminal
Investigation Department under his immediate control instead of through the Superintendent (see Rule
436).
222

427. Subordination of Criminal Investigation Department officers to Superintendents.—
Officers of the Department deputed to districts in cases taken under control except in special cases
mentioned in Rule 426, shall work in subordination to the Superintendent who shall be responsible for
controlling their movements and proceedings, subject to orders received from the Deputy Inspector-
General Criminal Investigation Department, and shall also countersign their travelling allowance bills.
Such officers’ diaries shall be submitted in the manner prescribed below, but all other reports or
communications as between the department and the officers deputed, and all orders issued from the
department shall pass through the Superintendent or officer in charge in his absence, save only in cases
of extreme emergency. When papers are sent direct, copies of the orders or communications sent shall
be forwarded simultaneously to the Superintendent or officer-in-charge. When an enquiry or
investigation taken under control covers more than one district, each officer deputed shall be definitely
allotted to any one of such districts for purposes of control.
428. Subordination of Criminal Investigation Department Officers to Superintendents in other

cases.—ln cases in which the services of officers of the department are placed at the disposal of
Superintendents without control being assumed, such officers shall work under the Superintendents
exclusive control.
429. Position vis-a-vis Subordinate local officers.—-The position of officers of- the department
‫ط‬
vis-a-vis subordinate local officers shall be determined, in the absence of special orders to the contrary,
by their relative rank (see Rule 639).
430. Criminal Investigation Department Officers not to be employed on fresh enquiries.—

Officers of the department deputed to districts may not be employed by the Superintendent upon any
enquiry or investigation other than that for which they are deputed, without the special sanction of the
Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department. _
431. (a) Sub-Inspectors of the department deputed to districts have not the powers of an
officer-in-charge of a police-station nor of the subordinate of such an officer, unless they are posted to a
police-station for the purpose of exercising such powers. It follows that unless so posted they have not
the powers of investigation conferred by Chapter XII, Cr.P.C. and their functions are confined to
supervising or advising the local officers concerned. If for any reason it be deemed advisable that a Sub-
Inspector of the department should conduct an investigation in person, the orders of the Inspector-
General shall be taken to post him to a district where he shall be appointed by the Superintendent to
the police-station concerned. Such a necessity will not arise in case of Inspectors of C.I.D. as given in
sub-rule (b) below, Sub-Inspectors of the department shall not be employed to conduct investigations in
person unless such orders have been obtained.
223

(b) Under section 36, Cr.P.C. Inspectors and superior officers of the C.I.D. are superior in rank to
an officer-in-charge of a police-station [vide R. K. Kapur Vs. Sardar Prarap Singh Kairon, A.I.R I961 S.C.
1117-1961 (2) Cr.L.J. 161] and as such may exercise the same powers throughout the State as may be
exercised by an officer-in- charge of a police-station within the limits of his station.
432. (a) Personal diaries.~—All officers of Criminal Investigation Department deputed to make
enquiries or conduct investigations shall submit personal diaries in Police Manual Form No. S at such
intervals as the Deputy Inspector-General may direct. These shall contain merely a brief record of their
movements each day.
(b) Enclosures.—Along with the personal diaries, they shall submit on plain paper a report of the
work done in connection with each enquiry or investigation. These reports styled “enclosure” shall be
filed separately with the record of each enquiry or investigation (see Rule 435).
(c) When an officer of the department is required to investigate in person and is detailed for
that purpose (see Rule 433), he shall submit diaries in the form prescribed by Section 172, Criminal
Procedure Code, in addition to his personal diary.
433. Submission of diaries in cases taken under control.—-(a) In enquiries or investigations,

control of which is assumed by the Criminal Investigation Department under Rule 425, copies of the
diaries and enclosures shall be submitted direct to the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation
Ԁ‫ط‬
Department, and to the district Superintendent. Sub-Inspectors working under a senior officer of the
Criminal Investigation Department shall submit their diaries through that officer. Copies of any order
passed by the Superintendent on a case diary shall be forwarded to the Deputy Inspector-General.
Criminal Investigation Department without delay.
(b) In enquiries covered by Rule 426 copies of the diaries and enclosures shall be sent to the
Superintendent unless the Deputy Inspector-General specially directs that this should not be done.
(c) In cases not taken under control. —When an officer is lent to the Superintendent under Rule
428 and control is not assumed by the Criminal Investigation Department, copies of the case diaries shall
be sent to the Superintendent and in cases in which the Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal
Investigation Department desires it, copies of the reports of those cases shall be submitted by the
Superintendent. The District Superintendent shall forward these case diaries to Deputy Inspector-
General, Criminal Investigation Department without unnecessary delay.
434. Progress reports.—ln addition to the diaries in cases under control officers of the
department may be required to submit periodical progress reports through the Superintendent of the
district to which they are deputed, showing the progress made in the enquiry or investigation upon
which they are engaged.
224

435. Method of keeping the records of enquiries and investigations in the Criminal
Investigation Department.—All enquiries and investigations in which the department takes part
whether by control, advice or assistance, shall be, registered in the office of the department and a
separate record or file shall be opened for each such enquiry or investigation. This record shall contain
copies of all orders or communications issued from the department and of all diaries, reports and
communications received in connection with the enquiry or investigation concerned. In no case, action
is to be taken for two cases in the same file, because in doing so, there is a possibility of causing
confusion in the record.
436. Records of enquiries or investigations kept in the district.—A corresponding record shall
be opened for each enquiry or investigation controlled by the department, with the exception of cases
noted in Rule 426 in the office of the Superintendent of the district, which shall contain copies of all
orders or communications received from the department or issued by the Superintendent in connection
with the case; and all diaries, reports or communications received by the Superintendent from officers
‫ ض‬the district, except such as are forwarded to the
of the Criminal Investigation Department deputed뼀to
Criminal Investigation Department in original.
437. Letters of intr0duction.—(a) Every officer of the Criminal Investigation Department

deputed to make an enquiry or investigation shall carry with him a letter addressed to the
Superintendent or other officer concerned describing the nature of the enquiry on which he is sent. In
cases where great secrecy is required he is authorized to explain the object of his mission verbally. In
cases in which the officer is not to work in subordination to the Superintendent, the Litter will arrange to
give him such assistance as may be necessary. Such letter shall be delivered personally, unless the
Deputy Inspector-General otherwise directs.
(b) When an officer so deputed has occasion to visit a district, to the Superintendent of which he
has not received a letter of introduction, lie shall invariably report his arrival to the Superintendent and
establish his identity, if required to do so, by means of his Identity Card, or otherwise.
225

438. Identity Cards.—-The Rules regarding identity cards will be found in Appendix 27.
439. (a) The records concerning crime shall lie sent from police-station to District Crime Bureau
according to Rules 882 and 883 -A. All these information shall be collected and kept in District Crime
Bureau.
(b) The information from the District Crime Bureau shall be sent to Criminal intelligence Bureau
according to the provisions of Appendix 21. The Criminal Intelligence Bureau shall send the information
to Central Bureau of Investigation according to the provisions of Appendix 86.
226
‫ط‬
..

CHAPTER 16
FINGER PRINT AND FOOT PRINT.
440. The Finger Print System.—(a) The Finger Print System is very important branch of police
work, enabling the tracing of the previous convictions of criminals (see Rule 330), establishment of the
identity of unidentified persons under arrest (Rule 271) and through finger marks left behind at scenes
of occurrence (see Appendix 22) the identity of unknown persons concerned in crime. Every police
officer shall make himself thoroughly conversant with the methods and Rules of this system.
(b) The foo!-print system. —Foot prints with ridge characteristics can be as good as finger prints
and should be examined as such which can be used effectively for identifying a person. Foot prints with
shoe soles with wear and tear marks and hob nails and shoe soles with irregular friction marks are also
positive means of identification. In case of naked foot with missing toe or injury, the evidence is
strengthened but where no such features are found, such prints are only for elimination purposes.
A record shall be kept of foot prints of confirmed house breakers having more than four
previous convictions and of criminals having convictions in serious offence, viz., murder for gain, dacoity
and robbery. The system of classification of foot prints devised by G Hauvering should be adopted.
441. (a) Definitions.—( l) Finger prints include prints of the thumb and are either ‘rolled or plain’.
(2) The Court officer shall record immediately in P.M. Form No. 90, the finger prints of convicted
persons immediately after conviction in cases enumerated in Rules 329 and 330 and send them to
Finger Print Bureau. Ԁ‫ط‬
(3) In Finger Print search slip (P.M. Form No. 49), the finger prints of suspects are taken and the
Court officer shall send it to Finger Print Bureau for investigation so that the antecedents of that person
are known.
(b) "Rolled Print” —A rolled print is obtained by placing the inked thumb or finger on the paper
so that the plane of the nail is at right angles to the plane of the paper. The thumb or finger should then
be pressed lightly on the paper and turned over so that the bulb face which originally faced, say to the
let, faces to the right, the plane of the nail being again at right angles to the paper. In this connection, it
is to be remembered that the thumb or fingers should not be rolled again otherwise the entire prints
shall be lost.
(c) "Plain print ".--A plain print is obtained by lightly pressing the inked bulb of the thumb or
finger upon the paper without any turning movement
(d) (i) “Identified” means a person whose residence and antecedents are fully known to the
Investigating Officer.
(ii) “Unidentified " means a person whose residence and antecedents are not known.
(e)(i) "Traced" means a person whose antecedents and previous history are traced,
(ii) " Untraced” means a person against whom no previous convictions have been traced.
227

(f) "Proficient" means an officer who has been passed as qualified to take clear and well-rolled
impressions (see Rule 450).
Note.— The letter “P” shall be noted against his name in the district force lists and in his service
book. There shall be a sufficient number of proficients in each district.
(g) "Expert " means an officer who has been passed as competent to examine, classify and give
an expert opinion on finger impressions and holds a certificate to that effect (see Rule 450).
(h) "Bureau " means a finger print bureau.
(i) "Foot print Expert" means an officer, who has been declared by the D.I.G., C.I.D. to be
competent to take, examine and identify foot print impression.
METHOD OF TAKING FINGER PRINTS

442. Appliances.—(a) The appliances required for taking finger prints, comprise a tin slab, a
rubber roller and a tin of printer ‘s ink. These shall be kept scrupulously clean and free from dust, grit
and other foreign matter. The slab shall be freshly cleaned before use each day, so that all particles of
old ink are rubbed off. The roller when not in use shall be kept wrapped up in a piece of clean oiled
paper. Both slab and roller shall be cleaned periodically with soap or kerosene. The tin of ink shall be
kept tightly closed when not in use.
(b) Preparation of slab. —The slab must be perfectly smooth and shall be wiped free of dust
before use. A small quantity of the ink shall then be put on the slab with the point of a knife and the
뼀‫ ض‬so that the tin is dimly visible through the ink. It is
roller used to bring it down to the finest possible film,
easier to start with a very small quantity of ink and to increase as necessary. If too much ink has been
put on the slab, a sheet of paper laid on it and rolled over with the roller will generally reduce it
sufficiently. If the ink is dry and thick. it can be worked up smooth on the slab with a little perseverance.
(c) Inking the fingers.—The fingers of the subject shall be rubbed clean and dry, as the slightest
perspiration on the finger will .cause blotches and blur the print. Only the inner portion of the upper
phalanges of the finger shall be inked.
(d) Taking impression.—Prints shall invariably be taken on the authorized Finger Print slip, P.M.
Form No. 90. ln the slip space has been allowed for the ‘rolled’ prints of the 10 digits, as well as for the
‘plain’ prints of five fingers of each hand. The headings of the slip are self-explanatory.
(e) Slip to be folded for rolled prints --For convenience in taking ‘rolled’ prints, the slip shall be
folded at the line indicated and the fold placed in line with the edge of the table.
(f) Order of taking prints. —The ‘rolled’ prints of the right hand shall be taken first, each finger
being inked and impressed before the next finger is inked. When the ‘rolled’ prints of the right hand
have been taken, the ‘plain’ prints of the five fingers of that hand shall also be taken simultaneously in
the space provided for them on the slip. When the right hand has been finished, the ‘rolled’ and ‘plain’
prints of the left hand shall be taken in a similar manner.
228

(g) The F.P. slip of one prisoner shall be completed before that of another is commenced.
(h) Entry of details on slip. —When the finger prints of both hands have been taken, the
subject's name, parentage, caste, religion, residence, age and jail admission no., if convicted, will be
filled in at the appropriate places, The words ‘Unidentified’ 01 ‘Identified’. ‘Male’ or ‘Female’ will be
struck out as the case may be. If the subject is an absconder or a member of a criminal gang this
information shall be legibly entered below the heading provided for jail admission number. ‘The slip will
then be turned over and convictions, if any, with details as the columns require, and all other particulars
required will be filled in by the Court officer.
443. Points to be noted in preparing slips.—The following points shall be specially noted in
preparing Finger Print slips :—
(a) Impressions shall always be taken with the tip of the finger pointing to the top of the
form.
(b) The ‘rolled’ prints shall show the complete contour of the bulbs of the fingers, One delta
in the case of ‘loops’ and two in the case of ‘whirls’ ' should be visible.
(c) The ‘rolled’ prints of each finger-shall be taken in space allotted for that finger, and the
impression shall not project beyond that space. The impression of the upper phalange of
the finger only shall appear.
‫ط‬
(d) All names, whether of persons or places, shall be written very legibly. Entries shall be as
concise as possible, and convictions shall be entered in chronological order.
(e) Deformities. —If a finger is missing, or is so deformed that it is impossible to obtain an

impression, the fact will be noted in ink in the space allotted for that finger by the words
‘missing’ or ‘deformed’. In the case of double fingers, the prints of both fingers shall be
taken, if possible; if not the print of the more prominent of the two. Deformities, cuts,
scars and disease marks interfering with the legibility of the impressions shall be fully
described, and it shall be stated if they are temporary or permanent. Subjects suffering
from open cuts or scars in any of the upper phalanges of the fingers shall not have the
prints of such fingers taken until the cuts or scars have healed, if it is possible to wait till
then.
(f) Persons whose finger prints shall not be taken. —Finger prints of lepers are not to be
taken on any account. Persons suffering from contagious and infectious diseases shall
not have their finger prints taken until completely recovered.
(g) F.P. slips shall be folded along the. lines indicated on the form and never in such a way
as to cause a crease across any finger print.
229

444. District experts.—(a) A Finger Print expert shall be posted to each sadar Court office for the
purpose of dealing with the P.R. system as detailed in Rules 329- 354. These local experts shall be held
responsible for taking and testing slips prepared for search or record in the Finger Print Bureau, as laid
down in Rule 337, and for training Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Junior Sub-Inspectors in becoming
proficient. They may give evidence in Courts when the identity of an under-trial prisoner is to be proved
by the comparison of a finger print slip on record in the Finger Print Bureau with one prepared in Court.
They shall not give evidence in any other case without special permission (see Rule 449).
(b) Experts attached to districts, whose certificates have expired, shall be sent to the Finger Print
Bureau for a three months’ brushing-up course, for renewal of their certificates, unless it is decided,
after reference to the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D., in any particular case that the officer is not to
continue as an expert. (c) Two Sub-Inspectors from each range will be deputed to the Finger Print
Bureau in January and July each year, for a six months’ course of training.
Note—For travelling allowance and joining time of officers deputed to the Finger Print Bureau
for training and refresher courses, see Rule 768.
445. Finger Print Bureau.—(a) The Finger Print Bureau is a branch of the C.I.D. and is manned by
the staff of Finger Print experts besides some assistants, etc.
Ԁ‫ط‬
(b) The Finger Print slips of all persons taken under Rule 330 are kept on permanent record in
the Bureau. classified and arranged according to the instructions contained in Henry‘s system of
classification.
(c) It is the duty of the Finger Print Bureau to receive slips for search and record to answer
references and to test. Classify, index and arrange slips received for record.
(d) It is the duty of the Director of the Finger Print Bureau to control and test the work of the
staff under him, to deal with all questions arising from points brought to notice by the experts in the
course of their tours (Rule 446) and to train officers to become experts.
(e) The Finger Print Bureau shall obtain the search slips of Indians/ foreigners who are arrested
or convicted, as the case may be, beyond India from “Interpol” through Central Finger Print Bureau [see
Rule 410(g)].
446. Tour of experts.—Experts shall be deputed from the Finger Print Bureau to examine and
test all work connected with the Finger Print System at central, district and other jails. Every Central jail
shall be inspected twice and every district and other jails once every six months.
230

447. Duties of experts.—(a) The experts shall (1) test F. P. slips prepared by local experts and
proficients and see that all particulars recorded thereon are correct and complete, especially details of
previous convictions, and note and initial the word “tested” in the jail admission register, on the back of
the P.R. slip, and on the history sheet; (2) bring omissions in making convicts P.R. to the notice of the
Superintendent of Police; (3) see that finger prints have been taken of all P.R. prisoners, and that the
necessary endorsements have been made on the P.R. slip and history sheet, and in the jail admission
register; (4) see that, in the case of prisoners transferred to other jails, P.R. slips or untested F. P. slips
have been forwarded to the districts concerned; (5) see that, in the case of admissions by transfer, P.R.
slips or untested F. P. slips have been duly received; (6) scrutinize the Court conviction register, the
register of unidentified prisoners, the book of P.R. slips, the despatch cheque book and the files of jail
parade reports and release notices, and see that all necessary steps in respect of these records have
been duly taken. All errors and omissions shall be brought to the notice of the Superintendent.
(b) Experts shall prepare fresh F.P. slips of prisoners whose slips bear blurred or indistinct
impressions. The rejected slips shall be forwarded to the Finger Print Bureau for inspection (see Rule
338).
448. Experts’ diaries.—When touring, experts shall submit a personal diary in P.M. Form No. 5
describing their movements and work to the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D., through the
Superintendent of the district concerned. Superintendents shall record their remarks on all points
뼀‫ ض‬them.
requiring explanation on the diaries before forwarding
449. Citation of experts as witnesses.—(a) Experts shall be cited as witnesses to prove previous
convictions of under-trial prisoners only when the ordinary methods fail and they shall not be so cited
by subordinate police officer without the sanction of the Superintendent. An expert can only prove
identity under Sections 45 and 73 of the Evidence Act, while jail warders. police officers and
complainants and witnesses in previous cases can prove both identity and previous convictions (see
Rules 276-278).
(b) Only such police officers as are in possession of the necessary certificate from the
Headquarters of the C.I.D. shall be permitted to give evidence as finger print experts.
(c) If no certificated expert can be procured locally to give evidence, application shall be made to
the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D., who will arrange for the attendance of a certificated expert from
the Finger Print Bureau or from a district to which an expert is posted.
231

(d) In any case, if the identity depends upon the examination of finger print impression. an
expert from the Finger Print Bureau should invariably he deputed.
(e) Experts as witnesses hi private cases. —Whenever it is considered necessary to obtain the
opinion of a F.P. expert, the documents bearing the finger prints shall first be sent to the Deputy
Inspector-General, C.I.D. for examination in a sealed cover properly attested, together with the
specimen finger prints with which a comparison is desired, the specimen being prepared by an officer
accustomed to the work. In private cases a consultation fee of Rs. 30 per case and photographic costs at
the rate of Rs. 5 for each finger print sent for examination (to cover the cost of these photographic
enlargements of each such finger print) shall be realised from the party concerned and paid into the
treasury by the Court. A copy of the chalan supporting the deposit shall accompany the request for
examination. If subsequently a finger print expert is summoned to give evidence a fee of Rs. 30 a day in
each case shall be realised from the party concerned in addition to the expert’s salary and travelling
expenses. The fee and salary of Rs. 14 {calculated at Rs. 400 per month) so realised shall be credited into
the treasury by the Court and a copy of the chalan shall be sent to the C.I.D. with the letter summoning
the expert. The travelling expenses shall be made over to the expert on arrival in Court. [High Court
General Rules and Circular Orders, 1922, Civil Volume I. Part V, Chapter l. Rules 14 and l9(c)(v)].
‫ط‬
Note-- All recoveries from private pa|1ies are to be credited in the treasury under the head
“055—Police-lees, fines and forfeitures".
(f) Finger Print experts, other than those attached to -the Finger Print Bureau, shall not give
evidence in private cases without the sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General, (' .I. D.
(g) A portion out of the amount deposited in the treasury according to sub-para (e) above
should be paid to experts and photographers of the Finger Print Bureau. In this connection, Deputy
Inspector-General, Criminal Investigation Department shall take up correspondence for approval of
Government every year keeping in view the consolidated amount.
450. Grating of “expert” and “proficient” certificates.—(a) (i) Certificates shall be granted by
the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D., to Sub-Inspectors and experts, recruited directly by the Bureau
who have undergone a thorough training in the Finger Print Bureau and have passed the test laid down
by the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D., under the personal supervision of the Superintendent of Police,
C.I.D.
232

After passing such test, only the directly recruited experts are sent to Central Finger Print
Bureau, Calcutta for a further practical training of two and half years and they have to pass a second test
which is conducted by All India Examination Board located in that Bureau. Those experts who succeed in
the test are given another certificate.
(ii) Those officers of Court office (Sub-Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector) who have received in
Finger Print Bureau, a thorough training for three months under the personal supervision of
Superintendent of Police and have passed the test laid down by the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D.
shall be given a certificate of “proficiency” by the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D.
Note.— It is to be remembered that, the officers of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector cannot
do the work of P.R, according to Identification of Prisoners Act. This training is given to
them so that they may help the Court Office in taking finger prints according to
necessity.
(b) Certificate to be returned on discharge or dismissal.--Any certificate granted under the above
Rules shall be returned by the holder immediately on his discharge or dismissal from the Police force or
Bureau.
Ԁ‫ط‬
(c) Renewal necessary after three years.—Certificates so granted to Sub—Inspectors shall

remain in force for three years after leaving the Bureau and can only be renewed if the office is holding
them return to the Finger Print Bureau for a period of not less than three months, and satisfy the
Superintendent of Police. C.I.D., that they have retained their knowledge and are still fit to hold the
certificate.
451. (a) Scrutiny of slips received for record. —Every slip received for record will be carefully
scrutinized before being classified, tested and recorded, and if found deficient in any respect will be
returned with an objection slip (P.M. Form No. 9!) for the resubmission of a-n amended or fresh slip.
(b) Punctual disposal of search slips .—All slips received for search should be returned within 24
hours of receipt. if possible.
233

452. Improperly taken slips to be returned.—Each slip submitted for search, in which the prints
have not been taken in the proper sequence, or are so blurred as to render classification difficult, should
be returned without search and fresh slip demanded.
453. Action regarding absconder.—On receipt of a report that a person whose finger prints are
on record has been declared a proclaimed offender, or has escaped from jail or from police custody, or
has absconded after committing some offence, a red slip in the form below will be attached to his Finger
Print slip, so that immediate information may be given to the police by whom the absconder is wanted,
in the event of such absconders' finger prints being subsequently received for search.
ABSCONDER
Name...................................................................................................
Case for which wanted.......................................................................
Warrant, etc.........................................................................................
Intimation of arrest to be sent to........................................................
454. Returns from Sadat Court officers.—An annual statement of deaths amongst convicts and
ex-convicts in P.M. Form No. 72 shall be submitted by Sadar Court officers to the Finger Print Bureau.
뼀‫ض‬
455. The slips of persons reported to have died shall be removed on a receipt of report from jail.
In all other cases of reported death the date of death shall be noted on the slip in red ink. This slip shall
remain in the record for another two years, when it shall be removed and destroyed.
456. (a) In addition to the above removals, all slips should come under examination periodically
at least once every year so that those slips which fulfil the conditions noted below, may be removed and
destroyed :—
(1) the slips of those persons who have reached seventy years of age and have had no
convictions for the last ten years shall be destroyed.
(2) the slips of those persons who are professional poisoners, note forgers and
counterfeiters, use firearms illegally or are cheats, shall be destroyed only when they
reach eighty years of age.
(b) Regarding those finger print slips which are kept in another bureaux also as record,
information shall be sent to them on their destruction.
(c) A list of persons shall be kept in the State Bureau whose finger prints are destroyed and their
index card shall also be destroyed.
234

457. To whom references to be addressed.—(a) Finger Print slips for search and record and all
references, correspondence and returns of a routine nature connected with the finger print system shall
be addressed to the Director, Finger Print Bureau, Patna. The letters “Finger Print Bureau” shall be
written in conspicuous characters, in red ink, at the top left hand comer of the cover. All other
references and correspondence (such as applications for services of experts, remarks in connection with
the touring, experts’ diaries, etc) shall be addressed to the Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D.
(b) A list of the Finger Print Bureaux of other States is given in Appendix 28. The Central Finger
Print Bureau is located at Calcutta.
457-A. Detailed instructions regarding Finger Print Bureau should be given in separate standing
orders of the bureau, The set up of bureau, the description of members, the details of their work and
method of routine work should be given therein.
457-B. (a) In Finger Print Bureau, one Director and some experts shall be appointed. Apart from
them, ministerial and fourth grade employees shall also be posted but they shall be a part of the C.I.D.
(b) The appointment of Director shall he done by selection from experts and its orders shall be
issued by the Government on the recommendation of I. G's selection board. The I.G.‘s board may also
recommend direct recruitment through the Public Service Commission if suitable departmental
candidates are not available.
‫ط‬
Note.— The designations of Director and experts of this Bureau are ‘Chief Government Finger
Print Examiner-cum-Director’ and ‘Government Finger Print Examiners’ respectively.
235
..

CHAPTER 17
RAILWAY POLICE
GENERAL
458. District police Rules applicable to railway police also.—(a) The Rules in this manual
relating to the district police shall be applicable to the railway police, unless the contrary appears from
the context or from Rules in this chapter.
(b) The following Rules are specially applicable to the railway police:—
Rule 144—Cases in which no first information is drawn up.
Rule 271(b)—Finger prints of persons sent up by the Railway Police.
Rule 360—Crime Directory.
Rule 369-Surveillance.
Rule 383(b) and (c)—Poisoners.
Rule 397-398—Surveillance of wandering gangs.

Ԁ‫ط‬
Rule 599—Treasure escorts.
Rule 604»—Journey of the President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and Governor by rail.
Rule 1005(b)——Bills for prisoners’ diet.
459. Definitions.—(a) The expression “railway limits“ means railway fencing, 1'. e., the boundary of the
line and of all stations, goods sheds, station yards and huildings on railway land at all stations; also ghats
and fenies in the exclusive possession of the railways, but not lands acquired for blocks of residence tor
railway employees at Madhupur, Jhajha, Mokamah, Dinapore, Gaya, Buxar, Sahebganj, Jamalpnr,
Dhanbad, Katrasgarh, Pathardih. Giridih, Gomoh and Gujhandi on the Eastern Railway and Tatanagar,
Chakrariharpur, Bhaga, Mohuda and Bhojudib on the S.E. Railway and at Sonepur, Muzaffarpur,
Samastipur and Katihar on the N.E. and N.F. Railways. When the colonies of railway employees become
too big and it becomes difiicult for Railway Police to keep watch on them, the Superintendent of Railway
Police should take up correspondence for transfer of railway colonies to district Police according to
procedure laid down in Appendix 4.
(b) The expression “limits of a station yard“ (see Rule 484) means that portion of railway lands lying
between the two distant signals of a station.
236

(c) The term “missing goods" is applied to any property entrusted to a railway for conveyance,
regarding which information of short delivery or non-delivery is given by the consignor or consignee.
(d) For definitions of ‘railway servant’, ‘ferry’, ‘railway‘, etc. see Section 3 ofthe Indian Railways
Act (9 of 1890).
_ 460. The railway police are under the control of the Deputy Inspector-General. Railways.
461. Particular Duties of the Railway Police.—(1) The prevention, detection and prosecution of
offences cognizable by the Police within railway limits, as prescribed by Rule 484; (2) the arrest of
offenders in cases cognizable by the police and the detention of offenders in other cases, until they can
be taken before a Magistrate; (3) the reporting of non-cognizable cases to the proper authorities, as also
all instances of oppression or fraud on the part of railway subordinates or others; (4) the entry in
different police diaries of offences of all descriptions brought to the notice of the police; (5) the
maintenance of peace at stations; (6) the watching of passengers’ trains when at stations; (7) the
reporting to the railway or other authority of all instances in which the bye-laws are infringed; and (8)
the enquiry into all accidents and unnatural deaths occurring within railway limits.
462. Railway Protection Force.—(a) A separate organization styled as R.P.F. has been get up for
each railway and is under the control of a Chief Security Offi cer, generally of the rank of D.l.G of Police.
Apart from other safety measures, this organization 뼀‫ ض‬deals with cases of persons who are found or
proven 1 to have been in possession of any railway property reasonably suspected of having been stolen
or unlawfully obtained [vide Section 384 Railway Property (Unlawful Possession) Act, 1966]. The Railway
Police have powers to investigate all thefts, red-handed captures, etc. hut have no powers to investigate
other cases under the above said Act. If any information about the commission of an offence under the
Act is received, it is passed on to the officer concerned of R.P.F. Similarly any information about the
commission of a cognizable offence is passed on by the officers of Railway Protection Force to the
Railway Police concerned. In sphere of duties to prevent crime, R.P.F. is responsible for guarding goods
and locomotive sheds and yards, Engineering Workshops, Goods Train while standing at station corners,
Brake and luggage vans, open and closed wagon and sick lines, coal stocks and all railway offices and
building. The G.R.P. is responsible for safety of passengers and properties carried by them and
maintenance of law and order.
(b) Co-operation between Railway Police, district Police, and Rail way Protection f0rce.—Mutual
co-operation between the Railway Police, R.P.F. and district Police is absolutely essential and the
Railway and district Police shall render such assistance to R . P. F. as may be possible. but shall not
ordinarily take any part in the work referred to in clause (a). When. however. there is a serious or
prolonged outbreak of crime in any area. the Security Officer of Railway Protection force or Chief
Security Officer and Superintendent. Railway Police shall collaborate. and devise. measures to deal with
the situation. The S.R.P. should arrange periodical meetings with the district Police, R.P.F. and the other
concerned Railway officials.
237

At the level of Sub-Inspectors. the meetings as laid down in Rule 479(6), should be held
monthly- Such meetings should be quarterly at the level of Inspectors and six monthly at the level of
Gazetted Officers of the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police and Superintendent of Police. The
jurisdiction of Railway Police-Stations is given in Appendix 30.
Copies of the minutes of the monthly and quarterly meetings should be submitted to the
authorities concerned so that prescribed action may be taken by the D.l.(l Railway Police and Chief
Security Officer. Copies of the minutes of the meetings held at the level of Gazetted Officers should be
submitted to the LG Police and l.G., R.P.F.
Copies of minutes of emergency meetings should also be forwarded to the authorities

concerned.
463. Illicit traffic, suspicious characters, etc.—(a) The Railway Police shall keep a sharp look-out
for illicit conveyance of opium and other excisable articles and for persons travelling with unlicensed
arms.
(b) They shall carefully watch the movements of travelers and at once communicate any
suspicious circumstances to their superior and, if necessary, to the district Police.
‫ط‬
(c) They shall, if required, assist the district Police travelling on line in charge of convicts.
464. Persons dying within railway limits.—Railway Police shall be responsible for the burial or
cremation in a proper and decent manner, in accordance with the nationality and religion of the
unclaimed bodies of all persons dying within railway limits. The property of such persons shall be
forwarded, under the general Rules on this subject, to the Judge and the cost of the disposal of the body
shall be paid by the District Magistrate (see Rule 121).
465. Assistance to the public and railway staff.-(a) The Railway Police shall render to all
departments of the railway and to the public, when called upon to do so, all possible assistance not
inconsistent with their police duties.
(b) Infractions of bye-laws.—They will at once bring to the notice of the Station Master any
infraction of the Rules and bye-laws of the railway either by railway servants or the general public. Any
such occurrence together with the action taken by the Station Master, shall be noted in the station
diary.
238

(c) Nuisances.—-The members of the Railway Police shall pay special attention to see that the
Rules regarding the sanitation and safety are fully observed by the public within railway limits (see
Section 120. Railway Act).
(d) Overcrowding.-They shall bring at once to the notice of the Station Master and enter in the
station diary all instances of overcrowding of carriages.
(e) Infectious diseases.—They shall prevent persons suffering from small pox or other infectious
diseases from entering carriages and remove from the carriage any person suffering from such disease.
Note.— Such persons commit an offence cognizable under Section 269. l.P.C and
section 117, Indian Railways Act. in such cases, a First Information Report shall
be submitted, the sufferer being gent to hospital. end charge-sheet being
submitted after his recovery.
(f) Improperly travelling in a carriage in motion. —~lf required by any railway servant under
Section 118(2) of the Indian Railways Act to remove a passenger travelling on roof, footsteps or
footboard of any carriage or on the Engine, the Railway Police should assist in doing so.
(g) Beggars. ——Beggars on the Platform or in the premises of railway station should be
arrested under Bihar Prevention of Beggary Act, 1952
뼀‫( ض‬see Appendix 101, clause 81) and removed. Old,
sick and invalid beggars should be sent to Beggars Home after producing them before Sub-Divisional
Officer of the area concerned. Beggars of Patna district and adjoining areas may be kept in ‘Beggars
Home, Patna City’.
466. Tickets and excess fares.—The railway police shall have no concern with The purchase or
sale of tickets, or the collection of excess fares demanded from passengers, except as provided for in
Section 132, Railways Act.
467. Not to guard railway property or enquire into mere cases of missing goods.—The railway
police shall not be called upon to undertake routine watch and ward duties of railway property and they
shall not be required to intervene in cases of shortage or missing goods. or to examine the seals of
goods wagons. unless they have reason to suspect the commission ofa cognizable offence (see Rules
485 and 486).
468. Cattle trespass.—-Whenever cattle are found trespassing on any railway provided with
fences suitable for the exclusion of such cattle, any servant of railway department may take or send
such cattle to the nearest district police-station and give the officer-in-charge of such station a written
memorandum containing the following particulars :—
239

(1) the description and number of the cattle seized;
(2) the date, hour and place of seizure;
(3) the name of the person ordering or making the seizure;
(4) the names of the persons who witnessed the trespass-
The ofiicer-in-charge of the station shall send such cattle to the nearest pound and submit a
report to the Magistrate (see Section 125, Railways Act, which provides a special punishment).
469. (i) Assistant Superintendents of Police/Deputy Superintendents of Police may be posted in

charge of specific areas in the railways in addition to those posted at the Headquarters of
Superintendent of Railway Police. Their duties are to assist the S.R.P. in his work and keep liaison with
S.D.P.Os. of district Police, local Magistrates and officers of other departments including the R.P.F. They
should keep the records and submit returns as laid for S.D.P.Os. of the district Police Their duties would
be analogous to those performed by S.D.P.Os.
(i) (a) Railway Police Inspectors.-The duties and responsibilities of a Railway Police Inspector
shall be the same as those of a Circle Inspector of the district Police (see Rules 68-70). He shall specially
endeavour to be on good terms with the railway authorities and acquire an accurate knowledge of all
railway servants. I-le shall particularly send all such reports and returns which are prescribed for Circle
‫ط‬
Inspectors of district Police. The monthly report of work done will be submitted in P.M. Form No. 8.
In case of any serious accident in his circle, he shall send information to the S.D.P.0.
and Superintendent and proceed forthwith to the spot.
470. Platform duty.—(a) Officers and men (women police included) posted on platform duty
shall attend the arrival and departure of passenger trains and shall preserve order on the platform and
in waiting rooms, regulate traffic within the limits of the station, keep a look-out for suspicious
characters and strangers, reporting their arrival and departure and, with the assistance of the railway
official deputed for the purpose, search all empty carriages and make over all unclaimed property to the
Station Master, obtaining a receipt for the same. At the time of arrival and departure of trains Havildars
and Constables should be divided by Sub-Inspectors incharge of Railway Police into sections, care being
taken to see that the offside of platform is also kept in view particularly in that direction where there is
a platform. Hours of duty should be fixed according to train timings. At the time of arrival and departure
of mail and express trains. the officer-in-charge or in his absence" other officer should be present on the
Platform. In case of continuous duty for 2 days at night, one night should be given as rest to Havildars
and Constables. lf only two constables are posted at Railway station at a time one should be at exit and
the other on the rear offside. While doing this duty, all employees shall be in uniform unless they are
ordered to wear plain clothes by higher ups.
240

(b) Duties of flying squads. —The escort of passenger trains is the special duty of flying squad. In
every squad, there shall be one Assistant Sub-Inspector or one officer superior to them and some armed
constables according to necessity so that public doing journey by rail have sense of confidence of their
full security. Detailed orders in connection with the work of these squads shall be issued by
Superintendent of Railway Police. Their duties will not he only to go with the train but to keep watch on
suspects and also to catch the perpetrators of crime red banded.
471. Relations between Police and Railway Officials.—(a) All railway authorities shall be
treated with due Courtesy and respect.
(b) A railway police officer shall do everything in his power to act in harmony with the railway
administration and shall always pay deference to a legal request made by a responsible railway official.
In doubtful cases, he shall comply, if possible, with the request, reporting the matter to his official
superior as soon as possible. The orders of Deputy Inspector-General, Railway shall be final in such
circumstances. If the Deputy Inspector-General considers it proper, the orders of State Government may
be obtained through the Inspector—General.
(c) If the Station Master of Railway department sends requisitions for any help in special
circumstances to the nearest police-station of the district in which station is situated the Police force at
the police-station shall render him all help as far as possible and send information in this connection to
the District Superintendent and Railway Superintendent. The information about this shall be sent to
Superintendent, Railway Police by District Superintendent.
뼀‫ض‬
472. Interference with or by the railway staff.-—(a) The railway police shall not interfere with
employees of the railway in the execution of their duties. They shall not enter into discussion if charged
by any railway employee with neglect of duty, and shall avoid all altercations or disputes of every kind.
(b) If assaulted in the execution of their duty as police officers within the meaning of Section
353, I.P.C., they may exercise their legal power to arrest the assailant.
(c) Any complaint by a Police officer against a railway employee shall be made through the
complainants’ immediate superior to the Superintendent, Railway Police, who will submit this report to
Chief Security Officer with his recommendations. In case in which the Superintendent, Railways is
dissatisfied with the action proposed to be taken, by Chief Security Officer he shall report to LG. through
the D.l.G., Railways and the I.G. shall take appropriate action.
473. Reports of serious offences to railway authorities.——The Superintendent, Railway

Police, shall, send information’s to the Chief Security Officer of all serious offences with the means of
railway department or other available means.
241
474. Co-operation with district authorities.—(a) Superintendents, Assistant Deputy
Superintendents, Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors of the railway police shall keep themselves in constant
touch with the District Magistrates and Superintendents of their districts as if they were members of the
district Police, force, and shall pay them occasional visits for the purpose of discussing matters relating
to the detection and prevention of crime. They will see that the staff of Railway Police force show
proper deference to the district authorities.
(b) District Magistrates shall examine the registers of railway police-stations within their
districts from time to time and send their inspection notes to Superintendent, Railway Police. The latter
shall, after considering it, send a copy of the note for keeping in the inspection note book of police-
station.
(c) Relationship between district and Railway Superintendent of Police.- Superintendents of
district Police shall be designated as Additional Superintendents of Railway Police for the districts
through which the railway line passes. The Superintendents, Railway Police may visit any post in the
district police and scrutinize records which may have bearing with railway crimes.
475. Mutual assistance to be rendered on all occasions.—All ranks of the district and
railway police and village chaukidars shall render mutual assistance to each other in the execution of
their duty when called upon to do so (see Rules 400-495).
476. District police within railway limits.—(i) The district police shall outer upon the lines or
premises of the railway only when it is to be done in‫ط‬course of performance of their duty, or when called
upon to do so by the railway authority. In the absence of the railway police, however, the district police
shall act in all matters of urgency pending their arrival.
(ii) District police temporarily deputed to assist in maintaining order inside railway limits. whilst
so employed, shall be placed under the orders of the Senior Officer of the Railway Police present. If no
Senior Railway Police Officer is present, the senior most officers present whether of railway or district
Police will take command of all the Police present. If however, any doubt arises about the relative
seniority of the railway and district Police officer, the officer of the Railway Police having jurisdiction will
take command.
477. District constables at stations.—(a) The Superintendent of the district police, where
such a course .seems necessary, shall depute a constable or constables who have special local
knowledge of the bad characters of their circle for duty at selected railway stations. Constables so
deputed shall wear plain clothes and shall he provided with a special platform ticket, which will entitle
them (1) to admission to the platform; (2) to send a telegram to the nearest railway police-station
regarding the departure of any known suspect or criminal, and (3) in cases of emergency to obtain from
the Station Master an emergent pass over the railway. A constable on platform duty will hand over his
platform ticket to the constable relieving him.
242

(b) Duties. —The constables shall (1) attend the arrival and departure of all passenger trains; (2)
watch the arrival and departure of passengers; (3) at station where there are railway police, report to
the railway police officer particulars of any known or suspected bad characters booking from the station
in order that such officer may warn by telegram the station of destinations, and through the railway
police there, the district Police: (4) at stations where there are no Railway Police, telegraph such
particulars to the next railway police-station to which the train is proceeding, so that action may be
taken there; (5) receive any communication from the railway police for report to their police- stations
and, in the case of suspected persons alighting, send immediate information to the officer-in-charge of
the district police-station.
(c) Note-books.-~These plain cloth constables shall keep small diary books, in which they shall
note any work they do. Officers inspecting them will initial these diaries.
478. Minute books.—Each railway police-station and each district police-station, through the
jurisdiction of which the railway passes, shall maintain a book, in which requests and suggestions
received from the district and railway police, respectively, shall be entered, together with the action
taken thereon. These books shall be examined from time to time by the superior officers of the railway
and district police, respectively. in order to ensure that proper action is taken.
479. Information to be exchanged 뼀 ‫ ض‬.—(a) Both district and railway police shall
freely
communicate to each other the occurrence of crime and the movements of bad characters and
particularly of wandering gangs or gangs of coolies working on the line, who are suspected to contain
amongst their members men of criminal proclivities.
(b) The railway police shall inform the local sub-divisional police officer regarding any
occurrence on the line that may in anyway affect the peace of his district, or have any bearing on the
prevention or detection of crime. Generally, officers-in-charge of GR.P. stations should attend the
monthly crime meetings held by Sub-Divisional Police Officers or Circle Inspectors through whose
jurisdiction their line passes, with the crime figures for the month concerned and details of preventive
measures taken. The officers- in-charge of district police-stations shall mark the Railway Police cases on
their crime map. The thana officers-in-charge should exchange the list of B.Cs. and convicts periodically.
(c) Instruction regarding the issue of hue and cry notices will be found in Rules
151 to 153.
243

(d) The Superintendent, Railway Police, shall send copies of all special reports in all important
cases to the Superintendent of the district concerned and to the Deputy Inspector-General of that
Range. In serious dacoities or burglaries occurring in the railway limits, the Superintendent of Police may
be requested to have the investigation expedited by an officer of the district police who has intimate
knowledge of the area and criminals working.
480. Limits.-—The jurisdiction of a railway police-station shall ordinarily be a section of line

varying in length with local circumstances, but never greatly exceeding 150 kms. From time to time,
according to necessity, separate outposts can be created with order of Inspector-General with the Police
force of that police-station for surveillance and patrolling but whenever the absolute necessity of such
outposts remains a new railway police-station should be set up for such places.
481. Sign boards and notice-boards.—(a) The railway administration shall make provisions
for such quarters for accommodation of the railway police which shall be within railway limits and near
to railway police-station or outpost. A signboard shall be fixed outside prominently in a conspicuous
place which will be of the same design as of district police-station. In case the platform of station is big,
there should be arrow marked indication of location of rail police-station at several conspicous places.
Apart from this, there shall be a notice-board also, on which all proclamations and notices shall be duly
pasted.
(b) Unauthorized buildings. —The officers-in-charge
‫ط‬ of police-stations or outposts shall be
strictly accountable for the order and cleanliness of the quartets. No new buildings, sheds, walls, etc.,
shall be erected without the permission of the Superintendent, and in no circumstances are worshipping
places to be erected within the limits of railway police barracks or quarters.
482. Sickness.-—-All non-Gazetted Officers of railway police, who on account of not being well
could not take up their duties, shall be sent to the nearest district Police hospital for treatment.
Employees who are not well shall not return to their duties from hospital unless declared cured by the
hospital incharge. ln this connection, proper orders should be obtained fiom Superintendent of Police. In
emergent situations, Police otficers can go to any nearby hospital but its information should be sent to
Railway Superintendent of Police as soon as possible.
483. Punishment drill.—Punishment drill should not be awarded to constables" posted at

stations, at which there are no means for the carrying out of the order, as their temporary removal to a
Headquarters station for the purpose involves considerable dislocation of work. When such punishment
is awarded, it shall ordinarily be carried out at the Headquarters of S.R.P. or at any other center fixed by
S.R.P. with the approval of D.I.G. Railways.
244
484. All cognizable crimes to be investigated.—All cognizable crimes committed within the
limits of a station yard, and all offences in running-goods and passenger trains (whenever they are
committed) and offences against the Railway Act shall be registered and investigated by the railway
police. All offences committed outside the limits of a station yard shall be registered and investigated by
the district police. Whether the report of such a case is in the first instance made at the district or
railway police- station, it shall be recorded by the officer receiving it, who shall commence the
investigation, sending a copy of the information, to the officer within whose jurisdiction the case falls,
and continuing the investigation until his arrival. As regards railway lines, sidings or branches, which are
not included under Section 3(4)(b) of the Indian Railway Act, the Railway Police can take no action. The
district Police having jurisdiction over the areas where the lines exist should take action and will exercise
the same powers_ as that of the Railway Police under Railways Act (see Appendix 29, Cl. 33).
Note.— A station incharge or a Circle Inspector of the railway police may exercise the powers of
an officer-in-charge of a police-station throughout the limits of any police-station where any
portion of such limits is traversed by the railway over which he has authority.
485. Classification.—”Missing Goods” cases shall be classified as follows:——
CLASS A
Cases in which--
뼀‫ض‬
(a) from the condition of the seals or locks of the wagon, or the coverings of the packages, or
(b) from the weight, or
(c) from the absence of any circumstances in the report of railway administration proving the
contrary.
it may reasonably be presumed that the shortage is not due to a criminal offence.
CLASS B
Cases in which-—
(a) the railway administration make a definite charge, or where, 246
(b) from the condition of the seals or locks of the wagon, the coverings of the packages or other
circumstances reported in the report of railway administration it may be reasonably believed
that the shortage is due to a criminal .-offence.
245
486. Rules for tilting up missing goods cases.—On receipt of information of a case falling
under class B, the officer-in-charge of railway police-station shall draw up a First Information Report and
investigate in the usual way. If the case falls within class A, or if the information received is insufficient
to place the case within class B, he will l'Cfl.lS6 to take up the case until the railway authorities, by
means of a preliminary enquiry or otherwise, have shown that there is reasonable ground for suspecting
that a cognizable offence has been committed.
487. Jurisdiction.-—Enquiry into cases of missing goods which come under class B of Rule 485
shall be taken up by the officer in-charge of the police-station in whose jurisdiction the loss or defect
was discovered. If it be subsequently found that the loss actually occurred in another jurisdiction, action
shall be taken as prescribed by Rule 147.
488. First Information Reports, etc.—(a) The First Information Reports of all crimes
committed on the line shall be sent to the Court office having jurisdiction, for their information and shall
be registered in the usual manner by the Court officer (see Rules 148 and 511).
(b) Copies of F.T.R. shall be sent to the superior Police officers of the Railway Police as
prescribed in Rule l48(a). Additional copies of F.I.R. may also be given to superior officers of the district
Police, e.g., S.P., S.D.P.O., or Circle Inspector under the special orders of the S.R.P.
(c) In case of rail accidents occurring or when there is a possibility of it, all facts concerning them
‫ط‬
should be sent to District Magistrate or Rail Superintendent concerned. If possible, information may be
given by Telephone also (for other serious crimes, see Appendix 3).
(d) (i) The following offences should be reported by telegraph/wireless :—
(1) The occurrence of serious thefts, robberies and dacoities committed on running passenger
trains.
(2) The occurrence of drugging and swindling cases in which professional criminals appear to be
concerned.
(3) Important captures by the railway police of members of known criminals.
(4) Escapes from Police custody.
(ii) These telegrams should be dispatched by the officer-in-charge of railway police- stations
concerned, as follows, using the code words noted in Appendix 54.
In respect of items (1), (2) and (4) above-
246

(1) To the Railway Police Circle Inspector.
(2) To the railway police-stations at all junction stations on the home line.
(3) To all Superintendents, Railway Police. in Bihar.
(4) To the Deputy Inspector-General, Railways.
(iii) Brief details of any person or class suspected should always be given, but cure must be taken
to make each telegram as concise as possible.
(iv) Superintendents, Railway Police, on receipt of these telegrams, should use their own
discretion as regards repeating them to the police-stations on their lines.
(v) lt must be clearly understood that these orders relate to the railway police.
The district police are not entitled to use the railway telegraph system free of cost; and all
officers of the railway police must also understand that the use of telegrams free of cost is restricted to
cases in which either the railway company or their passengers are concerned. information regarding any
occurrence endangering human life, Government servants or Government property should be
dispatched forthwith to the Superintendent and if possible to the nearest police-station even in
circumstances where the informant is unable to tender payment for the message. Where transmission
by telephone is likely to be the quicker method the local officials should utilize, if necessary, the railway
control telephones for this purpose. Where the informant is a public servant the cost of the telegrams
should be met from his contingent grant or that of the officer to whom he is subordinate. Messages sent
by members of the public should be paid for from the contingent grant of the Superintendents of Police
뼀‫ض‬
concerned (see Rule 155).
489. (1') Detention of railway passengers in Police cases.—The administration of the railways
passing through the State of Bihar agrees to allow any passenger, who is detained by the railway police
in connection with an enquiry, or to give evidence in cases occurring on the railway, to continue his
journey using the ticket originally issued to him, provided that he presents to the Station Master of the
station his ticket, together with a certificate in RM. Form No. 94 granted by the officer-in-charge of the
police- station responsible for his detention. On the strength of this certificate the Station Master shall
issue to the passenger concerned a permit extending the date for which the ticket was originally made
available, and shall direct the passenger to deliver the ticket and the permit to the ticket collector on
arrival at his destination.
(ii) Detention railway train.—»For reasons of law and order and in unforeseen public
emergency, a Police Officer not below a Gazetted rank may make a written request for stoppage of a
railway train as per Railway Board’s letter No. 633 T.T. IV! l4/2, dated lst January. 1964 to all General
Managers of Railways. The use of this power shall be done with vigilance. ln murder cases or other
serious cases, a senior police officer may get a railway carriage detached so that evidence of finger
prints, etc. are not destroyed. He may get the carriage escorted to a railway station at any district
Headquarters by the first available train according to necessity.
247

490. Crime occurring just outside railway limits.—Information of crime which may be
committed in the immediate neighborhood of railway limits (for instance. persons travelling by the train
or labourers working under the railway whose property is stolen while waiting for the trains) shall he
communicated by the railway police to the district police-station, within the limits of which the crime
may have been committed. Should immediate action be desirable, the railway police shall institute the
case and take up the investigation pending the arrival of the district police.
491. Following up of crime outside jurisdiction.—In cases of crimes committed within

railway limits, which it may be necessary to follow up within the jurisdiction of the district police, the
railway police shall take any legal steps that may be necessary outside railway limits, but at the same
time shall give immediate information to the district police, who shall be bound to co-operate to the
utmost of their power, reporting their proceedings to their Superintendent. Mutatis mutandis, the same
course shall be followed when crimes committed outside are traced to within railway limits.
492. Procedure when assistance of district police required.—ln cases in which the
assistance of the district police is necessary, a brief note of the case with a request for assistance shall
be sent to the district police-station concerned, on receipt of which the officer-in-charge shall at once do
what is required and shall record in his station diary the receipt of the information and a note of the
steps taken.
‫ط‬
493. Station officer to go in person when possible.--When the attendance and co-
operation of the district police is necessary in the investigation of an offence within the jurisdiction of a
railway police-station, or vice versa, the officer from whom such assistance is required shall proceed in
person, or, if otherwise engaged, depute an ofiicer to render assistance.
494. Cases in which aid of district police is always to be invoked.-Railway police officers
shall invariably ask for the co-operation of the district police when a serious theft or series of thefts have
occurred from goods wagon or sheds, of property entrusted to the railway as carrier, of railway
material, carriage fittings, etc., from station yards and carriages. In case of serious train robberies or
dacoities, action shall be taken to seek immediate help from local Police.
495. Organised crime.—Whenever the Frequency of theft of a particular section of railway

indicates that a gang of professional train thieves is at work, the Superintendent, Railway Police, shall
proceed at once to the locality and concert measures in consultation with the district authorities for the
hunting of the gang.
248

496. Arrest or recovery of property by district police in railway cases.—The district
police shall give immediate information to the railway police of property found or offenders arrested by
them in cases committed within the jurisdiction of the railway police and hand over such property and
offenders to the railway police. Similarly, the railway police shall give immediate information of arrests
in district cases and hand over property and offenders to the district police. ln any serious case the
Superintendent of district police shall take up the investigation himself, or direct one of the assistants to
do so, until the arrival of the Superintendent, Railway Police, when the case shall be made over to him.
497. Absconders in railway cases.—ln the case of absconders charged with crime committed
within railway limits, the Superintendent, Railway police shall send their rolls to the Superintendent of
the district within the local limits of which the absconder lives, or in which the crime was committed,
and the latter shall have the particulars entered in his register in accordance with the Rules (see Rule
883).
498. Supervision of cases.—-The Superintendent, Railway Police, shall scrutinize the

investigation of cases and supervise serious crime in the same manner as a Superintendent of the
district police (see Rules 48-50).
RAILWAYS ACT CASES
499. Cognizable cases.—(a) In cognizable케offence

‫ض‬ under the Railways Act, which comes to the
notice of a police officer and the responsible railway official declines to lay information, the thana
officer shall submit a First Information Report himself under Section 154, Cr.P.C. and take action under
Section 157, Cr.P.C. In this connection, the Magistrate can give proper orders under Section I59, Cr.P.C.
and action shall be taken accordingly.
(b) Investigation by Railway Police should not be refused under Section 157(l)(b), Cr.P.C. if it
appears that an important piece of mechanism, though of small intrinsic value, may amount to grave
offence under the Indian Railways Act.
(c) Whenever final report or C.S. is submitted in a case in which any railway property has been
recovered or seized and is to be produced as an exhibit in Court, a copy of the final report or C.S. as the
case may be should be endorsed to railway authorities. This will help the railways in arranging timely
delivery as well as expeditious disposal of claim cases in respect of consignments seized by Railway
Police.
(d) When the stolen property consists of a number of packages, it may be sufficient to make one
of them only a material exhibit, in which case the Police would make over the rest to the real owners
immediately.
249

500. No prosecution for an offence under Section 101 of the Railways Act shall be instituted
against a railway servant without the sanction of the Superintendent, Railway Police, which shall be
communicated immediately as it is accorded, to the General Manager of the Railways. In such cases, it is
advisable to take the railway administration into confidence and seek their co-operation before
submission of F.R. or C.S. as the case, may be. Before deciding on the final form, the Police should get
their view points on technical aspects of the accident in railway accidents of serious nature.
501. Non-cognizable eases.—The Railway Police shall take action in non- cognizable cases
under the Railways Act as provided by Section 132 of that Act only when a report is made and signed by
an officer duly authorized by the railway administration.
502. When a person of the operational staff is to be arrested, e.g., Station Master, Assistant
Station Master, Guard, Engine driver and train control staff, prior intimation shall be given to his
immediate superior officer as a rule.
The Police shall arrest-only after giving such an intimation. Meanwhile they shall take steps to
prevent escape of the accused railway servant and defer arrest until he is
relieved of his duties.
‫ ط‬only in very exceptional circumstances and even

A departure from this procedure may be made
in such cases, intimation should be given immediately after the arrest of Government servant to the
superior officer concerned.
503. Arrest of offender’s under Section 101, Railways Act.—(a) The railway police have
been given the powers of arrest without warrant, under Section 131 of the Railways Act, for offences
under Section 101 of that Act. Though the use of this power is discretionary, even then this power
should be utilized only in the following circumstances:
(1) there has been loss of life or serious injury to a person;

(2) a person is caught in the commission of a grave offence;
(3) the accused is likely to abscond, or to continue to endanger the safety of
the public.
When arrest is made without warrant, immediate intimation of such arrest must be
given to the head of the railway employee's department. In ordinary circumstances arrest should be
made after taking a warrant.
250

(b) When arrest of railway servants for offences under Section 101, Railways Act, is effected by
warrant, in the absence of any direction to the contrary under Section 72, Cr.P.C. the warrant should be
executed by a police officer above the rank of an Assistant Sub-inspector or a police officer superior to
his rank.
PROSECUTION OF CASES
594. Railway Police Cases.—(a) When a railway police case comes before the Magistrate the
papers concerned shall be sent through the, Court officer concerned. All the procedures shall be the
same which are approved for the cases of district police.
(b) Court officers shall submit punctually to the Superintendent, Railway Police, concerned a
copy of the daily under trial case report (which shall be kept separately for railway cases) through the
Inspector, Railway Police and a Sub-Divisional Police Officer where one is posted.
(c) Intimation of the result of trials and of appeals in all railway police cases shall be
communicated by the Court officer direct to the Superintendent, Railway Police.
(d) In cases where special prosecuting officers of Railway Police are deputed for conducting their
cases before Court the Court officer and Assistant Public Prosecutor of district police shall render all
assistance-to them.
SURVEILLANCE
케‫ض‬
505. Arrangements between railway and district p0liee.—The surveillance of criminals as laid
down in Chapter l4 shall remain with the district police. The watching of bad characters arriving and
departing by train and generally within railway limits is a matter of co-operation between the district
and railway police. In some districts it may be advisable for Superintendents to depute members of their
force to railway stations situated in their respective districts and in others to place them, under the
orders of the Superintendent. Railway Police. These detail-s shall be settled by Superintendents of the
railway and district Police in consultation. Only men well acquainted with the bad characters of the
district shall be deputed to the railway. The men shall always carry authorized badges to denote the
identity, and may be in uniform or not, as is deemed necessary (see Rule 477).
506. Information to be given to railway police.—(a) Each railway police-station shall be

furnished, through the Superintendent, Railway Police, by the Superintendent of the district police with
a list of all important criminals resident in the locality who are likely to make use of the railway in the
course of committing crime. This list shall contain the particulars of the bad characters given in their
history sheets as well as their finger print formula.
(b) The Superintendent of Railway Police, shall similarly communicate about bad characters
living within railway limits to district police-stations.
251

507. Exchange of constables.—(a) Railway constables shall be deputed in turn to the
neighboring district police-stations, and the officers-in-charge shall take steps to familiarize the
constables deputed with the personal appearance, habits, haunts and associates of criminals known or
suspected of using the railway for the commission of crime. The Superintendent of the district police
shall replace the railway constables so deputed by some of his own. This exchange is essential on
account of the fact that those criminals who commit crime in the jurisdiction of railways come from long
distances by trains and can hide themselves temporarily in the area of district Police.
(b) When the Superintendent of the district police has under observation a wandering or other
gang which may use the railway for eluding vigilance, he shall apply to the Superintendent, Railway
Police, to depute railway constables to gain acquaintance with the chief members of the gang, these
constables’ places being filled temporarily by district constables, if necessary.
ACCIDENTS
508. Rules under Section 84 Railways Act.—(a) The Rules framed by the Central Government
under Section 84, Railway Act, regarding notices of, and enquiries into, accidents will be found in
Appendix 29.
(b) Duties of district p0lice.——By clause l0 of Appendix 29 Superintendents, Railway Police, are
‫ط‬
primarily entrusted with the duty of investigation in cases of accident: but, as the railway police are not
stationed every-where on the lines of railway in Bihar, when a district officer-in-charge of a police-
station receives a report of an accident, he should proceed to the spot and see what is being done. lf the
railway police, are present, he should leave the case in their hands, hut till their arrival he should make a
preliminary enquiry and see that no suspected persons abscond.
509. Persons injured or killed.—(a) The bodies of persons killed in an accident may be sent for post-
mortem examination to the Civil Surgeon of the district or to the railway doctor, whichever is more
convenient; and, similarly, persons injured may be sent for treatment to either Medical Officer. The
police cannot compel a person to go to a Medical Officer for treatment; but, if he is required as a
witness, they may proceed under Section 171, Cr.P.C.
(b) Charges for carrying dead bodies by rail to post-mortem centres.--Charges for carrying dead
bodies by rail to post-mortem centres shall be paid in cash from the permanent advance given to police-
stations under Rule 244. The expenditure is to be recouped in P.M. Form No. 44 [see Rule 207 (c)].
252

510. Special reports.—(a) Special report shall be made to the Magistrate having jurisdiction and
to the Deputy Inspector-General in the following cases:—
(1) collisions between trains;
(2) attempts to derail trains by obstructions placed on the permanent way or otherwise;
(3) accidents of importance in which several lives are lost or many persons injured, or in
which much damage is caused to the permanent way or rolling stock, and traffic
suspended for a considerable time.
(b) In this connection, detailed instructions are given in Appendix 3.
(c) Magistrates having jur:'sdicti0n.—The Magistrate to whom reports should be made of

the occurrence of railway accidents and of criminal cases occurring on railway lines will be found in
Appendix 30 (see Rule 3l6).
(d) All information which have connections with railway strike, serious crime and law and order
with railways must be sent by telephone, wireless and other medium of communications, etc. to
Inspector-General, Deputy Inspector-General, Railways, Intelligence Department, District Magistrate and
Superintendent of Police, Superintendent, Railway Police and Sub—Divisional Magistrate. Where
telephone or wireless service is not available the railway control phone shall be utilized. For such works,
instructions have been given to railway officers for giving help.
511. Monthly return and review of crime.—(a) Monthly returns of crime on railway shall be
submitted in the manner prescribed by Rule 323. ItsԀ‫ط‬form shall be P.M. Form No. 62.
(b) The information of all cases of obstructions placed on the railway line and of all attempts to
derail trains and other information concerning them shall be given under the following headings :-
(1) Locality (give mile and telegraph post No.).
(2) Description of case.
(3) Result of police enquiry.
(4) Remarks : Causes of failure, preventive measures adopted, etc.
(c) A monthly crime review shall also be submitted to the Range Deputy Inspector- General, as
prescribed by Appendix 7, para. I2.
512. Returns and reports.—(a) A list of returns and reports to be made by Superintendents of
Railway Police will be found in Appendix 64.
(b) Registers, files and books. —~A list of books, registers and files to be maintained in the
different offices and stations of the railway police and the periods for which they are to be preserved
will he found in Appendix 63.
253

513. Police arrangements for Ministers and V.I.Ps.-—(a) On receipt of the tour programme of
Minister, the Superintendent, Railway Police, will at once inform all his police-stations and posts along
the route.
(b) The platform staff at which the train stops should unobtrusively see that the Minister is in no
way molested.
(c) At stations at which the Minister joins or leaves the train and at junctions and ghats at which
changes are made, an Inspector or Sub-Inspector should, where possible, be present. I-le will see that
the platform staff do their duty properly. He is responsible to render every assistance in his power to the
Minister.
(d) The Superintendent, Railway Police shall be present on the platform when the Minister
leaves or joins the train according to the instructions given in the tour programme sent from the offices
of the Ministers. If it is likely to disturb his daily routine he shall obtain the orders of Minister so that a
responsible officer of Railway Police may make proper arrangements after meeting him. (In this
connection, special instructions are given in Rule 605).
(e) All duties will be performed in working dress (see Rule 1055).
(t) All the above arrangements shall be done in case of V.I.Ps. whose tour programmes are
received. If there is any doubt in this connection, the Superintendent, Railway Police shall obtain orders
from D.I.G. (Railways) so that there is no defect of any type in doing proper action.
514. Arrangements by Railway Police for the Commanders-in-Chief of land, navy and air
‫ط‬
force.—(a) On receipt of tour programmes of Commanders-in-Chief of all the three services, all the
arrangements shall be done in the same manner as for the Ministers.
(b) If the escort is not specially asked for it shall not be provided by Police.
(c) If the V.I.P. performs journey by special train armed Police force shall be arranged for his
safety at the station where the train stops.
Note.— For instructions in connection with tine journeys of President, Vice-President,

Prime Minister and Governors, see Rule 604.
515. Transfers between District and Railway Police.—(a) The Deputy Inspector- General
(Railways) shall ensure every year that Inspectors and those subordinate to him do not remain in
Railway Police for more than six years. They shall be transferred to the same place where they were
posted previously and the employees from those very places should be posted in their places. This work
should be completed every year. In place of employees, who are transferred from Railway Police force
employees of that very rank shall be selected from district force. The selection by D.I.G. (Railway) shall
be final.
254

It shall be the responsibility of the Inspector-General’s office to examine that this Rule is
complied with faithfully.
Those new employees who join Railway Police force on transfer shall be given for one fortnight
special instructions concerning railways in the office of Superintendent of Police, Railways. The
Superintendent of Police, Railways shall seek help from railway departmental officers for this training.
The Deputy inspector-General, Railways shall prepare the curriculum of this training. All facts especially
concerning railway traffic, different types of railway signals, block system, etc. and the methods of daily
working of railways shall be taught to police employees.
Apart from this, the officers of ranks of Inspectors or Sub-Inspectors of C.I.D. shall be included in
the training programmes set up by railway department for knowledge of facts concerning investigation
of railway crimes (see Rule 680) so that a special squad for such investigations is always available at
C.I.D. Headquarters and they can be deputed to the office of any Superintendent of Police (Railways)
according to necessity. Some instructions concerning railway strike and railway crimes are given in Rule
1362(b) and Appendix 79 respectively.
There should be a special provision of one detachment of armed Police force in every Railway
Police district. This detachment shall give help to Railway Police according to instructions of
Superintendent of Railway Police. This force shall also be used specially for checking ticketless travelling
and for solution of other special problems. The Railway Protection Force and Railway Police Force
Reserve shall be also utilized in this work in a planned way.
Ԁ‫ط‬
255
..

CHAPTER 18
GUARDS AND ESCORTS
SUPPLY OF GUARDS
516. Provision of guards and escorts.—(a) Guards and parties of Police can be furnished to
individuals, commercial undertakings or other departments of Government (1) from the sanctioned
strength of the district (2) from an extra force raised for the purpose in accordance with Sections 13 to
15 of Police Act (see Rules 998--1001).
(b) Home Guards may also be called up for performance of these duties if necessary, in
accordance with the provision of Bihar Home Guards Acts and Rules. 517. Additional Police force for
private institutions and other persons.-—-Police force can only be supplied to private institutions and
other individuals in accordance with Section 13 of Act V of 1861. The following principles shall he
followed in dealing with applications for the supply of force :—
(a) The maintenance of order is one of the regular duties of the Police. If it is necessary in
any case to employ Police to prevent a breach of the peace, the cost shall be met by
Government. But the necessity for extra Police shall first be established and they shall
not be deputed if the institution of proceedings under the preventive sections of the
Criminal Procedure Code is likely to produce the desired result (see also Rule 405).
(b) Additional police shall only be deputed

‫ط‬ at the cost of private individuals in non-
contentious cases, that is to say, when an individual, acting within his rights, finds
himself in a position where the ordinary protection of the police is not sufficient.
Whenever there is dispute, the police force shall never be deputed on the expense of
any body from among both the groups. For example, additional police may be deputed
at the request of the proprietor of a mela to keep order amongst the people assembled
there. District and Municipal Boards and notified area committees are not as a Rule
liable to pay for special police protection afforded on the occasion of such fairs or melas
which are in the nature of an established public function. They may also be supplied to
anyone who has to transport money or other valuable property, particularly through
dangerous area.
(c) lf them is time for a reference the Superintendent should consult the District Magistrate
before supplying Additional Police. The Guard supplied should always be large enough
to enable its duties to be performed efficiently without undue hardship to the person
concerned.
(d) If the S. P. has any doubt whether the cost of guard should be met by Government or by
individual/institution, he shall obtain the instructions from the I.G in this regard.
256

518. Deputation of additional police in disturbed areas.—(a) Applications for sanction to the
quartering of additional police in any area under Section 15 of Act V of 1861 shall be submitted by the
Superintendent through the District Magistrate and the Range Deputy Inspector-General to the
Divisional Commissioner, who shall forward them to Government through the Inspector-General. In the
applications shall he set forth in detail the grounds justifying the necessity for additional police and also
the extent to which action under the preventive sections of the Criminal Procedure Code has failed to
maintain peace. A list, giving the names, the thana numbers (or, when these are not available, the
revenue survey numbers) and the population of the villages concerned should accompany the
application, as well as a draft proclamation in the form given below and an estimate of cost of the
additional force to be employed (see Rules 998—l001). It will be sufficient if a preliminary approximate
estimate of cost of additional police with cost of incidental charge etc. is sent up.
FORM OF PROCLAMATION
The 20..........
No P.—In exercise of the powers conferred on him by Section 15 of the Police Act. 1861 (S
of 1861), as amended by Act 8 of 1895, the Governor of Bihar declares that the conduct of the
inhabitants of the villages of. ............... ..(thana number or, when this is not available, the revenue
survey number, to be given against each village) Ԁ‫ط‬ within the jurisdiction of ............................ ..police-
station, in the district of .................... ..has, rendered it expedient to increase the number of police by
the appointment of an additional force consisting of ................. ..to be quartered in the said villages. at
the cost of the inhabitants thereof, subject to any orders which may be passed exempting any person or
class or section of inhabitants. This proclamation shall remain in force for a period of ............. ..months
with effect from ..................................... ..
(b) It should be borne in mind that, as soon as the necessity for additional police is established,
the proposals should be submitted to Government promptly, the question of the apportionment of cost
and exemption under sub-sections (4) and (5) of Section 15 of the Police Act being left for later
consideration.
It should be realized that under Section 15(3) read with Section 15(2) of the said Act the cost of
additional police cannot be recovered from the inhabitants of a disturbed area prior to proclamation
under Section l 5( i) of Police Act but will fall on Government.
(c) Should the necessity for the retention of the force of additional police for a further period
arise a formal application shall be addressed to Government through the channels stated in clause (a)
above, at least one month before the expiry of the period for which the force was originally sanctioned.
257

519. Inspector-General’s sanction.—No permanent police guard shall be supplied without the,
sanction of the Inspector-General. Every application for such a guard shall be submitted to him without
delay, together with a statement of the opinion of the Superintendent as to the necessity of the guard.
520. Notice of withdrawal.—The guard fixed by the Government shall be withdrawn on the
expiry of the term for its employment. When the party to whom a guard is supplied wishes to return the
guard before the fixed period, he shall always give one month’s notice to the Superintendent of his wish
so that arrangements may be made for recalling the guard to Headquarters and discharging extra men.
The Superintendent shall notify the party to this effect when a guard is supplied.
521. Date of deputation and withdrawal to be reported.—When a guard is sanctioned, the date
of its deputation from the district Headquarters shall be communicated by the Superintendent to the
Inspector-General, the Accountant-General and the, party to whom the guard is supplied. Similar
reports shall be sent to the same authorities when any change is made in the strength of the force
sanctioned, or when a guard is withdrawn. The date of the return of the guard to Headquarters shall be
treated as the date of the withdrawal of the guard. -For Rules regarding cost of additional, police, (see
Rules 998-1001).
ACCOMMODATION AND DISCIPLINE OF GUARDS

522. Senior officer to command.—(a) ‘When a pol ice guard is supplied, the senior police-officer
present shall take command of all those who form the guard, whether police, warders, chaukidars or
others. 　‫ط‬
(b) Responsibility and inspection. —The officer in command is responsible for the conduct or his
men, the Superintendent shall either himself inspect the guard or cause it to be inspected at short
intervals.
523. Accommodation.—(a) Accommodation for police guard shall be provided and

arrangements for water-supply shall be made by the department to winch, or person to whom, the
guard is furnished. As a rule, proper fencing by barbed wires in series of parallel stands should be
provided for security of the guard and firearms.
(b) The guard-room shall be within hail and view of the sentry and so placed that he can see the
interior without moving from his post.
N. B.— Where local conditions render this impossible, or until the necessary building operations
have been completed, communication by electric bell should be provided in any case the
arrangement should be such so that sentry may communicate with the police in guard-room and
they may be able to help the sentry in emergency.
(c) Strength, of guard.-All guards providing one armed Sentry should have a strength of at least
one N.C.O. and four constables. If possible, one extra constable should be provided.
258

524. Standing orders for guards.—The following are the Rules for the guidance of armed
guards, specially to guards over treasuries and magazines. The Rules shall he considered applicable, as
far as possible, to all armed guards over prisoners, treasure, arms, ammunition, or other property or
persons. For hajat guard see Rule 239. Duplicate keys of the District Record-Rooms and the Civil Courts
shall be kept in the custody of the officer-in-charge of the treasury guards in sealed packages with
instructions that they shall only be handed over to a Magistrate or any Police officer not below the rank
of an inspector on obtaining a receipt :—
(1) (a) Guard-r00m.——1S'ee Rule 523(b) and N. B. thereunder.
(b) Lighting of guard-room.-A bright light, which shall be so placed that the doorway and
any one passing through it are plainly visible to the sentry at his post, shall burn all night
in the guard-room. The other lamp shall be so placed that the place of sentry is not
visible from outside but there is enough light for sentry to see around him.
(2) Arms. -- (a) All members of guard shall be armed with rifles or muskets as ordered by
the S. P. Every member of the guard shall be responsible for proper maintenance and
safety of the weapon issued to him.
(b) Every member of the guard shall be provided with a strong chain along with the arm
so that he may secure the arm to his uniform with it. On no account shall they be locked
into the “Stand” except when the concerned person is to leave the guard premises on
proper approval of the officer concerned.
(3) Ammunition.—Ammunitions showing

케‫ض‬
signs of deterioration shall be returned into stock
for practice.
(4) Guard commander,—(a) See Rule 522 (a) and (b).
(b) The guard commander shall maintain a small book in which shall be recorded the
number and name of each constable told off for sentry duty, the time he is due to take
post and the time of relief. The sentry shall be relieved only by the commander or by his
second in command.
(c) The guard commander is responsible for the safe custody of arms and ammunition
left by any member of the guard temporarily leaving the guard premises on due
permission. He is also responsible for the conduct and proper discharge of duty by the
guard.
(5) (a) Relief of guard.—(i) The whole guard should be changed at least every three months.
Where possible, the relief of the guard shall take place weekly. The duties should be so
arranged that relieved guard, as far as possible, is not again deputed to act as Treasury
Guard or Magazine Guard immediately. Proper roster for change of guard should be
maintained and adhered to and any deviation can be made only in case of necessity.
259

(ii) The Guard Commander may permit individual members of the guard during day time
to be absent from guard premises temporarily for essential purpose provided he
considers it safe and the total number of absentees does not exceed one-third of the
guard at any time. After sun down, however, the entire guard should be present.
(b) Dress of guards. — During the day, half the guard shall always remain at the guard-room
dressed and equipped; at night the whole guard shall be dressed and present.
(6) Sentries 0rders.—(a) For each sentry posted, there shall he specific orders by the
Superintendent of Police defining (a) the sentry’s beat and front, and (b) the position of the
guard when fallen in or stand to in emergency. Sentries shall carry their arms with bayonets
fixed and shall carry 20 rounds of ammunition in the front pouches tied to their waists. The
sentry shall not keep his musket or rifle loaded even with one round with safety catch in “safe”
position. He should keep the ammunitions in the magazine according to its capacity or in his
pouch if it has no magazine.
(b) When a sentry, who is to be posted at a new post, has reached the post assigned to him, he
shall be ordered to halt and face in the required direction. The officer posting the sentry shall
　‫ط‬
then read and explain the orders to him, telling him the object for which he is posted and
showing him the front of his beat. A copy of orders for each post shall be hung up at the post.
(c) Sentries shall remain on the alert; they shall not quit their arms, lounge or converse with any
one on any pretext, sit or lie down, take off any part of their uniform or leave their beats till
relieved.
(d) When moving about on duty sentry shall move smartly and always tum outwards when
turning about on his beat. Special instructions regarding this may issue in case of special
situations so that sentries do not become an easy target of attack.
(e) Sentries shall he relieved every two hours.
Note.--When a sentry defaults and is put upon his trial the officer who posted him shall be called
to prove the orders of that particular post.
(f) Officers relieving sentries, as well as the sentries shall satisfy themselves on the occasion of
each relief that all fastenings are secure.
(7) Treasury Guards.—{a) The old guard shall invariably be relieved by the new guard when the
treasury is opened.
260
(b) When the guard or officer-in-charge of the guard is relieved, the treasurer, or some
responsible treasury official appointed by him shall go round with both the officers going on and
coming off duty and examine the doors and windows with their fastenings and treasure chests.
and each shall satisfy himself as to the safe condition of everything in the treasury building.
(c)A joint verbal report by both the officers-in-charge of guard, as is written in the above sub-
rule (b), shall be made to the officer-in-charge of the treasury on the occasion of each relief of
the guard. The object is that the above Rules should be observed. This information shall be given
to station in charge also in a joint manner.
(d) Opening and closing treasury.——The treasury building or receptacles for treasure contained
therein shall on no account be opened or shut by a treasury officer except in the presence of the
sentry and officer on duty.
(e) As soon as the treasury is opened for the day, the doors and windows and their fastenings
shall be scrutinized and the seals, locks, hinges, bolts, staples and chains of all receptacles of
treasure in charge of the guard shall he carefully examined.
(f) When closing the treasury, the treasurer shall summon the officer-in-charge of the guard and
the sentry on duty at the time and direct them to satisfy themselves that every lock and seal on
the boxes inside the treasury buildings is correct; finally, that the treasury doors and windows
are securely fastened. Ԁ‫ط‬
(g) Locks, bolts etc. out of order. -- special and immediate report shall be made to the officer-in-
charge of the treasury and to the Superintendent, or other senior police-officer at Headquarters
or sub-divisional stations, when any lock, bolt or other fastening is found to be out of order.
(h) Valuable outside treasury. -No box or other receptacle containing treasure shall be left
outside the treasury rooms. If on any special occasion this is found to be unavoidable, the officer
shall at once report the matter to the senior police-officer present, who shall make special
arrangements for the safe custody of the treasure and report the necessity for such special
arrangements to the Inspector-General.
(i) No safe, chest or any receptacle containing cash belonging to any department other than the
treasury shall be placed under watch of the treasury guard sentry without the written
permission of the District Magistrate.
(1) Visiting rounds.—All treasury guards shall be visited once by day and once by night by an
officer told off daily for the duty, who shall note the date and hour of his visit in me guard
commander’s book.
261

(2) The guard commander should send copy of the entry made in his duty book to S.V. through
his superior echelons where attention of higher officers is to be drawn.
(j) When turning out at night, all guards on magazines and treasuries must take up the position
of "Stand to" even for round officer’s visit at night. This procedure requires the members of the
guard to occupy predetermined positions well concealed from view and ready to strike in case
of necessity. The positions to be taken up should be such as to cover all approaches to the
treasury or magazine. Police sentries should challenge using the following words “Kaun Hai
Khara rahen” and being satisfied they should say “Thik Hai Chale Jaie“. If the person does not
answer, guard Commander should make enquiry. The man may be detained and a report sent at
once to thana officer or reserve Inspector as the case may be. Guards should turn out and pay
compliments after the visiting officers" recognition.
(k) Cash at sub-divisional treasuries.—-The bulk of the cash, if any, at sub-divisional treasuries
shall be kept under double locks, the key of the one remaining with the sub-divisional
Magistrate and of the other with the ministerial officer acting as treasurer. The treasure-chest
　‫ط‬
shall never be opened except in the presence of the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the
commander of the guard.
Note. -- The practice of keeping cash in treasuries has been discontinued since banks have started doing
cash transaction.
(1) Fire and light in treasury buildings.-No fire shall on any account be allowed in treasury
buildings. Where no electric light is available, the only light to be used shall be a well-
protected lantern for which the oil shall be provided by the Collector or other officer-in-
charge of the treasury. The lantern shall be such as will throw light in the strong-room.
Particular care should be taken to see that kitchen attached with barracks and
inflammable articles are not close to the guard-room. Some arrangements for fire
fighting should be kept readily available and if an Apparatus of Carbon Dioxide is kept,
the members of the guard must know how to use it.
262

524-A. Arms and ammunition for certain police stations.—At all places at which there is no
party of armed police within convenient distance to render assistance in case of attack, or where for any
other reason the guard arrangements are considered inadequate, six muskets and 150 rounds of ball
shall be kept at the local police-station. It shall be the duty of the officer-in-charge of this police-station
to see that the arms and ammunitions are readily accessible to the staff and are kept clean and in good
condition.
525. Strong-room rules—The following are extracts of the more important Rules regarding
strong-rooms which affect police guards. For further details reference may be made to Bihar Treasury
Code 1964. Vol. l, Rule 121:——
(1) The Superintendent shall record an order prescribing the position of the sentries and
may also ensure any additional precautions to be taken in the strengthening of
fastenings, burning of lights, etc.
(2) The responsibility for the security of the building and its fixtures shall remain with the
Executive Engineer, and that for the security of chests and other treasury furniture not
being part of the building or fixtures, shall remain with the officer-in-charge of the
treasury.
(3) A copy of the Executive Engineer’s certificate of the fitness of the place to be used as a
Ԁ‫ ط‬order shall be suspended in a conspicuous place
strong-room and the Superintendents
within the strong-room, and it shall be the duty of the officer-in-charge of the treasury
to see that conditions as to manner of storage expressed in these documents are
observed.
(4) (a) The doors and windows of the strong-room shall be opened only at the time of
keeping or taking out coins or other valuables into it or out of it otherwise it will be kept
closed and locked.
The double locks of the strong-room shall on no account be opened except by the
treasury officer and the treasurer in the presence of each other and of the commander
of the guards and the sentry on duty. Both the treasury officer and the treasurer will
remain present in the strong-room for the whole period during which the double locks
are open.
(b) The District Magistrate will cause to be placed outside the double lock a notice
signed by him to the following effect.
263

The commander-in-charge of the guard is required under my orders to see that the gate of the
strong-room is never opened except in the presence of——
(a) the treasury officer .................................
(name to be given).
(b) the treasurer ...........................................
(name to be given).
(5) As an exception to the last rule, the opening of shutters with iron rods is permitted during office
hours if it is necessary for the admission of lighter air to any part of the building, provided that
coins or, valuables remain securely packed under lock and key.
SUPPLY OF ESCORTS AND TEMPORARY GUARDS

526. Officers competent to indent.—(a) The officers named below are competent to indent for
temporary guards or escorts for the purpose of guarding or escorting prisoners, lunatics, treasure,
currency notes, opium and other valuable property of Government :—
Commissioners
Judges 　‫ط‬
District Magistrates
Executive Engineers
Sub-Divisional Officers
Superintendents of jails.
Officers-in-charge of treasuries.
(b) A Superintendent-in-charge of a Mental Hospital may indent for a guard to escort any
criminal lunatic detained in the hospital to the Court where he is to stand his trial.
(c) If any officer asks for guards or escorts that are not provided for by these rules, they shall be
informed that they must obtain the sanction of Government through the head of their department
without which the required guards or escorts cannot be furnished.
264

527. Guards for Commercial Departments.—Guards shall not be supplied without charge to the
irrigation Department. River Valley Projects. State Electricity Board or commercial undertakings of public
sector or State and the Central Government. Applications for such guards shall be made as provided for
in Rule 526 (c). (See Rule 998)
528. Guards for jails.—(a) No guard shall be supplied except upon emergency to any jail without
the knowledge of the Inspector-General of Prisons and the approval of the Inspector-General of Police.
(b) If on any emergency a Superintendent of Police may think it his duty to supply a guard, the
fact shall be reported at once to the inspector-General of Police.
(c) Whenever arrests are made in a large number in a sub-division, the Sub-Divisional Magistrate
should, if possible, be informed in advance, and to avoid overcrowding in the sub-jail, arrangements
should be made to supply a guard to escort the prisoners to another jail or to assist in guarding the sub-
jail, should it be necessary to commit the prisoners to the sub—jail.
(d) A Police Guard may be deputed for guarding of prisoners sent to Hospital outside jail on the
requisition of the jail authority. However, such requirements should be reduced to the minimum.
529. Survey parties, etc. on railways.—(a) With the sanction of the Inspector- General, police
force may be supplied to survey parties on railways under construction. Their cost shall be charged to
the railway (see Rule 1001).
(b) The cost of guards supplied at the request

Ԁ‫ط‬ of railway authorities for the performance of
duties which are not part of the ordinary functions of the police (e.g., the protection of a treasure chest)
shall be charged to the railway (see Rule I001).
530. Guards to remain in their own districts.—Guards supplied to railways and other parties
shall be employed only in the district in which they are supplied, as the Superintendent is responsible for
their behavior and inspection. Should the party to whom a guard has been supplied desire its transfer to
another district, it may be transferred as required. The Superintendent of the district to which it is
transferred shall then furnish the guard and arrange for its inspection.
531. Magistrates’ and Commissioners’ houses.--If the strength of the reserve permits,
Superintendents when requested, shall supply one or two constables to District Magistrates and
Commissioners to guard their houses during their absence from Headquarters.
532. Guards on tour with Magistrate or Commissioner.—If the District Magistrate so desires, an
armed guard shall accompany him on his visits to the interior.
Such a force is intended as a guard of honour for the chief executive officer of a district. A similar guard
shall be allowed to the Divisional Commissioner when on tour, the guard being relieved on arrival at the
first camp in the next district.
265

533. Under-trial prisoners in camp.—-The extra guard required for the custody of under-trial prisoners
with Magistrates in camp shall be supplied by the police and not by the jail department.
GENERAL RULES FOR ESCORTS

534. (a) ln the following rules, the word “prisoners” shall include ‘convicts’.
(b) Rules 24! »242 in Chapter 11 shall be generally applicable in the case of all escorts of under-
trial prisoners referred to in this Chapter.
535. Escort requisitions.—(a) Escorts shall be furnished only on written indents from competent
authority. A separate requisition shall be made for each escort required in P.M. Form No. 97 and every
requisition shall have a separate number. Parsons authorized to indent for escort patties shall be
supplied with book of requisition forms by Superintendents.
(b) Strength of escort. —-The Superintendent shall determine the strength of the guard when it
is not laid down by Rules 557-A, 558 and 587-591. The deputation of one armed constable for escort
duty and particularly to escort cash, is unsound in principle and provides a temptation to anyone who
wishes to possess, himself of the weapon and cash. As such, if armed section is detailed it should be of
one section or at least half section strength.
(c) Notice.—At least 72 hours’ notice (inclusive of Sundays and holidays) shall be given to the
Superintendent to enable him to furnish an escort of the proper strength. But in urgent cases, on
requisition from competent authority, he shall do his best to supply or relieve escorts at shorter notice.
Superintendents shall report promptly to the Range Deputy Inspector-General, by telegraph, wireless or
‫ط‬
telephone when necessary, when they anticipate difficulty in providing escorts within the time fixed by
District Officers. In such cases special arrangements shall be made by the Deputy Inspector-General.
536. Action on receipt of requisition.—(a) On receipt of an escort requisition, the head clerk
shall fill up the order on the reverse of it, showing the strength of the escort required and, if it is
necessary to make advance payments to the escort, the amount of daily allowance.
(b) Railway warrants (see Rule 575) or bus warrants or, in the case of treasure escorts, the actual
cost of the fares (see Rule 550) shall always be provided and advance daily allowance, etc. shall usually
only be paid to the men when the journey to be undertaken by the escort involves absence from
Headquarters for a long period. When such advance payments are necessary, the Superintendent shall
pass the payment order on the requisition.
(c) The requisition and the amount of the advances, if any [see also Rule 550(b)] and in the case
of treasure escorts, the cost of the fares and all charges to be incurred on account of freight, etc. [see
Rule 550(c)] shall be sent to the Superintendent who shall make over the entire amount to the in charge
of the escort party and obtain a receipt from him on requisition. He shall also give the officer-in-charge
of the party a command certificate (P.M. Form No. 9) and shall note on it the details of the money and
warrants made over and the number of the escort requisition, as well as details of the prisoners or
treasure or other property to be escorted and such instructions as are necessary (e.g., whether the
prisoners are to be fettered or not, the route to be taken, etc.
266
(d) On return of the escort party the requisition, with the command certificate and duplicates of
the railway or bus warrants attached, and any unexpended balance out of the advance made, shall be
returned to the head clerk with an account of the expenditure and of the amount, if any, due to the
escort party for final adjustment.
537. Orders to be explained to officer in command.—The Reserve Inspector is responsible that

the officer-in-charge of an escort is fully aware of the various orders to be observed from the time he
takes charge of the prisoners or treasure until his return; that a proper inspection of the men’s arms,
ammunition and accoutrements is made; that the men detailed are all present and fit; and the guard is
properly equipped and dressed.
538. Dress of escort.—Men proceeding on escort shall appear in the prescribed uniform,
carrying their arms properly. On such occasions they shall not carry umbrellas, and their kits, etc., shall
be carried in the haversack. The officer-in-charge shall be held responsible for any disobedience of these
orders.
539. Arms.—(a) Treasure escorts shall be armed only as laid down in Rule 587. Prisoners’ escorts
shall be armed only when such a course is considered necessary. Armed escorts shall carry the
ammunition prescribed for sentries on night duty under Rule 524(6)(a) in their pouches. Unarmed
escorts shall carry Iathis only. All consignments of arms and ammunition should be sent or taken
delivery of under armed Police escort. A rough scale of escort may generally be as under: —
(i) Number of arms——
Up to I00 arms—half section. 케‫ض‬
Above 100 arms—full section.
(ii) Ammunition—
Up to 10.000 rounds—half section.
Above 10.000 rounds-—full section.
(b) A few constables, carrying lathis only shall accompany all large armed escort parties.
540. Despatch of escort.—{a) The Superintendent shall arrange to despatch the party, so that it
may be present at the time and place ordered.
(b) The officer-in-charge of the escort shall march his men in proper order to the place directed
and shall be responsible that they arrive there punctually. He shall report himself to the officer on
whose requisition the party is furnished.
541. Escort not to move without instructions.——The officer-in-charge of an escort shall not
move without written instructions as to procedure en route from the Superintendent, and he shall not
take charge of any prisoner or a lunatic unless the officer to whom the escort is furnished pays the fare
by railways steamer or motor, or provides a pass for such person or persons up to the place at which the
journey will cease, and provides food, or money for the purchase of it, for the person or persons to be
escorted (see Rule S44).
267

542. Care of persons and property.—0flicers—in-charge of escort parties shall keep all persons
and property under escort as close together as possible to ensure efficiency, placing their policemen in
the rear and on each flank. For this purpose the officer-in-charge shall himself remain in the rear. The
firearms of the guard shall be examined in the presence of the prisoners or drivers of any vehicle used.
543. Communication with outsiders.—No communication shall on any account be permitted

between outsiders and prisoners or drivers of vehicles.
544. Conveyance arrangements.—(a) The jail authorities will make arrangements for motor
vehicles where necessary. The decision whether special accommodation should be reserved on’ the
railway will rest with that police and they will correspond with the railway authorities in P.M. Form No.
93. They shall make all arrangements for special accommodation, but all charges will he debited to the
jail’s budget. A scale of reserved accommodation is given in the P.M. Form noted above.
(b) Carriage of Treasure. —All arrangements as regards carriage of treasure shall devolve upon
the officer to whom the escort is supplied, and shall not in any way form part of the duty of the police.
‫ط‬
(c) Prisoners and treasure shall not, except under special circumstances, be sent together.
Prisoners need not be sent by mail trains for reasons of economy but if they travel by mail trains, extra
charges should be paid.
(d) Superintendents shall not dispatch treasure or receive charge of it for dispatch by rail until
assured that arrangements have been made for receiving it at the station of arrival.
545. Route.—-As far as possible railway and steamer lines shall be utilized, and the shortest
route from one place to another shall be taken. Motor services with which arrangements have been
made by the jail authorities will be utilized (see Rule 544).
546. Night traveling.--Escorts shall never travel by night, except when proceeding by rail,
steamer or boat, or under special instructions. Marches shall he regulated so as to take advantage of
police-stations or other places of security to lodge prisoners and treasure when halting for the night [see
Rule 57l(i)].
268

547. Receipt to be taken on making over charge.—When an officer-in-charge of an escort is
making over charge at the place of final destination to the officer authorized to receive the prisoners or
treasure escorted, he shall take a receipt for every person and thing delivered, which he shall submit to
the Superintendent of Police office on return to his district.
548. Return of escorts.—(a) Escorts returning to their station shall be marched back by the
officer commanding in a body, and shall not be permitted to break off or dawdle on the road. They shall
report themselves at each police-station they pass. As far as possible, police transport should be used
for their movements.
(b) Returning escorts shall be utilized whenever possible for the despatch of treasure or
prisoners to the district to which they belong or any district on their line of route. Officers-in-charge of
escorts shall, on arrival at their destination, report themselves to the Police office at district
Headquarters or Sub-Divisional Police office at Sub-Divisional Headquarters, who shall be responsible for
ascertaining whether any prisoners or treasure are awaiting transfer to the place from which the escort
has come, or to any place en-route. If there are any, they shall be made over to them for escort. The
local officer shall make any arrangement that may be necessary for strengthening the return escort, and
shall send intimation to the Superintendent of the Ԁ‫ط‬
district to which the escort belongs of the orders he
has given to the officer-in charge of the party.
(c) It should, however, be ensured that the escort has rest for a reasonable period before
undertaking the return journey. While long rest is not necessary, if the duty including outward journey
has been pCff0I‘l‘l‘l€Cl during the day in less than 8 hours, rest shall be allowed for 8 hours if the duty
including outward journey has taken 9 hours or more and for 24 hours if the duty including outward
journey has taken more than I2 hours or has involved travel by night for 6 hours or more.
549. Adjustment of expenditure.—On return of the escort, the officer-in-charge shall report
himself to the police officer and give an account of his expenditure. The clerk of the police office shall
then fill up the memorandum at the foot of the escort requisition and return it and the command
certificate with the balance, if any, due to Government, to the bead clerk, who shall file the escort
requisition and command certificate with the acquaintance roll or voucher and adjust the account,
either receiving the unexpended balance or paying the balance due to the escort.
268

550. Payment of escort expenses.—(a) All escort charges, other than those incurred on account
of the escort of treasure from and to a bank, treasury or currency office, which are incurred strictly on
account of the police shall be borne by the police department and debited to “Travelling Allowance", the
bills being prepared in duplicate by carbon process in Form No. 194-B of Schedule LIH (Special Travelling
Allowance Bill Form).
(b) Funds for the payment of all road and ferry tolls shall be advanced to the escort officer.
Except in the case of treasure escorts, the Superintendent shall pay for those of the escort party, if not
exempted under Rules 698 and 1178, whilst those livable for the prisoners or property escorted, shall
be, paid by the requisitioning officer. When the police travel in the same boat or other conveyance with
prisoners or property, a fair proportion of the hire shall be paid by the police department if the
requisitioning officer so requires (see Rules 568-569).
(c) Expenses of treasure escort.—The cost of remittance of treasure of the following kinds for
which the State Government is liable should be billed for separately and the expenditure shall be
debited by Central Accounts Section, Nagpur through the Reserve Bank of India under head “O55
Police”:-
(1) Remittances to and from currency chests to treasuries and sub-treasuries.
(2) Remittances between sub-treasuries with currency chests at both ends.
(3) When not sent separately remittances of incurrent coins between treasuries and sub-
treasuries with currency chests at both ends.‫ط‬
(4) Remittances of small coins between regular small coin depots located in State banks and
other nationalized banks or sub-treasuries with chests. –
In the following cases, the charges for remittance of treasure including the cost of police escorts
are debitable to the head “Accounts with Reserve Bank" and recoverable from it :—
(1) Remittances to and from currency chests to treasuries and sub-treasuries having currency
chests.
(2) Remittances of small coins between regular small coin depots located in State banks and
other nationalized banks and sub-treasuries with currency chests.
(3) Remittances of incurrent coins between State banks and nationalized banks whether within
or outside the district, when sent separately.
(4) All remittances made under the orders of the currency officer provided such remittances are
between sub-treasuries having currency chests or between small coins depots and such
treasuries and sub-treasuries.
270

551. Expenses of under-trial prisoners.--For the payment of expenses incurred in bringing under
trial prisoners from police-stations to Magistrates’ Courts the procedure shall be according to Rule 244.
552. Soldiers proceeding for trial by the civil officers.—Where a soldier is carried for trial by a
police escort, the charge will not be under head Military. Warrant issued in such cases should include
the army accused.
RELIEF OF ESCORTS
553. Places of relief on road journeys.—-Escorts proceeding by land or country boat shall
ordinarily be relieved at the several district Headquarters directly on route. Early intimation of the
required relief, giving the probable date and hour of arrival, shall be sent to the Superintendents of all
such districts by the Superintendent originally dispatching the escort.
554. Relief on entering another State.—(a) A police force escorting prisoners or treasure by rail
from one State to another is ordinarily relieved on arrival at the first district Headquarters in the other
State which lies on the line of route. For relieving stations see clause (i) below. The following
information should be given by telegram or wireless 72 hours [inclusive of Sundays and holidays, vide
Rule 535 (c)] in advance to the first relieving station in the neighboring State. Lf an express letter
containing information can reach the relieving station in time, a telegram need not be sent. In
emergencies less notice may be given:——
Ԁ‫ط‬
ESCORT OF PRISONERS
1. The number and class of prisoners.
2. Whether dangerous, ordinary, female, juvenile, etc.
3. The strength of escort proceeding.
4. The number of train by which arriving with date and time.
5. Any special precautions considered necessary.
ESCORT OF TREASURE
(1) The value of the treasure.
(2) The form it takes, e.g., gold, silver, and other metal or its coins or currency notes.
(3) The number of train with date and time of arrival and the number of wagons.
(4) The strength of the escort proceeding.
271
(b) Superintendents of this State will receive 72 hours’ notice (inclusive of Sunday and holidays)
by telegram or express letter or wireless from Superintendents of other States when the relief of
escorts, passing through Bihar, is required. On receipt of such a telegram, wireless or express letter, it
will be the duty of the Superintendent of Police of the district in which the relieving station is situated to
put into action the Rules of this State and to increase or decrease the strength of the relief escort.
In emergencies less than 72 hours’ notice will be accepted as regards the number of wagons
when this cannot be communicated three days in advance.
(c) Tickets for prisoners and the booking of treasure will be to destination from the original
dispatching station. Tickets for prisoners or documents concerning the booking of treasure should he
handed over from escort to escort en route.
(d) It is expected that the district which is to provide relief would confirm availability of relief. If
however, for any reason the district is unable to find relief, it should wire back receipt of the
requisitioning telegram that a relief is not available. Thereupon the dispatching station will decide
whether postponement is possible; and if it is not, it should send a telegram or wireless to the next
relieving station after the immediate relieving station giving all the information enumerated in clause (a)
above.
(e) Movements of escort should be restricted during festivals in connection with which
disturbances are likely to arise.
㈀‫ط‬from Bihar to West Bengal and beyond-

(f) Relieving station.—(l) Travelling of escorts
(a) Travelling by the Eastern Railway through main line, loop line or Grand Chord line at
Burdwan.
(b) Travelling by the Eastern Railway via Farakka at Maldah.
(c) Travelling by S. E. Railway via Tatanagar at Howrah.
(d) Travelling by the S.E. Railway via Muri at Purulia.
(e) Travelling by N.E.F. Railway, (i) via Kishunganj at Jalpaigori (ii) via Barsoi at Malda Court.
272

(2) Travelling of escort from West Bengal to Bihar and beyond--
(a) Travelling by the Eastern Railway through loop line at Sahebganj, by the main line at
Patna. and by the Grand Chord line at Dhanbad.
(b) Travelling by the S.E. Railway via Purulia at Tatanagar.
(c) Travelling by the S.E. Railway via Kharagpur at Tatanagar.
(d) Travelling by the N.E.F. Railway via Katihar at Katihar.
(3) Travelling of escort from Bihar to Orissa and beyond—
(a) Travelling by the S.E. Railway via Chandil, Tatanagar and Kharagpur at Balasore.
(b) Travelling by S.E. Railway via Ranchi and Hatia at Rourkela.
(4) Travelling of escort from Orissa to Bihar and beyond-
(a) Travelling by S.E. Railway via Rourkela at Ranchi.
(b) Travelling by S.E. Railway via Chakardharpur at Tatanagar.
(c) Travelling by S.E. Railway via Kharagpur at Tatanagar.
(5) Travelling of escort from Bihar to M.P.—-Travelling by S.E. Railway via Ranchi and Hatia at
Bilaspur. Ԁ‫ط‬
(6) Travelling of escort from M.P. to Bihar—-—Travelling by S.E. Railway via Ranchi and Hatia at
Ranchi.
(7) Travelling of escort from Bihar to U.P. and beyond—
(a) Travelling by Eastern Railway at Mirzapur or Varanasi whichever is on the line.
(b) Travelling by N.E. Railway towards Gorakhpur at Deoria or towards Varanasi at Ballia.
(8) Travelling of escort from U.P. to Bihar-—
(a) Travelling by the Eastern Railway through main line at Arrah and through the Grand
Chord line at Sasaram Station.
(b) Travelling by N.E. Railway from Gorakhpur side at Siwan and from Varanasi side at Chapra.
554-A. Inter-State escorting of accused persons or under trial prisoners.- Whenever any under
trial prisoner other than convicts noted in above para or an accused person arrested in this State is
required in another State in connection with trial or investigation, the district police effecting the arrest
should escort the accused or the prisoner to the destination where he is wanted.
273

Similarly, when an under-trial prisoner or an accused person wanted in this State is arrested in
another State, the Police authorities of the State effecting the arrest shall he requested by the District
Superintendent concerned to arrange despatch of the prisoner to this State through their police escort.
The State sending the escort to the State where he is wanted will bear all the charges of the escort and
the prisoner or accused person on reciprocal basis. Strength or scale of such escort is laid down in Rule
SS7-A and 558.
555. Journey by Bus.—When the journey is done by bus or some other motor vehicle, the escort
can be relieved in route in another State at first district Headquarters but such an arrangement should
be done before hand by the despatching Superintendent of Police from the Superintendent of Police of
other State by correspondence.
556. (a) Relief of treasure escort.—When a treasure escort has actually started, a telegram or
wireless shall be sent at once to the Superintendent who has to relieve the escort [see Rule 544(0)].
(b) Telegraphic notice of departure. —If escorts-in-charge of prisoners or treasure have to

proceed first by road and then by rail, and an additional escort is required at the termination of their
railway journey, the officer-in-charge shall be given a telegraphic or wireless message addressed to the
Superintendent of the district where the railway journey ends and the guard is to be strengthened, in
the following form:-—
“(To) S. Police .............................................. ..
“Leave (name of station) by (time) Train.”

㈀‫ط‬
(From) Officer-in-charge, treasure (or prisoners’) escort."
(c) This telegraphic, or wireless message shall be sent in addition to the usual notice by letter
and shall be dispatched by the officer-in-charge of the escort as soon after his arrival at the railway
station as possible. Should he, from any cause, not be able to proceed by the train he intended, a second
message, giving the time of starting of the train by which he will proceed, shall be sent. The officer
dispatching an escort shall impress on the officer-in-charge of it that he shall obey implicitly all orders
given to him by the Superintendent of Police of the terminal station.
ESCORTS FOR PRISONER
557. (a) Responsibility of the Pol ice for prisoners under escort. —The responsibility for the
safety of prisoners under escort will rest with the police. The Police shall be responsible for deciding
what precautions in the way of fetters, accommodation, etc., shall be provided (see Rules 544. 545,
S46).
274

(b) Females.—On short journeys, as for instance, to a jail in a neighboring district or from a lock-
up to a jail, female prisoners when removed singly shall be escorted by one constable only, a man of old
age or respectable character being selected for the purpose. A female prisoner received from a jail shall
in addition to the police escort, always be accompanied by a permanent female warder or by a
responsible female arranged for by the jail authorities.
557-A. Strength of escorts for prisoners.—Under ordinary circumstances, the strength of

escorts for prisoners shall be as follows:-
for l to 3 prisoners-2 constables.
for 4 to 6 prisoners—~3 constables.
Note.—— One of these, who shall be senior, shall act as in charge.
for 7 to 12 prisoners—l havildar and 4 constables.
for 13 to 18 prisoners-»2 havildar and 6 constables.
for 19 to 24 prisoners—2 havildars and 8 constables.
and there shall be increase in this proportion in the number of constables on increase in the number of
prisoners. In this way, there shall be one additional havildar on increase in strength of constables by six.
Ԁ‫ط‬
Whenever there are two or three havildars in an escort party, there should be one Sub-Inspector with
them. See Rule 539(a) if the escort is to be armed or not.
The above scale is for general guidance. The Superintendent may use his own judgment as to the
reduction or increase of the escort if he has sufficient reason for deviation from the general rules. If a
prisoner is of .superior class or is a Member of Parliament or Legislature, the Superintendent shall take
this decision as to who and of what rank shall be placed in charge of escort.
557-B. (i) Whenever an escort party has to stay at night at such place where there is no safe
place for prisoners, the strength of escort should be increased so that extra care may be taken.
(ii) If prisoners are to be escorted in a closed van the above number of escort is not necessary
unless the prisoner has to move on foot for a long distance. When the prisoners are entering or coming
out of the van, the escorts shall always fix the bayonets and shall stand in such a way that if few persons
assemble there between the door and van they remain between the prisoners and persons.
(iii) When journeying by bus, the prisoners will be kept in close proximity and custody of the
escorts. The escort shall as far as possible be seated between the prisoners and the gates of the bus. The
prisoners would be accommodated in a separate portion of the bus reserved for the purpose. Such
arrangements shall be made in advance so that their seats may be reserved for which the bus conductor
should extend full co-operation.
275

558. Escort in special circumstances.—(a) When a notorious criminal or a notable State prisoner
forms one of the party, the escort shall be special and regulated in accordance with the importance of
the prisoner or prisoners being escorted [see Rule 562(e)].
(b) It may be necessary to send the escort armed in the following circumstances:—
(1) When the prisoner is sentenced under Section 224, I.P.C.
(2) When prisoner is known to have escaped before while being escorted or from custody
or had attempted to escape.
(3) When prisoners have been sentenced to 5 years imprisonment or more. They should
have a remark to that effect entered against their names. When such prisoners are
among a party of prisoners due for transfer, they may require extra escort.
559. (a) Papers to be received by escort.—The officer-in-charge of the escort shall receive the
following papers, property, etc., from the jail authorities along with prisoners, for due delivery to the
officer-in-charge of the jail of destination :—
(1) A sealed cover containing the forwarding letter to the receiving jail (Jail Form No. 1 3)
together with the original warrants, history tickets, descriptive rolls (Jails Form No. 8) of
each prisoner, and P.R. slips and copies of Courts orders, if any, regarding attendance of
prisoners
(2) A statement in the Jail Form No. 14, containing the names of the prisoners, lists of
prisoners and Government property,
㈀‫ ط‬details of ration and diet allowances, documents
made over and any special instruction for the journey and regarding any particular
prisoner.
(3) The Government and prisoners ‘property noted in the list referred to in clause (2).
(4) Travelling expenses and diet allowances and rations as entered in the list referred to in
clause (2).
(5) Bus warrants and railway credit notes.
(b) The officer-in-charge of the escort shall sign for the number of prisoners and for each of the
five items noted above.
(c) The officer-in-charge of the escort shall have entries made by the officer-in- charge of the
police-station at each place where he halts, on the reverse of the statement referred to in clause (a) (2)
above, regarding the date and hour of arrival and departure, whether the prisoners got a cooked or
uncooked meal and the prisoners‘ state of health; he shall also keep an account of all expenditure
incurred from moneys advanced to him, and whenever such expenditure is incurred at the Headquarters
of any sub-division, or at any police-station or Police post, the officer-in-charge of such sub-division, etc.,
shall attest the account.
276

(d) Receipt to be obtained by escort.—-Receipts for all prisoners, documents and property
handed over shall be obtained from the jailor or assistant jailor. Receipts signed by warders shall on no
account be accepted (see Rule 547).
560. Deleted.
561. (a) Whenever convicts, irrespective of the class to which they belong, have to undertake a
journey for appearing in Court or for any other reason, the Jail Superintendent shall give to the escort
incharge daily allowance for the cost of feeding the prisoners at approved rates for different categories
of prisoners [Rule 237(b)]. It shall be the responsibility of escort in-charge that the prisoners are fed at
proper time at approved rates.
(b) When under trial prisoners are taken out on journey, the cost of daily allowance is payable
by Magistrate. He should ensure that if a long journey has to be traversed, in which arrangements for
feeding have to be made, adequate amount shall be handed over to escort in-charge so that the
prisoners do not have any difficulty in the way. If the approved full rate is not given, the Jail
Superintendent shall supply the deficiency and recover it from Magistrate.
562. Use of handcuff, leg irons, rope, etc.—(a) Male convicts of Division three shall be
handcuffed during transit.
(b) Convicts of Divisions one and two should not be handcuffed unless there is reason to suspect
that they may attempt to escape.
(c) No female prisoner shall be handcuffed or fettered.

케‫ض‬
(d) The restraint to be used in the case of male under trial prisoners is defined in Rule 241.
(e) The procedure laid down in Rule 242 shall also be followed in all cases in respect of the
handcuffing of prisoners. "
(f) In the case of dangerous or refractory characters [see Rule 558(a)]. Special precautions shall
be taken if the Superintendent of Police considers it necessary.
(g) The officer-in-charge of the escort shall be supplied with removable leg-shackles, if such are
available, or rope to be temporarily substituted for handcuffs when convicts are easing themselves (see
Rule 582).
563. Care and examination of handcuffs, etc.—(a) handcuffs and ropes shall be supplied to
escort parties by the Reserve inspector. Fetters, when required will be supplied by the Jail Department
and kept by the Jail. The Police will inform the jail authorities in advance when they require fetters so
that they may be supplied to escort parties.
(b) Keys of handcuffs and leg irons and shackles shall be kept by the Police officer- in-charge of
the prisoners. Before taking charge of prisoners, the officer-in-charge of the escort shall see that all
handcuffs and leg irons are secure and in good order. This examination shall be repeated whenever the
prisoners halt or resume their journey.
277

564. Females and juveniles.—Female and juvenile prisoners shall be separated as far as possible
from adult male prisoners.
565. Articles which prisoner may not possess.—No prisoner or convict may have in his
possession any of the articles enumerated below, which are prohibited within the meaning of Section
42, Prisons Act (IX of 1894). Prisoners shall be searched before being taken over by escort parties, to see
that they do not possess any of the articles. If later, the prisoners are found in possession of any
prohibited article, the laxity of escort party will be apparent. In case of female prisoners, search should
be done, by female warder in presence of escort party. Notable prisoners, e.g. M.Ps. and M.L.As. etc. not
likely to be in possession of dangerous articles may not be searched.
LIST OF PROHIBITED ARTICLES

( 1) Alcohol or spirituous liquors of any kind;
(2) Ganja, opium or any other drag or poisonous article;
(3) Poisonous materials, materials for making fire or materials which would cause
disfiguration;
(4) Bullion, metal, money, currency notes, valuable securities jewellery, ornaments and
articles of value of every description;
(5) Books, printed matter, letters or writing materials of any kind not authorized by the
Superintendent of the Jail; ㌀‫ط‬
(6) Knives, arms, ropes, string. Bamboos, ladders, sticks, any article likely to facilitate
escape or implements of any kind:
(7) All Any article which has not been issued for the use of prisoners from jail stores.
566. (a) Meals of prisoners. —All prisoners travelling by road shall be allowed to take their food
twice a day, prisoners handed over alter 9 A.M. and up to 6 P.M. shall not be received by the
officer-in-charge of the escort, unless they have been fed in the jail.
(b) Food on train journeys. —The escort parties are entitled to allowances for prisoners doing
journey by train. They shall provide, according to route, cooked food to the prisoners. If possible. Choora
shall not he supplied but other forms of parched grain or rice are permissible.
(c) Whenever it is considered to send the prisoners before 9 A.M. on journey, in that case, they
should be sent after giving them morning breakfast.
(d) Drinking water: —Good drinking water in sufficient quantity shall be supplied. Prisoners shall
not be allowed to drink from wayside pools or kutcha wells.
278

567. Deleted.
568. Advance of expenses by jail auth0rities.—A sum of money sufficient to meet all expenses
of dieting and carriage of the convicts shall be arranged by the jail authority by whom the convicts are
being sent and given to the officer-in-charge of the escort who shall meet all expenditure on account of
the convicts from this fund. He shall keep an account of all expenditure incurred on the convicts, and if
the expenditure is made at any police-station or police post or other Government establishment the
officer-in-charge of such station, etc., shall attest the expenditure on the above account (see Rules 549
and 550). The Jail Superintendent should provide adequate advance keeping in view the possibility of
delay in journey.
569. Account of expenses to jail authorities.—The officer-in -charge of the guard shall, on
reaching his destination, render to the Superintendent of the receiving jail a detailed account of the
funds entrusted to him.
570. Carriage of bedding.—When the clothing and bedding of prisoners are returned to the jail
from which they were received, in charge of the returning escort. A porter shall be employed to carry
them, and in no circumstances shall the escort do케so.‫ ض‬The cost of conveyance shall be paid by the jail
which returns the clothing. In cases when escorts are returning with convicts the latter can, if the load
be not excessive, be ordered by the jail authorities to carry the clothing and bedding and a porter need
not be engaged.
Note.— The load which a prisoner is to carry shall not exceed 10-12 kilograms.
571. Sickness or death amongst convicts escorted.—The following Rules apply to all classes of
journeys :—
(1) When a prisoner becomes so seriously ill on the way as to be unfit for travelling, he shall
be left at the next station or outpost, to be taken, as soon as he can be moved, to the
nearest jail, for treatment. Report of the circumstances shall be made to the
Superintendent of the despatching jail and the jail to which the convict was travelling.
(2) If a prisoner coupled to another falls sick he shall he detached from his companion, the
latter being coupled to any odd convict there may be in the Party.
279

(3) Should cholera appear on the march either among the prisoners or the guard, the party
shall halt immediately and the officer in command shall apply for orders to the nearest
station officer.
(4) When a prisoner in course of transfer dies, the escort officer shall make arrangements
for the custody of the body by chaukidars or police at the nearby police-station and
report the matter immediately to the nearest police-station. The officer-in-charge of the
police-station shall report the matter by the quickest means to the Sub-Divisional
Magistrate and the latter shall hold an enquiry into the circumstances attending the
death. The corpse shall not be disposed of without the orders of the said Magistrate.
572. Firing on prisoners.—(a) In the event of a member of an escort party discovering a prisoner
surreptitiously attempting to escape, he shall at once raise an alarm, but shall not fire upon the escaping
prisoner.
(b) Escorts shall be instructed that they shall not fire upon prisoners without orders from the
order-in-charge unless obliged to do so in self- defence.
‫ط‬
(c) Only under the following circumstances䍰
are escorts justified in firing upon prisoners :—
(1) a murderous attack upon any person, which cannot be prevented by other means, and
which would place the person or persons attacked in imminent danger of death or
injury; or
(2) a combined or forcible attack upon the escort, or a combined or forcible attempt to
break loose.
573. Escapes.—(a) When an escape takes place from an escort party, the officer- in-charge shall
give prompt notice at the nearest police-station and proceed with the remaining prisoners.
(b) The officer-in-charge of the police-station shall make all necessary arrangements for the
recapture of the escaped prisoner and shall report the escape by the quickest means to bordering
police-stations and to the Superintendents of Police, who shall inform the Superintendents of the jails of
dispatch and destination.
(c) If recapture be not immediately effected, the warrant and documents relating to the prisoner
and his property shall be returned to the jail whence he was dispatched.
280

574. Negligence resulting in escapes.—(a) In most cases, the persons who are actually
responsible in suffering the escape are dealt with but no effort is made to find out and remove the
defects in spite of previous experience. It has also been noticed quite frequently that apart from the
escort party being responsible for the escape, the officers confining prisoners do not exercise much
caution and care. When reporting on these escape cases Superintendents of Police should send their
comments to higher officers on the parts played by the dispatching and receiving officers and the
manner in which sentry duties were allotted. Whenever any latch is noticed during investigation or trial
departmental action shall be taken against the officer concerned.
(b) If any police officer negligently or wilfully lets a prisoner escape, departmental proceedings
under Section 7 of the Police Act should invariably be taken and the punishment awarded and unless
there are unusual extenuating circumstances, this punishment should ordinarily be dismissal.
Prosecution of the offenders under Sections 223/225 (a) I.P.C should not be resorted to unless definite
or concrete evidence is available to show connivance or criminal negligence.
RAILWAY TRAVELLING
575. Railway warrants.—(a) In order to afford special facilities to police-officers of or below the
rank of Inspector travelling on duty, a system of issuing railway warrants and credit note has been
adopted the Rules for which will be found in Appendix 31. Escorts proceeding by railway shall be
provided with a warrant in P.M. Form No. 98 for the entire journey to be travelled (see Rule 536). The
tickets obtained in exchange for a warrant shall be transferred to the relieving party as often as required
‫װط‬
enroute. The Superintendent of the despatching district shall issue a warrant for the whole journey up
to the final destination, plus a return warrant from the station at which his men will be relieved. The
Superintendents of the districts furnishing the relieving guards shall provide their respective guards with
a return warrant from the next relieving station to the Headquarters of their own district. If owing to
unforeseen circumstances escorts are not relieved at the proper relieving station they should obtain
from the Superintendent of Police of the district where they are relieved the money necessary to enable
them to return to the station where they should have been relieved. The Superintendent of Police, who
advances, will, on the reciprocal basis debit the amount so advanced to his own budget. Claims for
travelling allowance for a journey beyond the ordinary relieving station should be disallowed unless the
Superintendent of Police is satisfied that the journey was necessitated by circumstances beyond the
control of the escort.
(b) For carrying arms and ammunition [P.M. Rule 539(a)], Treasure boxes (P.M.R. 589 and 590)
or other Government property (horses and Police dogs included), by Rail or Steamer, the facilities of
Credit Note, without pre payment. should be availed of. This will obviate the necessity of giving cash to
the escort party for booking the above items. If any light Railway/Bus or Steamer has not adopted the
Credit Note system. cash payments to escort party would have to be made. Such credit notes giving the
details of items to be escorted should be signed by the officer of the remitting or despatching unit as per
Rule No. 1314 of I.R.C.A. coaching Tariff 19 Part 1.
281

575-A. Bus warrant.—The Rules for the issue of bus warrants to police officers of and below the
rank of Inspector/Sub-Inspector are laid down in Appendix 31-A.
Note 1— These Rules apply also to escorts sent beyond the State.
Note 2.— For the travelling allowance admissible to escort parties see Bihar T.A. Rules 76-82.
576. Prisoners to arrive at Howrah in the morning.—All prisoners sent to Calcutta should travel,
if possible, by a train which arrives at Howrah in the morning, and not by one arriving in the evening, to
allow the prisoners being sent on to Alipore without detention at Howrah. Prisoners should be delivered
at the Alipore Jail during daylight.
577. Reserved compartment.—The prisoners and escort shall travel in a reserved compartment
or compartments in the following cases-—
(1) when military prisoner is being escorted;
(2) when a violent or dangerous prisoner is being escorted;
(3) when an insane person, civil or military, is being sent;
(4) when the aggregate number of the䌀prisoners

‫ط‬
and escort exceeds five.
578. Deleted.
579. Precautions in trains.—(a) The prisoners shall ordinarily be kept together in one
compartment of a lowest class carriage and shall be attended by the escort, two of whom, when there
are enough men, shall be seated at each door of the carriage. Each man shall be careful to keep his arm
safely by his side.
(b) If there be no room for the whole of the escort and the prisoners in one compartment, both
escorts and prisoners shall be divided, so that prisoners shall never be without men of the escort in any
compartment, at least one being at each door.
(c) As soon as the train stops at any station the officer-in-charge shall get out and see that the
escort is vigilant and that proper order and discipline are maintained among the prisoners, If it is
necessary to allow prisoners to leave the train for any purpose. One man from the escort shall be told
off to accompany each prisoner. If further assistance should be required, it shall be demanded from the
railway police. Not more than two prisoners shall be all-owed out of the train at a time, and only one
when the escort does not exceed three men.
282

580. Class of carriages.—Treasure escorts shall travel in the lowest class on all railways.
Prisoners’ escorts shall travel by the class directed by the officer supplying the escort.
ROAD JOURNEYS
581. Length of march on road.—(a) When convicts proceed the whole or part of their journey
on foot they shall not be marched more than twenty km. in one day (sue Rule 546).
(b) Lanterns for night journeys. —When an escort proceeds by boat or road. And one or more
nights may be expected to intervene before it arrives at its destination, one lantern for every ten men,
with a sufficiency of oil, or funds to procure it, shall be made over to the officer-in-charge of the escort
by the Reserve Inspector. In every tent or hut, in which prisoners are confined at night, a lantern shall be
kept.
582. Halts.—(a) When at any time it becomes necessary to allow prisoners to stop for necessary
purposes, the whole party shall be halted, and not more than two prisoners at a time detached for the
purpose. These men shall have shackles put on their legs singly, and the handcuffs being then removed,
they shall be allowed to proceed to a distance of not more than twelve paces from the escort. The
halting place shall be carefully selected in a clear and open piece of ground. The handcuffs shall not be
removed until the leg-shackles are securely adjusted and vice versa. Where leg irons are not available, a
rope shall be securely tied round the prisoner's waist and one end of the rope shall be firmly held by a
member of the escort party [see Rules 242 and 562(f')].
䬀‫ص‬
(b) Ordinarily, two halts shall be permitted in one day to attend to necessary purposes, in
addition to the authorized halt to allow the convicts to cook and eat their food.
(c) When a police-station or outpost lying en route is used as a halting place, the officer-in-
charge of such police-station or outpost shall give all reasonable aid to the officer-in-charge of the
escort; but all arrangements for feeding and guarding the prisoners shall devolve during the halt on the
police escort, subject to the control of the officer-in- charge of the police post (see Rules 239 and 239 A).
583. Communication with station en route.—The officer-in-charge of an escort shall invariably

inform the police of any station or outpost which may be on his way, of the passing of the escort; and if
necessary. men shall be deputed from such station or outpost to accompany the escort to the next
station or outpost en route, with a view to prevent communication with prisoners or drivers of treasure,
carts (Rule 543) and to protect the party from surreptitious theft.
584 Journeys by river steamers.—On river steamers the officer in-charge of the escort shall
report all circumstances connected with the convicts in his custody to the commander of the steamer,
to whom he shall apply in all difficulties for advice and assistance and from whom he shall receive all
orders necessary for the safe custody and well being of the convicts.
283

LUNATICS
585. Escort of lunatics by road.—The following are the Rules for the protection of lunatics in
transit to a mental hospital (see Rule 577).
(a) The Senior Executive Medical Officer of the district shall before despatching a lunatic to the
mental hospital for which he is destined, furnish a certificate of the actual condition of the patient’s
health at the time of despatch; and a copy of his certificate shall be given to the escort for exhibition to
the police authorities on the road, and to the authorities of the Mental hospital on arrival.
(b) The Superintendent of Police shall give the escort, their route, which shall in all cases be the
most direct or otherwise the best route, in addition the escort shall be directed to call at all the police-
stations lying on the line of their route. The officer-in- charge of the police-station visited or a superior
officer of sub-divisional Headquarters shall, after inspecting the certificate prescribed in clause (a), enter
upon it the date of the lunatic’s arrival and the facts about his health, noticing especially marks of
violence, should there be any. The entry shall be copied into the station diary. Should the officer notice
any mark of violence, he shall carefully ascertain how the violence was inflicted, collecting all the
available evidence and reporting the matter to Headquarters, detaining the escort meanwhile but
forwarding the lunatic if he is able to proceed. The officer-in- charge of every succeeding station shall
act in precisely the same way with the addition that it shall be his duty to inspect, besides the certificate,
any entry or entries made upon it under this rule. ‫װط‬
(c) On the arrival of the lunatic at the mental hospital, the certificate with all the entries upon it
shall be carefully examined and compared with the condition of the lunatic, and an entry of his
condition at the time of arrival added to the previous entries on the certificate.
(d) The escort shall not be dismissed, except as hereafter provided, until the Superintendent of
the mental hospital has himself seen the lunatic and compared his condition with the certificate. After
being done so, the certificate, with the Superintendents entry on it, be sent direct by post to the
Magistrate from whose district the lunatic was dispatched. ln no case shall the escort be detained for
more than 24 hours. Should the Superintendent of the hospital be temporarily absent from the asylum
the certificate shall be given to the doctor then incharge of the hospital.
(e) In addition to the usual police escort, a female attendant accompany any female lunatic who
is transferred from a prison to a mental hospital and vice versa, or who is forwarded for release to the
custody of her relatives or friends. A female attendant shall also accompany any female lunatic who is
sent up for trial as recovered.
(f) Female attendants shall in all cases be arranged for by the authority which requisitions a
police escort.
284

586. Escort of prisoners required to give evidence.—Rules made by the Government of Bihar
under Sections 42 and 51 of the Prisoner’s Act (3 of 1900) will be found in Appendix 32.
ESCORTS FOR TREASURE

587. The minimum, strength of treasure escort.—The strength of escorts for treasure, notes
and stamp (on journeys by road and at places of transhipment when the journey is by rail or steamer)
shall ordinarily be as follows, but Superintendents may at their discretion augment these guards. The
strength of escorts should be fixed with regard to the number of wagons to be guarded rather than the
value conveyed [see Rule 592(4)]
A. FOR TREASURE (CASH OR CASH AND NOTES)

(a) For sums not exceeding Rs. 2,000 One constable.
(b) For any amount above Rs. 2,000 and Two constables.
not exceeding Rs. 10,000.
(c) For any sum above Rs. 10,000 to Three constables one of whom shall act as
Rs. 50,000. shall act as incharge.
(d)For upward of Rs. 50,000 and not A regular guard of one armed
more than Rs. 2,00,000. 䌀‫ط‬ havildar and three
(e) For upward of Rs. 2.00,000 to one armed havildar and six
Rs. 5,00,000. armed constables.
(f) For upward of Rs. 5,00,000 to One armed Inspector or

Rs. 10,00,000. two armed havildars and
Ten armed constables.
(g) For upward of Rs. 10,00,000. One armed Sub-Inspector,

two armed havildars and
10 armed constables. For
every extra two lakhs,
two armed constables
shall be added in propor-
tion subject to a maximum
of one armed Inspector,
one Sub-Inspector, four
armed havildars and 50
constables.
285

(h) In the case of escorts of treasare by carts, one armed constable to each cart marching on
alternate flanks with a proper complement of superior officers shall be provided.
(i) If in any particular locality additional precautions are deemed necessary in cases of journeys
by road, the strength of the escort should be as laid down in paragraph (h) above.
B. FOR NOTES OR STAMPS (WHEN SENT WITHOUT TREASURE)

(a) Up to Rs. 4,000 One constable.
(b) Rs. 4,000 to Rs. 20,000 Two constables.
(c) For Rs. 20,000 to Rs. 1,00,000. One armed havildar and two
armed constables.
(d) For Rs. 1,00,000 to Rs. 5,00,000. One armed havildar and
three armed constables.
(e) For Rs. 5,00,000 to Rs.. 10,00,000 One armed havildar and six
armed constables.
(f) Above Rs. 10,00.000 .... .. One Sub-Inspector, two
armed havildars and ten
armed constables.
N. B.— When the sum of money transmitted under8 police escort does not exceed Rs. 4,000 it shall he
carried by the police themselves, without the employment of cooly labour.
588. Escort to treasury when bill or money sent for encashment or remittance.—When a bill is
sent to the treasury or bank for encashment or any money is remitted to the treasury or bank for credit
to Government. a proper escort, according to the scale laid down in the above rule, should be deputed
for escorting the money.
589. Strength of escort of treasure by steamer.—When treasure is conveyed by steamer, the

guard can be strengthened by S.P. apart from the yardstick laid down in Rule 587 so that in the day time,
one armed constable and at night two armed constables can guard the treasure as sentries.
590. Escort of treasure by rail.—(a) The escort accompanying treasure on a railway journey
involving no transhipment interruptions an route should ordinarily be one havildar and four constables,
if the treasure is contained in a single wagon and a havildar and four constables for each additional
wagon up to a limit of three havildars and twelve constables, so that at stations where the train stops
for any considerable time it will be possible to post two constables to guard each wagon containing
treasure (see Rule 592). When the treasure escorted exceeds Rs. 10 lakhs, an armed Inspector shall be in
charge of the escort [sec Rule 587(g)]
286

(b) At the conclusion of the railway journeys, the escort shall be strengthened. On a requisition
being made before hand by the officer-in-charge of the escort to the Superintendent of the district
concerned.
(c) The station master shall give the, escort a paper in which the number of wagons loaded with
treasure shall be given.
(d) No escort is necessary in the case of remittances consisting exclusively of copper, bronze or
nickel coins when sent by rail from one treasury to another but remittances partly of silver and partly of
copper. or nickel coins will be sent under an escort. .
(e) Free carriage.—Free carriage in the lowest class on the outward and return journey may be
demanded at the following scale. These concessions will be found in the coaching tariffs of the railway
and are in nature of free travel for one or more men according to the weight of the consignments of
treasure :—
(i) When consignments weight over 20 quintals and less than 50 quintals— One
man.
‫װط‬
(ii) When consignments weight not less than 50 quintals but less than 100
quintals—Two men.
(iii) When consignments weight 100 quintals and over—Four men. Potdars in
charge generally make use of this concession (Rule 13 I2 I.R.C.A. Coaching Tariff
number 19, Part I). The above concession shall be available to the Bank only
when the railway warrants are used.
(f) Whenever, there is a huge remittance, the information is to be sent to railway officers earlier
so that they may arrange to send the wagon of proper size at a time.
287

591. Escort of treasure by motor vehicles.—The minimum strength of escort travelling by motor
vehicles shall be—
For sums not exceeding Rs. 4.000 One constable.
For sums not exceeding Rs. 20,000 Two constables.
For sums not exceeding Rs. 2,00,000 One armed havildar and
three armed constables.
For sums exceeding Rs. 2,00,000 One armed havildar and
four armed constables.
Such sums should be made over to the escort party as far as possible before midday as is
provided in Rule 973.
592. Instructions for Police escorting treasure by rail.—The following instructions for the
guidance of police officers incharge of remittances of treasure by railway are based on the orders given
in Rule 661 of the Bihar Treasury Code Vol. 1 (1964) and noted in detail in Treasury Code Form No. 81
and in Central Government Treasury Rules Vol. 1. Part II. Sub-Part 3. These instructions shall be printed
in English and in the regional languages of the State in which they may be required. A copy containing
both an English and a regional language version shall be handed over by the Treasury or Currency Officer
대‫ص‬
concerned at the despatching station to the police officer commanding any escort about to travel in
charge of treasure after the treasure has been loaded. He will also at the same time be given blank
copies of receipts. After copies are handed over, receipts shall he obtained from the new incharge as
many times as guards are changed. The blank receipts shall be got signed after filling it up and then
taken back. One copy each shall also be supplied to the officers who are called upon to furnish escorts
for remittances by rail, and they shall be requested to impress upon the Police officer deputed on this
duty the necessity for strict and undeviating adherence to instructions. These instructions regarding
loading in presence of Police officers taking charge of documents shall also apply to transport by roads
and steamer as giver; hereinafter in Rules 595 and 593(b).
INSTRUCTIONS
(1) The police officer taking charge of a treasure escort travelling by rail will not see the treasure
packed at the treasury but he shall see the boxes weighed and satisfy himself that each box is properly
secured before it is transferred to the van and that it is properly placed therein. Before the treasure is
loaded, he shall examine the van and see that all openings and ventilators are safely fastened and that
the van is secure in every way.
288

If any defect is found he shall immediately bring the matter to the notice of the Station Master
and unless they are remedied or another secured van provided, he shall decline to load the treasure and
forthwith report the matter to the Superintendent of Police and the Treasury or Bank Officer.
(2) The escort should be accommodated in the brake van attached to the treasure van, or in the
end compartment of the carriage next adjoining the treasure-van, and the doors of the escort’s carriage
should never be locked. -
(3) An officer relieving an escort will see that the numbers of the wagons agree with those given
in the blank receipt tendered for his signature, that the locks as well as all openings and ventilators in
the van are secured and that the locked doors of the van cannot be opened.
(4) The officer-in-charge of the escort should be provided with a lantern which will bum all night.
A sentry will be caused to alight at every stopping place and to ascertain that the locks have not been
tampered with. At all stopping stations, where trains halt for any length of time, two sentries should be
detailed to each wagon, Whether the number of wagons containing treasure is great or small.
(5) In case of a breakdown separating a convoy, the officer-in-charge should separate his party
in two parts and will attach himself to the wagon containing the treasure.
(6) On delivering the boxes at the treasury or bank concerned to which they are addressed, the
escort officer shall obtain a receipt for “ .......... ..bags said to contain .......... ..coins to the value of
Rs…............’’ or for “ .......... .. boxes with marks and weights detailed in the invoice, said to contain .......
.. coins to the value of Rs. .......... ..”. If any box be of short weight or show signs of having been
tampered with, it should be opened in the presence 䌀‫ط‬
of the escort officer; otherwise he should be given
permission to return at once.
The receipt to be used by a relieving escort should be in the following form:—
"Received charge from ............police officer of ............district of railway wagon no.............said

to contain .......... ..boxes aggregating to Rs ........... .. (and so on). The wagons were duly locked, the
openings and ventilators were secure and one key for each made over. Receipts to be given by other
relieving escorts are also acknowledged."
Note.— (i) The number and contents of each wagon should be detailed in case of a break
down. The receipt should be in English, if the police officer is acquainted with
that language: otherwise, in the officer‘s State language.
(ii) Treasury and Bank Officer, when taking charge of treasure from a guard, shall
examine the command certificate and shall only take over the treasure from the officer-
named in the command certificates an the officer-in-charge of the guard. They will at
the same time check the strength of the escort against that noted in the command
certificate and note any difference that, there may be. When all is correct they will
merely sign the command certificate.
289

(7) Whenever any breach of these Rules occurs, the officer-in-charge of the escort must insist on
the treasure-van being detached from the train, and should immediately telegraph the fact to the
remitting officer. to his own departmental superior and to the Traffic Manager of the railway.
(8) When a potdar accompanies a remittance, he is responsible during the whole course of the
journey for the contents of the boxes and the police guards act as an escort. The potdar will not
interfere in any way in the performance by the escort of its legitimate duties but he must be permitted
to satisfy himself that all necessary precautions are being taken. In the event of damage occurring to a
box, it is the duty of the potdar to take over any coin that may fall out and to verify the contents and
repack the box, if repacking becomes necessary. The escort officer must not permit the potdar to be
interfered within the execution of his duties.
593. Packing of treasure.—(a) Treasure for remittance shall be packed in stout bags tied and
sealed after a slip of paper has been placed in each. This chit will contain the name of the treasury or
bank at which it was packed, the tale and description of the contents and the name of the person who
counted the contents. The treasury officer or manager of bank shall satisfy himself generally of the
contents of the bags.
(b) For journeys by road. the bags may be packed in treasure tumbrils, or in large chests placed
in carts at the door of the treasury in the presence of the treasury officer or officer of the bank. For
journeys by rail or boat or (if convenient) by road, they shall be packed in stout boxes capable of
Ԁ‫ط‬
containing Rs. 4,000 to Rs. 6,000 each. They will be screwed and bound with iron without gunny
covering or ropes, and the hoops should be rivetted together where these cross. Every box shall have
the name of the treasury or bank of dispatch cut into or painted on it together with a number.
594. Custody of keys of treasure chests, etc.—lf any chest, tumbril or wagon containing
treasure be secured by double locks. the key of one shall be held by the potdar and of the other by the
escort officer. If there be only one lock, the key shall he held by the potdar, but the escort officer shall
not allow the chest or wagon to be opened before arrival at its destination, save in case of a breakdown,
when the treasure shall be moved to another chest or wagon in his presence. In the case of remittances
sent without potdar, the keys shall be entrusted to the escort officer in a sealed cover, which shall not
be opened except in the emergency noted above.
595. Weighment of treasure sent by steamers.—When remittances are sent by steamer the
weight of each box shall be taken and noted at the time of its receipt on board the steamer. This shall be
done in the presence of the agent of the treasury if there be one accompanying the treasure on behalf
of the treasurer.
290

596. Buoys for treasure by boats.—The officer-in-charge of the treasure escort shall see that
each box designed for water conveyance, or having to cross any stream by boat is attached by a rope
not less than 10 metres long to a buoy, formed of a piece of unsplit bamboo or other floating material.
The rope shall never be wound about the box, but shall he loosely coiled with the buoy upon the box, so
that, in the event of the boat sinking, the buoy may readily indicate the position of the treasure and lead
to its recovery.
597. Responsibility of escort officer.—The officer-in-command of the escort shall be responsible

only for the preservation and safe delivery of boxes or cases made over to him with unbroken seal,
untampered with, and in the condition in which they were committed to him. He shall refuse to take
charge of any box or package which bears any appearance of having been tampered with.
598. Invoices.—(a) Invoices shall be prepared in triplicate, one copy of which shall be made over
to the escort officer. He shall give the marks on every tumbril or chest, and the number of contents of
each, and the marks and gross weight and the contents of every box. The escort officer shall count the
bags as they are being stowed in the tumbril or chest and shall see the boxes weighed, and shall sign the
receipt at foot of each copy of the invoice as responsible for “ .......... ..bags packed in .......... ..tumbrils or
.......... ..boxes of marks and weights, as detailed above, said to contain .......... ..coins to the value of Rs.
..........’’
The blanks shall be filled up in words and ifꕰthe

‫ ط‬escort officer be ignorant of English, he shall be
required to write in Hindi the number of bags or boxes which he has received on the copy to be retained
by the Manager of the Bank.
(b) Each invoice shall also be signed by the police officer to whose care the parcel is entrusted
when notes are sent under the charge of a guard; but the police officer is not required to count the
notes, as his signature is only a receipt for a packet said to contain certain notes.
599. Halts at railway stations.—Whenever a police party escorting treasure has to halt at a
railway" station. the officer-in-charge of the escort shall ask for the assistance of the railway police in
securing a proper place in which to rest and to keep the treasure. One of the rooms used by the railway
police as a station-house shall ordinarily he given up for the night.
600. Arrival of treasure on holidays.—Officers of treasury and Banks may not refuse to receive
remittances on the ground that the day is an authorized holiday. However, the despatching officer
should avoid sending remittance as far as possible which would reach destination on holiday.
291

ESCORT TO AND FROM SUB-DIVISIONS
601. Weekly escort to and from sub-divisions.—(a) Escort for prisoners from sub-divisions shall
be supplied from the district police as laid down in ‘Subsidiary Jail Manual’. Rule 176. Sub-Divisional
Judicial Magistrates requiring emergency escort shall write or telegraph to the Superintendent to supply
them and shall never. except in cases of immediate necessity, apply to the sub-divisional police officer to
supply them by withdrawal of men from police-stations. ln cases of immediate necessity, the Sub-
divisional Judicial Magistrates shall give a written requisition to the Sub-Divisional police officer, which
shall be sent in original to the Superintendent after compliance.
(b) Sub-Divisional treasure escort shall be supplied on requisition, as required from time to time.
Munsif Courts which are situated at the district and sub-divisional Headquarters are required to send
their remittances to the local treasuries or Banks through their Civil Court peons. ln other cases, or
where the sub-treasury is closed and it is urgently necessary to send a remittance direct to the district
treasury or Banks, police escort may be requisitioned. The provisions of Rules 541 and 587 to 600 shall
apply.
(c) Treasure escort proceeding to and returning from sub-divisions should be used. whenever
possible, for the escort of prisoners, property, diary, forms, etc.
(d) Police officers incharge of sub-divisions shall issue orders to officers-in-charge of police-
瘀‫ط‬
stations and outposts in their jurisdiction to send to the Court officer all articles they wish to be
conveyed to the district Headquarters at least one clear day before that fixed for the escort to leave the
Headquarters of the sub-division on its return journey to the district Headquarters.
602. Court officers’ dutics.—(a) Court officers shall collect and have ready for the escort the
articles received from police-stations and outposts, prisoners, treasure, etc., awaiting despatch to
Headquarters. They shall also see that a conveyance is provided by the officers sending treasure and
other bulky articles, and for prisoners unable to march.
(b) Court officers shall pay particular attention to the Rules regarding escort of prisoners and
treasure contained in this chapter. and when they find that the number of prisoners or the amount of
treasure, etc.. is greater titan the guard sent from the Headquarters is authorized to take charge of,
they shall at once bring the fact to the notice of the sub-divisional police officer, who shall supplement
the guard with the necessary number of men from police-stations, and the responsibility that the guard
is strong enough for the duty required of it shall rest with him. In the absence of the sub- divisional
police officer, the Court officer shall perform this duty himself.
(c) Men supplied from police-stations to strengthen guards shall be relieved at the next police-
station on the line of route.
292

ESCORT FOR TROOPS
603. March of troops through a district.—(a) The District Magistrate shall invariably, when
receiving an indent for supplies for a body of troops about to march through his district, notify the fact
of the approaching arrival of the detachment to the Superintendent intimating at the same time the
places at which the troops will encamp and the date on which they may be expected to arrive at each
place.
(b) Duties of police when troops enter district.—The Superintendent, on receiving this notice,
shall at once depute an officer with a sufficient body of police to meet the troops as they enter the
district and to remain with them during such time as they are in his district, or until they are relieved by
a similar police force from the next district that the troops enter.
(c) The strength of the police shall be as follows :-
(1) for every battery of artillery, one armed Sub-Inspector, one havildar and six constables,
(2) for every infantry or cavalry regiment, one Sub-Inspector, one havildar and six
constables.
(d) The officer-in-charge of the police shall place himself under the orders of the Officer
Commanding, to whom he shall report himself morning and evening; and shall take care that no person
of bad character, or wandering gipsies, be allowed near the camp or line of march. The duty of the
police deputed with a regiment on the march is of a preventive and detective nature only.
‫ط‬
(e) The Superintendent shall be careful to挀depute men of tact and judgment on this duty, and
officers-in-charge of police-stations or outposts on or near the line of march shall be instructed to
attend to any requisitions made from the police officer with the troops and to be on the alert as to the
movements of bad characters in the neighbourhood of the line of march.
(f) The Superintendent shall always notify the deputation of his men to the Officer Commanding
the troops by an official letter, which shall be handed to the officer Commanding by the incharge of the
police force when reporting his arrival in camp, Similarly, when that officer is relieved by a body of
police from another district, He shall go up to the Officer Commanding in company with the officer
relieving him and report the fact of his relief before leaving the camp and marching his party home.
GUARD OF HONOUR AND PERSONAL ESCORTS

604. (a) Escort‘ for the President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and Governor---The Rules for
Police arrangements in connection with the protection of the above dignitaries are contained in
pamphlets issued separately by Central Government and State Government. The following instructions
are general indication of the formal requirements but do not apply to officials who have specific duties
to perform at the place of arrival or departure or journey or stay. Such officials should necessarily
remain present at the places specified :—
293

(i) There are three types of visits.—(1) Public. (2) Official, and (3) Private. Except the
President, the visit of the remaining dignitaries are classified only as official or private.
Note.— When the President visits officially the capital of a State for the first time after
assumption of office, the visit is “Public” and foreign consular representatives are also
invited but all subsequent official visits to a capital or first official visit or any
subsequent official visit to any place other than the capital are classified as “official”.
(ii) President’s visits.—It the visit is public and to the State capital, or any other place or
official/private at Patna the Inspector-General will receive - and see off the dignitary. If
the visit is official/private and to any place other than Patna this duty will be performed
by the Range D.I.G. or the S.P., having jurisdiction.
(iii) Vice-President‘s visit.—For official visit to Patna, Inspector-General will receive and see
off the dignitary. For official visits out of Patna, this work will be done by the
Superintendent of Police. If the Vice-President is making a transit halt either at State
capital or any other place in course of an official visit, a Police Officer deputed by the
State Government may be present to render such assistance as may be necessary. In
case of a private visit, a police officer to be designated should be present to render
necessary assistance.
(iv) Prime Minister’s visit.—lf the visit is official and to Patna, the Inspector- General will
receive and see off the dignitary. If it is a visit to any place, Other than Patna, this work
will be performed by the seniormost police officer of the district. If the Prime Minister is
ꗠ‫ط‬
making a transit halt in course of official visit at Patna, a police officer deputed by State
Government may render necessary assistance, If the Prime Minister is making a transit
halt at any other place, a senior, police officer should be present there, For private visit
whether in or out of Patna, a senior police officer to be specially designated should be
present to render necessary assistance.
(v) Rajyapal (Rajyapal of other states included).—Whenever there is an official visit of

Rajyapal at district Headquarters, the District Superintendent of Police shall be present
at the time of his arrival and departure and if this visit is at the district Headquarters of
the D.I.G, the Range D.I.G. will also do the same. For all official visits at any other place,
a senior officer should be deputed by the State Government to perform this duty. It is
not necessary to make such arrangement if the visit is by night or in transit unless the
Rajyapal desires any special arrangement to be made. No arrangement need be made
unless required if the visit is private. When the programme of Governor of this State is
of semi-private or private nature, for which no programme is issued, or when Governor
passes through a part of district without halting, personal attendance of S. P. or any
officer is not necessary unless he is specially required to meet him. When his
programme is at Headquarters the presence of Superintendent, Assistant
Superintendent or Deputy Superintendent, is not necessary unless he is specially asked
to do so.
294

Note.—No police officer, whose presence is not required, need be present for this purpose.
(b)(i) When any of the four dignitaries are travelling by train. the S.R.P. shall accompany the
train unless required for duty elsewhere in which case the procedure given in sub-rule (iv) will apply-
[For dress see Rule 1054(d)].
(ii) ln the case of other journeys by President, Vice-President and Prime Minister, the police
arrangements will be completely under the command of the D.I.G. so long the visit of the V. l. P. is
within his range excepting for journeys by railway for which instructions are given in sub-rule (i) above.
The D.I.G. is not required to be in personal attendance during the tours of the Governor unless
his presence is specially ordered. or unless he considers it necessary for particular reasons to take
charge of police arrangements. In the case of Rajyapals of other States action as required for the State
Governor will be taken.
(iii) Superintendent of district through which the President, Vice-President and Prime Minister
tour, shall remain completely in charge of police arrangements throughout such tours within his
jurisdiction. Only in a very exceptional situation he may be absent but on such occasion action will be
taken in consultation with the D.I.G. and the Chief 瘀‫ط‬Personal staff officer of the dignitary to place any
other officer on the duty. The same Rules will apply to the visits of the State Governor.
(iv) When the Governor of one State visits another State officially, he will be received by the
Superintendent of Pol ice but for his tours in the interior, another Gazetted Officer may be deputed to
accompany subject to security arrangements us laid down above. For security arrangements, the
Governor should inform D.I.G, I.B. of his State who will inform D.I.G., I.B. of the concerned State
(c) Dress.—On all ceremonial visits full uniform including sword and medals will be worn by the
officers receiving or seeing off the dignitary but on less formal occasions only medal ribbons may be
used and when employed on other duties working dress will be used by all ranks (see Rules 1053, 1054
and 1055).
295
605. Visits of Chief Minister or Minister.—(a) When a Chief Minister or State Minister visits the
Headquarters of a district in his official capacity and he has given due notice of the date and time of his
arrival and has not expressly dispensed with the ceremonial or with any part of it, the Superintendent,
unless he has obtained exemption from attendance, shall be present at the railway station or airport or
at a fixed place where the above Minister would arrive and with other officers of district rank, shall
receive the Minister on the platform. In the same way, the Superintendent shall be present at the time
of departure also. If the time of arrival or departure is between l0 P.M. to 6 A.M., it will not be necessary
for the Superintendent to be present.
(b) When the official visit is to the Headquarters of a sub-division, the Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent of the Sub-division shall be present at the railway station and receive the Minister. The
Superintendent need not attend unless the Minister has expressed a wish that he should do so.
(c) When the official visit is to a station which is neither the Headquarters of a district nor of a
sub-division, the Minister will be met by the officer-in-charge of the police-station unless he is
unavoidably prevented from attending.
(d) When the Chief Minister or State Police Minister during his visit combines both official work
as well as personal or political work, it will not be necessary to receive him but the S. P. should call on
him after his arrival.
of‫ط‬the Supreme Court and of the Chief Justice of Patna

(e) Visits of Chief Justice and other Justices 䌀
High Court.—The Courtesies indicated in clauses (a) and (b) of this Rule shall also be shown to the Chief
Justice and other Justices of the Supreme Court and Chief Justice of Patna High Court.
(f) When the Superintendent (or, in the case of sub-divisional Headquarters. the Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent) desires exemption from attendance, he should write to the District Judge, if the visitor
is a Justice of the High Court, and in other cases to the District Magistrate.
605-A. Union Ministers/Ministers of State and Deputy Ministers.—(i) ln the case of the visit of
a Union Minister, etc., to the Headquarters of a district or a sub- division, whether official or otherwise,
it will not be necessary for any Police Officer to receive or see him off. If the Minister, State Minister and
Deputy Minister requires the presence of any particular Police Officer for official work he should indicate
in his tour programme.
(ii) No Police Officer is required to accompany a Minister, etc. on tour unless specially required
to do so. Officers are also not required to interrupt their normal work to be present at social or other
functions which may be attended by a Minister unless the latter specially desires them to do so.
(iii) The above instructions will apply mutatis mutandis to the visits of Ministers (including
Deputy Ministers) of other State.
296

605-B. Visits by other dignitaries.—(a) These Rules will apply mutatis mutandis to visits by other
dignitaries including foreign dignitaries. In ease of every foreign dignitary instructions should be received
from the Government through the LG. Police. In case of any doubt the S.P. will ask for guidance and
instructions from the Range D.I.G. who may refer to the I.G., if necessary.
(b) The orders relating to receiving and seeing off the Governor of the State given in Rule
604(a)(v) apply to official and private visits of Speaker of the Lok Sabha, Central Government
Ministers/Ministers of State/Deputy Ministers and Deputy Speaker of the Lok Sabha and Deputy
Chairman of Rajya Sabha.
N. B.— The above instructions do not apply to officials who have specific duties to perform at
the place of arrival or departure of any Minister in connection with the arrangements or
for protection and security.
The same Courtesies shall be shown to Speaker of Legislative Assembly and Chairman of
Legislative Council which are shown to Cabinet Minister of State.
The same Courtesies shall be shown to Deputy Speaker of Legislative Assembly and Deputy
Chairman of Legislative Council which are shown to‫ ط‬State Minister of the State on the occasion of his
journey.
606. (a) Guards of Honour: —(i) Except when a military guard is provided a guard of honour shall
be detailed to attend the public arrival and departure of the President of India during his official visits.
The strength of the guard shall. on such occasions be2 Sub-Inspectors, 8 havildars and 100 constables or
one company of the Armed Police.
The guard of honour will be under the command of a Superintendent of Police or under a
Commandant of a Battalion of the Bihar Armed Police.
(ii) No guard of honour will lie provided for the Vice-President and Prime Minister during their
tours except on very special occasions such as public arrivals and departures at which as a mark of
respect it is arranged to receive the V.I.P. in a ceremonial manner. The strength of the guard will be the
same as for the President.
297

(iii) No guard of honour is to be furnished for the Governor of Bihar during his tours, except
when the Secretary to the Governor specifically indicates in advance to the contrary. When a Governor
arrives to take over his appointment or departs on relinquishing such appointment he must be given a
guard of honour. When a guard of honour is arranged for him, its strength shall consist of 2 Sub-
Inspectors, 4 Havildars and 50 constables or two platoons of armed police. The same arrangement shall
be for Governors of other States also.
This guard of honour shall be under the command of an Assistant or Deputy-

Superintendent or under an Assistant/Deputy Commandant of Bihar Armed Police force.
(b) No guard of honour will be provided for any Minister of the Centre or of the State, unless
specifically ordered, when necessary. Such guard shall consist of 1 Sub- Inspector, 2 Havildars and 24
constables and an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent shall hold its command.
(c) Guard of honour shall not be detailed for the salutation of any other official without the
express orders of the Inspector-General. When circumstances are such that it is difficult to arrange a
guard of honour of the requisite strength the number may be reduced, but any diminution in numbers
will not affect the honours to which the personage is entitled.
(d) Guard of honour shall not be supplied after “Retreat“or before “Reveille”.
瘀‫ ط‬anthem.—If a band is present the National

(e) National salute, General salute and National
anthem shall be played for the National salute, only on ceremonial occasions. This salute will be
confined only to the President and the Governor (within his jurisdiction).
Note.—“National Salute" means the command of National Salute, present arms to the
accompaniment of the National Anthem.
The National Anthem should not be played for the Prime Minister or the state Chief Minister or other
Ministers unless specially ordered. Orders in such case will be obtained from the Inspector-General’s
Office; otherwise, when compliments are to be paid to these dignitaries, “General Salute" will be given.
In General Salute, the music of General Salute will be played on band and not the National Anthem [see
Rule 692(1)].
(f) National Anthem. — There are two versions of the National Anthem. viz. (i) the full version
comprising of the first stanza of the song “Jana Gana Mana” (playing time 52 seconds), and (it) a short
version consisting of the first and last lines of the same stanza (playing time approximately 20
seconds). The full version of this song is played on the following occasions:-
298

When President or Governor is present on ceremonial occasions and at Republic Day and
Independence Day parades, The short version is played on all other ceremonial occasions. At
receptions of foreign dignitaries, the full version of national anthem of dignitary’s country is played
first followed by the full version of National Anthem of India. See booklet of instructions of Government
of India on national song.
606-A. In processions concerning funerals.—The Government of India have issued special

instructions which indicate the general requirement. However, on each occasion, separate orders will
he issued. Detailed Rules regarding funeral parade are given in Bihar Government Cabinet Secretariat
and Co—ordination Department letter No. A/M 5-101/75-M. Sectt. 1160, dated the l4th June, 1975.
607. Compliments by guards and sentries.—(a) Guards, including guards of honour, shall pay no
compliments to officers or persons below the rank of those for whom they are provided. Such guards,
when visited by officers on duty, shall turn out with sloped arms.
(b) Sentries of guards mounted over the President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and Governor
shall—
(i) present arms to the President, Vice-President, Prime Minister and the Governor and to
armed corps (see foot note):
(ii) Ԁ‫ط‬and military and police parties.
salute officers of all ranks in uniform
(c) Clauses (i) to (vii) below are subject to the exceptions in (a) and (b) above and apply between
the hours of reveille and retreat only.
(i) Guards shall turn out and present arms, and buglers, if present shall sound the general salute
to the following officers: —
(1) President, Vice-President.

(2) The Governor.
(3) Ministers, State Ministers, Deputy Ministers.
(4) Chief Justice.
(5) Chief Secretary.
(6) The Inspector-General of Police.
(7) General officers of the army in uniform.
(8) An armed corps.
(9) Standards and colors of army and Police when uncased, whenever they pass.
299

(ii) Guards shall turn out find present arms once a day and fall in with sloped arms on other occasions
to—
(1) Justices of the High Court.

(2) The Member of the Board of Revenue.
(3) The Commissioner within his Division.
(4) Deputy Inspectors-General of Police.
(5) Military Officers Commanding stations in uniform.
(6) Grand Rounds.
Sentries shall present arms to the officers of all the ranks mentioned above whenever they pass.
(iii) In districts, guards shall turn out and present arms once a day to—
(1) District Magistrate.

(2) Superintendent of Police.
(3) Commandant, Armed Police.
The sentries shall present arms to those officers whenever they pass.
(iv) Guards shall turn out at the slope once a day to:—
‫ط‬
(1) Assistant Superintendents of Police, Assistant/Commandants of Armed Police force and

Deputy Superintendents of Police.
(2) Sub-Divisional Magistrate within his sub-division.
(3) Circle Inspector in-charge of a Circle within his Circle.
The sentry shall salute these officers whenever they pass.
(v) Guards shall tum out at the slope and sentries shall present arms whenever an armed party
passes.
(vi) Sentries shall present arms to the following:—
The District Judge and the Civil Surgeon within their own districts.
300

(vii) Sentries shall salute the following. —Within their respective jurisdictions Assistant
Magistrates and Subordinate Judges and Assistant Superintendents of Police, and Deputy
Superintendents of Police whenever they pass.
(vii) Sentries shall stand to attention when any police officer of the rank of Inspector of Police or
of equivalent rank and not mentioned in the above Rules passes their post.
Note.— “Armed Corps" means an armed party of a certain strength, namely, a regiment of
cavalry, a battery of Artillery with its guns, not less than 4 companies of corps of
Engineers, a battalion of infantry with or without colours, a battalion of tanks, an
armoured car company and not less than 4 companies of A.S.C. or A.O.C.
608. Guards at block Headquarters.--The static guard of a Police force at block Headquarters or
at another place shall give guard of honour according to above noted Rule 607. The block development
officer or officer of his equivalent rank shall be given honour according to the procedure laid down for
Circle Inspector. ln case of other guards, the chief controlling officer of the office, where the guard is
瘀‫ ط‬officers of the equivalent rank.
deputed, shall also be given honour prescribed for the
301
..

CHAPTER 19
RESERVES
ORGANISATION OF THE RESERVE
609. Organisation of the reserve.--The reserve at the Headquarters of a district is divided for
purposes of organisation into the armed police reserve and the ordinary reserve.
610. Ordinary reserve—(a) The Ordinary reserve is maintained to supply guards, escorts and
drivers for police motor vehicles, to strengthen stations and outposts in emergencies, to furnish parties
to attend Magistrates’ Courts and to fill vacancies caused by leave, deputation for training and
casualties. It shall remain under constant drill and instruction, and as it forms the nucleus of the district
police, shall receive the particular attention of the Superintendent.
(b) Leave and Training reserve is sanctioned at l 8 per cent in the rank of Constables for the total
strength of constables, Havildars and A.S.Is. For Inspectors and S.Is. L.T.R.at 18 per cent is sanctioned in
the rank of S.Is. The leave reserve component will be placed at the various posts to provide substitutes
in leave vacancies and the training reserve will be left at each district Headquarters for filling in the gaps
arising out of officers of various ranks being sent out for initial or refresher/promotional in-service
training courses.
(c) Besides these, there shall be membersԀ‫ط‬

of “followers” cadre” such as barbers, washerman,
hospital cooks, ward servants and sweepers, etc.
611. (a) District armed police. —The district armed police reserve is a part of the reserve, which
is kept distinct at Headquarters in readiness for dealing with any local disturbance. This reserve shall
always be kept intact and up to full strength; it shall be thoroughly efficient in drill and musketry and a
high standard of discipline shall be maintained. It shall be constituted by taking them from the ordinary
police force of the district. out of which as many men as possible shall pass through the armed reserve
before or after training in Constables Training School but in posting men to this force ultimately for the
period given below. Superintendents shall give attention to physical qualifications and class aptitude for
military duties. In case of persons whose posting in the armed police reserve is not unpopular, there will
be no limit to the time a constable may be retained in this force: but in case of others where it is
distasteful, the term of service may ordinarily be limited to roughly 5 years. This strength of the armed
police reserve to be kept in each district is shown in Appendix 33.
(b) Anchal force.—It is a part of the district armed police but earmarked for specific duties of guarding
the treasuries kept at Block/Anchal Headquarters. The men of this force shall be taken for this duty for
six months roughly in rotation.
302

N. B.— All matters connected with reserve shall function under an officer of the rank of
Inspector [to be designated as Reserve Inspector].
(c) Buglers.—-There should be at least one bugler in every district Headquarters who shall give
indication of time according to necessity at the residential Headquarters of general reserve force in a
district. It will prove specially helpful in maintaining discipline in the available force.
The required number of buglers shall be selected from Constables of district force and as far as
possible only willing constables shall be engaged in this work.
612. Bihar Armed Police.--Their Battalions would be located at various centres in the State and
special Rules concerning them shall be found in its manual. This force will have its special programme of
training.
613. Training in districts.—A comprehensive programme of training at State training centres is

given in Appendix 93, If for any reason. this is not fully implemented in district police those who are left
to be given training shall at least be given training at district Headquarters as given below or annual
training according to Rule 617 but not both in any case, either of these two trainings shall not exempt a
particular officer from undergoing training at State training centres :—
(a) Unarmed branch. —The men of the unarmed branch shall be called to district Headquarters
for not less than one month training every three years. In order to complete the training for all
this may continue throughout the year in squads
‫ط‬ collected in rotation from the police-station,
Court and town staff in such a way that not more than one man at a time is called away from
such a small unit. Such a trainee should be substituted by one man from the training reserve for
the period of one month.
(b) Armed branch.-—This shall also have a similar training programme as provided for in the
Bihar Armed Police in Rule 612.
614. Armed Police Reserve of the districts to be kept intact.—The Armed Police force shall not
be employed on duties which are to be performed by the Police staff posted at police stations and other
police posts. This force may furnish the standing guards including their own magazine guards in the
district police Headquarters (i.e.police lines) but the balance kept as striking force should not be
employed on miscellaneous duties or sent away from Headquarters without the concurrence of the
District Magistrate. If the District Magistrate is absent and it is desirable that prompt action should be
taken, the Superintendent of Police can move the Armed force on his own responsibility informing the
District Magistrate as speedily as possible. Deputation of small units of Armed force can be made for
anti-crime patrolling specially in dark period of moon phase without prior information to the District
Magistrate according to necessity but at least half of the sanctioned striking force shall, as far as
possible. Be kept available at Headquarters for unforeseen eventualities.
303

615. (a) Withdrawal of the Reserve and mobilization contingents —The Inspector-General may
order whole or part of the reserve force of one district for temporary service in another; and may
withdraw the mobilization contingent from any police-station or outpost but notice shall he given to the
District Magistrate directly when necessity for taking such action is foreseen. The District Magistrate, if
he considers there is-some special local reason which renders it inexpedient to withdraw men from
police station sand out-posts to the extent of the Inspector-General's requirements, may submit his
objections to the Inspector-General through the Commissioner. If the Inspector-General‘s view differs
from that of the Commissioner he shall refer the matter to the Government for orders.
(b) Objections shall not be raised without very good ground, and in an emergency, in the
absence of very strong reasons, the Inspector-General’s requisitions shall be obeyed at once. In any
case, his demand for the deputation of reserves shall be met with immediate compliance.
(c) In urgent cases, objections shall be sent by telegram and if necessary in cypher.
(d) When orders are issued directing movements of armed police, a copy of the orders shall he
sent at the same time to the Commissioner concerned for his information.
616. (a) Mobilization contingent.-The mobilization contingent is the force withdrawn from
investigating centres in emergencies to replace or to supplement the armed or ordinary reserves.
Detailed instructions for the formation of mobilization contingent will be found in Appendix 34. A chart
for the maximum number of officers and men to be withdrawn from different police-stations and out-
posts for each district separately shall be approved by Inspector-General and kept at the posts
瘀‫ط‬
concerned and in reserve office.
(b) Circumstances when mobilisation ordered--Generally, no mobilisation of forcein a district

should be permitted except as provided for in Rule 615(a) and, therefore, no standing mobilization
contingent at the district Headquarters for training purposes or for any other purpose can be allowed to
be maintained except as provided for in Rules613 and 617. However, in special circumstances the Range
Deputy Inspector-General can issue orders for mobilization for utilization on any special duties within a
district, but information about this should be given to Inspector-General as quickly as possible and
generally orders for such a mobilization should be given alter taking his prior orders. In any case, orders
shall not be given for collecting on mobilization beyond the chart of mobilisation contingent and in no
circumstance more than 25 per cent from any post.
(c) Selection of men.—On receipt of mobilisation orders, the officer-in-charge of the post shall
select the youngest officers and men available.
(d) Past of concentration.—Ordinarily, the post of concentration shall be at the Headquarters of

the district. Should it be necessary to order assembly elsewhere, the name of the place to which the
men are to proceed shall be clearly stated in the mobilisation order. Which should be as brief as
possible, e.g., “The mobilisation contingent will assemble at (place), at once/on date and hour”.
304

(e) Communication of order: —The quickest means of communicating the order should be
studied and recorded in the reserve office. The telegraph should be used as far as possible, not only for
police posts situated near a telegraph office, but also for those to which the order can be transmitted by
special messenger from the police post served direct by telegraph. Police radio may also be used in
urgent cases.
(f) Record of men assembled.—The reserve Inspector shall maintain a record of the officers and
men arriving at the point of assembly within six hours, twelve hours, twenty-four hours and so on, and
the failures and the action taken against defaulters and late comers.
617. Annual training—The mobilization contingent shall be mobilized once a year for 15 days
training at Headquarters, A standard training programme for all trainings at district Headquarters shall
be drawn by Deputy inspector-General (Training) (see Rule 613).
618. Reserve Sub-Inspector (Training) —To act as instructor to the mobilised contingents (Rules
613 and 617) special reserve Sub-Inspectors for training shall be provided for all districts. It will be his
duty under the guidance of reserve Inspectors to see that, the training programmes are carried out
according to routine. Other reserve Sub-Inspectors for example those I/C of supply and transport, shall
also be utilized for imparting training. These trainings shall be supervised by Superintendent and
Assistant/ Deputy Superintendent so that the training is effective, When not on duty with mobilized
contingent. Sub-Inspectors (Training) shall be attached to the armed reserve or employed in the training
of unarmed branch.
619. Powers of local authorities in emergencies.--ln grave emergencies requiring more force
쨀‫ ء‬Inspector-General may order mobilization within
than circumstances require in Rule 616(b), the Deputy
his range and the Superintendent of Police within his district but in each case, the Commissioner and the
District Magistrate should be consulted respectively and their concurrence obtained. The
Superintendent of Police should not move the force beyond his district without the orders of Inspector-
General unless the Superintendent or the Magistrate of a neighbouring district has asked for immediate
assistance in grave emergencies.
620. Re-inforcernents from other districts—When in an emergency after all the available force
in his district has been mobilised, a Superintendent considers further reinforcement necessary, he shall
apply for extra men by telegram or police radio to Inspector-General. and shall send by post a copy of
the telegram or message to the Inspector-General, together with a memorandum showing the necessity
for additional men and what steps he has taken to meet the emergency by utilising the force of his own
district. Thereafter, orders will be issued from the Inspector-General’s office to other districts/units to
supply additional force. ln meeting such requisitions, Superintendents of those districts in the first
instance shall, with the permission of their District Magistrates, depute force immediately from the
armed reserve and, if they are absent for more than a week, or if circumstances render it desirable to
replace the armed Police immediately, they shall call in the requisite number of men to Headquarters, as
provided in Rule 616 above, to bring the armed Police up to its normal strength.
In the alternative, the Superintendents may also arrange for call up of home guards in
consultation with the District Magistrate but before this, he should also obtain the requisite sanction
from Inspector-General.
305

621. (a) Requisition for Armed Constabulary or Military Force for dealing with unlawful assemblies.—(i)
The service of additional armed Police contingent can be requisitioned by the D.M, or by the S.P. or by
their superiors in accordance with the provisions of Police Manual Rules (see Armed Police Manual Rule
5 also), These Rules indicate the manner of their utilisation as well. This is applicable in an emergency
and in the circumstances described in Chapter 10 of the Code of Criminal Procedure. On receipt of such
a requisition, the Superintendent or the Commandant, as the case maybe, shall unless he has received a
requisition for a definite number of officers and men, decide in consultation with the requisitioning
officer the strength of the party to be supplied. He shall see that the men are properly armed and
equipped and that every manof the force is supplied with 20 rounds of ball, which are kept with them in
separate pouches and bandoliers. He shall also see that the party carries adequate reserves of
ammunition.
In no circumstances shall blank ammunition be carried.
(ii) When an Inspector or officer of lower rank considers the presence of an armed force in his
jurisdiction necessary, he shall make an application through the Sub-Divisional Police Officer and the
Sub-Divisional Magistrate to the Superintendent. Except in grave emergency, he shall not organise
without the previous sanction of the Sub-Divisional Magistrate and the Superintendent or Sub-Divisional
Police Officer. If posted. an armed party of local police Tor use in the interior, not use the emergency
arms kept at a police-station, otherwise than for reinforcing the treasury guard, or for guarding the
police-station or other Government buildings. -
(b) Requisition of troops.-(i) Whenever, an officer has to call tor the aid of troops in quelling a riot it
should be done in PM. Form No. 99. He is not authorized to interfere in any way with the formation
‫ط‬
details of " the force, the military officer being held responsible for the success of the operations to be
undertaken, and it is for the latter and for him alone, to Judge in what manner the troops can effect the
object.
In cases in which Military aid is thus requisitioned the G.O.C. of the Division should always be
informed at the earliest possible moment of the objects and wishes of the authorities of the State.
The officer concerned when asking for military aid should make no suggestions as regards the
strength and composition of the force.
(ii) When time is short, the District Magistrate or in his absence the Magistrate of highest rank
present may make a requisition for troops in grave situation direct to the nearest Military authority
located in his jurisdiction in P.M. Form No. 99. Where there are no troops in the area affected, the
Magistrate may make a requisition for troops from a neighbouring area outside his jurisdiction
irrespective of the State in which the area falls. The Magistrate shall inform the State Government who
in turn will inform the Central Government in Ministry of Defence and Ministry of Home Affairs without
delay, Before Army is called out it would be necessary to explore the possibility of getting assistance
from the B.S.F. or C.R.P.F. or other armed forces of Central Government. The rules for the requisition of
armed force from these sources are the same as for the army units except that in their case the District
Magistrate only can make the requisition (in an emergency) from the nearest Forces Centre.
306

(c) Deputation 0f Magistrates.-When the circumstances are such that the use of force or
opposition to the Police is probable and when a detachment of armed police party is deputed, the
District Magistrate. Sub-Divisional Magistrate or a Magistrate specially selected by them shall
accompany as in-charge unless it is impossible to do so. For this purpose the Superintendent of Police or
Sub-Divisional Police Officer or the police officer concerned shall send a requisition for the deputation of
a Magistrate. But deputation of a Magistrate should not, however, ordinarily be required to be made for
accompanying armed police parties deputed on anti-crime patrols, etc To obviate any chance of small
parties of armed police officers being overpowered it is ordered that no police officer will take out
detachments of armed force of less than a section strength. In special situation half a section may be
taken out.
The Magistrate should wear on the right-arm above elbow a distinctive armband4" wide and red
in colour with the word "Magistrate" on it in blue about 2'/1" high.
(d) Disposition of force.—The disposition of the force shall be left to the discretion of the Police
Officer in command. 303 Rifles will be necessary when the crowd is armed with firearms and lethal
weapons otherwise .410 muskets should be sufficient.
(e) As a rule, the following disposition is recommended.—(i) The police force shall be halted in
two ranks at 100 metres, or other convenient distance from the scene of the disturbance or the place
where the mob is collected and bayonets shall be fixed at once.
瘀‫ط‬
(ii) Every precaution should be taken that a force armed with firearms is not brought so close to
a large and dangerous mob as to risk either its being overwhelmed by numbers or being forced to inflict
heavy casualties. If the use of firearms cannot be avoided, firing should be carried out from a distance,
i.e., from 50 to 100 metres, sufficient to obviate the risk of being mobbed and to enable strict fire
control to be maintained. Firing must in no account be deferred if the violent mob has approached
within 50 metres of the armed force. In case of street riots, efforts should be made to halt the crowd as
far away as possible. Alternatively, armed police party should take position well away from, the mob.
Every possible effort should be made to avoid firing at point blank range, as it is likely to cause
considerable loss of life. In any case, aim must necessarily be low.
(iii) For the purpose of fire control, the force should be told off into sections.
(iv) If men have to be posted so as to face different ways they should not be faced about in one
line, but lines should be formed facing different ways with a clear space between them, so as to enable
the officer in command to move between the lines, and thus exercise control.
(v) The Police Officer in executive command of the force shall on no account leave it, to parley
or to arrest leaders in the mob or for any other purpose.
307

(f) Neither the Warning party referred to in clause (9) nor the main body shall advance in
skirmishing order, unless it is strongly supported. The Police Officer in command should also remember
that as far as practicable half his men should always have their weapons loaded when an attack is
anticipated. It must be ensured that the rifles when loaded should have the safety catches in the ‘on’
position go that shots are not fired suddenly. By doing this the armed force shall have its own safety
also. Thereafter on receipt of orders, “safety catch” shall be put in such a position that firing can be
done.
(g) Warning to unlawful as.s'cmb1y. (1) When it becomes necessary to take action under Section
129 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, the Magistrate, or, if no Magistrate is present, the Police Officer
in-charge should cause the riot flag, if available to be hoisted well in view of the mob and in a manner so
that the inscriptions on the flag are clearly visible. Thereafter a long note should be sounded on the
bugle, or if no bugle is available, on the whistle to draw attention to the warning. The blast of the
whistle should be both intermittent and sustained. The Magistrate, or, if no Magistrate is present, the
police officer in-charge, shall then command the unlawful assembly to disperse, and warn it that if it
does not disperse it will be dispersed by force. In order to guard against all misunderstandings it should
be ensured that fullest warning is given whenever possible to the mob before any order is given to fire,
and to take the most effectual means to explain beforehand to the people constituting the unlawful
assembly that in the event of the police party being ordered to fire, their fire will be effective. He may
either warn the unlawful assembly personally. or may send out a Havildar with a party of not less than
Ԁ‫ط‬
two rifle men for the purpose, within hearing distance of the unlawful assembly but if he is the police
officer in executive command, he must convey the warning without leaving the armed force.
The riot flag referred to above should have the following inscriptions:—
“The mob should disperse immediately. If not, it will be shot at with guns".
The warning should be administered as follows:-—-
“The gathering here is an unlawful assembly. You must at once disperse. If you do not
disperse the police will open fire against you. This will cause loss of lives. Hence disperse
immediately, disperse immediately, and disperse immediately.”
Note. — The words Police Officer in-charge occurring in sub-clauses (j) (l), h (1), (h)(2) and (h) (4)
have been defined in Sections 2(0) and 36 of the Code of Criminal Procedure.
308

(2) Signals shall be arranged beforehand by which the parleying Magistrate may direct the Police
Officer in executive command to open fire. It is necessary to do this because it is possible that the place
where the Magistrate is, may not be within the hearing distance of Police Officer in-charge and some
time may be spent in going near and giving directions. When the armed detachment goes ahead for
giving warning, he should arrange a signal beforehand so that he may indicate to the police that he
cannot extricate his party.
(3) When the warning produces no effect the main body shall move up to within I00 metres of
the warning party, if one has been sent out, or the warning party shall fall back on the main body or take
cover, taking care in either ease to avoid masking the tire of the main body.
(h) Dispersal by force.—(l) If upon being so commanded any such assembly does not disperse or
if upon being so commanded it conducts itself in such a way as to show a determination not to disperse,
the Magistrate, or if no Magistrate is present, the Police Officer in-charge shall proceed to disperse the
unlawful assembly by force [See note below and sub-rule (h) (2)].
Note. - (i) Whenever the crowd is excited and the damage to life and property cannot
otherwise be put off, the senior police officer present and Magistrate shall control the
ꡀ‫ط‬
situation with available police force and fighting means,
(ii) When the officers in-charge of law and order have at least one Havildar and nine
constables available with them who have lathis and if the number of members of the
mob is not large, the Iarhi charge may be resorted to. At the time of doing lathi charge
care shall be taken to see that major bodily injury should be minimum. The main object
shall be to disperse the crowd and to arrest the ring leaders.
(iii) If the police force do not have sufficient lathis, firing may be resorted to save life
and property but the instructions in this regard shall be followed strictly.
(iv) lf the officers of law and order have tear gas squad of police force, it shall be utilized
for dispersing an excited crowd.
309

(v) If the officers engaged in controlling the crowd, have both tear gas squad and lathi
party mid still it appears that neither lathi charge nor tear gas is capable in controlling or
dispersing the crowd firing may be resorted to without lathi charge and use of tear gas
according to discretion of senior police officer or Magistrate.
(2) Both the Magistrate and the officer in-command of the Police party arc, or if no Magistrate is
present the Police Officer in-charge is, responsible for seeing that the force used is the minimum
necessary to disperse the unlawful assembly, protect life and property and secure the safety of the
police party.
(3) If a lathi charge is ordered and there is a prospect that further force will be required to
disperse the mob, the charge may be made from a flank, if possible. If it is not possible every effort shall
be made so to direct the charge that the armed force can open fire as soon as it becomes necessary.
(4) Fire shall only be opened if the Magistrate deems it absolutely necessary to open fire for the
protection of life and property.
(5) If there is no Magistrate, this responsibility shall be of police officer in-charge. In case. a tear
gas squad has to go into action, standing instructions of the department and the Tear Gas Manual
(Central Government) should be followed.
(i) (1) Responsibility of Magistrates.—If a Magistrate is present the responsibility for using force
‫ط‬
against, or opening tire on an unlawful assembly will rest with him and he will direct the officer in-
command of the police to use force or open fire. As far as possible, this order shall be given in writing in
P.M. Form No. 99-A. The Police Officer in-command shall keep a few copies of this form in English and
Hindi with him after getting these typed. When the Magistrate has ordered the Police Officer in-
command to disperse an unlawful assembly by force or to open fire on it that police officer shall comply
with that order but in actual use of force, he will exercise his discretion as regards the manner and
quantum of firing. If a Magistrate wants to give any special order to any member or members of the
Police force, he can do it through the medium of Police Officer in command.
(2) Responsibility of Police officer in-Command.—The actual order to commence firing-shall

always be given by the Police Officer in-command of the armed party. This order shall be conveyed (if
possible in writing otherwise in the manner fixed previously) to a junior officer in-charge of a party
detached from the main body. The order to cease fire shall he given by the officer in-command as soon
as the mob shows a disposition to retire or disperse. The Magistrate, or in his absence, the Police Officer
in-charge of the party and any other superior police officer present shall also be held responsible to
order cease fire. However, the ultimate responsibility in regard to the use of force shall lie with senior
most Magistrate and Police Officer handling the situation.
310
(j) Firing to be effective.—(l) When firing is necessary it shall be effective. Firing shall not
commence till it is sure to be effective nor shall be deferred for such time that the rioters reach so close
that there is risk of the police party being overwhelmed. In no circumstances should blank ammunition
or buck-shot be used. Fire may be opened between the limits of 50 to 100 metres. Firing in the air or
over the head of a riotous mob is forbidden as it might lead to injury to innocent persons. Police officers
should not fire in air oven with their private fire arms. if any.
(2) ln firing on the unlawful assembly the men shall be instructed to aim low and not in the
direction of persons who do not form part of the assembly.
(3) As far as possible fire shall be directed at the ring leaders or more violent members or
portion of the assembly. The Police Officer in-command may order firing by special individuals of the
party or by files or by Sections, or, if necessary, by volleys according to the requirements of the
situation, but if volleys are fired, not more than half the party shall fire at a time. He is specially required
to see that minimum rounds are fired according as the circumstances of the case require. Particular
constables or sections should be given order for firing unless the attitude of the mob is such as to make
it imperative for the protection of his men, or for the protection of the life and property of others, to
direct a volley to be fired.
(4) For achievement of its object minimum force shall be used consistent with impartiality. Rapid
fire shall never be used if slow fire will suffice.
(k) Action after dispersal of mob. —When an unlawful assembly has been dispersed by force the
殐‫ص‬
dead and wounded shall be sent as quickly as possible to hospital, and thereafter the Magistrate and the
Police Officer in-command shall jointly send a First Information Report to higher officer by wireless and
as far as possible by telephone and for special police telegram also.
After this, the Magistrate and Police Officer in-command shall jointly draw out an accurate
report noting the rounds served out and expanded and everything in minute details according to
instruction given in clause (m) (2) of this rule. The Magistrate shall send the report by the quickest
means possible to the District Magistrate, Commissioner and Chief Secretary and the Police Officer in-
command shall send its copies to Range Deputy Inspector-General and Inspector-General.
All cases of firing in the district should be jointly enquired into by the District Magistrate and the
Superintendent of Police and a copy of the report should be sent to all concerned.
In all cases, in which fire is opened under the orders of a District Magistrate. Or Additional
District Magistrate, a Superintendent of Police or an Additional Superintendent of Police or a
Commandant, the Divisional Commissioner, accompanied by the Range Deputy Inspector-General of
Police should visit the locality to look into the circumstances of firing and the extent to winch the
relevant Police Manual Rules and executive instructions have been observed.
311

A copy of confidential report together with the Commissioner’s finding shall be sent by him to
the Chief Secretary and the Inspector-General of Police with as little delay after the firing as possible.
This report shall be signed by Commissioner and the Range Deputy Inspector-General.
In all other cases of firing of serious nature, the Divisional Commissioner and the Range Deputy
Inspector-General of Police should visit the locality immediately after firing in order to look into the
matter generally and to give such guidance to the local officer regarding enquiry, relief and institution of
cases, etc. as may be considered suitable and necessary.
(l) It is very necessary that men of the Police Armed contingent and even a percentage of force
located in police-stations are practiced in dealing with riots in diversified localities, e.g. in town or village
streets, standing crops and so forth.
(m) (1) The Commandant or Superintendent shall see that the Police Officer in- charge of every
detachment is supplied with a copy of Rule 621.
(2) (a) The enquiring officer, be the District Magistrate or Commissioner should specially deal
with following points in his report ‘-
(1) The origin and cause of the riot.
(2) The person or class of persons who began it. 欀‫ص‬
(3) The course of the riot.
(4) How it terminated or was suppressed?
(5) What force was used and how?
(6) What cartridges were used?
(7) Whether the firing was necessary, effective and justified?
(b) As long as the disorder or the likelihood of it persists Superintendents of Police should send
to D.Ms, a daily report regarding matters noted above. Copies of such report should be despatched to
range Deputy-Inspector-General and to Commissioner also.
621-A. (i) Normally, armed police will not be detailed for execution of warrants of arrest or
attachment of property. They may not be deputed for general control in fairs and functions or even in
dealing with demonstrations. On such occasions the deputation of a task force equipped with steel-
helmets, shields etc., and crowd dispersal sticks should be adequate. This force shall be specially trained
to face crowds.
312

(ii) Only if there is prior information of a likely resort to violence with dangerous weapons of
assault and particularly when fire-arms are expected to be available with the mob, an armed party may
be deputed equipped with 410 muskets and ball ammunitions.
(iii) Rule 621 (d) gives the discretion for sending the force equipped with .303 Rifles. Regarding
other weapons of higher striking power an officer of the rank of Superintendent must study the
situation and then arrange for the deputation of such a force. In that case an officer of and above the
rank of Sub-Inspector shall be in charge of detachment and weapons will be actually fired by the officer
trained and authorized to do so.
(iv) Deputation of armed anticrime patrols can be made particularly to inspire confidence in an
area where armed dacoits and robberies have occurred but such deputation merely to create an
impression in a crime prone area is pot recommended. In any case police officers should not carry
armed police parties when going out on routine round checking.
(v) Armed Police parties can be used as Guards or Escorts in accordance with Rules given in
Chapter 18. ꀀ‫ض‬
(vi) Police officers should in each case of deputation of an armed police party, carefully study
the circumstances of the case before sending the party. It would be advantageous to keep the armed
party away from the centre of trouble so that there is full deliberation before resort is made to firing
and this is not done in the heat of the moment. The ready availability near at hand of an armed force
can precipitate resort to firing which may be avoidable. Normally a stone throwing mob should he faced
by a Iathi force as indicated in para (i) above. Tear Gas Units should be used keeping the armed police
force as an ultimate reserve.
(vii) Unarmed mobs must be tackled by Iathi force even if it may involve the overrunning of
small police parties. This would ultimately help in controlling the overall situation and in obtaining public
support in favor of the police, which a resort to firing is likely to negative. However, if such action of the
police party may result in serious loss of life and property, Tear Gas squad and the armed party shall be
used.
313

622. Jail alarm parades.—When the Police lines are sufficiently near a jail for alarm signals to be
heard, the police stationed in the Lines shall take part in alarm parades.
DUTIES OF THE OFFICERS OF RESERVE
623. Reserve Inspector (or Sergeant Major).——The following duties should be performed by
the Reserve Inspector :——
(a) He should see that the entertaining of relations and friends by constables in the barracks is
subjected to strict regulations and he should ensure that there is no unauthorized presence of
outsiders in the barracks.
(b) He shall be in charge of the armed force and the ordinary reserve and be responsible for
their drill, discipline, training and efficiency.
(c) He shall be responsible for the care and custody of the arms, ammunitions, equipment,
stores, tents, uniform etc.: and shall keep the accounts and registers appertaining to them.
(d) He shall attend parade daily, except on Thursdays and Sundays.
(e) He shall supervise the preliminaries of target

‫ط‬ practice and attend all practices on the range.
(f) He shall hold regular inspections of arms and equipment.
(g) He shall inspect the barracks. out offices and grounds of the reserve once a week, and kits of
all Sub-Inspectors, assistant Sub-inspectors, havildars and constables serving at Headquarters
once a quarter,
(h) He shall keep the keys of the magazine.
(i) He shall check the stock and stores register once a quarter and see that all articles including
tents are in good order. He shall also check the stock of clothing with the register of receipt and
issue of clothing, the committee report book and receipt and issue forms once a month. A note
shall be made by him in the stock and stores register and the register of receipt and issue of
clothing that he has done so. If the clothing and other articles in stock agree with the registers,
he shall record a certificate to this effect.
(j) He shall pay occasional visits to the hospital to see that the orderlies are present and are
looking after the patients properly.
314

(k) He shall visit all armed guards by night and go on rounds in the town when deputed to
do so (see Rule 140).
(l) He shall toll off the reserve force for duty daily and see to the relief of fixed guards at
the prescribed intervals.
(m) He shall receive verbal reports daily from officers-in-charge of guards at Headquarters.
(n) He shall receive and examine petitions and applications from the men of the reserve
and lay them before the Superintendent or the officer holding orderly room at which he
shall always be present (see P.M. Form No. 201).
(o) He shall detail all escorts, issue railway warrants receive the reports of the officers-in-
charge of the escorts on their return and examine the accounts of money advanced.
(p) He shall sign command certificates and check the same on return of the men.
(q) He shall issue leave certificates, take delivery of the clothing and appointment
certificates of men proceeding on leave and check the leave certificates on return of the
men from leave.
(r) He shall make himself fully acquainted with the reserve registers and keep The
important registers himself. He shall keep the service books and deal with all
correspondence relating to the reserve.
(s) He shall be responsible for the preparation of the acquaintance rolls and the travelling
‫ط‬
allowance bills of the reserve force and distribute the pay of the reserve, station guards
and men in hospital [see Rule 964(b)].
(t) He shall see to the preparation of pension rolls of officers and men and see that the
accounts of men leaving the force are adjusted. -
(u) He shall be responsible for the preparation of all periodical returns relating to the
reserve and submit them on due dates.
(v) He shall be responsible for putting up the force register for orders, vide Rule 1039(e).
624. Reserve Sub-Inspector (or Sergeant).—The following shall be the duties of a reserve Sub-
Inspector:—
(a) He shall help the reserve inspector in all matters relating to the drill, discipline and
training of the force, and the care and custody of arms, Ammunition, equipment, stores.
Tents, clothing, etc.., and the registers appertaining to them.
(b) He shall attend parade daily, except on Thursdays and Sundays. He shall take a roll call
at night twice a week and report any absentees to the reserve inspector.
(c) He shall examine all equipment in use and see that they are kept thoroughly clean.
315

(d) He shall superintend fatigue duty in the Lines and see that defaulters’ drill is properly
carried out.
(e) He shall visit the bat-rack and the surroundings of the cook sheds and see that they are
kept clean and tidy.
(f) He shall visit armed guards at Headquarters and go on rounds in the town at night,
when ordered to do so (see Rule I40).
(g) He shall take part in and teach outdoor games and sports.
(h) He shall assist the reserve inspector at target practice.
625. Rank of reserve Sub-Inspectors (or Sergeants) for the purposes of certain Acts.—All
reserve Sub-Inspectors shall be deemed to be of the rank of Sub-Inspector for the purpose of the
exercise of any power which has been declared under the provisions of Section 236. Cantonment Act (II
of 1924) of the Gambling Act [Bengal Act (II of 1867)] as subsequently amended, and the B. & O. Excise
Act (B. & O. Act ll of I915) to be exercisable by a police officer of the rank of Sub-Inspector.
When deputed to districts (rule 626), a reserve Sub-Inspector shall in the absence of the officer-
in-charge of the police-station, exercise all the Powers conferred on such an officer for the purposes of
Chapter X.
⠀‫ط‬
626. Diary of Reserve Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors.—Every reserve inspector when employed
on police duty in the town or anywhere in the district for checking night rounds, traffic control, railway
platforms for preserving order and similar duties shall submit a daily diary to the Superintendent in P.M.
Form No. 5. In similar circumstances, the reserve Sub-Inspectors will also submit daily diary which will be
sent through the town or Circle Inspector.
627. Use of Sub-Inspectors (Unarmed) and other Subordinate ranks in the Reserve 0ffice.—(a)
Only the sanctioned staff will be posted to this section for assisting the reserve Inspector in office work.
Officers of the rank of Sub-Inspectors (Unarmed) to be designated R.S.I. (Office). Assistant Sub-
Inspectors and Constables efficient in office work will also be posted here. It may be useful to reduce the
strength of Sub-Inspector (unarmed) in a district and increase the strength of Reserve Sub-Inspectors in
its place for doing the work of R.S.I. (Office) in particular, a ‘Day Of1‘icer' shall be posted in this section
to attend to requirements of various requisitions received.
(b) This section is a very important section of the personnel section of the Superintendent of
Police office and officers for this section should be selected carefully. The standing orders and Rules will
be strictly followed. The incumbents will attend office always in uniform.
316

TRAINING AND MANAGEMENT OF THE RESERVE
628. Reserve staff to reside in the lines.—0flicers and men of the reserve shall reside in the
lines, unless permitted by the Superintendent to reside elsewhere.
629. (a) Parade. —Physical Training (i. e. P.T.) shall be held once every day except on Sunday in
the morning for half an hour followed by parade which shall be held twice a day, except on Thursdays
and Sundays, at times to be fixed by the Superintendent. All Police officers attached to the armed
reserve or the ordinary reserve shall attend. When out-door work is impracticable, instruction on the
treatment of arms and ammunition shall he substituted. A special programme for these parades, etc. for
each class of available staff, e.g., drivers of vehicles, armorer’s cadre, etc. should be laid down by
Superintendent of Police. Special instructions in this connection may be given by D.I.G. (Training) but
prior approval of Inspector-General shall be taken.
(b) Gazetted Officers to attend parade’s'.—Assistant or Deputy Superintendents, when, at

Headquarters, shall attend parade at least twice a week and Superintendents once a week, or so much
more often as is necessary to satisfy themselves that the instruction and training are thoroughly
efficient. They shall appear in uniform. Superintendents and other Gazetted Officers are expected to
maintain a thorough knowledge of all branches of P.T. and drill and shall, from time to time, take
command of parade.
殐‫ص‬
630. Education classes.—(a) Education classes, lasting not less than half an hour, shall be held
twice daily (Thursdays and Sundays excepted) after morning parade and before evening parade. All
those posted to Headquarters shall attend when in the Lines. An attendance register shall be kept in two
parts, one for the armed reserve and the other for the ordinary reserve.
(b) Classes shall not ordinarily consist of more than 15 men and shall be so arranged that the
men are grouped as far as possible, according to their standards of intelligence and ability of reading
and writing.
(c) The reserve Sub-Inspector (Training) shall be responsible for the proper and regular conduct
of the classes, but reserve inspector, other reserve Sub-Inspectors, and Havildars of armed police shall
take classes regularly and Superintendents and Assistant and Deputy Superintendents shall take a
personal interest in the classes and supervise them occasionally.
(d) The reserve Inspector, reserve Sub-Inspectors and reserve Sub-Inspector (Training) shall be
trained as instructors in First Aid, in order that they may assist the Police Surgeon in case of necessity
and in taking the First Aid classes.
(e) The list of subjects to be included in the curriculum is given in Appendix 35. Superintendents
are at liberty to add to the list.
317
(f) A Sub-Inspector or his superior shall be in charge of education class of every group. If a Sub-
Inspector is not available, a senior Assistant Sub-Inspector may be made responsible for training,
according to the curriculum. In this connection the Superintendent shall issue written instructions.
631. Musketry course and supervision of target practice.—Rules for the conduct of the
musketry course will be found in Appendix 36. Superintendents shall assure themselves by surprise visits
and otherwise that target practice is properly and fairly carried out and that the men and officers
required to practice firing, do so from the approved fire-arms. They shall endeavor to be present
occasionally when the men are shooting for reward. Assistant and Deputy Superintendents shall attend
target practice frequently, both with and without notice.
632. Preliminary inspection of targets.—(a) The officer superintending the practice shall inspect
the targets previous to the commencement of the practice to see that there are no bullet marks and
that they are correct in every way.
(b) An iron or wooden frame of requisite size concerned with coarse white cotton Cloth, over
which shall be pasted white paper, shall be used as a target.
633. Precautions at target practice.—{a) No shot shall he fired until a red flag has been hoisted
on a staff over the “Butt“.
⠀‫ط‬
(b) There shall be a danger flag at the “Markers” Butt” and at the firing point, and all firing shall
cease when either of these flags is hoisted and commence only after these have been lowered.
(c) When possible, a bugler should be on the range.
634. Deleted.
635. Register of target practice.—A register of target practice shall be kept in forms given in
Appendix 36. This register shall be signed by the officer in command of the squad.
636. Prizes and badges.—{a) The prizes to be given annually in each district shall be limited to
the number shown in Appendix 36.
(b) (i) A marksman’s badge, consisting of crossed rifles, neatly stitched on the left sleeve one
inch above the cuff, shall be given to every man who scores 75 per cent or more marks of the
possible. and shall be warn for one year.
(ii) A district/unit best shot badge shall consist of crossed rifles and star, and it shall be worn for
a year.
318

(c) The best shot in the State shall receive an award of Rs. 100 and a badge of crossed rifles and
Ashok emblem which will be worn fur a year. The award will be given separately for the district and
armed police.
(d) Two or more money prizes shall not be awards to the same individual, e.g., the best shot in
the State cannot take the district prize of Rs. 30 as well.
(e) No prize shall be given for any score below 75 per cent of the possible.
(f) The fact that a man has won a prize shall be noted in his service book.
(g) The best shot will be determined by the number of points obtained in the annual
course of individual firing. _
(h) Ties between two or more men scoring the same number of points at target
practice shall be decided by-
1st— the fewest misses in the total number of rounds fired;

2nd— the total scores in order of practice, commencing from the last of longest
range;
3rd— the value of each shot in the range practice taken in inverse order, commencing with the
longest distance.
(i) Should irregularities be discovered in the execution of target practice, such as
⠀‫ط‬
counting ricochets, placing flags on ranges other than those required by Musketry
Regulation, or marks to aim at to denote the allowance to be made for wind, etc. or
firing at distance shorter than those enjoined, or at greater number of targets than are
prescribed for the several distances or at larger Bull’s eyes and centres than prescribed
for the several periods, all prizes will be forfeited.
(j) Prizes will be issued as soon as the necessary authority is received and the
badges will be worn for one year commencing with the first day of the month succeeding
the receipt of such authority. When the annual course of musketry has been unavoidably suspended,
the badges then in wear may be continued to be worn until the prizes for the subsequent course have
been awarded.
(k) All practices shall be conducted in accordance with the instructions contained in Musketry
Regulations. -
(1) The musketry year begins on the 1st April and ends on the 31st March of the following year.
319

637. Annual Musketry report. —Between the 1st and 15th May of each year a short report
together with a statement in P.M. Form No. 100 shall be submitted to the Range Deputy Inspector-
General.
638. Sports and games, etc.—(a) All employees in district Headquarters shall regularly take part
in sports, games, wrestling etc. on all days except that on Sundays and holidays it shall be optional. A
routine platoon wise, shall be so drawn that every one may get a chance to play all types of games in
turns.
At least reserve Inspector or reserve Sub-Inspector shall also remain present.
Superintendents/Assistant or Deputy Superintendents shall also try to be occasionally present and see
that the Rules of games are observed. (b) A consolidated grant is sanctioned by Government in the
budget to meet expenditure on all kinds of sports and is subject to regular audit by Accountant-General.
This grant will be at the disposal of Inspector-General to be allotted to districts/units according to their
requirements.
(c) This grant may be utilized for purchase of sports equipment, printing invitations, special diet
for men in training for the sports, etc.
(d) Special Rules shall be framed for—
쫠‫ؤ‬
(1) (i) District sports, (ii) State sports.
(2) Duty meets-
(i) District duty meets. (ii) Range duty meets and (m) State duty meets.
A football or hockey team shall not consist of more than 12 persons and shall travel in second
class and charges shall be drawn on fully vouched contingent bills under the head 255-Police—0ther
charges-—Athletics, etc. (see Rule 1206).
320
..

CHAPTER 20
APPOINTMENTS AND ENROLMENTS
639. Police officers will rank as follows:—
SUPERIOR OFFICERS.
(1) The Inspector-General.
(2] Additional Inspector-General.
(3) Deputy Inspector-General.
(4) A Superintendents.
(5) Assistant Superintendents.
(6) Deputy Superintendents.
(7) Reserve Inspectors and other Inspectors.
OTHER OFFICERS.
(8) Reserve Sub-Inspectors.
(9) Sub-Inspectors.
⠀‫ط‬
(10) Assistant Sub-Inspectors.
(11) Havildars.
(12) Naiks.
(13) Constables.
Note. — Reserve Inspectors and Reserve Sub-Inspectors were previously called as

Sergeant Majors and Sergeants respectively.
INDIAN POLICE SERVICE.

640. Inspector-General.—The post of Inspector-General of Police shall be filled by a member of
the Indian Police Service.
641. Deputy Inspector—General--Deputy Inspectors-General shall be appointed by the State

Government by selection from among Superintendents.
642. Superintendents.—The post of Superintendent of Police shall usually be filled by the State
Government by promotion from the rank of Assistant Superintendent.
321

A certain number of selected Deputy Superintendents will also be promoted to the rank of
Superintendent (see Rule 723).
N. B. -—Fur Additional Superintendents see, Rule 724.
643. Assistant Superintendents.—(a) The recruitment of Assistant Superintendents is based on

the number of superior posts on the State Cadre.
(b) Recruitment will be carried out against prescribed vacancies on the results of a competitive
examination held by Union Public Service Commission.
644. Confirmation of Assistant Superintendent.--Probationary Assistant Superintendents who

have completed satisfactorily two years’ probation and have passed or been exempted from passing the
necessary departmental examinations (Rule 678) and the drill and riding tests shall be confirmed as
Assistant Superintendents but the orders of Government are necessary in every case. The inter se
seniority among the probationers will be fixed on the basis of total of marks obtained in Union Public
Service Commission examinations added to the marks held in the examination by that Commission at
the training Centre [see Indian Police Service (Probationary Final Examination) Regulations. 1969].
DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENTS
645. Appointment.—Deputy Superintendents of Police will be appointed in accordance with the

Rules contained in Appendix 7 1.
646. Promotion of Inspectors and Reserve 欀‫ص‬Inspectors.—The promotion of Inspectors including

Reserve Inspectors of district armed police and equivalent ranks of Bihar Armed Police to the rank of
Deputy Superintendents will be made by Government on the recommendation of a Selection Board
consisting of Chairman, Bihar Public Service Commission as Chairman and inspector-General and others
as members as given in Appendix 72 (see Rule 724-A).
Note— The above selection board is named as Departmental Promotion Committee.
647. Seniority of newly appointed officers.—Newly appointed Deputy Superintendents (direct)

will ordinarily be placed in the initial grade. Those promoted shall get initial salary according to Rule 10,
Appendix 6 of Bihar Service Code. In the event of two or more Deputy Superintendents being appointed
on the same date, the order of their seniority will be determined by Government.
648. Period of probation.—(a) A Deputy Superintendent appointed direct will be on probation

for three years. At the end of that period, if he has passed the examinations prescribed in the "Rules for
the Training and Departmental Examination of officers serving in the State of Bihar” and in Rule 722, and
has shown himself fit to perform the duties of a Deputy Superintendent, he will be confirmed. If he fails
to pass the prescribed examinations within the period of probation, or if he be unfavorably reported on,
he is liable to be removed from the department (see Rule 668).
322

(b) A Deputy Superintendent promoted from the rank of Reserve Inspector or Inspector must
pass the examination in accounts, but need not pass the other examinations prescribed in the “Rules for
the Training and Departmental Examination of officers serving in the State of Bihar “and in Rule 722. He
will be on probation for one year. At the end of that period, if he has passed the examination in
accounts and is fit to perform the duties of a Deputy Superintendent, he will be confirmed. If he has
officiated as a Deputy Superintendent for one year or more, he may be confirmed without further
probation on his passing the examination in accounts. If he fails to pass the examination in accounts
within one year, or if he be unfavorably reported on, he will be liable to be reverted to his substantive
post.
(c) The period spent under training and on probation will count as service towards pension.
(d) If it is necessary in the public interest to employ a probationary Deputy Superintendent on

duties which render it difficult or impossible for him to study for the prescribed examination, and the
State Government are satisfied that his passing has been retarded in consequence, they may extend his
period of probation for another 12months [see Rules 668, 678 and 722(d)].
648-A. Direct appointments are made in the rank of Reserve Sub-Inspector of armed police and
Sub-Inspector in unarmed police by the Deputy Inspector-General on the advice of the Bihar Public
Service Commission. ⢀‫ط‬
INSPECTOR, RESERVE INSPECTOR AND RESERVE SUB-INSPECTOR
649. Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors.—(a) The promotion of Sub-Inspectors to Inspectors,

and Reserve Sub-Inspectors to Reserve Inspectors will be made by the Inspector-General on the advice
of the Inspector-General’s Selection Board [Appendix72(1)] (For period of probation, see Rule 668).
(b) In July the Deputy Inspector-General will call for nominations for promotion to reach him on
the date fixed, The form of nomination and the list of enclosures are given in P.M. Form No. 102.
(c) At least 14 days before nominations are sent to the Deputy Inspector-General, the names of
the nominees shall be published by the nominating authority in district orders so that those who are not
nominated may have an opportunity of representing their cases before the nominations are actually
submitted. Officers, having such representation to make, should be given interviews and their cases
examined with them.
323

In case their representations are rejected, those who have been super-ceded may file
representation before Deputy inspector-General. Such representation shall be submitted within 14 days
of receipt of information and this shall be forwarded soon to Deputy Inspector General, so that
additional nominations may be sent on the orders of Deputy Inspector-General.
In forwarding the nominations a certificate must be given of the dates on which the lists were
published and intimations sent to those not nominated. In selecting Sub-Inspectors and Reserve Sub-
Inspectors for promotion, preference should be given to those who have received special
commendation for integrity of character and good detective work.
(d) The Range Selection Board [Appendix 72(3)] shall scrutinize the district nominations and shall
select from among them in order of merit those whose nominations are to be sent before the Inspector-
General’s Selection Board [Appendix 72(1)] on a date to be fixed by the Inspector-General.
(e) The Inspector-General‘s Selection Board [Appendix 72(1)] shall scrutinize the nominations of
the Range Selection Board and compile a list of selections which should ordinarily be in order of
seniority for promotion as vacancies occur. If an officer is placed higher in the list than his seniority
warrants a full note giving reason shall be recorded. This list shall be of as many Sub-Inspectors as there
are vacancies plus few anticipatory vacancies depending on averages of last few years. Promotions by
the Inspector-General under clause (a) shall be confined to this list but if any one does not get appointed
from the list, his case shall be reviewed again at the time of preparation of the next year's list and if
found fit, he shall be placed above the selected nominees of that year.
⠀‫ط‬
650. Reserve Inspector.--Reserve Inspector shall be appointed by selection from the rank of
Reserve Sub-Inspector in armed police in the manner given in Rule 649.However, Reserve Sub-Inspector
(office) is not eligible for this as given in Rule 652.
651. Reserve Sub-Inspectors.—(a) In July every year, the Inspector-General shall decide how
many vacant posts shall be filled by promotion and how many by direct recruitment. For vacancies by
promotion, see Rule 660-B. As regards direct recruitments, the Bihar Public Service Commission shall
advertise for filling up the posts of Reserve Sub-Inspectors for armed police while doing this for Sub-
Inspectors of unarmed police and a combined physical test and competitive written examination-shall
be held as given in Rules 653-658.
(b) On appointment the Reserve Sub-inspectors should undergo a course of training at the
Police Training College and pass test prescribed by the Inspector-General.
652. Reserve Sub-Inspector (Office) as provided in Rule 627 unlike other Reserve Sub—
Inspectors of armed police are borne on the cadre of Sub-Inspector (unarmed) and they are eligible for
promotion to the rank of Inspector with other Sub-Inspectors of unarmed police.
324

SUB-INSPECTORS.
653. Sub-Inspectors.—(a) In July, the Inspector-General will intimate to each Deputy inspector-General
the number of vacancies allotted to each district and the Criminal Investigation/Intelligence
Departments and the number to be filled by direct recruitment and by promotion of Assistant Sub-
Inspector [Rule 659 (a)]. He will also indicate what limitations, if any, are to be observed as to the
appointment of any particular sections of the community.
(b) In accordance with Rule 659(a) vacancies up to S0 per cent may be filled by selection from
the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector. The remainder shall be filled in the manner laid down in the
following rules.
(c) A requisition shall be sent to Bihar Public Service Commission in the prescribed form in which
the informations, about the number of vacant posts, etc. shall be given. The job of holding examination
for recruitment to Class III technical and non-technical executive and supervisory posts (including Sub-
Inspector) has been given to Bihar Public Service Commission as per Article 320(1) of the Indian
Constitution.
654. Manner of selection— (a) Notices in the form given in the Appendix 38 or any other form
‫ط‬
prescribed by Bihar Public Service Commission will瘀be printed and supplied by them for wide circulation
and will also be published in the Bihar Gazetteand selected newspapers. Candidates will be required to
comply with the directions given in the notice. The help and interest of heads of schools and colleges
shall be freely sought.
(b) All applications shall be received by Bihar Public Service Commission which shall be entered
in the candidates’ register in their prescribed form.
(c) All candidates who are prima facie eligible for appointment shall be required to appear for
measurements and physical tests given in Appendix 38 at district/range Headquarters before
Superintendent/Range Deputy inspector-General or before any special committee specially set up for
this purpose. The list of candidates who satisfy these tests shall be furnished to the Public Service
Commission who shall then arrange to hold a written competitive examination as in sub-rule (e).
(d) Against the names of those who are prima facie ineligible, who are below standard
measurement or who fail in the physical tests the word “rejected” with reasons will be written clearly in
the candidates register and the candidate shall be informed accordingly.
325

(e) The written portion of the test referred to in (c) shall be of 100 marks each in following
subjects :—
General knowledge (including General Science and Current Affairs) and General Hindi as
compulsory subjects and two optional subjects to be selected from the list given in Appendix 38.
655. Interview.—The Public Service Commission may decide to select persons for interview
above a certain percentage of marks depending on the number of vacancies available and usually three
times the number of vacancies may be called. A Deputy Inspector-General nominated by the Inspector-
General shall be included as an expert.
656. Selections.—(a) The Public Service Commission shall select the best men for appointment
for the post of (i) Reserve Sub-Inspector of armed police, and (ii) Sub- inspector of unarmed police
separately depending on the number of vacancies available. While doing this, it is to be noted that for
serial (i), the standard of physical tests is higher as given in Appendix 38. Moreover candidates
possessing certificates of National Cadet Corps and efficient in sports may be preferred for this post. For
serial (ii), preference may be given to those possessing Diploma or degree in criminology. The
Commission will bear in mind the desirability of maintaining also approximately the correct percentage
of scheduled castes and tribes as given in Appendix 40.
⢀‫ط‬
The Deputy Inspector-General (Administration) will ensure that verification Rolls in P.M. Form
No. 101 are issued in respect of those for whom appointment letters are going to be issued. For this
purpose, Superintendents may be directed to get in touch with the authorities concerned for getting it
expedited. Thereafter, the candidates shall be referred for medical test before the Civil Surgeon or
Deputy Superintendent of Sadar Sub-Divisional Hospital of the place where the candidate resides (see
Rule 672). On being declared fit in P. M. Form No. 103 the Deputy Inspector-General will issue
appointment letters to the selected candidates on advice of the Commission and will direct them to
report to the Principal, Police Training College. on the date fixed generally in January. A detailed list of
the candidates appointed will at the same, time be sent to the Principal, Police Training College. To
gether with their application forms , verification rolls, medical and other certificates. These papers will
form a part of the candidates appointment papers and will be sent to the Superintendents of the
districts to which they are subsequently posted [for period of probation (see Rule 668)].
657. Acopy of result of examination conducted by Bihar Public Service Commission together
with a copy of marks of written examination, details of measurements, etc. together with the list of
selected candidates shall be sent to Government for information. In the list, indication shall be made of
scheduled castes and scheduled tribes.
326
658. Qualifications to be possessed, by a candidate—
(i) He must be of good moral character.
(ii) He must be over 20 and under 24 or if he has obtained the B. L. Degree 26 years of age
on the 1st of January of the year following the year of advertisement. Government
servants are eligible up to 27 years. For scheduled castes and tribes, the upper age-limit
is up to 29 years.
(iii) He must have passed the Degree examination of an Indian University or an equivalent
examination recognised by the State Government (Appendix 38). He must be able to
speak Hindi fluently.
Note. — One advance increment may be given to ten per cent of the probationary Sub-
Inspectors passing out of the Police Training College and obtaining high places in the
final examination.
(iv) He must be free from disease, constitutional affliction or bodily infirmity rendering him
unfit or likely to make him unfit for police duties.
Note.— Stuttering or stammering is a defect which may render an applicant ineligible for
selection.
(v) He must be not less than 163 cms. in height and 80 cms. round the chest. For scheduled
caste and tribe the minimum height is 158 cms. and chest 78 cms.
䴀‫ط‬
659. Promotion of Assistant Sub-Inspectors.—(a) 50 per cent of the vacancies in the rank of
Sub-inspector shall be filled by selection from the rank of Assistant Sub- Inspector who have at least
done a minimum of five years service [Rule 653 (b)]. Only selected officers who have shown exceptional
merit while serving as Assistant Sub- Inspector will be promoted.
(b) On receipt of information vide Rule 65 3(a), the Deputy Inspector General will intimate the
number of vacancies allotted to each district and call for nominations, to reach him on a date to be
fixed.
(c) At least 14 days before nominations are sent to the Deputy Inspector-General the names of
the nominees shall be published by district order so that those who are not nominated may have an
opportunity of representing their cases before the nominations are actually submitted. Officers having
such representations to make should be given interviews and their cases examined with them. In
forwarding the nominations a certificate must be given of the dates on which the lists were published
and intimations sent to those not nominated. Those not nominated, may submit representation within
l4 days to the Deputy Inspector-General which shall be considered by him as early as possible so that in
case of necessity, additional nominations may be sent. In selecting Assistant Sub-Inspectors for
promotion preference should be given to those who have received special commendation for integrity
of character and good detective work.
327

(d) The Range Deputy-Inspector-General‘s Board [Appendix 72(3)] shall make selection from
those nominated from districts and shall send names for consideration to Central Selection Board
[Appendix 72(2)]. This list shall be drawn according to seniority but if any Assistant Sub-Inspector is
placed serially above his seniority on the basis of his ability, reasons for such special nomination shall be
given. Necessary papers and all papers concerning selection shall be presented before the Central
Selection Board [Appendix 72(2)] by the date fixed.
(e) The Central Selection Board [Appendix 72(2)] shall. if necessary. Interview the candidates
nominated by the Range Deputy Inspector-Generals Board and prepare a list of selected candidates for
promotion. Names on this List should ordinarily be in order of seniority. If an officer is placed higher in
the list than his seniority warrants the reasons for such special nomination shall be recorded.
Promotions shall be confined to the selected list framed by the Central Selection Board [Appendix 72(2)]
but vacancies shall be tilled up range wise according to seniority in the list by the Range Deputy
Inspector-General.
A copy of the proceedings shall be forwarded to Inspector-General for information who shall
endeavour to see that wide disparities do not occur in matter of promotion and confirmation in
different ranges and adjustments may be made by suitable transfers of Assistant Sub-Inspectors.
(f) The Central Selection Board shall make 25 per cent more selections of Sub-Inspectors than
the number of vacancies so that there is no difficulty in casual vacancies. Names beyond 25 per cent
may also be kept in this list after order of Inspector-General. If anyone in the list does not get promoted
瘀‫ ط‬in the next year’s list and he shall be above them.
in one year, case shall be reviewed again for inclusion
(g) Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be on probation for a period of twelve from the date of the
order promoting them to the rank of Sub-Inspector.
660. Appointment of Assistant Sub-Inspectors.—(a) Assistant shall be appointed by promotion

from the ranks (Rule 729). Promotion of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be made by the Deputy
Inspector least 14 days before passing orders of promotion, the Deputy Inspector-General shall publish
by range order the names of those, they propose to promote in order that those who are not to be
promoted may have an opportunity of representing their eases before the promotions are actually
made. Constables having such representations to make should be given interviews and their eases
examined with them.
(b) Assistant Sub- Inspectors promoted from the ranks shall be on probation for one year.
(c) No constable shall be promoted to the rank of Assistant Sub-inspector unless he has passed
the examination for Assistant Sub-Inspector's course at the Police Training College. (Rule 634).
328

(d) A Havildar or Niak desirous of being considered for promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-
Inspector must also appear at the qualifying examination in Rule 685 and on being declared to have
passed shall undergo a promotion course of Assistant Sub-Inspector.
The Rules for promotion in other branches which are closed cadres like armorers. Havildar
drivers, wireless. etc., are given in the Chapters concerned.
660-A. Havildar.—(i) No direct recruitment shall be made in this rank. Promotion shall be con
fined to Naiks/Constables who have done the senior leaders course according to Rule 684(2). Every year
in July the Superintendent shall review the list of such Naiks/ Constables which should be arranged
according to the date of passing the senior leaders course and select those who are fit for promotion. He
will publish their names in district order and if anyone wants to represent he will have to submit his
representation within l4 days from the receipt of this order. The Superintendent shall consider these
representations in their presence and if any representation is rejected by the Superintendent that
Naik/Constable can submit his representation to Range Deputy inspector-General. Thereafter. all these
names shall be considered by the Superintendent and promotions shall be made from that list serially.
(ii) Range Deputy Inspector-General shall carefully consider the positions of promotion in the
districts of his range and if there is a very marked variation, he shall take steps to bring uniformity as far
as possible by transfers so that a senior Niak/ Constable is not left without getting a chance of
promotion in a certain district for long.
(iii) Those promoted from the rank of Naiks/Constables shall be on probation for one year.
殐‫ص‬
RESERVE SUB-INSPECTORS.
660-B. (a) Promotion of Havildars including Havildar Driver.—(i) 50 per cent of the posts of
Reserve Sub-Inspectors [excluding Reserve Rub-Inspector (Transport)] shall be filled up by promotion
from the rank of Havildars who have done at least four years of service.
(ii) All the posts of Reserve Sub-Inspectors (Transport) shall be filed up by promotion from the
rank of Havildar Drivers. The procedure shall be the same as given in sub-rule (b) below.
(b) When vacancies occur in the rank of a Reserve Sub-inspector, the Deputy Inspector-General
will call for nominations from districts. At least l4 days before the nominations are sent the names of the
nominees shall be published by district order so that those who are not nominated may have an
opportunity of representing their cases before the nominations are submitted. Officers wishing to make
a representation should be given interviews and their cases examined with them.
329

In forwarding the nominations a certificate must be given of the dates on which the lists were
published and intimations gent to those not nominated. The nominations shall be scrutinized by the
Range Selection Board [Appendix 72(3)] which will select in order of merit for consideration before the
Central Selection Board [Appendix 72(2)]. The Central Selection Board shall, if necessary, interview the
nominees and will select Havildars for promotion. The selected candidates will ordinarily be arranged in
order of seniority. If an officer is placed higher in the list than his seniority warrants, the reasons for the
special promotion shall be recorded. The Range Deputy Inspector-General will make the promotions on
the basis of the list according to vacancy in the range. Copy of the proceedings of the Central Selection
Board shall be forwarded to the Inspector-General for information who shall endeavour to see that wide
disparities do not occur in matter of promotion and confirmation in different ranges and adjustments
may be made by suitable transfers of Havildars. However, if a certain Havildar is not promoted in a year
his case shall be reviewed again in the following year before the Central Selection Board and if found fit
he will be placed above the selected persons of that year.
660-C. Out of turn promotion.—Selection Boards may recommend out of turn promotion to
officers with outstanding records of service and competent authorities may order such promotion in
deserving cases as they deem fit and proper with the approval of next higher authority.
Officers so promoted should be placed below the officers of the approved existing list of
⠀‫ط‬
respective rank prepared by Selection Boards and be confirmed against substantive vacancies as and
when vacancies arise in the order of the list.
Criteria taken together for determining outstanding records of service will he as follows:-
(i) Award of Presidents Police Medal and Indian Police Medal, for gallantry and distinguished
service.
(ii) Should not have been awarded any major punishment till the date of consideration and
order of out of tum promotion.
(iii) Very good entries in permanent Character Roll.
(iv) Citation regarding high standard of investigation, detection and control of crime and
intelligence work.
(v) Should have ability for shouldering higher responsibilities consonant with the proposed
promotion [see Home (Police) Department Notification No. G.S.R. 34, dated 12th May.
1976].
330

661. (a) Classes of Constable.—Constables shall be distinguished as (i) Writer Constables/and (ii)
Ordinary Constables. Those constables who are at least matriculates and have qualified at the
competitive examination for promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector as per Rule 685 shall be
known as Writer Constables whose duties will solely be those of a station writer at police-stations and
will not be given out door work. He will perform office duties and conduct routine business of the police-
station in the absence of the Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors for which he shall get an
allowance of at least Rs. 7 per month.
The strength of such posts in a district for allowance shall be equal to the number of police-
stations in a district plus leave and training reserve. Certain number of posts are sanctioned for Criminal
Investigation Department and Intelligence Department also for office duties.
(b) By whom appointed. —-Constables shall be appointed by district Superintendent of Police

for which a list will be prepared by the selection Board duly constituted for the purpose.
(c) No direct recruitment shall be made in Railways, Criminal Investigation Department,

Intelligence Department and in the ranks of experts such as motor drivers and armourers (For the period
of probation, see Rule 668).
662. Recruitment in a foreign district.—When in any district able candidates are not available
⠀‫ط‬
for scheduled castes and tribes whose quota is given in Appendix 40, the concerned Superintendent
shall request his Deputy Inspector-General for selection of recruits from those districts where there is
possibility of availability of required number of candidates. The selection board for the recruiting
district, after satisfying themselves that the candidates are qualified as regards health and character and
that they are willing to go to the district for which they are required, shall ask the Superintendent
concerned to enlist them and send them to the requisitioning district.
663. Selection of recruits.—(a) Strong, healthy young men between the ages of 19 and 27 years
and who have passed secondary (tie. Matriculation) examination shall be selected as recruits as far as
possible. The standard of physical tests shall be same as given in Appendix 38, clause 9 for Sub-
Inspectors. For scheduled castes and tribes, the upper age-limit is up to 32 years and educational
qualification can be reduced to middle pass if matriculates are not available. The standards of height and
chest measurements are given below. These are the minima and Superintendents should endeavour to
get men o l" higher standard :—
(i) for general—-height 163 centimeters and chest 80 centimeters.
(m for scheduled caste and tribe—height I58 centimeters and chest 78 centimeters.
331
Note. — ln measuring the chest, the measuring tape must be applied evenly but not tightly, its
upper edge touching the lower border of the shoulder blades, and its lower edge
passing just above the nipples, the arms hanging by the sides. The standard is the
minimum measurement, with the chest fully deflated. Just before the measurement is
taken the candidate shall be made to count up to thirty, without taking breath and
without hurrying.
(iii) There is no physical standard for Gurkhas, who are residents of India and men of the best
physique obtainable and at least literate shall be enlisted.
N.B. — Nepalese subjects cannot be enlisted.
(b) Recruits shall be measured by the reserve inspector in the Superintendent's presence at the
time of enlistment.
(c) The Selection Board is not precluded from selecting men over 27 years of age or for special
reasons, men beneath the standard of measurement, but it shall do so only on good grounds. Before
enlistment the Deputy Inspector-General can give relaxation in height and chest by 2.5 cms, only. (See
Cl. 9 of Appendix 2, Part II).
(d) The recruitment shall be made twice a year in such a way that recruits are ready to go to
Constables Training School before the start of the session. There shall be no necessity for training in
⢀‫ط‬
district Headquarters. The Superintendent shall publish notice of selection of candidates in newspapers
giving the exact number of vacancies and also advertise through employment exchange. He shall
endeavour that selection is completed and results are laid before the candidates the same day or on the
following day so that they are not made to stay unnecessarily. No waiting list of candidates beyond the
number advertised except for few extra men for possible unfitness in medical test is to be kept.
664. Scheduled caste and Scheduled tribe.—(a) Direct recruitment.—The sanctioned

percentage of scheduled castes and tribes for the various districts will be found in Appendix 40. This
Appendix shall be strictly observed.
(b) Confirmation.—The criteria for confirmation. i.e., probationary period, passing of

departmental examination, etc. are given ln various rules. No relaxation in Rules regarding confirmation
are permitted for scheduled caste/tribe.
(c) Promotion.—Like recruitment, the quota given in Appendix 40 is to be strictly observed in

promotion up to Superintendent but only such personnel are eligible who possess the necessary
qualification and required service record for it vide Home Department letter No. 6-GIT-107/75 1103110-
l126S, dated 10th September. 1976.
332

665. Agreement to be signed by constables.—Every constable on enlistment shall sign an
agreement for three years in RM. Form No. I06 which shall be forwarded by registered post to the
Principal of the Training School. The terms of this agreement may be relaxed in special cases, but a
report shall be made in each instance to the Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General.
666. Oath and Rules of conduct for recruits.—(a) As soon as a police recruit is declared medically tit the
form of exhortation given in Appendix 37, embodying the Rules of conduct for police-officers shall be
read out to him and then an oath shall be taken by him as specified in P.M. Form No. I05. This ceremony,
which should be made impressive shall be conducted whenever possible by the Superintendent at a
parade of the armed police.
(b) The oath, duly attested shall be pasted into the recruit's service-book.
667. Temporary appointments.—(a) Constables enlisted for temporary purposes or against

posts sanctioned temporarily, unless they have had previous pol ice or Military service, shall as far as
possible be employed in unimportant duties at Headquarters and posts sanctioned for them shall be
tilled up by trained personnel. Temporary men shall not be deputed by themselves but shall be given
duties in which they are accompanied by trained men.
(b) Suitable temporary constables shall be absorbed in permanent vacancies as they occur and
shall be sent forthwith to the Constables’ Training School for training, unless specially exempted by the
inspector General. A month before the expiry of the temporary period for which such men are enlisted
the number of suitable men who are willing to serve elsewhere and for whom no vacancies are likely to
⠀‫ط‬
be available shall be reported to the office of Inspector General where list of vacancies in other districts
units shall be available.
668. Removal or reversion of officers appointed direct or promoted, on probation.—-The

following Rules shall govern first appointments and the promotion of police and ministerial officers as
detailed in Appendix 41 :—
(a) All officers shall in the first instance be appointed or promoted on probation. Where the
period of probation is not otherwise provided for in the Rules it shall be for a period of
two year in the case of executive officers and one year in the case of ministerial officers.
The authority authorized to make such appointment or promotion may at any time
during such probationary period and without the formalities laid down in Rule 828,
remove an executive officer directly appointed or revert such an officer promoted who
has not fulfilled the conditions of his appointment or who has shown himself unfit for
such appointment or promotion. Similarly probationary period may also be extended
without any show cause. No appeal shall lie in such cases.
333
(b) Executive Officers appointed or promoted in other than permanent vacancies are also
liable to removal or reversion in the manner indicated in clause (a) above.
669. (a) Absorption of an ex-serviceman.---When a member or an ex-member of defense

services is absorbed in Police department according to Rule (i) in fulfilment of a Government
announcement at the time of recruitment to meet an external aggression or (ii) in normal course for a
specialized job, his salary is determined according to Rule 170 of Bihar Pension Rules, 1950 unless
expressly stated otherwise. See Rules 671 (c) and 817 also.
(b) Annual training.—All such personnel according to necessity shall be put through the
musketry course prescribed for the armed police reserve (Appendix 36) and against each man’s name
shall be noted his posting and the dates on which he underwent training in drill and fired the musketry
course and the entries of the dates of training and of firing the musketry course shall be initialed by the
Superintendent.
670. Assistant District Prosecutor.—(i) In July, the Government will intimate the number of
vacancies in the rank of Assistant District Prosecutor to Bihar Public Service Commission in their
prescribed form. The detailed Rules of selection are given in Appendix 38A. After selection the list of
selected candidates shall be sent by Public Service Commission to the Government of Bihar. The
verification of character of selected candidates shall be got done by Government through Inspector-
General. The appointment of Assistant District Prosecutor is not done under Police Act.
欀‫ص‬
(ii) District Prosecutor:—All vacancies in the rank of District Prosecutor will be filled in from the
rank of Assistant District Prosecutor.
(iii) Direct recruitment shall not be made in the rank of Senior District Prosecutor and all
vacancies shall be filled in from the rank of District Prosecutor by promotion.
(iv) The probationary period of Assistant District Prosecutor shall be two years after
appointment as per Rule 668. Assistant District Prosecutor on promotion to the rank of District
Prosecutor and District Prosecutor on promotion to the rank of Senior District prosecutor shall be on
probation for one year (see Rule 246).
671. Re-appointments.—(a) No Police-Officer or person who has been in any other Government
Department, who has once been dismissed may be re-employed without the sanction of the State
Government. ln the case of a man who has resigned being selected for re-enlistment, the
Superintendent of his former district shall be informed and the character of the applicant ascertained
and stated in the monthly statement of force (P.M. Form No. 146).
334

(b) A police-officer or man re-enlisted after discharge or resignation may, with the sanction of
the officer competent to fill the appointment, count any or all previous police service for pension and
increment. The authority competent can condone interruptions in service under Article 422, Civil Service
Regulations and should clearly state how much if any, the past service shall count towards pension and
increment of pay [Bihar Service Code Rule 86 and P.M. Rule 730(6)]. Each case should be decided on its
merits. Previous service cannot count towards leave except as in Bihar Service Code, Rule 157. In case of
resignation, the period spent out of employment shall not count towards service.
(c) At the discretion of the officer sanctioning the pension and subject to the provisions
contained in Article 356, Civil Service Regulations, previous military service, may be allowed to count
towards civil pension—
(i) in the case of a person permanently appointed to be civil police who before such
appointment has served in the reserve of the Indian Army, if his military service whether
or not including service with the colours in addition to service in the reserve, was
pensionable under military Rules but terminated before he had qualified for pension,
the whole of his service with the colours, if any and half of his service in the reserve;
(ii) in the case of others, all previous military service.
672. Medical examination.--(a) All constables before being enlisted shall he sent to the Medical
Officer of Police Hospital for examination, together⢀‫ط‬with a register in P.M. Form No. 104 in which every
man‘s name shall he entered. The candidates’ left thumb impression shall be taken in the register. The
examining Medical Officer shall take a similar impression on the corresponding side and the two
impressions shall he compared. No man shall be enlisted unless the Medical Officer passes him as fit.
Only selected recruits shall be sent and no charge shall be made for a medical examination in their case.
The Superintendent may bring to the notice of Senior Executive Medical Officer-cum-Civil-Surgeon any
case in which he thinks a fresh examination should be taken up by him.
(b) Selected candidates tor employment in Government service will he examined only on the
requisition of the head of the department or office for which they have been selected. Such requisition
shall be addressed to Deputy Superintendent of Sadar Hospital or to Medical Officer of Police Hospital of
the district in which they are to serve vide Government of Bihar (Health Department) Memo. No.
IIIM/1602/5921361/H, dated 9th July, 1960.
Note.— ( l ) The term “selected candidate” includes only those persons who can produce a
requisition for medical examination from an officer who is making an appointment to a
permanent post under Government, supported by a certificate to the effect that they have been
selected for that post subject to their obtaining a medical certificate. In these cases only, health
certificates will be granted free of charge [See Bihar Health Manual, I957; 450(7) and note (i)].
335

(2) In other cases where a person is a candidate for an office a fee of Rs. 5 will be payable for the
hearth certificate to be attached with his application.
673. (a) Verification roll. --A verification roll shall be prepared in P.M. Form No. 101 and sent for
verification to the home district of every candidate, for the post of Rub- Inspector, Reserve Sub-
Inspector and constable or any ministerial post.
(b) In the case of semi-literate men such as those recruited under relaxation of minimum
educational qualification in Rule 663 the questions on the roll shall be put to the candidate by the
reserve officer, or an officer nominated for the purpose by the Superintendent, and that officer shall
write down the answers, sign these with his full signature and produce these together with the
candidate, before the Superintendent. Literate persons shall fill in and sign the answers themselves. The
Superintendent, if satisfied with the answers, will sign the roll have the impression of the man’s left
thumb taken in the space provided and pass an order for his enlistment.
(c) Enlistment orders. --The order for enlistments shall then be entered in the order book, the
service book shall be prepared-and the verification roll despatched to the Superintendent of the district
in which the recruit’s home is situated. The number and date of despatch shall be noted in the proper
place in the service-book, and on the return of the roll with a report that the man bears a good
character and has made a truthful statement as to his antecedents, the Superintendent shall initial this
entry, have the necessary entry made in the service-book and order the verification roll to be filed. If the
character of the man is reported to be bad or his statement false, he shall be removed from the force.
;
674. Certificates under Section 8 of Act V of 1861.—(a) Persons appointed as police-officers of

or below the rank of Sub-Inspector or Reserve Sub-Inspector shall receive the certificate of office
mentioned in Section 8, Act V of 1861 (PM. Form No. 107).
(b) Appointment certificates up to the rank of Sub-inspectors recruited directly shall be signed
by a Deputy Inspector-General (Admin) and those of constables by Superintendents.
(c) Such certificates, when not written on parchment, shall be backed with cloth. so that these
may not tear.
(d) The lower portion of the form shall be signed by the officer by whom the Government
Servants’ Conduct Rules have been read over to the recruit [see Rule 704(b)].
336

674-A. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Rules Superintendent of Police may, when
a-state of grave emergency has been declared to exist in the State or in the district concerned, appoint
any police-officer to any post subordinate to the Superintendent of Police in the event of the officer
holding that post becoming unable to discharge his duties. Provided that the Superintendent shall not
exercise this power if it is possible to communicate with and obtain the orders of the regular appointing
authority within a reasonable time. Any appointments made under this Rule shall be temporary
appointments unless and until confirmed by the regular appointing authority. The Superintendent of Pol
ice shall, as soon as possible, inform the Deputy Inspector-General of Police of the action taken.
337
瘀‫ط‬
..

CHAPTER 21
EXAMINATIONS AND TRAINING
675. Examinations in tribal language.—(a) Police Officers of and above the rank of Assistant
Sub-Inspectors posted in the districts given below are required to pass a compulsory examination in the
tribal language noted against that district within 18 months from the date of their posting to that district
as laid down in Appointment Department memo. No. V/DE-109/61A—l3559, dated 10th October, 1961:-
(1) Hazaribagh Giridih, and Santhal Parganas Santhali.
(2) Ranchi ………. ......... …….. Mundari.
(3) Palamau ………. ………. ……… Oraon.
(4) Singhbhum ………. ………. ………. Ho.
(5) Only Chas and Chandankiari Police-Stations of Santhali.
Dhanbad district.
(b) If an officer fails to pass the compulsory examination in the prescribed tribal language within
the stipulated period, his increments shall be stopped until such time as he passes the examination,
provided that if an officer is prevented from passing the examination by circumstances beyond his
control, the Government may grant him as much further time for passing the examination as they
consider fit. ⢀‫ط‬
(c) If an officer employed in Chotanagpur Division or the Santhal Parganas district, whose
increments have been stopped for failure to pass the compulsory examination is transferred to a district
other than the districts noted above or crosses the age of 50 years, his increments shall be allowed, but
the loss in increments will be cumulative and he will get no arrears.
(d) If an officer is posted to one of the districts named above and duly passes the examination in
the tribal language prescribed for that district and is subsequently posted to another district named
above, for which a different tribal language is prescribed, he shall not be compelled to pass the
examination in the tribal language of the latter district.
(e) An officer who has got the reward noted in Rule 676 shall save in the most exceptional
circumstances not be transferred from his district until he has served therein for a period of four years,
provided that he may be transferred in temporary leave vacancy.
(f) If an officer knows one of these languages as his mother tongue, he shall not be required to
pass the compulsory examination in the said language. But when he is posted to another district, he
shall be required to pass the compulsory examination in the tribal language of that district.
338

676. High proficiency test.—(i) The persons getting high proficiency in the following languages
are paid cash rewards. The Rules relating to rewards have been published in Government of Bihar,
Appointment Department letter No. II/E2-401/55- 3463-A, dated l5th April, 1955. Examination shall be
conducted in the following tribal languages:-—
Group 1- Ho, Mundari, Santhali.
Group 2— Oraon, Rajmahal Paharia
Group 3— Nepalese Paharia or Khaskura.
The cash rewards to be given to successful candidates for passing one language of one group by
higher or lower standard for different ranks of officers according to pay scale are given in the
notification referred above. No rewards will be given for two languages of same group or one language
of one group if the officer passes the examination after 18 months from the date of joining the district. If
a candidate passes in two languages of the same group the reward shall be given only for one language.
(ii) Officers who have done fifteen years of service or more are required to appear and pass only
in oral tests, i.e., they should be able to converse freely with the tribe.
677. Training of Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents, Deputy Superintendents of

Police and Inspectors.—(a) Assistant Superintendents of Police are required on appointment to undergo
a four months institutional training with other selected All-India Sen/ice Trainees at Lal Bahadur Shastri
Academy of Administration (L.B.S.A.A.), Mussorrie. This will be followed by l5 day’s course at National
⠀‫ط‬
Civil Defense College and 5 days course in the detection and handling of explosives at Nagpur.
Thereafter, they will have to undergo one year’s training as probationer at the S.V.P. National Police
Academy. This will be followed by a fortnight’s attachment with an army unit.
Deputy Superintendents (other than promoted Inspectors) are required on appointment to

undergo 12 months training at Police Training College, Hazaribagh. At the end of this time, both A.Ss.P.
and D.Ss.P. who are considered fit for practical training will be posted to districts under selected
Superintendents.
The Assistant Superintendents before being posted as such shall spend some time at Police
Training College and in the office of inspector-General to learn Police Manual (3 Volumes), local and
special laws and language. The total period of practical training will be 12 months both for Assistant and
Deputy Superintendents. Detailed instructions regarding training will be issued to Superintendents
concerned with the order of the posting of a probationer. Throughout the period of training, the officer
concerned shall, when at Headquarters, devote two to three hours in studying for such departmental
examination as he has still to pass, before engaging in duties other than parade or any emergent duty.
The training of a probationer is not to be sacrificed to the performance of routine duties in the office of
Superintendent of Police or elsewhere.
339

(b) For Assistant Superintendent the break-up of one year’s practical training in the State and
the sequence would be as follows :-—
(i) Attachment to State Police Training College/Criminal Investigation

Department/Intelligence Department/Office of the Inspector-General of Police to learn local laws and
special features of local administration.
(ii) First two months.—Study of district Gazetteers, observing the work of various branches
(including Home Guards) under personal supervision of Superintendent of Police at the Headquarters of
the district of posting. Making acquaintance with various officers and other personages of the district,
accompanying Superintendent of Police on tours for inspections, investigation and supervision of cases,
visiting parades and musketry and taking part in night rounds.
(iii) Third month.—Attachment to a Police-Station as a trainee to learn the work connected

with all branches of Police-Station (some period out of this should be spent in an urban Police-Station).
(iv) Fourth and fifth months. —As an officer-in-charge of a medium sized rural Police-
Station.
(v) Sixth month.—Attachment to a Circle Inspector.
(vi) Seventh month;-Attachment to a Court office to learn the maintenance registers, and
specially Police Registration (P. R.) work and attendance in Sessions/Magistrates Courts
to look into the work in certain cases.
⢀‫ط‬
(vii) Eighth and ninth months.-—Attachment to district Police office Reserve Office to learn
by turn the working of all branches of the office.
(viii) Tenth and Eleventh months. -- Attachment to miscellaneous non-police offices such as
Jail, Revenue and Irrigation. etc._, where the will learn the matters connected with
development.
TWO WEEKS.
(ix) Attachment to Bihar armed force Battalion.
Note. — During the entire period of posting at Headquarters of district, the must continue to
attend parades and games three times each per week, round four times a month and
attend Superintendents of Police office orderly room. He can be sent out on
independent supervisions and inspections and miscellaneous enquiries.
340
(x) Training in settlement work. —Training in settlement work shall be given separately.
This training cannot be given in the above practical training for 12 months. During the
training in settlement work the officer shall work as an Assistant Settlement Officer.
(c) Indian Police Service Officers of six to eight years service and Deputy Superintendents with a
comparable length of service, who are on the select list for promotion, should be given an advance
course of training not exceeding six months at National Police Academy.
(d) Superintendents of Police who are due for promotion to rank of Deputy Inspector General or
who have been promoted as such should attend the combined Training Course with Judicial and other
departmental officers at the Bureau of Police Research and Development, New Delhi.
678. Departmental examination.—(a) In exercise of the powers conferred by Article 309 of the
Constitution of India and Rules 6 and 7 of the Indian Police Service (Pay) Rules, 1954 published with the
Political (Police) Department notification No. 1/P3-103/59-PP—7700. dated 11th August, 1960, the
Governor of Bihar has prescribed the following subjects for examination for probationary
Assistant/Deputy Superintendents (directly appointed) :—
(i) Law Part 1 (without books).
(ii) Law Part 2 (with books).
(iii) Accounts (with books).
Each paper will carry 160 mark‘s and will ‫ط‬

be of three hours duration and the minimum marks
required for passing the examination will be 100 for Assistant Superintendents and 90 for Deputy
Superintendents.
(iv) Hindi examination will be of two parts-
(1) Written, and
(2) Oral.
For written examination (in Devanagri script) there will be one question paper of three hours duration
carrying 200 marks. The marks will be divided as follows :—
(a) Noting ... ... ... 50 marks.
(b) Drafting ... ... ... 50 marks.
342

(c) Translation--80 marks
Hindi to English ... ... 40 marks.
English to Hindi ... ... 40 marks.
(d) Correction of sentences ... ... 20 marks.
(e) The Viva Voce examination will carry 100 marks which will include-
(i) Conversation on general topics ... 40 marks.
(ii) Testing knowledge of technical words ... 30 marks
(iii) Reading of Hindi manuscripts, etc ... 30marks.
For passing the examination, at least 60 per cent marks shall have to he obtained The syllabus
for the examination will be found in the Government notification referred
(b) According to Bihar Government Servant (Hindi Examination) Rules, 1968 officers will have to
pass Hindi Noting and Drafting Examination within 1 year of appointment (see Rule 679) Those Assistant
Superintendents who pass in Hindi in departmental examination noted in Rule 678(a) are not required
to pass in this examination
(c) For promoted Deputy Superintendents, 혰 ‫ خ‬Rule 648(b)

see
(d) (i) Inspector Sub-Inspector, Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Havildar, Constable -- The examination
in reading and writing Hindi shall be done according to Rule 2 0f Bihar Government Servant (Hindi
Examination) Rules, 1968 which is published Cabinet (Rajyashabha) Secretariat notification No 361/S. L.,
dated the 15th June, 1 Every Government servant other than fourth grade shall have to pass in Hindi
and reading examination (in Devanagari script) within one year of his appointment has not passed
Matriculation examination with Hindi or in any such examination Hindi which is recognised from time to
time by the State Government as equivalent Matriculation examination According to Rule 3 of these
Rules any officer who assed noting and drafting in Devanagri script examination referred to in Rule
678(d)(ii) shall not be required to pass in this examination
(ii) Examination in noting and drafting --According to above order Government servant who has
been appointed to a post in which in course of notings have to be written and drafts hate to be prepared
(which includes reports, shall have to pass in Hindi noting and drafting examination in Devanagari script
within one year of his appointment.
(iii) The results of examinations mentioned in sub-clauses (d) (i) and (ii) shall be sent to all
District Superintendents and also published in Bihar Gazette as well as in Police Gazette at once.
342

(iv) According to Rule 7 of Bihar Government Servant (Hindi Examination) Rules, 1968, a
Government servant who has to pass in Hindi writing and reading examination or noting and drafting
examination shall not be given increment or confirmed or allowed to cross the efficiency bar unless he
has passed the required Hindi examination.
The stoppage of increments shall not have cumulative effect. The Government servant
concerned after passing the required examination or examinations shall, from the date just following
the date of last examination in which he appeared and passed get the pay in that stage of time-scale of
which he would have been entitled, had his increments not been stopped. The arrears of all the stopped
increments shall not be paid.
679. Details of language examination.—(a) The outlines of language examination referred to in

Rule 678(d) shall be as follows:
There shall be only one, paper of 100 marks for every examination prescribed in Rule 678 (d) (i)
and (d) (ii). The pass marks in writing and reading examination in Devanagari script shall be 33 per cent
and in Hindi noting and drafting examination in Devanagari script shall be 40 per cent.
(b) The Hindi examinations prescribed under欀‫ ص‬Bihar Government Servant (Hindi Examination)
Rules, 1968 will be held at State level organized centrally. These shall be conducted by State Language
Department but at the examination centres, the burden of conducting examinations shall be on
Divisional Commissioners concerned. [See Bihar Government, Cabinet (State language) Secretariat letter
No. 3/D 3-3-C. 4/69-338, dated 18th September 1973].
(c) All Police officers must finish their examinations while under training but for those who could
not possibly do it. arrangement of work shall be done in such a way that there is no obstruction to their
appearing in the examination.
680. Specialised Course.—Training in railway crime, Rules of coaching tariff and commercial
booking, accident cases and techniques of Absolute Block Systems and Signals of Railways, etc. should
he arranged for selected officers of Criminal Investigation Department at Railway Zonal Training School
(Bhuli) at Dhanbad or Railway Protection Force Training School at Lucknow or/and at other training
institutions [See Rule 410(d)(4)]. Such training should not generally be for a period less than one month.
343

SUB-INSPECTORS AND ASSISTANT DISTRICT PROSECUTORS
681. I. Sub-Inspectors other than reserve Sub-inspectors—(a) Institutional Training of Sub-
Inspectors.—All Sub-Inspectors appointed direct shall undergo one year's training course at the Police
Training College as laid down in the Rules of the College and in Appendix 93. The first Session will usually
commence on the Second January.
(b) Practical Training. --On the successful completion of the training course the Sub-Inspectors
shall be given practical training for two years during which period they shall be on probation. At the end
of the entire training period directly recruited Sub- Inspectors will be confirmed by the Deputy
Inspector-General.
(c) Programme of practical training—(1) First year: —During the first four months, the
probationary Sub-Inspectors shall be attached to such a police-station where there is Circle Inspector's
Headquarters. The probationer Sub-Inspector will learn the Thana work and Circle Inspector ‘s office
work under the overall guidance and control of Circle Inspector.
(i) First month. —The probationer should learn maintenance of records and? returns,
preparation of daily report, Crime Index, Crime maps, charts, etc. both of Circle
Inspector’s office and police-station. He shall go out for "1 and night rounds with the
Inspector and Officer-in-charge by turns. -
(ii) Second month. --He should be attached to a Senior Sub-Inspector at a rural police-
⢀‫ط‬
station to learn surveillance, checking of places of haunts o criminals, collection of
intelligence about crime and criminals, maintenance of Station diary and non-F.I.R.
register and holding chaukidari parade, etc.
(iii) Third and fourth months.—He should be attached to the officer-in-charge of rural
police-station to attend inquests and investigations, learn to collect clues for scientific
investigation and write case diaries independently in petty cases. He should accompany
the Circle Inspector for enquiries and investigations in at least two cases, attend one of
his inspections and see the police arrangements on occasions for crowd control and
mob dispersal. He should be initiated into public relations work by introduction '
politicians, pressmen, panchayat members and the local public and social workers.
Special attention should be given to the art of report writing.
He should also accompany Circle Inspector whenever he goes to deal with riots or other
disturbances in his jurisdiction.
(iv) Fifth and sixth months.—He should be placed in the prosecution branch under the direct
supervision of the Court officer at district Headquarters.
344
He shall see the work of Sessions Court in company with the Court officer. He should also
attend trial of three police cases in lower Courts. The probationer would be taken for
interviewing unidentified prisoners in Jail and explained how previous convictions are traced. He
should maintain unidentified register, Khatian and conviction register, etc. and learn the method
of issue of final memos. He should attend jail parade every Sunday and learn thoroughly Police
registration work.
(v) Seventh month.—He should be attached to a Railway Police Station where he should
acquire knowledge of the investigation and the peculiar features of railway crimes. He
should be attached to such a police-station where there is a Headquarter of an
Inspector of Railway Police to work under his overall control and guidance.
(vi) Eighth and ninth months. —He should be posted as an extra Investigating Officer to a
city police-station where the crime work is heavy. He would be required to go on night
rounds and be associated with the work relating to traffic checking, handling law and
order situations and dealing with the work of industrial problems. He will also learn
dealing with white collar crime, smuggling, vice, etc. The probationers should visit
reformatory institutions wherever they exist.
(vii) Tenth month. —He should be attached to district crime bureau where he should learn
the functioning of the classification of offences, maintenance of history sheets and the
system of card indexing. The Inspector of this bureau should supervise closely the
progress made by him. Some cases⠀‫ط‬of inter-district and inter-State crime would also be
explained to him.
(viii) Eleventh month. —He should be attached to district Superintendent of Police where he
will see the working of Crime/Confidential Section. The probationer should attend
parade, physical training and games in this period. He should also attend to Reserve
Office of Superintendent and learn maintenance of district order book, Muster Roll,
etc.
(ix) Twelfth month.—He should be attached to an Armed Police Battalion to learn the
working of the armed police with particular reference to crowd control, mob dispersal,
anti-dacoity work and incidents/movements involving violence. The probationers would
also be taught to handle the weapons used by the armed police and field craft. They
would be attached for a period not exceeding one week to an armed police party, to
learn deployment/for law and order work.
(2) Second year. —The probationer will be posted in a big police—station as a Junior Sub-
Inspector for carrying on all police-station duties except investigation of important or intricate cases. He
will submit his personal diary to the officer-in-charge containing all important particulars of the official
engagements with his training.
345

The officer-in-charge should submit a report to the Superintendent on the progress of training
of the probationer in the following form :—
(i) Name of the probationer Sub-Inspector.

(ii) Brief report on the progress of training.
(iii) Defects or deficiencies noticed and action taken to remove them.
(iv) Any special work done during the quarter.
(v) Remarks.
The Superintendent, Assistant/Deputy Superintendent and Inspector should examine the work
of probationer whenever opportunity occurs and take steps to prevent his being used merely to lighten
the work of those under whom he serves.
(d) Refresher training.—After prescribed years of service, a Sub-Inspector should be required to

undergo a refresher course of six weeks at an advance Training School where he should be acquainted
with specialised or organized crime, etc.
(e) Specialised courses. — It is necessary to organize the following courses for Sub- Inspectors in
the Police Training College to provide intensive orientation in certain important and functional aspects
of police work :--
(i) A course on crowd control, preventive measures, collection of intelligence,

countering rumours and panic, control room work, utilizing voluntary agencies
and citizens’ bodies, etc.
瘰‫ط‬
(ii) Advantage will be taken of special courses organized by the Central Bureau of
Investigation, Bureau of Police Research and Development, District Intelligence
Bureau and Central Detective Training School.
(iii) Intelligence Department should organize special course so that an officer

transferred from the executive to Intelligence Branch may have the knowledge
of Intelligence Department as soon as possible after joining this department.
II. Reserve Sub-Inspectors.—Reserve Sub-Inspectors (or Sergeants) should be sent to a basic

course for six months training at Police Training College or preferably to a State Armed Police Training
Centre. The details of syllabus are given in Appendix 93. In this, mainly following subjects shall be
included :—
(i) Political, social and economic set up of the country.
(ii) Organisation and administration of armed Police.
(iii) Leadership and supervision.
(iv) Police duties.
346

(v) Accounts and expenditure
(vi) Physical training.
(vii) Drill.
(viii) Weapon training.
(ix) Crowd Control.
(x) Field craft and tactics.
(xi) Wrestling and judo.
(xii) Games and Athletics.
III. Assistant Public Prosecutors, Grade III.—(a) Assistant Public Prosecutors Grade III shall be
given preliminary training for a duration of six months in the Police Training College. In this period, they
shall be taught about law, procedure, criminology, science, of law, investigation, medical jurisprudence,
first aid, organization of Police force and Constitution of India and facts concerning the set up of general
administrative system. In addition to this, there should be physical exercise, athletics, games, etc.
(b) After completion of the period of training those who pass the test shall be attached to a
medium sized Police-Station for a period of one month. There they should accompany the Investigating
Officer in the investigation of important cases at the spot. Thereafter, they shall be posted to the
prosecution branch for two months. During this period, they should be required to attend bearing in two
sessions cases, two warrant cases, and trial of two non-First Information Report cases. They should be
deployed to learn the work of office of A.P.P. Gr. ll, the working of police registration system, and other
works. For conducting cases, they should be specially
⠀‫ط‬ made to learn preparation of briefs. The
supervision of this training shall be done by the A.P.P. Gr. I. After completion of practical training, they
shall be posted in Court office for prosecution work.
(c) Refresher course. —After eight years of service, they should be under a refresher course of
two weeks duration. In this course, they should be given informations about the latest progress in the
field of Forensic Science, new legislations and new rulings.
682. (a) Extension of probationary period. —lf in any case the Deputy Inspector- General does
not find it possible to form a definite opinion, the officer concerned shall be transferred to another
district, and shall remain on probation there for a further period of one year, in order that fresh and
independent opinion from another Superintendent may be obtained on his work (see Rule 668).
At the end of this period, the Deputy Inspector-General shall either confirm or discharge the
officer.
(b) Discharge.--The Inspector-General may discharge a probationary Sub-Inspector at any time

during the period of his probation, if he is satisfied that the probationer is not likely to become a
satisfactory police officer. Rules for show cause are given in Rule 668 (a).
347
(c) Exemption from course of training. —The Inspector-General can exempt Sub- examination of
the Police Training College, prior to their confirmation in the rank of Sub-Inspector or its equivalent rank.
This power will be exercised with caution and in cases in which it concerns public interest. If any trainee
during the period of training suffers such an injury as a result of which he is not able to appear in every
subject, in- such circumstance the Inspector-General may exempt such officer from appearing in those
subjects.
(d) The period spent under training and on probation will count as service towards pension.
(e) Till such time as all the courses given in this chapter and Appendix 93 are arranged, at least
all the initial recruits training course in different ranks and the course (Rule 681) and promotion course
[Rule 684(1)] should be arranged in with the Principal, Police Training College (see Rule 613). Officers of
the rank Inspectors shall be given a, six weeks training in Advanced Training School at also as per Rule
681/1 (d).
683. Steno typist Sub-Inspector and Assistant Sub-Inspector.—The Rules the training and
examination of Steno typist Sub-Inspectors and Steno typist Assistant Sub-Inspectors can be found in
Appendix 42.
⢀‫ط‬
ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR, HAVILDAR AND CONSTABLE
684. Training of Assistant Sub-Inspectors.—(1) Havildars selected for to the rank of Assistant
Sub-Inspector should also undergo a six months training at Police Training College like constables noted
below. The subjects will prevention and detection of crime, training in supervision and leadership, crowd
control, learning motor cycle driving and its maintenance (see Rule 660). In of constables selected for
promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector, they shall undergo six months training course.
(2) Training of havildars.—Constables selected for promotion to the rank of havildars (or L/Naik
and Naik) should undergo a promotion course of six months which will include techniques of
investigation, related laws, forensic science, social defence and preventive aspects of Police work.
348

685 (a) Examination for promotion of Constables/Naiks/Havildars to Assistant Sub-Inspector:—
(i) The qualifying examination will be held in the following subjects:— General knowledge, English and
Hindi Essay. Qualifying marks will be fifty per cent in each subject.
(ii) The questions will be set by an examiner in his own hand who will be selected by the
Inspector-General each time.
(iii) Principal, Police Training College will take necessary action to send the required number of
question papers and answer books to the range Deputy Inspectors-General so as to reach them at least
one day before the date fixed for examination. The sealed covers of the question papers will be opened
in the examination hall, not more than 15 minutes before the examination commences.
(iv)The range Deputy Inspectors-General will arrange to hold the examination at their own
Headquarters and will send the answer books in a sealed box to the Principal, Police Training College.
The latter will give symbols to the answer books and send them to the examiner for evaluation. Only
those constables can take part in the examination who are competent according to Rule 661.
(v) The answer books after having been evaluated by the examiner concerned will be returned
to the Principal, Police Training College with the mark-sheet indicating the marks obtained by each
candidate.
(vi) The Principal, Police Training College will arrange to get the results of the qualifying
瘀‫ط‬
examination published in the Police Gazette without delay. He will also send the list of qualified
Havildars/Naiks/ Constables to all Superintendents/Deputy Inspectors-General. The result whether the
Constable/Havildar/Naik has qualified or not will be entered in his Service Book.
(vii) The absorption in the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors will be made according to the
vacancies available in different districts and for this purpose the Havildars/Naiks and Constables passing
the examination will be placed in a. joint promotion list according to their respective inter se seniority
the names of Naiks/Havildars being placed above the Constables. However, Havildars/Naiks and
constables passing the examination later will be included in a subsequent list.
(viii) As soon as Havildar/Naik/Constable passes the qualifying examination, a district order will
be, entered in his Service Book by the Superintendent of Police. If the Havildar/Naik/Constable is
transferred to another district, the Superintendent of the earlier district will issue district order and send
a copy of that to Superintendent of the district to which the Havildar/Naik/Constable has been
transferred.
349

(b) Examination for selection from constables to Naik—(1) Selection of constables for promotion course
at a Constables Training School or an armed training centre will be made on the basis of a qualifying test
and only those who secure 60 per cent marks in the qualifying test will be considered eligible for this
training. A constable will be eligible to appear at the aforesaid qualifying test only if he fulfills the
following conditions :—
(i) He must have done at least three years of service.
(ii) He must have passed the constable recruit course.
The constables, eligible to appear in the aforesaid qualifying test, who want to be considered for training
should be tested succinctly by the Superintendent in simple section. platoon and arms drills but with
special reference to their personality, intelligence and power of control and the salient matters in the
Constables Manual.
(2) The process of selection of constables for this course should he started well before the start of
training session in the training centre and the Superintendents nomination giving the service particulars
of nominees, the length of service, the number of rewards and punishments should he sent to the
Deputy Inspector-General at least one month before the session is to start. The Deputy Inspector-
General will scrutinise the nominations of all the districts together and make the final selections. The
⢀‫ط‬
basis of final selection will be the seniority of the nominees except that a senior nominee may not be
selected in case his service record is unsatisfactory and in such cases the reasons for not selecting the
senior nominees should be clearly stated. The select list will hold good for one year only.
(3) The range Deputy Inspector-General shall pay special attention to compliance of these Rules so that
training is done according to seniority.
(4) Before promotion to the rank of L/Naik, Naik or Havildar, the constables shall undergo a training
course at the Training Centre as given in Rule 684(2). Its short description may be seen in Appendix 93.
686. Training of Constables.—(1) Institutional Training. —Recruits should be sent for a basic course for
training not exceeding nine months at Constables Training School. The details of this training are given in
Appendix 93.
(2) Practical Training. —After passing out from that school the constable be sent for a three months
field training at a medium sized police-station which is at Headquarters of the Circle Inspector. The
training programme shall be as follows :-
350

(i) First month. —He will learn daily routine duties of sentry, escort and picket. He will learn
maintenance of duty roster, station diary and other police- station records (including
preparation of Travelling Allowance Bills) and use of Police and Criminal Intelligence
Gazettes and acquire knowledge about local criminals, etc. He shall also receive training
in Beat patrolling, surveillance, Public-Police relation, Juvenile delinquency, memory and
observation training and descriptive rolls of criminals, etc. He will learn preservation of
scene of crime, searches, arrests and raids by going with the Investigating Officer and
also learn the working of Modus Operandi Bureau.
(ii) Second and third months. —He shall be attached to an urban Police-Station for learning
the handling of mobs and need of Courtesy and restraint, etc.
(iii) After practical training, constables may be attached for first three years with a Police-
Station to acquire proficiency in field work and be encouraged for selection for
promotion.
(3) Refresher Training.—A refresher course for four weeks duration should be held for
constables at intervals of seven years at Constables Training School. The syllabus will be as follows :—
(1) Modern India and the Role of the Police,
(2) Human behaviour,
(3) Police duties, ⠀‫ط‬
(4) Law including revised laws and new legislation.
687. (a) Training of Buglers--Buglers shall be trained at the Training Centre of the State Armed
Police. Superintendents wishing to send men for training shall inform the officer-in-charge of the
training centre and send the men when the beginning of a course is notified. A sum of Rs. 12 shall be
paid to the instructor by the Commandant for each bugler passed. The charge shall he met from the
grant under the head “Z55- Police—District Executive Force-Allowance--Voted—Fees for training of
buglers” in the Police budget.
(b) Allowances of buglers. —Allowances sanctioned for bugler constables will be found in
Appendix 44-A.
351
..
CHAPTER 22
DISCIPLINE
SENIORITY AND PRIVILEGES
688. Command and precedence.--Command and precedence amongst police officers shall be (a)
by ranks and (b) by seniority. When two police officers are of the same rank, the officer who has been
appointed first in that rank shall take command or precedence as the case may be.
689. (a) The seniority of Indian Police Service Officers will he regulated according to All India
Services Rules and orders relating thereto.
(b) The place of an officer of the Bihar Police Service shall, on promotion to the Indian Police
Service, be determined in accordance with the Indian Police Service (Appointment by Promotion)
Regulations, 1955.
(c) The seniority of all the Sub-Inspectors and Deputy Superintendents in their respective ranks,
whether recruited directly or promoted will be counted from the dates; on which they were actually
recruited or promoted against permanent post.
690. Warrant of precedence.—According to Government of India M. H. A. memo. No. 12/

13/74-Public, dated 27th September, 1974, on the occasion of State and ceremonial functions, the
Inspector-General is to have precedence above all officers of the rank of Joint Secretaries, Government
⢀‫ط‬
of India and also above all Commissioners except Divisional Commissioners in their own divisions. In
respect of other ranks, the; Bihar Government in memo. No. A-pari0 7-101 / 73—m0sa0 520, dated the
8th May 1974 have placed Deputy Inspector-General, Brigadier in Command of a Brigade others in serial
2°, the Brigadier not in such command, District Magistrate and District Judge in serial 30 and
Superintendent of Police in serial 31.
Notes.— (1) All other Government servants will take place with equivalent according to scale of
pay.
(2) The respective seniority of the officers whose names have been given in same serial
will be determined according to the entry in that serial.
691. Deleted.
692. Saluting.—(a) Police Officers, when in uniform, have to pay their seniors in accordance with
the standardized Rules for saluting as the Drill Manual. When armed with rifles of muskets salutation
can be offered by the right plam on the butt of the weapon. Alternatively, a body of policemen armed
muskets or rifles can offer compliments by presenting Arms.
352

(b) Saluting is the only approved mode of paying compliments and therefore, no other mode will
be used for this purpose.
(c) The junior officer will smartly come to attention and offer salute to his senior officer on
meeting him and the senior officer has to reciprocate in acknowledgement of the compliments paid. It is
bad manners for any officer to acknowledge salute by raising stick or by an indifferent gesture of the
hand or with the disengaged hand in the trouser ‘s pocket. Salutes should be given or acknowledged by
the right hand unless due to physical incapacity, use of the left hand has been allowed by appropriate
superior authority.
(d) When riding a bicycle or driving on a vehicle, officers and men are not required to dismount
in order to salute. They will keep both hands on the handle bars or steering wheel and look straight to
the front. When the vehicle, however, is stationary, the officer will salute by turning the head smartly
towards the officer passing him and men on horse back shall salute by placing the right hand on the
briddle hand and then dropping it smartly to its full extent out side the right thigh, at the same time
turning their heads smartly in the direction of the officer saluted.
(e) The Police Officers attending Courts will salute the Presiding Officer. In case of officers of the
rank of Inspector and below, they should salute Commissioned officers of all the three wings of the
Indian Armed Forces.
(f) When on special occasions police are posted on the road in a line or when they are on traffic
control duty, no salute will be given. But policemen on duty should come to attention when a person
‫ط‬
entitled to a salute passes; In any case, the orders issued for the special occasions should be followed.
(g) When a superior officer enters a room of police-station, the senior-most officer present
there will ask the men to come to attention otherwise the first person, who sees any superior officer
entering the room, will draw the attention of other persons and ask them to come to attention. An
officer or a man passing troops with uncased standards, ‘guidons‘ or ‘colours’ will salute except when he
is passing by a Military/Police funeral procession.
Officers, men and colours passing a Military/Police funeral procession will salute the bier (see
Rule 606-A).
(h) An officer in uniform when appearing before a senior officer, should continue to stand to
attention unless he is asked to sit down. On being asked to sit down, he should remove his head dress. It
is improper to place the head dress on the table of the superior officer, or to retain it on one’s head
while sitting. It is similarly improper to wear dark glasses when talking to a senior officer.
(i) When a senior officer arrives on parade, the parade commander will call the parade to
attention and will salute himself. It is not necessary for an officer on the parade to salute when the
senior officer is going round to inspect the parade unless addressed by him.
353

If a superior officer arrives after the parade has started, the parade will not be called to
attention. The parade commander will himself salute the superior officer and obtain instruction from
him.
(j) When the superior officer goes round the parade ground, the section commanders only will
salute, if they are not engaged in instructing the section. Lf, however, the superior officer addresses any
squad commander, the latter will immediately stop the instructions, bring his squad to attention and
then salute.
(k) On the occasion of parades held with other organizations like Military, Home Guards, Village
Volunteer Force, etc. for Republic day and Independence day, or any other occasion the seniormost
military or police officer will command and give the salute. The highest civil or military officer will take
the salute.
(I) When at a ceremonial parade, the Command “National salute. Present Arms“ is given before
President and Governor as per Rule 606(e) and “General Salute Present Arms” is given before others and
National Anthem is played, all officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspector not on parade, except
those officers attending or accompanying the personages taking the salute, will salute until the order
“Slope Arms” is given. Other non-Gazetted Officers will stand at attention without saluting. Officers
attending or accompanying the personages will stand at attention but will not salute.
When however, the national anthem is not played, all officers present but not on parade will
stand to attention.
⢀‫ط‬
In any case if there is a ceremony of hoisting of national flag also, all present except those who
cannot spare themselves from crowd control duties shall salute the flag.
(m) Constables shall give salute to Havildars while on duties and/or on parade grounds only and
may not do so otherwise.
(n) When an officer entitled to compliments under Rules arrives, the sentry on duty will alert the
guard. The guard will stand in a line in attention. The order of “present arms” will be given only when
the officer is reaching near the guard after getting down from the vehicle. If he does not get down from
the vehicle the guard will be ordered to present arms while passing by the vehicle.
693. Orderlies for police officers, etc.—Orderlies shall be allowed according to the following
scale : —
Inspector-General … 1 Assistant Sub-Inspector and 3 constables

(including l driver)
Inspector-General‘s office … 1 Assistant Sub-Inspector and

(including reserves) 8 constables.
354
Each Deputy Inspector-General … 3 Constables (including 1 driver)
Each Deputy Inspector-General’s office. … 2 Ditto.
Assistant to the Inspector-General … 2 Ditto (including l driver).
Office of Assistant to the Inspector-General … 1 Constable.
Office of Deputy inspector-General … 1 Constable.

C.I.D. / I.D.).
Superintendent … 2 Constables (including 1 driver)
Superintendent’s office … 2 Ditto.
Assistant Superintendent … 1 Constable.
Deputy Superintendent … 1 Ditto.
Inspector … 1 Ditto.
Hospital … 1 Ditto.
The whole or part of driving allowance of orderly police drivers as decided by Government shall
be paid by the Police Officer concerned. Magistrate and Civil Surgeons are not entitled to police
orderlies. ⠀‫ط‬
694. No member of the police force is permitted to join Indian territorial force.
695. Status and privileges of Sub-Inspectors/Inspectors.—(a) Sub-Inspector/ Inspectors and

other police officers of this rank shall be received with the same consideration as is shown to
subordinate executive and Judicial officers, and they shall be allowed the privilege of a chair whenever
they visit officers of Government.
(b) Inspectors or their equivalent ranks may be granted interviews upon Superintendent’s
recommendation with the Rajyapal and Central or State Ministers during their visits to district. They
shall have the privilege of an introduction to Central or other State Ministers on their arrival at the
railway station, steamer ghat or airport.
696. Wearing of uniform by retired officers.—Police officers of and above the rank of Sub-
Inspector may after retirement be permitted to wear the uniform without arms of the substantive rank
which they last held, on ceremonial occasions, or when calling on Government officials. They can also
carry revolver or pistol If they have license for it.
Note. — In no circumstance, a police officer will keep any private firearm without having
a license for it.
355

697. Possession of Arms.—(a) Under Section l(b) of the Arms Act, 1959 nothing in the Act
applies to the healing or possession of arms, ammunition of Military stores by order of the Government
or by a public servant in the course of his duty as such public servant. No licence is, therefore, required
for the possession of arms supplied to police officers by Government, or of arms which form part of
their equipment as sanctioned by Government.
N B.— (1) Every officer of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent is required to provide
himself with a revolver or an automatic pistol of service pattern. He may also keep an
additional revolver or pistol as part of the prescribed equipment. Any other officer, not
lower in rank than an Assistant Sub-Inspector may provide himself with a revolver or
automatic pistol with the written permission of the Superintendent. If not provided,
they may also be issued with such firearms from Government stock. All particulars of
revolvers or pistols. for which permission has been given, shall be entered in the
officer‘s service book and in the reserve stock book. In case of Gazetted Officers, the
particulars of additional revolver or pistol shall be kept in the LG office. For periodical
examination of fire-arms see Rule 1105. No officer who has obtained permission to
provide himself with a revolver or pistol may dispose it of without the written
permission of the Superintendent.
(2) Every such weapon shall be made over to the Superintendent before an officer leaves
the force on removal, resignation or retirement, unless he obtains and produces for the
Superintendent‘s inspection, a license for its possession. The reserve Inspector shall be
held responsible for bringing to the Superintendent’s notice in good time when an
⢀‫ط‬to leave the force.
officer possessing a weapon is about
(3) Such weapons with ammunition which fom1 part of his equipment normally should not
be of bore smaller than .300 must be kept in the as far as possible, but when this cannot
be done, it shall be kept by the officer in a box or other receptacle secured with a good
six lever lock, the key which must always be carried by the officer on his person in order
that it not be opened with an ordinary key. When carried on the person, a securely
fastened to the revolver shall be used which shall be kept in to a belt. When the officer
is travelling, the weapon must always be carried way and on no account packed up in
the officer’s baggage [see Rule I104
(4) The theft or loss of fire-arms whether private or official is a serious Superintendents
and controlling officers will in all such cases hold a enquiry immediately and consider
the desirability of placing the officer under proceedings. This is not a matter in which a
lenient view can be unless the officer concerned can establish beyond doubt that he
wan in negligent, major punishment shall be given (see Rule I107).
(b) (i) The use by police officers of private fire-arms, other than those the foregoing rule, when
on duty, is permissible only in cases of grave emergency or when specially sanctioned by the District or
Sub-Divisional Magistrate. The sanctioning order shall be in writing.
356

(ii) Officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors are advised to carry their revolvers
when obstruction is likely to be caused in duty or when dealing with dangerous criminals and on night
rounds.
698. Exemption from ferry and canal tolls.—Police officers proceeding on duty are exempted
from the payment of ferry and canal road tolls.
699. Exemption from taxation on horses.—Police officers residing in municipal areas, who have
to keep horse for the performance of their duties are entitled to exemption from taxation on horses at
the rate of one horse for each officer.
700. Memorials and petitions.—(a) For Rules regarding submission of memorials to the
Government of India, see Appendix 43, and item 35 of Part I of Appendix 2.
(b) Petitions shall be submitted to the petitioner’s immediate superior officer, and shall then
pass through the usual official channel. Petitions submitted direct to the Inspector-General will not
receive any consideration.
(c) The representations of members of All India service who are on service in this State, shall be
submitted according to Rules framed by Home Ministry of Government of India from time to time. In
this connection, some instructions have been laid down in All India Service, Discipline and Appeal Rules,
I969.
701. Representations from subordinates.—Local officers are permitted to use their discretion in
‫ط‬
the matter of representations from their subordinates relating to their personal services other than
petitions of appeal (for which see Rule 851, etc.) and to submit such representations to the Inspector-
General's office when they consider them well founded and deserving of attention.
701-A. Undue infIuence.—(a) It is improper for Police officers of all ranks to press individually
claims in the matter of promotions, transfers and appeal against punishment, by approaching officials or
non-officials for support or, requesting members of the legislature for interpellations about such
matters, or by means of petitions submitted by relatives. Police officers must not ventialate their other
grievances publicly.
(b) Police officers of all ranks are prohibited from seeking interviews with members of
legislature, ministers and secretaries to Government without the prior permission of the Inspector-
General.
LIABILITIES
702. Loss of Government property.—If any loss of Government money or property takes place from
neglect of orders on the part of a police officer it shall be made-good by him.
357

703. Fatigue duty.—All police officers are liable to be called on to perform any of the ordinary
fatigue duties performed by the members of Indian Army. These include repairs to rifle ranges, loading,
unloading or handling of Government property, pitching or striking tents, care and maintenance of
parade grounds, construction and destruction of field works, pulling down houses on fire and saving of
property from flood or fire.
GOVERNMENT SERVANTS’ CONDUCT RULES

704. General Directions.—(a) The members of Indian Police Service are governed by the All
India Services (Conduct) Rules, 1968 as well as Rules flamed by the State Government for the purpose.
Officers of the State Services are governed by the Bihar Government Servants’ Conduct Rules, 1976.
Important provisions of State Conduct Rules are given hereafter.
(b) Every police officer of or above the rank of Sub-Inspector on appointment shall be furnished
with a copy of these rules. The officer making over appointment certificate shall sign the certificate at
the foot thereof. The Rules shall be read over and explained to constables while under training at
training institutions and a certificate that this has been done shall he noted at the front of the
appointment certificate by the officer, who has so read and explained them [Rule 674{b)].
(c) The ‘Principles of police conduct’ given in Appendix 37 shall be read out and explained to all
officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspectors in training institutions (see Rule 666).
705. Gifts.—(a) Without the previous sanction of the State Government a Government servant
⢀‫ط‬
shall not accept or permit any member of his family to accept from any person any gift except as
provided in Rule 14 of Conduct Rules, 1976. Thus, gifts of value not exceeding Rs. 500 from near
relatives and Rs. 200 from personal friends may be accepted or presented on occasions such as
weddings, anniversaries, funerals or religious functions. In any other case, a Government servant
holding any class I or ll post may accept gifts not exceeding Rs. 75 and in case of holders of class Ill or
class IV post, not exceeding Rs. 25.
When a gift exceeding above values cannot be refused without giving undue offence, it shall be
reported to Government within one month of acceptance (See also Rule 858).
(b) Investments, lending and borrowing. —No Government servant shall speculate in any
investment. No Government servant shall, except with the previous sanction of Government lend
money to any person within the limits of his authority or at interest to any person except as provided in
Rule I7 of the Bihar Government Servant Conduct Rules. "
(c) When a Gazetted Officer is appointed or transferred to a post of such a nature that a person
from whom he has borrowed money or to whom he has otherwise placed himself under pecuniary
obligation will be subject to his official authority, or will reside, possess immovable property, or carry on
business within the local limits of such authority, he must forthwith declare the circumstances to
Government through the usual channel.
358
(d) In the case of non-Gazetted Officers, these Rules may be relaxed in exceptional cases at the
discretion of the head of their office. They should, however, be required to make the report laid down in
clause (c) above.
(e) The soliciting or acceptance of gratuities in money or in kind even at times of festivals. is
strictly prohibited.
706. (a) Movable immovable and valuable properly —(i) Under Rule l 9 of aforesaid Conduct
Rules, no police officer shall acquire or dispose of any movable property exceeding Rs. 1,000 in case of
holders of class I or class ll posts or Rs. 500 in case of class Ill or IV posts except with the previous
sanction of the prescribed authority, :'.e., the authority competent to appoint, that officer if the
transaction is done otherwise than through a regular dealer and/or if it is done with a person having
official dealings with that police officer. However, for motor vehicle, the authority competent to
sanction will be Government.
Similarly no police officer shall acquire or dispose of any immovable property without the
previous sanction of the prescribed authority.
(ii) Where a police officer acquires. except by inheritance, immovable property in the district in
which he serves otherwise than in good faith for the purpose of residence, he should ordinarily be
transferred from that district.
(b) Declaration of property. —Every police officer shall on first appointment to the service,
submit a statement of movable property above Rs. ⠀‫ ط‬1,000 and all immovable property, i.e., owned or
inherited by him or held by him on lease or mortgage either in his own name or in the name or any
other person in P. M. Form No. 150 [see Rule 1041 (e)]
N. B.— Such statement shall be submitted subsequently also every year by October showing all
properties held by him up-to-date whether any acquisition or disposal is made in that particular
year or not. Unless ordinarily directed otherwise, these subsequent statements are not required
in case of Constables/Havildars.
A Government servant found to be in possession of pecuniary resources or property

disproportionate to his known sources of income for which he cannot satisfactorily account, shall unless
the contrary is proved, be presumed to have been guilty of grave misconduct.
707. Notwithstanding provisions of Rule 706, a non-Gazetted Officer who is about to quit the
district in which he is serving may, without reference to any authority dispose of any of his movable
property by circulating lists of it or by causing it to be sold by public auction.
707-A. Bigamous marriages.—(i) No police officer who has a wife living, shall contract another
marriage without first obtaining the permission of the Government (see Rule 23 of the Bihar
Government Servant Conduct Rules, I976).
359

(ii) Restriction regarding children. —A police officer shall comply with, the orders of Government
regarding family planning.
(iii) Dowry. —No police officer shall give or take or abet the giving or taking of dowry.
708. (i) Engaging in outside employment. —-No Police Officer shall engage in any trade or
undertake any employment whatever other than his public duties, unless expressly permitted to do so in
writing by the Inspector-General (Section l0, Act V, 1861). Applications from Gazetted Officers shall be
referred to Government for orders.
(ii) Subscription.—No Police Officer shall except with the previous sanction of the appointing
authority co-operate in collection of a fund or ask for any contribution in pursuance of any object
whatsoever.
709. Insolvency and habitual indebtedness.—A Police Officer shall so manage his private affairs
as to avoid habitual indebtedness or insolvency. A Government servant, who becomes the subject of a
legal proceeding for insolvency or when one moiety of his salary is being attached shall forthwith report
the full facts to the Government.
710. Communication of official documents or information.—(a) A police officer may not,

communicate directly or indirectly to Government⢀servants
‫ط‬ belonging to other departments or to non-
official persons, or to the press, any document or information which has come into his possession in the
course of his public duties or has been prepared or collected by him in the course of those duties,
whether from official sources or otherwise [see Rule 12 of aforesaid Conduct Rules, 1976],
(b) Disclosure of sources of information.-It is an universally recognized and fundamental

principle of police procedure that the identity of sources and agents, who supply secret information
should be known only to the officers who employ them, and that every precaution should be taken to
protect them from exposure. A police officer shall on no account disclose the identity of a source or of
an agent to any officer. person outside the police force, and within the police force he will disclose it
only to ' head of the department, which in the case of Intelligence Department or C.I.D is respective
D.I.G. and in the district is the Superintendent of Police: The greatest care should be exercised to avoid
exposure when source of information has to be transmitted to others. An original report or a copy of an
original report shall not be transmitted. Either the substance should be communicated or the report
paraphrased.
360

711. Connection with press.—Without the previous sanction of the State Government, a Police
Officer shall not become the proprietor in whole or in part or conduct or participate in the editing or
management of any newspaper or other periodical publication. Such sanction will be given only in the
case of a newspaper or publication mainly devoted to matters not of a political character in the
discretion of the State Government and may at any time be withdrawn.
712. Political agitation and meetings.—(a) A Police Officer shall not take part in any political
activity or movement or subscribe in its aid or assist it in any other way, nor may he attend any political
meeting at which his presence is likely to be misconstrued or to impair his public usefulness (see
Appendix I01, Clause 57).
(b) Photographs.—Except the photograph of leaders as approved by Government no other

photograph or picture of any person should be hung up in any police building.
(c) Police Associations.—(i) Members of the Police Force can form an association or associations
which must be recognized by the Government as per section 3(1) or the Police Forces (Restriction of
Rights) Act, I966 and Rules framed there under. The conditions for recognition are given in the Bihar
Government Servants (Recognition of Service Associations) Rules, 1960 which are reproduced in
Appendix 100. As regards collection of subscription, Police Office Accountants are not supposed to help
in collection of subscription which in any case is subject to audit.
(ii) Police Sabha. —Superior Police Officers should hold Police Sabha periodically to hear the
difficulties of their subordinates in respect of their (i) hours of duty, (ii) leave, (m) pay and allowances,
‫ط‬
(iv) the issue, use and return of Police clothing, personal equipment and accoutrements, (v) questions
relating to Pension, etc., if any. Such Sabhas should end with National Anthem [see Rule l0(d)].
(d) No Government servant shall permit any person dependent on him for maintenance or
under his care or control to take part in, or any way assist, any movement or activity which is or tends
directly or indirectly to be subversive of Government as by law established in India.
ExpIanation.—A Government servant shall be deemed to have permitted a person to take part
in or assist a movement or activity within the meaning of clause (d) if he has not taken every possible
precaution and done everything in his power to prevent such person so acting or if, when he knows or
has reason to suspect that such person is so acting, he does not at once inform the State Government or
the officer to whom he is subordinate.
(e) A Police Officer shall not canvass or otherwise interfere or use his influence in connection
with, or take part in. any election to legislative body. He may, however, if qualified to do so exercise his
right to vote but shall not indicate the manner in which he proposes to vote or has voted. This rule
applies also to elections to Municipal Committee, District Board or other local bodies.
361

If any relation of a Police Officer is a candidate for election to Parliament, Legislature and Gram
Panchayat in the area where the officer is posted. he shall forthwith inform the State Government with
the fact. Strict impartiality in conduct and management of election is enjoined on Government servants
by the order issued under the Representation of Peoples Act, 195 l.
713. Complimentary or valedictory addresses.—Without the previous sanction of Government,

Police Officers shall not receive complimentary or valedictory addresses in any form or take part in the
presentation of such addresses to other Government servants, accept testimonials of any kind; or
attend complimentary entertainments of a formal and public character held in their honour. An officer
may, however. take part in a farewell entertainment of a purely private and informal nature held on the
occasion of the retirement from service or departure from a district or station of himself or such other
Government servant.
714. Vindication of acts and character of Government servants as such.—(i) Without the
previous sanction of the State Government, a Police Officer may not have recourse to the press for the
vindication of his public acts from defamatory attacks. But nothing in this Rule will limit or otherwise
affect the right of any Government servant to vindicate his private acts or character.
(ii) Police Officers seeking a redress of their grievances arising out of their employment or
conditions of service should in their own interest and also consistent with official propriety and
discipline, first exhaust the normal official forums of redness before they take the issue to a Court of
law.
瘰‫ط‬
(iii) Demonstration and strikes.—No Police Officer shall participate in any demonstration or
resort to any form of agitation in connection with any matter pertaining to his conditions of service (See
Rule 8 of Bihar Government Servants Conduct Rules, 1976).
715. Police Officers of all ranks should stay in Government Rest houses as far w these are
available. Ordinarily rest houses of public as well as private undertakings should not be utilized.
DEFENCE OF POLICE OFFICERS IN CIVIL SUITS AND CRIMINAL

PROSECUTIONS
716. For Rules regarding defense of Police Officers in civil suits and Criminal Prosecutions see Appendix
74.
717 to 719. Deleted.
362

720. Prosecutions of persons making false complaints against the Police.—(a) When a criminal
charge in Court against a Police Officer has been pronounced false, it rests with the Court which
pronounced the original case false to call upon the complainant to show cause against prosecution
under Section 211, I.P.C, in accordance with Section 340, Cr.P.C. The subsequent proceedings should be
treated as a State case to be conducted by the Public Prosecutor in his official capacity. But if on
pronouncing a case against a Police Officer to be false, a Court, though asked to do so, does not take
proceeding under Section 340, Cr.P.C., the Superintendent should ask the District Magistrate to instruct
the Public Prosecutor to apply to the Court for sanction under Section 195(1), Cr.P.C., to prosecute the
complainant. Sanction having been, obtained and a complaint laid, the prosecution should be left in the
hands of the Public Prosecutor. Government do not undertake to reimburse a police officer for
expenditure incurred in a prosecution under Section 211, I.P.C., where the above instructions are not
followed.
(b) Applications for reimbursement of costs incurred shall be submitted through the District
Magistrate.
⠀‫ط‬
363
..

CHAPTER 23
PROMOTIONS AND ALLOWANC ES
721. (a) Gazerled Officers.—All promotions of Gazetted Officers including promotion from non-Gazetted
rank to Gazetted rank rests with Government but the Public Service Commission will also be consulted
under Article 320 of the Indian Constitution. However, for promotion to the rank of Inspector including
Reserve Inspector) which is Gazetted as per Appendix 2 of Bihar Service Code, the consultation with
Bihar Public Service Commission is not required.
(b) Suppertime scale of Indian Police Service. -The following posts belong to suppertime scales:-
(i) Inspector-General/Additional Inspector-General.
(ii) Deputy Inspector-General.
Deputy Inspectors-General are appointed by strict selection from among Superintendents of

Selection Grade. Mere seniority gives no claim to promotion to this rank. In the same way, strict
selection shall be made from the rank of Deputy Inspectors-General for higher posts.
(c) Superintendents in selection grade. Appointment to the Selection Grade of Indian Police
Service is made by special selection from among those who have entered fourteenth year of service. No
officer will be promoted to it unless he is of outstanding merit. Usually the more important of the senior
scale posts which require greater experience, are filled up by officers of the selection grade and the
냐‫ط‬
criteria for promotion to this grade is not whether he has held charge of these posts, but whether he is
fit to do so.
Note. — The number of posts in the Selection Grade in the State Cadre of I.P.S. shall be equal to
prescribed per cent of the senior duty posts.
(d) Efficiency bar of A assistant Superintendents. —No officer may draw pay on the junior time
scale in excess of the admissible pay to art Assistant Superintendent in his 7th year of service until the
State Government have declared that he can cross the efficiency bar. This declaration will not be made
unless the State Government consider him fit for a superior appointment.
(e) (i) Efficiency bar of Deputy Superintendents. —No officer may draw pay in the prescribed
time-scale for Deputy Superintendents in excess of that admissible in the 7th year of service, until the
State Government have declared that he is fit to cross the first efficiency bar and perform all the duties
ordinarily expected of a Deputy Superintendent.
364
(ii) A Deputy Superintendent will not be permitted, to cross second efficiency bar after
completing l4 years of service unless his work can bet described as good, i.e., considerably above
standard which is adequate to secure him from disapprobation without earning approbation. His work
must show definite merit and also there should be no doubt about his integrity. An officer will not
ordinarily be declared fit to cross the second efficiency-bar unless he has experience in all important
branches of police administration. An officer who has specialized in one branch, e.g., the Criminal
investigation Department or the armed police establishment, for a considerable time may be allowed to
cross this bar on consideration of his efficiency in that branch only, provided that his general record is
satisfactory otherwise.
(iii) In case of temporarily promoted officers, the orders regarding crossing the efficiency bar in
the time-scale of higher post only will apply.
722. Eligibility for increments of officers on probation is subject to such general or specific
orders that Government may issue in matters of regulation of increments:-—
(a) A probationary Assistant Superintendent shall not be entitled to draw increments from
a date two years subsequent to the date of his joining the State or the date the Fourth
Departmental Examination was held subsequent to the date of his joining the State,
whichever is later, unless he has passed the Departmental Examination prescribed by
State Government) under Rules 6 and 7 of the Indian Police Service (Pay) Rules, 1954.
(b) A probationary Deputy Superintendent appointed direct is entitled to the first

increment in the prescribed scale of pay as soon as (i) he has completed one year from
⠀‫ ط‬appointment (ii) he has passed the prescribed test
the date on which he joined his first
in drill and riding.
(c) A probationary Deputy Superintendent, of Police appointed direct is entitled to draw his
second increment in the prescribed scale as soon as the following conditions are
fulfilled:-
(i) He has completed, two years from the date on which he has joined his first
appointment,
(ii) He has passed the departmental examination completely.
(d) A probationary Deputy Superintendent of Police appointed direct is entitled to draw his
third increment on completion of 3 years of service or on confirmation in his
appointment, whichever is later.
(e) lf the probationary period of a Deputy Superintendent appointed direct has been
extended by the State Government, he will be allowed the pay on confirmation at the
stage to which he would have been entitled had his increment not been withheld for
delay in fulfilling the departmental obligations. No arrear payment on this account will,
however, be made.
365

723. Promotion of (a) an Assistant Superintendent.—A direct recruit in the junior time-scale of
pay of Indian Police Service shall be appointed to a post of the senior time-scale of pay, having regard to
his length of service, experience and performance. in the junior time-scale of pay, if the State
Government is satisfied that he is suitable for appointment to a post in the senior time-scale of pay.
(b) Deputy Superintendent.——Appointment of members of the State Police Service to the

Indian Police Service up to 25 per cent of the posts in the senior scale shall be made by the Central
Government on the recommendations of the State Government in the order in which the names of the
members of Bihar Police Service appear in “select list” for the time being in force under Rule 9 of Indian
Police Service (Appointment by Promotion) Regulation, 1955. The State Government may promote a
Deputy Superintendent from the select list substantively to the rank of Superintendent when he will
become a full member of the Indian Police Service and will draw pay in the time-scale sanctioned for
Superintendents [See Rule 689(b)].
Those who have completed eight years of the continuous service on the preceding lst of January
in the rank of Deputy Superintendent are eligible for inclusion of their names in the select list. If any
name is sought to be removed from the list due to any deterioration in the work of the member of State
Police Service in the period intervening between the inclusion of the name of a member of the State
Police Service in the “select list” and the date of proposed appointment, a special review of the select
list may be made at the instance of the State Government and the Bihar Public Service Commission may
remove his name from select list according to Rule 혰 4 ‫خ‬of the above regulations.
When there is a reversion from an officiating post to a substantive post on grounds of technical
unsuitability, it does not amount to punishment. The Officer‘s name may be included again in the
promotion list and he may be promoted if he becomes fit in future.
724. Promotion of Deputy Superintendents to the Selection Grade.--No officer shall be

promoted to the Junior/Senior selection grade prescribed in Bihar Government Third Pay Revision
Report, 1972 unless he is of outstanding merit. Such promotion shall be made by Government in
accordance with Rules on the basis of the recommendations of the Departmental Promotion Committee
constituted for the purpose. The Committee, in making recommendations should ordinarily place the
recommended officers in order of their seniority. If an officer is placed higher in the list than his
seniority warrants the reasons for his placing shall be recorded by the Committee.
N. B. — A. Deputy Superintendent in the Senior Selection Grade shall generally be equivalent to

an Additional Superintendent. For his uniform see Appendix 65.
366

INSPECTORS (INCLUDING RESERVE INSPECTORS) AND SUB-
INSPECTORS (INCLUDING RESERVE SUB-INSPECTORS)
724-A. Promotion of Inspectors (including Reserve Inspectors).—(i) The promotion of

Inspectors (including Reserve Inspectors) to the rank of Deputy Superintendent will be made in
accordance with the Rules for recruitment to the Bihar Police Service (Part 2, Appendix 71 ). On receipt
of information of vacancies, the Deputy Inspectors-General will call for nominations for promotion from
Superintendents. At least 14 days before the nominations are sent the names of the nominees shall be
published by district order so that those who are not nominated may represent their cases before the
nominations are submitted. Officers wishing to make representation should be given interviews and
their cases examined with them. In forwarding the nominations a certificate must be given of the dates
on which the lists were published and intimation sent to those not nominated. The Deputy Inspector-
General will scrutinize the nominations and send, them for consideration by the Inspector-General‘s
Board [Appendix 72(1)] with his recommendations. Those who are superseded by the Deputy Inspector-
General will have an opportunity to represent to Inspector-General, procedure being the same as in the
case of persons not nominated by the Superintendent. The Inspector-General’s board shall nominate
Inspectors (including Reserve Inspector) in twice the number of vacancies on basis of records and an
interview may not be necessary. All papers shall then he sent to Bihar Public Service Commission for
sending their recommendations to Government for approval for promotion.
(ii) The lists of approved Inspectors (including Reserve Inspectors) for promotion shall be
published in the Police Gazette annually. Additions 挀to‫ط‬the list and removal of names shall be published in
the Police Gazette by special notification. Entry in or removal from promotion lists shall be recorded in
the district order book and confidential character roll.
(iii) For removal of any name from the promotion list no enquiry need be held or notice of such
proposed action given. However, Government orders will be necessary in each such case.
724-B. Promotion to the ranks of inspectors (including Reserve Inspectors) as given in Rule 649
and Sub-Inspectors (including Reserve Sub-Inspectors) as given in Rules 659 and 660B will be made on
the advice of Selection Boards [vide Appendix 72(1) and (2) respectively].
725. (a) List of Inspectors. Etc.—A State list of Inspectors including Reserve Inspectors and
equivalent ranks in Wireless and Scientific Sections shall be kept separately in the office of Inspector-
General. Such a list is also published in State Civil List under the title Bihar Subordinate Police Service,
Bihar Police Radio section, etc., respectively. -
(b) Increments to Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors.—Increments of pay to Inspectors including

Reserve Inspectors are granted by Superintendent provided that no increment is withheld as a formal
punishment in accordance with Rules contained in Chapter 25. The withholding of any increment in the
rank of Inspector and Reserve Inspector shall be published in the Police Gazette. Sanction of crossing
efficiency-bar of Inspector will be given by the Deputy Inspector-General.
367

(c) Temporary vacancies-—(i) Inspector:-—A temporary vacancy in the rank of Inspector not
exceeding four months may be filled by the Superintendent provided he has an officer of select list of
Inspector-General’s board to fill it, otherwise it will be similarly filled by the Range Deputy Inspector-
General from his range.
(ii) When a Reserve Inspector goes on leave. the range Deputy Inspector-General may appoint a
reserve Sub-Inspector to act. (iii) In either case, the post facto sanction of Inspector-General should be
obtained. If a temporary vacancy originally expected to be of four months or less, lasts longer. The
Inspector-General shall decide whether the Superintendent or Deputy Inspector-General‘s arrangement
shall continue or a selection be made by himself from the State list of approved Sub-Inspectors for
promotion.
(d) For promotion to the rank of Deputy Superintendent and for period of probation in that
rank, see Rules 724A and 648(b) respectively. For promotion to the rank of Inspector and Reserve
Inspector and for period of probation in that rank, see Rules 649 and 668 respectively.
726. I. Next below rule.—While making selection for any promotion course or for promotion list
for officers on deputation to any department in any rank, their record in that department should also be
considered (see Bihar Service Code, Rule 282). Deputationists who are on promotion lists, are entitled in
case their juniors are promoted in the parent cadre to get the benefit of the “Next Below Rule”.
⢀‫ط‬
II. Conduct under enquiry.—The case of an officer, whose conduct is under enquiry and who is
otherwise considered in every respect fit for promotion shall be dealt with as follows :-
(a) If no case has been established till the date of promotion of the officer, this shall not be
stopped. If, however, enquiries are in progress regarding misconduct of the officer, one
post of appropriate seniority should be kept vacant till the final disposal of the enquiry.
(See Memo No. CS/M3-1062/61—623, dated 9th February, 1961 sent from Chief
Secretary to –all departments).
(b) Where a prima facie case has been established on a preliminary investigation of the
complaint and actionable material under the relevant‘ Punishment Rules applicable to
the officer concerned has been brought out and it is intended to take action against him
under Rules, he should not be promoted during the pendency of such enquiry whether
the allegation relates to a period before the due date of promotion or afterwards.
(c) The above principle also applies for confirmation and crossing Efficiency Bar.
368

III. Disqualification for admission to a promotion list or retention thereon.-
The infliction of any major punishment in any rank within the last 8 years may ordinarily be a,
bar to admission in any of the promotion lists. A gap of three years is necessary afier the infliction of
major punishment before an officer is retained or considered or reconsidered for any promotion list. For
special reasons to be recorded, this disqualification may be relaxed by the competent officer who gives
the promotion.
727. Seniority lists of confirmed and probationary Sub-Inspectors and Reserve Sub—lnspectors
shall be published on State basis by the Inspector-General in the Police Gazette by the first June each
year corrected up to 3 l st December of the previous year. See, Rule 652 for Reserve Sub-Inspector
(Office). Similarly, the seniority list of Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall be published on range basis by the
Deputy Inspector-General in the Police Gazette by the lst of June each year corrected up to 31 st
December of the previous year. The list of Steno Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall be separately published
with the list of Assistant Sub-inspectors in the same part. In the same manner the list of Steno Sub-
Inspectors shall be kept separately with the list of Sub-Inspectors.
728. Recommendations for special promotion.—(a) Superintendents shall not make

recommendations in official letters for promotion of officers in connection with best investigation of any
serious crime. If any Superintendent desires to bring to notice, the overall good work of any officer, he
shall do so demi-officially to the Deputy Inspector-General of his range, or to the Inspector-General.
(b) While making promotion or recommendations

⠀‫ط‬
for promotion the Superintendent shall have
full and due regard to the recommendations entered in the service book and confidential character roll.
ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTORS, HAVILDARS AND CONSTABLES.

729. (a) Increments—The increments of Assistant Sub-inspectors and Havildars in their pay scale
shall be granted by the Superintendent.
(b) Promotion. — ( l ) For the promotion of constables to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector and
Havildar see Rules 660(a) and 660-A. No constable who does not possess a certificate of
competency in drill and cannot read and write Hindi with facility and has not passed the senior
leaders course in Rule 685 shall he promoted to the rank of Havildar, but with the sanction of
the Inspector-General, specially brilliant detective constables may be exempted, the number so
exempted to be strictly limited.
(2) Superintendents are competent to promote an Assistant Sub-Inspector in a short leave

vacancy to officiate in the rank of Sub-Inspector not exceeding four months but in each case, the range
Deputy Inspector-General’s order will be obtained as soon as possible in confirmation of the orders
passed in the same way as noted in Rule 725(c).
369

730. Granting and withholding periodical increments to constables.—(a) The
Superintendent is the authority to decide whether a constable’s increment of pay should be withheld in
accordance with the rules given in Chapter 25.
(b) For Police Officers re-enlisted after discharge or resignation, see Rule 86 of Bihar Service
Code, 1952, Bihar Pension Rules 101 (b) and 158 and P.M. Rule 671. For the rules for grant of increment
while on deputation to foreign service, see Bihar Service Code, Rule 85. For other rules regarding the
grant of increment and the conditions under which service counts for increment in the time scale, see
Bihar Service Code, Rules 78-83, 87 and 88.
(c) When a Police Officer who has been dismissed, removed or suspended is reinstated, the
authority competent to order the reinstatement shall make a specific order regarding pay and
allowances to be paid for his absence from duty and whether the said period shall be treated as duty for
details see Bihar Service Code, Rule 97.
(d) Except as provided in Bihar Service Code, Rules 83, 85 and 88, no other kind of punishment
and no leave shall be held to interrupt service for increment.
(e) An increment of pay shall be withheld from a constable, whose service since the grant of the
previous increment has not been satisfactory [See Rule 83 2(c)].
(f) (i) A military pensioner does not count his military service for increment in the time-scale.
(ii) With the sanction of the appointing authority

瘰‫ط‬
a constable who is enlisted after discharge on
pension or resignation from the army may count for increments in the time-scale all military service with
the colours, including temporary and non-pensionable service, and half his service in the reserve.
PAY, ALLOWANCES AND QUARTERS.
731. Pay, pensions and allowances of Indian Police Service Officers.—The Rules regarding the
pay and allowances for uniform, also travelling allowances in connection with the training at Academy,
appointment and pensions of the officers of the Indian Police Service will ho found in All-India Services
Manual. This is published by Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs and is obtainable from
Publications Branch, Civil Lines, Delhi.
732. Officiating pay of Indian Police Service officers.--Officiating pay is calculated in accordance
with Fundamental Rules 30-35, but Assistant Superintendents officiating as Superintendents draw the
corresponding pay of the senior scale.
370

733. Date from which service counts for increment.—(a) The Rules re-grading increments in
salary for pensioners recruited from war service and from other sources shall be found in Indian police
Service (Regulation of Seniority) Rules, 1954. If any question arises relating to the interpretation of these
rules, it shall he referred to the Central Government whose decision thereon shall be final.
(b) The service of an Assistant Superintendent directly recruited counts for increment from the
date on which he joins his first appointment.
734. Quarters for Assistant Superintendents at Police Training College.- Assistant

Superintendents, while under training at Police Training College as per Rule 677(a) are provided with
furnished quarters and are required to pay a sum of Rs. 10 per month on account of rent of furniture.
735. State Service 0fficers.—The pay and allowances of officers of the State Services and
ministerial officers and the allowances to certain officers of the technical department are given in
appendices 44 and 44-A. A list of police officers entitled to rent-free quarters or house rent allowance in
lieu thereof is given in Appendix 45.
736. Pay of Probationary Deputy Superintendent.—(a) A list of initial salary and allowances of
directly recruited Deputy Superintendents is given in Appendix 44.
(b) Officers holding substantive appointments in other departments of Government, who may
he appointed Deputy Superintendents, may be given at the discretion of the State Government, the pay
of any stage on the time-scale below the efficiency bar, In the absence of special orders of the State
an‫ خ‬officer will be that stage of the time-scale which is
Government to the contrary. the initial pay of such혀
next above his substantive pay prior to promotion, subject to a minimum which shall be the initial salary
of Deputy Superintendent, increments will be governed by Rule 722.
737. Pay of officers promoted to Indian Police Service.—Thc pay of officers promoted from the
State police service to the Indian Police Service fir to officiate in posts borne on the cadre of that service,
is governed by Rules made under Schedule ll of Rule 4 of the Indian Police Service (Pay), Rules, 1954.
738. Residential accommodation for Deputy Superintendents at Training College.—

Probationary Deputy Superintendents while undergoing training at the Police Training College are
provided with free accommodation but they are required to pay a sum of Rs. 5 per month as hire for the
furniture supplied to these accommodations.
739. Pay of Inspectors and Reserve Inspector officiating as Deputy Superintendents. —The pay
of an Inspector/Reserve Inspector officiating as a Deputy Superintendent is regulated by the Rules of the
Bihar Service Code (see Rule 647) When an Inspector (including a Reserve Inspector) is appointed to
hold charge of current duties of a superior Police Officer in addition to his own duties as an Inspector, he
ma y be granted a special pay not exceeding 20 per cent of the presumptive pay of the higher post (see
Bihar Service Code, Rule 103).
371

740. Pay of Inspectors and Reserve lnspectors.—(a) The pay scale of Inspect and Reserve Inspectors is
the same and is given in Appendix 44-A.
(b) When a Sub-Inspector/a Reserve Sub-Inspector is promoted to the rank of Inspector, whether as
permanent or acting, his pay and future increments therein shall be determined under Bihar Service
Code, Rule 78(a).
(c) Only Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors of more than average ability and/or unquestionable integrity
will be eligible for crossing the efficiency bar.
741. Conveyance allowance.—Certain Town Inspectors and Traffic Inspector may draw a conveyance
allowance as given in Appendix 47 subject to the fact that a Motor cycle or scooter is actually
maintained and he can ride it.
742. A Superintendent is authorised to grant general increments to an. Inspector and a Reserve
Inspector but cases, in which an increment has to be withheld, should be referred to the range Deputy
Inspector-General [see Rule 825(e)].
743. Pay of reserve Sub-lnspector.—(a) The scale of pay of Reserve Sub-Inspector is given in Appendix
44A. The pay scale of Reserve Sub-Inspector (office) is that of Sub-Inspector of unarmed Police (see Rule
652).
(b) When a Reserve Sub-Inspector is promoted to the rank of Reserve whether on a permanent or acting
basis, his pay therein shall be determined in accordance with Bihar Service Code. Rule 78(a).
⠀‫ط‬
744. When a Havildar is promoted to the rank of Reserve Sub-Inspector Rule 660-B. his pay therein shall
be determined according to Bihar Service Code,rule 78(a). .
745. Conveyance allowance.—A Reserve Sub-Inspector of the district police may draw a conveyance
allowance as given in Appendix 47 if a serviceable. bicycle, is maintained and he can ride it. The
allowance is not admissible during joining time or leave.
SUB-INSPECTORS
746. Pay of Sub-Inspectors.—(a) The scale of pay of Sub-Inspectors including Reserve Sub-
Inspector (office) is given in Appendix 44-A.
(b) When an Assistant Sub-Inspector is promoted to the rank of Sub-Inspector, whether on a

permanent or acting basis, his pay and future increments therein shall be determined under the Bihar
Service Code, Rule 78(a) and corresponding Government orders.
372

747. Allowance at Police Training College.—During their period of instruction at the Training
College, probationary Sub-Inspectors will receive an adhoc allowance a month fixed by Government as
subsistence allowance. Those who hold substantive appointments in other departments of Government
service shall draw the pay of the stage in the time-scale to which they have been appointed or the pay of
their substantive appointment, whichever is less, subject to a minimum of that adhoc allowance
748. Conveyance allowance.—(a) Except when attached to a railway a Sub- Inspector may draw
a varying conveyance allowance as given in Appendix 47, depend in g on the fact as to whether he
actually maintains a serviceable (i) horse or pony, (ii) motor cycle or scooter and that the Sub-Inspector
can ride it.
(b) At certain places (see Appendix 47). a Sub-Inspector other than a railway police Sub-
Inspector may, with the permission of the Superintendent, keep a bicycle instead of a horse or pony,
and. on production of a similar certificate from the Superintendent, draw a lesser allowance a month as
given therein.
(c) The horse allowance is admissible during

혰‫ خ‬joining time, provided that a horse is actually
maintained and on the condition prescribed in Rule 39 of Bihar T.A. Rules. I951 during leave on average
or half average pay, subject to a maximum off four months. The cycle allowance is not admissible either
during joining time or leave.
(d) For the special conveyance allowance to which certain other officers are entitled, see
Appendix 47.
749. Allowances of Steno-typist Sub-Inspectors and Steno typist- Assistant Sub- Inspectors.—
Steno-typist Sub-Inspectors/Assistant Sub-Inspectors who pass Secretariat Stenography examination
shall be entitled to Stenographers allowance, Till they do not pass, they will get unpassed Stenography
allowance as given in Appendix 42. For conveyance allowance, Appendix 3 of Bihar Travelling Allowance
Rules, I951 may be seen.
373

750. Free quarters for Reserve Sub-Inspector of armed police and Sub-Inspector of unarmed
police and employees of lower ranks.—Free quarters will be provided for all Sub-Inspectors and officers
of lower rank and for their families. Where quarters are not available in lieu of that, they may be
granted house rent allowance.
751. (a) The pay and allowances‘ of Assistant Sub-Inspectors and constables will be found in
Appendix 44-A.
(b) Conveyance allowance of Assistant Sub-Inspector and Havildar —Except when attached to a
railway police-station an Assistant Sub-Inspector posted to a police-station may draw a conveyance
allowance every month as given in Appendix 47 subject to the fact that a serviceable bicycle or other
means of conveyance approved by Superintendent is actually maintained or hired by the month or for
longer periods. In the case of hired conveyance, the officer must specify also, the nature of the
conveyance maintained, and in the case of a bicycle it must be checked that the Assistant Sub-inspector
can ride a bicycle.
(c) All persons officiating in higher ranks will be entitled to the conveyance allowance and house
rent allowance applicable to the officiating post held by them.
(d) For special conveyance allowance to which certain havildars are entitled, see Appendix 47.
752. (a) Advance to recruits.—In order to obviate the financial difficulties of newly appointed
recruits in the police department, an advance of half a month‘s pay may be given to each accepted
recruit. The advance shall be recovered from the ⠀pay ‫ ط‬of the recruit in two monthly instalments after
joining the post (see Bihar Financial Rules 1950, Volume—l, Rule 432).
(b) Pay of recruits.—Recruits under training at Constables Training School will draw the scale of
pay sanctioned for them.
TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE
753. Certain Rules relating to the travelling allowance of officers of the Indian Police Service will
he found in the All-India Service Manual, However, other Rules in respect of them as also those relating
to officers of the State Services and all other officers and men, including ministerial officers are
prescribed in the Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules, 1951. The Rules given below concern certain special
definitions, limitations and concessions applicable to police officers (see Appendix 57 also).
754. Classification of officers for the purpose of T.A. rules.—Police and ministerial officers of
different ranks have been classified as officers of first grade to fourth grade according to their pay scales
which are prescribed in Rule 28 of Bihar T.A.
374

Rules, 1951 and noted in Appendix 57. The rates of road allowance, daily allowance and other incidental
charges for journeys by road, train, etc., on tour, transfer, etc. are also given therein and in
corresponding .Government orders issued from time to time. A list of distances by train and by road
together with Railway fare and Bus timings are given in Part Ill and Part IV of the T.A. Rules.
755. Controlling officers for T.A. Bills.--For the purpose of supplementary Rule 147, Bihar T.A.
Rule 157, the list of controlling officers in respect of travelling allowance bills of officers and
establishments is given in Appendix I0 of Bihar Treasury Code, Volume ll.
The Inspector-General is his own controlling officer. As regards T.A. Bills of range Deputy
Inspector-General, the Inspector-General is the controlling officer through his Assistant. The Range
Deputy Inspectors-General and Superintendents are the controlling officers of police officers and men
and ministerial officers of their respective establishments.
It is the duty of controlling officer to scrutinize the necessity, frequency and duration of journeys
and halts for which T.A. is claimed and to disallow the whole or part of the sum claimed if he considers
that a journey was unnecessary.
Note.— (i) The travelling allowance bills of C.I.D. officers deputed to work in districts shall not
be countersigned unless they have been passed by the district Superintendent.
(ii) The travelling allowance bills of Assistant and Deputy Superintendents deputed for
training in Survey and Settlement work shall be countersigned by the Settlement
Officers. ⠀‫ط‬
756. The Rules governing the recovery of the cost of camp equipage (tents, horses, etc.) and the
Inspector-General's powers in connection therewith will be found in Rule 75 of Bihar T.A. Rules.
757. Jurisdiction of inspectors and other subordinate ranks.—The jurisdiction of Inspectors and
other subordinate ranks is defined as follows:—
Circle Inspector —The area comprised within the several police-stations which he inspects.
Court Inspector, Reserve Inspector; and town Inspector.—The limit of the Headquarters of the
station to which they are attached.
Reserve Sub-Inspector, Sub-Inspector and havildar. —The area of the police-station in which
their Headquarters are situated.
Constables other than those attached to the armed reserve. —The area of the police stations to
which they are attached. -
Reserve Sub-Inspectors, havildars and constables allotted to the armed reserve.— The limits of
the station where their Headquarters are situated.
375

Note.— The jurisdiction of havildars and constables supplied as camp guards to Sub
Divisional Officers shall be co-terminus with the Headquarters of the Sub
Divisional Officer.
758. Subject to the general restriction that no travelling allowance is admissible for journeys
within 8 kms. radius of their Headquarters :--
(a) For journeys on tour within their jurisdiction other than by rail or steamer Police.
Officers of and below the rank of Inspector who draw monthly ‘ conveyance allowance
as per Bihar T.A. Rule 35 and its Appendix 3 are entitled to daily allowance only at the
rates given for different ranks as per T.A. Rule 69 and calculated according to numbers
of hours of absence from Headquarters as per T.A. Rule 65(a). Those who do not get
such conveyance allowance are entitled to road allowance also as per T.A. Rule 57.
(b) For journeys beyond their jurisdiction, other than by rail or steamer, they are entitled to
ordinary travelling allowance as per rules above.
759. For cost of carrying government properties with escort parties, see Rule 575(b)
760. Armed Police force.—(a) When the armed police force is deputed on duty to deal with
internal disturbances, all members of the force will be provided with free transport in lieu of ordinary
travelling allowance and allowed diet allowance for the period of their absence from Headquarters at
the rates of daily allowance.
瘰‫ط‬
(b) When at Headquarters or outside beyond 8 kms. daily or diet allowance is admissible and
the police force (armed and unarmed) is deputed on actual duty continuously for 10 hours or more, and
the nature of the duty is such that the non Gazetted members of the force have no time to cook or
otherwise arrange for their food themselves, they will in addition to the allowance to which they may be
entitled, be supplied with food at the following scale with the prior approval of the Superintendent or
the Sub-Divisional Police Officer. as the case may be, provided that there is a meal time in between duty
period. For the purposes of this Rule 12.00 hours and 20.00 hours would be considered as time for meal.
(1) Puri—400 grams per head per meal.
(2) Cooked vegetables or Gur—65 grams per head per meal,
(3) Onion—50 grams per head per meal.
(4) Salt—10 grams per head per meal.
The charge will be debitable under the head “Allowance—other allowances”. The
Superintendent/Commandant, as the case may be, may draw the expenditure in advance if necessary
(Government order No. I/MI-1064/66-PP--3921, dated 25th April, 1967).
376

(c) In places where such supplies cannot be readily obtained, non-Gazetted police officers
should be supplied with “dry cooked ration“ or “chura and gur” before they are actually deputed for
duties. In case, this also is not possible, an extra allowance of rupee one per meal missed in course of
duty should be paid but not exceeding Rs. two per day.
Note. — These concessions are to be utilized for grave emergencies or deputations at the
time of general election and not for extra hours of duty on some rare occasions
in course of daily duty.
761. Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors travelling in Government boats.—An Inspector or a Sub-

Inspector provided with a boat at the expense of Government is entitled to travelling allowance as
follows always provided that the journey performed is to a place more than 8 kms. from his
Headquarters :—
(a) When travelling by such boat beyond his jurisdiction—
(i) If he has not to provide a separate conveyance at his own expense for his servant or
luggage, he may draw the daily allowance of his grade and may not exchange it for
“road” allowance. If, however, part of the journey is made by means of locomotion not
provided at the expense of Government, he may at his option draw in lieu of daily
allowance, the “road” allowance admissible for that part;
瘀‫ط‬
(ii) if he has to provide separate conveyance at his own expense for his servant or luggage,
he may draw in addition to above the actual cost of transporting them. He may also
draw in addition the “road” allowance admissible for any part of the journey made by
means of locomotion not provided at the expense of Government as given in Bihar T.A.
Rule 149.
(b) When travelling within his jurisdiction“
(i) An Inspector may draw his daily allowance as given in Bihar T.A. Rule 65(a);
(ii) A Sub-Inspector. if obliged to travel by land as well as by boat, may draw the usual
conveyance allowance (Rule 748), provided he keeps a motor cycle/bicycle or a pony.
but where his jurisdiction is entirely accessible by boat and a horse or a motor-cycle or
bicycle is not required. no conveyance allowance is permissible.
762. Use of Government boats, etc., by Indian Police Service Officers.—The Rules governing the
use of Government boats and steamers by officers of the I.P.S. will be found in Supplementary Rules 40
to 44 and 90 as amended by Bihar T.A. Rule 54.
377

763. Journeys by Motor Services.—(a) in an emergency Assistant Sub-Inspector or havildar and
constables may travel at Government expense by a motor-bus service if ordered to do so by the Sub-
Inspector in charge of police-station or by any higher officer. The Sub-Inspector is responsible for seeing
that due regard is had to the public interest and the Superintendent may, on the Sub-Inspector's
certificate, accord retrospective sanction or may disallow the charge.
(b) In the case of Sub-Inspectors and Inspectors, the Superintendent or a Gazetted Police
Officer-in-charge of a sub-division shall certify on the travelling allowance bill that it was necessary to
use a motor-bus service. Before giving such post facto sanction the officer in question must satisfy
himself that a rapid journey was necessary in the public interest.
(c) The provisions of the Bihar T.A. Rule 80(iii) will apply in the case of journey; that extend
beyond jurisdiction. For journeys within jurisdiction, nothing can be drawn, but the actual lorry fare paid
in case of officers of and below the rank of Sub-Inspector,
(d) Deputy Inspector-General shall see during inspections that no unnecessary expenditure has
been incurred.
764. Travelling allowance of constables on transfer.—(a) Constables, other than those attached to the
railway police, are entitled-
(1) for journeys on transfer from one district to another Railway fare for self plus three
times or only one time the incidental
⠀‫ط‬
charge as given in Bihar T. A. Rule 85(i) depending
on whether they belong to IIIrd grade or IVth grade of pay which is enumerated in
clause 13 of Appendix 57 or 2 ½ times the steamer fare as the case may be [for
transport of personal effects also, see Bihar T.A. Rule 85(iii)];
(2) when transferred from one station to another in the same district, to single fares of the
lowest class for journeys by rail and the actual cost of transporting their necessary
baggage (Bihar T.A. Rule 87).
(b) Constables attached to the railway police are entitled-
(1) for journeys on transfer from one Railway to another or to a district, to travelling allo
wance as in clause (a) (I) above.
(2) for journeys on transfer within railway police district to which posted, to a free pass for
him and wagon kit pass for luggage up to limit prescribed for them and daily allowance,
provided the time spent on the journey exceeds 8 consecutive hours, and that it is not
claimed for halts unless they are made in connection with their duty, and, if the journey
by rail is combined with a journey by road or boat which exceeds 8 kms, from the point
of departure from the railways, to road allowance in addition, provided that the time
spent by road or river is deducted from the total time spent for which daily allowance is
claimed (Bihar T.A. Rule 142).
378

765. Officers transferred at their own request or when on leave.—(a) A police officer
transferred at his own request or in consequence of misconduct is entitled to no travelling allowance
(Supplementary Rule 114 and Bihar T. A. Rule 83). For Rules regarding travelling allowances of officers
transferred during leave, see Supplementary Rules 124 and 125 and Bihar T. A. Rules 95 to 98.
(b) A Police officer in transit from one post to another shall, if each of such post would entitle
him to a rank in a different grade, get travelling allowance for the lower of the two grades (Bihar T.A.
Rule 30).
(c) A Police Officer going on deputation to a foreign service or returning from such a deputation
would be guided by the rules of the department where he takes over charge and submits his travelling
allowance bill.
(d) On retirement in certain cases as given in Bihar Travelling Allowance Rule 123, a Police
Officer of and below the rank of Deputy Superintendent or in case of his death while in service his
widow or his eldest surviving issue is entitled to “Travelling Allowance as on tour but no daily allowance
and cost of carrying personal effects as on transfer for going back to their permanent home vide
Government of Bihar, Finance Department memo, No. AI-143/65/1339-F., dated the 31st January, 1966.
In case of an officer, belonging to Indian Police Service, he and his family on retirement or in case of
death in service, the members of the family are entitled to Travelling Allowance as above for going
home. [See also All India Services (Leave Travel Concession) Rules, 1975, and comments under Bihar
Travelling Allowance Rule 126 for grant of cost of journey during leave].
瘰‫ط‬
766. Travelling allowance bills for attending departmental examinations.- Bills for travelling
allowance for attending obligatory departmental examinations shall be supported by a certificate to the
effect that the travelling allowance has not been charged more than twice for attending the same
standard of examination.
Note.— The State Government have extended the provisions of Rules 108 and III of Bihar T.A.
Rules to the annual examination of Steno Sub-Inspectors and Steno Assistant Sub-
Inspectors.
767. Travelling allowance of officers summoned as witness.—(a) The Rules regulating the
travelling allowances of police officers summoned to give evidence in criminal and civil cases will he
found in Bihar T. A. Rule 128. The responsibility for enforcing the orders therein contained rests on the
head of the office (see Rule 304).
(b) A witness should not be refused payment of his travelling allowance if he has been allowed
to return without examination.
(c) Police Officers whether suspended or not. Undertaking journeys for answering charges in
departmental proceeding, shall he entitled to Travelling Allowance (see note below the Rule 128 of
Bihar T. A. Rules).
379

768. Travelling allowance for journeys to undergo training.—(a) Police Officers of all ranks
deputed to any place for training are entitled to travelling allowance for the original journey to and the
last journey from, the place of training as for a journey on transfer, if the period of training exceeds 3
months, and as for a journey on tour if the period of training is 3 months or less, In the former case, the
orders of deputation should specify the change of Headquarters.
(b) Officers already in Government Service including ministerial officers sent to the Police
Training College for training are entitled to travelling allowance as on transfer for the original journey to
the College and the journey to the place of posting after completion of their training. Those, not in
Government service, and sent to the Police Training College for training will be entitled to the travelling
allowance only for the journey to the place of posting on completion of their training. The rate
admissible will be as for a journey on transfer.
(c) Police officers belonging to the Indian Police Service, when deputed to and returning from a
course of training exceeding 3 months, may be allowed
‫ط‬ special casual leave, to enable them to break up
and reconstitute their establishments. Such special casual leave shall not exceed the period of joining
time which would be admissible in the case of a regular transfer, and shall not cover the day or days
actually occupied by the journey. Police Officers not belonging to the Indian Police Service in similar
circumstances will be allowed joining time under Rule 252(e) of the Bihar Service Code.
(d) When the period of training does not exceed 3 months, no special casual leave or joining
time is admissible under clause (c) above.
(e) Officers sent for training at the Constables’ Training School shall be entitled to travelling
allowance on the scale laid down for journeys on transfer outside the district for both, the original
journey to the Constables Training School and the return journey to their districts on completion of
training.
380

769. Travelling allowance for journey to (i) Police Hospital.—Travelling allowance may be
granted for journeys to and from a police hospital to a police officer of and below the rank of Sub-
Inspector, who is ordered by competent authority to proceed to such hospital for treatment of an illness
incurred in the discharge of his duties and which is not due to irregular or intemperate habits (see Bihar
T. A. Rules, 1951, Rule 131).
(ii) Place of specialist treatment.—A Government servant is allowed Travelling Allowance for
going out of Headquarters to any place inside the State where a treatment by a specialist (excluding a
dentist unless specially sanctioned) is available. In such case, an attendant if a non-government servant
is also entitled to actual travelling expenses. If the government servant is too ill, the specialist is allowed
travelling allowance to attend to him at his place (See Bihar T. A. Rules 135 and 135-A). The claim for
Travelling Allowance should be supported by a certificate from an authorized Medical Officer of the
Government servant.
(iii) Outside State.—A Government servant is entitled to undertake journey and treatment at
Government cost even outside the State either for himself or his family according to Rule 26 of the Bihar
Medical Attendance Rules and Orders.
대‫ط‬
381
..

CHAPTER 24
TRANSFER, LEAVE, RETIREMENT
770. Gazetted Police Officers, not to leave their jurisdiction without permission.—(a)
Superintendents who have not been granted such permission shall not leave their districts. Whenever
they have to go out of the district on duty, they shall keep the Range Deputy Inspector-General
informed and take his prior approval as far as possible [see Rule 20(b)].
(b) Assistant and Deputy Superintendents and officers of other ranks will not leave their
jurisdiction without obtaining the prior approval of the authority competent to grant them leave.
(c) Commandants will not leave their unit Headquarters without informing their Deputy
Inspector-General. If they have to go out of unit Headquarters to other districts on duty where their
units are situated, they should take prior permission from their Deputy Inspector-General.
(d) Deputy Inspector-General shall not leave their jurisdiction without the permission of
Inspector-General except in emergencies.
TAKING AND MAKING OVER CHARGE
⢀‫ط‬
771. Joining and relief .—(a) No officer shall leave his post until regularly relieved unless he has
received special permission to do so.
(b) The charge cannot be made over by letter or telegram.
(c) The fact of officers and men of all ranks joining or leaving the district shall be entered in the
district order book with date and time.
(d) The Superintendent shall report to the Inspector-General for insertion in the Police Gazette,
the arrival in, or departure from, the district of all Gazetted Police officers.
772. (a) Assumption of charge by Superintendent. —(i) In the case of Superintendents, the
charge certificate in forms Schedule Llll, Form No. 202, shall be signed by both the relieving officer and
the officer relieved at the Headquarters station of the district, one copy going to the Inspector-General
through the district officer and one to the Accountant-General. The relieving officer shall at once report
his assumption of office to the district officer and the Range Deputy Inspector-General [see Rule 997(h)].
A copy of charge report may also be sent to the following :—
382

(1) Commissioner,
(2) Deputy Inspector-General, Range,
(3) Treasury Officer,
(4) Executive Engineer, Public Works Department.
(ii) Within seven days of taking over charge, the relieving officer shall submit to the Range
Deputy Inspector-General a memorandum of his assumption of charge, stating the condition in which he
has found the office registers, arms and equipment’s, clothing, office expenses and accounts. The details
of the balance in hand out of the funds allotted at the time of taking over charge shall also be given.
(b) Assumption of charge by Deputy Inspector-General.—The charge certificate (forms Schedule

Llll, Form No. 202) shall be signed by both the relieving officer and the officer relieved at the
Headquarter. The copy of the charge report shall be sent to the Commissioner and Inspector-General
direct and other concerning officers as noted in sub-rule (a)(i) above.
773. Taking over charge by subordinate officers.—(a) All officers of and above the rank of
Assistant Sub-Inspector, when joining a post from leave or leaving a post to proceed on leave or when
joining or leaving a post on transfer, etc., or when making or taking over charge of any sub-divisional
Court or other post shall furnish the Superintendent, through the usual channel, with a certificate in
P.M. Form No. 3 stating the date and hour of making or taking over charge, the articles taken over, the
details of cash in hand and any faults and omissions in the registers and files taken over The relieved
⠀‫ط‬
officer shall also give a memo, of important items to be attended to the relieving officer. A separate list
of confidential files should be prepared and signed by both the officers and sent with the charge report
to Superintendent only.
(b) The relieving officer should take over charge carefully as he shall be called upon to make
good any deficiency discovered after his taking over charge.
TRANSFERS
774. Transfer of Gazetted officers.—(a) All postings of Indian Police Service officers and all
transfers of Deputy Superintendents officiating or about to officiate as Superintendent are made by the
orders of Government.
(b) Except in cases falling under clause (a) the Inspector-General may transfer Deputy
Superintendents from one district to another or from the Headquarters of a district to a sub-division and
vice versa, subject to the condition that more than two transfers including the posting of an officer on
return from leave are to be referred to Government for orders. All transfers should be reported to
Government for notification in Bihar Gazette.
383
775. Deputy Inspector-Generals power to transfer officers.—Deputy Inspectors-General may
transfer officers of and below the rank of Inspector from one district to another within their ranges and,
by agreement with, the Deputy Inspector-General concerned, to a district in another range; but
transfers to and from the Police Training College shall be made by the Inspector-General.
776. Transfers within districts.—(a) Superintendents may transfer any subordinate officer
within their own districts. In the case of Inspectors at the time of transfer, the consent of the District
Magistrate is necessary [See Political (Police) Department memo. No. I/R2-1014/54-PP—1611, dated
25th March. 1954].
(b) All postings of officers and men shall be determined by the Superintendent, who shall sternly
discourage suggestions, written or otherwise, from the staff of the reserve office. In the case of
Assistant Sub-Inspectors or havildars and constables, the Superintendent shall enter his orders in his
own handwriting in the last column of the disposition register (Rule I038) and write the man‘s name
against the post to which he is to be transferred. In the case of Sub-Inspectors and Inspectors a written
order may be issued separately.
776-A. Joining time.—Ordinarily joining time is allowed to a Government servant in accordance

with Rule 255 of the Bihar Service Code, but the transferring authority is competent, to reduce or to
refuse joining time according to Rule 253 of B.S.C., If it is considered necessary to do so in the interest of
public service. Six days are allowed for the preparation and in addition a period to cover journey time
depending on the time taken by air, train, bus or any other mode of journey outside the district subject
⠀‫ط‬
to a maximum of 30 days. The joining time can be extended according to Rule 263 of B. S. Code for some
special reasons. Police Officers required to proceed on temporary duty within or beyond the district in
which they are serving are not considered to be transferred for purposes of this rule.
777. Changes in force at Police posts.--No permanent increase or reduction in number of Police
at a police post shall be made without the orders of the Inspector- General. The Superintendent may,
however, make a temporary change when a sudden necessity arises. The range Deputy Inspector-
General is competent to sanction temporary changes. Therefore, the report concerning changes shall be
sent to Deputy Inspector- General at once (item 3, Appendix 2, Part ll). If the changes are to continue for
a period exceeding on\e year, the sanction of Inspector-General shall be taken.
778. The following principles regarding posting are to be carefully observed:—
(i) No officer above the rank of havildar should be posted to his home district. Even, the havildar and
constable will not be posted to their own sub-division.
(ii) Constables after recruitment and training should be posted to that district or unit where he is
originally appointed.
384

(iii) Officers and men on the verge of retirement (two years or less to go) maybe posted to their home
districts on request if exigencies of public service permit it.
(iv) Personnel of and below the rank of Inspector, who render not less than 3years of meritorious service
at the Police Training College or any Training School. shall be allowed choice of districts for their next
posting with the proviso that those above the rank of havildar shall not be posted to their home districts
and such officers above the rank of havildar shall be allowed to remain in the district of choice for a
period of at least 3 years.
(v) Superintendents of Police shall not generally order any transfer of officers on the eve of their own
departure on transfer or retirement.
(vi) Exigencies of public service permitting, officers will be transferred at the end of academical sessions
if their children are reading in schools at the place of posting.
(vii) A Circle inspector should be transferred on completion of 4 years’ service in one circle. Sub-
Inspectors and those of lower rank may stay at one post for a total period of 3 years. The total service of
an officer in one district including service in more 瘰 ‫ ط‬one of the three ranks, Assistant Sub-Inspector.
than
Sub-Inspector and Inspector, should not exceed 12 years provided that the period spent on in service,
training and refresher or other courses should be excluded in reckoning this period of service.
(viii) Inside the Bihar Armed Police the Inspector (Armed) should not be transferred from one unit to
another except for exceptional reasons or for the purpose of promotion.
(ix) The Deputy Inspector-General, Railways will arrange to obtain from the districts of the Range
through which the Railway system concerned passes, panel of names of all ranks with 5-10 years of
service in this unit for deputation to the Railway (for six years). They would be returned to the Range
concerned after this period.
(x) In armed units, there should be no inter-unit transfer except on promotion or for special reasons.
(xi) All constables received from C.T.S. will be posted to district Armed Police normally for a minimum
period of five years and allowed to appear in the promotion examination. In the armed police, they
would be used for patrolling or other duties according to a rotational chart.
385

(xii) In every district, a rotational arrangement should be made about posting to traffic, Court and other
duties. Ordinarily, no constable shall be kept on town patrol duty for more than one year at a time.
(xiii) In every district arrangements for Anchal Guards and Treasury Guards will be made from the Armed
Police Force.
(xiv) No static guard should remain unchanged for more than 3 months at a time.
779. (a) Proposals for inter-district transfers.—In making proposals for transfers from one district to
another, Superintendents shall mention the languages the officer proposed to transfer can read and
write, his home district and districts in which he possesses landed property, if any.
(b) Transfers for misconduct, etc.—Superintendents shall not apply for the transfer of officers on the
sole ground of inefficiency or misconduct. The Rules for departmental punishment (Chapter 25) provide
a proper method of dealing with unsatisfactory officers.
LEAVE RULES
⠀‫ط‬
780. (a)(i)—.The Indian Police Service Officers will be governed by the following Rules:--
(1) All-India Services (Leave) Rules, 1955, (2) All-India Services (Special Disability Leave)
Regulations, 1957, and (3) All-India Services (Overseas Pay, Passage and Leave Salary) Rules,
1957.
The principles for grant of leave have been given in Fundamental Rules, Supplementary Rules, 1922 (as
amended) and Revised Leave Rules, 1933 for Central Government Employees.
(ii) The leave of all other officers is regulated by the Bihar Service Code which are also based on
F.R. and S.R. The constables are deemed to be members of “superior service” for the purposes of leave.
(b) The following Rules are supplementary and explanatory and in no way override the
Fundamental and Supplementary Rules and the Bihar Service Code.
(c) The method of dealing with leave applications is laid down in Rule 1047. The pay of non-
Gazette Officers while on leave shall be drawn in accordance with Rule 964(d).
386

781. (i) Under Rule 227 of Bihar Service Code. the maximum period of earned leave on average
pay for a permanent Government servant is 180 days which he earns as 1/11 of the duty period but will
be granted only 120 days at a time.
(ii) Half pay leave will be earned without restriction to the limit of accumulation, 20 days for
each completed year of service.
(iii) Half pay leave can be commuted into full pay leave. The period of full pay leave will be half
of half pay leave, i.e., 40 days of half pay leave will be equal to 20days of full pay leave. This relaxation
can be given only on the basis of medical certificate (see Bihar Service Code Rule 234).
(iv) “Leave not due" is granted when there is prospect of Police Officer returning to duty and no
other leave is due and only on medical grounds.
(v) For temporary Police Officers earned leave is limited to a maximum of 30 day sand is earned
at the rate of 1/22 of the period spent on duty. Such employees earn half pay leave @ 15 days for each
completed year of service. After 3 years, the temporary Government servant will begin earning leave as
if he is a permanent incumbent but will not be eligible for "leave not due“ till he is formally confirmed.
782. Kinds of leave admissible.—The following classes of leave are permissible under the
Fundamental and Supplementary Rules and the Bihar Service Code :—
⠀‫ط‬
Classes of leave. Fundamental or Bihar Service
Supplementary Rules Code Rules
Leave on average pay and half 77. F.R., 81, F.R. 250, 222.
average pay.
Extraordinary leave 85, F.R. 180 180
Leave preparatory to retirement 86, F.R. 182—183.
Special disability leave 83, F.R. 201-203.
Study leave .... .. 84, F.R. 221.
Hospital leave S. R. 226—229. 204—218.
387

Note.— Special T.B. leave/leprosy leave is admissible up to 12 months on half average pay during the
entire period of service separately and it is treated as on duty for pension (see Government of Bihar,
Finance Department compilation of Government orders relating to Service Rules and Condns. Vol. 1
1969).
783. Police officers in hospital—(a) Ordinarily a Police officer sick in hospital shall not be placed
on casual leave. For periods spent in hospital not exceeding three weeks he may be shown as on duty. if
his sickness is prolonged beyond that period, he shall be granted hospital leave or medical leave for the
whole period.
(b) An Assistant Sub-Inspector or havildar or a constable may, if the illness or injury is directly
due to risks incurred in the course of his official duties, be granted hospital leave on the certificate of the
Civil Surgeon on average or half average salary.as the Superintendent may direct. Hospital leave is
irrespective of any other leave due and is not to be debited to the leave account. It is given at the
discretion of the Superintendent and not necessarily to every one, It may be combined with any other
leave and is limited to 90 days on average pay in any period of 3 years (Bihar Service Code, Rule 221).
Note.— Illness contracted as the result of being posted to unhealthy station may be regarded as
due to risks incurred in the course of official duties, provided that the illness is certified not to
be due to irregular or intemperate habits.
(c) A Police Officer sick in hospital to whom hospital leave according to clause (b) above cannot
瘰‫ط‬
be granted shall be given leave on medical certificate (see Rules 795-797).
(d) When a Police officer up to the rank of Sub-Inspector is on leave other than medical leave
and falls ill and is in need of medical leave, he should appear before the S.E.M.O. of the district or the
Civil Assistant Surgeon at the nearest sub-divisional Headquarters for his treatment if he is unable to go
up to district Headquarters. If after examination the Medical Officer feels that he requires the leave, he
should admit him to the hospital reporting the facts and the extension of leave necessary to the
Superintendent of the district in which the Police Officer is employed. The Superintendent on receiving
the report shall grant the necessary extension of leave.
If, however, the Police Officer is found to be suffering from minor ailments, the Medical Officer
will direct him to proceed immediately to the district of his posting (see Memo. No. 28047, dated 5th
November, 1964 from Director Health Services, Bihar to Civil Surgeons). '
784. Casual leave.—(a) Casual leave is the name given to the leave which the head of an office
gives to his subordinates, who may require to be absent from their posts for a short period for sickness
or other sufficient causes.
388

This is not a regular Leave, and is covered by Fundamental Rules and the Bihar Service Code. The
conditions on which such leave or quarantine leave may be granted are set out in Appendix 13 of the
Service Code. Officer absent on such leave will not be replaced. An officer on C.L.is not treated as absent
from duty nor his pay is intermitted. The officer granting the leave and the officer taking it will be held
responsible if the public service suffers in any way from the absence of the officer on casual leave.
(b) Casual leave may not be combined with vacation or any other kind of leave, and may not
ordinarily extend to more than sixteen days, exclusive of Gazetted holidays in any one calendar year. If,
in special circumstances, the sanctioning authority grants, for urgent special reasons, more than sixteen
days leave the fact, with the reasons, must be reported at once for the information of the authority
immediately superior to the officer granting the leave.
(c) Casual leave may be suffixed or prefixed to Sundays and holidays (including local holidays)
but the total period of absence including such holidays should not exceed12 days at a time.
Intermediate Sundays or holidays falling within a period of C .L. will not be counted as part of the leave.
(d) In the cases of Assistant Sub-Inspectors, havildars and constables stationed more than 100
miles from their homes, the 12 days limit may be relaxed to the extent of the actual time taken in
travelling to their homes by rail, steamer, bus or other mode of conveyance or on foot provided that-
(i) no allowance shall be made for road journeys of 瘀 ‫ ط‬than 8 kilometers;

less
(ii) the total period shall not exceed 17 days; and
(iii) the concession shall not be allowed for more than one home journey in any one calendar year.
(e) Casual leave cannot be claimed as of right and shall not be granted when it is not actually
necessary, or when its grant would be opposed to the interests of the public service, or in cases to which
some other form of leave is appropriate.
(f) Every officer who proposes to leave the station during casual leave, or leave of absence
during Gazetted holidays, should obtain prior permission. He should state in his application the address,
or addresses, which will find him during such leave. At the time of departure on casual leave he must
also leave in his office the address or addresses which will find him during his absence and also inform
subsequently any change in such address. On return from C.L., the Gazetted Officers should at once
inform their immediate superior the dates of proceeding on leave and return.
(g) The grant of permission for absence from station during casual leave or Gazetted holidays
does not by itself entitle an officer to go outside India. No officer may go outside India on such leave
without special permission of Government in the case of Gazetted Officers or of the sanctioning
authority in other cases.
389

(h) A Government servant detained in a plague camp may be granted casual leave-in-accordance
with Appendix 13 of the Bihar Service Code, ln case of infectious diseases like cholera, plague, small-pox,
etc. noted in that Appendix spreading in a house in which the Police Officer lives and he himself has not
suffered. he may be ordered not to attend office and granted quarantine leave from 21 days up to 30
days in exceptional circumstances. Any leave excess of this shall be treated as ordinary leave.
(i) Any Government servant who has been bitten by a rabid animal may be granted special
casual leave not exceeding one month to enable him to proceed for treatment to the Pasteur Institute at
Patna or to the nearest hospital where treatment of rabid animals bite is available; provided his absence
does not necessitate tin; appointment of a substitute (see Rule 433 of Bihar Financial Rules, Part I and
Appendix 14 of Part ll). Special casual leave is also granted for specified purpose up to the extent laid
down in each case, e.g., training and duty as members of auxiliary police organization like Home Guards,
units of Territorial army, participation in a sport of national and international importance, and for
selection in State teams and All India Sports events. The extent of such special C.L. is fixed at 30 days in
any calendar year. lt may be permitted to continue with regular leave but not with casual leave. For
attending meetings of Associations. special casual leave of not more than 10 days can be granted in a
calendar year.
(j) Compensatory leave of 20 days exclusive of any kind of leave already admissible may be
granted to all executive and ministerial officers to compensate the concerned officer/employee in
⠀‫ط‬
respect of his utilisation during festivals for law and order duty or dining relief operations, etc. in one
calendar year by the same officers competent to grant C .L. The constable, havildar and other policemen
of equivalent rank may avail of the entire period of compensatory casual leave at a time. The officers of
the rank 01'Assistant Sub-Inspector/Sub-Inspector and Inspector of Police may not, however, be granted
more than 12 days C.C.L. at a time (see “Government Orders Compendium“).
(k) Every authority which grants casual leave or C .C. leave shall maintain a register of casual leave and
C.C. leave in P.M. Form No. 156.
POWER TO GRANT LEAVE
785. Inspector-General’s power to grant leave to Assistant Superintendents / Deputy

Superintendents.—(a) The inspector-General's powers to grant leave to Assistant/Deputy
Superintendents are limited to a period not exceeding six weeks. He can also permit an officer to prefix
and suffix holidays and Sundays to the leave.
390

(b) The Inspector-General may grant casual leave and leave of absence from Headquarters
during Gazetted holidays to Deputy Inspectors-General and the assistants of his own office.
786. Leave of Inspectors.-—(a) Leave, other than casual leave, of Reserve Inspectors and other
Inspectors, must be sanctioned by the range/unit Deputy Inspectors-General but in urgent cases,
whether a medical certificate produced or not, the Superintendent may allow officers of those ranks to
proceed on leave in anticipation of sanction (Appendix I, item 18, Bihar Service Code).
(b) Casual leave to Inspectors.--Superintendents may grant casual leave and leave of absence
from Headquarters during Gazetted holidays to Reserve Inspectors and other Inspectors.
787. Leave of Reserve Sub-Inspectors and other Sub-Inspectors, etc.—(a)Reserve Sub-
Inspectors and other Sub-Inspectors, and officers of lower rank may be allowed leave by
Superintendents (see Rule 780). Superintendents may empower sub-divisional police officers to grant
casual leave and compensatory casual leave to Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors. In
emergent cases, such grant can be done by Inspector also but he should get it confirmed by sub-
divisional police officer in due course.
(b) Leave may be granted to officers of and below the rank of Sub-Inspectors at any time of the
year, and shall be given as liberally as the exigencies of work permit. Superintendents shall when dealing
with leave applications, bear in mind the calls that may be made upon them for men in connection with
festivals, fairs. etc. (see Rule 799)
788. Circle Inspectors and Reserve Inspectors may grant constables casual leave and
瘰‫ط‬
compensatory casual leave.—Circle Inspectors may grant casual leave and C.C.L. to constables posted
under them. Inspectors shall comply with Rule 784(k).
Reserve Inspectors are empowered to grant casual leave and C.C.L. to constables of the armed
police and ordinary reserve.
789. Leave to hospital subordinates.—All kinds of leave to hospital subordinates shall be

granted by the Medical Officer-in-charge. If necessary, advice may be taken from
Superintendent/Commandant/ Principal. In case of Medical Officer-in-charge, C.L. or leave up to one
month shall be given in consultation with senior executive Medical Officer-cum-civil surgeon so that in
his absence, adequate arrangements may be made for carrying out duties (see Rule 1311).
790. Deleted.
791. Applications for leave.—(a) Applications for leave or for an extension by Gazetted Officers
shall be submitted in triplicate, in forms Schedule LIII, Form No.197. Two copies should be submitted to
the Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General and one copy should be kept in the office
for record.
391
(b) Officers shall give as long notice as possible of their desire to take leave and, if less than 3
months’ notice is given, an explanation shall accompany the application.
(c) Applications for extension of leave, whether on medical certificate or other wise, shall be
submitted so as to reach the Inspector-General of Police 15 days before the expiry of the leave already
granted.
(d) Applications by Reserve and Circle Inspector shall be submitted in the form prescribed for
Gazetted Officers through the Superintendent to the Deputy Inspector-General.
(e) Applications by all other ranks shall be submitted in RM. Form No. 107-A,
through the proper channel.
(f) Before leave is sanctioned to a Gazetted Police Officer, its admissibility should be certified by the
Accountant-General. Similarly, before leave is sanctioned to a non-Gazetted police officer, the same
should be certified by an officer entrusted with the maintenance of leave account. When a non-
Gazetted police officer has applied for leave for going out of India a certificate of admissibility should be
obtained from A.G., Bihar.
瘀‫ط‬
792. Reference to leave Rules in applications.—(a) An officer applying for leave shall state
under what Rule of the Fundamental Rules or Bihar Service Code, he requires it and show that he is
entitled to it under that rule. He shall give details of previous leave taken by him [See Rule 780 (a) (ii)].
(b) Recommendations of Superintendent. —ln forwarding an application for leave ,the

Superintendent shall remark whether the leave is recommended and, if so, how the work of the officer
going on leave will be performed. If not recommended, full reasons shall be given.
793. Superintendent’s illness.—-If a Superintendent is unable on account of illness to attend

office for seven or more days in any month, or for more than three consecutive days at any time, the
circumstances shall be reported for the information of the Inspector-General without delay.
794. Casual leave of Gazetted 0ficers.—(a) Range Deputy Inspectors-General are empowered to
grant casual leave and leave of absence during Gazetted holidays to Superintendents of districts and
railways, subjects to the approval of the District Magistrate in the case of former [See ‘clause (c) below].
The Deputy Inspector-General, C.I.D. can grant similar leave to all Gazetted Officers of the C.I.D.
A report of sanction in each case should be sent to the Inspector-General.
392

(b) Superintendents are empowered to grant casual leave and leave of absence during Gazetted
holidays to Assistant and Deputy Superintendents, subject (except in the case of officers of the railway
police) to the approval of the District Magistrate. The grant of such leave shall be reported to the
Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General.
(c) Superintendents and Assistant Superintendents shall forward requests for casual leave and
leave of absence during Gazetted holidays through the Magistrate of the district. Should the Magistrate
object to the grant of the leave, the leave applied for cannot be granted, if the leave is granted, it will
still be necessary for the officer to take the Magistrate’s consent before leaving the district. The
Magistrate shall invariably inform the Commissioner when he consents to the grant of casual leave and
leave of absence during Gazetted holidays being made to Superintendents.
MEDICAL CERTIFICATES
795. Gazetted Officers.—-The Rules regarding the procedure to be followed when a Gazetted
Officer requires leave or extension of leave on medical certificate will be found in Supplementary Rules
222—227. Before a Gazetted Police Officer can be granted leave or extension, he must obtain a medical
certificate in the form given in Appendix9 of Bihar Service Code. The Inspector-General may in certain
cases, not require a Gazetted Officer to produce a medical certificate of fitness before he is permitted to
return to duty, when he is granted leave on reasons of health, but not actually on medical certificate.
⠀‫ط‬
796. From whom medical certificates are to be obtained.—(a) Non-Gazetted Police

Officers who are desirous of obtaining medical certificates recommending leave shall apply to
Superintendents who shall request the Civil Surgeon-cum-Senior Executive Medical Officer of the district
or Deputy Superintendent of Hospital as noted in Rule672(b) in which they are employed for the same.
In case, a Police Officer wants to go for premature retirement on medical grounds, he should apply to
Superintendent who will send him to the Medical Officers noted above with a requisition for examining
according to Rule 124 of Bihar Pension Rules. If the Medical Officer finds him fit for retirement or
recommends for lighter work he shall send his report on the certificate given in Rule 128 of Bihar
Pension Rules. In no circumstance the Medical Officer will issue such certificate without the requisition
of Superintendent. lf the number of such candidates is more, the examination of health may be done by
more than one Medical Officer according to Rule 127(b) of Bihar Pension Rules.
(b) An officer on leave, while at a station other than that from which he went on leave, desirous
of obtaining an extension of leave on medical certificate; may apply to the Medical Officer whose duty is
to grant medical certificate at that station. In every such case, it shall be the duty of the Medical Officer,
before he grants a certificate as laid down in Rule 783(d) to ascertain particulars regarding the
applicant's previous medical history and the fact that he has done so shall be mentioned in the medical
certificate.
393

(c) When it is not possible for a police officer to obtain the certificate of a S.E.M.O./C.S. or other
Medical Officer authorised to grant medical certificates, be shall explain his inability to do so and may
submit a certificate in the prescribed form his medical attendant. Such certificate shall be transmitted,
with the cognizance of the head of the applicant’s office, to the Medical Officer as noted in sub-rule (a)
above in which the applicant is residing for countersignature. The countersigning officer may in his
discretion require the applicant to appear before him. The officer competent to grant the leave has
discretion to accept the certificate of a medical attendant without the countersignature referred to
above if it appears to him from the certificate of medical attendant that he is too ill to bear the journey
(S.R. 225-226). The acceptance of certificates granted by registered Hakims. Vaidyas and Homeopaths
are dependent on the discretion of Superintendent. If necessary, these can be got countersigned by
district Medical Officer concerned (Appendix 9, item l4 of Bihar Service Code).
(d) Medical certificate of constables. —When a constable is recommended medical leave, the
S.E.M.O.-cam-C.S. or Deputy Superintendent concerned will state on the medical leave card (P.M. Form
No. 110, serial 1) as to whether it is necessary for him to appear before the S.E.M.0.-cum-C.S. or Deputy
Superintendent concerned of his home district for obtaining a fitness certificate (P.M. Form No. 110,
serial 4) prior to his joining duty before expiry of leave. Suitable action shall be taken against the
constable if he fails to comply with this. in case of very short medical leave with an ordinary ailment, it
may not be necessary to appear for fitness certificate. It should be noted that leave at short intervals
can be granted on medical certificates only (see Appendix 12 of Bihar Service Code). This procedure shall
also be applicable to other non-Gazetted officers. 瘰‫ط‬
(e) Medical history sheet-Medical history sheets in P.M. Form No. 109 will be maintained by the
Assistant Surgeons-in-charge of Police hospitals for all classes of non-Gazetted police officers. Whenever
a police officer is admitted to hospital or recommended for sick leave by the Medical Officer, an entry to
this effect shall be made in his medical history sheet and in the event of his being granted sick leave and
ordered to report himself to the S.E.M.O.-cum-C.S. or Deputy Superintendent of Hospital of his home
district. a medical leave card in P.M. Form No. 110 will be given to him by the Medical Officer concerned
recommending leave and he will present this to the Medical Officer of his home district. On his return
from leave, the entries made by the latter will be transcribed by the Assistant Surgeon in-charge of the
police hospital in to his medical history sheet. When a police officer is transferred from one district to
another, the Reserve Inspector shall obtain his medical history sheet from the Assistant Surgeon and
send it to the Superintendent of the new district for transmission to the Assistant Surgeon of that
district for maintenance (see Rule 1309).
(f) Form of certificate. —Medical certificates granted to non-Gazetted Officers shall be in P.M.
Form No. 108.
394

797. Appeal to Medical Board.—(a) If the opinion of the Medical Officer is unfavourable to
the applicant, an appeal shall lie to the Medical Board, and the decision of the Board shall be final. The
appeal shall be made within I5 days from the date of the certificate granted by the Medical Officer by
whom the appellant was examined.
(b) Appeals for appearance before a Medical Board shall be addressed to the Inspector-General
and shall be submitted through the Superintendent and Deputy Inspector-General. The opinion of the
Medical Officer appealed against shall accompany the petition.
MISCELLANEOUS
798. No leave to be given pending or after inter-district transfer.—(a) An officer under

orders of transfer from one district to another, or who has lately joined a district on transfer, cannot be
given leave of any kind other than sick leave except under the orders of the Deputy Inspector—General,
if the transfer is or was within his range and by his orders, or in any other case except under orders of
the Inspector-General.
(b) (i) Generally, an officer receiving order of transfer shall have to leave his post for joining a
new post within two weeks.
(ii) Leave may not be granted to an officer under suspension (See Bihar Service Code Rule 153).
瘀‫ط‬
(iii) Leave may not be granted to a police officer who may be facing a charge for dismissal or
removal from service for misconduct or general incapacity.
799. Percentage to whom leave permissible.—(a) The number of Gazetted Police officers
allowed to be absent on leave at any time shall not exceed 20 per cent of the total sanctioned strength
of the State.
(b) The number of non-Gazetted Officers and men allowed to be absent on leave shall not
exceed 10 per cent of the effective numerical strength of district, but for the purpose of this rule, casual
leave, compensatory C.L., leave on medical certificate,
extraordinary leave and leave preparatory to retirement shall be excluded from consideration.
(c) Leave preparatory to retirement.—Leave admissible preparatory to the date of retirement

shall never be refused so that the Government do not have to grant leave with part salary or full salary
after retirement. It will be advisable that information should he given more than one year before
retirement to the officer concerned that if he wishes he can avail leave up to twelve months depending
on the type of leave which is due. (See Rule 182 of Bihar Service Code).
395

800. Reports required of Gazetted Officers proceeding on leave.—(a) A Gazetted Officer
granted leave shall report to his Superintendent the address on which he will be available during the
leave. The information’s concerning departure on leave shall be sent from Superintendents office to the
office of Inspector-General for publication in Police Gazette as per Rule (see Rule 886).
(b) A Gazetted Officer proceeding on leave out of India shall report his embarkation in the form
supplied by the audit officer without delay and. if possible, through the pilot.
(c) Non-Gazetted Officers proceeding on leave shall communicate the information noted in
clause (a) to their Superintendent.
801.(i) Study leave. —The State Government may grant special study leave for a course outside
India under Rules 204-2l9 of Bihar Service Code which will not be debited to leave account to police
officer who has completed above S years of service and who is not to retire within next 3 years.
(ii) Reports from officers on return from leave from outside 1ndia.—All Gazetted Officers
returning from leave from outside India shall inform the Deputy Inspector-General (Admin) by telegram
immediately upon landing in India. Gazetted officers returning from leave availed in India shall report in
writing upon assuming charge of office. Non-Gazetted
⠀‫ط‬
Officers returning from outside India shall also
inform the Deputy Inspector- General (Admin) and the Superintendent of the district from where he
went on leave.
802. Overstaying leave.-—No police officer shall overstay the leave he has obtained. If an
officer has applied for an extension of his leave, but has received no information that an extension has
been granted. he shall rejoin his appointment on the expiry of his leave.
803. Absence from duty after expiry of leave.—(a) A police officer who remains absent
from duty after the expiry of his leave is entitled to no leave salary for the period of such absence, and
unless the leave is extended, that period will be debited against his leave account as though it were
leave on half average pay (Fundamental Rule 73 and Bihar Service Code Rule 165).
(b) If the leave is extended, leave without pay cannot be granted, if leave with pay is admissible,
except with the special sanction of Government (Bihar Service Code, Rule 180). For penalties for
overstayal of leave, see Rule 843.
396
804. Lapse of grant of leave.--Unless specially ordered otherwise, leave must begin within 35
days of the date of the order granting it. Fresh orders for renewal shall be obtained before an officer can
avail himself of leave subsequent to such period (Part VII of Appendix 9 of Bihar Service Code).
805. (a) No police officer can be compelled to go on long leave though all officers are advised to
avail leave periodically so that this does not lapse. Once an officer has been granted leave and
proceeded to avail it, he cannot forego a part of leave. He cannot return to duty, more than 14 days
before the expiry of his leave unless permitted to do so by the authority which granted it (F.R. 72 and
Bihar Service Code Rule 162). See Rule 765 (d) for leave travel concession facilities for officers of Indian
Police Service.
(b) A police officer returning from leave is not entitled as of right to resume the post which he
held before going on leave unless the order granting him leaves specifically preserved his lien on such
post. He must report his return to authority which granted him leave. Unless orders of posting have
already been conveyed to him, he should await orders.
(c) A permanent Government servant holds his lien in case of transfer to foreign service or long
leave.
806. (a) Recall to duty---The authority granting leave is empowered to revoke the order and
recall the officers to duty. Such orders shall be optional
瘰‫ط‬ or compulsory. If the return is optional, the
police officer is entitled to no concession. If it is compulsory and the police officer is availing leave out of
India, he should be given a free passage to India under Rules given in Bihar Service Code, Rule 163.
(b) Time spent by Police officers on leave in giving evidence in Courts and in travelling to Court and back,
counts as part of the leave and travelling allowance is admissible under the same conditions, as if the
police officer had been on duty when summoned.
807. Free transit concessions to Assistant Sub-Inspectors, havildars and constables.—

(a) Assistant Sub-Inspectors, havildars and constables of the unarmed and armed police and their
families are entitled to free transit by rive: and rail to and from their homes when proceeding on or
returning from leave—
(i) on Medical certificate at any time, and/or
(ii) on any other kind of leave including casual leave for which leave salary may be drawn
once a year.
(b) For purposes of these concessions. the term ‘ family‘ will have the game meaning as defined
in Rule 12 of the Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules, 1951.
397
(c) The concession may be refused except, in respect of leave on medical grounds, in case of
unsatisfactory service during the period following the last leave enjoyed with this concession (Bihar T.A.
Rule 117 and P.M. Appendix 31).
(d) The Reserve Inspector shall certify in column 15 of the Leave Register whether a railway
warrant is due or not. The issue of a railway warrant in such cases shall be entered in district orders
(Rule I047) and in the remarks column of the leave account.
808. Resignations.—All resignations by Police officers shall be in writing, signed by persons

making the application. They are required to give two months notice to be relieved under Section 8 of
Police Act but higher authorities may relieve them earlier. A resignation once offered cannot be legally
withdrawn but some time should be given to those who offer resignation and the authorities should not
be in hurry to accept it. For counting of previous service in case of reemployment, see Rule 730(b). .
809. Enforced retirement.—(a) (i) A Police officer declared medically unfit shall be retired. An
annual check-up before doctor should be done of all those who are above 50 years of age and those
who are not physically fit should be retired. Officers suffering from venereal diseases should be dealt
with departmentally.
(ii) Rules for compulsory retirement are given in Chapter 25.
‫ط‬
(b) Apart from the provision contained in瘀Rule 854(a) for compulsory retirement, any police
officer may opt for voluntary retirement. He can be ordered by Government to retire from service after
completing 30 years of qualifying service as given in the Liberalised Pension Rules, Appendix V, Section
1, para 2(a) or after attaining the age of 55 years as laid down in Bihar Service Code, Rule 74(1 ;),
whichever is earlier. There should be at least 3 months notice before the date on which the officer opts
or is ordered by the Government to retire. For Deputy Superintendent of Police, 25 years qualifying
service is sufficient (See Bihar Pension Rule 135 and its schedule with Rule 5).
(c) Officers who retire according to Rule 809 (a) (i) (this includes venereal diseases also) shall be given
invalid pension according to Rule 819 but extraordinary pension according to Rule 814 and Chapter 9 of
Bihar Pension Rules shall be admissible when he has been invalid due to physical injury while performing
special duty.
(d) Cases of retirement of officers falling under Rules 809(a) and 809(b) shall also be included in P.M.
Form No. 111-B.
(e) The Inspector-General should assure himself by periodical examination that no name has been
missed from the list of retirement.
810. Deleted.
398

811. Extension of service and re-employment.—(a) Period of services of Police Officers other
than ministerial officers (see Rule 875) may be extended for a period not exceeding one year at a time.
In item 8 of Appendix l of Bihar Service Code, the power to grant extension of service to police officers is
with Government. According to Fundamental Rule 56, and Bihar Service Code Rule 73, this extension
can be given only up to 60 years of age. Under Rule I61 of Bihar Pension Rules, 1950, there is also scope
for re-employment of a retired police officer.
(b) Contrary to the provisions given in sub-rule (a). no extension or re-employment should
generally be allowed to police officers beyond the age of compulsory retirement. There may be,
however, occasions when under special circumstances, it may be necessary in the exigencies of public
service to retain such retiring Government servants in service for short periods who are employees of
technical sections or for disposal of pending proceedings against them [See Rule 73(1‘) of Bihar Service
Code]. In such exceptional cases, re-employment may be sanctioned for a period given in Rule 818(b).
All appointing authorities should take action for appointment of substitute against posts to be vacated
by retiring Government servants at least ten months before the date of retirement. No one should be
allowed to get extension or re-employment without prior approval of Government.
(c) No appeal lies against an order of a competent authority refusing to grant an extension of
service.
(d) If a pensioner wishes to accept any commercial employment before the expiry of two years
from the date of his retirement. he should obtain ⠀‫ ط‬the previous sanction of the State Government
according to Rule175-A of Bihar Pension Rules. In case of Central Government employees, prior
permission is required according to Rule 26 of “The All India Services (Death-cum-Retirement Benefits)
Rules. 1958".
812. Annual and quarterly return of officers reaching the age of superannuation.—(a)
(1) An annual return in P.M. Form Nos. 111 and 111-A should be sent to assistant to Inspector-General
showing the names of all Police Officers who are due to retire or may exceed the period of any
extension of service already granted under the rules, in the period falling within 12 months and
between 18 months to 36 months respectively from 1st April. The personnel section should scrutinize
the return before submission so that no entry is missed.
(2) Another similar return of Police officers due to retire within next 18 months should be submitted in
P. M. Form No. 111-B. At the same time, the pension papers of Inspectors and officers of lower rank
should be prepared and their pension and gratuity calculated as laid down in Bihar Pension Rule 189. To
show the stage of progress in this regard this entry will continue for next three quarters in the return in
P.M. Form No. 111-B. As soon as such persons retire, their names need not be shown in P.M. Form No.
111-B but should be transferred to the statement in P.M. Form No. 113.
399

(3) The Reserve Inspector should furnish a certificate that the returns have been prepared
correctly. If any Police officer continues to be in service due to the neglect of reserve office, all the
concerning officers will be liable to punishment. Such instances should be reported by wireless to
Inspector-General/Deputy Inspector-General as soon as it comes to notice and the incumbent relieved
forthwith. The period beyond the date of compulsory retirement shall be treated as leave due. A copy of
the annual returns should be sent to Vigilance Department.
(b) In the case of a police officer who has been granted extension, the number and date of the
letter sanctioning his extension of service shall be quoted in the remarks column of P.M. Form Nos. 111-
A and 111-B.
(c) These returns in P.M. Form No. 111-A shall be submitted after personal verification from the
police officers whose names are included in the return.
813. (a) Discharge.—Discharge includes resignation, retirement on pension, or removal from

the service owing to reduction of force and does not imply misconduct.
(b) All Police officers of and below the rank of Inspector who are to be discharged shall report to
Headquarters; their accounts shall be settled; their瘀 dues
‫ط‬
paid to them; their uniforms (excluding such as
are allowed to be carried under Rule 1072) and firearms if issued from reserve office taken from them;
their appointment certificates withdrawn and steps taken to expedite pension papers if pending in
office.
(c) Should any man fail to obey the order to join the Headquarters prior to discharge, he shall be treated
as absent from duty without leave.
(d) Discharge certificate.—A certificate in P.M. Form No. 112 under the signature of the
Superintendent shall be given to every police officer of and below the rank of Inspector discharged. The
actual cause of each man‘s leaving the Police force, whether discharged at his own request or on
pension, dismissed or removed for misconduct, discharged as unfit for further service or discharged on
reduction, or whatever the cause may be shall be stated in the certificate.
PENSION AND GRATUITIES
814. The Rules concerning pension are contained in Bihar Pension Rules. 1950. In Chapter 9
Rules have been provided for extraordinary pensions to officers who may
400

Suffer severe injuries as a result of special risk of office (See Bihar Liberalised Pension Scheme in B.P.R..
1950). These Rules make provision for death-cum-retirement gratuity and family pension. According to
this, after the death of any Police Officer who has completed one year of his service, either temporary or
permanent, male or female, whether in service or who has died after retirement, his widow/her
husband should be entitled to family pension life long provided there is no remarriage. Boys (up to 21
years), daughters (up to 24 years) and parents, etc. are also entitled to pension in different
circumstances as given in Rules 185 and I86 of Bihar Pension Rules, 1950. Family pension, which is
admissible in addition to the above extraordinary pension, may be given to the above relations in
different circumstances as provided in “Family Pension Scheme for State Government Employees, I964“.
In this connection, see Appendix 5, Part ll of Bihar Pension Rules.
815. Delays in Pension application to be avoided.—Delay in the submission of applications for

pension causes great hardship to the officers concerned. In order to avoid this, in the first week of every
month, the Superintendent shall submit direct to the Assistant to the Inspector-General, a statement in
P.M. Form No. I13 showing the names of officers and men entitled to pension or gratuity who were
discharged during the previous month. Another quarterly return in P.M. Form No. 113-A as laid down in
Government Order No. O.M. 1063/72—~5 74, dated 23rd October, 1975 shall be submitted by 10th of
the next month.
816. Statement of service.—(a) 18 months before the date of expiry of the. Service of every
officer according to Rule 189 of Bihar Pension Rules or as soon as orders have been passed on any
application submitted under Rule 811 above, or on receipt of a formal application for pension from an
瘀‫ط‬
officer proceeding on leave preparatory to retirement, supported by the necessary declaration from him
that be proposed to retire on the expiry of such leave, a statement of his service shall be prepared in
accordance with the instructions contained in Rule I97 of Bihar Pension Rules.
(b) In the case of officers higher in rank than Assistant Sub-Inspector, this will be submitted to
the Accountant-General with a certificate as prescribed in Rule 197 (b) of Bihar Pension Rule. On its
return immediate steps shall be taken to verify any portion of the officers service which remains
unverified, if this cannot be done, the procedure laid down in Bihar Pension Rule 199(0) shall be
followed.
[c) In the case of Assistant Sub-Inspector's, havildars and constables, the pension rolls shall be
prepared as directed in “Note" below Rule 197 of Bihar Pension Rules. Such period of service as have to
be verified in other offices shall be verified in good time.
(d) (i) As soon as the service of any officer has been duly verified, the formal application for
pension shall be prepared in Bihar Pension Rules Form number 4 by the retiring Police officer and it shall
be submitted to the Inspector-General ‘s office eighteen months before the superannuation of the
officer and in case of death before retirement by the legal heir of the deceased Police officer in Form ‘F’
as soon as possible.
(ii) Pension papers shall not be withhold under any circumstance.
401

817. Verification of military service.—(a) The military service of officers appointed direct from
the Army, who will ultimately retire on a civil pension, shall be carefully verified at the time of their
appointment. The original verification statements of Gazetted Officers shall be forwarded to the
Accountant-General for record; those of others shall be filed with their service books, copies being sent
to the Accountant- General.
(b) In determining, the period of “War Service” to be added to the total service rendered in the
Police “Department, the orders issued by the. Government from time to time shall be kept in view [See
Rule 67l(c)].
818. (a) A departmental proceeding can be instituted against a person even after retirement but
within one year after that. Before it is done, the approval of State Government is essential. It is also
essential that the event regarding which this proceeding is instituted, should not have taken place more
than four years before the, institution of such proceeding. No departmental proceeding can be
instituted for incidents before this period (see Bihar Pension Rule 43).
(b) If any departmental proceeding is pending, the period of service of the delinquent officer
may be extended for minimum period and it is essential that final decision is taken in the departmental
proceeding as quickly as possible within the extended period [see Rule 811(b) and Bihar Service Code,
Rule 73(f)].
⠀‫ط‬
819. Invalid pension.—As soon as an officer has submitted a medical certificate of incapacity for
further service in accordance with Bihar Pension Rule l 16, steps shall be taken to verify his service as
laid down in Rule 816 above, and his formal application for pension shall be submitted with the least
possible delay. If a police officer is re- employed later his gratuity will be refunded and pension held in
abeyance as per Rule l6l of Bihar Pension Rules.
820. Provisional pension, gratuity/D.C.R. gratuity.—(a) ln cases where there is reason to

believe that there will be delay before the necessary enquiries preliminary to the settlement of the
amount of the pension can be completed and the pension finally sanctioned. the Superintendent will
obtain from the pensioner a declaration in the form “Annexure A” and in case of death from the
beneficiary in “Annexure B”, prescribed in Bihar Pension Rule 202(I) and submit it to the Inspector-
General’s office without delay. This should be accompanied by a last pay certificate and a copy of the
first page of the form for application, filled in with such information as can be obtained regarding the
officer‘s service without correspondence. This information is to be furnished in Anticipation of the
regular investigation as required by Bihar Pension Rules 190 and 191, and should on no account be
delayed.
402

(b) The Superintendent! Commandant shall draw provisional pension, etc. as noted in Rule
820(a) which will be equal to 75 per cent of pension, 75 per cent of gratuity and 75 per cent of death-
cum-retirement gratuity for officers of and below the rank of Inspector as indicated by them in Form No.
4 Bihar Pension Rule m a separate bill at the treasury at which pay and allowances were drawn by him
and arrange to disburse the amount on the first day of the following month to the officer retiring from
service under intimation to Accountant-General, Bihar. If the pensioner desires the payment to be made
to him through Money Order or bank draft at the place where he is residing, the amount shall be
remitted to him through Money Order, bank draft, the commission charges being borne by the
department as contingent charge. Such payment of pension, etc. shall continue up to the period of two
years from the date of retirement of the officer in case the actual finalization of pension papers in
Accountant-General’s Office does not materialize earlier (see Finance Department memo. No. 8739-F,
dated 13th July, 1967 and No. 550, dated 1st February, 1973).
(c) In case of Police officers above the rank of Inspector the provisional pension and gratuity
shall similarly be drawn for two years tender orders of the State Government with the difference that
death—cum-retirement gratuity can, like final pension, be drawn only after receipt of the authority slip
of Accountant-General, Bihar by the pensioner himself.
821. Preparation of pension and gratuity rolls.—(a) All pension and gratuity rolls of non-
Gazetted Officers and men shall be prepared by the reserve officer and carefully checked by the head
clerk with the set of questions to be found in Appendix 48. Thumb impression shall be taken with great
care in the manner laid down in Chapter 16, and such prominent personal marks only as appear on the
瘀‫ط‬
applicant at the time of his retirement shall be fully and carefully recorded. The officer-in-charge of the
Superin- tendent’s office will be held personally responsible for delay in submission or incorrectness or
incompleteness of these rolls.
Note.— Thumb and finger impressions of leprous officers and men shall on no account be taken.
(b) On the third page of the pension application form the opinion of the head of the office as "to
character and past conduct, of the applicant should be indicated by the words “good”, “bad”, “fair” or
“indifferent” without any remarks, which should be made only when absolutely necessary for a right
understanding of the case. His specific opinion as to whether the service claimed is established and
should be admitted or not, and also whether the amount of pension should be reduced under Rule 139
(b) of Bihar Pension Rules should invariably be stated (Rule 163 Bihar Pension Rule).
822. Certificate to accompany pension application.—(a) An applicant fora civil pension,

whether Gazetted or non-Gazetted, shall furnish with his application a certificate as follows :—
“I hereby declare that I have neither applied for nor received any pension or Gratuity /death-
cum-retirement gratuity in respect of any portion of the service included in this application and in
respect of which pension or gratuity is claimed herein, nor shall l submit an application hereafter
without quoting a reference to this application and the orders which may be passed thereon".
403

(b) If the applicant has already received a gratuity/death-cum-retirement gratuity or is in receipt
of a pension, the certificate should be suitably altered, giving the amount of gratuity/death-cum-
retirement gratuity or pension received and the authority which sanctioned it.
(c) For the Inspector-General’s powers to sanction pension, etc., see Appendix 2.
822-A. The Superintendent of Police/Commandant concerned shall give approval to drawal of

pension and gratuity according to instructions in footnote in Rule 197(6) of Bihar Pension Rules and to
those, officers who are mentioned in sub-note and to whom approval of pension and gratuity/death-
cum-retirement gratuity is given by Inspector- General. The form of sanctioning pension is given in PM.
Form No. 113-B.
823. Commutation of pension.—(a) An officer whose pension exceeds Rs. 40 a month may be
permitted to commute a portion, not exceeding (one-third) of his pension provided that the residue
after commutation is not less than Rs. 40.
(b) Commutation of pension must be to the distinct and permanent advantage of the pensioner
and his family and the residue of the pension must瘀be
‫ ط‬sufficient to maintain the pensioner in his proper
station of life. It cannot be allowed for any speculative purposes or for ambitious business enterprise._ _
(c) Application for commutations of pensions must be submitted in the prescribed form in Bihar
Pension Rule 243 and must be supported by a medical certificate, signed by an officer of not lower
standing than a Civil Surgeon or District Medical Officer. Documents or other satisfactory evidence of an
applicant’s financial position shall also be submitted. Applications shall be verified by a responsible
police officer of the applicant‘s home district.
(d) A commutation, when sanctioned, will take effect from a date to be named in the order,
usually about a month subsequent to the date of the order. During the intervening period the pensioner
shall have the option of withdrawing his application. If he does not withdraw, the commutation shall
become absolute and payment will be made forthwith. A commutation once applied for sanctioned and
given effect to cannot be rescinded.
404
..
CHAPTER 25
PUNISHMENTS
DEPARTMENTAL PUNISHMENTS
824 Description of departmental punishments.—The following punishments which are sanctioned
under Section 7 of Act V of 1861 may be inflicted departmentally on a police officer of and below the
rank of Inspector :—
(a) Dismissal,
(b) removal.
(c) compulsory retirement.
(d) reduction in rank.
(e) forfeiture of last increment(s) or future increment(s),
(f) black mark or marks,
(g) censure,
(h) confinement to quarters for a period not exceeding 15 days,
(i) punishment drill,
(j) extra guard or fatigue duty. 뜀‫ط‬
Provided that the punishments mentioned in clauses (h) and (j) shall be imposed only on members
of rank of constables/Havildars and that in clause (i) shall be imposed only on constables.
Notes. — (1) Superintendents shall use the ‘Orderly Boom Register‘ in P. M. Form No. 114, when
dealing with cases of misconduct and breaches of discipline. In this register only matters
concerning constables and Havildars can be disposed of.
(2) Forfeiture of pay for overstaying leave (Bihar Service Code, Rule I65) and deductions
from pay on account of loss or damage to Government property shall not be treated as
punishment.
(3) The withholding of previous or the next increment due should be done carefully,
specially with regard to those who are going to retire because this shall effect their
pension.
(4) Fatigue duty shall not be awarded at a time for more than two hours, in the same
way, punishment drill shall never exceed two hours a day nor one hour at a time in
addition to ordinary parades. The fatigue duty shall not be for a period more than two
weeks and punishment drill for a period more than one week.
405

(5) For purposes of punishment, an officer, while officiating in a higher rank, shall be
treated as belonging, to that rank irrespective of the rank in which the cause of action
arose.
(6) In exercise of the powers conferred by the proviso to Article 309 of Constitution of
India and Section 7 of the Police Act (V of I861) the Governor of Bihar has notified vide
Memo. No. ll. P.C. 1017/70-P. P.-7275, dated the 18th August, 1970 that the order of
compulsory retirement should also be included in the list of punishments at clause (c) of
Rule 824. This can be awarded as punishment in departmental proceedings but such a
retirement is different from that effected in accordance with Rule 74 of Bihar Service
Code which is not considered a punishment (see Rule 854-A).
824-A. (a) Disciplinary action against members of the Indian Police Service shall be instituted
according to All India Services (Discipline and Appeal) Rules, 1969.
(b) Action against Deputy Superintendents and their equivalent ranks shall be taken according to
Civil Services (Classification, Control and Appeal) Rules, 1930.
(c) Action against ministerial officers shall be taken according to Bihar Subordinate Services
(Discipline and Appeal) Rules, 1935.
(d) The Rules concerning members of Bihar Sashastra police are given in a separate Manual.
(e) For experts and other ranks, action shall be taken according to sub-rule (b) above, if
Gazetted, and according to sub-rule (c), if non-Gazetted, unless expressly proposed otherwise for any
⠀‫ط‬in Civil Services (Classification, Control and Appeal)
special person, inspectors of Police are not included
Rules although they are of Gazetted rank and Rule 824 shall be applicable to them like other Police
Officers who are recruited according to Police Act, 1861.
825. Officers empowered to impose punishment.—(a) No police officer shall be dismissed or

compulsorily retired by an authority subordinate to that which appointed him.
(b) The Inspector-General may award to any police officer below the rank of Deputy
Superintendent any one or more of the punishments in Rule 824.
(c) A Deputy Inspector-General may impose on any police officer subordinate to him and below
the rank of Deputy Superintendent any of the punishments in Rule 824 except dismissal, compulsory
retirement and removal in the case of an Inspector.
(d) A Superintendent may impose on any police officer subordinate to him and of and below the
rank of Sub-Inspector any nr more of the punishments in Rule 824 except dismissal, removal and
compulsory retirement in the case of Sub-Inspector or Assistant Sub-Inspector. It shall be kept in mind
that if any enquiry has been initiated by the District Magistrate, a report of the result shall be sent to
him for information. If required, the file of departmental proceeding shall also be sent with it [see Rule
l6(a)].
406
(e) The punishments noted in Rules 824 (h) and (i) can be awarded by S. D. P. O. also but its
record shall be kept in the office of Superintendent and it shall also, be seen that different yard sticks
are not used in awarding punishments.
(f) A list of officers competent to give punishments OI ordering of suspension according to Act V,
1861 is given in Appendix 84.
825-A. If in the opinion of the officer competent to pass final orders in a departmental
proceeding, the delinquent should be given such a punishment for which he is not competent to pass
orders, all papers with the proceeding file shall be sent to the officer competent to give that punishment
through proper channel. For example, if orders of Inspector-General are required in a proceeding
concerning an Inspector all papers and the file concerned shall be sent to Inspector-General through
Deputy Inspector- General. -
826. Discrimination necessary in awarding punishments.—The punishment awarded should be

in confirmity with the gravity of offence with which the officer is charged and offences involving moral
turpitude shall be carefully discriminated from smaller wrong doings. It should also be borne in mind
that the previous record of service of the officer concerned, if it is not already included in the charge of
the proceeding shall not be taken into account for determining the quantum of punishment.
The objective of awarding punishment is firstly to keep a record of the wrong doing of the
officer-and secondly as a measure of correction to alert him to improve his work and conduct. Several
punishments awarded in one lot such as dining inspections which do not provide an opportunity to the
delinquent officer to improve himself are not likely to be helpful, ln any case, the punishment cannot be
awarded without carefully considering the defence瘀 of‫ ط‬the delinquent officer.
Before issuing orders of minor punishment, it is necessary to apprise the delinquent of the
substance of the charges against him and he should be given adequate opportunity for defence. Alter
this has been ensured, the punishment can be awarded. However in the case of major punishments (see
Rule 828) formal proceedings in P. M. Form No. 178 will have to be drawn up.
827. Effect of departmental punishment on prosecutions.--The fact that any departmental

punishment has been imposed on a police-officer shall not affect-his liability to prosecution and
punishment under any law (see Rule 849).
828. Infliction of major punishments.—(a) of the punishments permitted by Rule 824, the items
in serials (a) to (l) of that Rule shall be regarded as major punishments, and shall be inflicted by an
officer not below the rank of Superintendent.
(b) Without prejudice to the provision of the Public Servants Enquiries Act, 1850, no order of
dismissal, removal, compulsory retirement or reduction shall be passed on any police officer (other than
an order based on facts which have led to his conviction in a criminal Court) unless he has been
informed in writing of the grounds on which it is proposed to take action, and has been afforded an
adequate opportunity of defending himself (see Appendix 49).
407
(c) ln case in which, forfeiture of increment is proposed to be an adequate punishment, this may
be inflicted without formal enquiry in the form of a proceeding but every such matter shall state clearly:
first, the charges against the defaulter; then his answers to each charge, one by one; and lastly, the
finding upon each charge of the officer inflicting the punishment. In such cases, the Superintendent
need not hold the enquity himself, nor shall the delinquent have the—right to appear before him, but
he has the right to appear before the officer deputed to record the evidence and to take his defence;
and such officer, who shall not be below the rank of inspector, shall come to a clear finding on each
charge and shall submit the record with his recommendations to the Superintendent for orders.
(d) These provisions shall not be followed when the Governor is assured that it is not possible to
do this in the interest of the safety of the State according to Article 311 (2) of Indian Constitution or it is
not possible to follow these provisions entirely and there is no suspicion that in not following them the
accused may not get justice. Whenever such a possibility arises, the, officer who is competent to remove
or reduce delinquent in the rank shall formally give orders as decided by the Governor which shall be
considered final.
829. Effect of dismissal, removal or compulsory retirement.—Dismissal precludes re-

employment in Government service of the person dismissed. Removal or compulsory retirement does
not preclude re-employment in Government service (see P M. Form No. 112).
830. Notification of dismissal in the Gazette.—(a) The dismissal of police officers shall be
notified in the Bihar Gazette or Police Gazette only in the following cases, viz.
⠀‫ط‬
(i) when the appointment of any officer has been published in the Gazette
(ii) when it is specially desired to exclude him from re-employment in the service of
Government, e.g., an officer who has been dismissed for a serious offence, such as fraud
or falsification of accounts (see Appendix 53, clause 10).
(b) The reason for the dismissal of a public officer should not be stated in the notification
regarding his dismissal, even in cases in which a conviction has been obtained in a Criminal Court. It is
sufficient to announce in the case of any person whose dismissal is notified in accordance with
paragraph (a) above, that Government has dispended with his service, except in those cases in which
the cause of dismissal constitutes a disqualification tender the terms of the law regulating the tenure of
a particular appointment, and it is for this reason necessary to couple with the announcement of the
dismissal a statement of the grounds upon which it has been ordered.
831. Notice of dismissal, removal or discharge to be sent to home district.—In order to prevent
the re-enlistment of dismissed men and to defer the re-enlistment of men removed from the force (until
the manner of their leaving it can be fully ascertained) a discharge slip in P. M. Form No. 1 15, shall be
sent to the Superintendent of Police of the home district of each man dismissed, removed or discharged
and he shall forward it to the police-station concerned for record [see Rule 813 (d)].
408

832. Order of reduction.—(a) Every order reducing an officer to a lower post or to a lower stage
in his time scale, or withholding an increment, shall state the period for which it shall be effective.
In cases of exceptionally grave wrong doing in which a punishment less than dismissal or
removal is considered adequate, the officer concerned may be retired compulsorily instead of being
kept permanently reduced to a lower post as such punishments of permanent nature cause loss of all
incentives to future good work. No officer shall be reduced to a lower rank than that to which he was
directly recruited.
Every order of withholding of increment or its reduction or forfeiture shall set forth the
pecuniary penalty entailed thereby subject to a maximum of one month’s pay as provided under Section
7, Police Act.
Note.— In giving effect to an order of punishment, care must be taken to prevent the officer
being doubly punished, as would happen if he became entitled to promotion during the
period of reduction and lost the benefit of this entirely in consequence of the reduction.
When an increment falls due within the period of reduction considered necessary, the
order should be one of forfeiture of last increment up to the date when the next
increment falls due, and thereafter forfeiture of both the last and the next increments
for an appropriately shorter period than would have been the case had the next
increment not become due.
(b) Orders withholding promotion. —No瘀order

‫ط‬ for stopping promotion can be given in a
departmental proceeding but order for reduction in rank can be given. The basis of promotion of any
officer is the recommendation of a departmental board, made on merit-cum-seniority basis.
(c) Withholding of periodical Increment‘s.—Not less than one ‘month before an increment is due
to officers of and below the rank of Inspector the Reserve inspector shall examine the punishment
registers and their indices and shall report in writing to the Superintendent the numbers and dates of
any punishments major or minor which have been awarded since the grant of the last increment. He
shall also put up to the Superintendent the service books and the relevant punishment registers for
scrutiny.
If the Superintendent after examining the records considers that the work and/or conduct of the
officer has been unsatisfactory since his last increment, he shall draw up proceedings as in the case of
conviction (Rule 847). The charge will be framed thus:—
Name ........................................................................ rank ............................................................ is
charged with
Unsatisfactory work and for conduct. .
409

In that he since .....................the date of his last increment, has received the following major and
other punishment, viz . . . .......................Due to said unsatisfactory work and/or conduct it is considered
necessary to withhold his next increment which is due on ............for a period of .......... ..
The only evidence required is the filing of certified copies of the punishment orders by the
Reserve Inspector. The delinquent shall be allowed to show cause and on receipt of his reply, the Deputy
Inspector-General or the Superintendent as the case may be, will pass final orders. If it is withheld the
orders will state clearly the loss, subject to a limit of one month's pay. Such actions can be started only
when the conduct of the officer concerned is specially unsatisfactory because separate punishments
have been given for every defect and for any one defect, it is not proper to give two punishments. Still if
the conduct is very unsatisfactory then the basis of such orders shall be that the service record has been
continuously unsatisfactory. Such an action should be taken preferably at the time of crossing an
efficiency bar, if any.
833. Cases to be reported to I.G. and Dy. I.G.—All orders of reduction of Sub- Inspectors shall
be promptly reported to the Range Deputy Inspector-General to enable him to keep his force list
correct. Similarly, such orders concerning Inspectors shall be reported to Inspector-General.
BLACK MARKS
挀‫ط‬
834. Imposition of black marks.—(a) As forfeiture affects pension, black marks may be awarded
in appropriate cases to all officers of and below the rank of Inspector and to all ministerial officers of the
department. Not more than one black mark shall be awarded for any one offence except when moral
turpitude can reasonably be inferred.
(b) Three black marks shall ordinarily entail forfeiture or withholding of an increment, the period
of which shall be specified in the order and after the period is over, the officer will be restored to his
former position. Such forfeiture or withholding of an increment shall not carry any black mark value.
(c) It shall be left to the discretion of the officer awarding the third black mark to waive the
penalty noted in clause (b). In exercising this option, he shall consider—
(i) the offences for which the previous black marks were awarded;
(ii) the length of time that has elapsed since they were awarded;
(iii) any good service the defaulter may have to his credit.
410

835. Effect of black marks.—A reduction or forfeiture or withholding of increment for a specific
offence shall carry the following black mark value:-~
A reduction, etc., up to six months ... 1 black mark.
A reduction, etc.. up to twelve months ... 2 black marks.
A reduction, etc. for longer than twelve months ... 3 black marks.
Whatever be the number of black marks in any one act of delinquency, it shall still count as one
major punishment.
836. Deleted.
837. General Rules as to black marks.—Black marks shall remain permanently on record, and
shall be taken into consideration in deciding the nature and extent of subsequent punishments subject
to provision of Rule 826 provided that due allowance shall be made for good service marks and any
other recognition of good work on record in the delinquent’s favour.
The order awarding black marks shall specify the number of black marks outstanding against the
delinquent, and when the imposition of one more black mark may result in loss of increment under
these rules, the order shall warn him that such is the fact.
The Deputy Inspector-General shall, during his inspection, see that black marks are awarded,
like other punishments, with a due sense of proportion and with due regard to their cumulative effect.
⠀‫ط‬
838. Minor punishments.—Petty defects shall not be entered in the service books of Inspectors,
Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors but in the Defect Register, the Rules for the maintenance of
which will be found in Appendix 50. Censures shall be entered in service books.
However, it has to be borne in mind that for one offence only one censure should be awarded
and if a large number of censures are deserved action may be taken to award a major punishment.
In awarding censure, the concerned officer should be given an opportunity to furnish his
explanation and orders should then be passed.
Selection Boards should not give any weightage to censures earned more than S years before
from the date of the Board .unless the censures are for any act of moral turpitude or grave offence.
839. Punishment drill.—(a) Punishment drill shall be awarded as seldom as possible and never
to men of the town police [see Rule 825 (e) also]. When awarded, it shall be carried out under
supervision and the constable concerned shall be in full uniform including great coat (only in winter) and
a haversack containing his kit strapped across the back and carry arms (see proviso to Rule 824).
411

(b) Fatigue duties (see Rule 703) and the cleaning of spare accoutrements and the oiling of boots
and shoes in stock are a more suitable and profitable form of punishment than punishment drill. Those
constables who are awarded this punishment shall never be made to do the personal work of their
superior officers.
(c) These punishment will not he recorded in the constables Service Books but confinement to
barracks/quarters will be recorded.
840. (a) The Inspector General, Deputy Inspector General and Superintendent can suspend any
of his subordinate officers of and below the rank of Inspector, but in respect of Inspector only the
Superintendent will have to obtain the prior permission of Deputy Inspector Genera]. Suspension is
authorised only in cases in which the continuance on duty of an officer pending enquiry into his conduct
is prejudicial to public interests. When however an officer is believed to have been guilty of giving false
evidence in Court he should not be suspended on that account, until the Court has pronounced
judgment since his suspension might have the appearance of an attempt to prejudice the decision of the
case. If in such a case it appears to be contrary to public interest to keep him on duty, he should be
挀‫ط‬
transferred to other duty without loss of pay.
(b) The detailed instructions regarding suspension are indicated in Government of Bihar Order
No. X of 1960. In connection with the All India Services, detailed Rules are given in Rule 3 of the All India
Services (Discipline and Appeal) Rules, 1069.
(c) An employee shall not be suspended as a part of punishment- The object at suspension is
only that the enquiry against him may be conducted properly. Therefore, this order shall be given
carefully after proper and due consideration. At the time of giving orders for suspension, the gravity of
allegations against the officer concerned shall be considered carefully. If it appears that the charged
officer may be dismissed after enquiry it will be proper to suspend him in such circumstances.
(d) See Appendix 84 also.
412

(e) An officer against whom a proceeding for arrest in a criminal charge or debt is sub judice
shall be deemed to have been suspended for the period during which he is in custody or in
imprisonment. When he is on bail, he shall be suspended provided that the charge levelled against him
or the proceeding launched against him is connected with the performance of his functions and is likely
to embarrass him in the discharge of his duties or involves moral turpitude.
841. Allowance during suspension.—(a) A member of Government service who is placed under
suspension shall, during the period of such suspension, be entitled to receive payment from the
authority, under whom he was serving at the time of suspension, as a subsistence allowance an amount
equal to the leave salary which he would have drawn under the leave Rules applicable to him if he had
been on leave on half pay or on half average pay
Provided that, where the period of suspension exceeds twelve months, it shall be within the
competence, of the suspending authority to increase or reduce the amount of subsistence allowance for
any period subsequent to the period of the first twelve months, subject to the following conditions,
namely :--
(i) the amount of subsistence allowance may be increased by -a suitable amount, not
exceeding fifty per cent of the subsistence allowance drawn during the period of the
first twelve months, if, in the opinion of the suspending authority, the period of
suspension has been prolonged for reasons not directly attributable to the employee
concerned:
⠀‫ط‬
(ii) the amount of subsistence allowance may be reduced by a suitable amount -not
exceeding fifty per cent, of the subsistence allowance drawn during the period of the
first twelve months, if, in the opinion of the suspending authority, the prolongation of
the period of suspension has been due to reasons, directly attributable to the employee
concerned.
(b) But there shall be such a provision that in addition to the subsistence allowance, the
authority may direct to such extent and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit, the payment of-
(i) any compensatory allowance admissible from time-to-time on the basis of pay, of which
the member of the service was in receipt on the date of suspension, or that may be
subsequently sanctioned; and
(ii) dearness allowance not exceeding the amount admissible as such, had he been on leave
salary equal to the rate of subsistence allowance payable from time to time. -
(c) No member of the Service shall be entitled to receive payment under sub-rule (b) (i) unless
he furnishes a certificate that he is not engaged in any other employment, business, profession or
vocation.
413

(d) The authority to grant subsistence allowance shall be the suspending authority.
(e) Pay allowance and treatment of service on reinstatement. —( 1 ) When a member of the
service who has been dismissed, removed, compulsorily retired or suspended is reinstated then for his
retirement or superannuation while under suspension, the authority competent shall make order as
to—
(a) the pay and allowances which shall be paid to him for the period of his absence from
duty or of suspension ending with the date of retirement; and
(b) whether or not, the said period shall be treated as a period spent on duty.
(2) (a) Where such competent authority holds that he has been fully exonerated, he shall be
granted the full pay to which he would have been entitled had he not been dismissed suspended, etc.,
together with any allowance which he was in receipt immediately prior to his dismissal, suspension, etc.,
or may have been sanctioned subsequently.
(b) In all other cases, he shall be granted such proportion of such pay as such competent
authority may direct; provided that the payment of allowance shall be subject to such conditions as may
be applicable to it:
Provided further that this shall not be less than the subsistence and other allowances admissible
under Rule 841 (a).
⠀‫ط‬
(3) (a) In a case falling under clause (a) of sub-rule (2) the period of absence from duty shall for
all purposes be treated as a period spent on duty.
(b) In a case falling under clause (b) of sub-rule (2) the period of absence from duty shall not be
treated as a period spent on duty unless the competent authority specially directs as such in writing. -
(c) If the extra cost on account of such payment exceeds Rs. 1,000 and if the period of absence
exceeds one year, the sanction of Government shall be taken as given in Bihar Service Code Rule 98.
(d) During the period of suspension of any Police Officer/Ministerial Officer the vacancy can be
filled up by appointment or promotion provided the extra cost does not exceed rupees one thousand
only and the period of suspension does not exceed one year. If it exceeds the above limits, the sanction
of Government will be taken.
842. Suspended police officer subject to discipline.—Under Police Act, 1861, and Act VIII of
1895, a Police Officer even on being suspended from his post remains subject to departmental
discipline- During the term of such suspension only the powers and privileges vested in him as a Police
Officer are in abeyance.
414

843. Punishment for absence without leave.—Wilful overstayal of leave or absence from duty
without leave shall be treated as misbehaviour and after obtaining the explanation of the officer
concerned proceedings shall invariably be drawn up and departmental punishment inflicted. If after
explanation, it appears that a police officer had remained absent from duty due to any sufficient reason
he shall be granted leave admissible to him for that period. If it is proved that he has violated the Rules
at his own will, he can be inflicted with any punishment as provided in Rule 824. The Police Officer who
shall be absent from duty without permission shall be liable under Section 29 of Act V of 1861, as
amended by Section 9 of the Act VIII of 1895. Such action however, should be taken only in special
circumstances. As a Rule whenever an officer does not return in time on duty, enquiries shall be made
by the Superintendent Commandant within one week from the S. P. of his native district, and should
there appear that the officer has not returned to his duties in time for good reasons he should be
suspended and departmental proceeding should be undertaken as per rule.
CRIMINAL PROSECUTIONS
844. Superintendent to examine records of cases against Police Officers.- The Superintendent
shall go through the record of every case brought against a Police Officer in the Courts, and shall
take/initiate departmental cognizance of every criminal case in which a Police Officer is convicted or
acquitted or discharged (except when the case is declared
혀‫خ‬ false) and record an order in writing (see Rule
843).
845. Effect of imprisonment.—Every Police Officer imprisoned for an offence implying moral
turpitude, such as theft, perjury, etc., or for a serious breach of discipline such as allowing a prisoner to
escape, sleeping on sentry duty. etc., shall be proceeded against with a view to dismissal, and shall
ordinarily be dismissed. He shall receive his pay up to the date of ceasing to perform his duties.
846. Effect of a fine.—When a Police Officer is sentenced to fine by a criminal Court, it is within
the Superintendents discretion to draw up initiate proceedings with a view to dismissal.
847. Form of charge in such cases.—The charge in proceedings under Rules 845 and 846 shall
be that the accused has been convicted, imprisoned or fined, as the case may be, for the offence
concerned. Such proceedings shall not be taken until the appeal against the order of conviction has been
heard or the time allowed for appeal has expired.
848. Proceedings in case of discharge.—When an officer is prosecuted before a Court, but is

discharged for want of evidence, it is within the Superintendent‘s discretion to institute departmental
proceedings or not (see Rule 844).
415

849. Cases in which criminal prosecution inexpedient—When evidence is available for starting
criminal cases against Government Officers but they are only dismissed and not criminally prosecuted, in
such cases the reasons which render it inexpedient to institute a criminal prosecution shall be recorded
at the time the order of dismissal is passed. When there is no objection to such a course, the reasons
shall be included in the order of dismissal, of which the dismissed servant receives a copy; but in every
case a copy of the recorded reasons for not undertaking a prosecution, when the offender was liable to
prosecution, shall be forwarded with any report that may afterwards be made on the case to the
Inspector-General to enable him to submit his recommendations to Government in this connection (see
Rule 827).
850. Punishment register.--All punishments except minor punishments (see Rule 838) shall be
entered in the Register in P. M. Form No. 116 in the office of Superintendent. If the delinquent is
officiating in a higher rank, the original rank shall also be noted for completing the entry.
APPEALS
851. (a) No appeal shall lie except in cases of major punishments enumerated in Rule 828.
(b) Against an order of dismissal, removal, reduction, withholding of promotion or periodical

increment, suspension with loss of pay, removal 瘀 ‫ ط‬any office of distinction or special emolument
from
there shall be one appeal in each case as follows : —
Against an order passed by a Superintendent, to the Deputy Inspector-General;
Against an original order passed by the Deputy Inspector-General to the Inspector- General;
Against an original order passed by the Inspector-General to the State Government.
(c) The orders of appellate authority shall be final subject to provisions of Rule 853.
(d) An order passed with the concurrence of any superior authority (other than the State
Government) shall be considered to be an original order of such superior authority.
852. Procedure in appeals.—(a) Petitions of appeal or for revision of an order shall be presented
to the officer against whose orders the appeal is preferred, within six months after the date on which
the officer preferring the appeal was informed of the orders against which he appeals :
Provided that the appellate authority may, at his discretion, for good cause shown, extend the
period to 12 months.
416

(b) Every petition of appeal or for revision of an order shall be accompanied by certified copies
of the charges, the defence and the order otherwise it will at once be rejected-Court fee stamps are not
to be affixed to such petitions and appeals.
(c) It will be the duty of the "officer against whose order appeal is filed and in whose office, the
appeal petition is disposed of, that all the papers are forwarded at once to the superior officer but in
those cases in which appeal does not lie these papers shall not be forwarded and the reasons shall be
immediately intimated to the officer filing appeal.
(d) The officer before whom an appeal is filed, shall keep a separate register concerning appeals
in his office. It shall be kept in P. M. Form No. 115A. The disposal of appeal should be done within one
month from the receipt of the file in the office and the information about the order should be given to
the officer filing appeal.
(e) In the appeal register (which is necessary only for the offices of Deputy Inspector-
General/Inspector-General), apart from the appeal received for orders, those appeals which have been
received only for forwarding shall not be entered. Those representations which are received for orders,
may be entered. These registers should be scrutinized from time to time by heads of offices so that the
knowledge of pending matters may be available.
(f) At the time of filing appeal, the charged officer shall specially see that their are no irrelevant
and impertinent facts in the representation and that no baseless allegation has been made against any
departmental officer. If such allegations are made, a separate departmental proceeding should be taken
⠀‫ط‬
up against the officer concerned.
853. Memorials and revision.—No memorial or petition, which is a representation against an

order passed in a disciplinary case shall be submitted to any authority other than the authority which
under the Rule for the time being in force is empowered to entertain the appeal : Provided that an
officer of the rank not below the rank of Sub Inspector may, if a final order of dismissal, removal, or
reduction in rank has been passed in appeal against him in a disciplinary case, submit to Government
through the proper channel a memorial against such order, within six months after the date on which
the officer submitting the memorial was informed of the order on appeal :
Provided further that memorials of and below the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall be
entertained by Inspector-General only in cases of dismissal, removal or reduction in rank if they me
submitted’ within a period of six months after the date on which the memorialist was informed of the
order passed in the appeal:
Provided further that the Inspector-General shall submit quarterly to Government a statement
of memorials from Police Officers below the rank of Sub-Inspector which have been withheld by him
under the provisions of these rules.
417
853-A. (a) Inspector-General may call for the file in any case even when no appeal lies and pass
such order as lie may deem fit. The Deputy Inspector-General may call for any file but he should refer it
to the Inspector-General with his recommendation for his order. The above action should be taken
within a reasonable time from the date of final order in departmental proceeding.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Rules the State Government may call for the
proceedings in any disciplinary case even when no appeal or memorial lies, and pass such order as it
may deem fit.
(c) When an appeal has been filed and the Inspector-General on applying his mind thinks that he
should enhance the punishment," he can dismiss the appeal but must simultaneously mention in that
order that as per powers Given in the Rule 853-A (a), he has decided to review it for enhancement and
take action for obtaining a show cause, etc. where necessary.
854. (a) Whenever the services of any member of the Police force are offered to any
Corporation or autonomous body, etc., it should be stated clearly in that order as to what extent the
officer of the Corporation or autonomous body, etc., can take up disciplinary action against a member of
Police force.
(b) Action against ministerial officers of Police department and experts shall be done according
to the Rules of their special services. Regarding those officers who shall be deputed from other
departments (e. g. Health Department employees) in Police Department, all actions in respect of them
shall be done according to general Rules of deputation.
瘀‫ط‬
(c) When the reporting officer in a departmental proceeding is Superintendent of Police himself,
the final orders shall be passed by Superintendent of some other district for which the file should be
sent to the Deputy Inspector-General concerned.
854-A. Compulsory retirement.—(1) Under Rule 74(a) of Bihar Service Code, compulsory
retirement of Government servants on account of inefficiency or misconduct can be done for those who
have rendered 21 years of active service (excluding leave etc.) or 25 years of total service.
(2) Under Rule 74(6) of Bihar Service Code, 1952, the appointing authority concerned may after
giving a Government servant at least three months’ notice in writing or three months’ salary in lieu
thereof require him in public interest to retire from service on the date on which such a Government
servant completes 30 years of continuous service or attains 50 years of age (see Government of Bihar,
Personnel-'Department memo No./3R1-101/73P-5948. dated the 20th April 1973).
(3) Twice every year in the months of July and January a review of service records of those
Government servants shall be done who are about to complete the above years of service and age.
Cases of Government servants who are sought to be retained in service after review, shall be reviewed
again when there is special reason for the same. Such officers shall be allowed to continue in service up
to 55 years of age without an annual review again.
418

(4) The review of non-Gazetted Officers shall be done by the appointing authority with the help
of the committee set up by the appointing authority in a proforma prescribed for it- According to item
No. 9-A of Appendix 1 of Bihar Service Code, the orders of Inspector-General shall be obtained thereon.
No appeal can be preferred before Government against the orders of head of department (Inspector-
General), still the Government can call for the papers concerning compulsory retirement with a view to
its reconsideration at any time and can pass appropriate orders on a representation from the employee
concerned. If no representation is received against the orders of compulsory retirement within one
month from the date of issue of order of compulsory retirement, the Government shall not generally
make any consideration on this.
(5) The Police Department shall send a report concerning the review of Gazetted and non-
Gazetted Officers to the Personnel Department (Organisation and Method Section) of Government
twice a year by stipulated dates.
(6) For awarding compulsory retirement as per Rules given above, no departmental proceeding
or a show cause is required but if a departmental proceeding has been initiated for any lapse of
delinquent, compulsory retirement can be awarded to him after show cause even though he may not
have completed 21 or 25 years of service. 瘀‫ط‬
419
..

CHAPTER 26
REWARDS
855. (a) The following rewards may be given to officers of and below the rank of Inspector:—
(1) Good service mark.
(2) Cash reward.
(3) Rewards in kind.
(4) Commendation.
(b) Good service mark and commendation to experts and ministerial officers shall be given
according to Rules of their service. Honorarium to them can, be sanctioned by Inspector-General only.
(c) Rewards to Gazetted Police Officers above the rank of Inspector can be given only after
approval of the State Government. But in every case, recommendations by the department shall be sent
through the medium of Inspector-General. With every recommendation, all concerned papers shall be
attached for the convenience of Government.
(d) Orders of reward shall be kept as a permanent record in the service books of officers
concerned.
‫ ط‬any officer is under consideration, all rewards
(e) Whenever the question of promotion뤀of
earned by him shall be given due weight.
856. Parchment certificates.—The Inspector-General may award to any police officer of and
below the rank of Inspector, a parchment certificate in addition to rewards given in Rule 855. A copy of
such certificate shall be kept in Service Book concerned.
857. Powers of Officers to grant rewards.—(a) The following Officers are empowered to offer
and grant rewards to the members of the police force and to the general public for assisting the police in
carrying out the functions of State or for showing courage and service spirit in resisting criminals, up to
the amount noted against each for any one case (see Rule 1006) :—
Rs.
(1) Inspector-General … … 1,000
(2) Commissioner … … 1,000
(3) Additional LGP. … … 750
(4) Deputy Inspector-General … … 500
420

(5) District Magistrate … … 500
(6) Superintendent of Police … … 200
Money rewards shall not be given to any officer merely for the efficient performance of his
ordinary duties but only when he has displayed exceptional keenness, skill, courage and honesty or has
done extraordinary hard work. The criterion shall be the work done, and not the results obtained. -
(b) No reward will be granted to any officer who applies for it himself.
(c) Money rewards shall not be granted to Inspectors without the sanction of the Deputy
Inspector-General.
(d) In offering rewards for information leading to the discovery of crime, Police Officers should
place a limit on the time for which the offer of the reward will hold good in the first place, and also
ordinarily lay down the condition that the reward will be" paid for information leading to the discovery
and conviction of the offender. This will leave it open to pay a portion only if the offender is discovered
but not brought to justice.
(e) When, in paying rewards to the public, it is undesirable to disclose the identity of the payee,
this reward shall not be given from general reward fund and a certificate in the handwriting of the
disbursing officer that the payment has been made shall be submitted (Bihar Treasury Code, Rule 314). _
(f) If any reward has been earned, the Circle Inspector or the Sub-Divisional Police Officer
recommending it shall fill in P.M. Form No. ll6-A. or瘀116-B
‫ط‬ in duplicate after consultation with the
Investigating Officer or Circle Inspector, if necessary, and send it through proper channel to the
Superintendent. The Circle Inspector or Sub-Divisional Police Officer when forwarding the copy of brief
as per Rule l74(b) or final report as per Rule 181 (d) will note on it “Reward forms in duplicate attached”
or “No reward form attached". -
Reward forms shall be kept in the Superintendent’s office with the case record and disposed of
on receipt of F.M. as per Rule 3 I 6(b). After that one copy with copies of all orders and the district order
number, etc. shall be returned to the Police-Station.
858. Rewards offered by private persons.—(a) Sums of money tendered by private persons or
corporate bodies as rewards for detection of crime or other good work may be accepted by
Superintendents for credit in the treasury. These rewards should be known as “General Police rewards".
(b) No such rewards shall be distributed until the case in connection with which the rewards
were tendered has been finally disposed of.
421

(c) After the final disposal of the case, the Superintendent shall withdraw the money from, the
treasury on bills in Treasury Code form 37-A, and if the money has been earned, distribute it; provided
that, before making the distribution, he shall obtain the sanction of the District Magistrate if the sum
does not exceed Rs. 500 and that of the Inspector-General if the sum exceeds Rs. 500. If the money is
not earned by anyone, the Superintendent shall refund it to the depositor.
(d) Police Officers shall. under no circumstances, accept rewards direct from private persons or
corporate bodies. Any Police Officer doing so is liable to prosecution under Section 161, I.P.C. (see Rule
705).
859. Rewards in kind.—Superintendents may not grant rewards except as provided by these
rules. The sanction of the Inspector-General is necessary before any Police Officer can be given a reward
in any form other than cash.
860. Rewards to be entered in Service-Books and notified in Gazette.—The grant of rewards of

all kinds shall be entered in the Service Book. Rewards granted for specially meritorious services shall be
sent for publication in the Police Gazette in P.M. Form No. I22.
861. Rewards to chaukidars.—-(a) The Rules for r warding chaukidars will be found in the
Chaukidari Manual. Police Officers of all ranks should bear in mind that without judicious rewards it is
impossible to expect chaukidars to take interest in their work or to give proper assistance to station
officer. Rewards, to be effective, must not only be given with discrimination but with utmost
promptitude. In order to facilitate the prompt payment of rewards, a permanent advance shall be made
瘀‫ط‬
over to the Superintendent, from which he may make a subsidiary advance up to Rs. 50 to each officer
incharge, police-station.
(b) The Superintendent may empower Sub-Inspectors to grant and pay rewards not exceeding
Rs. 5 in anticipation of his sanction. The fact that this payment has been made III anticipation of sanction
should be noted in column 5 of Form II of the Chaukidari Manual.
Advances to Sub-Inspectors are not to be regarded as separate advances, but as part of the
permanent advance of the Superintendent, from which they should be recouped. The Superintendent
will acknowledge the whole advance under Rule 112 of Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. I. When his advance is
running low; the Sub-Inspector will apply to the Superintendent for recoupment, supporting his
application by receipts for rewards given.
The Superintendent will use these receipts as vouchers in support of his own bill for recoupment
of his permanent advance at the treasury.
(c) All rewards must be distributed publicly at police—stations on parade days. Rewards not
exceeding Rs. 5 shall be distributed by the ofiicer-in-charge of the police- station. and rewords exceeding
Rs. 5 by any Gazetted Ofiicer provided that, if it is likely to cause delay of more than a month in
payment, the reward may he distributed by the officer-in-charge of the police-station.
422

(d) When village police, including sardars in the Santal Parganas, are called away from their
regular beats on special duties, such as watching the routes of the President, the Prime Minister or the
Governor, they should get an allowance of three rupees (Rs. 3) a day from the time they leave their
respective villages to the time they return. The full allowance will he admissible even for a part of a day
spent on journey or on duty. The cost should be treated as an item of “Other charges” and should be
met from the provision made in the Police budget under the orders of the Inspector-General.
861-A. Parade for giving rewards.—In every unit, once a month a regular, parade shall be
turned into a reward parade. Payment of small amounts which are given to Police Officers in form of
reward shall be done at the posts with their salary, but the reward which is given for a special good work
shall be distributed in a public parade. As far as possible, the local respectable persons shall be invited
and the distribution of rewards among Police Officers shall be done by Superintendent himself or range
Deputy Inspector-General or another superior officer or District Magistrate or Commissioner. Such a
parade should be held at the State level once a year.
861-B. Officers competent to give reward.—(a) The description of powers of authorities

competent to give reward are given in Rule 857(a). When necessity arises, the officers subordinate to
the officers given in that rule, may send their recommendations through proper channel. Necessary
action for issue of district orders concerning approved rewards shall be taken by Superintendent. The
Sub-Divisional Police Officers can give reward to constables under him in a case up to Rs. 50 (rupees
fifty) only. A copy of every such order shall be sent to Superintendent and he shall give a formal
approval. The necessity of such an approval is that there should be similarity in yard stick for giving
⠀‫ط‬
reward in a unit./district.
b) A reward register in P.M. Form No. 201 shall be maintained which shall be put up with reward
form.
(c) Senior Inspecting Officers shall ensure in course of inspection that rewards in districts and
units are given on the basis of one yard stick. in this connection, the Inspector- General shall give
detailed orders from time to time so that there is no special difference in yardstick.
423
..

CHAPTER 27
MINISTERIAL CADRE AND FOURTH GRADE EMPLOYEES AND
SUPERIOR STAFF
862. Cadre of Ministerial Officers.—(a) The ministerial establishments of the offices of Inspector
General and Deputy Inspectors General of ranges and units (including the D.I.G., C.I.D. and the F.P.
Bureaux attached to the department) are functioning in practice as one joint cadre (see clause III,
Appendix 41). Those in the offices of Superintendents and Commandants form a different and lower
cadre.
In the district cadre, there shall be upper division and lower division grades in districts/units
which are different from corresponding grades in the joint cadre of I.G./ D.I.G. Apart from this, there are
routine clerks, typists and record suppliers and their scales are identical with that of L.D-grade in
districts whether they are appointed in districts/units or in the offices of Inspector General or Deputy
Inspector General.
(b) The Intelligence Department may have a separate cadre known as Ministerial Executive
Officers.
N.B.— (1) Executive officers, i.e., those who are recruited under Police Act may be utilized fully
in wings of some offices dealing with crime⠀‫ط‬matters as far as possible whether in the offices of
Superintendent or in the offices of C.I.D. or Range D.I.G In the reserve police also, executive
officers are posted.
(2) Section Officers and Registrars are Gazetted ranks and not in the category of ministerial
officers but have been dealt in this chapter as some of the Rules are common to them.
863. Appointments.—(a) Appointment of assistants in the joint cadre of I.G. /Dy. I.G offices will
be made on the, basis of results of an examination for appointment of assistants as given in “Sectt.
Instructions”.
(b) Appointment of clerks in the L.D. grade in districts/units will be made by D.I.G’s board on the
basis of results of an examination held as per Appendix 51. Appointment in rank of routine clerk, etc. is
made by Dy. LG (Admin.) for those to be posted in the offices of D.I.G. /LG
Note. — Appointment means original appointment to the ministerial establishment as

distinguished from appointment to any post or rank by promotion or transfer of an officer
already on the establishment.
(c) In the case of assistants, the appointment letter will be issued by the Deputy Inspector-
General (Admin.) while in case of clerks, it shall be signed by Deputy Inspector- General range/unit
which must be given to the ministerial officer concerned.
424

864. (a) No Assistant shall be promoted to selection grade unless he has fulfilled the conditions
prescribed by Government from time to time.
(b) No clerk shall be promoted to the upper division until be has passed an examination in those
chapters of the codes and Rules quoted in Appendix 5%. Rules for the conduct of the examination will
be found in Appendix S2. 3
(c) After promotion examinations, if any, seniority will be determined from the dates of passing
the examination. When two incumbents get same marks in an examination the seniority will be
determined from the dates of appointment. If these are also the same, then it will be decided from the
dates of birth.
(d) Selection of selection grade assistants for Section Officers in the joint cadre would be done in
accordance with the procedure indicated in Appendix 72. As a general rule the list of Section Officers
selected for promotion will be kept in order of seniority at State level. Those selected earlier will rank
higher in the list. Nominations will be done by Range Deputy Inspector-General and would be duly
considered by the Inspector-General’s Board. The procedure will be the same as in the case of
promotion in executive ranks. '
N. B. — Registrars and Budget Officers are appointed by Government by promotion on

recommendations of Bihar Public Service Commission.
(e) Copies of approved lists in pursuance of sub-rules (a) and (b) shall be published in Police
Gazette.
欀‫ص‬
865. Transfers.—(a) Ministerial officers will generally remain in the district of appointment and
may have to be moved only in case of promotion for which orders shall be issued by I.G.
However, the Range Deputy Inspectors General shall have power to transfer any ministerial
officer from one district to another in his range and by arrangement with another Deputy Inspector-
General to another range.
(b) Registrars, Section Officers and Selection Grade clerks and Head clerks should not remain in
one office for more than seven years.
(c) A dealing assistant or clerk may be suitably changed from one section to another after every
three years.
866. Knowledge of Hindi and other dialects.—Ministerial Officers must be proficient in

knowledge of Hindi. The ministerial Officers should in turns be sent to Training Centres set up at
divisional or district Headquarters so that they get adequate training in this. For noting and drafting, see
Rule 678(d)(ii)(iv).
Apart from this, they should endeavour to be conversant with the tribal language also if
employed in that area (see Rule 676).
425

867. Training.—(a) Directly recruited assistants or clerks in lower division grade shall be given a
training for three months before being put on effective duty. A course of training should be drawn by
Deputy Inspector-General (Training) and it should be done at range Headquarters. See Appendix 85 also.
(b) No clerk or assistant should be recommended for promotion unless he or she has a thorough
knowledge of codes and manuals, etc. noted in Rule 927 and all departmental Rules and orders.
868. Temporary vacancy.—-A clerk/assistant fit for promotion by merit and seniority but not
passed in accounts may be allowed to officiate as a upper division clerk in a temporary vacancy if no
qualified or passed hand is available but if he does not qualify in accounts within two years, he should be
reverted to his substantive rank.
869 Leave.—(a) (i) Leave of assistants, Section Officers and Registrars shall be granted by the
(ii) All applications for leave of Head clerks, Selection Grade clerks, Upper Division clerks and
other ministerial officers involving a transfer or promotion shall be submitted by Superintendent to the
Deputy Inspector-General for orders.
(b) Leave, other than leave under Rules l 82, 201, 202 and 204 of the Bihar Service Code and
Supplementary Rule 206, may, if no transfer is involved, be granted by the Superintendent without
reference to the Deputy Inspector-General to ministerial officers other than head clerks and Upper
Division Clerks.
⠀‫ط‬
(c) Casual leave will be granted by the head of the office concerned (see Bihar Service Code
Appendix 13).
870. Punishments.—(a) For punishment and appeal rules, see Appendix 70.
(b) The Range Deputy Inspectors-Genera] and Deputy Inspector-General (Admin.) are
empowered to inflict any of the punishments noted in Appendix 70 and exercise other powers noted
therein on ministerial staff attached to their respective offices or other offices under them except
dismissal, discharge, compulsory retirement in the case of Section Officer and Registrar.
(c) The Superintendent of Police/Commandant can give any punishment to Upper Division and
Lower Division ministerial officers of his office except dismissal, discharge, compulsory retirement and
reduction in rank. Deputy/Assistant Superintendent is not competent to punish the ministerial stair‘
attached with his office. He can only send report to the S.P. concerned.
(d) The Inspector-General can impose any punishment on any of the ministerial officers of the
State except dismissal, discharge, compulsory retirement or reduction in case of Registrar and Section
Officers of Headquarters/ranges and Budget Officer of his office. The State Government alone is
empowered to award such punishments to Section Officers, Registrar and Budget Officer.
426

871. Minor punishments.—Rule 838 shall apply in the case of censures, warnings and petty
defects.
872. Disciplinary action against fourth grade employees.—Only the appointing authority can
give orders of dismissal. removal from service, suspension and fines to fourth grade employees. There
can be only one appeal against these orders and its disposal can be done by the authority next above
the officer who passed the order.
873. Service Books and confidential character-rolls.—(a) For all ministerial officers, Service
Books shall be kept in Form 80 of the Forms Schedule Llll and confidential character-rolls in P.M. Form
No. I51.
(b) The Service Books shall remain in the custody of the Section Officer or Registrar and Head
clerk as the case may be under lock and key and he is responsible that they are kept up-to-date-
Signatures in Service Books shall be done by an officer not less than the rank of the Deputy
Superintendent of Police. All punishments, rewards, transfer. promotion and other important matters
connected with the service of the employee shall be entered in the Service Book. Inspecting officers
shall see that Service Books and confidential character rolls are properly maintained.
(c) The Head of office shall maintain the confidential character rolls. Annual remarks in the C.C
rolls of selection grade clerks of Police office. Section Officers and Registrars may be recorded by the
respective Deputy l.(1 also in addition to annual remarks of the officers of the rank of Superintendent.
The annual remarks in the C.C. rolls of the Registrar and Section Officer attached with the offices of l.(1
8
and Deputy I.(1 shall be recorded by Inspector-General also.
874. Deleted.
875. Retirement of Ministerial 0fficers.—According to Rules prevalent in the State, ministerial

officers shall be retired on attaining 58 years of age but should ordinarily be retained in service, if he
continues efficient and maintains good health up to the age of 60 years. ln every such case, proposals
shall be sent by the appointing authority through the Inspector-General to State Government before
retirement and only after receipt of their sanction. the service can be extended.
876. Re-employment of dismissed or retired officer.—No dismissed ministerial officer can be

re-employed without the sanction of the State Government, If a ministerial officer, who has resigned,
applies for re-employment, enquiries shall be made from the head of his former office.
427
. .
CHAPTER 28
SUPERINTENDENTS OFFICE
A TTENDANCE AT OFFICE
877. Superior Officers.—(a) Superintendents, Assistant and Deputy Superintendents whenever
they are at Headquarters shall punctually attend office as far as possible in uniform at ll A.M. or at
recognized local office time and shall stay there so long as there is work to be done. For use of civilian
dress, see Rule 1055.
(b) It is net necessary to keep an attendance register of Gazetted executive officers but they will
indicate their presence in the office in the monthly tour diary.
(c) Subordinate 0flicers.—A separate register in P. M. Form N0. l l8-shall be kept for non-
Gazetted and ministerial officers.
877-A. Diflerent sections in Superintendent’s office.—(a) Some of the main Sections in the
office of Superintendent are given below :-
(1) Personnel.
(2) Supply and Transport. There will be one branch office of cash also attached with it.
(3) Crime.
(4) Accounts. 瘀‫ط‬
(5) Confidential which includes Public relations and foreigners.
(6) Receipt and despatch sections (including typing).
(7) Record, stationery (including forms).
(8) Chaukidari section.
(9) Miscellaneous section
(b) Similarly, these sections shall be set up also in the office of Commandant, where there will be
no necessity of a crime section. There may be two or more sections according to necessity for
miscellaneous correspondence. The set up of Rail Superintendent’s office shall also be done in the same
manner.
(c) All the employees of personnel, supply and transport and crime sections shall be executive
officers.
877-B. ln the personnel section, correspondence in respect of matters concerning service

conditions, appointment and promotion of all employees shall be done. In this section the service books
of all employees and concerned registers and forms shall be kept (see Chapter 32).
428

877-C. The designation of the senior most ministerial officer shall be head clerk. He shall work as
a cashier [Rule 933(a)] and shall also supervise the work of all sections. The section incharge shall be
responsible for the works of his section and shall scrutinize the work of clerks of his section. .
The head clerk shall specially ensure that whatever paper is received, its entry is properly made
and reply is sent after taking action.
OFFICE WORK CONNECTED WITH CRIME
878. (a) This section will deal with all papers connected with crimes, e.g.. index of crime, case
records, registers regarding crimes, criminals and absconders, etc. There will be a cell attached to it
consisting of special Investigating Officers who will be deputed for special investigation and/or enquiry,
as may be necessary by the Superintendent of Police.
(b) Superintendent shall carefully peruse inspectors’ " personal diaries (Rule 64) and
weekly/daily reports (Rule 59) which shall be dealt with in this section but sent to Superintendents when
on tour. The same procedure shall be followed in the case of the Court officers’ daily under trial reports
also (Rule 308).
879. Index of crime.—(a) An index of crime 묀‫ط‬

shall be kept in P. M. Form No. 1 17, the object of
which is to enable the Superintendent to see where crime is most rife, and to check shirking of work by
subordinates and delay in reporting crime or in investigation and in the disposal of final forms by
Magistrates. This register shall be filled on the basis of F.I.Rs., final reports and other papers received in
the office of Superintendent of Police concerning crime. In some instances given in Appendix 86,
additional information are required which are to be furnished in proforma given in that appendix and
these information are also entered in crime index in the columns concerned.
(b) This register shall be signed by the Assistant/Deputy Superintendent incharge of crime
section who would bring to the notice of Superintendent all matters requiring his attention but
important orders passed on F. M. would be recorded in this register under the signature of the
Superintendent who shall frequently inspect the register.
(c) This register will be compared from time to time with lnspector’s Daily/Weekly Reports. A
monthly pending statement will be drawn up, showing cases pending investigation for over three
months and those pending receipt of orders of Judicial Magistrate for over three months. The
Superintendent will issue specific orders to help in speedy disposal. The final entry will have the double
initials system to check on pendency in office. This item will be included in the monthly pending
statement which should show items pending in office for one month or more.
429

(d) Crime map.-Station and district crime maps shall be maintained in accordance with the
orders contained in Appendix 7. Separate crime, maps shall kept for municipal areas. In case of Railway
districts, it is necessary to keep crime maps of important station yards.
880. Crime graphs and charts.—(a) In addition to the crime maps prescribed by Rule 879(d), every
Superintendent/Sub-Divisional Police Officer and every Circle and Town Inspector shall keep annual and
monthly crime graphs or charts as described below, in order that they may be in a position to watch the
fluctuation of crime in their jurisdictions.
N. B.— Where an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent is In charge of a Sub-division and there is

only one inspector in that sub—division whose office is located in the same building the crime
chart/graph shall be maintained by Assistant/Deputy Superintendent instead of by the
Inspector.
(b) Superintendent shall keep---
(1) annual graphs showing the number of cases and the percentage of convictions, year by year,
of (i) total cognizable crimes, (ii) burglaries, and (m) each of those types of crime considered
important for local reasons, e.g. dacoity, robbery, rioting, cattle theft;
(2) monthly graphs showing, month by month (i) the total cognizable crimes, (ii) burglaries, (m)
any other forms of crimes of local importance, and, in each case the average of the previous
three years [see sub-rule (c)]
瘀‫ط‬
(c) Circle and Town Inspectors shall also maintain charts in the manner of P.M. Form No. 119
of——
(l) total cognizable crimes;
(2) burglaries;
(3) any other form of crime for which the Superintendent considers a chart necessary.
(d) The maintenance by Superintendents and inspectors of separate-charts showing burglaries in

town areas is recommended.
(e) Graph books should be prepared from ‘Graph’ paper, obtainable on indent from the
Superintendent, Government Stationery Stores and Publication, Gulzarbagh, Patna (rule 922). The
sheets measuring (27" x I7") should be cut into four and bound in books of 8 pages. A separate book
should he used for each class of crime for which graphs are kept. The first page of each book can
conveniently contain the annual graph. The monthly graphs occupying the remaining pages. Each page
of the monthly graphs can, by the use of different coloured inks, be made to show two years
fluctuations and the average for the previous three years.
430

(f) Crime statistical charts, showing police-station by police-station the incidence of burglaries,
shall be kept by Superintendents in P. M. Forms No. 119, in addition to the crime graphs. The
Superintendent is at liberty to keep similar charts for any other form of crime that is particularly
prevalent in his district.
881. Control of crime fluctuations.—(a) with the monthly graphs and the monthly crime charts
before him, the Superintendent will be in a position to see at a glance the incidence of crime in his
district and to take early measures to deal with outbreaks (see Appendix 7).
(b) When the Superintendent observes a marked or steady increase or a sudden decrease of any form of
crime, be should draw the attention of the Sub-Inspector and inspector to the fact, request them to
ascertain the cause and to take steps to deal with the outbreak. It is to be remembered that it is just as
important to ascertain the cause of a sudden decrease in crime as of a sudden increase. When
inspectors come into Headquarters for the monthly meetings, they shall bring with them a report on the
action taken in connection with the Superintendent’s letters, and results obtained will be discussed and
such further action ordered as is considered necessary.
(c) The office copies of the Superintendent‘s letters, the replies thereto, the notes of the discussions at
monthly meetings and copies of any orders bearing on any particular area or crime problem passed on
case records, personal diaries or daily reports should be kept together in a file, so that the
Superintendent can at any moment review the situation and ascertain to what extent effect has been
欀‫ص‬
given to his and other officers orders and suggestions.
A separate crime file may be maintained for each area or problem under consideration. For each station,
separate crime control file may also be maintained in which instructions on monthly crime reports sent
to station officers shall be kept. If Superintendent desires, monthly statements of certain class of crime
may be called for from. Inspectors and Sub-Divisional Police Officers and for this separate files shall be
kept (see Rule 323).
882. Dacoity and gang register.-—the dacoity and gang register shall be maintained in District Crime
Bureau divided into four parts, as follows: —
Part I.—A short history in chronological order of every dacoity in the district which has ended in
conviction or has been detected. Generally speaking, a case may be considered detected-—
(a) When there has been a confession, and the confession is believed to be true for the purposes of Part
Ill;
(b) When persons have been identified and there is no reason to doubt the identification, although for
want of corroborative evidence the accused cannot be placed on trial;
431

(c) When a case sent up for trial ends in discharge or acquittal, but is declared true by the Court.
Each case shall be entered in chronological order and the following details shall be given: —.
(1) Special report case, number and year.
(2) Name of police-station.
(3) Week day, date and time of occurrence.
(4) Place of occurrence and distance and direction from police-station, nearest Railway station/Ferry
ghat and motorable road etc., and line of retreat.
(S) Name and residence of complainant.
(61 Property stolen and recovered with description and identifying marks. J
(7) Any peculiar methods adopted in committing the dacoity such as method of entrance or concealing
identity, clothes wom, arms conveyance or lights used.
(8) Dialects, words and any peculiar cry used.
(9) Reference to number in Part ll of the gang to which the dacoity was traced.
Every effort shall be made to obtain information for this purpose from convicted dacoits (see Rule 195).
Part II.—A list of known and suspected gangs residing in the districts, with up to date histories of the
gangs and cases which have been traced to them (see⠀‫ ط‬Appendix I2).
This pan should include all gangs of dacoits required to be shown in, Part l, and any other important
gangs of criminals. Such as swindlers, burglars, coiners and forgers, which the local police can keep
under surveillance. Extracts shall be kept at each police-Station concerned. The history of each gang,
whenever it is not mere fortuitous collection of men for a particular offence with no previous habit of
association, should show where the gang was formed. Its connections. Names of leaders, relationship,
meeting places, names of receivers and supporters and cases traced to the gang. Names and dates
should always be given. Such an entry as Abdul Shaikh and “others” is of no value; the names of the
“others” are also required. There need be no separate history of the gang leader, as this can be
ascertained by a reference to his history sheet. A history of the gang only is required and not of all its
members. Much information can be collected from the detected and undetected cases and from judicial
records, crime directory, the surveillance sheets. Cape diaries. It is of great importance to keep the
histories up to date (see Rule 380).
Part lll.—An Appendix containing copies of all true confessions of dacoity. Only such confessions as
are reasonably believed to be true should find entry, whether subsequently retracted or
not, and whether made before the police or before a Magistrate. It will save labour, if.
when a confession is typed, extra copies are prepared.
432

Part IV. --The index. A combined index will be prepared for Parts I and I1. In writing the index the
Hindi alphabet will be used and a sufficient number of pages should be allotted to each
letter. The guiding initial should refer to the name and not to any caste or honorific, such as
Mirza, Munshi, Chaudhuri. Babu or Maulvi.
882-A. List of reported crimes—A statement of crimes as reported under head dacoity, robbery,
murder for gain, professional burglaries, thefts of copper wire, motor vehicle. cycle, cattle, fire-arms and
electrical gadgets; professional cheating, professional poisoning and kidnapping shall be kept in separate
registers in the proforma of District Crime Bureau as approved by Deputy Inspector-General, Criminal
Investigation Department.
883. Register of absconded offenders.—(a) A register of absconded offenders, whose homes are in
the district, viz. absconders whose names are entered in Part I of police-station register in the district
⠀‫ط‬
shall be kept in P. M. Form No. 16 in the office of Superintendent. These entries shall be arranged police-
station by police-station.
Absconders shall be differentiated into (a) those with wife and family ties and (b) those without. A
list shall be kept at the end of this register of absconders living in other districts, who have committed
crime or have relatives in this district, viz. absconders whose names are entered in Part II of the police
station register. An alphabetical index to the names of all the absconders, showing the names of the
police-stations to ‘which they belong, shall be kept with the registers. These names shall be entered in
alphabetic- call index cards in District Crime Bureau.
433

(b) The Superintendent shall see that the names of absconded offenders are registered first in his
own register and afterwards in that of the police-station. He shall pass orders for registration on receipt
of the final memorandum of each case.
(c) The entries in this register shall be compared once a year with entries in the station register of
absconders [Rule 118(6)] and with the half-yearly return of unexecuted warrants submitted by Court
officers [Rule 294 (b)].
(d) Rolls of absconders.—As soon as the name of an absconder has been entered in this register,
the Superintendent shall send the extract of his register to the police-station concerned for entry in the
police-station register, and a copy of it to any other district or other police-station of his own district
where the absconder may have relatives for entry in Part II of the register [see Rules 118 and 887]."
(e) From police-station, the list of absconders shall be sent to Gram Panchayats as given is Rule
109(d).
DISTRICT CRIME BUREAU
883-A. The different records to be kept in the鐀District

‫ض‬ Crime Bureau in the office of the
Superintendent [vide Rule 415(3)] are enumerated below :—
(a) The dossiers of criminals, various Index cards, registers of reported crimes, gang register
and confession register (Rule 882), case diaries etc. of proclaimed absconders [Rule
1028(a)] and statistical charts of different forms of crime (Rule 882-A). An Intelligence
Gazette fortnightly or at short intervals according to necessity shall also be published
from Crime Bureau of every District Headquarters. Detailed Rules of this are incorporated
in the District Crime Bureau Manual.
(b) Dossiers for District ('rime Bureau. -On orders passed on the final memo of a case to
open a dossier, steps will be taken to keep a list of such criminals against whom orders
were given to open dossiers with dossier numbers of police-stations concerned noted
against each [Rules 335(b) and 371], Among them, those who are invoked in offences
against property or in other organized crime and have their sphere of operation
extending to two or more police-stations of this State or even one police-station of
another State shall be selected for keeping duplicate copy of the dossier in District Crime
Bureau. With it an alphabetical index of such selected dossiers shall be maintained.
434

(c) The particulars of crime shall be as follows:—
(1) Dacoity—
(a) Dacoity in running trains or in banks.
(b) Dacoity in river boat or banks.
(c) Assemblage and preparation to commit dacoity.
(d) Other dacoities.
(2) Robbery-
(a) Robbery in running trains and in banks.
(b) Road robbery.
(c) Assemblage and preparation to commit robbery.
(d) Other robberies.
(3) Murder—
(a) For gain (professional).
(b) Of foreigners.
혀‫خ‬
(c) Of any person in running trains.
(4) Burglary—(Not to include technical cases but to concentrate on specialized types).
(5) Theft of—
[a) Copper wires.
(b) Motor vehicles and scooters or any automobile.
[c) Cycles.
(d) Cattle.
[e) Electrical gadgets.
(f) Fire-arms, ammunitions, explosives. '
(g) Property from Railway premises of various types and from trains (for railway districts only).
(h) Idols and antiquities and cultural property from museum.
(i) At banks and treasury counters.
435
(j) Mail from trains/Air.
(k) Abstraction of Railways receipts, bank drafts, cheques, etc.

in postal transit
(l) All heinous cases.
(6) Receivers.
(7) Professional cheating.
(8) Professional poisoning-

(a) On running trains.
(b) Other cases.
(9) Professional kidnapping and abduction.

(i) Kidnapping for begging or ransom._
(ii) Kidnapping of young women for purposes of immoral traffic.
(iii) Cases of kidnapping of women with a view to sale, marriage or for prostitution.
(iv) Other professional kidnappings.
⠀‫ط‬
(10) Counterfeiting of notes and coins (Indian or Foreign).
(11) Smuggling of-—

(a) Gold.
(b) Diamonds.
(c) Watches.
(d) Narcotics, and
(e) Arms and ammunition.
(12) Important cases of manufacture and sale of-

(a) Adulterated food-stuffs [vide the Prevention of Food
Adulteration Act (37 of 1954)].
(b) Narcotics, drugs including spurious drugs.
(c) Miscellaneous articles of inferior quality.
(13) Misuse of permits and licenses.
436

(14) Organised profiteering of inter-State nature including hoarding and black-marketing and
offences under the Essential Commodities Act (X of 1955).
(15) Important case of publishing pornographic literature.
(16) Crimes committed by foreigners.
(17) Passport frauds.
(18) Arson due to political motives or in the houses of scheduled and backward tribe/caste.
(19) (a) All cases of explosions which are done with a view to extend communalism or due to
political motive.
(b) Sabotage in Railways, State or private undertaking, etc.
(20) (a) The offences under Foreign Exchange Regulation (Act 7 of 1947).
(b) Import-export regulations.
(21) Cases of professional gamblers.
(22) Cases of criminals who absconded from jail and became untraced.
혀‫خ‬
(23) Cases of all absconded accused.
(24) Offences under the Drugs and Cosmetics Act (23 of 1940).
(25) Offences under the Employees’ Provident Fund Act (19 of 1952).
(26) Offences under the Protection of Civil Rights Act (22 of 1955).
(27) Offences under the Customs Act (52 of 1962).
(28) Any offence punishable under any other law relating to corruption [vide 110 (D (ii),
Cr.P.C.].
(29) Offences under the Suppression of Immoral Traffic Act (104 of 1956) .
(30) Remaining offences under Chapters XII and XVII, I.P.C. which are not covered above.
(31) Persons bound down under Sections I09 and IIO, Cr.P.C. and remaining offences not
covered above.
437

N.B.- (1) Sub-clause 6 (receivers) shall be reserved for actual receivers and not for persona who
commit a crime such as dacoity, robbery, burglary or theft and are convicted under Section 411/414 of I.
P. C. Thus, records of recovery or seizure of (i) automobiles, (ii) fire arms, (m) counterfeit currency. etc.
from persons other than receivers shall be kept alongwith records concerning theft of the items noted
above.
(2) For records concerning desertion. see Rule 23 1(b).
(d) Information regarding crimes noted in Appendix 21, clause 4 shall be made available to
Criminal Intelligence Bureau in regard to criminals whose operation extends to more than one district in
this State. However, if a person resident of Bihar commits crime in another State or vice-versa. even if
he is concerned in a case of one district only, the information is to be sent to C.I.B. The proforma
received from the police station will also be forwarded to said bureau in these cases.
(e) In regard to cases noted in Appendix 86, the C .l.B. will send the periodical returns received
from district Superintendent of Police to the C.B.I., taking care to see that only cases in which the
criminals have operations extending to more than one State are taken into accounts. These cases are
already noted in Serials 10, 5( b), (f) and (h), 7. 1(a), 9(i), 3(b). 17, 8(a), 2(a), 5(j), 3(c), 21 and 22 of sub-
para (c) above. See also instruction (c) in PM. Form No. 117.
(f) In preparing the M.O. index in the District Crime Bureau and in the Criminal Intelligence
Bureau, the details noted in Appendix 17 will be taken into account so that an uniformity is maintained
in keeping up the records.
884. Town beat maps.—(a) Superintendents shall have in their offices a map of each town in
⠀‫ط‬
their district, on a scale of not less than 4 inches to a mile or its equivalent in metric system showing the
boundaries of the beats into which it is divided for the purposes of watch and ward and all the streets,
roads and lanes.
(b) Every street, road and lane shall be named, and the position of houses, especially continuous
rows of houses, shall be clearly indicated by black marks in the usual way.
(c) All public places of importance specially police-stations and outposts shall be specially
marked. Street lamps shall be shown by red dots.
(d) The area and population of each beat shall be roughly estimated, and the number of had
characters living in it shall also be noted (see Rule 138).
(e) In town areas, where control rooms have been set up, the sketch maps, etc. shall be kept in
control room (see Chapter 39).
885. Maps of adjoining districts.—Every Superintendent shall maintain in his office, maps of
districts or areas adjoining his own jurisdiction. These, when possible, should be on scales of not less
than one inch to a mile or its equivalent in metric system. For indents of maps, see note 2 to Appendix
55.
438
GAZETTES
886. Police Gazette.—The following matters shall be published in the Police Gazette :—
Part 1.—Orders of Governor and extracts from Bihar Gazette relating to the police and
incidents of superior police officers (see also Part 5 below).
Part 2.—This part shall comprise of the following main headings:—

(a) Arrival and departure reports of Gazetted police officers (P.M. Form No.
120).
(b) Notifications by the Inspector—General relating to—
(i) promotions of superior police officers resulting from incidents

sanctioned by Government and routine acting promotions and
reversions of superior police officers sanctioned by the Inspector-
General (Appendix 2, clause 46);
(ii) appointments and promotions of Reserve Inspectors and other

inspectors, reserve and other Sub-Inspectors; the posting of
probationary Sub-Inspectors; changes in the State allotment of
Reserve Inspectors and other inspectors; reserve Sub-Inspectors
and other Sub-Inspectors; results of departmental and Hindi
Noting and Drafting瘀examinations
‫ط‬ of police and ministerial
officers.
Notifications by the Deputy Inspectors-General of various ranges including Criminal

investigation Department/Intelligence Department and Bihar armed police, Homeguards, State Fire
Officer, etc. relating to appointments and promotions of ministerial officers; leave and transfers of
Reserve and other inspectors, reserve and other Sub-Inspectors and ministerial officers, reductions,
reversions and dismissals of inspectors ordered by the Inspector-General will be published under
different heads denoted by alphabets.
Similarly in separate headings under particular alphabets will be published notifications by

Superintendents/Commandants relating to promotions, reductions, reversions, leave, transfers and
casualties of reserve and other inspectors, Reserve and other Sub-Inspectors and ministerial officers as
the case may be (P. M. Form No. 121).
(The notifications under this heading include incidents relating to the officer employed in the
Criminal Investigation Department/intelligence Department and the Railway Police).
Note.—(i) The word “casualty”’ signifies the death, retirement, resignation, suspension,
dismissal or removal of an officer. –
439

(ii) The word “transfer” also includes the first appointment of an officer.
(c) Errata.
Part 3.-—-Rewards granted to police-officers for specially meritorious services [P.M.

Form No. 122 (see also Rule 860)].
Part 4. —Departmental and miscellaneous notices.
Part 5.—Government orders and Police Orders. changes in criminal law and important
Government resolutions.
There shall be one more title in addition to the above parts:—
“SUPPLEMENT TO THE POLICE GAZETTE.”

Government and police orders which have particular reference to the offices of the Deputy
Inspectors-General and Superintendents and do not concern the police force generally will not be
published but will be issued separately as Circulars (Government )and Circulars (Police) as the case may
be.
887. Criminal Intelligence Gazette.-—The Criminal Intelligence Gazette s hall have the following
form.—It will have seven parts in all and in every part, there shall be various headings in which the
subjects to be published are given against the parts瘀in‫ ط‬the following statement:—
Part 1.--(a) Wanted persons.
(b) Wanted foreigners concerning crime, transportation, etc.

(c) Arrested persons who are wanted elsewhere.
(d) Absconders.
(e) Movements of wandering criminal gangs.
(f) Deserters.
(g) Unidentified dead bodies.
(h) (1) Wanted missing person.
(2) Missing persons who have been traced.
Part 2.—Notorious active criminals.
Part 3.—(a) (1) List of identifiable lost and stolen property (motor car and motor cycle
included).
(2) Identifiable recovered property.
440

(b) (1) Information about stolen or lost firearm, cartridges and explosive substances.
(2) Information about recovered firearm etc.
Part 4.—Crime statistics-
(a) dacoity
(b) cheating
(c) kidnapping, professional poisoning, etc., and inter-district or inter-state

important crimes.
(d) Monthly review of dacoity.
(e) Monthly statement of counterfeit coins.
(f) (1) Monthly statement of forged notes.
(2) Recovered forged currency note of Rs. 100 denomination.
Part 5.—Detection and worth narrating crimes/M.O,

Part 6.—Departmental and miscellaneous information’s.
Part 7.—Law Appendix.
欀‫ص‬
888. Preparation and submission of matter for publication.—(a) Instructions for preparation of
matter for publication in the police and Criminal Intelligence Gazette will be found in Appendix 53.
(b) All matters for insertion in the Police Gazette shall be addressed to the Assistant to
Inspector-General and that for insertion in the Criminal Intelligence Gazette to the Superintendent of
Police, Criminal Investigation Department except matter for inclusion in Parts IV, V and VI which shall be
addressed to the Superintendent of Police, Intelligence Department.
889. Police Officers to study Gazettes—(a) The contents of both Gazettes shall be carefully
studied by all officers (see Rule 414).
(b) Correction shall be made and references noted in the Gazettes as soon as flesh issues come
to hand.
(c) Special and illustrated supplements, Law Supplements and the Excise Supplements shall he
filed separately.
890. Complaints about non-delivery.—(a) Both the Gazettes are published by the
Superintendent. Government. Printing. Gulzarbagh, and complaints about the non-delivery of copies
should be addressed to the Superintendent. Stationery Stores and Publication, Gulzarbagh, Patna.
441
(b) Purchase of private copies.-- Police-officers may subscribe for a copy of the Police Gazette for
their own use. Applications shall be made to the Inspector-Generals office, with a treasury receipt for
the amount of the subscription. If the gazette is to be sent to foreign countries overseas postage shall
also be paid in addition to the subscription.
(c) Criminal Intelligence Gazette a confidential document.——The Criminal Intelligence Gazette

is a confidential document, intended for departmental use only, and not intended for sale. lt comes
within the category of documents described in Rule 374.
CORRESPONDENCE
891. Correspondence need not be sent through Magistrates.—(a) Communications intended
for the office of the Inspector-General or Deputy Inspector- General shall be sent direct, and not
through the District Magistrate; but the Superintendent is responsible that all matters of importance
affecting the Criminal administration of the district and all new projects and proposals are brought to
the notice of the District Magistrate in good time.
N.B.— This Rule does not apply to special reports or any other communication for which
particular instructions are laid down in any other place.
(b) Demi official, correspondence.—This may be utilised for bringing to the personal knowledge
瘀‫ط‬
of the concerned officers some matters of importance. The issue of such letters is to be noted on the
note sheet of the file concerned and their copies kept in file for future reference.
In such letters all superior formations should be addressed as “Dear Shri/ Shnmati ............................. .."
except where both the writer and the addressees belong to the same cadre and the difference of
seniority is less than ten years when the form of address may be “Dear ......................... The District
Magistrate may be addressed by the Superintendent as “Dear ............. ..” and the same may lie done by
the Sub-Divisional Police Officer when writing to the sub-divisional Magistrate or by the Deputy
Inspector- General when writing to the Commissioner of the Division.
892. Correspondence with District Magistrate.—Correspondence between District Magistrates

and Superintendents and between Superintendents and their subordinates at Headquarters shall be
carried on by means of un-official notes or memoranda except when demi-official correspondence is
required as provided in Rule 89 1 (b)). The original file shall be sent for action when possible and formal
letters shall on no account be written. “
893. Opinion of Legal Remembrancer and Government Advoeate.—(a) Cases for the opinion of
the Legal Remembrancer or the Government Advocate shall be submitted through the head of the
department.
442

(b) The head of the department shall submit cases direct to the Legal Remembrancer. but those
to the Advocate-General shall be sent by him through Government.
894. Direct communications to Government forbidden——(a) Police-officers shall on no

account correspond direct with Government. All communications for submission to Government shall go
through the regular channel of immediate superior officer and the Inspector-General.
Note.—— This Rule does not apply to the Intelligence Department in respect of certain matters,
connected with them.
(b) Official correspondence with the office of the Inspector-General shall be addressed to the
Deputy Inspector-General (Admin) or Assistant to the Inspector- General.
(c) Procedure in urgent cases.—When in an emergency an officer-in-charge of a district or sub-

division considers it important that he should communicate directly with some superior police-officer
otherwise than through his immediate superior. he shall forward a copy of such communication to the
latter, at the same time stating the reason for having taken this course.
(d) When State Government calls for a direct report from a police-officer usually in a case of
Assembly/Council question/call attention motions to save time. replies should be sent to the Inspector-
General with a copy thereof to be sent to the State Government.
瘀‫ط‬
895. Touring.—(a) The Superintendents should so plan their tours that they would be available
at Headquarters for enough days in each month to satisfy themselves that the duties delegated to
officers at Headquarters are being duly performed. They will dispose of business and. such other work at
Headquarters which cannot in their judgment be either delegated or done on tour such as to check the
accounts and other papers and generally to keep a grip on the administration. A few days in each month
should suffice for this purpose.
(b) Correspondence with Superintendent when he is on !0w:—Suitable arrangements should be

made by Superintendents for the despatch to them of current work, which they do not wish to delegate.
whilst on tour. The officer left in charge of Headquarters shall be held responsible for seeing that daks
are sent to camp regularly by the most economical, and at the same time expeditious methods
available.
(c) Correspondence at Headquarters when Superintendent is on tour: --When the

Superintendent is absent from Headquarters on a short tour, correspondence may continue in his
absence; but upon his return he shall make himself acquainted with what has passed. When on a lone
tour. as much as possible of the correspondence, shall be sent to him.
443
896. Drafting ad fair copying of letters.—(a) All formal letters shall be as concise as perspicuity
will admit, and not more than one distinct subject shall be treated in any one letter or report.
(b) Each paragraph shall be numbered, and the subject, number and date of the previous
communication. either from or to the office addressed shall be given in the first paragraph of the letter
in order to facilitate reference.
(c) The case shall be clearly and succinctly stated in one. communication, on the margin oi which
reference. by number and date, shall be made to each enclosure of importance opposite the statement
or opinion which is based upon or supported by it. When more than one enclosure and annexure is
submitted it shall, for greater convenience. be conspicuously numbered or lettered. and be attached to
the letter by a tag. If sent separately, there shall be attached to it a reference to the letter to which it
belongs. In all cases the submission of unnecessary enclosures shall be avoided.
(d) Every official communication to another department shall contain a note at the head
showing the name and designation in full of the sender. I-lis telephone number shall also be given
according to necessity.
(e) Departmental communication. i.e, those between police officers, shall he conducted in an
abbreviated form on the following lines :—
To - 欀‫ص‬
The Deputy Inspector-General ..............................................Range,
Ref. and Sub.
Your letter No....................................... dated....................................
Regarding.......................................................................
It has been ascertained that, etc.

Superintendent
897. Deleted.
898. Express letters.--When information is urgently required on any subject the urgency is not so great
as to justify the use of the telegraph (Rule 911) communication shall be issued in Express letter format
(Schedule LII], Form No. An officer receiving an Express letter shall dispose of it with the same
expedition would a telegram.
444

899. Signatures and corrections.—(a) Signatures to public documents shall be in clear and
legible handwriting. All corrections shall be authenticated by the initial or signature of the person
signing the letter. All officers shall date all their signatures and initials.
(b) Rubber-stamps prohibited —The use of rubber or other stamps for initials or signature by
any officer shall be prohibited.
900. No covering letters in certain cases.—No covering letter or memorandum shall be sent
with contingent bills, nomination rolls, indents for stationery, forms, acts and rubber stamps, travelling
allowance bills, returns and statements. Police Gazette notices and other similar papers, unless they
contain something that requires explanation. Pension or gratuity rolls, however, shall always be sent
with a covering letter.
901. Original documents not to be sent in correspondence.—Original correspondence shall not

be sent with report with a request that it may be returned after perusal. Original documents shall only
be forwarded when there is no possibility of a copy being needed for record in the office from which
they are being sent. Original certificates and other papers, which are of value to the possessors, shall
not be forwarded with applications. Certified copies shall be sent whenever necessary.
902. Names to be typed or printed—To avoid possibility of delay and unnecessary

correspondence arising from illegible writing in such documents as verification rolls, descriptive rolls,
䴀‫ط‬
transfer receipts, etc. all proper names occurring in such papers shall be typed or written in clear words.
The name of the police-station in which a village is situated and the position of the village in respect of
the police-station shall always be mentioned.
903. Communications to other States.—(a) All communications addressed by police-officers of

the State to officers under different administration shall be either in the approved language of that
administration or State or in English. The correspondence with different wings of administrations of
Bihar State shall be done in Hindi. The notification No. 17091, dated 26th November, 1960 issued by
Appointment (State Language) Department under Bihar Official Languages Act, 1950 has laid down that
Hindi should be used compulsorily. The Government policy has been narrated in Bihar Government
Cabinet (State Language) Secretariat, memo. No. 360/S.L., dated 7th October, 1971.
(b) Police-officers of the State are authorised to correspond with officers of equivalent rank in
other states in purely non-controversial matters. However, if an officer of higher rank is to be addressed
the letter should be sent through the officer of the State of equivalent rank under whom the writer is
serving. The Superintendent should also address letters to Range Deputy Inspector-General of another
State through his Range D.I.G In case it is necessary to communicate direct. a copy of the letter must be
sent to his superior of the same rank. Secretaries of the other State would be invariably addressed
through the State Government and not direct.
445

904. Urgent communication received from Inspector-General‘s office.—Urgent orders and
telegrams received from the Inspector-General’s office shall invariably be attended to at once. even if
they cause some inconvenience.
905.-—Method of dealing with correspondence.—(a) Letters. etc. shall be kept in files,

consisting of fly-leaf (Forms Schedule I.lll, Form No. 21 ). note sheets, letters received and copies of
letters despatched. Letters shall be tagged on the right and kept in chronological order, the earliest
being at the bottom. Orders and office notes shall be passed on the note sheets, which shall be tagged
on the left and placed in the opposite order to the letters. so that the latest note sheet and the latest
letter are face to face.
(b) Note sheets and correspondence shall be numbered in Arabic figures. References in note
sheets shall be as brief as possible and shall not reproduce the contents of letters, which can be read
equally easily themselves. References to the page numbers of previous letters referred to shall be noted
in the margin of each letter. Spare copies of papers shall be kept separately at the end of the file or in
separate fly- leaves.
(c) Files shall not deal with more than one subject. For instance force and building projects,
which form part of one scheme. should be kept in separate files. Should a letter in one file contain
matter dealing with the subject of another file, an extract should be placed in the latter. Cross
references to connected files should always be noted on the fly-leaf.
瘀‫ط‬
(d) The subject of a file and its number shall be clearly marked on the fly-leaf. Rules for the
classification, preservation and destruction of files will be found in Chapter 31 .
906. Action on receipt of letters.—-(a) All papers on receipt in office will be opened in presence
of the officer designated for this work (See Rule 908 for confidential correspondence).
In each case the officer concerned will date and initial the letter- In his immediate presence, the papers
will be stamped by a clerk or a Daftari.
(b) These papers will then go to the Head clerk who shall mark them to other sections
concerned and in his presence, the papers would be entered preferably in a continuous serial for one
section in the receipt register vide Rule 912 (a) and in the remarks column the signature of the incharge
of the section to whom the receipts marked will be taken and the papers will be handed over to him.
(c) On receipt, the incharge of the section will hand them over to the clerks of his section and
the latter will enter the same in his own log book of received. This log book will be kept in P.M. Form
No. 120 A.
446

(d) The clerk concerned must attend to the papers promptly and put up before the officer
concerned direct for orders. etc. Where the matter appears complicated. the papers may be put up
through the section incharge.
(e) The files must have proper references and if a perusal of any earlier file is necessary, it shall
be linked and flagged with references so that the concerned officer may see the connected papers. '
907. Writing not to be erowded.—Orders on papers that are not dealt with in the manner
prescribed by Rule 905 shall not be written on any available blank space regardless of the sequence of
the different communications- Clean sheets of paper cut to foolscap size shall be used, and the orders
and replies shall be neatly written across the page in their proper sequence, fresh sheets being attached
when there is no room for further writing on the sheet in use.
908. Confidential correspondence.—(a) Rules dealing with the treatment of confidential and
secret correspondence will be found in Appendices B and C of the Special Branch/Intelligence
Department Manual.
The following Rules regarding the opening of such correspondence are published for general
guidance.
(b) Confidential and secret correspondence shall be despatched in double covers, the outer
‫ض‬
cover being addressed to the officer concerned by his official designation, the inner one being marked
confidential or secret as the case may be, and addressed by name to the officer concerned. The issuing
officer has discretion to dispense with double covers for ordinary confidential letters, when they are
considered unnecessary. In such cases, the cover must be addressed by name.
(c) In order that such letters may not be opened by unauthorised persons, the opening of all
correspondence should be entrusted to a Gazetted Officer available or to an officer specially selected
for the purpose, his name being entered in standing orders. A Gazetted Officer may in the absence of
the head of the Office, open and deal with the contents of a cover merely, marked, “confidential” and
not addressed by name. Those marked ‘secret’ or “Personal” shall only be opened by the head of the
office. A cover addressed by name shall be opened by the addressee only.
(d) An officer, other than a Gazetted Officer, dealing with correspondence shall send all
confidential or secret covers or those addressed by name to the head of the office or addressee, as the
case may be. _
(e) Officers passing .on secret papers to other officer shall always take receipts for them.
447

(f) If a letter is received by name and marked “Immediate” and the Superintendent is on tour.
the officer-in-charge at Headquarters should open it and take necessary action unless it is marked “top
secret and personal“ when the envelop should be sent to him by quickest possible means.
(g) In the absence, of Deputy/Assistant Superintendent/Headquarters the letters received by

designation shall be also opened by the Superintendent himself or in his absence by an officer of and
above the rank of Inspector.
908-A. (a) While all confidential correspondence would be dealt with in the separate section of
the office, the fact that some aspects of a case are being dealt with in the confidential section. would be
noted in the connected file and a new file will be started in the confidential section. If necessary, the
completed correspondence can be later placed in a sealed cover and may be attached with the original
file in the section concerned.
(b) The confidential section will deal with correspondence with the Intelligence Department,
which is generally of a confidential nature, It will also deal with security schemes, Cypher codes,
confidential character rolls and other confidential matters connected with the visits of very important
persons and of foreigners.
909. Despatch of corresp0ndence.—(a) Government letters including those in I reply, to

communications of any kind received from private individuals or associations shall be despatched
“Service paid" on “Service Stamp“.
(b) Private messages not to be sent service

瘀‫ط‬paid.—Officers shall not send communications on
private matters, such as leave, change of appointment, laying daks, etc. by service messages, or in
service-paid letters. Should a reply to such a communication be required by telegraph, the cost of the
reply shall be prepaid. ‘
(c) All papers to be despatched to any one office by one day’s post may be sent in a single cover,
provided it is economical.
Superintendents of Police may direct that only urgent letters shall be despatched daily
otherwise ordinary letters may be despatched on alternate days in a week, Case diaries shall be treated
as urgent communications. Confidential letters should be placed in sealed covers, and then enclosed in
bigger envelope containing non- confidential for economy in use of service stamp.
(d) The collection and file number of a. letter shall be noted on it, immediately below the issue
number (Rule 913).
(e) Packet or parcel post—-All returns, contingent bills, circulars, plans estimates, cash accounts,
etc. when over the weight of I5 gms, shall be sent by packet post tied lengthwise and crosswise with red
tape and open at the ends or by parcel post. In packets sent by packet post. there shall be no letter or
communication of the nature of a letter. Such communications when, necessary shall be sent separately
by letter post.
448

(f) Railway parcels. —When a parcel is sent by rail to another Government official, the railway
freight shall always be prepaid and the railway receipt forwarded at once by post.
(g) Post-cards.—For minor communications, such as reminders, service post-cards shall be used.
910. (a) Account of service stamps.-- Details of the receipts and issues of service stamps shall be
noted in the despatch register (Rule 913) and a balance struck daily. in addition a daily account of these
stamps shall be maintained in Form No. 213 of Schedule LIII which should be checked daily by the head
clerk. The head clerk shall be responsible for controlling expenditure of stamps and shall personally
check the stamped covers before despatch against the expenditure of stamps shown in the register of
letters issued at irregular intervals on not less than four days a month. A certificate to this effect shall be
given in the register. On the occasion of each fresh supply of stamps the account shall be checked by the
head clerk or accountant [See Rule 909 (c)].
(b) Control over issue of service stamps. —ln order to control the issue of service stamps to
police-stations and other subordinate offices an account shall be kept in the following form and the
Superintendent shall record his order in column 5 :—
Stamp issue account for the month of .....................................P.S................................

‫ض‬
Date of Monthly average Expenditure Balanced Amount to Remarks
issue Expenditure in the during the month Reported be sent
previous year
1 2 3 4 5 6
(c) Issue of service stamps to Sub-Divisional Police Officer.—Service stamps shall be issued in the
first instance to S.D.P.Os., if any, otherwise to Circle Inspectors for distribution to the various police
posts within their jurisdiction. Superintendents shall direct them to look into and report on any unusual
increase of expenditure.
911. Telegrams.—(a) Telegrams should be sent only in cases of real urgency (see Rule 898).
Telegraphic message shall be expressed in as few words as is compatible with clearness and should be
sent “ordinary” except in cases of great emergency (see Rule 179 which concerns “Special Police"
telegrams).
449
(b) Telegrams shall be marked “State” by the sender and prepaid cash. In cases of great
emergency. the Telegraph Department are empowered to accept “Express” message without
prepayment, but in all such cases the payment must be made within 24 hours (Post and Telegraph
Guide Rule 391). See Rule 155(g).
(c) A list of recognised telegraphic abbreviations will be found in Appendix S4.
(d) Facts relating to extension of wireless communication are given in Chapter 40.
The use of wireless shall be done according to instructions given by that department- In no circumstance
confidential information shall be sent by wireless.
(e) Code telegrams from abroad. —When Superintendents receive code telegrams from abroad
which they are unable to decipher, they shall repeat them to the Inspector- General’s office without
delay.
912. Register of letters received.—(a) A register of letters, received shall be kept in P.M. Form
No. 119-A (Schedule 53, Form No. 1). This hook shall be divided into as- many parts as the
Superintendent hag regular correspondents, with one additional part: for miscellaneous. e.g.. Inspector-
General, Accountant-General other Superintendents- and Miscellaneous and give. Cross-reference of
serial number or receipt number of different sections. '
瘀‫ط‬
(b) Bills from municipalities, tradesmen and persons outside the department shall be entered in
the receipt register.
(c) The head clerk must ensure that entries are made from day to day.
913. Register of letters issued.—-(a) A register of letters issued shall be kept in P; M. Form No.
119-B (Schedule 53, Form No. 2). This register will be kept fur each section separately but for facility of
despatch the papers will be sent to the central despatch section for being placed in. appropriate covers
for issue. It shall not be necessary to enter the cost of stamps in Sectional register. This work will be
done only in Central Despatch Section. There also it is not necessary to nil up the columns 2-6 in detail,
only the symbol of Section and issue number will suffice. i
(b) All letters will issue by post but, in certain cases under orders of Superintendent of Police. a
special messenger may be used whether the letters are local or to be sent some other station.
c) Reminders shall not be separately registered. Their despatch with date shall be noted against
the original entries in the remarks column (see also Rule 909).
450
914. Register of papers received in Hindi 0ffice.—(a) A register similar to the general section
register prescribed in Rule 912, may be kept in the Hindi office separately or the receipt of such papers
may be registered in the general section receipt register, as the Superintendent thinks fit.
(b) Papers registered elsewhere or filed day by day shall not be entered in this book, e.g., First
Information Reports, case diaries, release notices and periodical returns. Station dairies or final reports
sent specially by a sub-divisional police-officer to the Superintendent shall, however, be registered-
915. Register of letters despatched from Hindi 0ffice.—(a) A register similar to the general
section register prescribed in Rule 913 may be kept in Hindi office or the dispatch of papers from this
office may be registered in the general section register, as the Superintendent thinks fit.
(b) In the case of Parwanas (i.e. warrants, summons, etc.) issued, the substance only shall be
noted.
916. Method of maintaining correspondence registers.—ln the Superintendent’s office, sub-

divisional police offices. Court and inspectors offices registers of letters received and issued shall be kept
in the following way (see also Rule I32) :—
(a) The entries in the column for ‘Subject should be brief.
(b) No notes or orders, e. g. "file" should be made in the columns for “Reply” and
‘‘Reminders received" or “Reminders issued” which should be reserved for purpose for
which they are intended. ‫ح‬
(c) When no reply is required to any letter “N.R."(not required) shall he noted in the
column for “Reply”. This entry shall be made by the section incharge.
(d) When a reply is received or sent. its particulars viz., the number and date shall be
entered in the proper column.
(e) Reminders received or issued shall be entered in the appropriate columns of the
registers provided for the purpose against the original entries to which they refer.
(f) The Assistant or Deputy Superintendent, the Court officer or the officer- in-charge as
the ease may be shall examine the registers of letters received and issued personally at
least once a week and pass orders in the “Remarks” column against the pending items
and initial and date them in token of having examined them. He shall score through the
pages diagonally in which reply columns have been filled up and no action is pending
and initial and date it, Pages should never be partially scored through. The circle
inspectors when they inspect police-stations or Court offices shall examine these
registers to ensure that orders are being complied with.
451
(g) Those papers in which no replies ace received within 15 days after sending a letter,
reminder should be sent for them in the file concerned. One blank paper should be kept
below the fly leaf for this work and on that the date fixed and the page number shall be
indicated, so that after peeing them a reminder may be issued. The clerks who do this
work in these files should also mention this in their forward diary. It shall be the duty of
Section-in- charge to inspect these registers kept by clerks from time to time, by doing
so, papers shall not be kept pending.
(h) Every week. the officers-in-charge of various sections shall make out a list of pending
letters. in this list, separate entries shall be made according to the section. Their form
will be as follow-s:—
serial number Subject From With Explanation Remarks Order of
Of letter Where Whom Of clerk. Of Head
Received and received Pending Section. Clerk.
Date. And In-charge.
Reasons.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
瘀‫ط‬
The pending paper, whose disposal could not be done within 15 days, shall be entered in this.
The section-in-charge shall see this register and arrange for proper disposal of the papers. Action will be
taken against guilty persons. Entries of the papers which are disposed off, shall be scored through by
Head clerk, At the end of the month, a new list shall be prepared of pending papers and put up to
Assistant/Deputy Superintendent (Headquarters).
917. Reminders.—(a) Second and subsequent reminders should always be addressed to the officer by
name.
(b) Reminders received after being entered in the register of correspondence section should he
retained by Superintendent or Assistant Superintendent or Deputy Superintendent incharge, They
should be filed on a tag and the clerk concerned sent for to produce the file. Any orders pasted should
be entered on the file. When the matter has been disposed of, the reminder may then be placed on the
file.
(c) When a reminder is received and an early reply to the original letter is not likely. the
reminder shall be answered.
452

(d) When reminders are received in cases in which replies have been already sent,
Superintendents shall send duplicate copies of the replies, except when it is apparent that the reminders
and the replies have crossed one another in the post.
918. Peon book.—A peon book shall be kept in manuscript in Schedule Llll Form No. 4 in which
receipts shall be taken for all papers sent out by hand to officers at Headquarters.
918-A. Each typist in office shall keep a register showing daily the work entrusted to him and
done by him. The head clerk will check their works daily. The comparison work will be done with help of
another clerk of the section who will sign in the margin in token of having done so. It will indicate as to
who has done this work.
FORMS AND STATIONERY

919. Register of printed forms.—(a) An account of the receipt and issue of forms shall be kept in
Schedule Llll Form No. 114. Forms shall on no account be issued till they are required for use. Each form
and register shall have its place on the rack, labelled and consecutively numbered.
(b) Before issuing any book or register in which printed page numbers are not given. the head
clerk shall have the pages consecutively numbered and certify on the inside of the cover that this has
been done, stating the number of pages the book contains. The head clerk shall similarly check pages of
account books of the office of the Superintendent, in order to ensure that duplicate pages have not
been inserted by mistake.
븀‫ط‬
(c) A percentage of the forms shall be checked quarterly by a Gazetted Officer.
(d) Indents for printed forms will he sent quarterly to the office of the Superintendent of Police
and the sub-divisional police officer coming to attend meetings at Headquarters should take charge of
the forms so that they are distributed to the posts concerned.
920. Issue of station diary books.--Station diary books shall be issued only under the initial of
the head clerk. When two or more books are issued to one police-station, they shall be numbered
consecutively for use, and the consecutive number and date of issue shall be noted conspicuously in red
ink inside the cover of each. The number of volumes and date of issue in the register of receipt and issue
of forms shall at the same time be initialled by the head clerk.
921. Indents for printed Forms.—(a) Printed forms will he supplied by the Superintendent, Press
and Forms. Gaya on indents signed by-Superintendents, Indents are of two kinds—(i) annual and (ii)
Supplementary or emergent.
(b) The annual indent, in Form No. 151 of Schedule Llll, should reach the office of the
Superintendent by the 1st of March each year in the case of forms in Schedule XLVII, and by the 1st
December each year in the case of forms of Schedule LII] (common office forms).
453

(c) Supplementary or emergent indents, in Form No. 152 of Schedule LIII necessitated owing to
unavoidable or unforeseen causes, shall be submitted through the Inspector-General and shall be
accompanied by a satisfactory explanation and a report as to the departmental action taken or intended
against the officer responsible, if any. The articles for which the indent is made shall he calculated to last
up to the end of the period fixed for the annual indent.
(d) If the demand in the case of any item is more than 10 per cent in excess of the average
consumption, an explanation shall he entered in the indent.
(e) Detailed instructions- for the preparation of indents for forms are given in the “Rules for the
supply and custody of printed forms in Bihar" indents shall always he prepared in printed forms and the
instructions shall be carefully followed.
N. B.— (a) indents for envelopes, other than demi-official envelopes [see Rule 922 (c) , shall be
submitted to the officer-in-charge of the Forma Department by the 1st December each
year.
(b) For indents for Indian Army Forms see Rule 1090.
922. Stationery indents.—(a) All articles of stationery which include brass peals rubber stamps,
copying machines, typewriters and their accessories are supplied by the Superintendent, Government
Stationery Stores and Publication, Gulzarbagh, Patna. The local purchase of petty items of stationery is
permitted up to certain limits (see Rule 955). All other articles must be indented for as noted below.
>
(b) Indents for all stationery articles except those noted in paragraphs (c), (d) and (e) below shall
be submitted in stationery Form 3 of “The Bihar Stationery Manual 1951" in time to reach the Inspector-
General by the 1st May. These shall be forwarded by the Inspector-General to reach the Superintendent,
Government Stationery Stores and Publication, not later than 1st June. The stationery indented for will
be supplied on 1st August by railway parcel.
(c) Demi-official not -paper and envelopes.—Indents for demi-official note-paper and envelopes
indented for diestamping shall be submitted in duplicate in Stationery Form 8 along with the annual
indents submitted under clause (b).
(d) Rubber stamps and brass seals—Indents for rubber stamps, brass seals and dating stamps
shall be submitted in duplicate in Stationery Form 9 with duplicate copies of neatly drawn designs of the
stamps and, seals required, to the Inspector-General, who will forward them to the Superintendent,
Government Stationery Stores and Publication, Gulzarbagh, Patna.
(e) Typewriters and duplicating machines. —ln the case of typewriters and duplicating machines
the procedure laid down in Rules 110-138 of “The Bihar Stationery Manual, 1951“ referred to in clause
(b) shall be carefully followed. The previous sanction of the Inspector-General is necessary before an
officer may indent for such items.
454

923. Stationery register.—(a) A register showing the receipt find issue of stationery shall be kept
in manuscript form. Any article of stationery issued, however small, shall be entered by the clerk in
charge of stationery and a receipt obtained for it in this register.
(b) Verification of stock—The stock of stationery shall be verified annually in March by a

Gazetted Officer. Periodical checks should also be made in order to ensure that there is no unnecessary
issue of stationery.
(c) Maintenance of typewriters etc.—Chapter 15 of “The Bihar Stationery Manual, 1951"

regarding the care and maintenance of typewriters and duplicating machines and their accessories shall
be strictly complied with.
924. Annual Confidential character-rolls.—(a) A confidential character roll in P.M. Form no 151
shall be kept for every officer of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector and above up to the rank of
Inspector. Same thing will be done for every officer of ministerial grade. The Superintendent shall keep it
with himself under lock and key and shall on no account allow these records in the hands of
subordinates. The District Magistrate may call for and inspect them.
(b) The following matters shall be entered in the confidential character roll:—
(1) All comments of District Magistrate and other superior officers relating to the personal
character of the officer which have been found by them and which have not been included
in service books [Rule 1041 (d)];
‫ ط‬been criminally convicted, or has been charged
(2) particulars of cases in which an officer⠀has
with offences and put upon his trial but finally discharged for want of evidence; but no
particulars of cases in which an officer has been fully and honourably acquitted;
(3) When necessary, information regarding cases in which there have been judicial comments
and in which entries have been made in the service book;
(4) Quality of work when officiating in a higher appointment;
(5) Other facts as are given in the form. But in every column there should be narration of facts
which are in his knowledge.
(c) At the close of each financial year, or before leaving a district if that event is earlier, the
Superintendent shall record a note regarding the conduct, efficiency, health and habits of each officer.
Comments on officers of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be written by Sub-Divisional Police
Officer and communicated to the S.P. who may incorporate them in his own remarks if he agrees. In this
way the remarks on members of ministerial cadre also shall he written by Assistant Superintendent or
Deputy Superintendent incharge of a section in Police Office. While recording the remarks care is to be
taken that previous remarks are not-perused because the recording officer may be affected by previous
remarks. Remarks shall he well considered and moderate in tone, and when an opinion strongly
unfavorable to an officer is recorded, it shall be justified by facts bearing upon it.
455

The object of a confidential character roll is to show an officer special merits and defects and to
enable a correct and definite judgment to be formed as to how his services may best be utilized. For this
purpose vague remarks such as “fair” or “unsatisfactory” are of little use and shall be avoided. On the
other hand it is useful to know that an officer is “tactful”, “energetic”, “industrious”, “sound in
judgment”, “perverse”, “untrustworthy”, “lazy”, etc.
(d) Ordinarily remarks should not be recorded on an officer who has served under the reporting
officer for less than four months except for special reasons and he should exercise great care in framing
his report particularly in recording an adverse remark provided that if a reporting officer inspects the
work of an officer who had served under him for less than four months or who had not served under
him at all and comes across material which shows that the officer had worked remarkably well or
particularly badly, he should make an observation to this effect in the annual confidential report, see
Government of Bihar Appointment Department memo No. V/CI-1021/58—1324-A, dated 11th
November, 1958.
(e) An officer who is badly reported on should be informed of the fact in writing order to give
him an opportunity to cure defects. No officer should be kept in ignorance for any length of time that his
work is considered unsatisfactory. The substance of the entire confidential report whether shout
remediable or about irremediable defects should be communicated in a form suited to the
temperament of the officer reported against without disclosing the name and designation of the
reporting officer. Care should also be taken that the officer does not become discouraged by
communication of defects without any acknowledgement of useful work done. It should be clearly
瘀‫ط‬
stated in the confidential character roll that shortcomings have been brought to the officer's notice [see
Sub-rule (i) below].
(f) Officers must clearly understand that remarks are communicated to enable an officer to
correct defects which are brought to his notice, and not in order that he may defend himself or enter
into controversial, correspondence. If an officer protests against any unfavourable remarks within three
months of date of receipt by him, his -protest should be considered and he should be informed that this
has been done and that the remarks have been modified or that there is no reason to modify the
opinion. as the case may be When parts of the character report are expunged or modified, the words
which are to be deleted should be pasted or scored through so that they cannot be read and a-
reference to the number and date of the order modifying or expunging the remarks should be given on
the margin.
(g) The confidential character rolls are kept in duplicate so that one copy may be sent for
promotion boards (Appendix 72) etc. and there is no loss due to its being misplaced. However, if both
the copies are lost, it shall be reported to the assistant to the Inspector-General who shall reconstruct it
as far as possible by reference to all the officers under whom the officer has served during the past 10
years.
456

(h) When an officer is transferred from one district to another, the remarks shall be written up
to date and his roll shall be sent in a scaled and registered cover addressed by name to the
Superintendent of the district to which he is transferred.
(i) The officer recording the initial remarks will communicate the same to the officer concerned
and his receipt may he obtained which shall be pasted in the margin of adverse remarks. When adverse
remarks are sent by registered post the acknowledgement receipt obtained from the officer concerned
shall also be pasted. If the officer recording initial remarks desires, he can show the same to the officer
concerned and will obtain his initials in the same in lieu of a separate receipt thereof.
(j) Adverse remarks in character rolls should be communicated promptly and preferably within
three months of the due period of remarks. These are recorded according to the financial year. The
Deputy Inspector-General should obtain a certificate from Superintendents by 31st May and thereafter
the former should report to Inspector General by 30th June each year that recording of character rolls
have been finalised and adverse remarks have been communicated. Serious notice should be taken of
any lapse in recording these remarks.
925. (a) List of Acts, etc.—A list of Acts and other regulations to be kept, in the office of the
欀‫ص‬
Superintendent and at police-stations will be found in Appendix 55. In this appendix that form is also
given in which every year in January and July, the list of required Acts, etc. shall be sent to the office of
Inspector General. The latter shall issue proper orders in this connection. The Superintendent shall
purchase these books after receipt of orders from Inspector General. As far as possible, the Inspector
General shall arrange to procure these books centrally.
It will be decided by the I.G. as to which books from the list given in Appendix 55 shall be kept in
subordinate offices up to the rank of Superintendent of Police. Similarly the Superintendent of Police
shall decide as to which books out of the list given in Appendix S5 shall be kept in other offices
subordinate to him. Fully amended copies of every book should be available in every office concerned.
The amendments shall be published in Police Gazette and their extracts shall be taken out from the
gazette and pasted in the books of concerned Act. Important duties of Police under some of those Acts
as well as other Acts are given in Appendix 101.
457

(b) List of registers, files. Etc. --For the list of registers, files, etc. to be maintained in the
Superintendent ‘s office, the Rules by which they are prescribed and the periods for which they are to
be preserved, see Appendix 62.
INSPECTIONS
926. (a) Superintendents should maintain running defect notes regarding matters that come to
their notice in respect of each branch of their office and the reserve office and before the close of each
year make a careful inspection of items not touched on in the defect notes, or in respect of the
efficiency of which they are doubtful [see also Role 94] (a)]. The inspection notes shall be recorded or
kept pasted in the inspection register and the compliance reports of Sections incharge shall also be
noted on it.
(b) The defect notes. or such of them as are of importance, may be entered up in the inspection
register so that superior inspecting officers may be able to judge whether the Superintendent has or has
not controlled and supervised his office efficiently. Detailed inspection notes should also be entered in
this register.
(c) Assistant and Deputy Superintendents office should he given definite items to inspect from
time to time, and they also should record defect notes on which the Superintendent shall take necessary
⠀‫ط‬
action. These notes should be carefully filed for reference by inspecting officers. The Head clerk shall put
up his inspection notes of various sections through them to the Superintendent.
926-A. Visits to Police office by subordinates.—All subordinate officers visiting the office of
Superintendent of Police must sign a register in P.M. Form No. 121A, kept there with the Head clerk.
This register should be shown daily to the Superintendent of Police or in his absence fi-om Headquarters
to the Assistant/Deputy Superintendent of Police incharge of the office. Those officers who come from
outside may be given instructions as needed and may even carry cash and other correspondence meant
for their post.
926-B. Verification rolls.—Verification rolls should be dealt with in the miscellaneous section in
the S.P.‘s office. These would be always sent to the P.S. concerned for necessary action (Rule 92). In
regard to verification cases for appointment to Gazetted ranks, the letters, if treated as confidential,
should he dealt with in the confidential section.
In view of this police officers are forbidden to grant good conduct certificate, in their individual
capacity unless they have prolonged personal knowledge of the person in question. Such certificate will
on no account be given by Inspectors and other officers of lower rank.
458

926-C. The Rules laid down for the Superintendent’s office would be followed mutatis mutandis
in the office of the Sub-Divisional Police Officer as well. The Sub- Divisional Police Officer will generally
deal only with crime matters of the area of his charge and shall keep a general control over police
officers under him. For this purpose the S.D.P.O. office shall have following important wings—(1) crime,
(2) confidential, and (3) general (miscellaneous).
926-D. (a) The Record Section will be the custodian of records of the office of Superintendent
and should ensure that records are properly classified and stored. The section will be responsible for
maintenance of register of records and their periodical weeding according to the indication in Appendix
63.
Details regarding keeping of records are given in Chapter 31.
(c) There should be an office library attached to this section. The books should be arranged and
issued in accordance with the normal Rules for library work.
926-E. Arms license.—(a) A separate list shall be kept of applications received in the office of
Superintendent of Police in which the dates of receipt of application, the dates and number of despatch
to subordinate officers, the dates of replies received from them and the dates and despatch numbers of
forwarding them to the District Magistrate shall be noted. If an application is sent direct to a
欀‫ص‬
subordinate officer, it shall at once be sent to the office of the Superintendent and further action shall
be taken only after receipt of orders. In this connection, special attention should be kept that an
application is not kept unnecessarily pending in any office and expeditious action is taken in making
enquiries and scrutiny. The Superintendent shall scrutinize this register from time to time so that
disciplinary action is taken against those officers who have shown laziness in this work.
(b) The work concerning arms licenses shall be done in miscellaneous section.
926-F. Army deserters.—(a) A register in PM, Form No. 42-B will be kept in district police office
in which names of deserters and other informations connected with them will be entered police-station
wise [see Rule 231 (b)].
(b) An Assistant/Deputy Superintendent at office Headquarters will inspect this register from
time to time and bring the pending cases to the notice of Superintendent so that the employees, who
are not carrying out this work properly may be instructed suitably and if necessary departmental action
may also be taken, This register will be compared with the concerned register kept in police stations at
the time of annual inspections in the same way as it is done for the register of absconders. Information
noted in this register will be made up to date after contacting the concerned army unit from time to
time.
459

926-G. Rural Police.—(a) A rankwise list of Chaukidars, Dafadars, etc. together with their brief
service record shall be kept in the Chaukidari Section of the office of: Superintendent of Police. In this
section papers concerning reward and punishment, clothing and other subjects shall be disposed of. For
the Rules concerning giving rewards, see Rule 861. The Rules concerning appointment, reversion and
punishment, drawal and disbursement of pay shall be found in Chaukidari Act and Rules noted in PM.
Rule 111.
(b) Chotanagpur Rural Police Act (1, 1914) is applicable in certain parts of the districts of
Hazaribagh, Ranchi, Palamau and Singhbhum. According to this Act, it is the responsibility of the
Superintendent to draw the pay of rural police every month and get it distributed through station
officers. Some parts of Singhbhum district, which were previously parts of singhbhum district, such as
Nimdih, Chandil, Kochai and Ichagarh (a portion) etc. come under Bengal Act, 1870 which is applicable
also in some other districts of the State of Bihar. In such police-stations of Singhbhum district, which
were under native States of Seraikela and Kharsawan and which have merged in the State of Bihar after
their abolition, Chaukidari system is not in operation.
460
瘀‫ط‬
..

CHAPTER 29
ACCOUNTS
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
927. Government Codes and Manuals relating to accounts, pay, allowances, pensions and
leave.—Authoritative Rules for the receiving, keeping and disbursing of money and for the keeping of
accounts are contained in the Bihar Financial Rules, 1953, Bihar Treasury Code, 1964. Rules regarding
pension and leave are contained in Bihar Pension Rules, 1950, Bihar Service Code, 1957 and All-India
Services Manual. The portions of these books which are relevant to the police department are quoted in
Appendix S6 and all Superintendents, Assistant Superintendents, Deputy Superintendents, and officers
dealing in accounts work are expected to be familiar with them- Such Rules on these subjects as are to
be found in this manual are not merely supplementary or explanatory but are reproduced from the
manuals and codes quoted above for the sake of convenience or emphasis. Police Manual Rules have no
authority as against these books and should not be quoted in correspondence as overriding them.
928. Budget grants not to be exceeded.—(a) The sums allotted to each district in the budget
shall never be exceeded without previous sanction 1 from the Inspector- General.
(b) The budget grants for fixed charges, such as establishments, temporary establishments. etc.
쀀‫ ط‬shall pay special attention to expenditure from
shall on no account be exceeded. All drawing officers
Government revenue. They shall make detailed inspection of accounts work in their offices every month
and send necessary statement to Inspector-General every quarter [see Rule 305(a) of Bihar Treasury
Code, Volume I].
(C) Recurring payments.—No charge which binds Government beyond a single payment shall be
incurred without the sanction of Government.
929. Revenues and receipts to be paid intact into treasury.—All revenues and receipts shall be
paid, without deduction, into, the treasury and credited in gross in the accounts; and all expenditure
shall always be met from money drawn from the treasury, and shall also appear in the accounts the
crediting of net receipts after deduction of expenditure is not allowed. No officer shall appropriate
money realized locally towards current expenditure.
930. All moneys to be paid into Government treasuries.—(a) Superintendents shall pay into the
Government treasury all moneys of whatever kind, which come into their possession as Government
officers. They shall not retain in their own hands money which is either the property of Government or is
deposited with them, or entrusted to them for any public purpose.
461

(b) When any money is sent to the treasury for credit to Government, the chalan shall always be
signed by the Superintendent, or an Assistant Superintendent or Deputy Superintendent specially
authorized by district order, and not by the accountant, For Inspectors, see Rule 935(d).
(c) The chalans with which the money is forwarded to the treasury shall specify distinctly the
nature of every receipt. it is for the treasury officer, to sec that the above amounts are to be credited to
Government or to be placed in deposit in any other way.
(d) The only moneys which a Superintendent may have in his safe are (1) the permanent
advance, (2) pay and travelling and other allowances in course of distribution. The salary and allowances
shall be distributed as early as possible before the 10th of the following month.
(e) These orders do not apply to money which it is necessary to retain for purpose of police
investigation. in cases in which questions of the identity of the precise coins or notes may arise. If such
questions are not involved, the treasury, and not the district safe is the proper place for the custody of
the money.
931. Responsibility for money not paid in.—Officers are personally responsible for any money
deposited elsewhere than in a Government treasury. the State Bank of India or one of its branches, or
other authorised places.
932. Accounts objections.—A copy of the objection taken by the Accounts Department to
proceedings or to expenditure shall invariably accompany the letter of reference to the Inspector-
Ъ
General requesting sanction to such proceedings or됀expenditure (see Rule 927).
HEAD CLERK AND ACCOUNTANT

933. Charge of cash chest.—(a) The cash chest shall be in charge of the head clerk, who is the
cashier for the purposes of the Bihar Treasury Code, Bihar and orrisa Treasury Manual and Bihar
Financial Rules.
(b) the chest shall be fastened or placed in a position of security, where possible, under the
protection of the guard over the treasury.
(c) Superintendents may make over to officers-in-charge of reserve offices a portion of their
permanent advance, according to requirements, not exceeding. Rs. 150 to be recouped from time to
time. It will be regularly accounted.
(d) Charge and preparation of accounts and bills.—All accounts shall be in sole charge of the
accountant and all bills, both original and copy, shall be prepared and initialled therein. These will be
examined and initialled by the head clerk before these are signed by the Superintendent of Police.
462

(e) No deviation from the above Rules shall be allowed without the written permission of the
Inspector-General.
934. Making and taking over charge by head clerk or accountant.—(a) On the occasion of any
change of head clerk or accountant. the relieving officer shall examine the accounts from the
commencement of that mouth and make a memorandum in the cash account of advances and other
sums outstanding, of any debts payable out of money already drawn, of sums for which no receipts have
been received, and of bills, etc,. sent to the treasury but not paid, the memorandum being signed by
both the relieved and relieving officers.
(b) The relieving officer shall also prepare a list of bills, pay, travelling, clothing, office
expenditure, etc., pending preparation, encashment and submission to the Account ant-General. and
examine the stock and other books containing particulars of Government property and see that they
agree with the articles in stock. He shall take the earliest opportunity of examining all receipts and
acquittance rolls for three months back, and report to the Superintendent whether they are complete or
otherwise. The work of taking over charge shall not be allowed to occupy more than three days. The
Superintendent shall. if possible himself be present, and shall satisfy himself that the relieving officer
has fully taken charge of the registers and files with which he deals and has noted all pending matters.
RECEIPTS AND PAYMENT OF MONEY

‫ط‬
퀀
935. Responsibility and delegation of powers.—(a) The Superintendent is responsible for the
proper upkeep of the accounts of his district. He may delegate his powers of signing accounts, bills
vouchers and the connected registers to an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent. Such delegations shall
be entered in the District Order Book. This will not however relieve the Superintendent in any way of his
responsibility for the accuracy of the Bill or for disposal of the money received for payment (see Bihar
Treasury Code Rule 148).
The officer so empowered shall, for the purpose of these rules. be known as “The officer-in-
charge of accounts“.
(b) When a Gazetted Officer is authorised to sign bills, his name and specimen signature shall be
communicated to the treasury officer (see Rule 29 of Bihar Treasury Code).
(c) The Superintendent shall personally check the cash accounts before signing the cash
accounts certificate submitted under Rule 942 and when doing so shall satisfy himself that the Rules for
the upkeep of accounts are being properly followed.
(d) Delegation to an Inspector. —ln the absence of an Assistant or Deputy Superintendent, the
Superintendent may delegate the above powers, except that of signing bills, to an Inspector but it shall
be obligatory on the Superintendent to countersign and check all items signed by the Inspector.
463
936. Payment orders.—Every payment, however small, shall be supported by a payment order
written by the Superintendent or officer-in-charge of accounts. Payment orders shall be written across
the face of a bill in red ink so as to deface it. It shall show the amount, both in words and figures.
ADVICE SLIPS AND RECEIPT CHEQUES
937. Advice slips.—{a) When money is sent to an intermediate disburser for payment to the
actual payee, then and then only an advice slip in P.M. Form No. 124 shall be written in duplicate with
carbon paper and issued under the signature of the Superintendent or officer-in-charge of accounts. The
advice slips sent to another Superintendent, to a reserve office, police station or other office shall be
filled in that office as authority for the entry on the receipt side of the cash account of that office, and
the number of the advice slip shall be quoted by the receiving officer on the receipt cheque issued by
him acknowledging the money. This receipt cheque shall be attached to the duplicate of the advice slip
in the office of the issuing officer.
(b) When any sum of money is to be paid, the accountant shall initial the account or bill and,
after the head clerk has examined and initialled it, obtain thereon a payment order signed by the
Superintendent or officer-in-charge of the accounts.
If the amount is to be sent to an intermediate

瘀‫ط‬ disburser, the accountant shall also write and
initial an advice slip and its duplicate, which are also to be examined and initialled by the head clerk, and
obtain thereon the signature of the Superintendent or the officer-in-charge of the accounts. The head
clerk when paying the amount shall take the signature of the payee. if he be present, on the account or
bill, which then becomes- a voucher. The accountant shall then enter the payment in the cash-book.
(c) Separate advice slips shall be made out for every place to which the money is sent.
It will be noted on the advice slip as to who is responsible for the distribution of the amount.
Every officer shall issue a receipt cheque for the amount and deal with that advice slip as laid down in
clause (a).
(d) Payment of sums over Rs. 50.—Sums exceeding, Rs. 50 shall be paid in the presence of the
Superintendent or oflicer-in-charge of accounts, and the fact certified on the voucher or duplicate of the
advice slip.
(e) Payment to escort.—When a sum of money is made over to an escort, the officer-in-charge
of the escort shall acknowledge it on the reverse of the advice slip duplicate and make over the original
to the actual payee. It will be dealt with as detailed in clause (b).
464
(f) Receipt cheques. —For every sum oi‘ money received, except sums received in exchange for
bills presented at the treasury, the accountant shall fill up and initial a printed receipt cheque in Form
No. 175 of Schedule LIII (P.M. Form No. 23) duplicated by the carbon paper process. The accountant
shall then obtain the initials of the head clerk on both copies in token of receipt of the money. The
Superintendent or officer-in- charge of the accounts shall sign the original and initial the duplicate. The
accountant shall then enter the amount in the cash account and issue the original to the payer.
(g) Only one receipt cheque hook and one advice slip hook shall be in use at the same time. Each
cheque and slip shall bear a monthly serial number. Every book of advice slip and receipt cheque snail
contain one hundred pages in duplicate. The receipt cheque book shall he issued only on written
demand from the Accountant by the Superintendent of Police.
938. Vouchers.—(a) The term “Voucher” in these Rules shall mean an actual payee’s receipt.
Each class of voucher shall be filed in a separate guard file, e.g., acquittance rolls for pay, acquittance
rolls for travelling allowance, vouchers of office expenses, etc. The vouchers in each file shall bear a
consecutive monthly number.
(b) Intermediate receipts (such as police-station receipt cheques, receipts granted by the
postmaster for money orders) shall be filed with the duplicate of the advice slip or, if there be no advice
slip, with the voucher.
(c) Vouchers of office expenditure etc., for amounts exceeding Rs. 100 are to be attached to bills
presented to the treasury.
⠀‫ط‬
Vouchers for amounts not exceeding Rs. 100 shall be preserved for three years. Acquittance
rolls shall be preserved according to the instructions in Appendix 62.
(d) M. O. receipts and KR covers as vouchers. -Actual payee’s postal money order receipts may
be accepted as a sufficient legal quittance. But it is necessary that the payee should write clearly in the
money order receipt f0l'lTl, after the words “Received the sum specified above on ............ ..“ on what
account the money was paid, so that this receipt signed by the payee may furnish all information
required for audit purposes. Value-payable parcel covers, showing the amounts paid to the post-office
may also be Accepted as payees receipts, provided that they are certified by the paying officer as having
been paid on Government account and are supported by the invoice or bill showing details of the
charges.
(e) Defacement of vouchers. — All vouchers and payment orders shall be defaced in the
presence of the, Superintendent or officer-in-charge of accounts when the signature is made against the
item in the cash-book or contingent register. Defacement shall be by means of a special stamp, and the
officer in whose presence the defacement is made shall initial it [see Rule 940 (a) (5)].
465

(f) Seals and rubber stamps shall on no account he used for signatures or initials in connection
with accounts.
939. Daily cash-book.—(a) A cash book shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 125, the receipts and
payments under each of the heads prescribed being Kept separately. The entries shall be brief, but every
item received or paid shall he shown into without; fail, except the pay and travelling allowance of
Gazetted Officers and such other officers as are responsible for their own pay bills. _
(b) Contingent daily totals in cash-books -When receipts or payments are entered in a
separate register, e.g., a contingent register of “office expenses” the details of those items shall be
brought on to the cash book.
(c) Voucher reference.—The reference in the column “Voucher No." on the receipt side of the
cash-book shall, in case of bills, be the bill number (e.g., “Est. 05” “O.E.V. 10”) and in the Case of
miscellaneous receipts the reference shall be the receipt cheque number.
(d) The reference in the column “voucher No." on the payment side shall be the number of the
voucher, with the number of the advice slip, if '
O.E.V. A.R. A.S. 6

any, e.g. ……….. …… …….. (O.E.V.—office expenses voucher, A.R.—
5 7 A.R. 71
(Acquittance Roll,A.S. —Advise slip)
瘀‫ط‬
(e) Initialling of cash-book entries.—when any bill, money order, or receipt cheque is signed, the
entry in the cash-book shall be initialled at the same time. In the case of bills sent for counter-signature,
the cash-book shall be initialled when the, bill is signed and sent for counter-signature, and not when
received back after counter-signature.
(f) When the balance is partly cash and partly uncashed bills, a note shall be made at the foot of
the day’s account showing the amount of cash and the number and amount of each uncashed bill.
(g) Balancing of cash-book.—the cash-book shall be closed, totalled and balanced on every day
on which there is a transaction. For days on which no transactions occur an entry to this effect shall be
written across the cash-book and shall he initialled by the Superintendent or officer-in-charge of
accounts, in token of the fact that the balance as previously entered remained unaltered.
(h) The accountant shall initial the foot of every page of the cash-book. And he and the head
clerk shall initial the balance every time it is struck.
(i) On the last date of each month. a statement will be appended on, the relevant page of the
cash-book, Showing the details of the cash in hand giving the reference of the voucher concerned and
the date of its receipt so that the officer-in-charge of accounts can check if moneys are lying un-
disbursed unnecessarily.
466

(j) Care should be taken to enter items paid out in each line separately according to Advice Slip.
Then only it would be possible to have each item initialled by the officer- in-charge of accounts. It will
show whether vouchers of payment have been received back or not because on each line every entry of
the item should be initialled as its completed voucher is received [see Rule 940(a) ( 5)].
CASH ACCOUNTS
940. (a) Signing cash-book-—-The cash-book shall be laid daily before the officer- in-charge of
the accounts with the vouchers, advice slips, payment orders and office expenditure registers connected
with transactions of the previous working day. The officer-in-charge of the accounts shall-
(1) See that any alterations or corrections are made strictly in accordance with the instructions
given in Rule 86(6) of Bihar Treasury Code;
(2) See that the previous balance has been correctly brought forward and the total amount
received and expended are correct on that day and any fresh balance correctly struck;
(3) See that the amounts drawn from the treasury or received from other sources do not remain
too long in hand;
(4) Initial every entry in the cash-book in respect of sums received and every entry in the cash-
book and the daily totals in the office expenses register and abstracts of Acquittance rolls in
respect of sums paid;
挀‫ط‬
(5) In respect of items on the payment side for which completed vouchers have been received,
initial the individual entries in the office expenses registers and Abstract Acquittance Rolls.
etc. and place a second initial against the relevant entries in the cash-book. He shall have the
connected Vouchers and payment orders defaced then and there in his presence [see Rule
938(e)];
(6) See that Bills when signed are accounted for and the relevant entry on the receipt side is
initialled by the officer signing the bill. In bigger districts at the discretion of the Superintendent
a system of giving second initial on the credit side in the cash book may be introduced when the
bill is cashed.
(b) Counting cash. —The cash in hand shall be verified by the Superintendent, or officer-in-charge of the
accounts, at irregular intervals nor less than four times a month; the fact shall be noted tin the cash-
book on the appropriate pages, and a certificate to this effect shall be given on the cash. Account
certificate (Rule 942).
(c) Details of items in hand under each head and of advances outstanding at the close of the month shall
be shown after the entries for the last day of the month, with the numbers and dates of the receipt and
pay cheques. Notes shall be made against each item as it is paid or adjusted.
467

(d) Bank drat shall be treated as cash payment. Money remitted by bank draft shall also be
treated as a cash payment, the entry being worded as a “payment by bank draft”. In ease a bill and not
money, is sent to the treasury for the purpose, the transaction shall be shown on both sides of the cash-
book as if it were an actual cash receipt and expenditure.
(e) Endorsement on bills for bank drat‘, etc. -—When a bill is drawn to make payment wholly or
fin part by means of a bank draft, the bill shall be endorsed “Received contents by bank draft” or
“Received contents by cash Rs ........... .. And by bank draft as the case may be. The bill shall be
accompanied by an application for the issue of a bank draft.
(h) Bank drafts, money orders and cheques, when received shall not be treated as cash until
actually cashed.
(g) Deductions from pay-bills on account of income-tax and Provident funds shall in no case be
exhibited in the cash-book, the net sum only being credited on account of Par 9
941. Periodical check.—(a) In addition to the thorough examination of accounts at the end of
each month [see Rules 93 5(c) and 942], the Superintendent, or other officer- in-charge of accounts,
shall examine them every 10 days with a view to issuing reminders for vouchers and for the adjustment
of advances which are outstanding for an unduly long period. The entries will be made according to the
classification of vouchers, viz., PAR, TAR, etc. All items in which complete vouchers are not available will
‫ط‬
he entered allowing ten days’ time for receipt of瘀vouchers. Thus, the check on the 20th day of the
Month will consider all entries between Ist-10th days of the month. Against each item there will be
space for entering the details of action taken by the Accounts section and the orders of the officer-in-
charge of the accounts. The entries will be made by the officer—in-charge of the accounts in his own
hand.
(b) Corrections in the list of outstanding vouchers, recorded in the cash account certificate (Rule
942), shall be tested and initialled by the officer-in-charge of the accounts.
942. Monthly certificate regarding cash accounts.—(a) A certificate in .P.M. Form No. 126 shall
he submitted to the Deputy inspector-General‘s Office on or before the 10th of each month by the
Superintendent himself [see Rule 935(c)]. One copy of this shall be sent to the office of Inspector-
General.
(b) Before signing this certificate the Superintendent shall make a thorough examination of the
accounts himself, with such assistance as may be necessary. The officer—in charge of the accounts shall
draw oat a complete list of pending vouchers, category wise and according to their dates, 1'. e. . the
older vouchers coming first and the new coming thereafter. For drawing out this list the ten-day check
register will be consulted. In successive month, the entries of the previous month, not yet scored out
will be copied out again.
468

(c) This list will be kept in the form of a register. Each item will indicate the voucher number, the
person with whom pending, the amount of the voucher and the action taken so far for obtaining the
same.
The Superintendent will record against each item his orders and the compliance thereof will be
indicated in the remarks column.
(d) It would be advisable to keep separate files in regard to the older vouchers which are
pending so that they receive adequate attention. in regard to other vouchers, the reminders may issue
in one lump to officers concerned and their explanations for delay should be obtained. In case of officers
of other districts, the assistance of the concerned Superintendents will be taken, through the Range
Deputy Inspector-General of both the ranges concerned, if necessary.
(e) Special attention must be paid to advances and their liquidation. A separate statement
regarding this must be appended to the report.
943. Statement of expenditure.—every officer incurring expenditure, shall submit a monthly

statement of expenditure incurred in his office in Form Nos. 176 and 178 of Schedule Llll to the office of
Inspector-General. ' 7
944. Monthly comparison of station cash accounts’.-—-Superintendents shall have their station
cash accounts compared monthly with entries in their own accounts and with the treasury accounts.
This work will be done by some ministerial officer other than the accountant. The station cash account
shall he submitted through the Court officer. Who shall check it with the entries in his register, and with
the Magistrate’s permission, Obtain a certificate fin P.M. Form No. 24 from the in charge of the registers
kept in the Magistrate's office that the sums sent to the Magistrate have been duly accounted for (see
Rule 124).
945. Bills.—Bills are of four kinds:—
(1) Establishment (pay and allowances).
(2) Travelling allowance.
(3) Office expenses.
(4) Miscellaneous.
469

(b) Duplication of bills.—Pay travelling allowance and miscellaneous bills shall be prepared in
duplicate with a pen and carbon paper. The original pen or pencil copy shall be submitted to the
treasury and the carbon copy shall be the office copy For instructions regarding the preparation of
travelling allowance bills. See Appendix 57. The Superintendent shall have an abstract of travelling
allowance acquittance rolls entered in an abstract acquittance roll, and at the time of signing each
travelling allowance bill shall initial the entry in the abstract acquittance roll.
(c) Bills for office expenses, etc.—when it is necessary to recoup the permanent advance against
office expenses the several columns shall be totalled and the totals shall be posted in a separate bill for
each class of office expenditure. The total of each such bill shall be entered in the office expenditure
register in words and in figures and shall be initialled by the officer signing the bill (Rule 312(1) Note (2)
of Bihar Treasury Code].
(d) Filing of office copies of bills.—Office copies of bills shall he filed in guard files, separate page
in file being used for each kind of bill. Thus, three files of bills shall be kept for (I) pay including General-
Provident Fund withdrawals, (2) Travelling allowance, and (3) Miscellaneous, including Excise rewards,
advances for house buildings, bills for blankets supplied by Magistrates, etc. '
瘀‫ط‬
(e) Numbering of bills.- -Each kind of bill shall bear a separate annual serial number.
946. (a) Bills of Office expenses, etc.—For the detailed Rules relating to the preparation and
encashment of office expenses bills. The upkeep of office expenses registers and the definition of each
type of office expenses, see Rules 312 to 317 of Bihar Treasury Code, Chapter 6 and paras, 1 76- 1 94 of
Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual.
(b) Registers of office expenses, etc.—Each Superintendent shall keep a separate register for
office expenses, etc., In Form 204 of Schedule LIII, This register shall be divided according to every
approved subject of expenses.
947. (a) Items, for which grants not distributed to Superintendents. —ln the case of the following
items. there shall be no distribution of the budget grants to Superintendents, but the bills passed by
them shall proceed against the total grants provided in the consolidated State Police Budget after
obtaining the sanction of Inspector-General:-—
470

(1) Office and ground rents:
(2) Fees for ‘instruction in drill;
(3) Fees for training buglers;
(4) Cost of railway warrants.
N.B. —Items like (I) cost of dearness of provisions; (2) municipal rates and faxes; (3) escort
charges are included in “other charges” for which allotment from budget is made to the
Superintendent.
(b) The charges on account of each of the above classes shall be drawn by separate bills,
numbered in a separate series and showing the progressive totals of expenditure incurred up to date
according to the Superintendents register.
Allotments shall not be noted in the bills. In the office expenses, etc., these heads of grants should be
grouped separately and when bills are drawn the grand totals for these heads and those for the other
heads should bet struck separately.
948. Permanent advances.—(a) Permanent⠀‫ط‬advances are allowed Under Rule 112 of the Bihar
Financial Rules for payment of contingent charges. The inspector General can sanction the grant of
permanent advances for subordinate officers up to the amount advised by the Accountant-General as
appropriate and any difference of opinion shall be referred to the State Government. In submitting
proposals to the Accountant- general for the grant of a permanent advance or an increase to an existing
advance, the average monthly contingent expenditure and the existing advance, if any, of the officer
concerned, shall be stated.
(b) The scale of permanent advances sanctioned for each district will be found in Appendix 58.
949. Preparation of office expenses bills.—(a) A separate consolidated bill for each class of
office expenses, etc. for whole district prepared a Headquarters shall be sent with the cash of salary to
all the posts [see Rule l002(a)]. ‘
Note. — for orders regarding refunds or retrenchments, see Rule 2 I 9 of Bihar Treasury Code.
471

(b) The Superintendent shall be personally responsible for any excess expenditure over the
grants (see note to Rule 306 of Bihar Treasury Code).
(c) Relieving officers, who have grounds for complaint against their predecessors of excessive
expenditure shall enter such complaint in the charge report and attach to the report a statement of the
actual expenditure incurred.
Notes.— ( 1 ) For procedure with regard To making purchases or incurring expenditure in

other districts through police officers of that district see Rule l00 of General
Financial Rules and Rule 329 of Bihar Treasury Code.
(2) For Rules regarding payment for work done at Government; factories, see
Rule 99 of General Financial Bubs and. Rule 326 of Bihar Treasury Code.
(3) For Rules for re-appropriation of grants, sec paragraphs 74 and 83 of Budget
Manual.
(d) Full details of expenditure incurred under head “Miscellaneous” should be furnished in
contract office, expenses bills.
950. Office rent.—Superintendents who have no accommodation in the Magistrate's Kutchery

and Sub-Divisional Police officers when stationed at sub-divisions where no office accommodation is
available for them, in Government buildings, may apply for office rent within the limits laid down in item
33 of Appendix S of Bihar Financial Rules.
瘀‫ط‬
951. Rents of land in police-occupation.—(a) Rents of land in police-occupation require sanction
from competent authority apart from budget allotment (see item 33 of Appendix 5. of Bihar Financial
Rules). ln para l89(l8) of Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual, a form of Bill for withdrawal of this amount is
given. The rent shall be paid during the year for which it is sanctioned, Whether a claim is made or not.
The money shall be sent to the owner and a receipt taken.
(b) The sanction to rent a building will always be either for a specified period or till Government
quarters are provided. No agreement regarding the renting of a building shall be entered into without
the sanction of competent officer.
(c) Police-officers are not empowered to enter into an agreement, deed or contract on behalf of
the Governor of Bihar. The Collector of the district is the competent authority in such matters (see Bihar
Financial Rules 29 and its Appendix 1).
952. Service Stamps.—Superintendents should pay by book transfer instead of in case the value
of service stamps drawn by them from the treasury. Service stamps will also be issued direct from Sub-
treasurers on the present tit ion of bills without the bills being first passed for payment by the Sadar
Treasury.
472

In this connection the following procedure shall be followed:—
A bill in Bihar Treasury Code Form No. 42 shall be prepared by disbursing officers when they
require service stamps. The bill will contain the acknowledgment of the drawing officer of the receipt of
the stamps indented for. It will be treated in the same way as a bill for drawing cash from the Treasury.
The Treasury or Sub-Treasury officer, as the case may be, will pass the bill for “payment by transfer” and
issue the stamps (see Rule 332 of Part 1 of Bihar Treasury Code).
953. “Bearing” Charges—-(a) Superintendents shall order payment on account of “Service

bearing“ or, Unpaid covers only when the voucher is supported by the covers themselves
(b) The Head Clerk is the officer responsible for the payment of post-bearing charges. He shall
examine all the covers before the voucher is submitted for payment order and see that they agree with
the amount demanded by the postman.
(c) It is the Superintendent’s duty to see that all bearing covers are destroyed when he makes
the payment order, and on this he will endorse the words “covers destroyed", so that they cannot be
used again in support of charges.
(d) Any irregularity or incompleteness of the address, superscription, or signature on a cover,

⠀‫ط‬
renders it liable to be treated as an ordinary unpaid cover, any service stamps which it may bear not
being recognized.
954. Office Expenses, etc.—It will include (a) all contingent expenditure for running an office, (6)
furniture, (c) postage, (d) purchase and maintenance of office machines and equipment, (e) liveries. (f)
hot and cold weather charges (excluding wages of staff paid from contingencies), (g) telephones, (h)
electricity and (i) water charges, (j) stationery, (k) printing of forms, (l) purchase and maintenance of
staff cars and other vehicles for office use. The main head of expenditure by Police and its number is
“Z55 Police“. For different Police units, different minor heads have been given, for example for general
district Police, the minor head is “District Police" and for armed police, the minor head is “Special
Police". Its details are given in Appendix 10 of Bihar Treasury Code. The main head of receipts for Polite
Department is “O55-Police”.
955. Local Purchase of stationery.—The local purchase of stationery from the office expenses
grant shall on no account exceed the amount fixed for each district by the Inspector-General.
956. Medical Stores.—The purchase of medical stores for Police hospitals is an item debitable in
police budget under major and minor heads “2S5-Police—Welfare of Police Personnel—Hospital" and its
sub-minor head is “material and supplies for police hospital“. The sum of Rs. 100 is the ordinary monthly
maximum allowance for such purchase, but it may be increased up to Rs. 250 on the Senior Executive
Medical Officer- cum-Civil Surgeon certifying that the extra expenditure is necessary.
473
N.B.— For the purchase of medicines sec clause 36 of Appendix 2,
DIETING CHARGES IN POLICE HOSPITALS
957. Fixing of diet scale.—(a) The Medical Officer incharge is authorised to fix a diet scale for
each patient in hospital. What should be the rate, shall be prescribed by Government from time to time
and this work should be done accordingly.
(b) Government will pay the wages of a cook and a diet sarkar where specially sanctioned [Rule
610(c)].
(c) If necessary, contractors can be appointed for supply of diet articles for hospital and this
appointment should also be done by S.E.M.O.-cum-Civil-Surgeon.
(d) The Government shall bear all the expenditure of all employees admitted in Hospital so far it
relates to treatment, medicine and diet and no deduction is permitted on account of this from their
salary. The members of Police force, wherever they may he, shall be admitted in local Police Hospital for
treatment but if he belongs to some other district or unit. informations shall be given to the
Superintendent of Police concerned, by the Superintendent of district where treatment hay been done.
瘀‫ط‬
This information can be given only after seeing the Hospital register which shall be put up to
Superintendent of Police every day and this fact shall be noted in this register. All correspondence in this
connection shall be kept in the personnel section.
(e) Policemen of other States may be treated at or admitted into the police hospitals of this
State as indoor patients when accommodation is available, A charge according to approved rates in
vogue for each indoor patient. representing the daily average cost of medical attendance, medicines,
service, and other contingent expenditure plus the daily cost of diet, if supplied, calculated in
accordance with Rule 958(0), will be recovered from the Government of the State in which they serve
through the exchange account maintained by the Accountant-General. No direct remittance from the
Superintendents of Police concerned should be received. To enable the Superintendents of Police of
other States to arrange for the early adjustment of such charges, intimation containing all the particulars
necessary for the recovery should be sent to them as early as possible,‘ copies being sent to the
Accountant-General, Bihar to enable him to debit the amounts to the States concerned through the
exchange accounts. No recovery whatever will be made for policemen of other States who receive
treatment in the police hospitals of this State as outdoor patients.
474

958. Duties of diet Sarkar.—(a) To each police hospital, a diet Sarkar ordinarily a constable good
in maintaining accounts shall be posted. His chief duty will be to keep up under the Medical Officer’s
orders a register in RM. Form No. 129 (Statement A) of the diet supplied to the patients daily and he will
fill in P.M. Form No. l30 (Statement B) the monthly abstract of cost of diet supplied to the patients.
(b) The diet Sarkar will keep in a memorandum hook, for convenience sake. a daily account of
articles supplied by the contractors and he will; distribute these articles among the patients, through
the cook or another assistant as directed by the Civil Surgeon or other Medical Officer.
(c) After the close of the month the diet Sarkar will total up the cost of all articles received by
him during the month, and prepare a statement in P.M. Form No. 130, showing what each patient has
had during the month, When the statement includes the names of policemen of other districts or States,
the districts and States should be entered in the remarks column. The amount shall be written in Rupees
and Paise.
959. Submission of Statement ‘B’—(a) The statement prepared in P.M. FOITTI No. 130 by the
diet Sarkar together with the contractor’s bill after being checked from the register, certified to by the
Police Doctor and passed by the Civil Surgeon or Medical Officer-in-charge will be forwarded to the
Superintendent’s office.
(b) The bill shall be prepared in Schedule 53. Form No. 208, in which the amount of the
contractor’s hill will be charged for under “Diet of Hospital patients“ and to this bill, statement ‘B’ in
P.M. Form No. 130 will be attached. The amount of the bill must agree with the total of column 6 of
퀀‫ط‬
Statement ‘B'
960. Payments.—The contractors will then be paid by the Superintendent.
961. Deleted.
962. Muster Roll.—(a) A muster roll shall be maintained in every district in P.M. Form No. 128.
Each page of the register contains space for I0 names and for 3 years entries against each name. Like the
record of General Provident Fund it can be maintained in cardex also.
(b) The muster roll register shall be divided into sections, one each for (a) Inspectors, (b) Sub-
Inspectors, (c) Assistant Sub-Inspectors (d) Havildars and (e) Constables and one section shall be for
employees of the fourth grade. Names shall be entered up in the first instance in order of seniority in
the case of officers, and according to brass numbers in the case of constables, Once a name is entered
however, it shall not be removed to another place on account of an officer gaining seniority in his
particular rank, but when an officer is promoted to another rank, his name shall be removed to the
section maintained for that rank. To allow for this and for increases in force and the compilation of the
monthly statement referred to in clause (e) a sufficient number of blank pages shall be left at the end of
each section.
475

(c) When a man dies or leaves the force a fresh name shall be typed and pasted over the old
name in column 2 and the rate of pay and address in columns 3 and I6 to I8 shall be corrected.
(d) When any change is made in columns 2 to 15 the district order number shall be entered in
the columns (4 to I5) relating to the month in which the change took place, e.g., “Promoted to Rs. I50
from 1st July 1973-D.O. No. 563“ would be entered in the column for July or “transferred to Bikramganj
8th October, 1976—D.O. No. 942” in the column for October.
(e) At the end of each section (e.g. Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors, Assistant Sub Inspectors,
Havildars, and Constables) shall be entered an abstract of column 3, showing the totals on each rate of
pay. This abstract) shall be rewritten monthly. If the Superintendent chooses, he can in addition, have
totals written at the foot of column 3 on each page; these totals will be corrected by hand whenever the
rate of any man's pay is changed.
(f) A clerk other than Accountant shall write up and initial in the muster roll daily or at such
intervals as are convenient, all alterations of pay or postings entered in the district order book. The
reserve Inspector] shall compare the entries in the muster roll with the district order book, and shall
initial each alteration in the muster roll and certify opposite the district order that the muster roll has
been corrected.
(g) On the last day of the month, the reserve Inspector shall certify in the district order book
that all district orders passed during the month have been posted in the muster roll and the other
reserve registers. 瘀‫ط‬
963. Police Force return.—(a) On the 21st day of the month the reserve officer shall submit a
force return in P.M. Form No. 133-A. The return for each rank shall be submitted on a separate sheet,
reserve Inspectors being included at the head of Inspectors, reserve Sub-Inspectors all the head of Sub-
Inspectors. Assistant Sub-Inspectors and Havildars shall be shown separately.
(b) In respect of officers and men under suspension, sick in hospital, officiating, and officers
whose pay is held over or who joined or left the force during the month, the return shall show in the
column for remarks the name and number of the officer or man, his place of posting and the date and
hour of the casualty.
(c) This return shall on no account he prepared in consultation with the accountant or head clerk
or any officer assisting in the preparation of the pay bills. It shall be submitted to the officer-in-charge of
accounts or the Superintendent, and shall be utilized by them in checking the pay-bill and abstract
acquittance roll figures, as prepared by the accountant.
476

PAY BILLS
964. Acquittance Rolls.—(a) Officers-in-charge of police-station shall send monthly to the
Superintendent's office an acquittance roll in P.M. Form No. 132 for their own men, and a separate one
for each subordinate post filling in only the first three columns and showing the name, rank and rate of
pay of each officer and man. Constables names shall be entered according to brass numbers. Should any
new name appear, an explanation shall be given in the column of remarks, such as “Received by transfer
from Headquarters on (date)”. These rolls shall be despatched so as to reach the Superintendent's office
at least twelve days before the last working day of the month.
(b) The acquittance rolls for men attached to Court shall be sent in similarly by the Court officer.
That for the reserve shall be prepared by the officer-in-charge of the reserve and in it shall be included
the names of all Headquarters guards and men in hospital. The head clerk shall submit the roll for men
attached to the Superintendent’s office.
(c) Inspectors have been declared to be of Gazetted rank and may be permitted to draw their
own pay on separate bills countersigned by the Superintendent.
(d) In respect of officers and men on leave, the reserve officer shall submit a separate
acquittance roll, showing the nature and period of the leave, the date and hour of avail and return, and
the postings. If the officer or man is not due to return before the 20th of the month m which the pay is
to be distributed he shall, except in the case of officers and men who receive their leave salary in person
at Headquarters, attach a money order form with⠀‫ط‬the name and home address filled in, leaving the
amount blank.
(e) On receipt of each acquittance roll the accountant, with the assistance of the reserve officer,
shall check it with the muster roll and the leave register, and make any necessary corrections in respect
of postings and rates of pay. .
(f) The accountant shall see that names have been properly included, that no names have been
omitted or wrongly entered or graded and that all broken periods and deductions have been properly
entered. He shall then make over the rolls to some of her clerk, detailed for the pm-pose, who will fill in
the rest of the entries and total each column.
The rolls shall then be made over to the clerk mentioned in Rule 962(f) who shall note in the
muster roll the name of the post under which the pay is being drawn.
965. Preparation of pay bills.—(a) As each roll is completed the accountant shall enter its total
in the abstract of acquittance rolls (P.M. Form No. 133). When all the rolls have been checked and
completed a memorandum in P.M. Form No. 133-A shall be prepared by the accountant first and
thereafter the pay-bills in Forms 186 and 188-A of Schedule 53 will be prepared.
477

(b) The head clerk and accountant are responsible for the correctness of the pay- bills, although
they may, with the Superintendent's permission employ anybody to assist in their preparation.
(c) The bill shall show separately the pay and any officiating pay claimed, with a note either in
the body of the bill or at the foot of the page that for how many days any allowance is due and what is
its rate.
(d) Check by Superintendent.—After the bills have been prepared, they shall be laid before the
Superintendent or the officer-in-charge of accounts, who shall see that the different columns tally and
that the net amounts of the pay-bills agree with column 17 of the abstract of acquittance rolls, which
shows the actual amount of cash to be drawn from the treasury. He shall satisfy himself that the number
of men of the different ranks and grades for whom pay is drawn in the pay bills plus the number under
suspension, on leave or deputation and of vacancies as shown in the accountant’s memorandum
referred to in clause (a) agree with the reserve officer's force return (see Rule 963) and until they do, he
shall not sign the pay-bills.
(e) Before signing the pay-bills, the Superintendent shall further see that all acquittance rolls for
the previous month‘s salaries have been duly received and filed in his office. Should any roll not have
been received, be shall take such action as he considers necessary to secure it and to prevent similar
delays.
(f) Abstract to be initialled. —Whenever a pay-bill of any description or travelling allowance bill
is signed, the abstract of acquittance rolls (P.M. Form No. 133) is to be put at the same time and the
瘀‫ط‬
corresponding entry in column 17 therein initialled. In this way the abstract of acquittance rolls becomes
a complete index to all bills drawn and acquittance rolls issued.
(g) Under Rules 128 and 129 of Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules, an officer is liable to repay any
sum received from the Court by way of subsistence allowance or compensation, apart from any
allowance for travelling expenses, before drawing full pay for the days on which he attended the Court.
In this connection the Superintendent shall furnish the required certificate on the detailed pay-bill of
permanent establishments (T.C. Form No. 27. Rule 270 of Bihar Treasury Code), and for this purpose the
duplicate summons received from Civil Courts for the attendance of Police officers shall be-kept in a file
in the Superintendent’s office and shall be compared at the time of signing the pay-bill with the
certificates received by witnesses from the Court. The certificates shall be attached] to the pay-bill [see
paragraph 118, note (1) of the Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual Summons shall be entered under
Collection 1, Accounts 16 Miscellaneous, of Appendix 63.
(h) In preparing pay-bills it is necessary to show the number of officers up to the rank of
Assistant Sub-inspector only but the names of officers of the rank of Sub-Inspector and above should be
written separately.
478

966. Annexures to pay-bill.—(a) In the monthly pay-bills the prescribed certificate shall be duly
filled in for periodical increment, if any.
(b) In addition to this, the following statements, shall be attached :—
(1) General Provident Fund Schedule.
(2) Postal Life insurance Schedule.
(3) Advances and recoveries.
(4) House rent.
(c) Except in the cases mentioned in Rule 967, a leave statement shall be attached to the bill in
which leave or officiating pay of an officer above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector is drawn, so that
the bill may be a complete record in itself.
967. Absentee statements.—when acting appointments or promotions of subordinate Police

and ministerial establishments are made such as in cases of deputations, long leave. etc., absentee
statements in Form 28 of Bihar Treasury Code are due to the Accountant-General as required under
Rule 276 of that Code.
Notes.— (1) These statements shall be prepared in the offices of Superintendents and
submitted to the offices of Range Deputy inspector-General or Inspector-
General as given in the Rules from where these will he consolidated for
transmission to Accountant-General by Inspector-General.
‫ط‬
(2) These absentee statements shall always show the complete chain of
arrangements.
968. Register of pay held over.—(a) A register shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 134, in which shall
be entered all pay, officiating pay, leave or other allowances not drawn in the bill for the month for
which they are due, and all .sums to be drawn, or refunded in consequence of promotions or reductions
made in the month, which have been ordered subsequent to the cashing of pay-bills. The register shall
give exact details of the pay and allowances held over for future payment, as shown an the pay-bill [see
Rule 1049(c)].
Each item in the register shall be initialled by the Superintendent or officer-in- charge of
accounts at the time of signing the monthly pay-bills.
(b) Every item of an arrear bill shall be carefully checked by the Superintendent or by officer-in-
charge of accounts and shall be covered by an entry in this register. The number and date of the bill in
which the arrear pay is drawn shall be noted in column 7 of the register against the month for which the
pay is drawn and shall be initialled by the officer signing the bill and the relevant entry shall be scored
through with red ink. In the case of men who have returned from leave the items shall be compared
with the leave certificates.
479

(c) The pay of men absent without leave shall be shown as held over and entries shall be made
in this connection in this register.
969. Leave Certificate.—When no leave other than casual leave is granted during the month,
the fact shall be noted at the foot of the pay-bill, which cannot be audited without such note or
statement.
970. Health Certificate.—For rules regarding health certificates to accompany first pay-bills of
newly-appointed officers see Rule 52 of Bihar Service Code. The Treasury voucher number of this Bill
shall be noted in the Service Book.
971. Last pay Certificate.—In the case of transfers from one district to another of non-Gazetted
police and ministerial officers, a last-pay certificate in Form 195 of Schedule 53 shall accompany the pay-
bill (Appendix 15 of Bihar Treasury Code).
972. Presentation of pay-bill.—A consolidated pay-bill for the whole force of the district shall be
prepared and presented at the Headquarters treasury, amounts required for disbursements at
Headquarters being drawn in cash and amounts required for distribution in other posts being drawn by
Bank drafts if banking facilities are available. These
瘀‫ط‬drafts should be made payable to the officers-in-
charge of the important posts of the district. it will be their duty that they withdraw cash and send to
the posts concerned according to acquittance rolls received under a proper escort.
973. Encashment of pay bills.—(a) Monthly pay bills of Police officers and men posted at
localities for remote areas from the Headquarters of drawing officers are to be submitted to treasury
just after the 15th of the month and encashed before the end of the month with a view to enable the
disbursement of the amount before the end of the month (see Bihar Treasury Code Rule 222, Note 3).
Ordinarily, the bills may be presented at least six days before the end of the month so that the
bills are invariably cashed on the 1st of the next month.
(b) Some officer specially deputed shall be in waiting to receive the cash portion of the bill in the
Bank. This information shall be available with the Agent of the Bank. If payment has not been made over
to the officer by midday, he shall decline to take it on that day and he shall return for it the next
morning.
480

DISBURSEMENT OF PAY
974. Escort of pay.—(a) Superintendents may make their own arrangements for escort parties
to carry the pay to the different stations. Men shall not be called in from mufassil stations for this
purpose when Headquarters force is strong enough to furnish the escorts. Escorts shall be arranged as
far up possible in an economical manner.
(b) The head clerk shall require each man who proceeds incharge of a lump sum for a station or
for the reserve etc., to give a receipt for it in column 16 of the abstract acquittance rolls; he shall also
provide him with a copy of the abstract (as far as column 15), the last item of which will of course
correspond with the amount of cash [see Rule 937(e)].
975. Despatch of pay and acquittance roll.—(a) The officer-in-charge of accounts shall supervise
the distribution of pay to the men from the several stations, etc. He shall examine the signatures on the
abstract acquittance roll to see that they have been correctly given, and shall certify on it that the
different sums have been distributed in his presence.
(b) The original station acquittance rolls, in the case of cash remittances be handed over to the
men incharge of the escort, while in the case of payment by bank drafts, they may be forwarded by post
with bank drafts and advice slip (see Rule 972). Officers-in-charge of stations shall at the time of
disbursing the pay, take the signatures of the payees, and attest each individual payment, as it is made,
퀀‫ط‬
by their initials against the entry in the acquittance rolls (see Rule 976).
976. (a) Distribution of pay at Headquarters.—An assistant or Deputy Superintendent or the

reserve Inspector shall be told off to supervise the distribution of the pay of the reserve and
Headquarter guards. The officer supervising it shall attest each individual payment, as it is made, by his
initials against the entry in the acquittance roll. All money undisbursed in the end of the day shall be
kept in an iron box and placed incharge of the magazine guard. When the amount is much, the magazine
guard shall be increased as laid down in Rule S87. The reserve officer shall despatch the amounts
payable to men on leave by money order entering the designation and address of the Superintendent of
Police (in full) in the space reserved for “name and address of the remitter” on the money order form to
enable the Post Office to deliver the actual payees acknowledgement direct to the Superintendent.
When all payments have been made the acquittance roll duly signed and stamped, where necessary,
shall be returned together with money order receipts granted by the post office, to the
Superintendent’s office with a certificate to the following effect from the officer supervising the
distribution, recorded on the acquittance roll:—
“Certified that the men named in the acquittance roll have been paid in my presence with the
exception of those noted below, whose pay has been sent by money order to their leave
addresses, and (see attached money order receipts granted by the Post Office).”
481
(b) Undisbursed pay. -The accountant shall then enter the undisbursed pay in the daily cash-
book and grant the reserve officer-in-charge of the money a receipt cheque for the amount. if the
amount be too large to keep safely in the Office cash chests, the money shall be kept in the treasury in a
separate sealed bag with a slip attached under Rule 78 of the Bihar Treasury Code after obtaining order
of Collector.
(c) The seals of the bag shall be examined carefully by the treasury officer, and the bag shall at
once be placed under double lock and key in the presence of the treasurer and the police officer who
conveys it to the treasury.
(d) A receipt may he granted if desired. for “a bag said to contain (the amount specified in the
slip)” and the bag shall, on application, be delivered out of the treasury in the presence of the treasurer
and the officer deputed to receive it, who shall acknowledge its return on the receipt originally granted
for it which shall be surrendered.
(e) Subsequent payment shall be made by the head-clerk in the presence of the Superintendent
or officer-in-charge, who shall authenticate the fact of each individual payment by his initials in the
acquittance roll. The reserve officer shall furnish the head clerk daily with a list of the men present in
the lines who have not received their pay.
(f) Whenever a pay bill is drawn, there shall be deducted from it the amount of undisbursed pay
drawn 30 days or more previous to the date of such bill.
(g) The above rules apply to the distribution of money drawn in arrear and supplementary pay
瘀‫ط‬
bills.
(h) Distribution of pay Superintendent’s office.—The head clerk shall distribute the pay of the
office establishment and of fourth grade employees of the Superintendent's office and shall initial the
receipts in the acquittance roll and give the certificate of payment as required by the rule.
(i) Distribution of pay at sub-divisions. —At sub-divisions the Inspector or, in his absence, the
Court Sub-Inspector shall superintend the distribution of pay to the men attached to the Courts and
treasury guards, and attest the signatures of the payees in the acquittance rolls by his initials against
each entry.
(j) Distribution of pay at stations. -—No unnecessary delay shall be allowed at stations in
disbursing the pay. Each outpost’s pay shall be sent direct from the station with the acquittance roll,
which shall be sent back with the recipient’s signature, as soon as possible. Pay shall be distributed by
the senior officer present, and he shall attest the signature of the payee on the acquittance roll by the
initials against each. In case of men going on leave before the distribution of pay the amounts due to
them shall be despatched by money order to their leave addresses. The acquittance rolls, duly signed,
and stamped in the case of all payments over Rs. 20 alongwith the money order receipts, granted by the
Post Office, if any, shall be returned to the Superintendent's office, and should there be any cash in
hand. it shall be sent to the Superintendent’s office with a report stating why it could not be paid.
482

Notes.—(1) The leave address of any officer or man proceeding on leave must be obtained by
the officer-in-charge before the individual’s departure. When the completed
Acquittance Roll is returned to the Superintendent's office the above address will be
shown in column I2 against the name of the individual concerned.
(2) When the pay cash is left over in the P.S. Malkhana, special sentry should be placed
there as required in Rule Tl. Constables who have come from outlying posts to receive
cash can be utilised for this work.
977. The left thumb impression of payees such as hospital cook, sweepers, etc. and of others
noted in Rule 990 shall be taken against their names in the acquittance roll in token of receipt. Those
who are able to sign their names clearly are permitted to affix their signatures instead of thumb
impressions.
978. (a) Remittances to heirs of deceased men. —Remittances to heirs of deceased men shall be
made by money order at their expense. Payments to discharged men or men on leave shall be made
direct by money order at their expense.
(b) Remittances in Nepal.—Remittances for those who may require payments in Nepal (pension,
etc.) shall be made by Bank draft to Indian Embassy in Nepal who will arrange for payment.
瘀‫ط‬
979. File of acquittance rolls.—The acquittance rolls shall be brought together monthly into one
bundle with the abstract acquittance rolls. These bundles shall be covered with a docket signed by the
Superintendent, showing the date or dates on which the pay was drawn and the date on which the
acquittance rolls were all received back with the signatures of the men complete. The docket shall be
initialled by the accountant and head clerk. Acquittance rolls showing payments and receipts in support
of all supplementary pay bills shall also be entered in the abstract acquittance rolls and put with these
monthly bundles.
980. Only amount actually due to be drawn.—Superintendents shall draw in their monthly pay
bills the pay only of the actual strength of the force under their command, and only the net sum actually
due and payable to employees shall be drawn.
981. Pay can be drawn for a larger number of personnel in the lower cadre to the extent that it
is offset by the shortfall in the number in the higher rank. This does not require the sanction of the
Inspector-General.
N. B.— The Inspector-General can only sanction Fin excess in one district if it is balanced by a
corresponding deficit in other districts (i. e. within the State scale).
483

982. Advances on transfer.—(a) The Superintendent is empowered to sanction an advance of
pay under Rule 427 of Bihar Financial Rules to any officer subordinate to him.
(b) Should any Superintendent himself require an advance of pay on transfer, he is empowered
to draw it under Rule 427 of Bihar Financial Rules.
(c) Receipts for all pay advances made to non-Gazetted Officers shall be taken in an acquittance
roll, and the advances notified to the head police officer of the district to which the officers are
transferred, and the amount of advances shall be noted in their last pay certificate. When the pay bill of
the police force of the district to which the men have been transferred is drawn, the pay earned by
them shall be shown in full, and the amount recovered on account of the advances shall be deducted
from the total of the bill in a distinct entry, stating when and from what district the advances were
taken.
(d) An advance register is to be maintained for all interest free advances like festival, pay,
transfer T.A., etc. in the office of the Drawing Officer. This register is to contain full informations
regarding payment of instalments with T. V. numbers, etc. A quarterly statement in P.M. Form No. 134-
A of all such advances is to be sent to Accountant General, Bihar and to the units where the individuals
concerned might have been transferred.
瘀 ‫ط‬
983. Bank draft.—For payment of subordinates by Bank draft, see Rule 685 of Bihar Treasury
Code.
984. Supplementary pay bill for discharged men.—A separate bill should be prepared in the
usual pay bill form for the salaries of men who are discharged during the course of the month, and the
amount paid to them immediately before discharge. In every separate bill of this kind a note shall be
added for the information of the Accountant- General explaining the reason for the extra bill [see Bihar
Treasury Code Rule 223(c)].
985. Bills for changed rate of salary need sanction.—(a) No Gazetted Officer shall draw an
increased or changed rate of salary without pre-audit or without letter from the Accountant-General
authorising him to draw it (Rule 262 of Bihar Treasury Code).
(b) Superintendents shall not draw the increased pay of men recommended for promotion,
whether permanent or temporary, until it is sanctioned.
986. Acting allowances.—For pay of officers officiating in a class higher than their own, see Rule
89 of Bihar Service Code.
484
987. Increments.—For rules regarding increments in progressive salaries, Rule 85 of Bihar
Service Code may also he referred (see Rule 730).
All employees except those of All India Services are entitled to get an increment equal to the
last increment after every three years of service provided that time scale pay plus increment does not
exceed a fixed amount per month.
For counting service in super-time scale under Government of India towards increments, see
Government of India, Ministry of Home Affairs, O.M. N0. 1/291/58- AIS(II), dated l6th March, 1959.
988. Retrenchment.—(a) An order for retrenchment is personal, and the officer who draws the
money shall refund the amount for the period of retrenchment on receipt of the retrenchment
memorandum. If he considers that amount for the period of retrenchment should not be deducted he
can apply for sanction to the amount deducted after complying with the order to refund.
(b) The number and date of the Accountant-General’s order for retrenchment shall invariably be
cited against the entry of deduction made in the bill in which the money is refunded.
(c) Deductions on account of overdrawals of salaries and allowances shall be made from the
gross amount of the next salary bills, unless otherwise ordered by the Accountant-General. But
쨀‫ؤ‬
deductions on account of advances of pay shall be made from the net amount of the next salary bills.
989. General Provident Fund.-—Rules concerning this shall be found in “The Bihar Provident
Fund Rules, 1948” and “The All India Services Provident Fund Rules, 1955”. Important points are given
below:—
(a) At least 1/ 16th of the monthly salary shall be deducted each month from the pay of all
permanent Government servants and such temporary Government servants who have
completed one year of service and will be deposited in General Provident Fund. The
amount of subscription can be increased according to the desire of the subscriber after
informing the controlling officer.
(b) Each employee shall be given a General Provident Fund number which will be allotted
by Accountant-General, Bihar. The account number of General Provident Fund is to be
written on the service book of employee concerned in red ink. No deductions is to be
made towards General Provident Fund unless this number is noted. The statement that
will be attached with the monthly salary bill, shall contain the name of each employee
and his account number so that in the office of Accountant- General, these deductions
are correctly accounted for in the registers connected with the Provident Fund.
485
(c) Details of deductions made are to be maintained in respect of every non- Gazetted
subscriber in card indices. Instructions for keeping the index and for its verification from
time to time are given in Appendix 87. lt is the special responsibility of the officer-in-
charge of accounts of every office that the annual statements received from office of
Accountant-General concerning these deductions are compared with the card indices. If
there are mistakes, they should be corrected. For the sake of this work, an officer of the
account section of every Police office shall be sent to the office of Accountant-General,
so that such mistakes are reconciled.
(d) The annual statements received from Accountant-General, shall be distributed to the
officers concerned through Circle Inspectors. lt will be the responsibility of the Inspector
that counterfoils of General Provident Fund statements are returned to Police office
after signatures of officers concerned. These counterfoils are to be sent to the office of
Accountant- General.
(e) Every subscriber to the Provident Fund shall furnish a nomination form which shall be
sent to the office of Accountant-General. A copy of this nomination form shall be kept
with the Service Book of the non-Gazetted employees concerned [see Rule I041 (g)].
(f) Instructions regarding withdrawal of all sums accumulated on account of General

瘀‫ط‬
Provident Fund on retirement are given in Form 233-A of Schedule 53 (which is given in
General Provident Fund Rules).
(g) The amounts deposited in the General Provident Fund cannot be attached by any Civil
Court. Such attachment can be done from Pension only as given in Rule 43 of Bihar
Pension Rules. [see Rule 818(a)].
990. (a) For withdrawal of pay of casual and temporary followers, office expenses, etc. see para
182(4) of Bihar and Orissa Treasury Manual.
(b) For the creation of posts of the contingent employees appointed according to sub-rule (a)
powers are given to Inspector-General (see clause 24. Part 1 of Appendix 2). The Inspector-General can
give orders for the followers classed as "establishment" in the district according to the minimum scale
fixed for them by Government provided that the funds required for the year in which the order is passed
can be found from the contingent grant. Any increase in the minimum pay fixed requires the sanction of
Government.
486
991. Reduction in establishment.--All reductions in establishment shall be promptly carried out. When
there is likely to be any delay immediate representation shall be made.
992. Amount of the security deposits.--—the statement given below shows the amount of security and
the persons from whom security shall be demanded. The rule applies to all officers whether holding
permanent or officiating appointments: —
Designation. Amount of security

Rs.
Head clerks of districts and of units of armed force 300

and of railway district.
Accountants of districts and of units of armed force 300
and of railway districts.
Court officers at Headquarters who are in charge of 300
Court Mallkhana.
Court officer at sub-divisions who are in charge of 200

Mallkhana.
An Assistant Sub-Inspector of a Court office 100

(in charge Mallkhana.
瘀‫ط‬
Note.— For the purpose of this rule the Court Mallkhana in charge shall be held to include the Junior
Court Sub-Inspector at the sadar Court if he performs the duties of Mallkhana in charge.
According to Rule 24 of Bihar Financial Rules Part I and its Annexure with Chapter ll, the Deputy
Inspector-General is competent to increase or decrease the amount.
993. (a) Nature of security. -Security shall be either a deposit in the Post Office Savings Bank, a Post
Office Cash Certificate or a Government Promissory Note or a national savings certificate. If the whole
security can be deposited at once, the Superintendent shall call upon the depositor to sign a bond, in
P.M. Form No. I35; if not, a bond in P.M. Form No. 136 shall be executed, in which the person who has
to give security binds himself by two sureties for the amount and in which he agrees to monthly
deductions of not less than one-sixth of his pay.
Notes.—(1) More than one—fourth of an officer's salary shall not be deducted without special
reasons.
(2) An officer shall not be deemed qualified for promotion to a post for which
security is demanded and towards which he is required by the rules to contribute
While in a subordinate post, unless he has deposited one-third of the security
required or makes up his contribution' to that minimum before he takes up the
appointment.
487

(3) Half yearly enquiries should be made regarding persons offered as sureties.
Particularly when the security is paid by instalments.
(b) Registration of bonds. — All bonds prescribed in these rules shall be registered, and shall be sent,
after they have been subjected to scrutiny and found valid, for safe custody to the Inspector-General of
Registration. They shall be sent in registered covers, the receipt obtained being retained in the
Superintendents office for reference when necessary. The Superintendent shall be responsible that
deductions from pay are regularly enforced. These security bonds shall remain on plain paper and be
exempt from payment of registration fees.
(c) The head-clerk shall maintain a list of officers required to furnish security and the details of the
securities furnished by them, in Form No- 78 of Schedule 53.
994. (a) Recoveries to be deposited in Savings Bank —All sums recovered on account of security shall be
deposited in the Post Office Savings Bank, in order that the officers furnishing the security may derive the
benefit of the interest that may accrue on the sum at the close of the year. The security may, with
advantage to the officers concerned, be converted into Post Office Cash Certificates or Government
Promissory Notes.
(b) Security deposits shall be received by the Post Office Savings Bank on the following terms. The
account shall be opened in the name of the person depositing the security. He shall be required to sign a
letter (P.M. Form No. I37) addressed to the Postmaster of the Post Office Savings Bank, undertaking not
to make any claim for the principal of the sum deposited, except with the express written sanction of the
瘀‫ط‬
Superintendent, nor to object to its payment by the Post Office to the Superintendent upon his claiming
it, and not to make any claim for the interest. The pass-books of the officers employed at Sad_ar shall
remain with the Superintendent, and of those in sub-divisions with the Sub-Divisional Police Officer. The
Superintendent and the Sub-Divisional Police Officer shall deduct the monthly instalments from the
salary of the officers concerned and pay the sums into the local Post Office Savings Bank. When the full
amount of the deposits has been paid the pass books shall be kept in the treasury.
(c) Endorsement of promissory notes. ~When a Post Office Cash Certificate or a Government promissory
note is given as security, the cash certificate shall be formally transferred to the Superintendent with the
sanction of the head postmaster of the office in which or in one of the sub-offices attached to which the
certificate is for the time being registered and the promissory note shall be endorsed by the owner to the
Superintendent. The officer's official designation, and not his name, being given.
(d) The Superintendent shall then forward the Post Office Cash Certificate to the nearest treasury for safe
custody and the promissory note to the Accountant-General, duly endorsed in his favour.
Note. — Whenever Post Office cash certificates or promissory notes are deposited as security. The
amount at which the cash certificates were purchased and not their face value and
the realisable cash value of the promissory notes should .approximate to the amount
of the security required.
488
995. (a) Return of notes, cash certificates. Savings Bank deposits and bonds. - Cash certificate,
promissory notes and Savings Bank deposits lodged as security may be returned after six months from
the date of vacation of office, but security bonds shall ordinarily be retained until it is certain that there is
no necessity for keeping them.
(b) Transfers. -When an officer is transferred to another district, his security papers shall be transferred
with him. The manner in which a Savings Bank account is transferred will be found in the Post Office
Savings Bank Depositor's Rules.
996. Ministerial officers unable to give security not to become head clerks. — No ministerial
officer shall be promoted to act as head clerk or Accountant until he has furnished one-third of the full
security and to enable him to do this without inconvenience he should commence depositing in the
Savings Bank in good time, so that when his time for promotion comes, he may have the necessary
amount at his credit. Deputy Inspector-General shall keep themselves informed of what sums have been
paid in by ministerial officers.
997. Responsibility of Superintendents.—(a) Superintendents shall be held personally

responsible for the observance of above rules. At their annual inspections [see Rule 926(a)] they shall
look up each officer‘s security papers.
(b) When taking over charge of districts, officers shall satisfy themselves that the above orders
have been fully carried into effect: and the fact of their having done so shall be inserted in the usual
certificates furnished by them to the Inspector-General’s office [see Rule 772(a)].
瘀‫ط‬
ADDITIONAL POLICE
998. Cost to be borne by Police Department.—the cost, including pay and contingencies, of all guards
supplied to other departments of the same Govemment except those mentioned in Rule 527 and any
other department which is a commercial department within the meaning of “Article 59-B of the Accounts
Code Volume l“, shall be borne by the police department. If the guard is in addition to the strength of the
district. The pay bill shall be separate from the district pay bill and shall be countersigned by the officer
on whose requisition the men are entertained. Government sanction is necessary to the entertainment
of such extra men and the number and date of the letter conveying the sanction shall be quoted in the
pay bill (see Rules 516-521).
489

999. Guards for private individuals and additional police.—(a) The cost of guards furnished on payment
to private individuals and non-Govemment bodies under Section I 3 of Act V of 1861 and of additional
police forces deputed or quartered under Sections 14 and 15 of the said Act, as well as all moneys
recovered under these sections, are accounted for in the Public Accounts through a special deposit head
called “General Police Fund“ under main head “O55-Police”, vide instructions in Appendix 59. In cases
falling under Section I3 the Inspector-General may authorise the entertainment of additional men. In
others the sanction of Govemment is necessary.
(b) Additional police may be deputed under Section 13 of Act V of 1861 for the service of a department of
the Government of India or for maintaining law and order in another State. Applications for the deputing
of such police shall in that case he made by and the bill for the charges of the additional police shall be
sent to the officer in immediate charge of the property, for the protection of which additional police are
required. The amount paid shall be credited to the General Police Fund.
(c) ln all cases copies of the orders sanctioning the deputation of the forces, together with detailed
statements of the cost recoverable from the parties concerned. Shall, before any charge is drawn for such
forces, be forwarded to the Accountant-General, Bihar.
1000. (a) Calculation of Cost-The cost is made up of gross estimated pay and allowances. contribution for
leave salary and pension at the rates prescribed in Appendix 1 6 of the Bihar Service Code (Rules 277 and
286 of the Bihar Service Code), fire-arms, clothing and accoutrement charges, probable travelling
瘀‫ط‬
allowance at 8 per cent, contingencies at l0 per cent on the amount of pay and such charges as may be
necessary for the construction or hire of buildings and boats.
(b) Pay and contingencies how drawn.--The pay of such additional police and guards shall be drawn in a
separate bill quoting the order sanctioning the entertainment of the additional force. Contingencies on
account of additional police shall be drawn separately in regular office expenses bills quoting the
sanctioning order.
1001. Principle and procedure for adjustment of cost of police to different departments and the
railways.—(a) Where police is deputed for maintenance of law and order, the cost thereof must be borne
by the Police department (see also Rules 5l6—5l8). Where cost is to be realized from departments as per
Rule S27 or from other States as per Rule 999(b) it shall be credited to “O55-Police“ by transfer credit
through the Inspector-General to Accountant-General, Bihar. For realization from Reserve Bank of India
[see Rule 550(0)]. –
490

(b) The cost of police guards supplied to railways under Section 13 or 14 of Police Act shall be adjusted by
Accountant-General, Bihar.
(c) Extra Police supplied to railways, other than Police entertained under Section 13 or I4 of the Police
Act, shall be treated as part of the ‘sanctioned strength of the district Police and their pay shall be drawn
in a separate pay bill in which the sanctioning order is cited.
(d) The Superintendent must submit their bills timely to authorities concerned to avoid pre-audit.
TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE BILLS, ETC.

1002. (a) Encashment of travelling allowance bills. —Travelling allowance bills shall be cashed in the same
manner as pay bill (see Rule 972) and the acquittance rolls shall be despatched in the manner prescribed
in Rule 975. For rules for preparation of travelling allowance bills, see Appendix 57.
(b) Prior counter signature necessary —Travelling allowance bills cannot be cashed before
countersignature by the controlling officer (see Rule 755),
1003. Attendant on sick officer.-—-The Rules for the grant of travelling allowance to an attendant
accompanying a sick officer proceeding on leave on medical certificate will be found in Bihar Travelling
Allowance Rules, Rule 135.
1004. Travelling expenses of chaukidars and others.—Charges on account of travelling expenses of

⠀‫ط‬
chaukidars and others incurred on requisitions of Police Officers in identifying convicts shall be payable
by the Police Department from the allotment under the head “office expenses”.
1005. Bills for prisoner's diet.—(a) Bills on account of expenses for journeys, other than those by rail, and
diet of prisoners in police custody in districts shall be prepared by station officers [see Rule 2441 and
submitted quarterly to the Superintendent's office, where a bill shall be compiled in RM. Form No. 44 and
the amount received from Treasury shall be sent to police-stations. When the advance granted under
Rule 244 is likely to become exhausted the station officers may submit bills more frequently for
recoupment. The Superintendent shall distribute the amount taken out from Treasury to each station
along with the month’s pay.
(b) When prisoners in police custody and haj at prisoners made over temporarily to the police for
purpose of detection are conveyed by rail from police-stations to Magistrates for trial, the railway
warrants prescribed for the use may be signed and issued by the officers-in-charge of police-stations on
behalf of the Magistrates. The cost will be debited To the sub-head “Charges for police custody, diet and
conveyance of under-trial prisoners“under the major head “22-Jails and convicts settlements”. The
officers-in-charge of police-stations shall report monthly the cost of such warrants issued and any other
particulars required to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer concerned.
491

1006. Rewards.—when rewards which exceed the Superintendents power of sanction are paid. The
paragraph of the Police Gazette in which they are notified shall be cited in the bill (see Rule 85 7) or a
copy of the order sanctioning them shall be attached, to the bill.
1007. House-building advances.—(a) The Inspector-General is empowered to sanction house-building

advances for officers who desire to build houses or purchase lands for this purpose or for payment of
loan taken for this purpose for occupation by themselves at places where house-rent is exceptionally
high. The rules regulating house- building advances will be found in Rules 388—403 of the Bihar Financial
Rules, Part l. Applications for such advances shall be submitted through the Superintendent and shall give
all the in formations required by the rules. ln particular the application shall be accompanied by evidence
of the applicant‘s undisputed title to the land upon which the house is to be built, and by a certificate
that the sum will be expended solely in building the house. The applicant shall pledge himself that, should
there be any surplus of funds after the house is completed, it would be at once refunded to Govemment.
The Superin- tendent shall record his opinion as to the necessity for the assistance solicited.
(b) An advance may also be made to an officer in exceptional circumstances for the purchase of a house
in place where house-rent is exceptionally high, the general principles or Rules 388-403 of Bihar Financial
Rules, being applicable in this matter and the officer being required, in addition to a mortgage deed, to
deposit with Government satisfactory evidence of a clear title to the house.
1008. All officers at police-stations are entitled to get advance from Govemment for purchase of Motor
Cycle or Cycle, (see Rule 420 (ii) of Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. l and Finance Department memo No. l4l
14(1)-F, dated l4th October, I969]. 瘀‫ط‬
1009. Adjustment of railway accounts.—-Adjustment of all items debatable or creditable to the Railway
Department in any financial year shall be made as early as possible, as and not later than the 10th May of
the following year. All invoices and vouchers in support of debits or credits to be afforded to that
department shall be forwarded as early as possible. And in advance of the regular accounts, to enable the
Accountant-General to effect timely adjustments.
492
..
CHAPTER 30
REPORTS AND RETURNS
1010. (a) Special reports. When and to whom due.-—---Special reports in P.M. Form No. 140. And in
certain cases telegrams/wireless shall be submitted in accordance with the instructions given in Appendix
3.
(b) Reports to Intelligence Department.—instructions regarding the submission of confidential special

reports in certain cases not included in Appendix 3 are given in the intelligence Department/Special
Branch Manual, Rules 25 and 26.
(c) Progress reports.-—the first report shall be submitted upon the receipt of information at
Headquarters, the second as soon as the circumstances of the case are fully known within l5 days and it is
possible to give a clear and succinct account of facts in the form of a supervision note stating what action
is being taken by the police, what clues are available and who is in charge of the investigation. Further
reports, numbered consecutively, shall be submitted thereafter regularly every fortnight so long as the
case is pending, provided that, when a case has been sent up, a report need only be submitted after each
stage (such as committal, adjournment or final disposal) is reached. Dates of adjournment shall be noted
in special reports. In the case of acquittals, the grounds for acquittal shall be noted. When an appeal to
the High Court is preferred m a special report case, it shall be noted whether the Legal Remembrancer
has been instructed to support the conviction (see Rule 3 l I).
欀‫ص‬
N. B.—- At the end of every report a summary on following points shall be given:—-
(l) ‘Names at arrested persons, (2) date of arrest, (3) dates of release on bail and of release on
personal recognizance, (4) if still in custody during investigation (a) The rank of officer giving
permission to keep in custody continuously, (b) up to which date, the investigation has been
permitted to be kept pending and the officer (name and rank) who gave the permission [vide
Rule I73 (e)].
(d) Drafting of special reports.—Special reports shall be drafted by the Superintendent himself at
Headquarters from the case diaries, special copies of which are sent direct to him [vide Rule 164(1)].
When this duty is, for any sufficient cause made over to subordinate police officer at Headquarters or to
a Sub-Divisional Police Officer if posted, ordinarily in cases enumerated in Rule I 73(0) and cases of
category B of Appendix 3, the Superintendent shall forward them in the original form with his remarks.
When, owing to absence of the Superintendent from Headquarters, a special report is sent or forwarded
by the officer-in-change, the fact shall be noted at the end of the report [see also Rule i021 (c)].
(e) The special copies of the case diaries prepared for the Superintendent/Sub~ Divisional Police Officer
shall be kept in his personal custody, or in the custody of an Officer specially selected for the purpose,
until the case and appeal, if any, are disposed of. These copies shall be destroyed one year after the case
is finally closed.
493

(f) Information should be communicated as soon as a member of a foreign criminal tribe or class
is arrested. A subsequent report, showing the result of any case instituted, the antecedents of the
accused, stating if verified or not, and the modus operandi where such is of importance should be
communicated as soon as possible in a concise narrative form suitable for publication in the Criminal
Intelligence Gazette. No report in this form is required in cases already specially reported. A list of foreign
criminal gangs is given in Appendix 18.
(g) Serious crimes occurring on the border: —.—Copies of special report should be given to
Superintendents of bordering districts whenever culprits of those districts are believed to be concerned.
Generally, information’s to Criminal Investigation Departments of other States should be sent from the
C.I.D. of Bihar State. If culprits are believed to have fled across the border, information’s may be sent by
telegrams/wireless by District Superintendents (see Rule 403 also).
1011. Register of special reports.——(a) A register of special reports shall be kept in the
Superintendents/S.D.P.O’s office in P.M. Form No. l4l.
(b) A new series of consecutive numbers commencing from l shall be given to the special report cases of
each year. In the office of Superintendent, a sub-division wise index of special report cases may be
maintained.
(c) In the beginning of every year, a list of special report cases in which further reports may be required
up to that time shall be noted serially in red ink so that it is remembered in which old cases special
reports are still to be sent. As soon as the work of sending special report in any case is finished, the
瘀‫ط‬
entries concerning it, which have been noted at the beginning of the year in red ink shall be scored
through and initialed.
(d) The special report register shall be kept in the Crime Section and the Superintendent (or the Sub-
Divisional Police Officer in case of register being kept in his office) shall keep special watch on it. Detailed
control on this register shall be of the officer-in-charge of District Crime Bureau.
1012. C.I.B. history sheets.—(a) The Deputy Inspector-General, C.l.D., will call for history sheets
of persons concerned in cases in which special reports are submitted to him and on references received
by him as described in Rule 413. Superintendents shall, in cases relating to criminals referred to in Rule
363, in which special reports have not been submitted, send to the C.l.D. a brief note regarding the
criminals and ascertain whether a history sheet is required. .
(b) History sheets shall be carefully prepared and scrutinized by the Superintendent himself, before being
forwarded. They shall invariably be typewritten. Copies of the Completed history sheets shall be supplied
by the C.I.D. for record in the Superintendent’s office and at the police-stations concerned (see Rule 363).
(c) When case histories of several persons implicated in the same case are submitted
together, a detailed history of the case need be given only in the sheet of the principal member of the -
gang, a reference to it being made in the sheets of other members.
494

1013. District officers’ reports of serious riots, outrages and calamities.—(a) District
Magistrates and Superintendents should promptly send joint report in respect of the following matters to
the Commissioner of the Division, Deputy Inspector-General of range, Inspector-General of Police and the
Government in the Home Department:—
(1) Serious riots which indicate a disturbed condition over a wide area. Or which are likely
to be followed by disturbances elsewhere, unless repressive measures are promptly
taken;
(2) Outrages which have a political aspect:
(3) Calamities, such as floods or earthquakes, which cause serious damage to life or
property;
(4) All other events which have a political or administrative importance.
(b) The Superintendents, Railway Police should send information of serious rail accidents and of
conspiracies connected with it also to the District Magistrates concerned without delay.
Note.—- Details in this connection are given in Appendix 3.
1014. Reports on explosions.——ln all cases of serious explosions, a report shall be

sent to the Chief Controller of Explosives, Gomia, District Hazaribagh by express wire or by whatever
means possible without delay stating whether his services are required in connection with the
‫ ط‬he should hold an investigation, all wreckage or
investigation or enquiry. In cases where it is desired瘀that
debris shall be allowed to remain as it is till his arrival. Directions for the treatment of suspected infernal
machines will be found in Appendix 26 [see Appendix 78. clause l (b)(x) also].
1015. Great Trigonometrical Survey.—ln the office of every Superintendent an up-

to-date list of pillars of Great Trigonometrical Survey shall be kept after obtaining it from the District
Magistrate. All station officers shall be given a list of pillars concerned falling in their jurisdiction. The
Superintendent. Shall after obtaining the information furnish to District Magistrate an annual report in
respect of these pillars in P.M. Form No. 12 (see Rule 106). This report shall be sent in prescribed Form
204-G of Survey Department by District Magistrate to Director, Geodetic and Research Branch. Survey of
lndia. Dehradun (U.P.) so as to reach by first of January. "
1016. Deaths of and accidents to police officers.--(a) the death of or a serious

accident to, a Gazetted police officer shall be reported to the Inspector-General by Superintendent. On
receipt of such an information, the inspector-General shall send a report to Government without delay.
(b) On retirements of Gazetted Police Officers, information with dates and other particulars shall
be reported to the Inspector-General, who shall communicate them to Home (Police) Department
without delay.
495

1017. Weekly confidential diary.—Officers in charge of police-stations shall submit weekly to the
Sub-Divisional Police Officer through the Circle Inspector a diary of the various matters coming to their
notice in the proforma laid down by Deputy inspector General, Intelligence. The Sub-Divisional Police
Officer should consolidate these reports and prepare his own report and send them to Superintendent. A
special para regarding the crime situation and steps being taken to combat crime should be added by him
in this report. These notes must be specific. The Superintendent will in his turn prepare a weekly report
and add extra paragraphs regarding the morale of the force in his charge and shall also send reports on
other important matters as required from time to time. This report will be sent to the Range Deputy
Inspector-General with a copy to the District Magistrate and to the Deputy Inspector-General,
Intelligence. See Rule 1023 also.
1018. Confidential report.--Superintendents shall forward annually to their District Magistrates, a

confidential report in P.M. Form No. 144 containing their remarks upon the work of the Deputy
Superintendents appointed to their districts during the year including any who may have been
transferred elsewhere in the course of the year, if they have served in the district for not less than four
months during that year. A Superintendent, on leaving a district in which he has served not less than six
months shall, unless his transfer takes place shortly after the submission of his annual report, leave on
瘀‫ط‬
record his opinion of all Gazetted Officers who have served under him for aperiod of not less than four
months. The District Magistrate shall forward these reports with any remarks he may think fit to make,
and a confidential report on the work of the Assistant Superintendent and Superintendent to the Deputy
Inspector-General, who will send them oil to the Inspector-General through the Commissioner
concerned. In the case of Railway Police, the reports shall be forwarded to the inspector-General through
the Range Deputy inspector-General. For Superintendents the period for the remarks to be recorded shall
not be less than 3 months as given in All India Services (Confidential Rolls) Rules, 1970.
1019. Annual reports.—ln the month of January. Two separate reports shall be submitted from
the Superintendent's office concerning the previous year one regarding crimes and the other regarding
purely departmental matters. The printed headings for These reports will be found in Appendix 60 and
the lists of returns that accompany them in Appendix 61.
496

1020. Annual Crime Report.—(a) an annual crime report shall be compiled according to
instructions given in Appendix 60 till the end of the. Month of January and sent to District Magistrate
who shall forward it with his remarks to Inspector-General through Divisional Commissioner. The
Commissioner shall submit the report to the office of Inspector-General by the end of March.
(b) A copy of this report shall be sent to Range Deputy Inspector-General and he shall send it with
remarks to Inspector-General by the end of the month of February.
(c) A copy of this report shall be sent to Inspector General direct. In the office of Inspector-General
the copies of the reports received from Range Deputy Inspectors- General and Commissioners and their
remarks shall be compiled and a report of entire State after being prepared shall be sent to Government
by the end of the month of June.
1021. Drafting of crime report.—(a) the annual crime reports shall contain full reviews of the
criminal administration of the district. The whole crime situation of the district shall first be noticed and
any special cause of fluctuation affecting crime generally explained, leaving details of each class of crime
to be dealt with under its proper heading. Should any case pending trial at the close of the year be
decided before the submission of the report, the result shall be noted.
혀‫خ‬
(b) Any subject of interest in connection with crimes besides those mentioned in the instructions,
shall find entry in the report. Discussions of theories shall be avoided, except so far as they are directly
explanatory of facts or figures embodied in the report.
(c) Brief narratives of heinous cases of particular importance or presenting any peculiarities, legal or
otherwise, shall be inserted in their appropriate places in the annual report. Superintendents shall make
endorsement on these cases whenever they are before them and fresh in their memory so that at the
time of preparing the annual report their narratives are also included (see Rule l0 l 0). This will ensure all
important cases being noted and prevent the inclusion of cases of no interest.
1022. Departmental Report.--—the annual Departmental report will be prepared by the

Superintendents/Commandants, Range Deputy inspectors General and also the Directors of Scientific
Section in the forms given in Appendix 60. The inspector General shall send report about crimes to C.B.l,
in the form given in Appendix 61. The report under the heads of Appendix 60 will be consolidated in the
office of the Inspector- General and then submitted to Government.
497

1023. The weekly confidential diary (Rule 1017) should contain a report regarding tensions.
Complaints resulting out of old enmity and land dispute affecting harijans/ Adibasis and other socially
depressed communities, an extract of which should be sent by Superintendent to Deputy Inspector.
General of Police (Harijan Cell). The latter shall also he furnished with monthly and half-yearly statements
in P.M. Form Nos. 208 and 209 respectively.
1024. List of returns and reports.—the other returns, statements, reports, etc. to be submitted by
the inspector-General to Govemment and the Accountant-General, and by other police officers to other
superior officers (including the Inspector-General) the dates on which they are due and the authority by
which they are prescribed, will be found in Appendix 64. _
1025. General directions for drafting reports.—ln the preparation of reports conciseness shall be
studied. Where information is already given in tabular statements and returns, it shall not be repeated in
the text, except so far as may be necessary to make the statements intelligible.
瘀‫ط‬
498
..

CHAPTER 31
PRESERVATION AND DESTRUCTION OF REGISTERS AND PAPERS
1026. (a) Files shall be classified according to subjects under major and minor heads as indicated in
Appendix 63 and given consecutive numbering for the year in which they are opened. When a file is
disposed off in a year subsequent to that in which it was opened, the year of disposal shall be marked in
red on the fly-leaf (Rule 905) and the period of preservation shall be reckoned from that year.
(b) An index of files shall be maintained in Form No. 3 of Forms Schedule LIII.
(c) Each major head or collection of files shall be placed in a separate pigeon hole. The index will
show under the minor heads the numbers and subjects of the files in each collection. '
(d) On the 15th April each year the completed collections of files of the previous year shall be
removed from the correspondence almirahs and shall be labelled and neatly arranged in the almirahs set
apart for old records.
(e) The completed files of each year shall be separately arranged.
(f) No new major head shall be opened without the permission of Superintendent. The files of new
minor heads can be opened with orders of Head Clerk.
퀀‫ط‬
REGISTERS AND DEPARTMENTAL PAPERS
1027. Periods for which registers and records are to be preserved.—(a) All papers connected with
the investigation of cases (e.g.. First Information Reports, case diaries, statements under Section 161,
Cr.P.C., documentary exhibits, lists of property, final memoranda and other miscellaneous connected
papers) which do not form a part of Court record, shall be kept together and preserved for the periods
noted below :-—-
(a) In all cases in which the accused has absconded.

Until the Magistrate orders their
destruction on the ground that there is no
further reasonable hope of arrest.
(b) In non-bailable cases
Fourteen years, provided that in cases under

Sections 454, 455, 456, 457, 379 and 380, I.P.C.
in which no person has been reasonably
suspected and in unnatural death cases the
records shall be preserved for three years only.
499

(c) In cases of bailable offences against Fourteen years.
Property ending in detection or in which any person
Has been reasonably suspected or in which a confession has been made.
(d) In reports and proceedings, Under Fourteen years.

Sections 108. I09. And 110, Cr.P.C.
(e) In reports and proceedings under five years.

Sections I06. 107, I44 and I45. Cr.P.C.
(f) ln false cases Two years.
(g) In bailable case, except as provided One year.

In (a) and (c) above.
Case diaries, with connected papers, should be filed in monthly bundles according to the number of
cases. Connected books of First Information Reports, charge-sheets, counterfoils and the like shall be
placed along with the bundles to which they refer.
(b) The periods for which all other papers, registers, reports and returns are to be preserved will be
found in Appendix 62. 瘀‫ط‬
(c) In each case papers will be kept at the place or office under which they are entered, unless
there is an express instruction to the contrary.
1028. Registers and papers for record-room.—the following registers and papers shall be sent to
the Magistrate’s record room or kept in the record room of office of Superintendent of Police. If there be
any. For preservation :—
(a) All papers connected with the investigation of cases (except those as given in note below) of the
nature mentioned in Rule I027, which, in accordance with Appendix 62 or any Rule in this manual, have
been sent to the Superintendent’s office
(b) The file of acquittance rolls:
(c) Register of processes dealt with by the police; and shall be preserved for the periods shown in
Appendix 62 and Rule 1027.
N0te. (I) Papers (including case diaries) in cases tried in Judicial Courts and general register of cases
cognizable by police shall be sent to record-room of Civil Court if possible otherwise kept in the record-
room of District Magistrate. -
(2) Case diaries of proclaimed absconders with their special reports shall not be sent to any record
room till these are disposed off and shall be preserved in District Crime Bureau.
500

1029. Annual report of registers and papers for record room.-The head clerk, circle inspector,
station. reserve and Court officers shall report by the 15th May each Year what registers and records they
have for transmission to the Magistrate’s or Superintendent’s record-room, and the Superintendent shall
pass orders on each report.
1030. Preparation and despatch of records to the record-room of Magistrate! Superintendent.—
(a) the papers shall be filed in the Superintendent's office, month by month, for each station separately,
all the papers in each case being strung together. Monthly bundles shall be made up as soon as all the
cases are complete and such bundle shall be sewn up in cloth, and neatly labelled and registered for
submission to the Magistrate's or Superintendent‘s record room. A fly-leaf in P.M. Form No. 145 shall be
attached to the papers of each case, showing the number of years for which the papers are to be
preserved in accordance with Rule I027 clearly stamped on it. That figure shall represent the largest
number of years for which any paper in the file is to be preserved. Thus, if there are papers in the file
which under Rule 1027 are to be kept for 2, 5 and 14 years, respectively, the figure on the fly leaf shall be
14.
(b) All records to be sent to the Magistrate‘s or S.P.‘s record room shall be despatched there on the
lst July each year. A complete list shall be sent to the record clerk, through the Magistrate, or
Superintendent, one month in advance to arrange for their reception.
DESTRUCTION OF PAPERS, ETC.

1031. (a) The destruction of correspondence and records may conveniently be taken up in May
each year, matters relating to accounts being treated according to the financial year and other subjects
⠀‫ط‬
according to the calendar year.
(b) Records to be destroyed shall be tom into shreds and sold to the best advantage, the proceeds
being credited to Government. If no purchasers are forthcoming they shall be bunt.
(c) Inspecting officers shall pass orders for the destruction and preservation of registers, reports
and returns of police-stations and other offices when inspecting these offices. Such orders shall be
recorded in the inspection registers except orders regarding case-papers at police stations which shall be
passed in the last column of the be taken.(P.M. Form No. 75-D) and of the register of cases in which there
is no First Information Report (P.M. Form Nos. 28 and 29). In case of doubt as to whether any file is to be
destroyed or not, the orders of next superior officer shall be taken.
(d) A file of permanent record will be available in each office in which the list of files destroyed will
be recorded. Apart from this, every year, the entries regarding destruction shall be made in the index
register concerned of such files.
N. B. — any material or paper, which appears to be of historical importance, shall be destroyed

only after obtaining the technical advice of Director of Archives, State Central Records Office, Secretariat,
Patna.
501
..
CHAPTER 32
RESERVE OFFICE
1032. (a) The Reserve office is a branch of the Superintendent’s office, dealing mainly with the
equipment. Discipline and general management of the whole force of the district (for inspection, sec Rule
926).
(b) The three important sections of Reserve office are (1) Personnel (2) Supply and (3) Transport
sections. In its personnel section, service books and papers connected with the service of members of
every class of the district force and their training programme (Chapter 20) will be maintained. In the work
of supply. The facts concerning the availability of fire arms and ammunition shall also be included.
(c) The distribution of work among the members of these sections shall be approved by
Superintendent so that every specific individual can do his work according to routine. The duties and
responsibilities of Reserve Inspector/Sub-Inspector are given in Chapter 19. '
1033. Roster of duties.—A roster of daily duties in Police Manual Form No. 227 shall be kept in the
reserve office in which shall be shown clearly the duty of every officer of and above the rank of constable
both of district armed Police and ordinary reserve who is left over after deputation of leave reserve to
various pests and the training reserve to different training centers as noted in Rule 610.
瘀‫ط‬
1034. Statement of police force.—on the first day of each month a statement of force shall be
prepared in Police Manual Form No. I46 in triplicate showing the state of the force as it stands on that
day. One copy of it will be sent to the Inspector-General and another to the Range Deputy Inspector-
General.
1035. Register of visiting guards.—a register of visiting guards shall be kept in Police Manual Form
No. 147. An officer of or above the rank of Sub-Inspector shall be told off daily to visit all guards. Once by
day and once by night, at uncertain hours, and his name shall be entered in this register. No entry in the
order book is needed. All officers at Headquarters shall be put on this duty. ‘The hour of visiting the
guards shall be varied and officer detailed shall see that the town police are alert (see Rule 140).
1036. Command certificates.—a command certificate in P.M. Form No. 9 shall be given whenever
men are deputed on any special duty. Command certificates shall generally not be utilised for officers of
and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors, when deputed singly and they should be given orders
separately. '
1037. District order book.—(a) A district order book shall be kept in PM. Form No. 148.
502

(b) All changes connected with the force. appointments, transfers, promotions, reversions,
suspensions, punishments, reinstatements, dischargee, leave other than casual leave, orders concerning
guards and circular orders in brief issued by the Superintendent and Inspector-General/Deputy
Inspector-General shall be entered in this book after giving a serial number vide sub-rule (c) below.
(c) The orders which are issued every day shall be entered datewise the same day in this register
after giving them a serial number according to calendar year. The serial number of the order book shall
be given on the original orders and those orders which are given in a separate sheet of paper shall be
kept safely pasted in a guard file. The Superintendent shalt-sign the D.O. book after seeing the original
D.Os. In the absence of the Superintendent the next officer-in-charge at Headquarters shall sign this
register but the Superintendent shall countersign it on return. The officer making signature shall assure
himself that all orders have been correctly copied in this register.
(d) Extract from the order book shall be entered in (1) Casualty register, (2) Service books, (3)
Leave register, (4) Force register, (5) Disposition register, etc. References to the pages of these registers
shall be recorded in the “Remarks” column.
(e) At the end of every month, the reserve Inspector shall certify that the orders issued by
Superintendent during the month have been entered in the registers concerned. A list of those entries
which could not be entered in the connected register (the orders of officers superior to S. P. are
included) shall be made out in a separate register and it shall be seen by Superintendent by 10th of
every month. The reserve Inspector shall score out the entries with his signature from this list as and
when these are entered in the connected registers.‫ض‬ It is utmost essential that all these entries are made
and given effect to quickly because there is a possibility of confusion in drawing of salary of officers and
other matters on account of delay. A report of compliance of orders of Deputy Inspector-
General/lnspector-General shall be given to concerned issuing authority. The Superintendent shall
punish those officers who are found slow in this work.
1038. Disposition register.—(a) A register showing the disposition of the force shall be kept
by the reserve Inspector in PM. Form No. 149.
(b) In the last column of disposition register shall be noted the name of the place to which a man is
transferred and the date of transfer. All postings of officers shall be determined by the Superintendent
and he shall enter his orders in this register in the manner prescribed by Rule 776(b). '
(c) This register may be kept in form of cards and each card shall have an indicator so that there is
convenience in work. '
(d) In order to ensure that all the vacancies in the rank of constables at any post are filled up, two charts
Nos. I and ll noted below are to be put up before Superintendent of Police at the time of passing orders
of transfer. In case of tribal areas, additional columns are to be provided in chart No. ll showing the
strength of constables, knowing the regional language of those areas so that posts in those areas should
have at least some constable’s proficient in the regional language.
503

CHART NO. 1
Names of constables who have completed their terms
Name of constables with Brass Date of completion of term Page number of Disposition
numbers register
CHART NO. II
Number of constables Numbers of Total number of Numbers of constables

Name of who have completed existing Constables who are
post their term vacancies To be Knowing Not
Posted Tribal knowing
(Total of language Tribal
columns 2 Language.
and 3)
瘀‫ط‬
1 2 3 4 5 6
1039. Police force register.—(a) This register shall be maintained in the personnel section of
reserve office in which the names of all officers and men shall be entered in order of seniority. Each
class shall be sub-divided according to grades or the time-scale allowing space for addition. The
sanctioned strength shall be noted at the head of each class or grade. The seniority of officers of and
above the rank of Sub-Inspector shall be that shown in the printed State list.
504

(b) The register shall have separate columns to show the following facts :—
(1) The Service Book number (and in the case of a Sub-Inspector his force number).
For constables see Rule l040(c).
(2) Name, post and date of appointment and home district.
(3) Date of entering class, grade or scale of pay.
(4) Date of next increment. If leave without pay has been granted, this should be
written.
(5) Date of birth. , .
(6) in remarks, the due date of uniform allowance for Sub-Inspectors and above.
(c) Forfeiture of increment as punishment is like a fine imposed in a punishment. Therefore,

such orders shall be given in such a manner that there is no permanent change of any kind in the date of
increment. All such orders shall be carried over in the muster roll and salary shall be drawn according to
entries in the “Muster Roll".
(d) When orders regarding promotion or dismissal are given the names of officers concerned
shall be entered in the list of proper grade or rank.
(e) All orders regarding increments shall be passed before the l5th of the month in which they
‫ط‬
fall due and shall be communicated immediately to퀀the accountant (see Rule 832).
1040. Service Books.—(a) Service Books for all non-Gazetted ranks of the district force shall
be kept in Form No. 3| of Schedule XL)/ll. (For ministerial officers, see Rule 873). The application form
for appointment, verification roll (P.M. Form No. 101), proof of age and health certificate shall be kept
pasted in it. An attested copy of health certificate shall be sent to Accountant-General also.
(b) Service Books shall remain in the custody of the reserve lnspector under lock and key and
he will be responsible to see that they are properly kept and are up-to-date.
(c) In the Service Book of the constable, his force number shall be entered (rule 1070).
(d) The record of landed property and other properties which are submitted from time to time
(Rules 706 and 1041) shall be kept with the Service Books.
1041. Entries in Service Books.—-(a) In this Service Book in column 2 on page 3,caste shall not be
entered-. However it shall be indicated as such in the Service Book of such employees who belong to
Scheduled Caste or Scheduled Tribe or backward class but in their case also specific caste need not be
mentioned (see Appendix 40). Care should be taken that caste is not indicated in the character rolls alto
(PM. Farm Na 151 ). Every order entered in Service Book shall be signed in full by the Superintendent,
Assistant Superintendent or Deputy Superintendent.
505

(b) The greatest care shall be exercised in making entries in Service Book as a man’s pension
depends on the correctness of these very entries. In the case of those who hold temporary or officiating
posts prior to permanent employment, extracts of orders showing the nature of the temporary or
officiating vacancy in which, or in the chain of which, the man was appointed shall invariably be
attached to Service Books. The date of birth cannot be altered except under the provisions of Rule 96 of
Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. l and no representation shall be entertained after 10 years of appointment.
(c) All rewards and all punishments shall be shown in the Service Book and in a joint index of
Reward and Punishment Register (P.M. Form No. 203), Details will not be entered, but a reference will
be made in the appropriate columns to the number and year of the entry in the District Order Book.
When Service Books are sent to other districts. they shall be accompanied by copies of all district orders
relating to appointments, promotions, leave other than casual leave. and punishments specified in
Chapter 25. In these copies. the punishment order should be given in detail and at the same time a copy
of the charge of the proceeding shall be attached also.
(d) While considering the facts concerning promotion, appointment, etc., the Board shall
consider the summary of entries in Service Book which should be obtained in the prescribed form (see
Chapters 20 and 23) so that all facts concerning police officers are brought before the Board.
瘀‫ط‬
(e) Landed property and other properties.—Particulars as to the possession of landed property
and other properties shall be entered in RM. Form No. 150, a copy of which shall be pasted in each
Service, Book after page 2. The entries shall be brought up-to-date yearly in October. It is incumbent on
all police officers at any time (Rule 706) to give information of any property acquired permanently or
temporarily either by themselves or their wives. either in their own names or in the names of children.
relatives, servants or dependents or otherwise by Benami. .
(f) In July every year. services of the police officers should be verified up-to-date from pay bills.
acquaintance rolls. etc. and an entry to this effect should be made in the Service Book as laid down in
Bihar Service Code. Rules 298 and 299 and Rule 101 of the Bihar Financial Rules, Vol. l.
(g) Every Police/ministerial officer shall be asked to give after appointment a full list of those
persons of his family with dates of birth who in the event of his death are entitled for pension or
gratuity according to Appendix 5 of Bihar Pension Rule. 1950 and its Rules 184 and 185 and P.M. Rule
814. Such officers shall give information about birth/death of any member of their family with dates
from time to time so that this list remains up-to-date list of names shall be pasted in the Service Book in
the same way as the copy of nomination form of Provident Fund is kept pasted according to Rule 989(e)
506

(h) At the end of Service Book, a leave account shall be kept attached with it and entries must
be made up to date every time leave is applied for and availed.
1042. Extra copies of Service Books and character rolls.—(a) The original copies of Service
Books shall be kept in the reserve office of Superintendent (see Rule I032). Their extra copies shall never
be made out and whenever due to transfer, there is necessity of sending Service Book from the office of
one controlling officer to another, it shall be sent by a special messenger if there is a suspicion of its
being lost or tampered. If the officer concerned wants, he can see the Service Book with orders of
Superintendent or controlling officer. This work should be done in the presence of reserve Inspector.
(b) The character rolls of ministerial officers and officers from the rank of Assistant Sub-
Inspector to Inspector shall be kept in the office of the Superintendent in his personal custody according
to Rule 924 (a). An extra typed copy of character rolls shall also be kept in this office which shall be
made up-to-date from time to time and the controlling officer shall also certify on it that this is a true
copy of the original. All originals shall be kept in the office concerned carefully and on the transfer of
officers. the character rolls should be sent to the new controlling officer by name with Service Book in a
sealed envelope through a messenger, if any, who shall carry Service Book. The extra typed copy which
is kept with the Superintendents should also be sent. If this copy has been sent to another office, it
should be indicated to the now controlling officer.
瘀‫ط‬
(c) The file of departmental proceeding shall also he sent to that district where the officer
concerned has been transferred as soon as final order has been passed. These files shall be considered
as enclosures to Service Books.
(d) In the districts or units, separate indices shall be kept of available character rolls and Service
Books to indicate their movements. if any. This index shall be in a separate tightly bound register. The
index to Service Books of constables shall be according to force number. In this index, there should be
some space left, between two consecutive serial numbers in which the date when a particular Service
Book was sent to a particular office with despatch register serial number and date shall be stated. An
acknowledgment should be obtained from that office where it is went and after obtaining it. it shall be
pasted against the entry concerned in the despatch register. The memo number of acknowledgment
shall be filled up in the index. If the Service Book is returned, the date and memo number of return shall
also be noted against the said memo number in this register, The first entry. through which this book
was sent, shall never be scored.
1043. Petty cash hook.—The reserve officer shall keep a cash account in P.M. Form No. 22 in
which shall be entered the receipt and expenditure of all moneys passing through his bands, except pay
and allowances made over to him for disbursement [see Rules 933(c) and 976].
507

1044. Committee Report Book.—-(a) A committee report hook in P.M. Form No. 165 ‘shall
be maintained in the Reserve office. In this shall be entered the proceedings of all committees convened
to inspect and pass or condemn clothing (Rules 1072 and 1078); departmental stores and ammunition
(Rule 1094); furniture and all other articles of Government property (except stationery and forms)
received for issue to any office or police post in the district or to be stored in the Reserve.
(b) Committees shall be convened by the Superintendent and shall-ordinarily consist of himself,
the Assistant or Deputy Superintendent and the reserve officer.
(c) Every article passed by the committee shall be taken into store by the reserve officer and
entered in the Stock and Store Register (Rule 1045), the register of receipt and issue of clothing (Rule
1081) or the ammunition register (Rule lll0). Similarly entries shall also be made in the register
concerning transport.
(d) Committee reports shall be serially numbered for each year and a reference made on the
receipt side of the register concerned to the serial number of the committee report.
(e) As far as the payment of the cost of articles received is concerned all rules may
be seen in Chapter 29. 瘀‫ط‬
1045. (a) Stock and store register: -The incharge of supply and transport sections shall keep a
stock and store register in P.M. Form No. l-22A and every article of Government property received for
issue or storage shall be entered under proper head except that for the articles concerning arms,
ammunition, clothing, transport and consumable articles, separate registers are maintained.
(b) Stores of consumable articles. ~—A separate register similar to the register noted above for
such consumable articles as kerosene oil, phenyl, torch, battery, linseed oil, Rifle oil, etc. shall be
maintained showing the purchase and distribution of these articles to different posts with date.
Separate pages shall he allotted in the register for each article where entries shall be made after entry in
the committee report book.
(c) Headquarters stores.—Too many articles shall not be kept stored in the reserve
Headquarters of the district or unit unnecessarily. The Superintendent should get calculations made
regarding acquisition of fresh stock either by purchase or by obtaining from the. Central Stores as laid
down in the rules after studying the requirements of different posts under his charge and also after
deducting tin 1 quantity of stores available. For arms and ammunition, see Rule 1125.
508
(d) Distribution register —ln order that there may be a record at Headquarters of all
Government, property kept at various Police posts and offices. a distribution register in P.M. Form No.
123 shall be maintained in the reserve office. Separate pages shall be allotted for every post in this
register. A sample and rough yardstick for supply of Government properly to police-station and some
other posts is given in Appendix 80 which may be suitably altered for other posts, Whenever any article
other than clothing and consumable article. is issued to a post, an entry of its issue shall be made in the
distribution register and its extract shall be sent for pasting in the Government property list or that post.
Every entry in the distribution register and its extract shall be signed by the Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent Headquarters.
(e) An authenticated copy of the distribution register under the signature of Superintendent
shall be kept hanging at each post (see Rule 76). Officers-in-charge shall enter up in this list any article
subsequently received but shall not make any deletion or correction therein. Only the
Superintendent/Assistant or Deputy Superintendent shall make deletions or corrections in the list. The
Superintendent may take the register with him from Headquarters at the time of inspection and
compare it with the list. If necessary, any article may be declared unserviceable and ordered to be
destroyed or sold out by auction. The required deletions or corrections in the register and the list may
be made simultaneously. This shall also be noted in the inspection note of the post and extracts from
these shall be entered in the committee report book and thereafter all corrections made in the stock
and store register.
(f) If during inspection at any post by another inspecting officers the articles available are sought
to be declared unserviceable, orders of Superintendent
瘀‫ ط‬shall be obtained by the post in charge through
proper channel.
(g) Responsibility of post incharge for loss or damage of Government, properly.- The charge
reports of offices, police-stations and other posts shall be sent to supply section of Reserve office which
shall be compared with the entries of the distribution register as soon as these are received and if there
is any discrepancy, explanation shall be called for at once. Ordinarily, the post incharge shall inform the
Superintendent through proper channel of any damage or loss to property without delay so that this
decision is taken as to which station incharge or any other officer is responsible for this. Officers
responsible for the loss of, or damage to, any item of Government property shall be liable to pay the full
cost of replacement or repair; in addition to any other penalty that is considered necessary.
(h) Every year in the first fortnight of the month of May. the Assistant or Deputy Superintendent
Headquarters shall make a cent per cent check of Headquarters stores so that the Superintendent is
assured that every article is available in the same quantity as it 19 entered in the register [see Rules 623
(i), 1082 and 1125].
The Deputy Inspector-General and Inspector-General should mention in their Inspection notes,
if this check is being done in a proper way. It shall be ensured that only the required stocks are available
in stores which should be kept properly and not misused or made unserviceable.
509

1046. Police hospital.—(a) Police hospital is a sort of wing of the district hospital but in this
hospital, generally police officers or the member of their family are given treatment.
(b) A separate register for those persons shall be kept who are given outdoor treatment in
hospital. The police officers attached to Headquarters offices or with offices attached with Headquarters
offices shall go to hospital for outdoor treatment after reporting to reserve Inspector. The latter shall
keep a separate register for this and shall make over charge of this to any constable of Police Lines to
take that register to Doctor. The Superintendent shall give orders in this connection as to which
constable shall carry out this work and for what period.
(c) The names of police officers who are admitted into Police hospital shall be entered in a
register kept in Police Manual Form No. 152 and in this, the date of admission in and discharge from the
hospital with signatures of doctor incharge shall be entered against each name. He shall send it every
day to the Superintendent through the same constable detailed for this who will also give his signature.
(d) For every patient admitted, these shall be bed head ticket in P.M. Form No. 153. The disposal
of these tickets shall be done according to concerned rules of the hospital.
(e) In case of an epidemic, the Senior Executive Medical Officer-cum-Civil Surgeon may depute
the “Doctor-in-charge of the Police hospital for extra duties.
瘀‫ط‬
(f) Instructions regarding diet to patients admitted into hospital are given in Rules 957-959.
1047. Leave, register.—{a) A leave register shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 154. All applications
for leave shall be entered in the register and orders taken therein, that the leave is granted or refused or
kept pending. The order shall be communicated to the applicant. The reserve officer shall certify in the
“remarks'’ column of the register, against each entry, that the leave is due or not due [Rule 104] (h)]. He
shall also certify in the same column whether a railway warrant for free transit concession is due or not
[see Rule 807 (b)]. Applications of an urgent nature, or for extraordinary leave or on medical certificate
shall be put up at once; others shall be disposed of at least twice a month. At the end of the year all
applications not disposed of shall be carried forward to the following year’s list. Those officers who had
returned from leave recently shall not ordinarily be given leave provided that they are not required for
any special reason to go on leave.
(b) The approved reserve force for leave shall be distributed to different posts. The superior
officer before forwarding leave application shall keep in mind that it is not generally possible to depute
substitutes. It shall be noted on the leave application by him and checked in reserve office if any
departmental proceeding is in the offing and pending or if any charge is to be answered in orderly room
(Rule 824).
510

(c) The leave section incharge shall keep an index to leave registers in the following proforma in
a separate register in which pages shall be allotted for different ranks and names of all officers shall be
noted. In column 1, the brass numbers of constable or Force number of other ranks, as the case may be,
shall be noted.’ ln the remarks column, it shall be noted if any extension was granted and what action
had been taken for not returning in time. A circular mark in red ink shall be given round each serial entry
in column 2 which is fully disposed of. This register shall be scrutinized by Superintendent himself at
least once every month and he will assure himself that whoever has delayed in going on or returning
from leave is properly dealt with :—
Rank…………………………………………………………….
Number Serial entry Description Date of departure on Due date Remarks.

and of leave of leave granted leave. of
name. register. with date. return
Actual
date
of
return
1 2 3 4 5 6
瘀‫ط‬
(d) The following pro forma shall be used at the time of entering the order sanctioning the leave
in the district order book :—
Name Period, kind If any Rail- Name of the officer

Number and date of way warrant certifying to the
and commencement of is issued, its admissibility
rank leave sanctioned. No. and date. of leave.
1 2 3 4 5

511
(e) Leave certificate.—A leave certificate in P.M. Form No. 155 shall be given to each man going
on leave, and on return he shall at once report himself to the reserve Inspector who will note the date
and hour of return on the back of the certificate.
(f) Officers going on earned or every sort of long leave shall ordinarily proceed on leave after
coming at Headquarters after the orders of grant of leave are passed and shall on return from leave
appear according to para (e) above.
1048. Casual leave register:-—A register of casual leave shall he maintained in PM. Form No.
15(5 and it shall he regularly examined by inspecting officers (see Rule 784).
1049. Casualty register.—(a) A register of casualties shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 157.
(b) All changes in the force, all transfers to and from the district and all casualties shall be
entered in this register at the time of their occurrence.
(c) To he compared with register of pay held over: —Twice a month the reserve officer shall
forward the register to the accountant of the Superintendent's office. The accountant shall enter all
sums to be drawn or refunded in each month, by reason of orders of promotion or reduction passed
subsequent to the cashing of pay-bills, in the register of pay and allowances held over for future
瘀‫ط‬
payment (see Rule 968); and after certifying that he has done this in the last column, shall return the
register to the reserve office.
1050. Deleted.
1051. Register, returns and reports.—-Complete lists of registers, etc., to he maintained in the
Personnel and Supply sections of Reserve office and of returns and reports due therefrom will be found
in Appendices 62 and 64 respectively.
512
..

CHAPTER 33
UNIFORM AND CLOTHING
1052. Uniform.—The uniform prescribed for the various ranks of the police force are given in
Appendix 65, Part l. Uniform supplied free of cost is given in Appendix 65, Part II.
OFFICERS OF AND ABOVE THE RANK OF DEPUTY

SUPERINTENDENT
1053. Full dress.—(a) Full dress consists of Peak Cap, Khakhi tunic, shirt, slacks, blue tie,
Sambrown Belt, sword, brown shoes/Boots, whistle and cord and Khakhi socks with medals and
decorations and shall be worn on all State ceremonies, visits other than those given in Rule 1054(6) of
President, Vice-President, Prime Minister, Governor and Chief Minister and on special occasions on the
orders of superior officers.
(b) Sword knots of brown leather with acron shall be neatly coiled round the guard of the sword.
When parading mounted, sword knots shall be worn loose.
⠀‫ط‬
N. B.-— On less formal occasions, cloth belt may be used in place of Sambrown Belt in full dress
with or without sword.
1054. Review order.—(a) It means full dress but when mounted breeches in place of slacks shall
be worn. Field boots with or without spurs is optional. However, when not mounted, slacks with brown
shoes/ boots are worn in place of Breeches with Field Boots.
(b) When medals etc. are not required to be worn, only their ribbons are to be worn in full
dress. Such a dress shall be worn when meeting, escorting or keeping the line of road clear for the
President, Vice-President, or Governor on the occasion of their private visits, in command of armed men
other than guards of honour or ceremonial or inspection parades and on all other occasions when
ordered and the occasion is not of special significance [see Rule 1059(c)].
(c) Swords shall not ordinarily be worn except on formal occasion or when in command of an
armed force or when inspecting men under arms. When the sword is not worn, sword frogs shall be
removed from the belt.
(d) Whenever Gazetted Officers of Railway Police have to be on duty with President, Vice-
President, Governor or other high official on the occasion of journey by rail, full dress as in sub-rule (b)
above should be worn. On such occasion, revolver with cover shall be hung up from the belt.

513
1055. Informal dress (working dress).—(a) Working dress which is also called informal dress
consists of Peak Cap or Beret of blue colour, bush shirt, cloth belt, slacks, etc. However, in place of bush
shirt, shins (Angola or cellular) and in place of cloth belt, Web belt or a leather belt having a rectangular
metallic plate with IPS device inscribed on it (with or without jersey) and slacks (Gabardine or Drill), etc
can also be worn.
This dress shall not he worn at public functions of any sort and is intended mainly for use in the
mufassil, e.g. inspections, supervision of cases and for ordinary parades. Ordinarily, this very dress may
be worn while working in office though Mufti (civilian) dress is also permissible for routine meetings.
etc. [vide Govt. of India, M.H.A. letter No. 6/12/61-AIS (III), dated 3rd April. I962].
(b) When wearing shorts, pattis and boots shall be worn on parade; Khaki stockings and brown
shoes may be worn on other occasions.
1056. Mess dress.—(a) Mess dress shall be worn at messes and in State public entertainments
or in dinners or in other functions at messes or in functions at night concerning President, Vice-
President, Governor, Prime Minister, or Chiefs of the three wings of the army or in any function to be
held at night.
瘀‫ط‬
(b) Mess dress shall consist of black short buttoned-up coat with black trousers for winter and
white short buttoned-up coat with white trousers for summer. However on occasions when review
order is specially ordered, full dress (with sword) as given in Rule 1053 shall be worn. .
(c) Although an uniformed force. the Police force has to come in constant touch with the public
and must therefore, be civilian in character. Therefore, like Army Officers the Police Officers should not
wear miniature decorations and medals with civilian dress [see Rule 1059(c)].
1057. Fancy dress.—On the occasion of entertainments. this dress may be worn but prevalent
full dress or other formal dress used in the Police shall never be worn as fancy dress. There is no
objection to the wearing of a-dress which is not prevalent.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL RANKS.
1058. Uniformity of dress.—(a) Police Officers employed together on the same duty or
attending any function at which uniform is to be worn shall be similarly dressed, and on such occasions
it shall be the duty of the senior officer employed on such duty or attending such function to order,
when the matter is not distinctly regulated by any other rule or superior authority the particular uniform
to be worn.

514
(b) No article of dress, clothing, equipment and badges which does not conform to the scaled
pattern shall be worn and Superintendents of Police are forbidden to introduce or sanction for
experimental or other purposes any unauthorized deviation.
(c) Steel Helmets with or without vizors may be worn whenever specially ordered. When
mounted. Khaki Pagris or Pith hats shall be used.
(d) Care of waterproof :—
(1) Water proofs shall not be kept on or near n hot place; (2) They shall be put out
to dry in shade and not in the sun: (3) They shall not be washed with hot water
or soap; (4) They shall not be bundled up when wet as that will weaken the
rubber; (5) When the rainy season is over. French chalk shall be applied to the
rubber side of the coat.
(e) All officers above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector shall put on a full name plate in Hindi
above the right pocket of their shirt or Tunic. This shall be 3/4“wide and made of plastic. In this place of
black colour, the full name of the officer and his rank in letters of white paint shall be written.
瘀‫ط‬
1059. Decorations and Medals.—-(a) Military decorations and medals shall be worn on the left
breast with full dress. Medals shall always be worn so as to show the Ashoka emblem. They shall be
worn in a horizontal line suspended from a single bar, of which no part should be visible. and placed
midway between the first and second buttons from the bottom of the collar. The ribbon shall not
exceed 2.5 cms. in length, unless clasps necessitate its being longer. When two or more medals are
worn, they will be so arranged that the lower edges are in a line and when the decorations and medals
cannot on account of their number be suspended from the bar so as to be fully seen, they shall overlap.
(b) With working dress the ribbons only of medals, decorations and titles shall be worn. Ribbons
shall be 2.5 cms. in length and 9 cms. in breadth and will be worn on a bar without intervals immediately
above the left breast pocket of the shirt. They should not overlap and when there is not sufficient room
to wear the ribbons in one row they should be worn in two or more rows, the lower being placed 1.25
cms. below the upper (Appendix 67). -
(c) If miniature medals are specially ordered to be worn with mess dress for a special occasion,
not covered under Rule 1056(c), these shall be worn on the left chest in one horizontal line, 2.5 cms.
below the point of the shoulder. The length of the bar, of which no point must be visible, shall in no case
project beyond the lapel or shoulder seam of the Tunic. When miniature medals cannot, on account of
their number, be suspended from a bar so as to be fully seen they shall overlap. Collar badges shall be
worn 1.9 ems. below the lower edge of medals.
515
(d) President's police medal for gallantry being the highest police decoration shall be placed on
the extreme right hand side of the top row. Thereafter, the police medal awarded for gallantry shall be
worn. After this, President’s police medal for meritorious service and then police medal shall be worn
but these are subject to priorities given in President's Secretariat notification 9-Press/73, dated 21st
January. 1973.
(e) St. john’s Ambulance Brigade badges shall be worn on the right arm, midway between point
of elbow and shoulder.
1060. Mourning.—0n occasions of public mourning and when attending funerals or memorial
services connected therewith. all Gazetted Officers in uniform shall wear a piece of black-crape, 8.1 cms,
wide round the sleeve of the left arm, midway between the elbow and the shoulder. It will not be worn
at ceremonies such as the unveiling of memorials unless these functions take place during a period of
public mourning during which period the band is worn on all occasions when in uniform.
1061. Dress and appearance.—(a) No unauthorised ornament or emblem shall be worn with
uniform. Watch chains (excluding wrist watch chains)
瘀‫ط‬
trinkets, etc., if worn, shall not be displayed
outside the uniform.
(b) Hair shall he kept short, and men whose custom is to shave shall not appear in uniform in an
unshaven condition.
(c) No officer or man in uniform shall be permitted to wear any caste marks or to have his face
painted in any manner, whatsoever.
(d) All ranks shall appear in uniform whenever they are on duty, unless otherwise ordered by a
superior officer for special purposes.
(e) Officers attached to the Criminal Investigation Department and Intelligence Department shall
not appear in uniform unless specially ordered to do so.
(f) Smoking or chewing betel in public places, when on duty in uniform, is forbidden.
(g) Officers and men when not on duty may wear either uniform or plain clothes, but shall not
appear at any time partly in uniform and partly in plain clothes.
(h) Officers and men, other than those on traffic control duty, shall not use or carry umbrellas
when in uniform. '

516
GRANTS FOR PURCHASE AND MAINTENANCE OF UNIFORM.

SADDLERY AND HORSES
1062. Free grants for the purchase of uniform, horse and Saddlery.—(a) The following free
grants towards the cost of uniform and the purchase ofa horse and saddlery may be sanctioned -:—-—
Uniform Saddlery
(1) Assistant Superintendents on Rs. 1.200 on first Rs. 1.200

appointment. appointment.
(2) Deputy Superintendents on promotion Rs. 1.000 on first Rs. 1 .200

to the Indian Police Service. appointment.
(3) Deputy Superintendents on being Rs. 1.000 first

posted as additional Superintendent time and Rs. 125
every year.
(4) Inspector on promotion to the rank of Rs. 800 first time.

Deputy Superintendent. Rs. 125 every year.
퀀‫ط‬
(5) Inspectors promoted from the rank of Rs. 500 first time
Sub-Inspector. and Rs. 100
every year.
(6) Sub-Inspectors on direct appointment Rs. 400 first time

or when promoted from the lower rank. Rs. 100 every year.
N. B.— This can be drawn by officers on probation.
The sanction of Government to the drawing of grants for the purchase of horse and saddlery is
necessary. The Inspector-General of Police is empowered to sanction grants for the purchase of uniform.
ln all cases the authority of the Accountant-General is required for payment to the Gazetted Officers.
Bills in respect of non-Gazetted Officers should be cashed without pre-audit. To each bill a
certificate should be appended to the effect that the said officer is entitled to it and that no amount has
been drawn for the purpose previously. The date of appointment or promotion, as the case may be,
should also be specified in the certificate.
(b) Before the receipt of the grant for purchase of a horse and saddlery the officer must furnish
proof that lie has purchased, and is prepared to maintain, a horse.

517
(c) Officers who receive a grant for the purchase of a horse and saddlery shall furnish the Audit
Officer, within a month after the money has been drawn from the treasury, with a certificate to the
effect that the price paid by them for the horse and saddlery was not less than the amount drawn.
(d) Refund of uniform allowance on resignation from service.—(i) A Deputy Superintendent of

Police on his resignation will refund the uniform allowance according to the following scale:—
Rs.
Within one year from the date of appointment 540
Within two years from the date of appointment 480
Within three years from the date of appointment 420
(ii) Inspectors or Sub-Inspectors of Police on resignation will refund the uniform allowance
according to the following scale :—-
Rs.
Within six months from the date of appointment 170
Within twelve months from the date of appointment 140

瘀‫ط‬
Within eighteen months from the date of appointment 110
Within twenty-four months from the date of appointment. 80
Within thirty months from the date of appointment 50
1063. Maintenance grants.—(a) The following grants for maintenance of uniform, horse and
saddlery have been sanctioned to the officers of Indian Police Service:—--
(i) Rs. 1,000 for uniform at intervals of seven years from the date of appointment or from
the date on which the uniform is first maintained whichever is later. A kit maintenance
allowance of Rs. 40 per month shall also be drawn.
(ii) Rs. 1,200 for horse and saddlery at intervals of seven years from the date on which the
horse is first maintained. When application is made for renewal of grant on account of
horse and saddlery a certificate shall be furnished to the effect that a horse is being
maintained and has ordinarily been maintained _for a total period of seven years since
the receipt of the last payment.
Note.— The word “ordinarily” shall be token to include periods of leave during which a horse is
maintained by an officer. '

518
(b) Both the allowances will be withheld in respect of officers who have less than two years
service before them. The period of suspension shall be excluded for admissibility of the renewal grant.
(c) When the services of an officer are lent by one State Government to another the State
Government, under which that officer happens to be working at the time of grunts on account of
uniform, horse and saddlery being due, shall meet the grant.
OFFICERS OF AND BELOW THE RANK OF INSPECTOR

1064. Uniforms of Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors.—(a) Inspectors and Sub- Inspectors shall
keep at least two serviceable suits of uniform for ordinary wear and one suit for inspections and
ceremonial occasions.
(b) For fabrication of the uniforms of officers of the rank of Sub-Inspector and Inspector,
allowances are admissible [see Rule 1062(a)]. It will be the responsibility of these officers to get their
uniforms properly fabricated which should be fitting.
(c) In no circumstance, an officer shall give his uniform or a part thereof to any person outside
the department. Those who are supplied with uniform by the Government free of cost can obtain it
according to Rules or return it to departmental disbursing officer. When officers of and above the rank
of Sub-Inspector are retired from service, they can ⠀dispose
‫ط‬ of their uniform to other officers of the force
only.
(d) Officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspectors may be supplied with cloth for making their
garments by the department from Government stores at approved rates. It shall be specially borne in
mind that no officer purchases articles more than his necessity.
1065. Kits supplied by Government.—The complete kits of Assistant Sub- Inspectors, Havildars
and constables and the period for which each item shall last are given in Part Il of Appendix 65.
Complete kits shall be given to all persons newly enlisted in or promoted to the foregoing ranks. Old
serviceable clothing shall not be issued with a first kit. Those who are re-enlisted or reinstated after
dismissal or discharge shall be treated as newly enlisted (see Rule 671). Whenever officers are sent to
training centres or are transferred from one district to another, they shall go to their new places of
posting with uniform. Only the district Badge and the Belt plates, if it indicates the district will be
returned to the stores of original district.
1066. A sum sufficient to provide all recruits with this complete kit and to provide for the
replacement of items at not less than the prescribed intervals shall be placed every year in the budget of
the Police Department and distributed by the Inspector-General according to requirements, In
calculating this sum, it shall be assumed that the portion of the force, representing leave and vacancies,
does not require replacement of kit. The calculation shall be based on the current contract prices.

519
1067. Superintendent to provide kits for recruits.—(a) When Superintendents enlist men
themselves. they shall provide them with the first kits before sending them to the Training School and
furnish them with clothing hand—books (P.M. Form No. 162).
(b) The person incharge of training centre may keep in his stores some essential articles of the
kits after making entry in P.M. Form No. l60. If any information is given to him about loss or damage to
any part of the kit of any recruit, the latter shall be given these articles alter entering them into RM.
Form No. I61 so that there is no obstruction in training hut the prescribed amount of each article shall
be realized from the recruit (see Rule 1072).
1068. (a) One or more central stores of uniform and clothing shall be set up at State level
according to convenience. In these stores, all articles shall be kept after making purchases centrally.
Orders should he given by Inspector-General as to which articles shall he kept in these stores and what
articles shall be kept after purchase in district or unit stores.
(b) Some articles may be purchased from the welfare centres which are located in districts [Rule
1210(e)].
(c) The committee report book concerning the articles received in the stores centres shall be
kept in RM. Form No. 165. At the same time, for every special article a stores register shall be kept in the
same way as it is kept in district in which entries relating to the number of articles available and their
distribution shall be made. A separate order shall 瘀‫ط‬be issued by Inspector-General for keeping other
records at these centres. The Superintendent and unit incharge shall send therefrom time to time the
figures of requirements of their subordinates in RM. Form No. 159 [see Rule 1078(b)].
1069. The clothings distributed fee of cost by Government shall be inspected from time to time
and any article worn out within the prescribed period may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be
replaced at the expense of the officer concerned (see Rule 1072).
If at the end of the prescribed period, it is found that less than the prescribed clothing will
suffice as some may still be serviceable, only that much shall be given to the officer as may be absolutely
necessary and he may he rewarded for the proper use of clothing.
1070. Brass numbers.—Each district shall be supplied with a set of brass number badges from
No. 1 up to the total number of constables in the district. The number of the brass budge, issued to a
constable shall be his service book number (see Rule 1040), and the same number is to be used in
marking his clothings, equipment, etc. On a constable being discharged, dismissed or resigning, his
badge shall be given to the new recruit/enlisted. The number with the district indicator shall be worn on
the shoulder. Till such time as only the number is to be worn on shirt, it shall be worn between the
second and third button of the shirt, midway between and in line with the two inner comers of the
pocket flaps. When wearing woollen jerseys and great coats in the winter, the number shall be worn on
the jerseys and great coats corresponding to the half shirt position of numbers.

520
1071. Marking clothes.—(a) Previous to issue, all clothing shall he marked with (i) the
abbreviated name of the district as laid down in Rule 1102, (ii) date of issue, and (iii) the district number
of the man to whom issued in the following
(b) The mark shall be stamped with indelible ink and care taken not to cause disfigurement.
1072. Clothing of men leaving the force.—(a) The clothing of men leaving the force by transfer
to the railway, by resignation, discharge, dismissal or death, of constables promoted to the rank of
Assistant Sub-Inspector or Havildar, and of Assistant Sub- Inspector/Havildar to Sub-Inspector shall be
returned into the store.
Such officers who retire shall be permitted to retain with themselves Khaki shirts, Khaki shorts
⠀‫ط‬
and slacks, shoes, woollen socks and physical training shoes, if any.
(b) Normally, wearing articles of daily use such as shirts, shorts and slacks issued once should
not be reissued to police officers from stores and these shall be either sold out or destroyed with other
unserviceable articles depending on their condition according to prevalent: orders of the Inspector-
General. Other articles like Beret, Blanket, Great coat, Belt, etc., shall be classified by a committee
composed as provided in Rule 1044(6) as (i) new (if it is likely to last more than four months), (ii)
serviceable, or (m) unserviceable. Clothing of men granted leave for more than six months shall be
similarly dealt with new and serviceable clothing shall be taken into stock and dealt with as provided in
Rule 1081. All clothing of men who have suffered from infectious deseases shall be burnt. Other
unserviceable clothing shall be tom up and may be used as dusters, cleaning rags, etc.
1073. Transfer and clothing.--For carrying uniform at the time of transfer, see Rule 1065. If at
the place of new posting, any extra article is due, this can be distributed from the stores of the new
district or unit.
1074. Kit boxes.—Wooden bed-cots with kit-boxes attached with a locking arrangement shall be
supplied to all police posts according to the strength of Assistant Sub-Inspectors, Havildars and
constables attached to them. They shall be considered as part of the furniture of the posts and shown in
the lists of property accordingly, and officers-in-charge shall be held responsible for them. They shall not
be removed except by order of the Superintendent.

521
1075. Washing of Khaki clothing.—(a) Khaki clothing should not be washed with any ingredients
containing acids, such as mango peel, lime or lemon, or rita (soapnut). Dhobis shall not be allowed to
use anything stronger than soap, soda or saji. If carefully washed, the colour will remain fresh, in spite of
long wear, frequent washings and exposure to the sun.
(b) Web equipment and articles of leather shall respectively be cleaned and polished with khaki
blanco and polish.
CONTRACTS FOR THE SUPPLY OF UNIFORM AND EQUIPMENT.
1076. Tenders.—(a) Every year, Inspector-General shall call for tender for the supply of uniform
and equipment by publishing the advertisement in the Bihar Gazette, Police Gazette and in approved
newspapers. In the proforma for tender, which shall be available from the office of Assistant Inspector-
General of Police, the quantity or number of articles to be supplied shall be narrated. The advertisement
shall be actually published in the name of Assistant Inspector-General.
(b) On receipt of the tenders and samples, a committee shall be formed ordinarily consisting of
Deputy Inspectors-General of administration, armed Police and Central range. The Assistant Inspector-
General shall work as Secretary to this Committee. If matters, concerning supply for another force linked
with police force such as fire brigade is to be considered, a seniormost officer of that branch shall also
be kept in the Committee. A representative of the Industries Department of the Government may also
be included in the Committee. The Committee shall make recommendation to the Inspector-General as
to which articles shall be purchased for central stores for distribution to different districts and units and
which are to he purchased directly from approved contractors by local Superintendents/Commandants.
(c) After approval of the tenders, the samples of each selected article shall be sealed in the
presence of the Assistant to Inspector-General who will retain these in his office. In case of such articles
which are to be purchased directly from the contractors in districts, the contractors shall be required to
submit sufficient numbers of samples of each selected article which shall be similarly sealed. One set
shall be kept in the office of Assistant Inspector General and the rest distributed to districts/units.
522
These shall be kept carefully for comparison with the articles subsequently received, Such
comparison, in case of central stores, shall be made by the officer-in-charge of stores with two other
officers nominated by the Inspector-General who will scrutinise the articles available after setting up
local committee.
The committee shall assemble as soon as possible after packages of clothing or equipment are
received and it shall be opened before them and entries made as given in Rule 1044. Should any article
or articles be condemned, the entire package should be returned to the contractor, In case of articles of
district stores. a copy of the report of the committee with one of the best and one of the worst of the
articles shall be sent to the Assistant to Inspector-General and pending receipt of his orders the article
objected to by the committee shall not be issued or returned.
(d) The Inspector-General shall decide as to which articles are to be supplied and kept in the
central stores and which are to be supplied and kept in the districts or units. He shall also decide the
number or amount of articles to be kept at these centres. Generally all the articles other than
consummable articles shall be kept in the central stores.
(e) The list of approved contractors including Government departments or jails for supply of
articles is to be kept in central or district stores with the rates decided, and shall be published in the
Police Gazette.
‫ ط‬of requirements shall be sent to the Inspector-

1077. Indents.—(a) Every yea, the annual퀀list
General by 1st of July in P.M. Form No. 158 by Superintendents/Commandants, etc. In case of articles of
clothing, consolidated indents shall be sent to the contractors at least 3 months before the clothing is
required. The main supply should arrive in October and November. For submission of indents by
districts/units, Rule 1078(b) may be seen.
(b) Indents shall show clearly the number and size of articles required. The Superintendents shall
endeavour that an unnecessarily large stock of clothing is not kept in hand, particularly in the rains.
1078. (a) Every contractor shall have with him description of terms of contract in the form
approved by Government. The officers-in-charge of central stores shall obtain from these contractors
the articles concerned in requisite quantity.
(b) The Superintendents/Commandants shall send to the person incharge of stores the
description of articles required in P.M. Form No. 159 according to Rule 1068(b). In these descriptions,
the number and measurements of required articles shall be given clearly.
523

(c) Arrangements for complete kit shall be made for every future recruit and the articles which
are to be given to other employees, should also be available in full quantity. In addition to this, such
articles are also to be kept in little number which can be distributed to officers in the event of casual
damages. Special attention should be given that the articles are obtained from central stores according
to necessity.
The Deputy Inspectors-General shall assure themselves during inspections that articles are not
being called for from their offices in meaninglessly more quantity.
1079. Method of payment to contractors.—(a) The contractors shall send the bills to the
officer-in-charge of stores. They shall forward them after scrutiny to the office of Inspector-General.
Payments should be made from the office of Inspector- General within I5 days as far as possible.
(b) The payment of cost of clothing obtained from Jail Department or other departments of
State Government shall be made by book transfer. The invoices by these departments shall be
presented in three copies of which the original shall be attached to the bill concerned. The duplicate
shall be returned to the department concerned after signature and the third copy shall be kept by the
officer-in-charge of stores in his office for future reference, lf any article shall be supplied to district
stores, in that case, the triplicate copy shall be kept for record in reserve office.
(c) There should be promptness in disposal of Bills. Special attention shall be paid to this in the
office of Inspector-General. The Assistant Inspector-General concerned shall be responsible to see that
all the payments are made quickly as far as possible.
瘀‫ط‬
1080. Account of receipt and issue of clothing.—ln the office of Superintendent and in every
controlling office, wherever clothings are received and distributed, in addition to committee book a
register of receipt and issue of clothing shall be kept in P.M. Form No. 160. Apart from this, a clothing
hand book in RM. Form No. 162 shall be given to every officer, to whom free clothing is given. ‘
1081. Register of receipt and issue of clothing.—In this register, all clothing (received from
central stores contractors or taken into stock, vide Rule 1072) shall be entered immediately under the
heads (1) New, or (2) Serviceable. Such items which have not been approved by any committee before
shall be checked by the committee.
All clothing received from Central Stores /Contractors and new clothing received back from men
shall be entered under head No. (1) At the same time, figures concerning distribution which are entered
in RM. Form No. 161, shall also be entered.
1082. Quarterly clothing check.—ln the first fortnight of every quarter, the articles kept in stock
shall be carefully checked by Assistant or Deputy Superintendent (Headquarters) and a report of this
shall be given to Superintendent of Police. After taking action on any discrepancies, thus discovered, the
Superintendent shall give a certificate to their correctness below the last entry in the register in P.M.
Form No. 160.
524

1083. Checking of clothing received.—(a) Clothing received from central stores contractors shall
be checked by invoices and returned clothing by the constable’s hand books.
(b) Issue of clothing. —All clothing shall be issued in P.M. Form No. 161 on which the signature
of the recipients shall be taken. These issue forms shall have a new serial number each year and be filed
in consecutive order. so as to form vouchers of expenditure, their numbers being shown on the issue
side of the register of receipt and issue.
(c) Generally, two days in a week shall be fixed for issue of clothing. As soon as main supply is
made for stores vide Rule 1077 (b), these should he issued in full quantity to those to whom these are
due. In this way, articles of clothing will not accumulate in excess quantity in the stores.
1084. (a) Clothing hand book. —A clothing hand book in P.M. Form No. 162 shall be given to
every officer of and below the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector and to every such officer who is given free
uniform. The articles supplied on a certain date shall be noted below those particular items in the
vertical column and a line should be drawn horizontally cutting other blank columns. The reserve Sub-
Inspector supplying them shall give his signature. When any serviceable article is issued, an alphabet ‘S’
shall be noted against it. If one or more articles of one kind are issued on the same date, they shall be
‫ض‬
shown as two entries.
(b) When an article is destroyed or condemned as unserviceable or taken away for any other
reason, the entry shall be struck through and the correction initialled, and a note made in the column of
remarks.
(c) Loss of hand book.—A Police officer noted in sub-rule (a) above who loses his hand book shall
be presumed to have a full kit and shall be required to pay the price of any article missing or such
portion of the price of all or any article missing as the Superintendent thinks fit, due allowance being
made for fair wear and tear. la case of doubt, a scrutiny of the issue forms (P.M. Form No. 161) for two
years previous will show what articles of clothing an officer or man should have.
(d) When a new hand book is opened to replace an existing one, the entries regarding the items
of kit in use at the time shall be brought forward in red ink with the original dates of supply, and the
reserve officer shall certify to the correctness of the entries. Old hand books shall be kept in the reserve
office for one year after the date of replacement.
525

(e) Kits and hand hooks of men on leave. — The kits and hand books of men going on leave shall
he taken from them and kept in a place of security until they return (see Rule 1072).
KIT INSPECTIONS
1085. Kit inspection, when and by whom held.——(a) Kits of all men at district and sub-
divisional Headquarters and other towns shall be inspected once a quarter by a Gazetted Officer or the
reserve Inspector those at other posts by inspecting officers at their periodical visits For plain cloth staff.
The inspection may also be held by an officer not below the rank of Inspector.
(b) Officers and reserve Inspector proceeding to inspect kits at district and sub-divisional
Headquarters and other towns shall take with them a supply of clothing for issue.
(c) Clothing may be supplied to other posts on indents from inspecting officers.
(d) The kit of every man leaving the reserve on transfer shall be inspected before he leaves, and
unserviceable clothing shall be taken in and deficiencies made good.
(e) The officer holding a kit inspection as per Rules 1069 and 1086(e) shall send extract of
inspection note for giving rewards for proper maintenance and/or for supplying deficiencies, if any, to
reserve office.
‫ ط‬station officers shall be held responsible for the
(f) Reserve and Circle Inspectors and Court瘀and
state of the kits and the smart and correct dressing of men serving under them, but Sub-Inspectors shall
make no entries in the hand books, except under the orders of an inspecting officer.
(g) Kit inspection shall be held monthly before the distribution of pay by all officers- in-charge of
stations and outposts, by Court officers and by the reserve officer. The inspection shall be thorough. And
any defects found shall be reported to the Superintendent. The fact that the inspection has been made
shall be noted by station and outpost officers in their station diaries and by Court officers in their daily
reports. The kits of treasury guards shall be inspected by Court officers. The names of men whose kits
have not been inspected owing to absence shall be noted and an early opportunity shall be taken of
inspecting them.
1086. Method of kit inspection.—Kit inspections shall be carried out on all occasions in the
following manner:-— _
(a) At police-stations, treasury guards and Courts, holdalls shall be stretched out in a straight line
and the different articles of kit shall be laid out in a Neat and uniform manner, as laid down in a.
standard diagram approved by Inspector-General which is to be exhibited in all barracks.
526

(b) All ranks shall wear their best uniform. Buttons, badges and equipment shall be clean
and polished.
(c) Pattis. in case of those whose uniform includes it, shall be tied starting over the
boots/shoes and winding outwards, so that they reach to just below the knees. The end
should finish on the outside of the calf, the tape being neatly tucked away. The top edge
of the patti must be level and there should be no gap showing on the leg.
(d) The fit of the collar, length of coat and sleeves, position of badges and general turnout
shall be carefully noted. Particular attention shall be paid to the appearance of officers.
The wearing by them of braces with trousers shall be insisted on and notice taken of the
wearing of non-regulation boots or shoes, or the showing of socks between pattis or
trousers and footgear.
(e) After noting any defects and pointing them out to the men, the inspecting officer shall
proceed to examine the kits. Each man's kit shall be carefully examined. Article by
article. And compared with his hand-book, a note being made of what is missing and
what is required to complete the kit, and whether clothing has lasted a fair time [see
Rule l085(a)].
⠀‫ط‬
(f) Having made a complete and careful inspection and taken notes for his report to the
Superintendent the inspecting officer, shall, if kits have been spread on the ground, give
the order “squad, close kits”, on which the men shall squat down. At the word “one”,
they shall fold up each article carefully and -tie up kits in their holdalls, which they shall
hold in their right hand. On the word “two” (which order shall be passed when all have
completed tying up their bundles), the men shall stand up with the bundles in their right
hands. On the word “dismiss”, the men shall turn to the right and move off quietly to
their quarters, where they shall place their bundles on their cots and remain standing at
attention, while the inspecting officer goes round the barracks to see that all is clean
and in order. If kits have been spread on the beds the commands will be “close kits”,
“dismiss”.
(g) Medals to be worn.—Medals are to be worn at kit, inspections, when the inspecting
officer should satisfy himself that they are the property of the men showing them.
When a man is unable to produce his medal the fact will be reported to the
Superintendent, who shall make an enquiry as laid down in Rule 1087. ‘
527

LOST MEDALS, ETC.
1087. Replacement of lost medals.—(a) Superintendent shall deal with application for the
replacement of medals lost by members of the Police force at their own cost mutatis mutandis in the
manner laid down in para 706 of the Defence Services Regulations (Revised edition 1962).
An enquiry should be made as to whether the loss occurred—
(i) When the police officer was on duty and from causes entirely beyond his
control;
(ii) By accident;
(iii) Willfully. Evidence shall be recorded also as to the character of the claimant.
(b) As it is necessary to safeguard medals falling into unauthorised hands. it is seldom that
medals can be replaced at Government expense. Such replacement can only be justified when the loss is
entirely due to unavoidable circumstances. Loss by theft or on account of loss of baggage while
travelling will not justify replacement at the expense of the State.
(c) The report of enquiry committee shall be made in P.M. Form No. I64 on which the
Superintendent will make a definite recommendation as to whether the medal shall be supplied at once
or otherwise, lf the loss is willful, the supply may be deferred for three years or so. The application for
supply shall be made in P.M. Form No. 163. The forwarding memorandum may contain further
瘀‫ط‬
description of the medal and the various clasps, if necessary. ln case the cost is to be realized ‘ from the
Police officer concerned, a receipt from the nearest Treasury shall also accompany the application.
When the clasps are not lost, they shall be transmitted with the applications to be attached to the new
medal.
(d) After the receipt of enquiry report from the Superintendents, the Inspector- General shall
take action to make available the medal, decoration and its ribbon. When it concerns medals of other
ranks of Army, Navy or Air force, the Inspector-General shall take up correspondence with the
concerned Record office of the Service where the person concerned originally served before joining
Police department and with the Medal Section, Ministry of Defence, Government of India through the
State Government in case of officers. The correspondence shall be carried out in a definite manner every
year in the month of July when application for medals not actually given afier being awarded or in case
of these being damaged, shall also be taken up. A statutory declaration for non-receipt of medals from
the claimants shall also be obtained in the former case._
(e) Loss of foreign medals. etc.—A medal or decoration bestowed by a foreign authority can be
replaced only if duplicate will be available.
528

1088. (a) Indents for medal-ribbon.—in July each year. The inspector-General shall ascertain
from Superintendents, Commandants and Principals, their requirements of medal ribbons which are not
available in the market and forward, not later than October, a consolidated indent to the Chief
Ordnance Officer, Kanpur (U.P.) with instructions to send the ribbons with bills direct to the officers
concerned, noting the particular military account district to which the charge should be credited. The
cost will be charged to office expenses and adjusted by book debit. The military account district and the
number and date of military issue voucher shall be clearly shown in the office expenses bill.
(b) Kendel Humanity Medal.——this medal is organized by Bombay l-Humanitarian League, 149
Shraff Bazaar. Bombay-2. It is awarded for saving a drowning man or a man burning with fire or in other
accident where there is possibility of loss of life. The names of all persons recommended from all
districts/units with detailed description of work done by them in course of efforts for saving the lives
shall be sent to the office of Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General and the Inspector-
General shall send them with his recommendation to the office of the “League”. The final decision is
taken by the ‘League’. This medal cannot be worn with Police uniform.
(c) Jeevan Raksha Padak series.—-Recommendations for award of various categories of this
medal shall be sent in cases where exemplary devotion to duty is shown by a police officer in saving
human life. Recommendation for the award should be marked secret and sent through the Deputy
Inspector-General concerned soon after the event takes place and in no case. it should be delayed
beyond three months after it. For order of precedence of wearing the medal, see President’s notification
referred to in Rule 1059(d).
(d) Unclaimed medals.-Medals which cannot be given to officers concerned on account of death or any
⠀‫ط‬
reason should be properly accounted for and kept safely in the office of Inspector-General. These may
be forwarded to Medal Section. Ministry of Defence after taking their prior approval,
(e) President’s Police Medal and Police Medal.—the statutes establishing the President’s Police Medal
and Police Medal and the Rules for recommending the grant of the medals will be found in Appendix 67.
Note. — Instructions for wearing medals will be found in Rule 1059.
529
..

CHAPTER 34
ORDNANCE AND DEPARTMENTAL STORES
SUPPLY OF ARMS, AMMUNITION AND SPECIAL ARTICLES
1089. Central Arms Stores and Workshop.—(a) For the Police force of the entire State, there
shall be a Central Arms Stores and also a workshop attached with a training centre for armoures under
the overall charge of an officer generally not below the rank of a Deputy Superintendent of Police. The
stores shall be of two categories.—(i) Class ‘A’ for “controlled articles" which includes Arms.
Ammunition, very light pistol, tear gas shells, etc., and (ii) Class ‘B’ for uncontrolled articles which
includes additional parts and cleaning materials.
(b) Ordnance Stores. --This means, unless otherwise specifically indicated, arms, ammunitions
and all articles and appurtenances necessary for the cleaning and repairing of arms, including regulation
packing cases. These shall be indented for by the Central Arms Stores from Army and other sources and
maintained by the Central Arms Workshop. Supplies to districts/unit stores shall be done from the
Central Stores on indents received form Superintendents.
(c) Swords and Tear gas equipments required for the Police may be purchased privately if not
supplied by the Ordnance Department. The life of Tear gas shells and grenade normally is three years
(see Rule 1253). 瘀‫ط‬
(d) Cleaning materials-Lubricating oil, Mineral jelly and connected materials may be obtained
from their manufacturing companies. Ordinarily these articles are not available from Army Stores.
1090. Presentation of indent.—(a) Art indent in Military Form No. I.A.F.O. 2705 of uncontrolled
articles and in forms prescribed by India Government for controlled articles under memo. No. 43/65/63
p. v. (Home Ministry) dated l3th September 1963. 1'. e. Form I (A) and Armexure II for arms and Form
(B) and Annexure III for ammunitions shall be sent from each district and unit, etc. by 1st May to
Inspector-General indicating the position as on 31st March previous. All such indents shall be compiled
and a consolidated indent in proper form shall be sent by In charge of the Central Stores under the
signature of the Assistant to Inspector-General to the Central Government with intimation to the State
Government. The Central Government in turn will send it to the Ordnance Depot or any other suitable
Government depot concerned. In addition to this, the preliminary and emergent indents may also be
sent according to necessity by the above procedure.
With the indent of controlled articles, a statement of availabiliy and shortage of Rifles and
Muskets according to sanctioned yardstick should be send in a prescribed Form. At the time of giving the
above information, the sanctioned force for each districtor unit shall be also shown in prescribed form.
530

(b) The list of army forms of indent and the place from where these are obtainable is given in
Rule 1117. All indents shall be given a serial number and date.
(c) Route, etc., to be noted.——In all indents and in sending arms for repairs or destruction, the means
of conveyance and the route shall be clearly specified, the name of the nearest or most convenient
railway station being given in the remarks column. No forwarding memo shall be sent.
ADJUSTMENTS
1091. Adjustments of cost of stores by Accountant-General.—on receipt of priced issue
voucher(s) in respect of Ordnance Stores already received Assistant to Inspector-General, Bihar will
arrange to accept the cost of the stores shown therein, under the relevant head of Police account
relating to deferent categories of the Police services and will return one or more copy of the priced issue
voucher(s), as required, to the Ordnance Depot(s) concerned. On presentation of the accepted copy of
priced issue voucher(s) by the Depot(s) concerned, the Accountant-General, Bihar will raise necessary
debit against Police Department for book adjustment.
1092. Credit for arms and stores returned.—the materials which are found damaged and’ are
unserviceable shall be returned to the source of supply in the form in which these are received. The
value of these materials shall then be credited to the Police Department by the exchange account with
the Accountant-General. Bihar.
⠀‫ط‬
DELIVERY
1093. Taking delivery of stores, etc.—for sending arms with ammunition under proper escort,
see Rule 539. However, if other Ordnance Stores are sent by train or other means particular care shall
be observed in taking their delivery. Any damaged boxes shall be carefully examined by a responsible
officer, not below the rank of Sub- Inspector, if possible, with a view to recovery of damages, if
desirable.
1094. Committee on stores received.—(a) every year, the Inspector-General shall nominate the
names of members of a committee for the Central Stores, which shall report on stores received.
(b) At the district level, a similar committee, composed as provided in Rule l044(b) shall examine
the stores received from Central Stores. A copy of the committee’s report shall be sent to in charge
Central Stores.
(c) These articles of stores shall be kept in the armoury separately and carefully.
(d) A committee book in P. M. Form N0. 165 shall be kept both at the Central Stores and at
district stores.
531

1095. Dispatch of stores to other districts.—whenever stores are sent to other districts a like
committee as given in Rule 109-4(a) shall examine the stores proposed to be despatched and prepare a
report carefully of their condition.
1096. Inspection of Assistant Inspector Armourer/Deputy Superintendent in charge of Central

Stores.—(a) (i) every year, in the first week of January, the Deputy Inspector-General shall report to
Inspector-General as to arms of the districts or units which according to armourers are to be inspected.
Thereafter, the Inspector-General shall send to army authorities a list of the districts or units whose
arms are to be fully inspected by Assistant Inspector Armourer. On receipt of his tour programmed, it
shall be sent to officers concerned from the office of the Inspector-General. It is necessary that the arms
in every district or unit must be inspected by any officers cent per cent once in every three years.
(ii) Where the services of an Assistant inspector Armourer are not available for the above
inspection, the Deputy Superintendent (Armourer) may under orders of the Inspector-General inspect
the arms.
(b) After inspection by Assistant Inspector Armourer/Deputy Superintendent (Armourer), as

given in sub-rule (a), the defective arms shall be placed in the following categories
(1) Such arms, whose repair may be done in the district or unit or Central Police Workshop.
(2) Such arms which cannot be repaired at the above noted places and it is essential to send
these to the nearest army units or any other approved Government unit like Border Security
Force Central Reserve Police, etc. 瘀‫ط‬
(3) Such arms which cannot be repaired any where according to paras (l) and(2) noted above
and it is essential to send them to Army Base Workshop or any other Govemment depot.
(4) Such arms which cannot be repaired according to the above noted paras (1) to (3) and which
are declared unserviceable by Assistant Inspector Armourer/Deputy Superintendent (Armourer).
‘
(c) in the district or unit where arms are inspected, two copies of numerical rolls shall be
prepared in I.A.F. (E.M.E.) E.O. 5. As only the Headquarters of a district will be visited, Superintendents
shall arrange that all the arms available at Headquarters and as many as can be called in from police-
stations are included in the rolls. Those not inspected during one inspection shall be called in during the
next inspection, so that all arms may be inspected periodically.
(d) At the time of inspection, the Reserve Inspector of the district or unit who will be a member
of the board to be assembled subsequently (see below) should be present. The army officer or the
Deputy Superintendent (armourer) as the case may be shall prepare six copies of their reports after
filling up the columns of Form l.A.F, (E.M.E.) 20. One copy shall be given to Superintendent concerned.
The other copies shall be sent in the following manner:—
532

(1) To the inspector—General of Police through the Deputy Inspector-General of Police
concerned.
(2) D.A.D., E.M.E. (Deputy Assistant Director, Electrical and Mechanical Engineer), Jabalpur.
(3) Anny Base Workshop or any approved Government Workshop.
(4) Steel Factory, Bokaro.
(5) If there is no recommendation to destroy the arms or to repair, them in the Army Base
Workshop, only four copies of the short report of inspection shall be prepared. If the arms are to
be sent to the nearest Station Workshop of E.M.E., one copy shall be sent to the incharge of the
said station.
(6) Office copy.
(e) On receipt of the inspection report, the Superintendent, Commandant or Principal of

Training institution, as the case may be, shall set up a board at his. Headquarters, consisting of himself
and two other officers, one of whom shall be the officer who attended the inspection and another a
member of the armourer‘s cadre at least of the rank of Sub-Inspector. The board shall give its comments
after considering the comments given in the report of the inspecting officers and fix responsibility for
deficiency or damage. Two copies of this report shall be sent to the Range Deputy Inspector-General
who shall send one copy to Inspector-General.
‫ط‬
(f) In the office of Inspector-General the ⠀Deputy Superintendent, Amiourer shall obtain the
orders of Inspector-General after scrutinizing these reports. The Superintendent or Principal as the case
may be shall submit a certificate through the Deputy Inspector- General concerned within three months
of inspection that the entire work of all repair and replacements have been carried out and if not for
what reason? Proper action shall be taken on this in the office of Inspector-General.
1097. Return of unserviceable and surplus stores.—(a) When ever any arms or Ordnance
Stores, other than those inspected by the Inspector Armourer (see Rule 1096)
Are declared unserviceable or not repairable by the district armourer, a copy of the committee’s report
in Police Manual Form No. 164 shall be sent to the Central Arms Stores with a request that permission to
return the stores to them for replacement or repairs may be accorded. They shall on no account be sold
or destroyed without specific orders. The report shall be clearly entitled “Unserviceable” or “Surplus” as
the case may be.
(b) In the application for permission to return arms, component parts or other Ordnance Stores
it shall be distinctly noted whether the arms, etc. to be returned are (i) stuplus over requirements; (ii)
unserviceable and to be replaced by others; (m) for repairs and re-issue to Police.
533

On receipt of permission, the surplus may be sent to other districts (see Rule 1095) or to Central Arms
Stores as. May be directed. Similarly, the arms meant for repair in Central Arms Stores or unserviceable
arms may be sent there. With these arms, those declared as such by Assistant Inspector armourer may
also be sent if these have not been sent before.
(c) Repairable stores and materials.—the materials concerning repair should be available in
proper quantity as per Rule 1106 (t) and (g) in districts units and Central Stores so that the work of
repair can be done in a proper manner.
1098. Despatch of unserviceable arms to Army Base Workshop etc.—(a) Arms which are sent
to ln charge of Army Stores or other stores according to Rule l096(b) and which in their opinion are not
fit for repair and arms which according to Rule 1096 (b) are unserviceable shall be sent to Bokaro Steel
Factory for destruction with the Form No. I.A.F.Z. 2096 prescribed by India Government. The destruction
shall be done in presence of Dy. I.G., S.P. and Reserve Inspector.
N0te.— Before sending the arms for repair to Army Base Workshop, a “Work order” in Form No.
l.A.F.O. 1370 shall be prepared in quadruplicate and three copies of it shall be sent with the inspection
report of A.l.A. to workshop.
(b) For arms which are recommended to be sent to the nearest Army Station Work shop/Army
Base Work shop! Steel Factory, Bokaro respectively, vouchers in triplicate in Form I.A.F.Z. 2096 showing
the arsenal nomenclature and the serial numbers of the stores shall be prepared and two copies sent to
the above noted place concerned with the arms after getting prior approval as prescribed in Rule 1097.
瘀‫ط‬
The escort party of the arms shall bring one copy of this and it shall be kept in the Central Arms Stores
with the office copy.
1099. Preparation of vouchers.—(a) while sending stores to arsenal or any other place, the
authority (given below) sanctioning the despatch of stores should be quoted on the vouchers, 1'. e. on
different army forms accompanying the stores. Separate forms may be, required to be filled up and
submitted for different types of arms and their components. Any arm/ammunition sent without proper
voucher shall not be acknowledged from the arsenal of by the authorities concerned which shall remain
at the risk of senders.
(b) The authority for sending of stores is that of Inspector-General of Police whose order should
be given on the inspection report of Assistant Inspector Armourer and quoted on the vouchers.
(c) Vouchers of arms and for other Ordnance Stores for repair and return may be marked with
the word “deposit” in red ink in a conspicuous place. Those finally returned shall be marked in red ink as
such.
1100. Facsimile ‘of seals to be sent.—A facsimile of the seals used when despatching arms,
empty fire cases and small arms and ammunition, except boxes, with original seal intact, shall be
furnished to the arsenal in every instance that a consignment is sent. The seals of boxes shall be
counter-sunk to avoid breakage or damage in transit.
534

1101. Departmental stores to be sold or destroyed by Deputy Inspector-- General’s orders.
Tents, carpets and other unserviceable stores shall be sold if possible or in the alternative destroyed
with the orders of Deputy Inspector-General concerned according to the special instructions of
Inspector-General-of Police. Brass badges shall be disfigured before being sold as old brass. The amount
so available shall be deposited in the local Treasury under head “O55-Police”.
SPECIAL RULES FOR ARMS AND AMNTUNITION

1102. Marking of arms.—(a) The arms issued are numbered by the arsenal. An additional
distinguishing district mark, as prescribed in the following list, shall be given besides the arsenal number
on each musket according to E.M.E. (Regulations) India. For the arms kept in the central stores meant
for district police its name and its serial number should be given:—
Aurangabad Aur.
Begusarai Begu.
Bettiah Bet.
Bhagalpur Bhag
Bhoj pur Bhoj
Bokaro Boka.
Darbhanga Dar.
Dhanbad ⠀‫ط‬ Dhan.
Dumka Dumka.
Edstem Railway E.Ely.
Gaya Gaya.
Giriclih Giri.
Gopalganj Gopa.
Hazaribagh Haza.
Jamshodpur Jam.
Katihar Kati.
Madhubani Mandhu.
Motihari Moti.
Monghyr Mong.
Muzaffarpur Muf.
Nalanda Nal.
535

Nawodah Naw.
North Eastem Railway N.E.Rly.
North Eastern Frontier Railway. N.E.F.Rly.
Patna Pat.
Palarnau Pala.
Purnea Purn.
Ranchi Ran.
Rohtas Roh
Samastipur Sam
Saharsa Sah.
Sahobganj Sahe.
Saran Sar.
瘀‫ط‬
Siwan . Siwa.
Sitamarhi Sita.
Singhbhum . Singh.
South Eastem Railway S. E. Rly.
Training Centre “Trg.” and with it the
distinguishing mark of
the place of the centre
Vaishali Vaisha.
Police Radio Deptt. P. Radio.
536

(b) The scabbards and Bayonets shall bear the same number on the forepart of the socket below the
locking ring, as the muskets to which they belong. The marking can be effected if required by means of
steel punches, which shall be held firm and straight on to the article to be marked and sharply struck
with a hammer.
(c) If considered proper the district or Battalion marks can be put on the iron handle with white
paint on small arms like Pistol.
1103. Responsibility of Superintendents.—Superintendents shall be responsible for the arms in

their districts. On assuming charge they shall carefully examine the arms and distribution account (P. M.
Form No. 167) and bring any defects to the notice of the Range Deputy inspector-General.
1104. Custody and care of arms and ammunitions.—(a) Arms and ammunitions when not in use
shall be kept in the district stores in reserve-lines in custody of the Reserve Inspector who is responsible
that proper care is taken of them. He shall see that the arms in store are clean and in good order and
that all arms issued and received into store are properly brought to account. He shall examine all arms,
etc. returned to his care and bring to the notice of Superintendent any deficiency or damage.
(b) Officers to whom arms are issued shall ⠀be

‫ ط‬responsible for them until they are returned into
stock. They shall have to submit a report in respect of the arms, which are given to them for
performance of duty every year, in the month of January to their own Superintendent in which the
result of examination of arms and ammunition shall also be noted, In this connection. Rule 697 may also
be seen. The entries concerning such arms and ammunition shall also be noted in the Service Books of
the officers concerned. Such arms shall be brought for cleaning from time to time according to Rule
1105.
(c) The Reserve Inspector shall be in charge of the arms in the districts or units. He shall keep a register
of all the arms in P. M. Form No. 167 in which separate pages shall be allotted for different types of arms
(Number and mark). The Superintendent shall scrutinize this register every month personally so that he
is assured that the arms are given according to rule and all the arms which are not distributed are
available in the stores. In the units of the armed force, the company in charge shall use such a register
for arms concerning his company.
537

1105. Cleaning.-—-Arms shall be cleaned at least once a week or more often, if considered
necessary by the Superintendent. The actions shall, where possible, be stripped, cleaned, overhauled
and oiled monthly, otherwise they clog and are liable to give misers, non-extractions and other failures
causing unnecessary expenditure of components. That part of the barrel which is embedded in the stock
fore-end requires lubricating half-yearly with a mixture of l lb. of bee‘s wax to one pint of Rangoon oil or
rifle-oil ‘A’ and mineral jelly so that the barrels do not rust or get deeply corroded. Except in the
presence of the armourer, locks shall not be taken to pieces or the barrels removed from the stock
without the order of the Superintendent.
1106. Armourer’s cadre.—(a) in every district. Unit or a training centre, where arms, etc. are
kept, the officers of this cadre shall be posted. The Government of India yardstick is one armourer of the
rank of Havildar and one armourer constable for six hundred Amis. For extra three hundred arms, one
extra armourer constable has to be provided.
(b) It would be useful to have one armourer of the rank of Sub-Inspector in the office of every
Range Deputy inspector—General. His job shall be to inspect and repair every arm of districts and units
of his range at least once a year and to carry cut all technical work.
(c) The arms kept in districts which include arms given to police officers according to Rule 697
for doing duty shall be maintained by officers of this cadre, according to instructions of Inspector-
General of police. Their duties are to repair the Police arms and when not so occupied to inspect every
瘀‫ط‬
arm after every three months, the inspection of Rifle mark 2 shall be done once every month.
Nevertheless, it is the job of the constable to whom arms are issued individually to clean them
daily. The cleaning of the aims kept in the Central Aims Stores shall be done every week by officers of
the Armourer’s cadre.
(d) Arms of Jail department.-—The members of armourers ‘ cadre shall inspect and repair the
arms in use in the district jails and in Home Guards and other auxiliary forces but the department
concerned shall supply the necessary component parts for repairing all the arms.
(e) Pay and recruitment.—The pay and allowances of the armourers will be found in Appendix
44-A. For recruitment and promotion, etc. Chapter 41 may be seen.
(f) Tools.-A full set of Tools in sufficient number as given in Table 19 of Army Circular Order
I.A.F.F. 980—30th July, 1963 shall be provided in every district or unit for maintenance of arms. This set
shall be supplied from army workshop on indent from the office of Inspector-General in form l.A.F.O.
2705. In addition to this, more kits concerning arms shall be kept in Central Stores and Workshop.
538

(g) Component parts. —The armourers shall be supplied with component parts of arms
according to the scale given in Table 7, 8, 9 and ll as the case may be of Equipment Tables of Civil Police
and Jails, 1925 [see Rule ll l7(b)]. Indents in I.A.F.O. 2705 shall be submitted by the Superintendents
through in charge of Central Stores by the l 5th June. Parts used in repairs shall be replaced annually on
indent, the unserviceable parts being returned with a certificate giving a satisfactory explanation of any
part missing. if the reserve of component parts is at any time exhausted, emergent indent may be
submitted.
1107. Committee to enquire about lost or damaged arms or lost ammunition.- (a) An enquiry
into the cause of lost or damaged arms or lost ammunition, shall be made by a committee consisting of
three officers, and a report in P. M. Form No. 164 shall be submitted through the Deputy inspector-
General with the indent. The committee shall consist of Superintendent, one Assistant or Deputy
Superintendent in the district and an officer of the rank of Inspector of Armourers cadre. in places
where three suitable officers are not available the ordnance department will accept the certificate of the
Superintendent that a committee of required number or even of two officers, could not be convened.
The Deputy Inspector-General need not forward the committee report but should substitute a
certificate in the following form :——-
“Certified that the loss of. ............... ..has been duly investigated and I accordingly sanction
the write off“.
⠀‫ط‬
(b) Indents for replacement of lost or damaged arms or ammunition shall be accompanied by a
loss or damage statement as the case may be and further action taken as per Rule 1096.
1108. Cost to be recovered in cases of carelessness.-—The cost of arms, ammunition, etc. lost
or damaged through carelessness shall be recovered from the person to blame and paid into the
treasury to the credit of the Police Department, and the fact that this has been done shall be noted in
the _indents, the treasury receipt being filed in the Superintendent’s office.
1109. Indents to replace unserviceable arms.—(a) Unserviceable arms shall not be sent to army
stores for replacement. These shall be sent to General Manager, Steel Factory, Bokaro for destruction
with the first inspection report concerned of Assistant Inspector Armourer in I.A.F. (E.M.E.) E-20 and
I.A.F.Z. 2096 (duplicate) as per Rule b1098(a).
(b) Indents are not required in the case of arms to be returned after repair. Only I.A.F.O. 1370, in
quarduplicate shall be prepared in such oases. Three copies shall be sent to Army Base Workshop (Rule
1096) and the- fourth copy shall be kept in the oliice.
539

RULES FOR AMMUNITION ONLY
1110. (a) Issue and receipt of ammunitions. --An account of the receipt and issue of
ammunition and empty cases shall be kept in P M. Form No. 168.
(b) "Service ammunition "—When sealed boxes of ammunitions from factory or arsenal are
opened for issue to guards, escorts and other duties, such ammunitions issued or left in reserve are
called “Service Ammunitions” [see Rule I112 (a)].
(c) “Practice ammunition” means the quantity of ammunitions used annually for exercise and
practice.
(d) Service and practice ammunition. -Account of ammunition for service and for practice shall
be kept separate. The service ammunition of one year shall be used for practice in the next year so as to
ensure old stock being used.
1111. Procedure to replace expended ammunition.—(a) Indents to replace expended

ammunition up to the sanctioned scale shall be sent in form of Annexure IA and IB to the- in charge
Central Stores, the cause, of expenditure being clearly detailed and any abnormal expenditure
explained. The description of weapons for which ammunitions are required shall be given in the terms
used in the arsenal as given in Appendix 66. For misfired cartridges and ammunition the procedure is
given in Rule 1114(0). In the case of such blank or 瘀other
‫ط‬ ammunitions, where the cases- might be made
of paper, a certificate to the effect that they have been burnt shall be submitted [Rule lll4(b)].
(b) A certificate shall be given on the indent to the effect that the number of rounds of fired
cases on hand or burnt, plus the number required and indented for does not exceed the maximum
allowed. Should there be any deficiency owing to loss of empty cases; the Superintendent shall submit
to the Superintendent in charge of Central Stores through the Deputy Inspector-General concerned a
statement of the number of cases lost, with a. full explanation of the loss. If the explanation is
satisfactory, the deficiency shall be written off and a certificate to that effect should he attached with
the indents to Army Stores or any other approved Government depot to replace the deficiency.
(c) Empty metal cartridge cases only shall be returned, and only in numbers representing full
boxes [see Rule 1114 (b)].
1112. Ammunition boxes not to be opened for check.—(a) Boxes of ammunition. the seals of
which are intact, shall not be opened for the purpose only of counting the contents, as the boxes cannot
be soldered up again satisfactorily, and, if left open, the contents are likely to deteriorate. The quantity
noted in the invoice from the arsenal may be accepted as correct.
(b) Ammunition from open boxes shall be used up before unopened boxes are drawn upon [see
Rule 1110 (b)].
540

(c) Blank cartridge boxes nor to be opened till required. —-As blank ammunition readily
absorbs moisture when exposed to the air having no bullet to protect the charge ,boxes of this
ammunition shall not be opened until the ammunition is actually required for use, and shall not then be
kept open longer than is necessary. If after opening the box, all its contents are not expended at that
time it shall he temporarily reclosed by means of a tape band secured by shellac, cement or varnish.
1113. Defective cartridges.——Reports of casualties in small arms and ammunition, together

with the defective cartridges, shall be forwarded to the officers of the Army Stores with a report in
I.A.F.O. 1453.
1114. Disposal of empty fired cases, and other special articles.—(a) Where fired bullets or
pellets can be obtained in a convenient manner after firing, for example at places of target practice, all
these shall be collected there. These and empty brass cartridges shall be sent in used ammunition boxes
securely closed so as to prevent the possibility of loss in transit boxes. Other special articles shall be sent
to Central Stores from every district/unit by Railway Parcel according to Rule 1116 and shall be sold out
by auction after counting them and then breaking them. The amount so obtaind in crossed cheque shall
be deposited in the Police Relief and Welfare Fund as per letter No. 2/WT- 101/72—11879, dated 11th
December, 1972 from the Secretary (Home) (Police) to Government of Bihar.
(b) Blank cartridge cases If made with all paper cases or of brass covered with paper, need not
be returned, but shall be burnt and a certificate given to this effect in the ammunition account register
⠀‫ط‬
(P. M. Form No. 168). Empty metal cartridge cases shall be forwarded to the Central Stores as soon as
possible after the completion of the annual\ target practice [see Rule 1111 (c)].
(c) Other unserviceable special stores shall be disposed of as follows :-—- Empty cartridge
boxes and unused empty boxes of ammunition, charger clips, misfired cartridges, etc. shall be sent
according to rule to Chief Ordnance Officer, Ammunition Depot, Pannagarh /Kirki after obtaining their
prior approval (see Rule 1115).
1115. Exploded and misfired cartridges to be packed separately.—Unexploded cartridges,

which have misread, shall be sent to Central Arms Stores without the charges being removed, for
sending them to the Chief Ordinance Ammunition Depot, Pannagarh / Kirki for examination as to the
cause of misfire [Rule ll 14 (c)]. These shall be packed in a box by themselves. Empty cases of exploded
cartridges shall be packed in the presence of Armed Inspector. A certificate signed by this officer shall be
submitted stating that they have packed the exploded cartridges and that they have satisfied that no
unexploded cartridges have been included. Unexploded cartridges shall on account be mixed with
exploded cartridges as this is highly dangerous to those who are concerned with breaking them in the
Central Stores.
541

1116. Packing and sealing of empty cases.—Boxes containing empty cartridge cases shall he
properly packed and closed and carefully sealed with a readily distinguishable seal, each with its packing
note showing contents, and delivered to the railway authorities, and a receipt taken showing that they
were delivered in good order. The number and description of fired cases and their weight shall also be
clearly marked on each box. Smart arms ammunition boxes only shall be used for the purpose.
1117. (a) List of forms. —The following is the list of Indian Army forms to be used in connection
with indents for ordnance stores and the number of each required by the arsenal :—
Form and number of copies Where to be used. Relevant Rules -

required. .
1 2 3
I.A.F.O. 2705 As Indents for all Uncontrolled articles 1090, 1106 (1) (g)
(in original) Work order which are
I.A.F.Z. 2096 (triplicate) 2 used for serviceable 1098

copies signed and 1 materials or unservice-able materials.
copy unsigned. 瘀‫ط‬
I.A.F.O. 1370 Form of work order for 1107, 1109 (b

(triplicate) Repair of Damaged
arms to be sent to army
base workshop.
I.A.F.0. (E.M.E.) Form of inspection 1096 (d)

E.0. 5 (Duplicate) report of Assistant
Inspector Armourer .
I.A.F. (EM.E.) Summary of Inspection 1096 (d)

E. 20. (six copies) report of Assistant
Inspector Armourer.
1 (A) and 1 (B) In connection with 1090.

indent of controlled articles.
542
(b) Form of indents. —The army forms given in sub-rule (a) above shall be obtained on indent
from the Manager, Central Forms Stores, 116 Lenin Sarani, Calcutta-13, the cost being debited to the
head “258-Stationery and Printing” towards the cost of printing work at the Central Movement Press for
the State Government. Typewritten or manuscript forms shall not be used. The number of copies
required by the arsenal in each case is noted on the forms. An extra copy shall be submitted to the office
of the Deputy Inspector-General.
(c) If the arms are to be sent to any other Government or approved depot other than the Army
Stores the above forms may be used with suitable modification unless suitable forms prescribed by the
concerned depot are in vogue.
EQUIPMENT
1118. List and sanctioned number.—(a) A list of articles of equipment in use and their approved
numbers are given in Appendix 68.
(b) The sanctioned number of items of equipment that are used with arms is the same as the
sanctioned number of arms, with an additional 5 per cent to replace damage and for use in emergency.
The sanctioned number of other article, e.g. great 瘀
coat
‫ط‬
straps, braces for umbrellas, lathis, may be fixed
according to requirements.
1119. (a) How obtained. —An annual return of necessities of every district and unit shall be sent
according to Rule l 125 every year by the Superintendent/ Commandant to Assistant to Inspector-
General. This statement must be sent every year in the month of April. The Inspector-General shall
examine the annual return submitted and issue orders for supply where necessary. Provisions shall be
made in the budget in regard to them and supply of articles shall be made by the Central Stores where
after check by the Committee, these shall be sent to districts, etc. Emergent indents shall not be made,
unless absolutely necessary.
(b) Issue.—Equipment shall be issued from the reserve, as occasion requires, to guards,
reserves, town police, etc. All items shall be accounted for in the reserve stock and store register [see
Rule 1045 (a)].
(c) Wear: —An item of equipment shall not be replaced unless it is unserviceable and not before
6 years in any case subject to specific terms for different items, if any.
543

1120. Marking.—Equipment shall be marked immediately on receipt either with a hot iron or
indelible ink. The mark shall give the month and year of receipt in figures, and below these figures the
total number of the kind received. Thus each of 25 tarpaulins received in June, 1975 would be marked 6-
75/25. The mark shall be so placed as not to show when the article is in use.
1121. Cleaning of equipment.—The Reserve Officer is responsible that equipment in store is

properly cleaned. All articles shall be treated with dubbing or other preservative immediately on receipt,
and periodically thereafter. Men to whom articles are issued shall be responsible for keeping them clean
and in good condition.
TENTS, TARPAULTNS AND DURRIES
1122. Sanctioned Scale.—-The scale of tents, tarpaulins and durries is laid down in Appendix 68.
1123. Tents, tarpaulins and durries are expected to last eight years at least. and a certificate of
their having been used for eight years, shall be furnished in support of applications for new ones.
瘀‫ط‬
1124. Supply of tents.—(a) Every head of office, who is a controlling officer shall send an indent
concerning provision for tents, etc. for his jurisdiction in the month of January every year to Assistant to
Inspector-General.
(b) All tents, tarpaulins, etc. of police department are prepared in Boxer Jail. First of all,
arrangements should be made for supply of these articles from that Jail. When they express their
inability then arrangements for purchase shall be made through contractors after calling for tenders.
ANNUAL RETURN
1125. Annual return of arms etc.——-(a) An annual return of arms, ammunition, equipment and
stores indicating the position as on the 31st of March previous shall be submitted to the Assistant to
Inspector-General in P. M. FOITH No. 169 on the 1st May by all districts, A statement of requirements of
departmental stores in P.M. Form No. 170 shall accompany it. A certificate in the following words shall
be submitted to the Assistant to Inspector-General on 1st October :—
544

“Credited that I have compared the stock-book with the arms, equipments and stores in hand,
and found all articles duly accounted for and the balance correct except ................ ..”.
A statement of arms and ammunition for the entire State shall be sent to Ministry of Home Affairs by
31st May in proforma prescribed by them.
545
..
퀀‫ط‬

CHAPTER 35
BUILDINGS
1126. Designs.—(a) Police buildings shall ordinarily be constructed according to standard
designs. Departure from standard designs must be fully explained and justified.
(b) Approval of other departments in certain cases.—-In the case of important buildings, the
Inspector-General shall send the plan to Public Health Engineering Department ‘for opinion before
countersigning the plan. Plans for Police Hospital shall be sent to the Director of Health Services.
Similarly, for Games centre, etc. concerned departments should be consulted.
(c) Electrical and sanitary projects. -—Plans and estimates for electrical projects shall be
obtained form the concerned Electrical Division and for sanitary and water supply projects from the
Superintending Engineer, Public Health Engineering Department.
(d) Pool of Police quarters.—-The Police department may have separately a pool of residential
quarters for different ranks of police officers in big towns like Patna in addition to quarters for police
officers on the books of Public Works Department. A quarter constructed for any particular post shall
net be given to any other officer for living unless orders of Range Deputy Inspector-General are
obtained. Such orders shall be given temporarily for a limited period.
1127. Isolation-wards.—(a) In isolation-wards for infectious cases, 120 square feet of superficial
space should be allowed to each patient.
(b) Guard r0oms.—Guard rooms shall be so placed that they are within hail and view of the
sentry’s beat and he can see the interior without moving from his post.
1128. Latrines.-—The following scale of latrines is approved :—
1—4 persons … … … 1 seat

5—8 persons … … … 2 seats
9—16 persons … … … 3 seats
17-24 persons … … … 4 seats
and over 48 at the rate of one seat for 8 persons
546

1129. Inflammable materials—No buildings with roof of thatch or other inflammable material
shall be constructed within a radius of 50 meters of a building constructed of permanent materials. This
radius is a minimum which should be exceeded where possible.
1130. Accidents to Police buildings.—Whenever a police building is burnt or blown down or

destroyed in any other way, an enquiry shall be made by some superior officer—-the Superintendent
himself when possible— and a report shall be submitted to the Inspector—General, through the Range
Deputy inspector-General, explaining the cause of the disaster. In case of a fire due to improperly
protected light or negligence in cooking operations it will be a question whether the officer at fault shall
not be held peculiarly responsible for the accident (Rule 1164). Storing of fuel in rooms constructed of
inflammable material where cooking is done is strictly prohibited.
1131. Prohibit-‘ion against religious uses of Government land.—(a) Without express orders
from Government. no religious relics or symbols shall be allowed to be deposited, or shrines or places of
worship erected, on Government land. as such instructions are very likely to cause trouble in the event
of the land which they occupy being required for other purposes.
(b) Subordinates shall give prom pt information to their superior officers with regard to any new
encroachments, extensions of encroachments or acts of worship on Government lands.
(c) Special permission for Government buildings.-—-If the use of a Government building is
欀‫ص‬etc., prior permission shall be taken from the
made for personal work like marriage, meeting,
Superintendent/Commandant for it.
SITES
1132. Selection of sites.—(a) The selection of sites for police buildings shall ordinarily be done
by a committee composed of the District Magistrate as president, the Superintendent of Police, the Civil
Surgeon and the Executive Engineer as members. In towns of Patna and Ranchi, this committee shall be
presided over by Commissioner of the Division as provided in Annexure IX, para 9 of the Bihar Public
Works Department Code, Vol. I1. In outliving stations officers may, on their own responsibility, delegate
their subordinates to represent them on the committee. If the proposed site is within a municipality or a
development authority of a controlled area, the chairman of that municipality or Authority or the
President of the station committee shall be a member “ex-officio’’. Where the question of sanitary
fittings and pipe water supply is to be considered, intimation shall be given to Executive Engineer of
Public Health Engineering Department and if the question of electric supply is to be considered, the
Executive Engineer of that department shall be informed so that they may be able to represent their
departments or arrange that their departments are represented.
547
(b) This committee will be assembled by the District Magistrate at the request of the Executive
Engineer, who will advise it on the points noted in Public Works Department Code, Vol. l, para I09. He
will prepare a plan of the site selected, and forward it with the proceedings of the committee, after both
have been countersigned by the members, to the Superintending Engineer of the circle, who will
scrutinise and countersign the plan. In the case of “Minor Works" projects on sites borne on the books
of the Public Works Department, the Superintending Engineer shall return the plan direct to the
Executive Engineer. When the land is borne on the books of the Police Department, the plan shall also
be countersigned by the Inspector-General and returned to the Executive Engineer. In all “Major Works"
project, the Superintending Engineer shall forward the plan to the Inspector-General for
countersignature and for transmission to the Commissioner of the division, who will send it to the
Executive Engineer.
(c) If the officers composing the committee are unable to agree as to the site proposed, the case
shall be decided by the Divisional Commissioner. A note on the objections raised shall also be attached
with the proceedings of the meeting.
1133. Proposals for alteration of sites.—(a) where there is a need for change of site of a police-
station, the Superintendent shall submit proposals for the alteration of the site of that police-station to
the Inspector-General through the District Magistrate and the Deputy Inspector-General of the range.
The Deputy Inspector-General, before submitting such proposal to the Inspector-General, shall consult
the Commissioner of the division. ln forwarding the proposal to the Government the Inspector-General
shall state the Commissioner's opinion. 瘀‫ط‬
Note.— The consultation between the Deputy Inspector-General and the Commissioner need
not be official and should preferably be personal.
(b) In every case of change of site, a sketch map showing both the present and proposed sites
shall form a part of the proposals, and full particulars shall be given as to whether the land for the new
site is to be leased at annual rental, held rent-free or acquired under the provisions of Act I of 1894 [see
Rule 1152 (a)].
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AND OTHER AGENCIES
1134. Buildings agencies.—(a) The normal course is that the Public Works Department
will construct and maintain police buildings and special section may be kept in it to expedite
construction of police buildings. Where the Public Works Department are unable to undertake the work,
the Police Department must undertake it. Inaccessibility is not necessarily a reason for employing an
agency other than the Public Works Department for constructing and maintaining police buildings.
548

(b) Whenever a temporary post is to be constructed, this work can be done by the police
department as per Rule 1150. Even then if the building of this post is to be kept permanently, it shall be
given to Public Works Department for maintenance as early as possible.
(c) The construction of police buildings and their maintenance can also be done by a corporation
or company specially set up for this purpose which shall more or less perform the same functions as the
Public Works Department. All Rules concerning Public Works Department in this chapter ordinarily shall
apply mutatis mutandis to such corporation or company. For budget allotment [see Rule 1135 (d)].
Notes.— (1)Bihar Police Building Construction Corporation Private Limited registered under
Companys Act, I956 has been set up for this purpose [see note to Rule 1138 (a)].
(2) The construction of Railways Police buildings shall be done by the construction branch of
Railway administration. The schema for obtaining administrative approval vide Rule 1142 (b) shall be
sent by Inspector-General to that administration.
1135. Budget provision.—(a) Provision for all original works undertaken by the Public Works
Department and ‘repairs’ of works borne on the Public Works books shall be included in the State Public
Works budget, except as stated in Rule 1162.
(b) Expenditure of funds provided in P.W.D. Budget.—The amount provided for original works,
and repairs in the State Public Works budget estimates will ordinarily be expended through the agency
瘀‫ ط‬laid down in the Bihar Public Works Department
of the Public Works Department; but under the Rules
Accounts Code, the agency of Civil Officers may be used as “disbursers of the Public Works
Department“.
(c) For all minor works, as per Rules 1139(ii) and 1147 the Inspector-General should write to
Home (Police) Department for necessity of such amounts well before the preparation of budget so that
such provision can be made in the budget of Public Works Department.
(d) Building projects under Police Housing Construction Corporation.—The cost of scheme for
building projects under a corporation or company set up as per Rule l 134 (c) shall be included in the
budget allotment of’ Police Department under head “255- Police".
1136. Sanction of P.W.D. necessary to alterations and additions.—Executive Engineers are held
responsible for all buildings and lands in their charge. No additions or alterations shall be made to
buildings home on the books of the Public Works Department, and no fresh detached structures shall
be erected on land attached to such buildings irrespective of the fund from which the cost of the work
is to be met, without first obtaining the sanction of the Public Works Department.
549

1137. Major Works and minor works.—Original works of buildings on the Public Works
Department books are divided into (1) Major works. i. e. works, the cost of which is one lakh and
above. (2) Minor works. i.e., works, the cost of which is less than .Rupees one lakh.
1138. Cases requiring Government sanction.—(a) The power of according administrative

approval to the construction of all works above Rs. 50,000 rests with Government subject to sub-rule
(c) below.
(b) I.G.’s powers. —The Inspector-General shall accord administrative approval for any scheme
either residential or non-residential up to Rs. 50.000 under minor works but he shall communicate his
orders of allotment of funds to the Home (Police) Department and P.W.D. (see Appendix 2).
(c) Powers of Police Buildings Construction Corporation. —The Police Buildings Construction
Corporation Private Limited has been authorized to accord administrative approval for execution of
residential schemes of non-Gazetted personnel up to Rs. 5 lakhs subject to the budget provision.
1139. Sanction for minor works.—(i) The administrative approval can be accorded by the
Inspector-General subject to the condition that the cost of such schemes in respect of buildings borne
on the books of Public Works Department shall be met from the grants of minor works in the P. W. D.
budget placed at the disposal of Inspector-General.
瘀‫ط‬
(ii) The Inspector-General may, however, allot funds from his minor works grants for works
connected with Public Health Engineering Department or Electrical Department, provided that in the
new or proposed buildings, the total cost shall not exceed Rs. 50,000 and in case of buildings already
under existence up to the limit given in clause 33 of Appendix 2.
Note. — Quarters for employees in inferior .service and for constables, writer constables.
Havildars, Sepoys, sowars and non-commissioned officers of the Sashastra Police, are not classed as
residential projects.
1140. Rent statement for residential projects.—(a) In the case of residential projects information
regarding-
(1) the average pay of the officer for whom the building is intended:
(2) the capital cost of the building and of the land; and
(3) the present and the proposed rent with the calculation of the latter; shall always be
furnished by the Executive Engineer below the report prefacing the estimate (see Fundamental Rules
45-A and 45-B).
550

(b) Special amenities.—When asking for plans and estimates for works of special amenities in
connection with residential buildings, for which full rent may be payable in addition to the rent of the
buildings, e.g., water-supply, sanitary and electrical installations, furniture, special fencing. etc., the
Superintendent shall furnish the Executive Engineer, Public Works Department, Public Health
Engineering Department or the Electricity Department, as the case may be, with the following
information :--
(l) Rate of pay of the post held by the occupant.

(2) Pay actually drawn by the occupant.
MAJOR WORKS
1141. Stages of sanction.—Every works project shall pass through three stages:——
(1) administrative approval;
(2) preparation of, and sanction to, detailed plans and estimates;
(3) financial provision.
瘀‫ط‬
Note.— See paras 120- I 29 of the Bihar Public Works Department Code, I968, Volume I.
1142. Administrative approval.—(a) In order to obtain administrative approval to a project, it is

necessary to submit a general scheme with a rough sketch map, preliminary plans and an approximate
estimate of cost including the cost of land acquisition to Government if the estimate exceeds Rs.
50,000 and to the Inspector- General if it does not exceed Rs. 50,000. The procedure for initiating
action is given in Rules 1143-44. After obtaining the scheme as provided in these rules the
Superintendent of Police should arrange a joint meeting with Executive Engineers of Public Health
Engineering and Electrical Departments for settling details and then forward the final scheme to the
Inspector-General.
(b) The Inspector-General shall then assure himself after contacting the department concerned
that there is possibility of getting provision of cost of the scheme. For this, the Inspector-General
should hold periodical meetings with departments concerned for preparing and reviewing priority
schemes of projects for according administrative approval from time to time. He shall also discuss the
difficulties in obtaining sanction of projects or in execution of sanctioned projects. The decisions of
Inspector-General should be sent to Superintendent and necessary action regarding selected site should
be taken. At the district level, such periodical meetings should be held by Superintendent of Police with
his counterparts in Public Works Department and other departments. In case of land acquisition, an
officer of that department shall also be present.
551

1143. Applications for plans and estimates.—(a) When a Superintendent requires a building to
be constructed by the Public Works Department, or requires additions or alterations to buildings already
borne on the books of that department, which additions or alterations are likely to cost more than Rs.
50,000, he shall obtain the sanction of the Inspector-General to call for a plan and rough estimate of the
work required.
(b) Requisition to Executive Engineer.—0n receipt of the sanction of the Inspector-General, the
Superintendent of Police shall send to the Executive Engineer a requisition with his requirements for the
preparation of a preliminary report and rough estimate of the cost of the work, together with such
details as may be necessary to elucidate the proposal.
1144. Preparation and submission of rough plans and estimates.—(a) The Executive Engineer
shall, on receipt of a requisition for an approximate estimate for a building project, take steps to have a
site selected and approved as provided in Rule 1132 and then prepare plans and rough estimates,
incorporate in the estimate a general report on the site, and submit the plans and estimates with two
plans of the site to the Superintending Engineer for scrutiny, countersignature and transmission to the
Superintendent of Police. The two site plans required are (1) a block plan showing the relative position
of all buildings, wells, etc., existing and proposed and (2) and index plan allowing the site and all its
surroundings.
(b) The Superintendent shall countersign the plans and estimates, if approved, and submit the
proposal through the Deputy Inspector-General (who shall see that the urgency and necessity of the
瘀‫ط‬
project are clearly and fully stated) to the Inspector-General to enable that officer to accord
administrative approval or to obtain the same from Government (Rule 1138).
1145. Preparation of detailed plans and estimates.—(a) After according administrative

approval to any project, the officer according it shall return the plans and estimates to the
Superintending Engineer. If the project is a rough one he shall state whether detailed plans and
estimates are to be prepared at once by the Executive Engineer.
(b) The Executive Engineer shall then prepare a scheme of construction approved by the higher
officers of his department in which map of the site, its valuation and all necessary maps concerning the
construction of the buildings shall be prepared.
(c) These maps shall be signed by the Superintendent and he will send them with the scheme to
the office of Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General.
All these papers shall be also signed by inspector-General and Assistant to Inspector- General and then
submitted to Home (Police) Department who will send them to the building agency and these shall then
be included in their budget, alter obtaining the consent of Finance Department if necessary about
inclusion in the budget. The information about this shall be given to Superintending Engineer /Executive
Engineer and Deputy inspector—General/ Superintendent. The Assistant to Inspector-General shall keep
track on those schemes which though sent to Home (Police) could not be included in the budget.
552

1146. Progress reports—(a) When funds for a major works project have been allotted, the
Superintendent shall submit to his Deputy Inspector-General brief monthly progress reports. Such
reports shall be prepared by an officer of the Police Department, and shall be submitted whether cons-
traction has begun or not. The Deputy Inspector- General shall draw the attention of the Superintending
Engineer to delays and, if necessary, refer the matter to the Inspector-General.
(b) The Superintendent shall obtain from his subordinates similar reports in the case of minor
works projects and if, owing to delay in starting or carrying through the work, it appears to him that the
funds allotted are not likely to be spent during the financial year, he shall consult the Executive
Engineer, and if the latter agrees that funds are likely to lapse, he shall report the fact to the Inspector-
General.
It is important that these reports should be, submitted without delay so that funds may be
withdrawn and allotted to other projects.
(c) Subsequent changes in plans.—Superintendents, shall on no account stop the construction

of a building by the Public Works Department, Objections to site, accommodation or structural details, if
found necessary at any stage after the Superintendent has signed the plans, shall be made to the
Assistant to the Inspector- General, and not to any officer of the Public Works Department. -
MINOR⠀‫ط‬WORKS
1147. Minor works.—(a) The Inspector-General has at his disposal a small amount from the
Public Works budget under this head. When a Superintendent requires a new building to be built by the
Public Works Department; or any addition or alteration to a Police building on the books of that
department which will not cost more than Rs. 50,000, he shall obtain the Deputy Inspector-General‘s
permission to ask for a plan and estimate and then send a requisition to the Executive Engineer.
(b) Officers shall not call on Executive Engineer to prepare detailed estimates for works for the
execution of which funds are not available from the grants placed at the disposal of the Inspector-
General.
(c) On receipt of a requisition. The Executive Engineer shall prepare detailed plans and estimates
which shall include a general report on the proposed site and be accompanied by site plans (Rule 1144).
553

(d) When the total of the estimate is within Rs. 10,000 the Executive-Engineer, in districts where
projects are carried out by the Public Works Department, shall send the plan and estimate to the
Inspector-General, through the Superintendent and Deputy Inspector-General. When the estimate
exceeds Rs. 10,000 the plan and estimate shall be sent by the Executive Engineer to the Superintending
Engineer, who, after scrutiny and, if necessary, revision, shall forward them to the Superintendent. The
latter shall submit them through the Deputy Inspector-General (who shall see that the .urgency and
necessity of the project are fully explained) to the Inspector-General for approval and allotment of
funds.
(e) Allotment of funds.—The Inspector-General shall record his sanction to allotments in the
following form in a separate Allotment Register :—
Rs.
Allotment available for the year …
Less allotted previously …
Amount of this sanction …
Balance of allotment still available …
(f) All sanctions shall be intimated and plans and estimates sent to the Superintending Engineer
direct.
瘀‫ط‬
(g) Progress reports. —-See Rule 1146 (b).
REPAIRS TO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BUILDINGS

1148. Repairs to P.W.D. buildings.—(a) All annual and petty repairs that may be necessary
during the intervals between quadrennial repairs to buildings borne on the books of the Public Works
Department shall be carried out by the agency of that department unless in the case of any particular
building or buildings, Government pass septic orders to the contrary.
(b) The officer-in-charge of each building shall be responsible for all petty repairs of doors and
windows, including the replacement of broken glass. He shall make some person of his establishment
answerable for the general condition of the building including the glass in each room and the fixtures; as
also for keeping a watch on the attacks of white-ants; for paying strict attention to the cleanliness of the
interior and the neatness of the exterior of the building, and of its surroundings, etc., and for keeping
the rain water, drain pipes and surface drains (where such exist) free from all obstructions. Charges for
such items shall be met by the officer concerned form his “office expenses grant”.
554
(c) Residential buildings.-The instructions given in the above paragraph do not apply to
residential buildings. All repairs to such buildings shall be executed and accounted for by the Public
Works Department, whether rents for the buildings are recovered from the occupier or not. The
responsibility for cleanliness shall be on the officer living in the building.
DEPARTMENTAL BUILDINGS
1149. Registers of lands and buildings.—Two registers in P. M. Forms Nos. 172 and 177 of all
lands and buildings in the occupation of the police department other than those in charge of the Public
Works Department. Shall be kept in the Superintendents office.
1150. Classes of departmental buildings.-—Departmental buildings fall into two classes:—
(1) These are projects costing not more than Rs. l0.000 for one building or group of buildings and
sanctioned by the Inspector-General.
⠀‫ط‬
(2) These are projects costing more than Rs. 10,000 for one building or group of buildings and
less than 50,000 but Government sanction is required as per Rule l151(b).
Funds for both classes are allotted by the Inspector-General from the grants at his disposal
under the head “Petty Construction”.
1151. Administrative approval.—(a) When it is considered necessary to construct a building by

police agency, a report shall be submitted in P. M. Form No. 173 to the Deputy Inspector-General of the
range showing the necessity for the measure. This shall be accompanied where there can be little doubt
of its being sanctioned, by a plan of the proposed buildings, a site plan showing the land and the
buildings on it, both existing and proposed, with dimensions drawn to scale, and an estimate of the
amount required for its construction. Standard plans shall be followed or reasons given for divergence
there from, and in all plans for new police buildings the flooring shall be raised to a suitable height
above the ground level and cook-sheds shall be built of non- inflammable materials.
555

(b) Projects, Costing more than Rs. 10,000 and less than Rs. 50.000 for the construction,
reconstruction or structural alteration of residential or non-residential building require the
administrative approval of Government. Plans and estimates for each such project shall be submitted to
the Inspector-General through the Deputy Inspector-General.
The order of Government assigning the construction and maintenance of the building or
buildings to the Police Department shall be required in such cases. If two or more buildings costing more
than Rs. 10.000 in the aggregate, (although the individual cost in. each case may be below the sum) are
required for a police-station, outpost, etc., besides the assignment. the administrative approval of the
Government shall be required even when it is proposed to construct during the current year only. Such
building or buildings as are within the limit of sanction of Inspector-General.
illustration.-—For instance, if a barrack costing Rs. 9,500 is to be built at a police- station at

which no further buildings are likely to be required in the near future, neither the order of assignment
nor the administrative approval of Government is required and the project can be financed from the
"Petty Construction” grant, but if it is proposed also to build at the same station a cook-shed at a cost of
Rs. 600 in the same or the following year, the assignment order of Government is required on both the
projects [viz., the barrack and the cook-shed) before the former can be sanctioned and both shall be
financed from the grant under the head “Petty Construction”. Besides the order of assignment, the
administrative approval of the Government is necessary before funds are allotted from the grant under
the head “Petty Construction". It will be seen, therefore, that the projects to be placed before the
Government are in every case. the full equipment of the police-station, etc. with the necessary buildings
瘀‫ط‬
and not merely the construction of building or buildings which it is proposed to take in hand
immediately.
(c) A form of application in P. M. Form No. 171 shall be filled up and submitted in every case.
(d) Procedure to avoid delay.——in order that the construction of departmental buildings may
not be impeded by the application of clause (a) the following course shall be followed. Superintendents
shall prepare for record in their own offices a list of police-stations, etc. showing against each station the
building or buildings required to complete its equipment. There will then be as many several projects as
there are incomplete police-stations, etc. When it is desired to construct a building, plans and estimates
for all the buildings still required at the same police-stations, etc. shall be submitted to the Inspector-
General through the Range Deputy Inspector-General. Under such a system the advantages of
conforming to the type plan and adopting a standard specification for each type of buildings require no
proof, since in such cases reference to the number of the type plan and copy of the standard
specification will take the place of the plan and estimate. Application shall then be made for
administrative approval of the whole project, and when this has been obtained. the construction of each
building may be taken up as convenient.
556

(e) Debit of cost.-When the cost of a building is debatable to petty construction the cost (if any)
of the site shall be debatable either to “other charges” or to “petty construction". ln submitting projects
for approval it will be necessary to consider whether more land must be acquired to complete the
project, either now or hereafter, and to include in the cost of the project the costs of such land. In such
cases the estimate of the cost of the land should be as accurate as possible, and the written opinion of
the Land Acquisition Officer should be obtained and attached to the project.
1152. Acquisition of land for Departmental buildings.—(a) whenever acquisition of any land is
required for construction of police buildings the proposal will be initiated by Superintendent of Police
and he shall obtain sanction of the Deputy Inspector-General for the acquisition of such land. On receipt
of such sanction the Superintendent of Police will have the land selected through the District Site
Selection Committee and also has prepared the preliminary estimates of cost of acquisition of the land
in consultation with the Collector. He will forward these papers along with the sketch map of the land to
Government through the Deputy Inspector-General and Inspector-General. The administrative approval
and provisions of fund for the acquisition of the selected land will be made by Government order. The
Superintendent of Police will then tile the requisition in the prescribed pro-forma for such acquisition
before the Collector of the district who will proceed with the acquisition of land in accordance with the
provisions of the Land Acquisition Act. 1894 as amended by the Bihar Act ll of 1961. While selecting the
land for the construction of police buildings care should be taken to avoid the acquisition of land
belonging to small holders, Scheduled Tribes, Scheduled Castes, Backward Classes, religious centers, etc.
瘀‫ط‬
because proposal of acquisition of such land not only creates administrative problems but also causes
undue hardship to their owners and in many instances Government have to intervene and withdraw the
land acquisition proceedings at a later stage. This results in undue delay in the implementation of the
project.
Cases of free gilt of land for the aforesaid purposes will mutatis mutandis continue to be
governed by the principles as enunciated in Para 4 of the Executive Instruction of the Bihar Land
Acquisition Manual, 1952.
(b) Whenever it is intended to withdraw any proposal of acquisition under Section 48 of the
Land Acquisition Act, l894, the Superintendent of Police before, submitting an application for such
withdrawal before the Collector, shall ascertain the amount of compensation, if any, to be paid to the
owner of the land together with all costs reasonably incurred by the Collector in the prosecution of the
said proceedings. These details shall be forwarded to the Government for sanction through the Deputy
Inspector-General and Inspector-General. No withdrawal application shall be filed by the
Superintendent of Police without prior sanction of the State Government.
557

1153. Construction under Executive Engineer's supervision.—Departmental buildings may be
constructed under the supervision of the Executive Engineer. When a building is proposed to be erected
under the supervision of the Executive Engineer, the plans and estimates should be approved by him.
after making a local inspection of the site, before its construction is sanctioned by Government and the
Inspector-General, as the case may be. It is not intended that the Executive Engineer should make petty
alterations in the plans and estimates and, as a general rule, it is anticipated that he will be able to
adopt them in block. He will merely have to examine them, in order to see whether they require
medication in view of any peculiarity of the site. Subsequently the Executive Engineer will be required to
supervise the construction of the whole building, but he may utilise the assistance of his subordinates
although the final responsibility will be his.
1154. (a) Superintendents shall, as a rule, employ their own departmental agency for new works
and for repairs of police buildings. The employment of contractors, though not absolutely prohibited, is
deprecated. In the rare cases in which it may be absolutely necessary or possibly advantageous to
employ contractors, a written agreement in the form shown in Appendix 69 shall invariably be executed.
(b) If contractors are employed. They must be capable of doing work without advances. They
shall be paid every week or every month according to the amount of work done by them; and no money
shall be advanced or paid over to them at the close of the year to prevent its lapsing unless the work is
completed in every detail.
瘀‫ط‬
(c) In order that the Superintendent may have a departmental agency capable of constructing
such buildings as the Public Works Department will not undertake, he shall (with the permission of the
Executive Engineer) have a Sub-Inspector or Havildar trained periodically by a subordinate or contractor
employed under the Executive Engineer and should have always 2 or 3 officers available for posting to a
station where construction is about to be undertaken.
They should be supplied with a copy of pamphlet “Advice on the construction of Police buildings". '
Note.— They should be treated as on duty during their training.
1155. (a) While a building is under construction the Superintendent should inspect the work as
frequently as he conveniently can to ascertain that it is being properly constructed with sound materials.
Visits are specially necessary when the foundations are being laid and the roof being put on. '
(b) Monthly reports in P. M. Form No. 174, showing the progress made in the construction of
new buildings shall be sent to the Deputy inspector -General.
558

(c) When any new building is complete. a completion report in P.M. Form No. 175 shall be sent
to the Deputy Inspector-General. Who shall send one copy to the Inspector- General for sending it to the
Accountant-General When contractors are employed to construct buildings under departmental agency,
a copy of the completion certificate, which is submitted to the Deputy Inspector-General of the Range,
should be submitted to the Accountant-General. The certificate shall bear a note of the total
expenditure incurred on the building. The Superintendent shall himself inspect the buildings before
submitting a completion report.
1156. Accounts kept in register of special contingencies.—Amounts sanctioned under the head
“Petty Construction” shall be entered in register of special contingencies. They shall not be drawn until
required for immediate disbursement. Only such suing as are needed from time to time shall lie drawn
on separate contingent bills. signed by the Superintendent and debited against the special grant. The
number and date of the authorizing letter shall be entered in the bills as the Superintendents authority
for incurring the charge.
1157. Fly-leaf to he maintained in files for new buildings.—A fly-leaf in P. M. Form No. 176 shall
ho attached to each file relating to the construction of new buildings by the department in the offices of
Superintendents. Tins fly-leaf shall show all necessary details regarding the grant and expenditure of
the, amounts sanctioned for each project till the work is completed.
1158. Audit of the Accountant-General.—(a) Expenditure incurred by civil officers from the
provision made in the civil budget estimate for construction and repairs shall be accounted for by civil
⠀‫ ط‬money drawn from the treasury for construction
officers to the Accountant-General. They shall expend
during the month in which it is drawn. and render an account to the Accountant-General within two
months.
(b) In case of work done by contract the contractors receipt shall be appended to the bill. In
other cases, i.e. , when the work is done under the supervision of departmental agency, a detailed
account of the charges shall be submitted with all vouchers for sums above Rs. 25, while those below
that amount shall be carefully collected, scrutinized and filed before a fresh sum is drawn. .
1159. Money for departmental buildings not to be made over to P.W.D.—(a) Amounts
sanctioned by the Inspector-General for the constructions and repair of departmental buildings shall not
be made over to any officer of Public Works Department either by transfer or in cash, with a view, to his
carrying out the work.
(b) Advice of Executive Engineer.-The Superintendent shall take advice of the Executive Engineer
on any work but the actual supervision of work and disbursement of funds are not made over to the
Executive Engineer.
559

(c) In order to obtain the benefit of expert supervision in constructional and heavy repair
projects, the Superintendent shall provide the Executive Engineer with a monthly statement showing
the location and nature of each departmental building work, whether original or repair work, of which
the cost exceeds Rs. 500. The Executive Engineer shall report to the Superintendent on all such of these
works as can conveniently be inspected by him or his staff.
1160. Funds not to be diverted from sanctioned purpose.—No officer shall spend money
sanctioned for one purpose on another. Estimates for repairs shall represent the actual wants of places
to be repaired, and sums sanctioned for such purpose shall on no account be applied to other petty
construction. Those works which restore a building to its original form but do not alter it are classified as
“Repairs”, those which either alter the shape of a building or entirely renew it as “Construction”.
1161. Lapse of allotted funds.—No money on account of either construction or repairs shall be
retained in hand after the 31st March. All that has been drawn and remains unexpended on that date
shall be refunded to the treasury. No exception to this Rule can be allowed.
1162. Nature of departmental repairs.—(a) Repairs undertaken by departmental agency consist

of all repairs to buildings not borne on the Public Works books and minor repairs to buildings, other than
residences, which are borne on the Public Works books that may be required during the period
intervening between periodical repairs (see Rule 1148).
Note.— such minor repairs would consist of the repairs of doors and window, their
fastenings and glass; repairs of thatch and tiles, the repair of ceiling cloths, fans
瘀‫ط‬
and other fixtures; and all such work as can be done by an ordinary mistri
without skilled supervision. It will be the duty of the officer occupying the
building to see that all such petty items are in good order before re-entering the
building after periodical repairs.
b) The grant for petty construction and repair shall not be utilized in making any improvements
in residential buildings borne on the books of Public Works Department.
1163. Annual repairs.—(a) The grant for ordinary annual repairs shall be distributed with a view
to deriving the best value there from, and it is not necessary to allot a fixed sum to each building every
year. It is desirable to spend adequate sums on the upkeep of those buildings which, by reason of their
condition and the materials of which they are constructed are likely to last for many years rather than to
dissipate large Sums annually on buildings which cannot last much longer; on the latter class only
sufficient money should be expended to keep them habitable as long as possible. And for this purpose it
is essential to keep the roof water-tight. It is not necessary for the Superintendent to obtain sanction or
orders as to the disbursement of his grant, but he is personally responsible that no money is spent
except when it is required and that the most is made of that which is expended. Clear specifications and
estimates of repairs required shall be made out in all cases and distinct orders given for the execution of
such repairs. A clear record of the details of expenditure shall be maintained so as to be available for the
inspection by the local auditor.
560

(b) Responsibility of Inspector. — Superintendent shall call for detailed estimates for repairs of
all police-stations and police-posts constructed by the department on the 1st October each year. These
estimates will be submitted through the Circle Inspector/Sub-Divisional Police Officer who shall certify
that they are satisfied from their personal knowledge that the expenditure of the amounts specified in
the estimate is really necessary.
(c) The estimated amount shall be drawn in such instalments as may be convenient; but
ordinarily more money shall not be drawn in one instalment than is likely to be expended during the
ensuing quarter.
(d) The Circle Inspector shall, by personal inspection, satisfy himself that money allotted for
repair work is being properly spent and, when the work has been finished, shall submit a completion
certificate to the effect that the repair work has been carried out according to the sanctioned estimate,
and that he has personally inspected it and is satisfied that it has been well done.
(e) Responsibility of station in charge. —Officers-in-charge of police posts are required to take
immediate steps to effect urgent repairs (e.g., stopping a leak or propping a falling beam); they should
not wait for sanction if delay is likely to cause damage or risk.
1164. Grant for exceptional repairs.—In the case of the partial destruction by fire or by accident
of a station or other building the cost of repairs will be met from “petty repairs“ (see Rule 1130). If an
additional grant is necessary, an application should be made to the Inspector-General.
⠀‫ ط‬it is desired to transfer any departmental building

1165. Transfer of buildings to the P.W.D.—lf
to the Public Works Department or any Police Construction Corporation, the Superintendent shall first
consult the Executive Engineer and then submit an application through the Range Deputy Inspector-
General to the Inspector- General to enable him to obtain the sanction of Government.
The application shall state-
(a) The year in which the building was constructed,
(b) The class of building (e.g., Sub-Inspector's quarters or police-station),
(c) The description of the walls, floor, and roof (e.g., pucca walla, floor 1/2“ cement over 4"
concrete, double tiled root),
(d) The original cost.
(e) Opinion of the Executive Engineer.
On receipt of the sanction of Government to the transfer, the building shall be made over to the
Executive Engineer at once.
561

1166. Disposal of departmental buildings and sites.—(a) Buildings shall nut be dismantled or
sold and no site shall be abandoned or sold without the sanction of the State Government. The
dismantling and sale of departmental buildings, the book value of which does not exceed Rs. 5,000 may
however, be sanctioned by the Inspector- General, a copy of the sanction in respect to residential
buildings being forwarded to Government.'
(b) If a building is to be sold or dismantled, and is of a nature and situation which renders its use
by another department possible, it should be ascertained from the principal State and Central
Government officers, whether it is required for any purpose. If it is not so required, an estimate of the
amount which it or its materials are likely to realize shall be prepared and submitted through the Deputy
Inspector-General to the Inspector- General for sanction.
(c) All lands which have been permanently acquired for public purposes by Government,
whether by private purchase or compulsory acquisition, and are no longer required, shall be
relinquished. Proposals for relinquishment of land瘀‫ط‬shall be submitted through the proper channel to
Government in the Home (Police) Department. With the proposal should be sent a plan showing the
land which it is proposed to relinquish on the same scale as the plan of the original acquisition of the
land.
(d) The above Rule applies also to land which is held by Government for site for a police-station,
etc., on the condition that the land shall revert to the donor if no longer required for police purposes.
(e) If Government decide to relinquish the land, orders are issued by the Revenue (Land
Acquisition) Department through the Divisional Commissioner to the Collector of the district, to give
effect to the orders of relinquishment. The Collector then follows the procedure laid down in Rule 168 of
the Land Acquisition Manual. Under no circumstances should any land be finally relinquished in favour
of any person except under the procedure outlined in this rule.
562

(f) In all proposals for alienation of land, information regarding the market value and estimated
yearly rental of such land should be furnished for communication to the Revenue Department for
purposes of the alienation register maintained in that office.
(g) Details of material obtained by dismantling buildings and the bid lists in support of their sale
shall be submitted by the officer-in-charge of the police-station concerned and shall be filed in the Police
Office. Before auction is held, the Superintendent of Police shall publish a notice, in those areas so that
the general public may get information about this. After close of the auction, one-fourth of the final bid
of the amount shall have to be deposited at once. Whenever there is a provision in the bid, that place
where the building was existing shall have to be cleared, the particular person in this situation, whose
bid was final, shall have to deposit full amount of the bid before clearing the site.
(h) All amounts realized by the sale of buildings, materials or sites shall be paid into the Treasury
and shall not be expended on other projects.
퀀‫ط‬
563
..

CHAPTER 36
TRANSPORT
BOATS AND CREWS

1167. Boats shall be classed as follows:—
(1) Steam or motor launches.
(2) Country Boats for station and Circle officers.
1168. (a) Launches are provided in some districts of the State for patrolling and investigation
purposes and for the use of superior officers of the force for inspection. The loan of such vessel to an
officer of another department travelling on duty cannot be claimed as of right and is permitted only as a
matter of Courtesy, provided the vessel is not required by the Superintendent or other police officer.
(b) When a launch is lent to an officer of another department travelling on duty, he shall deposit
the hiring charge into the local treasury for credit to the Police Department under budget head “O55-
Police—other receipts" submitting a copy of the treasury chalan to the Superintendent.
(c) A list of such hiring charges as Government from time to time may fix, shall be maintained in
the offices of the Superintendents concerned, who 欀‫ص‬shall be responsible for seeing that the charges are
claimed and credited to Government.
(d) The launches should be looked after by the Superintendent of the district where such a
launch is situated and all works on this, viz. the control on the employees, drawal of their salary, etc.
shall be done in the office of the Superintendent So far us launches at Headquarters of Patna are
concerned, they shall be looked after by State Headquarters Reserve Transport section.
1169. In places where, owing to floods or periodical inundations like Naugachia in Bhagalpur and
Sonbarsa in Saharsa district, Beldaur and Parbatta in Khagaria sub- division, the use of a boat is
absolutely essential during certain periods of the year, boats may be hired temporarily on Rs. 20 per
month or purchased if necessary with the sanction of the Inspector-General. The Divisional
Commissioners have also been authorized under Rule I94 of Bihar Famine-Flood Relief Code to sanction
expenditure for engagement of boat or motor launch. In the case of hired boats, Superintendents can
incur monthly recurring contingent expenditure not exceeding Rs. 10 and for not more than six months
on this account [see Rule 206(2) (b), Bihar Treasury Code, Part 1]. As regards crew, two temporary
boatmen at Rs. S0 each per month for each such boat may be appointed with the sanction of the
Inspector-General for a period not Exceeding six months. However, the rates of their pay should not in
any case exceed the minimum pay fixed for the district by Government for menials classed as
“establishment”.
564

For rules regulating travelling allowance of officers using Government boats or boats hired at
Government expenses, see Rule 761 and Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules 149 and 150.
1170. (a) All launches and boats, other than country made boats, shall be sent at regular
intervals to the workshop of Irrigation Department, Dehri for overhaul and repair. The annual estimates
for repairs will be prepared in consultation with Mechanical Engineer In charge of that department and
the repairs on completion will be passed by that officer. Urgent petty defects and repairs, not requiring
any special technical knowledge, may be attended to locally without the sanction of that officer.
(b) When any important repair which cannot wait for the annual overhaul. Or alteration or
addition is necessary, the Mechanical Engineer shall be consulted by the Assistant to Inspector-General,
in charge of Police Reserve Transport who shall submit a detailed report together with the Mechanical
Engineer-‘s recommendations to the Inspector-General for orders. The work when sanctioned shall be
carried out at the workshop at Dehri or elsewhere as recommended by the Mechanical Engineer.
1171. Stores.—Stores for all launches and boats other than country made boats shall be
procured in the same manner as done by Irrigation Department workshop. These shall be kept in Police
Reserve Transport from where it will he issued to districts where any launch or boat might be kept.
1172. Serangs and drivel-s.—Serangs and drivers of launches shall be men holding certificates
under the provisions of Sections 20-31, Inland Steam Vessels Act (1 of 1917), and they will be held
responsible that the provisions of that Act as well as byelaws issued under it are observed.
1173. Enrolment under Act V of 1861'.—Crews ⠀‫ط‬ of police boats and launches shall be enrolled
under Act V of 1 861 if suitable men can be obtained who consent to be so enrolled.
1174. (a) Pensi0ns.—The services of boat crews, other than those employed temporarily, are
pensionable (Bihar Pension Rule 58).
(b) Leave. -The leave of boat crews is governed by the Rules in the Bihar Service Code. For
allowances to permanent employees while on leave see Rule 172 (Note 4) and 227, 232, 234, 235 of
Bihar Service Code. For temporary employees, see Bihar Service Code Rules 240—247.
[c) Travelling allowance. —-The crews attached with Launches except Khalasi shall be allowed
Travelling Allowance as provided for employees of third grade to which They belong as per pay scale
noted in Rule 764. For the Khalasi of motor Launch and the boatmen who are appointed every year the
rules for fourth grade employees shall be applicable (Rule 28 of Bihar Travelling Allowance Rules).
1175. Uniform.—Boat crews shall be provided with uniform as prescribed in Appendix 65.
1176. Check of establishment. — The check of the details of the establishment, viz. sanctioned
strength, wages of crews, hire of boats, etc. of Inspectors, Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspectors
shall rest with the Superintendent. '
565

1177. Expenditure on establishment. — The amount sanctioned for fixed boat establishment
shall be drawn under head “Boat Establishment" in establishment bills and shall not be drawn as
allowances. The cost of temporary boat establishment and hire debitable to contingencies shall be
drawn in office expenses bills. The payments shall represent the actual expenditure incurred by the
officers on their boats.
1178. (a) Exemption from tolls.—All vessels, whether owned by Government or otherwise,
which are being used exclusively by Government officers or subordinates, whether civil or military
travelling on duty, or are being used exclusively for Government work, are exempted from toll or
demurrage on canals or canalised rivers.
(b) Every such vessel shall be furnished with a pass, which in the case of officers shall specify the
nature of the vessel and the names of occupants, and in the case of vessels used for Government work,
the nature of the work and approximate quantity of the cargo. This pass shall be shown at all toll
stations, and toll collectors may inspect the boats.
(c) Boat travelling on urgent duty.—When a boat travelling on police duty of an urgent nature is
obliged to pass a toll station without halting, a report in explanation shall be sent as early as possible to
the Junior Engineer of Canals.
MOTOR VEHICLES AND MECHANICAL

瘀‫ط‬ CONVEYANCES
1179. Rules for motor vehicles. — These rules are given in the book “Rules for the use and
maintenance of Police Motor Vehicles, Bihar 1950”. The Assistant to Inspector-General (Communication)
shall specially bring to the notice of inspector- General if any vehicle has been worn out before the
prescribed period and the accounts of vehicles have been regularly audited by Accountant General‘s
staff and whether the expenditure on use of any vehicle has been excessive.
The report of Board of enquiry in case of any major mechanical failure or accident and similar
important matters shall also be put up before him. The State Reserve Headquarters vehicles and
workshop shall be directly under the Inspector-General.
1180. A committee consisting of Inspector-General, Finance Commissioner, Home Secretary,

State Transport Commissioner and Chief Mechanical Engineer of Rajya Transport Corporation may after
inspecting the types of vehicles available send recommendation to Government as to what type of and
how many vehicles for various posts are required. The Government shall take decision on this report
well in advance so that provision may be made for purchase in the departmental budget in the next
financial year.
566

1181. The Police department maintains a large number of motor vehicles and mechanical
conveyances, viz. 15 cwt., 1 or 3 tonner trucks or near about this weight, Station Wagons, Jeeps,
Ambulance Vans, Cars, Prison Vans, Big vehicle equipped with scientific instruments of investigation,
heavy weight Motor Cycles and Push Bicycles for Police work only. See Rule 34 of Rules for use of Police
Motor Vehicles, 1950. However, a Police vehicle may be used for removal of unclaimed dead bodies to
morgue for post-mortem examination if no other means of conveyance is readily available but the cost
of transport shall be paid to police Department.
N. B.— A Superintendent may permit the carrying of dead body of a Police officer free of cost.
1182. Tachometer and Milometer.—(a) in every ordinary and heavy vehicle and Bus, a
tachometer may be fixed so that full information in respect of the vehicle may be available. The
Milometer shall be kept sealed.
(b) No Police officer including Superintendents and higher officers will use Police Vehicle for
private purposes without prior permission of next higher officer (Government order No. BT-FYP-11-
20/70—8244-F., dated 24th July, 1970). A register for hire charges should be maintained in which all
applications for hiring vehicles should first be entered and then put up to Superintendent.
(c) A flying checking staff, not below the rank of a Reserve Sub-Inspector shall check up vehicles
on roads and in different centers by surprise’ without causing interruption in work.
⠀‫ط‬
1183. Police vehicles should be provided with Gadget and Fitment so that they can be used
properly during the unrest and law and order situations, and the Police officer may move safely in these
situations.
1184. The yardstick for sanction of vehicles is given in Appendix 96.
1185. (a) Staff drivers—(i) For every vehicle of and above 15 cwt. weight one Havildar driver and
one Driver constable should be sanctioned. For motor car, jeep and motor cycle, there shall be only one
driver (see Rule 693 also).
(ii) The Havidar driver shall do the work of driver also and the command of detachment of
drivers may be given to him whenever necessary. '
(b) Workshop. —A workshop shall be set up at State Headquarters for repair and maintenance
of vehicles. Such a workshop should have mechanics, Fitters, Electricians, Blacksmiths, Painters,
Welders, etc. possessing certificates of technical training preferably from an Industrial Training Institute.
Miniature workshops shall be set up also at district/ range level. A sample list of equipments to be kept
in a district workshop is given in Appendix A in Rules for Maintenance of Motor Vehicles, 1950.
567

(c) An officer, not below the rank of Inspector of Police, shall be in charge of the workshop at
State Headquarters. Havildar drivers shall be eligible for appearing at the qualifying examination for
promotion to the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors vide Rule 685 (a) as the drivers cadre is not a closed
cadre. Similarly Havildar drivers shall be eligible for promotion to the rank of Sub-Inspector (Transport)
vides Rule 1186 subject to the provision of reservation for Scheduled Caste and Tribes as given in
Appendix 40.
1186. Appointment of driver/Havildar driver/Reserve, Sub-Inspector (Transport).—(a)

Drive::—Keeping in view, the qualifications required for drivers, the Superintendents shall make
selections from among the rank of constables and send the list to the Range Deputy Inspector-General
for approval. Preference may be given to those who already know driving. The drivers shall ordinarily
remain in their own districts. The number of constables (i.e. “Learners”) trained or to be trained in
driving for filling vacancies shall not exceed 25 per cent of the sanctioned strength of driving staff (see
Rule l 188). '
The drivers shall be given training as provided in clause (3) Appendix 88 and tested.
A list of drivers, who become successful in tests, shall be kept in districts according to seniority and
copy sent to Range Deputy Inspector-General where these shall be consolidated.
(b) Havildar drivers."-They shall be appointed from among the driver of the range list as given
below :—
In July, the Range Deputy Inspector-General shall call for nominations in P.M. Form No. 102 for
promotion to the rank of Havildar Drivers from Superintendents
瘀‫ط‬
on the basis of seniority and efficiency.
At least l4 days before nominations are sent to Deputy Inspector-General, the Superintendent shall
publish by district order the names of those driver constables whom they propose to promote in order
that those who are not to be promoted may represent their cases before the promotions are made. The
driver constables making such representations should be given interviews and their cases examined with
them. In forwarding the nominations, a certificate must be given of the dates on which the lists were
published and intimation sent to those not nominated. The Range Deputy Inspector-General’s board
may interview the nominees in which a motor Vehicle expert may also be kept. Thereafter, a list of
selected driver constables shall be prepared and a copy of the minutes of the committee sent to
inspector-General office. If any driver constable is placed higher than his seniority warrants, reasons
must be given for the same.
(c) Reserve Sub-inspector (Transport).—See Rule 660-B(a)(ii).
N.B.—those promoted from ranks shall be on probation for one year.
1187. Maintenance of vehicles.—(a) While ordinary repairs or maintenance may be done in a

district, periodical servicing shall be done in a recognized local workshop. Similarly, major repairs which
cannot be done even in a Stale Headquarters workshop shall be done in another Government workshop
or in a reputed workshop but local mistries without workshops shall not be employed except in
emergencies or without prior approval of Superintendent.
568

(b) In workshops of Police Department vehicles of other Government departments may also be
repaired and fees as prescribed with the approval of Government should be charged from them for this.
1188. (a) Leave and training reserve force.—For this, see Rule 610(b). There shall, however, be
no such reserve for “Learners” in Rule 1186(a). Extra drivers shall not be sanctioned for vehicles to be
used in place of damaged or unserviceable vehicles, the latter being maintained by the Training Reserve
personnel.
(b) For different training courses for drivers’ cadre Appendix 88 may be seen.
1189. Financial powers of Superintendent.—The Superintendent can incur expenditure on

petrol, oil, lubricant and purchase extra parts not available in State reserve Headquarters up to Rs. 500
per month on one vehicle. Similarly, the Inspector-General has powers to give approval up to Rs. 5,000
on one vehicle in a month. The orders of Government shall be obtained when it is more than this.
1190. (a) Motor cycles are for use of Police officers for Traffic control, out riding duties, etc. and
also for mechanics of Police Workshop.
(b) Push Bicycles shall ordinarily be used for despatch or delivery of urgent papers, messages or
daks. In case of loss or damage to a cycle due to negligence, steps shall be taken for recovery of the cost.
Normally, no cycle shall be replaced before seven years.
‫خ‬
569
..

CHAPTER 37
WELFARE AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
WELFARE
1191. Police Relief and Welfare Fund.—(a) there is a Belief and Welfare Fund for the State
Police Force, Rules for which are given in Appendix 89. In special circumstances help is given from this
Fund to those Police officers who are members of this Fund. 30 per cent of the collection of the district
is kept in that district in Amenity Fund from which prompt help can be given and 70 per cent is sent to
Police Relief and Welfare Fund. Every year, the Government also gives adequate grant to the Fund.
(b) Additional collection of money for welfare fund shall be done in following ways:—
(1) The amount obtained by sale of cartridge empties.
(2) The amount which is available by way of admission fees at the time of Police games and
sports and shows of miscellaneous programmes of entertainment (after obtaining orders of
Government). -
1192. Bihar Police Children's Educational Stipend Fund, 1961. — This is a branch of Police Relief
and Welfare Fund and a principal amount taken from the relief fund is invested in long-term fixed
deposits in Banks and its interest is utilized for giving suitable scholarships for higher technical education
to deserving children of police officers. 瘀‫ط‬
1193. Police clubs.—-In order to provide temporary accommodation at the district

Headquarters station to Police officers of the same or other districts visiting the station on duty or on
transfer, and also to provide recreational facilities to police officers who have become members, police
clubs may be opened at the Headquarters stations of districts in the State in Government quarters. Such
Police clubs will be private institutions and their internal management will be carried out according to
their respective Rules by a managing committee headed by Superintendent of Police (See Appendix 90).
1194. Games and sports con1rnittee.—(a) A Central Committee concerned with games and
sports shall be set up in Police department, membership of which shall be as follows :—
(1) Inspector-General—Chairman.
(2) Additional Inspector-General, Armed Police.
(3) Senior most Deputy Inspector-General (at Headquarters)
(4) One representative of Bihar branch of Indian Police Service Association.
(5) One representative of every range.
(6) Assistant to Inspector-General in charge of Welfare—Secretary.
570

(b) The amount sanctioned by Government for games and sports shall be allotted to
headquarters or other districts and units, etc. after consideration by this committee.
1195. Competitions in sports of police force of the State shall be arranged by the Central
Committee. Inter-district Hockey, Football and Volley Ball competitions should be specially arranged.
The Inspector-General shall issue separate orders concerning competitions. The Competitions
conducted by Home Ministry should also be included in this (also see Rule 638).
1196. Shree Krishna Police Bal Vidyalaya.--This school is situated at Hazaribagh and it shall be
controlled by the working committee of Relief and Welfare Fund. Detailed rules in this connection are
given in Appendix 91.
1197. The Bihar Police Co-operative Banks.— It is a Bank of Police Officers of the State which is
run according to the rules of Co-operative Department and from this bank, Police officers of and below
the rank of Inspectors may obtain loans on proper interest.
1198. Special Relief Plan.—The Police officers shall be given special grant in addition to pension
according to the scale prescribed in Bihar Government memo. No. 2/P1-203/71 -Home (Police)—11652,
dated 4th December, 1971 for death, disability or injury in the course of their duties. The expenditure
shall be met from budget head “2S5-Police—Welfare of Police employees-—Relief from Police Welfare
⠀‫ط‬
Fund".
1199. (a) Masses and Canteens.- At the headquarters of every district in which there is a
demand, a police mess and/or canteen will be opened with a view to afford nutritious and wholesome
diet primarily to Police recruits and also for other members of the constabulary with nominal profit.
Government will provide an advance of funds required for the purchase of utensils, furniture, etc.
(b) Co-operative Store.—There shall be a Co-operative store also with the canteen from where
the articles for daily use shall be sold to Police officers.
(c) The canteen and the store shall be run by the managing committee of the district police club.
Only a small amount of money is kept in the hands of the person running them and the remaining
amounts shall be deposited in any local bank. At the same time, the general rules concerning accounts
shall also be enforced and it shall be audited from time to time.
(d) The canteen shall also be utilized in the form of welfare centre where the children and family
members of officers of Police and ministerial cadre shall have opportunity of learning handicrafts (see
Appendix 90).
571

1200. Amenities fund.—An Amenities Fund shall be kept in every district Police Headquarters
from funds provided in Rule 1191. This fund shall be controlled by the managing committee of the police
club. In this fund, the profits earned by the canteen and store shall also be deposited. No loan on any
condition may be made available from this fund to any police officer of and above the rank of Deputy
Superintendent of Police. Any expenditure or loan above Rs. 500 from this fund will require the prior
approval of Deputy Inspector-General. Rules connected with this fund for maintenance of cash book,
etc. shall be framed by the Head Clerk and Accountant.
N. B. — No other deduction shall be made from the salaries of the members of the Police force
concerned except for Police Relief and Welfare Fund, Police Club and the Sports Fund, the first two of
which are voluntary.
1201. Relationship with retired Police and Ministerial 0fficers.—(a) all serving officers shall
keep in touch with retired police officers living in their respective jurisdictions and shall attempt to
maintain friendly relationship with them. In particular the Sub-Divisional Police Officers and his
subordinates shall seek their co-operation whenever their knowledge or experience is likely to prove
useful.
(b) An index of such retired officers shall be maintained in the office of the Superintendent who
shall endeavour to sustain their interest in police work by extending to them such Courtesies as
invitations to conferences, ceremonial parades and the like.
(c) If possible, a rally of retired officers may also be held occasionally for which Government may
瘀‫ط‬
sanction funds.
1202. Public Relations — there shall be a Public Relations branch in the office of Inspector-
General and in the office of every Superintendent. The Assistant/Deputy Superintendent at
Headquarters shall be in charge of this section in the office of the Superintendent.
1203. Press. — It shall be the special duty of this section to collect information from
Superintendents and keep contact with the press. All work of Public Relations shall be done here so that
the general public should have correct knowledge of the facts concerning police. This section shall also
give information to the press about any special crime without divulging its secret clues. The object
should be to ensure that newspaper correspondents obtain correct information concerning any crime
from this section before sending the news for publication in the newspapers, etc.
1204. Press C0nference. — In the office of Inspector-General, a press conference may be called
periodically in which information concerning police force shall be given to newspaper correspondents.
At the district level the Superintendent may in urgent matters contact the press directly if it cannot wait
for the monthly press conference in the office of District Magistrate (see Rules 710 and 711).
1205. Magazine.—The Public Relations section of the office of Inspector-General shall publish
every quarter a police magazine in which statistics concerning crimes and important articles concerning
departmental work of members of the Police force shall be given. –
572

1206. At the training Headquarters and training centers a magazine shall be published every
three months on matters concerning training.
1207. The magazine shall also contain articles of officers of other departments of the State
Government and educational institutions and respectable persons.
1208. Crime exhibition. - Under the auspices of the Criminal Investigation Department
arrangements shall be made for setting up of an exhibition every year at suitable places of assemblage
in the State. In these exhibitions the general public shall be made to know as to how the Police force can
help the public, what assistance is required by the force from the public and what are the special facts
concerning investigation and detection of cases of special types. For this work, a separate section shall
be kept in the Criminal Investigation Department and for his assistance the Government shall provide
some experts and other officers. In this exhibition, emphasis shall also be given on matters concerning
traffic control.
1209. (a) For obtaining co-operation from public it is necessary that the Police Band arranges
display of band at public places from time to time for entertainment. In addition to this, games and
cultural functions and competitions shall be arranged by district police club.
(b) Whenever there is increase in crimes or problems concerning observance of law arise, a
general meeting with selected members of public shall be called in the office, of Superintendent. In this,
exchange of views shall be made on control of crime so that full co-operation of public may be available
[see Rule 10(c)].
欀‫ص‬
573
..

CHAPTER 38
COMPLAINTS AND CORRUPTION ENQUIRIES
COMPLAINTS
1210. (a) Written complaints.—All types of complaints received against Police and ministerial
officers whether received in Police office by Superintendent or by his subordinate shall be entered in a
separate confidential receipt register daily and dealt with by the Superintendent personally.
(b) Complaint book. -This shall be maintained in P.M. Form No. 206 in all offices and should be
readily available to the members of the public who should be encouraged to record their notes and in
particular, if they have any complaint against an officer subordinate to the officer concerned.
Arrangements should also be made to ensure that the remarks recorded therein are not seen by any
subordinate personnel.
(c) As far as possible the officers after personal contact with the persons whose names find
entry in the complaint book should record a brief note on the nature of the business or requests or
grievances. In some cases, they may send a duplicate copy of this note to the office for further action
and watch disposal of the matter. The same procedure may be followed in case of other visitors
including subordinate Police officers who do not like to enter their names in the complaint book and are
granted interviews by superior officers. Interviews granted to visitors, who come merely to seek
ordinary information, etc. may however be excluded 瘀‫ط‬from the scope of these orders.
(d) The inspecting officers should check these records to see how these matters have been
disposed of and how public relations are being maintained. A monthly statement in P.M. Form No. 205
should be submitted by Superintendent to Deputy Inspector-General/Inspector-General indicating the
number of complaints received and the manner of their disposal. The latter should see that the
complaints are not kept pending for long unnecessarily.
1211. Complaints received at police-stations or Circle Inspectors’ officer should be received by

the seniormost officer present who should immediately inform their superior officers as per Rule 50(e)
and also report developments in personal or weekly confidential diaries. .
ENQUIRY
1212. Anonymous petitions.—No enquiry should be made on anonymous or pseudonymous

petitions even though it may contain seemingly some specific-materials.
574

These may in appropriate cases be communicated to the officers, concerned and his comments
obtained, if necessary. If there is any doubt about any signed complaint as to whether it is genuine or
pseudonymous an enquiry may be made only on this particular point and to this limited extent. On such
a check if it is found that the signature is genuine, further action should be taken on the basis of a
genuine signed complaint as per Rule 1213.
1213. Open enquiry.—Normally, a confidential enquiry may be made in the case of genuine
complaints (other than those taken cognizance of under the Criminal Procedure Code) and when specific
facts are likely to emerge, then an open enquiry in presence of the complainant may be held preferably
by an officer two ranks higher than the officer complained against with the prior approval of his next
superior officer. The latter should also keep in view that no harm is done to a complainant by the
delinquent officer on account of this. If a complainant does not want his identity to be disclosed and it is
felt that the enquiry will not suffer in absence of such details, a mere purport of the complaint may be
given to the officer making enquiry.
CORRUPTION ENQUIRIES
1214. Vigilance cell. — The responsibility of checking corruption will continue, to rest with the
heads of departments and the Vigilance Department is only intended to supplement and assist them in
their efforts. For this purpose, a Vigilance Cell shall be set up in the office of Inspector-General (see Rule
1216).
1215 Annual return— The details regarding⠀‫ط‬submission of annual return are given in Rule 1041.
In case of disproportionate assets the Superintendent shall make preliminary departmental enquiry and
bring suitable cases to the notice of Inspector-General for taking help of the Vigilance Department [see
note to Rule 706(b)].
1216. Annual enquiry.—an annual enquiry in regard to integrity will be made about each officer
of the rank of Sub-Inspector and Inspector by senior officers. Some of these reports may be test-checked
by officers sent from the Inspector-General’s Vigilance Cell.
N. B.— When only a confidential enquiry is made against a superior Police officer by an Officer
subordinate in rank to him from the Vigilance Cell of Inspector-General, the inspector-
General may also consider whether it will suffice if only the factual report based of
documents is broughton record without divulging the name of the enquiring officer.
1217. Complaints of corruption generally arise from delay in investigation of cases or enquiries
conducted by the officers of the Police Department. The observance of Time-limits regarding the period
of investigation of cases as given in Rule 173 will be scrupulously observed and enforced. Similarly, the
rules regarding watch over delay in cases disposed of in Court would also be observed with
thoroughness.
575

1218. Sensitive points.—a large number of complaints arise from improper use of Government
property. Controlling officers should keep a strict check over the Government property held under
charge of their subordinates and ensure that there is no misuse. Particularly the misuse of Government,
vehicles and also telephone and electric facilities available should be specially controlled. Comments
should be given on it in the inspection remarks and annual confidential report. This item will form a
special head for notes of inspecting officers. Needless to mention that superior officers who themselves
do not set an example and show laxity in this matter cannot exercise adequate control over their
subordinates.
1219. Responsibility of senior officers. — The cardinal principle is that senior officers are also
responsible for the corrupt practices indulged in by their subordinates. Proper control over delays and
allied matters by superior officers in regard to the actions of their subordinates can effect considerable
improvement. Therefore, the annual remarks of the Reporting Officer must indicate what action has
been taken specially by the senior officers in regard to a check over the action of their subordinates.
1220. (a) Ban on collecting subscription.—See Rule 708(ii).
(b) Prohibition of purchase at Government sale. —No Police officer shall purchase anything at a
Government sale, either himself or through any other person, without the previous sanction of the
Inspector-General.
1221. Acceptance of hospitality.—Police officers detailed to keep the peace in any area should
on no account accept the hospitality of any of the parties to the dispute. In fact, hospitality should not
be accepted from people who may in any manner be connected with the work which is to be done by
瘀‫ ط‬should not depend on others for supplies. This,
Police officers concerned. The members of the force
however, does not affect acceptance of hospitality from close friends and relations on social, religious or
other similar occasions.
1222. Police officers should meticulously abstain from utilising the services of their subordinates
for any private work or purchases.
576
..

CHAPTEB 39
POLICE INFORMATION AND CONTROL ROOM.
1223. Functions of the control room.—In all district Headquarters generally and in the office of
Inspector-General of Police, an Information and Control Room (for the sake of brevity called Control
Room) should be set up as and when required for taking prompt action on all information. It would be
the function of the Control Room to collate all information received there from different sources such as
(1) Wireless vans, (2) Police Stations. (3) Members of the public, etc. The Officer-in-charge Control Room
shall not rely entirely on the messages sent to him for his information. He should be in constant touch
with the situation in the area covered by the Control Room by himself contacting the wireless vans and
Police Stations. Thus, the function of the Control Room is to receive messages and pass them on to the
local police or other suitable agency for necessary action and for sending armed escorts or flying squads
as per requirement depending on the nature of information.
1224. Staff.—Separate staff with reserve should he posted for receiving and sending messages,
patrolling purposes, flying squads, despatch riders and manning wireless vans, etc. so that the work is
done efficiently in shifts. Some spare staff from the training reserve kept in district Police Lines can also
be utilised for this. Apart from this, “liaison officers” should he posted to assist the Officer-in-charge,
Control Room in taking services from different Auxiliary Services noted in Rule 1225(b). Similarly,
arrangements for extra wireless vans shall he made so that such vehicles are also utilized in turns.
1225. Detail of records and equipments in Control Room.—(a) A station diary as per Rule I 16
should be maintained in Control Room wherein all 퀀‫ط‬information received through the wireless or the
telephone and actions taken thereon are recorded. This should show also the number of flying squads,
their destinations and the time of despatch and return which should tally with the command certificates
issued to them. Maps in the Control Room during the time of disturbances should show the location of
deputed forces by means of colored pins. An “Incident Chart" should he kept showing broad details of
incidents such as “time, police-station, locations, description, casualties, etc." as these are reported. A
file on day-to-day Police arrangements known as “Orders For Control File" and a “Daily Incidents
File“should also be kept. A daily incidents report should be sent to higher officers.
(b) The Control Room should have a set of telephones, with its own “Switch Board" directly
connected to the main exchange so that there is quick connection and uninterrupted means of
communication with other Police officers, Armed Forces, Police Lines, Fire Brigade, Civil Defence, etc. In
bigger towns, the Police may run its own telephone exchange. In order that the Officer-in-charge.
Control Room is able to speak To a particular wireless car on the streets and vice versa there should be a
“Remote Control Receiver” which is connected with the Wireless Control. The Control Room will also
have facilities for communication by wireless with other Police units in or outside the State [see Rule
1230(2)]. A disposition Board in the Control Room should show at a glance the commitments for flying
squads, pickets and miscellaneous duties. lt should also show what force is available for immediate
mobilization at Control Room, Police Stations and other centers in the event of trouble.
577

1226. Rest room and conference rooms. — Appropriate rest rooms should be attached to the
Control Room so that officers coming for duty or those relieved from duty could take rest there. A
conference room should also be provided so that in emergency, superior officers could attend
discussions without interference from telephones.
1227. Rules and instructions — These should be laid down separately for operation of the
Control Room in specific situations such as (1) communal or political incidents. (2) Meetings and
processions, (3) missing or recovered children, (4) accidents, fires and roof collapse, (5) suicides and
drowning cases, (6) crimes like dacoity, murder, theft of automobiles, etc. Normally Thana officers must
send their officers and men immediately to tackle a situation so that wireless vans are not tied down for
long periods which will frustrate the main object of wireless patrols. For example, during routine patrols,
a wireless car may ask hawkers, etc. to move away in case of obstruction to traffic but it should not get
involved in making arrest or removing their merchandise. This shall be left to local station officers.
1228. Hospital messages.—Control Room should see that hospital messages seeking help
except death messages are given to the wireless and local police-stations for delivery. Death messages
should be passed on to the local police only.
578
瘀‫ط‬
..

CHAPTER 40
THE BIHAR STATE POLICE RADIO (OR SIGNAL) ORGANIZATION
F UNCTIONS AND CONTROL
1229. (a) Functions of the organization.-—(i) The Bihar State Police Radio Organization is a part
of the Bihar Police Force and provides wireless communication in the State for transmission of messages
pertaining to law and order and the prevention and detection-of crime. The transmission of messages
not “relating to law and order" on Police Wireless Grid causes an infringement of the terms of the
license (see sub-rule iv).
(ii) It may be used by other Government departments in emergency such as flood. forest-files, strikes,
storms when normal communication fails and at times of epidemics, etc. with the prior approval of
Ministry of Communications (Licensing Authority) which should be obtained through the Director, Co-
ordination of Police Wireless (D.C.P.W.), Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India on the wireless
itself. The Chief Secretary, Government of Bihar may in anticipation allow its use meanwhile but, in such
cases, the post facto sanction of the Ministry of Communications should be obtained quickly.
(iii) The Police Radio may provide for—
(1) Setting up of wireless communication for covering long distance night services in national
highways.
퀀‫ط‬
(2) speed trap control (or Traffic radar) system for detecting high speed on busy routes.
(3) closed circuit television for controlling traffic in major cities.
(4) transmission of photos and prints of criminals by Radio photo process.
(5) distant communication on long range with multi-channel by ultra High Frequency or
Microwave system.
(iv) The licences to operate the Radio Grid Stations are granted by the Ministry of
Communications. Separate “call signs” are also allotted by them.
(b) Direction and control. —The Radio Organization is under the direct charge of an officer who
is not below the rank of Superintendent of Police (see Rule 1236).
The Deputy Inspector-General (Administration) shall have the same supervisory control and
administrative powers over it as the Range Deputy Inspector-General has over the District Police. In the
districts, Superior Police Officers shall keep close watch on day-to-day work and difficulties of this
department. As regards grant of rewards or Award of minor punishments (arising out of default of non-
technical nature), the district Superintendent has the same powers as he has over Bihar Sashastra Police
on deputation in his district.
579

ORGANIZATIONAL SET UP
1230. Operational Wing.—(1) The Bihar State Police Radio Grid consists of the following types
of wireless stations:--
(i) Control Stations at Headquarters,
(ii) Range Deputy Inspectors-General Radio Telephone Stations.
(iii) District Grid Stations,
(iv) Sub-control Stations,
(v) Thana/Out-post Stations,
(vi) City Control Stations,
(vii) Repeator Stations,
(viii) Mobile Stations.
(2) Control Stations are located in the Police Radio Headquarters, Patna in two separate
buildings for accommodating Transmitters and Receivers. The District Grid Stations are under their
control and directly connected with them. All Radio Stations in the State are arranged in convenient
groups (i.e. “Net“) on technical considerations. All the Range Headquarters are directly connected with
the State Headquarters on Radio Telephones for providing
瘀‫ط‬ direct conversations between them on High
Frequency. (Single side Band set) but matters concerning national security must not be communicated
on it (see Rule 1241).
The District Grid Stations are situated at District Headquarters and ate directly connected with
State Headquarters on High Frequency (H. F.) which is meant for long distance communication and can
be heard anywhere depending upon the power of the set.
A Sub-control Station links the various Sub-Divisional/Circle Headquarters Stations and Police-
Station/Out-post Radio Stations within one District with its Headquarters. These Sub-control Stations are
generally located alongside District/Sub-Divisional Headquarters Stations. The Radio bunions located at
Police-Stations and Out-posts are generally fixed stations and connected with the Sub-control Stations.
In important cities, Very High Frequency Radio Communications are provided which have a
limited range depending upon the power and aerial system of a station.
Such a communication is immune from atmospheric disturbances and, therefore. it is best suited to
assist the urban police in the maintenance of law and order, traffic control and the detection of crime.
Each of these networks comprises of a control station and a number of Mobile Radio Stations installed in
fast moving vehicles.
580

Portable “Walkie Talkie” (or “Manpack”) wireless sets have a limited working range and can be
used with advantage in connection with surveillance, trafiic control, processions etc.
“Repeater” Stations are generally situated on high altitudes like Rajgir, Parasnath Hills, etc. for
long distance communication on V.H.F.
In order that the Radio Stations are not overloaded with too many messages, wireless
teleprinter stations should also be set up for handling a part of the traffic according to necessity.
No diversion of posted sets from one place to another shall be allowed without prior approval
of Inspector-General and adequate security arrangement, including safety from fire. shall be made for
them. Arrangements in case of failure of electricity shall be kept in view for uninterrupted
communication service.
1231. Maintenance and Technical Stores Wing.—A Central Police Radio Workshop with several
branches such as——
(a) H. F./V.H.F. Workshop,
(b) Petrol Engine Generator Workshop.
(c) Machine shop, and
(d) Fitter Electric and Battery Maintenance and Winding Workshop are located at State
“Radio Headquarters. A test development and research section with a library should be
set up for modification and development of new techniques in wireless. Similarly a
퀀‫ط‬
Central Stores of technical equipments and components will be located at State
Headquarters. Generally these are purchased from Bharat Electronics, Bangalore. Major
modifications and! or repairs which cannot be done at state Headquarters may also be
done by them.
Regional Workshops and Stores should he set up in every Range and District Headquarters. A
team of Radio Technicians with staff would be suitably located at different workshops/stores. Wireless
operating staff will not unnecessarily take on themselves the responsibility of rectifying serious faults in
the wireless equipment at their station. They should, whenever such faults are noticed, immediately
intimate breakdown to their nearest Radio inspector. Till the arrival of the wireless technical Staff, the
work in the station should he carried on by using the stand-by set. Operators are expected to attend to
very minor and superficial faults, e.g. changing of fuses of valves and tightening of loose wire
connections.
1232. Lines and Training Wing.--A training centre is established at State Police Radio
Headquarters for imparting training and conducting various courses for members of this organization as
well as for the personnel of other States. The initial training of direct recruits is for three months either
in Police Training College or in Constables Training School, as the case may be, in law, Police Manual,
etc. After that they shall do the gradation and technical course (Technical and Operational) in State
Headquarters or any suitable signal school in accordance with the standards laid down by the Director.
581

Co-ordination of Police Wireless Training in “Morse Code” in Hindi shall also be given. At State
Headquarters training centre. Parade and physical training also of the executive stall should be held at
least twice a week. Training shall also be given in use of various forms noted in Appendix 39.
PERSONNEL
1233. Executive Staff.—The Police Radio Organization consists of the following categories of
operational (tie. Traffic side) and technical (i.e. maintenance) personnel besides Superintendent and
Deputy Superintendent of Police (Radio):——
(1) Inspectors, Operational/Technical (of the rank of Inspector of Police).
(2) Radio Supervisors, Operational/Technical (of the rank of Sub-Inspector of Police).
(3) Radio Technicians (of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector or Writer Constable).
(4) Radio Operator (of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector/Constable).
(5) Messenger orderlies (of the rank of Constables/Havildars).
1234. Ministerial and other staff.-—-The ministerial staff shall form a joint cadre with the
Inspector-General and Deputy Inspector-General office staff [see Rule 862 (a)]-
Draftsmen and daftaris and other class IV employees Carpenters, Blacksmiths, Turners, Welders
and Winders, etc. are sanctioned as per scale fixed by Government.
瘀‫ ط‬officers is recruited under Police Act (5 of 1861).
. 1235. Recruitment.--The cadre of executive
They form a closed cadre. Direct recruitment is at the level of operator constable (who is placed in grade
ll after training) and in the rank of Sub-Inspector of Police according to the recruitment rules of Police
force with this exception that the minimum qualification for recruitment as operator constable is metric
in Science (see Appendix 92). For the Radio Technicians cadre the main qualification for direct
recruitment is a certificate in the trade given by industrial Training institutes.
Volunteers from other Police units and Home Guard may be absorbed in the Radio Organization
if they fulfill the requisite qualification. The quota of leave and training reserve is same as given in Rule
61 0(b). For Scheduled Tribes/Castes see Appendix 40.
1236. Promotion.—The post of Superintendent of Police (Radio) may be filled by an officer of

the Indian Police Service but if an officer of administrative ability with technical proficiency is available in
the Radio Organization he may be promoted to that rank. The rules for promotion follows the pattern
given for District Police (Chapter 23) and in the promotional board, a technical advisor may be included.
There is no bar as such in an officer of traffic side getting promotion to a higher rank in technical side
and vice versa if he possesses the requisite qualification for that job. Officers in serials (2) to (4) in Rule
1233 are eligible for promotion to grade 1 in their ranks only after undergoing a refresher course when
they get a special pay.
582

1237. Uniform.—The executive officers should while on duty always wear the uniform of the
Police.-rank allotted to them in Rule 1233. Officers of the rank of inspectors and Sub-Inspectors may
wear the Radio badge, viz. ‘Iqk0js0‘on a red background immediately below the shoulder, on both the
sleeves. Other staff below that rank should similarly wear the same badge, but only on the left sleeve.
1238. Disposition of staff :—
(a) Operational staff :—
Assistant Operator
Sub- constable(s)
Inspector(s)
Radio Stations at (i) Police-Stations/Oub-

posts. 1 1
(ii) Sub-Divisional Head-

quarters. 1 2
(iii) District Head-

quarters. 瘀‫ط‬ 2 2
The direct control stations have a minimum of one Sub-Inspector, two Assistant Sub-Inspectors and two
Operator constables.
(b) Supervisory Staff—Deputy Superintendents of Police are posted at some of the ranges in
which there are at least fifty Radio Stations. He is assisted in his work by an Inspector of Police who is
also in charge of stores, workshop etc., at the Range level. Under the Inspector, there are a few Senior
Sub-Inspector Supervisors who are posted at District Radio Stations Junior Sub-Inspector Supervisors or
Assistant Sub-Inspector Supervisors are posted at Sub-Divisional and Thana Radio Stations respectively.
(c) Technical Staff—Inspector, Sub-Inspector (Technical) and other subordinate technicians are
posted at State Headquarters and other places for purposes of maintenance of Radio Stations as per
yardstick given by Technical Standard Committee, I959 and subsequent modifications. This report also
gives the time period of llS6fi.ll service of Radio sets and the way their history sheets and other records
are to be kept. After the sets become unserviceable, their disposal, including destruction, should be
done keeping in view the security items.
583
N. B.— Details of duties of stall’ posted shall be given in separate standing orders.
(d) Messengers. — “Where separate stuff has not been specially sanctioned for delivery of
messages and Daks from Radio Stations, Constables shall be deputed from District Police. They may also
be equipped with motor cycles or cycles for quick delivery. Police motor vehicles should not be used
exclusively for the delivery of wireless messages. If there are urgent messages, they should be
communicated to the addressee in advance by telephone.
POLICE RADIO OFFICE
1239. The Police Radio Office functions as a separate unit and runs on the model of a District
Police Office (including Reserve Office). For example the procedure for—
(i) Award of punishment (Chapter 25), grant of leave (Chapter 24) and reward (Chapter 26),
entries in Service Books (Rule 1041),
(ii) Retirement,
(iii) Indents of stationeries (Rule 922),
(iv) Maintenance of Committee Report Book (Rule 1044),

瘀 ‫ط‬
(v) Supply of clothing from Central Clothing Stores and uniform allowance (Chapter 33)
shall be same as of District Police.
Superintendents of Police shall supply the ammunitions required for musketry practice for all
operating staff including revolver course for officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspectors
(Rule 631 ).
1240. Transport.—The vehicles sanctioned, for State Radio Headquarters and in districts which
are supplied by local Police should have adequate shock absorbing arrangements, etc. so that the life of
wireless sets is not reduced due to jerks.
1241. Liaison with other Government communication organization. —Close liaison will be
maintained between the Police Radio Organization of this State and Radio Organizations of the Defence
Services, the Posts and Telegraphs, Civil Aviation, and Railways, especially during national emergencies.
Standing reciprocal arrangements for the transmission of messages to destinations covered by any one
of the organizations will be made from time to time by the representatives of these organizations
meeting in conference.
584

MESSAGES
1242. Messages writing.—-Messages will be legibly written or typed on P. M. Form No. 207.
Officers authorized to use the Police Radio Grid will ensure that only messages pertaining to the subjects
given in Appendix 98 and which cannot be sent by post due to urgency are handed in for transmission to
the Police Radio network. Messages should be sent in duplicate and when addressed to more than one
authority, the number of copies required will be more. Messages shall be brief and in no case should
exceed one hundred words. Secret messages concerning security matters and marked as such are to be
transmitted in cipher and delivered in sealed cover.
No record of cipher messages is to be kept in any Wireless Station. Originals of such messages,
received from originators for onward transmission to out stations, should be returned to them and
acknowledgement taken soon after they are cleared. Similarly, no local record is to be kept of any cipher
messages received from out stations. For delivery of messages, see also Rule 1238(d).
1243. Priorities.—Messages are sent as (1) Crash, (2) Most immediate, (3) Immediate, (4)
Ordinary, ‘Crash’ priority is used only when the recipient has to take immediate executive action to save
human life or to prevent damage to valuable property.
1244. Officers authorised to use Police Radio Grid.—The following are authorised to send
messages on the Police Radio Net Grid provided they relate to the subject specified in Appendix 98:—
(1) All Ministers;

퀀‫ط‬
(2) Chief Secretary to the Government;
(3) Secretary to the Government, Home Department;
(4) Collectors and Divisional Commissioners;
(5) All Police officers of and above the rank of Sub-Inspector;
(6) Central Intelligence Officers, Deputy Central Intelligence Officers and Assistant Central
Intelligence Officers of the Ministry of Home Affairs, Government of India;
(7) Police Prosecuting Officers; and
(8) Other departments authorised under the provision contained in Rule1229 (a)(ii).
In the case of emergency the Inspector-General may authorise officers of other departments to
use the radio grid to clear massages subject to the licence regulations.
1245. Sereening.—Messages of private nature and not of law and order traffic are to be
returned to the originator. Those detected as such after transmission either by ‘monitoring’ or
otherwise shall be put up to Inspector-General for action. Defaulters may be made to make payment of
cost at express telegram rates.
585

1246. Monitoring.—For checking the (a) transmission of unauthorised and non- official
messages over the wireless, (h) indulgence of the operator in personal conversation, (c) breach of
security and non-observance of the prescribed procedure for the channel working, etc. and detecting
unauthorized transmitters central “monitoring stations and check offices“ from Police Radio will be
installed.
1247. Inter-State Police Wireless (I.S.P.W.).—All messages meant for other States have to be
sent through the Inter-State Police Wireless. The message originated by Stations away from
Headquarters will have to pass through the State Wireless Headquarters where a record of such
massages is kept. At Headquarters, these messages will also be transmitted through the State Wireless
Headquarters.
586
..
瘀‫ط‬

CHAPTER 41
ARMOURERS AND TEAR GAS SQUAD
ARMOURERS
1248. (a) Cadre. —The armourers cadre is a closed cadre up to the level of Sub- Inspector.
(b) Functions.—(i) Functions are given in Rule 1106. It must, however, be borne in mind that it is
neither the work nor the duty of the district armourer to clean weapons but only to repair them. Thus, it
must be ensured that all arms are cleaned thoroughly before they are inspected by the District
Armourer.
(ii) The members of armourers cadre will inspect complete arms, including bayonets and
scabbards that are produced for inspection. The armourer must be supplied with a complete list of arms
held in the district.
(iii) All minor repairs to weapons will be carried out by them then and there. Those fit for repair
at Central Arms Stores shall be sent there.
(iv) The Range armourer will on return to Headquarters, submit a report in duplicate to the
Range Deputy Inspector-General on the condition of arms in the district. He will also indicate what arms
are to be inspected by Assistant-Inspector of Arms or Reserve Inspector (see Rule 1096).
(c) Control.--The arrnourers cadre is directly under an officer of the rank of Reserve Inspector.
⠀‫ط‬
He shall work under an Assistant to Inspector-General of Police who shall over all be in charge and shall
frame Rules for the daily work of the armourers cadre which shall include transfer, deputation,
preparation of statements or returns, etc The members of this cadre are posted to range and
district/unit Headquarters as per Rule 1106 under the administrative control and direction of the Range
Deputy Inspector- General and Superintendent concerned.
(d) Selection.—Armourers are selected from armed police in districts and units by Assistant to
Inspector-General and preferably volunteers, having previous knowledge and experience in arms should
be recommended by Superintendents. If suitable persons are not available, recruitment may be made
from among retired army personnel.
(e) Training.—Selected constables shall be put through a preliminary course of training at the
Central Arms Workshop (Rule 1089). At the beginning of each year, the Assistant to Inspector-General
shall take up correspondence for advanced course of training for armourers at the Headquarters of
Eastern Command, Ranchi or at any other army workshop for six months. Similarly specialised training
for higher ranks or promotion courses may be arranged at E.M.E. training centre at Secunderabad
(Hyderabad) and Kamti (Maharastra) or Border Security Force at Tekanpur (Madhya Pradesh) for 3
months. These periods of training may be reduced at the discretion of authorities concerned. The
Deputy Inspector-General (Training) shall also draw a detailed programme of periodical in-service
training courses.
587

(f) Promorionw—For promotion to the rank of Havildar armourer, the Assistant to Inspector-
Genera] shall convene a selection board. For promotion from Havildar to Sub-Inspector and then to
Inspector (armourer), the same rules as given in Chapter 23 for holding a selection board and
preparation of a list of selected officers for promotion shall apply. Those who qualify at the training
centres noted in sub-rule (d) shall be promoted. Those who do not qualify shall have to appear again
before selection boards. After two attempts if a person fails to qualify at the training centre. no further
chance shall be given.
(g) Confidential character roll.—The annual confidential character roll of personnel of armourers
cadre of and above the rank of Havildar shall be initiated by Reserve Inspector(Armourer), reviewed by
Assistant to Inspector-General and accepted by the D.I.G.. With regard to range armourer, the remarks
of Range Deputy Inspector-General shall also be obtained.
TEAR GAS SQUAD
1249. Formation.—Every Bihar Armed Battalion has a tear gas squad attached to the
Headquarters platoon consisting of one Reserve Sub-Inspector, two Havildars, 2 Naiks/Lance Naiks and
l4 constables, including 2 constables which are leave and training reserve. The strength of the squad
should be drawn equally from each platoon and attached to the Headquarters platoon by rotation- The
personnel should be preferably volunteers, and replaced once a quarter by fresh batches drawn in a
瘀‫ط‬
similar manner. This is to ensure that at least every company should have one of its sections fully trained
in the use of tear smoke weapons and ammunitions. Promotions in Tear Gas Squads shall be filled by
selections from the entire unit force according to normal rules of promotion in the armed Battalion and
not confined to members of Tear Gas Squad.
1250. Deployment.—At the time of deputation to district police in a special situation, half
section consisting of one Havildar, one Naik/Lance Naik and 6 constables equipped with tear gas guns
and gas masks either with (i) long range, and short range shells or (ii) Grenades (speed hit and three way
Grenades) shall be deputed.
1251. Operation.—Rules for use of Tear Gas Squad are given in note to Rule 621(h)(1). As far as
possible, each Tear Gas party when in actual operation shall have one supporting armed Police section
so that it may go to its aid whenever required.
1252. Equipments.—(a) Details of equipments, their repair and maintenance, Rules for storage.
use of disinfectants, drill and methods of firing are given in the Tear Gas Manual (Central Government).
Assistance from Police Training School, Phillaur (Punjab) may be obtained for repair, etc.
588
(b) All units should send a statement of requirements in January each year to the Assistant to
Inspector-General indicating the sanctioned quantity of equipments in the proforma given in the Tear
Gas Manual. Assistant to inspector-General shall arrange for purchase and calling of tenders, if
necessary. After receipt of articles, these shall be examined by a committee as laid down in Rule 1094.
1253. Inspection of equipments.-—-Generally, shells and granades become unserviceable after

a period of three years: Condemnation shall be done at Central Arms Stores by a Committee set up
according to Tear Gas Manual. If damage to any equipment is due to carelessness of any one, a report
shall be sent to the Commandant for necessary action.
589
‫ط‬
..

CHAPTER 42
FORENSIC SCIENCE LABORATORY
FUNCTIONS, ETC.
1254. (a) Function.—A Forensic Laboratory has been set up with the object of carrying out
scientific examinations of exhibits in different sections of the laboratory in the Police cases of the State.
A broad division of types of exhibits to be dealt with in each, section is given in Rule 1257 but standing
orders are to be issued by the Director as to the work to be done in each section as one exhibit may
sometimes require to be dealt with in more than one section. However, in case there is any exhibit
which is not covered under these heads. Appendix 78, clause l(b) should be seen as to where it should
be sent.
(b) Police Officers are directed to refer to Appendix 77 for inspection of place of occurrence for
observation of microscopic fragments, debris and other inconspicuous materials. They should also see
Appendix 79 dealing with investigation of some of the important forms of crime as to how these exhibits
provide valuable clues for scientific detection. The method of packing for sending exhibits to forensic
laboratory is given in Appendix 78. In regard to cases of unnatural deaths, special instructions are given
in Rules 2l6-220 and in P.M. Form No. 40 also.
(c) Method of sending exhibits. —Exhibits are preferably sent by Investigating Officers through
judicial Magistrates concerned though there is no ⠀bar
‫ ط‬in sending them through Superintendent or sub-
divisional police officer [see Rule 21 6(a)] also. However, in cases where samples have been collected by
Medical Officers it shall be sent by them direct.
In cases where exhibits are likely to be damaged in transit or delay is likely to cause
deterioration or putrefaction, these should be sent through special messenger at once in the same way
as provided for medical exhibits in Rule 216(b).
(d) Valuable exhibits.--Where articles of very great value have to be examined and the
laboratory examination is likely to damage the articles, concurrence of the District Superintendent of
Police should be obtained before the laboratory tests are undertaken in P.M. Form No. 46. .
(e) Result.—After an examination of exhibit, the result as noted in Rule 2l6(b) shall be furnished
by an Assistant Director under his signature accompanied by countersignature of Director /Deputy
Director in P.M. Form Nos. 215 and 217.
(f) Evidence.—Under Section 293, Cr.P.C., reports given after examination by experts are
admissible, in evidence and they are not required to appear for this in Courts except when specially
required to do so.
590

(g) Training and research. —There should be a Forensic Science Library and a Police Museum
with it which should be useful for training of the personnel working in the laboratory and of
Police/Medical/Judicial officers. The items to be kept in the museum are noted in Rule 1388.
Informations shall be exchanged with institutions and laboratories in India and abroad so that research
may be done in forensic science.
ORGANISATION
1255. Staff.—(a) Technical.—The Director assisted by a Deputy Director is in overall charge of
the laboratory. For each of the sections of the laboratory, an Assistant Director is in charge under whose
supervision the work of the section is conducted by one or more technical units consisting of various
levels of scientific officers. The Serology Section, though included in the Biological Section, should
preferably have a separate Assistant Director with its own section for blood group tests, etc. For
yardsticks of staffing and rules of recruitment, see Appendix 99.
(b) Non-Technical.—For keeping exhibits safely and for collection and dissemination of
important informations concerning them, a liaison officer of the rank of Inspector should be posted.
Under him officers of the rank of Sub-Inspector should be posted, one of whom will be incharge of the
strong room where exhibits, both examined and non-examined, shall be kept properly arranged. These
officers should be on deputation from Criminal Investigation Department and entitled to allowances as
admissible in, that department.
(c) Followers Cadre.—ln this cadre, Class洀IV ‫ ص‬employees like Laboratory hoys. Peons, Packers,
Daftaris, Gas operator, Viscera cutter, animal house keeper, etc. are sanctioned. The Director, Forensic
Science Laboratory shall make their appointments, through the board set up by him. The educational
qualification of candidates should be at least of seventh class pass. They should be of good health.
(d) Ministerial Officers.—This is sanctioned by Government for carrying on work of

establishment.
1256. Security.—Unauthorised entry within the premises of the laboratory is strictly prohibited.
Only constables deputed in full uniform and peons and postmen bringing in Dak and parcel are allowed.
Armed guards, supplied by Patna District Police are posted there.
EXHIBITS
1257. Types.—The following types of exhibits can be examined :—
I. General Chemical examination—
(1) Materials connected with arson cases and explosions [see Appendix 78. clause 1(b)(x)
for dangerous explosives],
591

(2) Petroleum products and inflammable liquids,
(3) Ink. Colour, paint, paper,
(4) Soil, stone, coal and coal tar,
(5) Nylon, plastic, polythene, rubber, etc.,
(6) Chemical fertilizers,
(7) Toilet, medicines and pesticides,
(8) Gold, silver and other metals,
(9) Sub-standard building materials [but for bigger projects see Appendix 78(1)(b)(viii)].
II. Toxicological section
(a) Search for poison in viscera. blood, urine, faeces, vomit, stomach wash, food articles,
cooking utensils, grinding implements, medicines, water, etc.
(b) Drugs of addiction, Narcotics, and hallucinogenic drugs for example Hashish, opiates,
barbiturates, L.S.D.. etc.
(c) Detection of poisonous plant materials

瘀‫ط‬
and drugs and metallic abortifacients in oases of
criminal abortions.
(d) Determination of blood-alcohol level or urine-alcohol level to establish the stage of

intoxication.
III. Biological section—
(1) Blood, saliva, sweat, urine, etc. and their stains,

(2) Bone fragments [for age and sex, see Rule 207(iv)],
(3) Hair,
(4) Biological fluids of animal and plant origins,
(5) Fibres, natural and synthetic, .
(6) Vegetable materials such as wood, leaves, pollens, etc.,
(7) Textiles.
IV. Physics section—
(1) Constituents of any article like cloth, paper, paint, etc,
592

(2) Tool marks, cut ends of copper wire [see Appendix 78(1)(a)(viii)]
(3) restoration of erased writings on any metal, wood or leather.
(4) examination of ordinary paper or burnt paper for previous writing [see Appendix
78(1)(a)(vi)].
(5) seal impressions,
(6) glass fracture [Appendix 77(5)],
(7) Railway and other accidents (Appendix 79),
(8) vehicular accidents, etc.
V. Ballistics section-
(1) Fire-arms or their parts, cartridges, bullets, etc, regular and country-made ' [see
Appendix 78, clause 1(b)].
(2) Wads,
(3) Gun powder and residue analysis,
(4) distance and direction of firing for ordinary arms, etc. from the Injury and
Post-Mortem reports, clothings, etc. of victim.
1258. Rules regarding receipt and disposal퀀‫ ط‬of exhibits/articles sent for examination in the
lab0ratory.—(1) Exhibits and articles should be sent for examination after being packed and sealed in
accordance with Appendix 78 and addressed to Director, Forensic Science Laboratory, Patna.
(2) It will be accompanied with a forwarding letter in prescribed P.M. Forms No. 211 to 214 as
the case may be and forwarded as per Rule 1254(a).
While the Medical Officer is responsible for packing the exhibits in hospital and sending them, it
is necessary that the Investigating Officer/Circle Inspector should maintain liaison with him and it will be
their responsibility to ensure that the exhibits are sent quickly [see Rule 216(b)].
(3) The special messenger on reaching the laboratory will contact the Liaison Officer/Strong
room officer-in-charge and will submit the forwarding letter concerning the article/exhibit and
command certificate to him. The forwarding letters and articles brought by him will be examined by the
Strong room officer-in-charge. lf he finds them correct, he shall issue a receipt to the special messenger
in P.M. Form No. 210 after making entry in the receipt register in presence of Assistant Director which
shall be initialled by him.
593
ln the event of any major defect in these letters/parcels, being found by the Strong room incharge, he
will after obtaining orders of the Deputy Director, return the forwarding letters with advice for
rectification on it through the same messenger.
(4) After receipt of the parcels in the Strong room, the forwarding letters will be sent to the
confidential section by the Strong room incharge and lie will mark the receipt register number on the
parcel. The parcel shall be kept serially in the Strong room. A file shall be opened in confidential section
concerning the case which. will be endorsed by the Director! Deputy Director to the Assistant Director
concerned.
(5) After the examination is completed in the section, the remaining exhibits will be repacked
and sealed and returned to Strong room. At the same time, the concerned Superintendent will be
requested while giving information regarding completion of examination, to depute a special messenger
if it cannot be sent by post or Railway parcel for taking back the exhibit/article along with the report in
P.M. Form No. 216 with a forwarding letter in P.M. Form No. 218. As the space in Forensic Laboratory is
very limited, it is necessary that exhibits which have been examined, must be taken back by the sender
as early as possible.
(6) In case the entire exhibit is consumed during examination, the report will be despatched by
registered post to the sender.
(7) In the normal course, the exhibits/articles will be examined in order of their receipt in the
laboratory. However, the examination of such articles, which are likely to deteriorate due to being kept
瘀‫ط‬
for a long time, can be done out of turn. Under special circumstances, when expeditious submission of
report of examination is urgently required, the Court can make a request to the Director for examination
on priority basis.
1259. Special instructions regarding exhibits/articles for Toxicological examination.—Medical

officers authorized to hold post-mortem examination shall preserve viscera, blood, urine, etc. according
to instructions given in P.M. Form No. 40 and after packing them as per clause 4, Appendix 78 arrange to
send the package as early as possible. Delay causes putrefaction of organic materials with the result that
the minute quantity of poison in them gets, disintegrated. Investigating officers, while sending victims of
suspected poisoning for medical examination shall request for preservation of concerned materials for
further toxicological examination. For sending these exhibits to Forensic Science Laboratory, P.M. Form
Nos. 212, 213 and 214 shall be used. At the same time the Investigating Officer shall send a detailed
note concerning the facts of the case as per Rule 205(b) [see Appendix 79, clause 6(c)].
1260. Articles to be seized by the police, officers from the place of occurrence in cases of
pois0ning.—(a) Vomitted or faecal materials found in dry condition on the floor should be collected by
scraping the floor carefully. If the materials are found on earth these should first be scraped from the
surface of the earth and thereafter the earth of that place should be dug out up to the depth of one inch
and collected separately and both the collected materials should be sent in separate packets.
594

(b) Suspicious medicines found at the scene of occurrence should be securely closed and sent
along with phials but liquid found in tea cups, glass and such other tumblers should be carefully
collected in clean glass and forwarded along with the cup or glass.
(c) Suspected powders, pills, tablets and capsules found at the place of occurrence should be
forwarded along with their original wrappers and labels, etc. See Rule 205(b) also.
1261. Points for guidance of Medical Officers/autopsy surgeons.—(a) The foam/ froth coming
out from the mouth and nose at the time of Post Mortem examination, contents from the stomach,
their smell, the condition of inner diaphgram of the stomach and other internal organs such as lungs,
heart kidney. etc are helpful for search of poison. After noting the details, these should be sent to the
laboratory.
(b) Two oz. or about 57 millilitres of blood taken out from the vascular part or from any other
part of the dead body shall be collected in a clean bottle and sent.
(c) If possible, clean water should be used for washing the stomach of the patient. Thereafter,
Permanganate or other antedotes shall be used. Both the types of washings shall be sent after collection
in separate clean bottles as early as possible and within 24 hours, [see Appendix 78(4) (a) regarding
clues from stomach wash].
(d) If there is suspicion of death on account of poison, the internal organs. at the time of Post
Mortem examination should be kept preserved in separate clean glass jars. The number of glass jars is
described in para 23 of P.M. Form No. 40. ‫ض‬
(e) In some cases of poisoning (for example pentothal, D. D. T., etc.) some quantity of fat should
also be collected from the dead body so that their examiination can be done by experts. Fat should not
be sent with other visceras. The loops of small intestine should be freed from fat.
(f) ln suspicious deaths due to snake bite or abrus needle prick, search should be made for fang
marks on dead body and marks of needle and the flesh of such marks and the muscles after being cut,
should be preserved separately in spirit.
(g) Packing, labelling and despatch of preserved internal organs—See Appendix 78(3)(b) in this
connection.
1262. Instructions for sending biological exhibits/articles.—(a) If stains are found at such a
place where there is no other way to send it except by scraping them, help from experts shall be taken.
(b) In a rape case, wearing apparels specially of the lower pan of the body of victim and accused
should be immediately seized in accordance-with Rule 205 (h). Blood, semen and pieces of hairs can be
found on these apparels which should be sent safely only after drying them [see Appendix 78, clauses 7
to ll. and Rule 219(1)(b)].
595

1263. Instructions for sending article/exhibits concerning physical science.-(a) The end of the
copper wire on which examination for tool marks is required should be left straight and the other free
end should be bent so that it may be known in the laboratory as to which end is to be examined. The
end requiring examination should be sent after wrapping it with cotton so that no harm is caused to this
end. Instructions on the length of wire, etc will be found in Appendix 79 clause (2)(i).
(b) If there is suspicion of the number or name on a cycle, machine radio, watch, etc having
been rubbed, the suspected portion should be sent after packing it safe with cloth. If the marks of
obliterated numbers of a truck or other vehicle are to be checked, its concerned part may be sent after
opening it as far as possible.
(c) Neutron Activation AnaIysis.—The speciality of this analysis is that the constituents of any
substance can be identified even if it is available in very minute quantity. Another advantage is that the
substance is not destroyed during analysis as is the case with other examination. For this purpose, the
Director Forensic Laboratory may send the exhibit to Atomic Energy Establishment, Trombay through
the Central Forensic Science Laboratory.
1264. Instructions for sending articles/exhibits concerning ballistics.—(a) Empty cartridges, etc.
瘀‫ط‬
recovered from the scence of crime should be immediately sealed as noted in Appendix 78, clause 13
and sent to the laboratory without waiting for recovery of the weapon. The laboratory might be able to
link up if similar fired cartridges are being received from other places also and opine if these are fired by
country made or regular firearms. Such cartridges should be preserved in the Forensic Science
Laboratory for ten years, properly indexed to facilitate comparison of these cartridges with other
arms/cartridges if and when necessary.
(b) In the event of finding live or fired cartridges at the place of occurrence, similar live
cartridges (two or three) shall be taken from the owner of the suspected firearm quickly as sample so
that there is convenience in examination in the Forensic Science Laboratory. A detailed description of
the place of occurrence together with a photograph of the suspect with his height noted therein should
also be sent to the laboratory.
(c) In order to decide whether a person has fired a gun or not, it will be better to take swab by
clean surgical cotton wool, soaked in distilled water from both the hands for powder residue test in the
Forensic Science Laboratory where it should be sent in separate polythene envelopes.
596
1265. (a) A list shall be kept of apparatus kept in Forensic Science Laboratory whose annual
verification shall be done by the Director.
(b) Every year, an annual report of the laboratory shall be published in a booklet in which
statistics of exhibits received from different districts shall be given. This report shall be sent to
concerned Superintendents of Police and superior officers so that in case fewer exhibits have been sent
from any district, his attention may be drawn to this.
(c) There should be a joint mobile squad for Forensic Science Laboratory and Finger Print
Bureau which may be sent to the place of occurrence quickly according to necessity.
597
..
⠀‫ط‬

CHAPTER 43
POLICE AUXILIARIES
CIVIL DEFENCE.
1266. Organisation.—The Civil Defence Organization has been set up in the State in accordance
with the provisions of the Civil Defence Act and Rules and Regulations framed thereunder with a view to
educating people and keeping them in a state of preparedness to meet an emergent situation arising
out of external aggression or internal disturbances or calamities like-flood, earthquake, etc. Detailed
instructions have also been given in the said Act for the proper functioning of Civil Defence Services like
Casualty, Rescue and Fire Fighting Services as well as other essential services like water supply,
electricity, etc. in disastrous situations- The District Magistrate (and in some cases Sub-Divisional Officer)
have been designated as “Controller” of Civil Defence.
1267. Duties of Police.—(a). In regard to Civil Defence, the duties of the Police are the same,
both in war as well as in peace with variations only in its magnitude. During “emergencies” the Police
will have to enforce Civil Defence Rules as their contravention in some cases will be cognizable as given
in clause 15 of Appendix 101.
(b) Generally, the Police should act without waiting for instructions to meet some of the specific
situations as noted in Rules 1371-1379.
⠀‫ط‬
1268. Air raids.—While the Rules enumerated above apply with suitable variations to situations
during air raids also, some specific instructions are given below for police officers- :—
(a) Lighting restrictions are to he enforced as soon as air raid signals are given and people are to
be directed to take shelter at appropriate places;
(b) In case of any unexploded bomb, that place should be cordoned and infonnation sent to the
nearest Military Bomb Disposal Squad;
(c) For knowing the identity of enemy aircrafi, if any, Appendix 97 should be seen.
FIRE SERVICE
1269. Functions.—The Fire Stations are primarily intended to fight fires under Section 1(3) of
Bihar Fire Services Act, 1948 within the municipal limits of their Headquarters but part of the equipment
and personnel can be deputed outside such limits provided-
598
(i) the strength is not reduced to an extent that it cannot cope with normal calls till the
party deputed returns;
(ii) the place of deputation is connected by a road where the appliances can reach without
damage;
(iii) the place is generally not more than 24 kms., from the limit of municipal area;
(iv) it is not too late for Fire Service personnel to render help;
(v) facilities exist at the place for obtaining water.
The limit of 24 kms. mentioned in serial (m) above can be relaxed in cases of particularly
dangerous type of fire(s) such as involving oils, chemicals etc., or if it is a fire endangering a large
residential area in the midst of a village or town.
However, the Superintendent of Police or seniormost officer present has been authorised to
exercise discretion in sending the fire fighting unit(s) to any accessible place, provided one unit is always
available at the Headquarters for possible local outbreaks of fire. In case of inaccessible areas, the Gram
Panchayats are responsible for fighting fire and every such organization should maintain the bare
minimum fire fighting equipment like a ladder, some pitchers filled with water and buckets full of sand.
The Panchayat Raj Department should draw up plans to educate the people including the Chief Officers
洀‫ص‬
(Dalpatis) for the necessary care and precaution that should be taken to prevent fire and to fight it when
it occurs. If necessary the fire service personnel may assist in giving them some training.
Under section 17 of the Act, the members of the Fire Service can be employed for any rescue,
salvage or other similar works under the order of any first class Magistrate or any police officer not
below the rank of Deputy Superintendent of Police. All services rendered are free of charge.
1270. Duties of Police.—It is the general responsibility of Police to save life, protect property
and keep order and, therefore, it must assist in extinguishing fire, controlling crowd and traffic and
protecting the rescued property as given in Rule 101, more so, because the Fire Service personnel do not
possess police powers. Where there are subversive elements indulging in burning of public property,
Fire units may be subjected to brickbatting and obstructed on the way to the scene of fire and an armed
party may be deputed for their protection. Section 10 of the Bihar Fire Services Act empowers any Police
Officer of and above the rank of an Assistant Sub-Inspector and or a leading fireman for the purposes of
extinguishing the fire to break into or pull down any premises for passage of any appliances and take
such measures as may be necessary (see Rule 1376 and clause 74 of Appendix 101).
599

1271. Organizational set up.—The Bihar Fire Brigade is a self-contained organization and
consists of few Fire Service Stations. These stations are located at the Headquarters of different districts.
The Fire Stations at Bhagulpur is required to cover Santhal Parganas and similarly other Fire Stations are
also required to cover other districts where there are no such stations. A Fire Service Station consists of
a number of Fire Service units and each unit consisting of one Fire Engine/Trailer Pump, is manned by
one leading Fireman with five Firemen and one driver.
The Standing Fire Advisory Committee of Government of India, has prescribed a scale that there should
be one fire fighting unit for a population of 50,000 persons and reserve limited to the maximum of 20
per cent of the units and the minimum of at least one unit. The leading fireman is of the rank of Havildar
and the fireman and driver are of the rank of constables. The Fire Service Station Officer is of the rank of
Sub-Inspector and Fire Station Sub-Officer is of the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector of Police. To co-
ordinate and to supervise the work of Fire Service Stations, there is a State Fire Officer who is not below
the rank of a Deputy Superintendent of Police. I-le is assisted by an Assistant State Fire Officer who is
not below the rank of an Inspector. The Fire Service Personnel form a closed cadre and it is under the
overall control of the Inspector-General. The operational control and efficiency vests in the District
Superintendent of Police where the Fire Service Station is located who must occasionally check as to
how much time the Fire Service takes in reaching the scene of fire and in controlling it.
1272. Inspections.—The Superintendents may inspect Fire Stations located in their jurisdictions
bringing to the notice of State Fire Officer, any obvious shortcomings and difficulties but a more detailed
inspection on this and on technical matters should be left for the State Fire Officer. It is the paramount
瘀‫ط‬
duty of the Superintendent to see that Fire Service Units and their hoses and appliances, etc, are not
misutilized for any other use such as watering of gardens, etc. even on payment of cost as such uses
lead to wear and tear of equipment and may affect its efficiency in fighting raging fires.
1273. Training.—The officers of Fire Services should be trained in the National Fire Service
College, Nagpur. Police Officers, specially drivers, must be trained in using fire extinguishers attached in
their vehicles and kept in Government Stores.
1274. Under Section 14 of the Bihar Fire Services Act, the Superintendent may require the
occupier of any premises to supply information in regard to the character of the building or other
property and other details regarding water supply, etc. If necessary, large Godowns or Warehouses at
least may be advised to provide fire sprinklers and fire extinguishers and make such other fire fighting
arrangements as are necessary.
1275. Compensation.—Fire fighting requires courage and determination and cowardice is

punishable under Section 8 of Bihar Fire Services Act. However, sometimes, Fire personnel may receive
injuries causing death in course of duty when full compensation shall be paid as given in Rule I198.
600

VILLAGE VOLUNTEER FORCE
1276. Objective.—the strength of Police-Station being limited compared to the large areas
under its jurisdiction, there is need for organizing Village Volunteer Force to fight organized gangs of
criminals. This force is voluntary in character and members patrol the village by turns to supplement the
rural police. To keep the interest of Village Volunteer Force sustained, liberal and suitable rewards with
due publicity should be given whenever good work is done. The Thana Officers should attend periodical
meetings of Block Development Committee to secure the Co-operation of Mukhiyas. Higher Officer must
halt in villages and enthuse the members of Village Volunteer Force.
1277. Organisation.—Under Section 26 of Bihar Panchayat Raj Act, 1947, all able bodied men
between I8 to 30 years of age are to be compulsorily enrolled as members in the Village Volunteer Force
under a dalpati for purposes of patrolling and other functions as given in the Act [see clause 80 (h) of
Appendix 101]. The State Organiser of Village Volunteer Force shall arrange to give training courses to
Dalpatis and members of Village Volunteer Force.
1278. Anti-Dacoity Scheme.—The Thana Officers should take interest in training Village
Volunteer Force for resisting armed dacoits. There should be flexibility in the scheme to suit the type of
house attacked. The method of alarm most common would be by means of drums or beating a readily
available thali (metal plate). The Villagers should be taught the use of cover available in the locality such
as over roofs, behind sharp bends in the village lane, behind walls and ditches, etc. for hitting with
brickbats and bows and arrows. Bullock carts can be turned to block the roads, isolated haystacks can be
瘀‫ ط‬it does not spread due to direction of wind. Poles
lighted for illuminating the scene, taking due care that
and ropes can be used across the lanes and roads to trip retreating criminals. Villagers should be taught
to avoid the line of fire though they should also be taught that there are limitations in accurate firing at
night. An easy method would be to send parties immediately to neighbouring villages who can lie in
ambush in the line of retreat to make a surprise attack or follow the gang from a distance till day break
so as to know the direction of retreat. The Volunteer Force should rehearse their schemes and become
familiar with what they would be required to do in time of need. Quarterly statement of Village defence
Forces functioning in a P.S. area should be submitted to the S. D. P.O., through proper channel.
1279. Arms.—at the outset, the thana officer should select vulnerable areas where gun lincece
holders and Home guards can form a nucleus for the Village Volunteer Force and arras and ammunition
at subsidized rates can be given to them from Bihar State rifle Association for training as well as from
monghyr Gun Factory from among confiscated stock for use against dacoits. Licensees not likely to be
useful due to old age should be persuaded to have other suitable members of the Volunteer Force as
“retainers’ of their fire-arms.
1280. Privileges;-The Bihar Panchayat Raj Act vests in every member of the Village Volunteer
Force certain powers and privileges and they exercise the powers of police officers and are public
servants also under Section 21 of Indian Penal Code at the time of their duties.
601

Apart from this, they exercise the rights and powers conferred on a private citizen under Sections 96 to
101 , 103, 104 and 106 of I.P.C.
HOME GUARDS
1281. Function.—The Home Guard is a voluntary body, composed of able bodied persons of all
classes, i.e. cultivators, professionals, businessmen or Government employees. Only Police personnel
and members of Territorial Force are not eligible to join this organisation. lt is entirely civilian in
character but trained like Police. Whenever resources of Police Force on a special occasion or
emergency are exhausted, home guards are called up to supplement the ordinary police and other
government bodies in different parts of the State by doing such duties as static guards, escort, etc. so
that police are able to carry out their statutory responsibilities of maintaining law and order. However,
on urgent occasions such as election, anti-crime drive, they can be utilized independently. They may also
preferably be mixed up in suitable numbers in a platoon or section of policemen.
The Home Guards have a technical corps also which is occasionally utilized during strikes to run
the essential services, public utility undertaking, etc.
There are two branches in Home Guards, i.e., rural and urban and recruitment is made
separately for each of them.
In the provisions of the Bihar Home Guards 瘀‫ ط‬Act, 1947 and Rules framed in 1953, details of
qualifications and physical measurements for enrolment (Rule 4), length of periods of training and
curriculum (Rule ll), duties (rule l3), allowances (Rule 14), etc. are generally given. Generally speaking,
training is given in (i) elementary squad drill, (ii) musketry course, (m) first aid and nursing, (iv) Civil
Defence Services like fire fighting and rescue; operations, etc. but for ladies wing, greater stress is given
on first aid and also running telephone exchanges, control rooms and other social types of services. For
advanced training at National Defence College, see Rule 1372.
1282. 0rg:urization.—the volunteers are on the roll for four years (including the period of
training) during which period they are liable to be called up for a temporary period unless they are re-
enrolled, provided they are within the age limits and have been found honest in their duties. During this
period, they carry on their normal work and are expected to take interest in community life of the
village and to give help in training its Village Volunteer Force (Rule 1277). The District Magistrate is
authorized to call up 100 Home Guards for l5 days only on a requisition from district Police or other
departments subject to availability of funds so that daily allowances could be paid to them immediately.
For a period more than this, the State Government have to be approached through Commandant-
General’s office. In a district the Superintendent of Police is required to keep a strict watch on timely
payment of allowances to Home Guards and on Accounts matters and on the difficulties of their messing
arrangements and their accommodation. He has the same powers to award minor punishments and give
rewards as he has on Bihar Armed Police on deputation [see Rule 1229 (b)].
602

1283. Staff.—Eor its State Headquarters at Patna, a permanent paid staff is sanctioned
comprising of a Commandant-Genera], Home Guards and Commandants besides regional and district
Commandants and other subordinate ranks incharge of platoons, companies and sections. The executive
staff is a closed cadre up to the rank of Company Commanders (equivalent to Inspectors). If suitable
Company Commanders are available, they should be given preference for promotion to the rank of
district Commandants of Home Guards instead of making recruitments from open market. The
ministerial cadre at State Headquarters is a joint cadre with Inspector-General's office (Chapter 27).
Though the appointing authority for a Home Guard is the District Magistrate, primarily for
keeping, its character civilian, the appointing authority of other ranks above him and the disciplinary
authority of all ranks shall be the same as the corresponding rank of district Police unless expressly
otherwise stated.
From among volunteers on the roll, Honorary Platoon/Company Commanders are appointed
depending on the strength of Home Guards, trained or discharged in a village or group of villages. They
act as “liaison officers” for calling up Home Guards in far flung areas also.
Suitable honorarium is given to them in deserving cases

1284. Miscellaneous.—While on duly or training, the Home Guards are to be supplied with free uniform
through Central clothing store as per Rule 1068 and are entitled to exercise all the powers of a Police
Officer (see clause 76 of Appendix 101). This organization may provide a good recruititing ground for the
armed and unarmed police. With adequate publicity, it is possible to attract deserving people to this
organization
⠀‫ط‬
603
..

CHAPTER 44
MISCELLANEOUS POLICE FORCE.
WOMEN POLICE
1285. Rank.—Women Police consists of three ranks, namely, Sub-Inspector, Assistant Sub-
Inspector and constable. Women may also be appointed in higher ranks and other branches of the
general Police force.
1286. Uniform.—The uniforms of Sub-Inspectress and of the officers above that rank shall be
like those of male officers of corresponding rank. The officers of the ranks from constable to Assistant
Sub-Inspectress shall be given for their daily work, a white Sari with 1.25 cms, blue piping, blouse of blue
colour and sandals of black leather which shall be of low heel. For winter a warm full sleeve, sweater of
sky blue colour shall be given. Apart from this, the badges indicating the rank in police shall be used.
Ordinarily, caps shall not be required. Only when it is required to attend parade, etc. blue beret caps, as
given in Appendix 65, shall be worn.
1287. Recruitment.—(a) Direct recruitment in non-Gazetted rank shall he done in the ranks of
constables and Sub-inspectors only.
(b) The procedure of recruitment in Gazetted or non-Gazetted ranks of women police will be the
same as given in Chapter 20 but there shall be no tests of running or rope-climbing, etc. as prescribed
for male police. Admissible relaxations in height and upper age-limit for members of scheduled castes
and tribes shall also apply to women police. The women
瘀‫ط‬
recruits should be physically fit and of a good
personality.
1288. Promotion, transfer, etc.—The rules for promotion (Chapter 23), transfer, leave and
retirement (Chapter 24), award of punishment {Chapter 25), and rewards (Chapter 26), etc. shall be the
same as those for male police unless expressly stated otherwise. For example, women police shall be
eligible for maternity leave also as given in Rule 220 of Bihar Service Code.
1289. Training of women police.—The training for Sub-Inspectress may consist of elementary
drill and handling of light weapons, batons and lathis specially to deal with riotous women and children,
intensive training in child psychology, self defence, first aid and rescue work, etc. Some aspects of police
work like police portrait system, Finger prints, Plan drawing, Foot prints and Criminal laws,
Miscellaneous Acts, Indian Motor Vehicles Act and Rules, Medical jurisprudence, circular orders, etc.
should also be included in the syllabus.
1290. Duties.—Women police should not be substituted for male police but they should be
employed on duties which they alone could perform more effectively and with greater advantage than
male police. While doing this, the administrative officers should consider sympathetically individual
difficulties of women police so that they can be deputed specially at such places where they can carry
out their duties conveniently.
Normally, women police are utilized for following works :—
604
(1) escorting of female prisoners to and from Court, jail, hospital, remand homes, etc. or to
accompany their escorts or for guarding them in police Hajat as per Rule 239 or in
hospital;
(2) duties in connection with women and children reported missing, found homeless or
involved in kidnapping cases or victims of sexual offences or found in immoral
surroundings;
(3) helping police men in any investigation involving search of a residence or person of a
female or a child, their interrogation, execution of warrant against them or in any
matter concerning females generally;
(4) performing duties at bathing ghats, Railway Stations or religious places on religious
occasions;
(5) watch duty on female suspects both political and criminal;
(6) any miscellaneous duty according to ability.
TRAFFIC POLICE
ENFORCEMENT
1291. (a) PersonneI— Trafiic Police is sanctioned

瘀‫ط‬ separately as a part of district police which
depends on the work load. The personnel required for traffic duty would be for—
(i) supervision;
(ii) patrolling;
(iii) parking;
(iv) places of public entertainment;
(v) point duty; and
(vi) investigation.
In addition, important districts should have flying squads with facility for quick transport for
checking over-speeding, etc. Such squads should be equipped with Police Radio, stop watches, cameras,
portable weighbridges, etc.
1292. Strength.—A careful survey of traffic during peak hours should be made in every district
to determine requirement on the principle that no one should do traffic duty for longer than six hours a
day and that the work should be organised also in two hourly shifts as six hours is too long a period fur
one to be continuously on such duty.
605

An officer of the rank of Assistant/Deputy Superintendent who should be Traffic minded should
also be provided in important towns like Patna who shall be overall incharge of traffic in addition to his
other duties.
1293. Traffic Control Room.—On special occasions or even otherwise depending on staff
available. a stand-by force with a senior officer-in-charge should be posted round the clock in shifts in
Control Room to deal with Traffic problems.
1294. Training.—Training in traffic should be imparted to all constables initially in Constables

Training School and a note in Service Book should be appended by the head of the Training Institution
about those who appear in his view likely to become efficient Traffic Policemen.
Later, at each district Headquarters, Constables and Havildars on being posted to Traffic duty
shall be given refresher training for a week on rules given in Appendix 9 for regulation of traffic and also
on Courteous but firm behavior towards public, assistance to pedestrians in using the road etc. They
shall be given elementary knowledge of Motor Vehicles Act and Rules as given in clause 35 of Appendix
101, the Municipal Bye-laws, relevant sections of Police Act (Appendix 1) and local orders relating to
public thoroughfares. Officers of and above the rank of Assistant Sub-Inspector shall be given training on
above subjects also but the training on law shall be more intensive than those for Constables Havildars.
Advance training shall be given at Traffic Institute, Bombay or Traffic Training School, Calcutta ordinarily
for 4 months for officers above the rank of constables and 1‘/1 months for constables. The subjects
generally shall be evolution of Traffic problem and its analysis, vehicle registration, long range traffic,
aspects of traffic engineering, the need for police participation in planning, traffic research and accident
research, Police Traffic supervision, Traffic laws, propaganda and juvenile education and safety schemes
瘀‫ط‬
and motor mechanism etc. (see Appendix 88 also).
1295. Posting.— After a course of intensified training, those in traffic branch should be allowed
to remain for a period of 5 to 7 years provided they continue to be willing and efficient. If necessary,
Assistant Sub-Inspectors/Sub-Inspectors may be posted in another district of the same range after the
prescribed period. Traffic staff of and below the rank of Sub-Inspector may be attached to Police-
stations close to their places of duty where they should give their hours of departure and arrival in the
station diary. Cycles or motor transport may be arranged for reaching Havildars/Constables to their
posts.
1296. Uniform.—The uniform of Traffic Police is given in Appendix 65.
N. B.—See also Rule I061 (h) for use of umbrella for Traffic Constables.
1297. Personal Diaries, etc.—Traffic Sub-Inspectors/Assistant Sub-Inspectors shall write

personal diary in P. M. Form No. 5. Traffic Havildars and Constables shall also give a daily report of work
done to Traffic Sub-Inspector in charge and must carry a note book [Rule 89(e)] which must be
scrutinized by traffic in charge. A daily roster of duty performed by different staff in P. M. Form No. l5-A
shall also be maintained by him.
606

1298. Traffic Police-Station.— Specially trained and selected officers should be deputed for
investigation of serious accident cases. In bigger cities, a Central Traffic Police Station shall be set up
only for investigation of accident cases and controlling Traffic in the town.
1299. Prosecution reports.—(a) At first a notice under Section 88 M.V. Act, 1939 shall be issued
to the registered owner of a vehicle against whom there is a charge of violation of Traffic rule in the
prescribed form for obtaining the particulars of the driver and his explanation. The Traffic inspector
should be able to distinguish between bona fide mistake and deliberate violations and shall observe the
instructions laid down from time to time as regards the procedure of instituting prosecutions for Traffic
Offences (See P.M. Form No. 219 also).
(b) The prosecution reports shall be written in triplicate (Schedule 47, Form No. I73) and sent to
Court after being sanctioned by the Superintendent or Sub-Divisional Police Officer, if any.
A register in P.M. Form No. 28 shall be kept in offices concerned for keeping track over these
reports. While instituting prosecutions under Section 115/ 116 M. V. Act, I939 the provisions of Section
I31 of the said Act should be strictly complied with.
(c) Spot notice cases.-This shall only be @

issued in parking offences in such areas as may be
prescribed from time to time by the Superintendent. The notice shall be prepared in triplicate and in
case of an abandoned vehicle, it shall be kept inside. The second copy shall be sent to Traffic incharge
and the third copy shall be kept with the officer who institutes the case. The notice shall contain a
direction to the offender to appear before the Superintendent. The latter or such other officer
nominated by him shall exercise his discretion in instituting prosecution after taking into consideration
the previous driving record of the offender.
ENGINEERING
1300. Traffic control does not mean only point duty, control of traffic at intersections and the
arrangements for parking and circulation at places of meetings or public resort. It also requires proper
lighting to reduce risk to life due to accident, widening of roads, putting up of traffic signs, traffic islands,
traffic round abouts and maximum exploitation of available land after gauging the requirement of
communications and the need for planned segregation and zoning, etc.
607

The Superintendent shall be associated with all planning of new colonies or development of existing
ones. In the district co-ordination committee meetings, the district Magistrate, superintendent of Police
and local officers of different departments shall find out ways and means for improvement and easy
flow of traffic.
EDUCATION
1301. Sustained work to educate people how to use the public roads is also required.
Audiovisual lectures shall be delivered in educational institutions for educating the youth and children.
An officer who has experience in publicity techniques may be posted in important towns.
POLICE HOSPITAL AND MEDICAL ATTENDANCE
I302. Medical attendance Rules. — The conditions of medical attendance and treatment of
Indian Police Service Officers are regulated by the All India Service (Medical Attendance) Rules, 1954.
For State Government employees, see “Compilation of Medical Attendance Rules and Orders” published
by Health Department.
1303. Free treatment. — While police and ministerial officers are entitled to free indoor and
outdoor treatment as noted in Rule 1046 in the 瘀 ‫ط‬
State and even outside on reciprocal basis in Police
Hospital, their families are entitled to outdoor treatment only at any Police Hospital inside the State.
Due to limitation in number of beds and staff, etc. Inspector-General may make suitable distribution of
personnel to different Police Hospitals in any district Headquarters located there irrespective of the fact
as to which unit a particular personnel might belong. As Police Hospital is located at district
Headquarters alone and police are deployed extensively in rural areas, they are also eligible in the
capacity of Government servants to all facilities of free indoor and outdoor treatment for themselves
and their families at any Government Hospital, or in case of its being not available, in rural dispensaries
of local bodies, and in case of this also not being available, in Military hospitals where the State
Government have arranged this by prior arrangement on reciprocal basis to extend the same facility to
Military personnel at Government hospital/dispensary in case of no Military Hospital being available.
N.B. — For purposes of medical concession at hospital, the terms “parents” and “grand
parents” should be treated as coming within the meaning of the term “family” provided they are
entirely dependent on the Government servant concerned.
608

1304. Classification of Government ‘Servants for attendance by Medical 0fficers.—Every
Government servant is entitled to receive the personal attendance of a Medical Officer at his residence
if he is physically not in a state of health to undertake a, journey or it no accommodation is available in
the Hospital. Government officers have been classified according to their pay scales for purposes of
attendance by the Civil Surgeon or Assistant Surgeon or by the doctors of dispensaries of local bodies if
no Government doctor is available. The Government may sanction the payment of a reasonable fee of a
private medical practitioner who has been called in emergency owing to no Government Medical Officer
being available at the time or place. Government servants being treated at their residence are also
entitled to the free supply of medicines.
This concession does not, imply to families of Government servants for attendance on whom
fees may be prescribed by Government.
1305. Specialist treatment.—A special free ward of I2 beds has been provided for Policemen in
ltki T.B. Sanitorium. Rama Krishna Mission T. B. Sanitorium, Ranchi is also recognized for purposes of
medical treatment in Bihar and in order that there is no break in services as result of leave without pay
during prolonged treatment, extraordinary leave without pay up to I2 months has been permitted in
addition to earned leave and leave on medical certificate. Similar facilities are provided for treatment in
Pasteur Institute [see Rule 784 (h) (i)].
Travelling allowance is also admissible for going outside the State for treatment (See Rule 769).
1306. Medical treatment of officers injured in the execution of their duties.- All Government
퀀‫ط‬
servants shall get free treatment including the cost of special medicines, nursing and diet if they are
attached and injured in the execution of their duty.
1307. Medical treatment of personal servants, etc.—Personal servants of officers and

contingent menials are not entitled to free indoor treatment in the Police Hospital but the servants and
menials of the Police Hospital and Syces of Mounted Armed Police may be treated free of charge.
1308. Prevention against tropical diseases like Malaria and other diseases.— In order to
protect the members of the force living in barracks from malaria, pox, plague, etc, adequate measures
shall be adopted as advised by the Public, Health Department from time to time which shall be
published in the Police Gazette. Inspecting officers must see that all mosquito nets in barracks are tied
over the beds, and tucked in under the mattresses in the afternoon before dusk, for vaccination, see
Rule 1342(a).
1309. Responsibility of superior Police Officers.-The tendency sometimes among superior

officers, not to worry much about the health of the force is objectionable.
609

It is specially enjoined upon every rank that they should find time to look after the health of the force.
The medical history sheet kept as per Rule 796(e) shall be seen to ensure if periodical check up required
of any individual is being done or not. Nothing raises the morale of the force so much than a visit to
Police Hospital to see the condition of patients personally [see Rule 623(j)]. lt provides an opportunity
for superior officers to scrutinize if all personnel whose names are. in the Hospital Register [Rule 1046
(c)] are present or not as also to see if there is any difficulty in efficiently running the hospital and
whether the constables selected by him for training as “Dressers” or as “Nursing Orderlies” have
developed proper aptitude for it.
1310. Police Doctor.—The Police Doctor is incharge of the Police Hospital and responsible for all
stores and equipment. He is also the Medical Officer for the entire force of the district. From time to
time, he will visit the Police Establishments and officers-in-charge shall give him all necessary co-
operation and also carry out the directions given by him. See Rules 789 (leave), 854(b) (Punishment),
924 (Confidential Character Roll), 956 (Medical Stores) and 958 (Duties of Diet Sarkar).
1311. Transfer: annual confidential remarks, etc.—
(l) Services of Medical Officers will be placed under the disposal of Inspector- General of State
Police force keeping in view the number of posts for appointment on sanctioned posts of
Medical Officers in police hospitals.
(2) Every Medical Officer will be deputed for three years.
(3) Posting of Medical Officers in police, hospitals will be done under the orders of Inspector-
General. 瘀‫ط‬
(4) Annual confidential remarks on the works of Medical Officers posted in police hospitals will be
given by the Superintendents of Police, Armed Police Commandants, Principal, Police Training
College, Hazaribagh, and Principal, Constables Training School, Nathnagar and sent to the Civil
Surgeon of the district concerned.
(5) Leave up to one month without substitute may be granted or may not be granted by
Superintendent of Police/Commandant Principal, P.T.C., Hazaribagh and Principal, C. T. S.,
Nathnagar.
(6) Casual leave shall also be granted or not granted by Superintendent of Police/Commandant
/Principal, P.T.C., Hazaribagh and Principal, C.T.S., Nathnagar.
Since, the Police Doctor is a technical person, he shall be treated more as a colleague than a subordinate
by the Superintendent and the same type of relation as exists with the magistracy (Chapter 3) shall be
maintained.
[See Bihar Government (Health Department) Memo. No. 188/EHO GITO dated 22nd March, 1975 to
Inspector-General/Director-General Police, Patna].
610

1312. Motor Ambulances.—Motor Ambulance available in Police Reserve Headquarters
Transport are for use free of charge for transport of sick police personnel from and to Hospital.
RIVER-POLICE.
1313. Function.—Mishaps with boats causing loss of many human lives at the time of flood or
even during lean months of the year due to strong wind or overloading, particularly during fairs or
religious gatherings at the banks occur in several parts of this State. It is necessary that at least one
section of police force under a Sub-inspector/ Assistant Sub-Inspector consisting of expert swimmers
with life buoys, big nets, etc. should be available in Police lines. Such a force, apart from being kept in
readiness to meet any eventuality [for example as given in Rule 1378 (flood)] can also do occasional
patrolling on Motor launch or hired boats for the following purposes:—
(1) To see that boats plying are properly licensed and not overloaded or charging excess
fare [clause 86(c) of Appendix l0l] and that the full complement of the crew is carried
and that naked lights are not used alongwith inflammable materials loaded on it except
when fire is confined to iron caboose for cooking (see Section 285, Indian Penal Code).
(2) To report the finding of any auspicious corpse or carcass floating in the river.
(3) As a preventive measure against boat dacoity or other crimes.
(4) ‫ط‬
To keep a record of danger spots in⠀rivers and its banks and to take such steps as may be
possible to publicise or guard these at the time of melas and also render assistance as
per Rule I3 I 4(b).
(5) To maintain order at important river banks on the occasion of festivals like Vijya Dashmi,
Chhat, etc.
(6) To give training to other members of the force specially at Police-Stations in the above
work according to their ability
As the force should comprise of strong and healthy Youngman, posting to this branch may be
limited to six years in the beginning of their career in Police Department.
1314. River Police Districts.—(a) It may be useful to create one or more River Police-Stations
(either floating or fixed) on the pattern of Railway Police-Stations either for law and order or
investigation or both in which the banks and shores within 10 yards of the edge of the permanent bank
on either side are included.
Till such police-stations are created, the powers of police on river duty in Rule 1313 are limited
to recording of Fardbeyans of offences reported to them within the limits of river banks on either side
and taking preliminary steps until the arrival of District Police.
611

For this purpose, the jurisdiction of Police-Stations on both sides of the river banks are
determined by the main channel of the river in its middle course at the time of occurrence unless
otherwise stated.
However, as noted for Railway Police in Rule 484 it shall he the duty of the Thana Officer, first
receiving the Fardbeyan, to register the First Information Report pending determination of jurisdiction
and send the information to the police-station in whose jurisdiction the case falls.
(b) When any accident on the river boat or Diara land or riot on alluvian land is reported or
some boat is in distress, the District Police or River Police Officer who first gets the information should
proceed at once to the scene and render all possible assistance sending information by quickest means
to the Police-Station having jurisdiction.
612
瘀‫ط‬
..

CHAPTER 45
SPECIAL DUTIES OF POLICE
GOONDAISM
1315. (a) The list of Goondas shall be kept in the District Crime Bureau and at police-stations in a
Goonda register in RM. Form No. 220. An alphabetical index of names shall also be kept.
Recommendations for entry in the Goonda register will be submitted to the Superintendent while
forwarding final report, brief, final memo or independent proposals in cases in which the rowdies have
been found indulging in acts of Goodaism although they have not attracted any provision of law.
(b) While examining whether a name should be entered in the Goonda register or not, it should
be remembered that opinion howsoever overwhelming is not evidence. Tangible recorded evidence like
entries in the Station Diary, Case diaries, Crime Directory, Part III, confidential reports should form the
basis of Superintendent's orders for entry in the Goonda register. For purposes of corroboration, the
Superintendent will invite lists of Goondas with materials against them from the local Intelligence
Branch and Crime Branch officers in the months of January and July every year.
(c) At that time, the records should also be examined for elimination of inactive Goondas. The
Superintendent should scrutinize past records and obtain recommendations from the Police officers
under him or preferably make an at-the-spot scrutiny of relevant entries during inspectional visits to
police-stations, making simultaneous enquiries about the general reputation of the persons concerned.
漀‫ص‬
1316. (a) The classification of Goondas according to modus operandi shall be done in the
following categories:—
(1) Alcoholics. --Drunkenness often leads to goondaism and many of the roughs cluster round
liquor and toddy shops. Jay walkers, shouters, abusive and garrulous persons are a constant source of
irritation and are breakers of the peace.
(2) Black-mailers. —Many of the raffians thrive on hush money, extorted under threat of
exposure, embarrassment or inconvenience. Demands are often pressed by granting protection of life
and property.
(3) Bootleggers.-—Ganja-smugglers, illicit distillers, etc. should be included in this category.

Hooligans often attach themselves to these contraband traders to protect their interests. They are
equipped with unlicensed firearms and being usually trigger-happy often endanger peace and
tranquillity.
(4) Eve-teasers. — This category will include road-side Romeos, whistlers, telephone-callers,
exhibitionists, etc. They are a growing menace in our towns and there have been a number of
cases of acid throwing indicating the magnitude of the problem.
613

(5) Black-marketeers. —Generally the food-shortage exploiters find it necessary to use
goonda elements for safety of their concealed and boarded storks. Black-marketing in Cinema
tickets is another form of vice with which Goondas are found associated. This racket even
involves teenagers who have become delinquents.
(6) Rioters.- Lathials, wrestlers, professional attackers, debtrealizers, gang- keepers will be
included in this category. Some professionals or hm ling may also be engaged for terror
campaign, for spreading panic, for demonstrations and processions. Persons having a history
of participating in riots, attacks and affrays and those who have been run down under Sections I
10 and 107, Cr. P.C. repeatedly must be included in this category. Village lathials who enforce
civil rights on receipt of bribe or support in one form or the other will come under this
category. Also include Iathials employed or affiliated to labour groups in the industrial belts.
(7) Litigants. — Although they may not be physically participating in Goondaism, they
promote it by patronage. Professional bailors of criminals, workers for goondas and financers
will come under this category.
(8) Saboteurs.—Also include incendiaries or arsonists.
(9) Communalists.— lnclude all communal instigators who fan or foment communal
passions, active members of communal organisations and embittered refugees from other
places, priests, maulvis, and mendicants, who preach hatred and fanaticism and thus create
communal disharmony. Even leaders and influential persons of various communities, whose
瘀‫ط‬
influence is communal and not general, should be considered for inclusion.
(10) Student provocateurs. —lnclude outsiders or students who instigate students for some
ulterior motive and create dangerous situation.
(11) Traffickers in women and girls. —Goonda elements and lathi happy ruffians often
attach themselves to women of ill-fame, exploiting victims of this immoral institution. Often
young persons are decoyed to the quarters of prostitutes and are robbed of their valuables.
Professional kidnappers, procurers, tours, brothel keepers. —They often indulge in acts of high-
handedness and disturb peace of the locality.
(12) Gamblers. —Gambling dens promote goondaism. Even way side Tintasia- wallas have
their ruffians in readiness to terrorise and rob innocent victims.
(13) Extortionists. — Also include those who extort money from devotees and visitors to
temples by rough and questionable tactics.
614

(14) Hooligans on trains and buses. —lnclude ticketless travellers, alarm chain pullers,
missile- throwers, etc.
(b) The thana officers will maintain besides a Goonda register. a personal file for each registered
Goonda of great notoriety in the same way as a dossier is maintained. The Superintendent while passing
the orders for registration of the Goondas will closely indicate whether a personal file should be opened.
All records pertaining to Goondas shall be marked as confidential.
PREVENTIVE ACTION
1317. (a) The following sections are generally applicable :—
Cr.P.C. — 41(2), 107, 110(g), 116, 144, 145 and 151.
l.P.C.—160, 234, 295, 341, 354, 384 to 387, 447,506, 506-B (Criminal intimidation), and 509.
Police Act—Section 34, Cl. 6.
Excise Act, Opium Act, Suppression of immoral Traffic in Women and Girls ' Act, etc. -
(b) Patrols should be organised both in uniform and in plain clothes in the affected pockets.
Particular care should be taken with regard to girls schools and colleges (at least during hours of going to
瘀‫ط‬
and coming from there), places of entertainment, bus stands, steamrrghats, railway stations and other
public places which generally attract such Goondas. Sometimes such places should be visited by both
male and female Police officers in twos to obtain all information. In case of juvenile delinquents, see
Rule 1318 (b) also.
(c) A large number of complaints at police-stations are non-cognizable in nature. But even then
prompt enquiries may be made for taking preventive actions. In important cases, Court’s permission
may be taken for regular investigations under Section 155, Cr.P.C.
STUDENT UNREST
1318. (a) Police officers should endeavour to keep lists of young persons who are likely to be
turbulent. Intelligence regarding students unions must also be kept. It is only after this is done that
effective measures can be taken to tackle them.
615

(b) Police officers should take the help of Juvenile Aid Bureau (Appendix 82) for organising Boys’
clubs, hobby centres, etc. and for holding rallies. They should be in touch with guardians and stimulate
thought and discussions. The available resources for the welfare of the community should be carefully
utilized. It is absolutely necessary that the guardians should be taken into confidence and they should be
requested from time to time that they should keep control on their children and take help in this regard
from Juvenile Aid Bureau.
(c) To establish sympathetic understanding with Police, young girls should be educated against
road accidents by Cinema slides, etc, (see Rule 1301). Occasional lectures on prevention of crime and
some other topics may be arranged as extracurricular items. Playing games with students or even doing
the job of a referee may go a long way in improving relations with the police.
1319. Student agitation and indiscipline should be dealt with keeping in view the nature and
circumstances of each case. The points listed in the following paragraph are a few items of general
application. Rules regarding sending of special reports in connection with incidents involving students
are given in Appendix 3.
1320. Points for action.—(i) Collection of intelligence through the local police regarding nature
of the impending agitation, the names of the instigators and ring leaders, the extent or scope of the
agitation and the direct or indirect causes of the same.
(ii) A general scheme to meet cases of student demonstration, etc. should be prepared and
approved by the Inspector-General. This should provide for taking help from National Cadet Corps and
瘀‫ط‬
other similar organizations. Apart from this, pickets and patrols should he provided in the residential
quarters of the Vice-Chancellor, Registrar and Senior Professors.
(iii) Police officers dealing witl1 students demonstration should follow the code of conduct given
in Rule 1350. While firm action is necessary, a sympathetic understanding of the problem is also
essential (See Rule I350).
(iv)Vigorous precautionary measures should be taken to safeguard life and property and if the
agitation shows any sign of taking a violent turn, armed patrols should be provided to cover vulnerable
points and installations. A request should be made to close the educational institutions.
(v) Adequate armed striking reserve with tear gas squads capable of dealing with large and
voilent crowds should be kept in readiness at a nearby police post. See Rule 1337 (b) also.
(vi) A careful watch should be kept over the activities of goondas and known bad characters and
there should be no hesitation in dealing with them as given in Rule 1317.
(vii) The Police should come into the picture only if student unrest may become a law and order
problem. However, if any help is required by the school or college authorities, that should be readily
extended after due examination.
616

(viii) Generally speaking, police should go into the college or University campus only on being so
requested by the concerned authorities of the institution. Where reports of cognizable offences being
committed in educational institution are received, police should show no hesitation in entering campus
and taking action as per laws.
1321. Investigation of cases.—(i) If arrests are to be made, these should be made with due care
and caution so that there is no unnecessary fuss. Warrants of arrests and processes for attachment may
be sent to home police stations for execution.
(ii) If test identification parade of boy students is to be done by girl students, this can be done
with photographs also (see Appendix 22).
(iii) It would not be proper to summon or take young students to the police-station for questioning
either as a witness or as a delinquent. They can be contacted at homes or at school, etc.
1322. Miscellaneous.-Whenever a “student” situation is to be met, it should be tackled by the

senior most officer at the post and as far as possible the counsel of the Superintendent or the Sub-
Divisional Police Officer must be sought. The co-operation of the students‘union and the authorities of
the institution concerned is essential. It should be understood that the college/university authorities can
only state the case from their own experience. Therefore, the manner of tackling the situation will
necessarily be decided by the police officers, in consultation with the Magistrates. It would be
advantageous to have an experienced member of the college/university staff to act as a liaison officer so
that he would contact the law and order authorities, as necessary. An officer of the N. C, C. would be
⠀‫ط‬
eminently suitable for this work. Such provision is required only in the bigger educational institutions
and not in the smaller institutions.
ELECTION
1323. Important duties and responsibilities of Police under Representation of the Peoples Act,
I951 and Indian Penal Code are given in Rule 712 and Rule 23 of Bihar Government Servant Conduct
Rules.
I324. Government servants are entitled to get leave for tendering vote but under the provision
of Rule 6(4) of Bihar Government servant conduct rules, he must not give any indication of the party for
whom he has voted and not express his view on the possibility of success or failure of any party or
person.
1325. For elections to Parliament/State legislatures, the police arrangements shall ordinarily
provide for three types of police arrangements, viz. (i) controlling entrance and exit at voting centres,
maintenance of peace and safety of ballot boxes there till these are not taken to police-stations or sub-
divisional Headquarters by Police force deputed for it, (ii) patrolling arrangements for safety of voters at
the time of coming to and going from voting centres, (m) keeping reserve force for facing serious
situations. Collection of ballot boxes safely and handing them over to responsible officers are generally
the work of Police.
617
1326. The arrangements for election made in Rule 1325 shall apply mutatis mutandis to other
elections as well, for example to the local bodies.
1327. On each election, special orders should be prepared by the Superintendent with the
approval of the Inspector-General, if necessary, indicating police deployments and the general duties to
be performed by them.
The Superintendent shall acquaint his subordinates of orders approved by Government

concerning dirty slogans, misuse of loud-speakers, movement with arms. restrictions in special areas
and duties of additional police, creating rowdyism in meeting, cinema slides, procession, booklets,
printing of exhortations, dropping of leaflets by aircrafts within one hundred metres of polling centres,
contradiction of baseless press report, availability of vehicles for transport work, conduct of
Government servants at the time of arrival of Ministers, etc.
1328. It is the privilege of police that he may search the voters and assure themselves that they
do not bring outside papers concerning vote, i. e. ballot papers.
1329. The Police force should be alert at the time the ballot papers are counted so that peace is
maintained. Vigilance is required after announcement of the result so that unpleasant incidents or
tension do not develop at the time of processions of winning candidates.
1330. At the period of poll, the police force at the police-station is retraced. There is a possibility
of delay in investigation. The number of cases may also swell up. Hence, arrangements should be made
for flying squad, which may help in investigation of瘀 ‫ط‬
serious cases.
1331. It is considered a derogatory conduct in election campaign to appeal for vote to any
person in the name of caste, community or language or in the name of national flag or national emblem
under Section I23 clause 3 of Representation of the Peoples Act and it is punishable under Section 125
of the Act.
1332. On any incident occurring, the District Magistrate and Superintendent shall send, a joint
report as given in Rule I013.
1333. If there is any necessity of any severe action on any election agent or upper division
Government officer or on employees of political parties, prior approval of Government as far as possible
shall be taken.
1334. If any vehicle is carrying voters in violation of Section 123 (5) of Representation of the
Peoples Act, Criminal cases shall be initiated under Section 133 of Representation of the Peoples Act
with the approval of the Superintendent in all cases except those in which Superintendent is to initiate
action himself.
618

AGRARIAN UNREST
1335. (a) The following enactments are important :—
(i) The Bihar Tenancy Act (8 of 1885).
(ii) The Bihar Privileged persons Homestead Tenancy Act (Bihar Act 4 of 1948);
(iii) The Bihar Public Encroachment Act (Bihar Act 15 of 1956).
(iv) The Bihar Consolidation of Holdings and Prevention of Fragmentation Act (Bihar Act 22,
1956) as amended in 1975.
(v) The Bihar Land Reforms (Fixation of Ceiling Area and Acquisition of Surplus Land) Act
(Bihar Act, 12, 1962).
(vi) The Bihar Money Lenders Act (Bihar Act 22, 1975).
(vii) The Santhal Parganas Tenancy (Supplementary Provisions) Act (Bihar Act 14, 1949).
(viii) The Chotanagpur Tenancy Act (Bengal Act 6, 1908).
(ix) The Bihar Scheduled Area Regulation (Regulation l of 1969).
(x) The Bihar Bhoodan Yagya Act (Bihar Act 22 of 1954).
(xi) The Bihar Debt Relief Act (Bihar Act⠀‫ط‬10, 1977).
(xii) The Bengal Alluvian and Diluvian Act (Bengal Act 9 of 1847) and (Bengal Regulation No. l
1 of 1825).
(b) According to the law on Land Ceiling, a “raiyat” is not entitled to recover from the Sub-
lessee/Bataidar, i. e. “under raiyat", rent exceeding the rent which he himself pays by more than 50% of
the same. Rent in kind payable by an “under raiyat” is restricted to one fourth of the produce of such
land. Moreover, “raiyat” is also not entitled to “Bhusa”or straw. An important document in this
connection is “Record of Rights” or “Khatian“for knowing the rent to be paid in cash or kind. When there
is a dispute of right of fishery among cosharers. Khatian is specially helpful to indicate the respective
rights of each owner.
1336. The rules regarding Special Reports are given in Appendix 3.
619

1337. Common Police Measures.—(a) During tension or actual outbreak of trouble. it is
essential that an efficient system of intelligence should be available so that the officers responsible for
law and order are able to obtain timely information of incidents and developments. As laid down in Rule
65(a), Circle Inspectors must keep an up to date list of likely trouble spots. Under Rule 1 10, an officer-in-
charge of a police-station is expected to attend chaukidari parades to know the possible trouble spots in
rural areas. Under Rule 89, they are to depute constables to collect intelligence in this regard. The
chaukidars under Section 89 of Village Chaukidari Act are bound to report such incidents to local police.
Under Section 23 of the Police Act, it is obligatory on police to collect and communicate intelligence
about matters affecting public tranquillity. Similarly, Mukhiyas are bound to make reports under Section
40 Cr.P.C. It is also important that police officers should keep in close touch with the magistracy.
(b) If the prospects of averting trouble are not encouraging, steps should be taken to
concentrate a sufficiently large police force as given in Rule l320(v) in the vicinity of the place where a
breach of the peace is anticipated as a mere show of strength is sometimes sufficient to avoid untoward
developments. Arrangements must be made for the establishment of communication between
patrolling parties, pickets, the various police parties and the police Headquarters. ln “Diara” areas,
mounted armed police may be deputed.
(c) The District Magistrate and Superintendent should invariably visit the scene of the
apprehended trouble and should not leave the work to be handled by subordinates. If there is a dispute
over sharing of produce between a land owner and 瘀‫ط‬Bataidar, a Magistrate may be deputed to get the
share divided. If the patties do not accept this decision, the crops could be sold on auction and cash
proceeds deposited in treasury till the claims of parties are decided by Civil Court. As a Rule wherever,
there is a bona fide dispute over standing crops getting ripe for harvest, an urgent report under Section
144, Cr.P.C. should be submitted to Chief/Sub-Divisional Judicial Magistrate accompanied with a prayer
for sale of crop by auction and deposit of sale proceeds in the Treasury till the share of parties is divided
by a competent Court. lt is not necessary for police to arrange for harvest as the party purchasing it
would do.
(d) If a clash occurs, immediate and vigorous action will nip the trouble in the bud and prevent it
from spreading.
(e) Action under Section 151/107, Cr.P.C. may be taken, whenever, a breach of the peace is
imminent, see Rule 82(3). In some cases action under Section 107/116, Cr.P.C. can also be taken. Action
under Section 107 should be specially taken against ring- leaders and agitators. Action under Section
106, Cr. P. C for securing bond for keeping peace can be taken after conviction in a rioting case.
(f) Action under Section 145/ 147. Cr. P. C may also be useful.
Action under Section l I 0(e), Cr.P.C. can also be taken against those who appear to be habitual abettors
of offences involving breach of peace (Rules 82 and 185).
620
(g) Firm action for rounding up lawless elements is necessary. If Gheraos take place, cases for
wrongful restraint/confinement may be registered as given in Rule 1360. If agitators surround Courts,
cognizance for contempt of Court can be taken. If the situation in some areas takes a serious turn, action
under Section 7 (a) and (b) of the Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1932 can be taken in those areas by
extending this to such areas with special Government notification. The offences are cognizable and non-
bailable. Precautions are necessary not to over do action for example, a quiet and peaceful
demonstration of short duration, the purpose of which is merely to place certain facts or points of view
before the authorities, need not be tackled in the same manner as a noisy and perhaps violent
demonstration.
(h) All cases of agrarian trouble should be promptly investigated and police officers dealing with
them should exercise strict impartiality.
(i) When the situation has been brought under control, the police precautions should ordinarily
continue, till peace, is completely restored. it is often desirable to keep in force for some time orders
under Section 144, Cr.P.C. Withdrawal of cases should generally be opposed.
(j) The assistance of non-officials should be fully obtained. Sometimes release on bail of under
trial prisoners may ease the situation.
1338. The following points are important:-
(a) Assessment of the strength of the agitators.

漀‫ص‬
(b) Details of the plan of action and preparation.
(c) Extent of public support and nature of public reaction.
(d) Information about similar happenings, if any, in other districts and States.
(e) Requirements of man-power and other resources.
(f) Possibility of trouble spreading in other areas.
(g) Discussions between the magistracy and police officers.
1339. Preventive and follow up action-
(a) Establishment of mobile detachments in police-stations under a Gazetted Police Officer complete
with its transport, communications and “intelligence“ means.
(b) Appointments of a Magistrate with each detachment.
(c) Arrest of Law breakers, trial at the detachment-centres and despatch of prisoners to District Jails.
(d) Prompt realisation of fines.
621

1340. Special precautions are necessary to see that the agitation remains localized and that it is
prevented from taking a communal turn, (caste riot included). There should be arrangement for
expeditious disposal of cases. The local police should in particular watch the reaction of measures
relating to grant of relief and even of grant of pardon to those who tender apology.
SPECIAL DUTIES OF POLICE IN EPIDEMICS/ANIMAL DISEASES
1341. (a) When cholera, pox or other epidemics or scheduled disease for animals is apprehended or
actually breaks out, the officer-in-charge of the police-station should collect the information and send
prompt information to the Block/Anchal Medical Officer concerned. The report shall he noted in the
Station Diary for the information of the Circle Inspector. The Circle Inspector shall include this in his
Daily Report (P.M. Form No. 6A). The Superintendent should inform the District Magistrate also.
(b) Accuracy and promptitude are necessary in reporting epidemics and Chaukidars should be made to
‫ط‬
realise their responsibilities in this matter. Small 瘀rewards should be given to Chaukidars for prompt
reporting. If any amount is earmarked by other departments for such in formations, it should be
distributed to Chaukidars as well. Police Officers should also impress on the public the necessity of giving
the earliest information of out break of Cholera or any other epidemic.
(c) When temporary regulations for the prevention of outbreak or spread of epidemic in any area are
promulgated by Government under Section 2 of the Epidemic Diseases Act (3 of I897), it is the duty of all
Police officers of that area to assist the controlling officer, appointed under the regulations, for carrying
out the provisions of the regulations. Special deputation of constables shall be made for crowd control
at the barrier for vaccination/innoculation.
(d) Police officers should assist veterinary surgeons in carrying out provisions of any law or regulation to
prevent the spread of any disease among animals in their area.
622

1342. (a) The Superintendent /Commandant should arrange for vaccination/ innoculation, etc. in such
places where Police force and their families live. Only those constables should be deputed for duties in
connection with an epidemic who have, themselves been immunised.
(b) In order to prevent the outbreak of an epidemic in the Headquarters of Police force in a district/unit,
the Police doctors should hold regular classes to educate the members of the Police force from
becoming a victim to this.
(c) Policemen should be ordered to use insect repellant (Dimethyl Phthalate) on exposed parts of body
after dusk and use Mosquito nets at night. In Police buildings residual’ spraying with a five percent
solution of D.D.T. in Kerosene or D.D.T. Emulsion should be done, ordinarily three times a year for which
help should be taken from Health Department.
1343. In case of an outbreak of African Horse Sickness, which is a very contagious disease, the station
incharge should inform the nearest Veterinary Surgeon immediately. Horses suffering from this disease
are to be destroyed immediately by easiest method by intravenous injection. If this is not possible, they
should be shot down by any armed Police. Mounted Armed Police tinits/Police Training College where
horses are kept also for police duties shall keep these instructions in view.
1344. Hydrophobia and stray dogs.—(a) The officer-in-charge of a P.S. shall report to the
Superintendent all cases of his jurisdiction in which human beings or animals have died of Hydrophobia.
(b) Under Section H9 of the Cantonment Act (2 of 1924) it is the duty of the Cantonment authorities to
퀀‫ط‬
carry out the destruction in a merciful way of diseased and insane dogs in Cantonments, but it would
tend to obviate complaints on the part of the public if the destruction of dogs by Cantonment authority
is carried out with the previous knowledge of the civil authorities and with such assistance as they are
able to afford, as for example, by deputing intelligent constables to accompany those employed in this
connection by the Cantonment authority.
As regards the cost of Strychnine powder used by the municipalities for destruction of dogs, the District
Magistrate should be approached. '
(c) When, a dog is detained for 3 days or more until claimed by the owner, a memorandum of cost
incurred should be presented to the owner. Should he fail to pay within 7 days, intimation of the claim
should be sent to the Collector for recovery as an arrear of land revenue. If the owner remains untraced,
the dog may be sold.
(d) When poisoning is resorted to for killing a dog, it should be seen that poisoned food is not left
uneaten. Strychnine Powder should never be administered loose or scattered on meat. lt should be
made up into a pill or email ball with flour paste mixed with a little jaggery or some other flavouring
material to make it acceptable. The Police should, where practicable, catch the dogs before poison is
administered to them.
623

1345. If any hackney carriage, bullock-cart or taxi or truck owner/driver or a similar owner/driver of a
public carrier refuses to carry a human being suffering from epidemic or carry an animal suffering from a
contagious disease which it could carry even on payment of reasonable hire including cost of
disinfecting the vehicle, the Police should take legal action against him under Section 78/11-2, M.V. Act
and Bihar and Orissa Municipal Act, 1922 or Local Notified Area Bye-laws.
MELAS/MEETINGS/PROCESSIONS
1346. Melas are generally held in North Bihar in the cold weather. The biggest cattle fair of India is held
at Sonepur on the day of Kartic Purnima. Big congregation takes place at Gaya during Pitripaksha and on
Shivaratri at Baidyanatli Dham. The arrangements for Melas will apply mutatis mutandis to big meetings
and processions also. For V.l.P. meetings special orders have been laid down regarding lay out, etc.
1347. The Police should take great care in planning and organising arrangements. This should he done
well in advance. The following precautions are required to be taken in this connection:—
(a) Mela area/sports ground should be divided into sectors/sub-sectors.—ln case of a public
meeting ground, arrangements are made in such a way that the audience shall sit in the form of
a giant horse shoe in different sectors/sub-sectors with the rostrum occupying the centre of the
base. There are radial gang ways between the sectors to provide space for keeping police
officers for control on crowd in these sectors. Special security arrangements are also to be made
瘀‫ط‬
in the open space in the form of a ring round the rostrum for safety of important persons there.
The area of sectors is calculated on the yardstick that a standing crowd normally needs 1 ½
square feet per person and squatting crowd 4 square feet per person. Inspite of this, special
“escape outlets“like “safety valves" in boilers for unmanageable pressures of crowd should be
provided.
Where pressure of a large gathering is to be controlled in a game, football match or in some musical
performance, etc., arrangements have to be made for the people in form of a stadium or a. sloping
ground, but still segregation in smaller units with “crush barriers" at the point of heavy pressures are to
be provided.
(b) Each sector should be placed under different police officers who should be given specific duties.
Apart, from this, separate staff for controlling traffic or for other specific duties should be
provided. One or more plans should he made out by the police officers-in-charge for proper
division of the mela area/meeting ground depending on local situation and for allotment of
duties and for providing reserve force. '
624

(c) A Central Control room should be set up and if it appears necessary. Control towers should be
set up for regulation and diversion of traffic There should be arrangements for wireless link up
of the various posts.
(d) Provision for Tire Station, first, aid post, enquiry office for giving reports about lost and found
persons and property should be made with the help of departments concerned and public
service institutions. Keeping in view the period and extent of mela, one or more temporary
police-stations may be set up in mela area.
(e) Traffic movement should be carefully planned including provision of extra special trains, buses
or steamers.
1348. Manpower. — The number of police officers and men required for mela duty or at a place for
holding public meeting does not depend solely on the estimation of crowd although this estimate may
be useful. The strength required would depend on the? Publicity of the fair/public meeting and types of
local problems. There should be provision for a casualty reserve in the force deployed also. The strength
can be reduced, if mobile patrols fitted with radio sets are deployed. Patrol constables may have Walkie
Talkie sets. If possible, police officers with less than three years of service or residents of the place of
assembly should not be sent for duty. Strong and smart constables should be deployed for such duty.
Mounted policemen may be utilized for dispersing a crowd as they have an advantage to see over the
heads of a crowd and rush to a scene quickly.
‫ط‬
1349. Station Diary and Daily reports.—Station Diary should be maintained at the control centres.
There should be a Mela order book at those centres in which orders given from day to day should he
noted. Alter obtaining daily reports from each sub-sector I/C, a Daily report should be prepared by the
O/C of the mela indicating all relevant informations and also the position of the force.
1350. Behaviour towards the public.--All personnel must behave with Courtesy and a spirit of
helpfulness. They should be punctual and steady and should co-operate with the volunteers of other
organizations. A pre-briefing of the staff on duty is essential. Much depends on the police officers
emotional ability to remain calm and calculated in face of indecent language of an agitated crowd
though there should be no hesitation for using force as given in Rule 621.
1351. There should be control on loud-speakers and “The Loud-Speaker Act", Should be enforced.
1352. Crime and its prevention.— The usual anti-crime measures suited to local conditions
must be enforced. Beat constables should recognize or have detail of likely criminals operating in the
mela. Photographs of such criminals should be kept for the information of the public as well. The
investigation staff should be utilised for this work alone.
625

1353. Traffic.—(a) Construction of temporary roads and pontoon bridges should be arranged. One-way
traffic with a number of control points should be introduced, if possible, with total segregation of fast
and slow moving vehicles for facility of quick movements. It must be ensured that some selected routes
are kept clear or barricaded or administrative lanes provided through which police detachments or
reserves may have to rush or do their movements. Provision of suitable parking places should be clearly
made. Use of megaphones should be done also for controlling traffic.
(b) To avoid congestion and stampede near a bathing ghat or a temple, barricading of open space for
handling the incoming pilgrims and releasing them gradually is necessary. The outgoing pilgrims should
be taken out by a completely separate barricaded exit route. Special care is taken that under no
circumstances the two streams of traffic are allowed to intercept each other. The barricades must be
strong enough that people from the incoming or outgoing streams are not able to break away from the
prescribed routes in an attempt to take any short cut.
(c) Special arrangements should be planned when the mela is to disperse so that there is no accident.
Extra special trains, buses or steamers should be arranged beforehand.
1354. Precautions at Ghats.—(i) River Police (Rule 1313) should be used when the mela is along a river
瘀‫ط‬
bank. In a fair, depth of water should be fathomed in advance and deep unsafe places should be marked
by red flags. This should be done at bathing ghats in all melas. Barricades of bathing limits may also have
to be done. Flood lighting is necessary specially on the occasion of “Chhat” festival because night
bathing is resorted to.
(ii) Efficient motor launches are required for protection against drowning, preventing gambling in boats
and piratical raids on pilgrims, etc.
(iii) “Rescue Squad” with Police men trained in life saving operations should be formed. These saving a
drowning person should he recommended for award of Kendel Humanity Medal [Rule 1088(b)] and cash
rewards may also be given.
1355. Processions.--Special orders for control of processions should be issued which should contain
details about the time, route and number of persons and animals likely to take part in it, etc. (See RM.
Form No. 1). The orders issued by the Superintendent should be fully explained to those on duty.
Barriers should be constructed between the procession routes and routes taken by other pedestrians, to
avoid collision among themselves.
626

COMMUNAL UNREST.
1356. Genesis of trouble.———(a) Pitting of one religion against the other, myth of racial or religious
superiority, false notions and superstitions, hate and prejudice heightened by consciousness of group
differences and by the wrong use of anthropological and sociological terms, emotional and social
factors, etc. lead to conflicts and tensions.
(b) Frequent irritants in this background are the slaughter and the method of slaughter of an animal,
bird, etc. which is considered sacred or prohibited by other, taking out of a procession through a route
with or without music not acceptable to the other, insistence over cutting or removing branches of trees
or other obstacles for passage of big flags/festoons in processions which might hurt the feelings of
others considering such trees or obstacles sacred, throwing meat at source of drinking water suspected
to be of a sacred animal, construction of slaughter-house near a locality objected to by others, sprinkling
of colored water and powder during a religious festival, publication of literature rousing religious
sentiments, defilement of places of worship of either community, giving shelter to a person of another
community at the time of riots, land disputes between the members of either communities, kidnapping
and outraging the modesty of women of either community in which women of a community not a
custoned to “Pardah" fall easy victims, conversion from one religion to another by allurement in
economic distress or criticism of their religion. Etc.
(c) Broadcasts from other countries trying to exploit

퀀‫ط‬
certain minor incident and influx of refugees
carrying tales of suffering may also provoke communal tension. Thefts of religious books and holy relies
may also tend to in flame feelings.
(d) An essential peculiarity of a crowd or mob in a communal riot which distinguishes it from other
similar crowds or mobs is its extreme irritability coupled with exaggeration of sentiments fanning the
flame of hatred, leading to a riot which is distinctively harsh, severe, and spread over a period of time
which is unlike any disturbance involving breach of peace. A crusading spirit and revenge, in which all
domestic differences are temporarily sunk motivates all actions. On such occasions most flagrant acts of
violence are committed such as (1) Assaults and murders, (2)
Arson, (3) Looting, (4) Rape and abduction of women, etc. in which the rioters are blissfully oblivious of
any sense of guilt. The nature of this upheaval is so very obnoxious and so different from the other
disturbances that the mobs need to be given no quarter. To treat it at the same level as one would to a
group of strikers in a textile mill or to a riotous mob celebrating the victory in an important football
match would be called most improper.
(e) It can be advocated that the normal principles of the use of minimum force (see Rule 621) should be
eschewed when dealing with communal disturbances. However it is necessary that the Police Force
always acts with due caution and fairness and the normal rules of dealing with mobs must be followed
us far as possible.
627

(f) After riots, a memory of bitterness and hatred is left behind; Specially set up trial Courts should
conduct cases expeditiously. Situation has to be carefully watched as sudden eruption of violence or
stray stabbings may occur. In such cases, collective fine under Defence of India Rules, if in force, may
prove useful.
1357. Police action.—(a) It is seldom that communal riots take place without notice. They are invariably
preceded by a period of tension and Strained relations. If the intelligence system is effective and-
accurate and prompt information continues to flow about the reaction, tempo, preparations, intentions
etc of the communities. it should not be difficult to nip the trouble in the bud. Persons who are likely to
give information should be encouraged and even paid some money in form of reward. In rural areas, the
services of rural police and Mukhiyas should be utilized and above all the past communal history has to
be studied. Even seemingly innocent and trivial incidents may appear vital if the habits and the usual
reaction of the communities are known. The senior police officers after assuming charge should
therefore carefully study records prepared by their predecessors. See Rules 65(a), 89, 110 and Section
39 of Village chaukidari Act and Section 23 of Police Act for collecting intelligence.
(b) Members of communal organisations might give exaggerated and sometimes misleading reports.
These should be checked, verified and counteracted.
(c) Frequent talks with leaders of the communities help in collecting information. Newspapers having
communal bearing supply good information. Sometimes, the tone of vicious propaganda by the
communal press can also serve a warning. No information should be accepted as true unless it is
corroborated by other sources. An assurance from any quarter that nothing would be wrong should not
be accepted on its face value. It is always useful to convene Peace Committees consisting of leading
瘀‫ط‬
members of all the communities in the locality.
(d) A plan to meet communal disturbances and another plan regarding celebration of communal
festivals should be always kept ready.
The plan should be in two stages, viz. (1) cautionary stage and (2) Executive stage. The first part should
be put into operation the moment signs of communal tension come to notice.
1358. in the plan-
(i) Pickers-cum-guards should be provided for vulnerable places such as important public
places and in places where members of one community live in a small pocket surrounded by
other community. Such guards should be both mobile and static. In suitable cases,
evacuation from isolated pockets and evacuee camps shall be arranged.
(ii) The town or village should be divided into sectors for patrol. Slum areas and dark and
narrow lanes should have lights affixed for night.
(m) Striking force should be provided which shall keep in touch with the control room. There
should be adequate emergency reserves.
628

1359. Preventive measures.—(a) one of the surest signs of tension is movement of population from
different areas to safer zones where their own community predominates. On such occasions efforts
should be made to restore confidence and discourage such movement.
(b) Action under Section 144, Cr.P.C. prohibiting carrying of arms, etc. and/or assembly of 5 or more
persons in day and/or night is to be taken. An order under Section 144, Cr.P.C. is valid for two months
only but under sub-section (6) of that section the State Government may extend this period for a
specific time. A curfew order under Section I44, Cr.P.C., should be strictly enforced but “passes” limited
in number, may be issued to deserving persons.
(c) Before action is taken under Section 144, Cr.P.C. notice can be issued which require conveners of
assemblies and processions to take out a license under Section 30(2) of the Police Act, 1861.
Consequently an assembly or procession which disobeys the conditions of license can be ordered to
disperse under Section 30-A of Police Act. On refusal the assembly can be designated as an unlawful
assembly.
(d) When the rights of the parties concerned have been decided by a competent Court these should be
enforced. In the absence of such clearly defined rights the practice prevailing over a number of years
⠀‫ط‬
should be upheld. No departure should be made in the route of a procession except with the previous
sanction of Government. It should be made clear that if the parties arrive at a compromise for the
celebration mutually acceptable, there will be no difficulty in allowing it provided such compromise is
not arrived at under threat or duress.
(e) Communal characters and rowdy elements whose lists are to be kept up to date as per Rule I316 at
police-stations should be rounded up under Section lSl, Cr.P.C. Those who need not be arrested may be
bound down under Section I07, Cr.P.C. Such precautionary measures shall also be taken in bordering
districts and other sensitive spots in the State.
(f) The stock of arms and ammunition in the licensed shops should be sealed so that it is not sold. An
intensive combing up operation for unearthing illegally hoarded arms can be done. Some private arms
and licenses may also have to be seized (see sections 4, 19, 22, 23 and 29 of Arms Act, 1959). '
(g) For counteracting misleading news and rumours, press should be given correct information. Publicity
should be given to contradict rumours. Leaflets may be distributed in the area.
629

(h) Closure of liquor shops should be done and other preventive actions under Section 149 to 152,
Cr.P.C. and under Section 23 and 3l of Police Act should be taken, wherever possible.
(i) According to the Criminal Law Amendment Act, 1972, any one organizing members of a community
into drill or similar activity for using violence against another religious community is liable under Section
I53-A(c) I.P.C. and whoever by words or publication is likely to cause disharmony, etc. between two
religious groups is liable under Section 153-B(c) I.P.C. Under Section 108 Cr.P.C., persons disseminating
seditious matters can be bound down to give security for good behavior. For summary trial of cases, see
disturbed areas Special Courts Act (77 of 1976).
1360. Miscellaneous.—(a) Police officers on duty in connection with communal troubles should wear
helmets. Officers should carry a revolver and cane sticks while constables may carry rifles, or the crowd
dispersal equipment like cane sticks, shields, visors, etc. Men who are to be out on duty for long periods
should carry water bottles and should be provided with dry ration or meals (Rule 760). During rainy
season, the force should carry raincoats.
(b) If the duty is for long periods, reliefs should be provided so that the men are not fatigued. “Special-
Police” officers may also be appointed under Section 17, Police Act.
瘀‫ط‬
(c) The concerned department should be asked to ensure that essential services function and Police
protection should be provided as and when required.
(d) For investigation of rioting cases, see Appendix 79.
(e) Special reports should he submitted as indicated in Appendix 3. It is necessary that joint reports are
sent as per Rule I013 to higher authorities. See also Rule 323(i).
(f) In order to avoid accusations being made against the Police of bias in connection with compromise
petitions put in after a communal offence has been committed but before a case has been instituted,
officers are directed not to accept such petitions on their own responsibility, but to institute a case and
investigate. If during the investigation it appears to the Investigating Officer that the parties have come
to mutual compromise and that there is therefore insufficient evidence for a charge-sheet he should
submit final report.
630

LABOUR UNREST
1361. (a) The following are some of the. Important central enactments concerned with labour affairs
which are in the concurrent list of Indian Constitution:—
(1) The Beedi and Cigar (Conditions of Service) Act (32 of 1946)
(2) The Contract labour (Abolition and Regulation) Act (37 of 1070)
(3) The Employment of Children Act (26 of 1938).
(4) The Employees Provident Fund Act (19 of I952).
(5) The Employees State Insurance Act (34 of 1948).
(6) The Factories Act (63 of 1948).
(7) The Indian Boilers Act (5 of I923).
(8) The Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act (20 of 1946).
(9) The Industrial Disputes Act (14 of 1947).
(10) The Minimum Wages Act (ll of I948).
(1 1) The Motor Transport Workers Act (27 of I961)
(12) The Maternity Benefit Act (53 of I961).

퀀‫ط‬
(13) The Mines Act (35 of I952).
(14) The Payment of Wages Act (4 of 1936).
(15) The Plantation Labour Act (69 of I951).
(16) The Payment of Bonus Act (21 of 1965).
(17) The Payment of Gratuity Bonus Act (39 of 1972)
(18) The Trade Union Act (16 of I926).
(19) The Workmen’s Compensation Act (8 of 1923).
(20) The Working Journalists (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act (45 of 1955).
(b) The notable Bihar State enactments are as under:—
(1) Bihar Shops and Establishments Act (8 of 1954).
(2) The Bihar Workmen’s Protection Act (33 of I948).
631

(c) The contravention of the above labour laws given in sub-rule (a) and (b) is noncognizable except in
the case of Bihar Workmen’s Protection Act in which section 3 is cognizable and bailable for offences
relating to molestation and intimidation of the workers by their creditors [see clause 85(b) of Appendix
101].
(d) When a “strike” which means “cessation of works” under Section 2(g) of Industrial Disputes Act
occurs on account of alleged “failure” to implement the provisions of Labour Acts like the Factories Act
or the Mines Act, it is the primary duly of the police to preserve law and order and not to interfere in or
arbitrate on the other issue.
(e) Under Section 2 of the Industrial Disputes Act, I947, any one employed in an Industry is a “Workman”
and it includes a security guard and in some cases officers up to ranks of Assistant Security officers but it
does not include the Armed forces or Police employed there.
1362. (a) An ‘apprehended strike‘ means a situation in which the Government authority, the employer
or the employees’ organization in an industrial area have reason to believe that a strike would, in all
probability, materialise.
(b) A ‘threatened strike‘ means a situation in which瘀there

‫ط‬ is notice either verbal or written to go on
strike. It is only in a ‘-public utility service as classified under I.D. Act that the workmen are legally bound
to give a written notice of at least fourteen days. In other cases there is no legal compulsion to give
notice but the ‘Code of Discipline in Industry’ which is based on tripartite agreement between
Government and the representative of employers and employees and is therefore voluntary in nature,
enjoins upon the workmen to give notice before going on strike.
(c) ‘Lock out’ means the closing of a place of employment or the suspension of work or the refusal by an
employer to continue to employ a number of persons employed by him [see Section 2(1) of l.D. Act].
(d) A strike or lock-out may become illegal if it is resorted to in a public utility service without notice. It
may also become illegal if it is resorted to during the pendency of conciliation, arbitration or
adjudication proceedings or during the period in which a settlement or award is in operation in respect
of any of the matters covered by the settlement or award.
632

1363. Police action.—Statistical information relating to industrial labour should be obtained and kept. A
summary of strikes and disturbances that occurred in the industrial area or unit in the past should be
available as also a map of the industrial area showing roads, railways, canals, vital installations,
vulnerable points, sources of water supply and places where disturbances are likely to start. There
should be a proper arrangement for collection of intelligence.
(b) When there is likelihood of disturbance, patrolling with Magistrate may be enforced and armed
pickets may be stationed at strategic centers. Concentration of extra police force in the vicinity may be
useful as given in Rule 1337 (h). Telephone and Wireless communication between various police parties
and Headquarters, etc should be arranged.
(c) Bad characters that may terrorise families of loyal workers or cause disturbance otherwise should be
kept under control by action under preventive Sections of Cr.P.C. Activities like non-violent picketing,
processions, meetings and pamphleteering cannot be interfered unless serious breach of peace is
apprehended. Physical obstruction to workers not participating in the strike cannot be construed as
peaceful picketing and, therefore, a police officer can interpose under Sections 149 and 152, Cr.P.C. to
prevent commission of any injury to person or property in his view.
퀀‫ط‬
(d) When strike is declared illegal by Government under Section 24 of Industrial Disputes Act or any
other ordinance or under Sections/rules of D.I.R. (if in force) picketing may not be permitted. However,
picketing with a view to causing a railway strike is punishable and cognizable under Section 121 of Indian
Railways Act. Similarly if persons sought to be prevented from proceedings on duties are “public
servants" within its legal definition, this would be an offence under Section 353, I.P.C.
1364. (a) The Officer-in-charge/Inspector/Sub-Divisional Police Officer shall give the earliest possible
information to Superintendent of the likelihood of any strike or of its occurrence, should it eventuate.
The Superintendent shall send special reports as laid down in Appendix 3.
The special reports should deal with cognizable or non-cognizable offences, if any, and should show
measures taken to prevent breach of the peace, to ensure the safety of persons concerned in the
dispute and their families and properties, and to ensure security of vital installations and vulnerable
points. The following information should be included:--
633

(i) The names of instigators of the strike,
(ii) The action taken by the leaders of this or other strikes,
(iii) The fullest available information regarding the direct and indirect causes of the strike,
(iv) The existence of literature inciting strikes,
(v) The classes to which the strikers belong,
(vi) Likelihood or existence of sympathetic strikes in the neighbouring industries,
(vii) Details regarding the unreasonable attitude, if any, of action taken by the management.
(b) After collecting the information quickly (as far as possible) the repon will be given in the
following proforma:—
(i) Total number of workers employed,
(ii) Number of workers involved,
(iii) Daily loss in wages to the workers due to the strike or lockout.
(iv) Name of union, if any, and its strength,
(v) Specific demands of the strikers and dates of giving notice, etc.
1365. (a) Whenever the situation is of any gravity or is anticipated to assume importance, the
瘀‫ط‬quickly and should send information by wireless or
Superintendent should send intimation to District Magistrate
telegram to Inspector General/Deputy Inspector General, I.D. and Secretary to Labour Department. The District
Magistrate may give his own assessment of the situation and make a separate reference to Government sending
copies thereof to all concerned. In case of grave incidents, a joint report of Superintendent/District Magistrate
may be submitted.
(b) Daily reports, showing the trend of events should be sent when the strike is of any importance.
These would be in addition to the periodical special reports which indicate a summary of the situation.
1366. (a) The Superintendent should keep proper plans ready to meet different types of strikes in his
district. Some of these are given below:—
(1) Industries and Factories.
(2) Communication lines, Railways, Road Transport, Postal Services.
(3) Hospital, water-works, electric generating plants and transmission lines, etc.
(4) Food supply go down.
(5) Miscellaneous places like drug manufacturers, Jail, Life insurance, Banks, Automobile plants, etc.
634

(b) The schemes should provide for special arrangements against sabotage, and for utilising technical
skilled staff from armed forces or Home Guards, or other volunteer organizations for running essential services.
(c) In the case of the Railways the scheme should be prepared for the State by the Inspector General of
Police and should clearly indicate the distribution of responsibility between the District and Railway Police.
HUNGER STRIKES
1367. (a) Hunger strike after notice and in a peaceful manner in which there is no cessation of work, an
given in Rule l36l(d), is not illegal but if such a strike is to be a fast unto death and the danger of death is
imminent, the provisions of Section 309, I.P.C. may be enforced. The Police should give a requisition to doctor
for regular examination of victim, to keep record of daily loss of weight, etc. Persons instigating any one to go on
hunger strike are liable under Section 306, I.P.C.
(b) Action can be taken under Section 32 of Police Act. 1861 if the hunger strike is undertaken in a public
place causing obstruction to traffic. On his refusal to remove himself from that place, the person concerned is
‫ط‬
liable under Section 188, I.P.C.
(c) In case of hunger strike and demonstrations by women with babies, special precautions for their
safety are required. Women Police and lady doctors should be utilized for action noted above. Counter hunger
strike against a hunger strike should be prevented in the beginning by taking recourse to preventive section of
Cr. P.C.
1368. For bints regarding investigation of riot cases, see clause 4, Appendix 79.
1369. Gherao.—Sometimes officials/semi-officials/any other person may be prevented from entering

into or going out of their office or any other place by agitators who may obstruct them physically. In such cases,
after making efforts to persuade the obstructionists to give up their wrongful act, forcible removal of agitators
and institution of a case under Section 342, I.P.C. are the proper course. In such case the complaint shall come
from the person aggrieved [see also Rule 1363(d)].
635

1370. The organizations like L.I.C, Bank, F.C.I., Railways and Mines, etc. are under the jurisdiction of
Central Government Labour Offices situated at Jamshedpur and at other places while the rest are under the
jurisdiction of State Government Labour Department. '
DUTIES OF POLICE IN EMERGENCY RELIEF OPERATIONS

GENERAL
1371. The Police Force, while performing its normal duties of crime control and preservation of law and
order, are expected to aid in combating the threats posed by various natural calamities like floods, fires,
or earthquakes. The performance of such tasks by police helps in improving police-public relations; and
gives the force an image of a friend and help in difficulties.
In all such situations the local police personnel should, without waiting for instructions from higher
authorities, take action to aid the civil population and render assistance to Revenue, Public Works and
other departments of Government. They should also send information immediately to higher authorities
[Rule I01 3(4)].
1372. Suitable training of policemen is necessary to keep them prepared for emergencies. The
Superintendents/Commandants should keep a “task force“trained for specialized relief work. Regular
deputation of Police officers to various training courses is necessary, and in particular, advantage must
瘀‫ط‬
be taken of the Central Emergency Relief Training Institute (C.E.R.T.I.) at Nagpur. Home Guard officers
trained in Rescue and other Civil Defence work can also be called up for help in training the personnel
and also for effective work when the need arises.
1373. If a person is dangerously wounded, the primary duty of a police officer who first arrives at the
scene is to take immediate steps to procure medical aid or send the wounded person without loss of
time to the nearest hospital. This should be done whether the formalities of a case have been gone
through or not. _
1374. Several types of calamities can to a great extent he foreseen and reasonable precaution must be
taken to avoid misery. Schemes for various situations should be drawn up by Superintendents and
approved by Inspector General. Such schemes should provide for :—
(i) Evacuation of human beings and cattle and setting up reserve parties,
(ii) Requisitioning of means of transport,
(iii) Cordoning and patrol in affected areas, and arrangements of traffic control,
(iv)Setting up a control room and selecting places for location of other wireless stations.
636

1375. Special posts should be opened to co-ordinate police and other departmental arrangements
including supplies and anti—epidemic work. Provision should be made for tracing and restoration of lost
children, and other adults and investigation of cases such as misappropriation of relief grants.
1376. fires— The duties of police in cases of fire are given in Rule I01 and the responsibilities, etc. of the
Fire Services are also indicated in Chapter 43. The investigation of cases of fire present special difficulties
Therefore, the C.I.D. should be called up to aid in all complicated cases. Hints for the investigation of
such cases are given in Appendix 79.
1377. Cyclones.—Cyclone is normally accompanied by torrential rain and possibly floods. Hence,
rescuing people from rocked houses (taking them to safe places and also giving first aid would be
important.
1378. Floods.—(a) Floods occur at a particular period of the year. Such floods generally take the form of
inundation of low lying areas, or the breaching of tank bunds or river embankments. Some of the rivers
well known for annual flood in this State are (1) Kosi and (2) Burhi Gandak in North Bihar and (1) Sone
(2) Poonpoon (3) Falgu and (4) Koel in South Bihar. Police wireless sets should be set up at strategic
points before the onset of monsoon for example at (1) Basua (Saharsa district), (2) Kursela, Taibpur
(Katihar district) and Dangraha ghat (Purnea district). Whenever, the local Police get intimation of
danger of floods, they should pass it on to concerned Government representatives in the area and also
warn the local populationl The Superintendent should proceed in accordance with the scheme prepared.
(b) A unit of police force, i. e. one section and a wireless operator with equipment may proceed to the
‫ط‬
flood area as a reconnaissance team.
The following information should be obtained:—
(i) Cause—breaking of bund, overflowing of river or lake.
(ii) Depth of water and probable rate of the rising level of water.
(iii) Damage caused and likely to be further caused.
(iv) Estimated number of casualties and people rendered homeless, as far as ascertainable.
(v) Threat to Electricity/Water supply.
(vi) Availability of food stuff and medical facilities.
(vii) Law and order situation.
(viii) Any other information that would help towards planning of relief operations.
637

(c) Information centre. —A suitable place for this will be the local police station. It will record all
information received from the reconnaissance party and other sources and transmit information to
Superintendent at Headquarters. Similarly the relay orders from higher authorities will be transmitted to
persons concerned. An extra staff of three Havildars or constables will be sent from Police office to man
the log book kept in this Information centre.
(d) Rescue party:-The Superintendent/Commandant has to use initiative, resourcefulness and ability to
improvise rescue parties according to the situation. A few guide lines are mentioned below:—
(i) Evacuate people by means of boat/raft to higher ground.
(ii) Take steps to ensure that personnel manning essential services are, helped in carrying out their
duties,
(m) Open temporary camps including cooking arrangements and drawing of rations from non-police
sources.
(iv) Arrange to send some personnel to such areas where air drops of supplies are made.
(v) Arrange for evacuation of casualties on top of suitable building.
(vi) Work in close conjunction with relief effort of Collector/S.D.O.
(e) Anti Epidemic Measures—it should be necessary to render all possible help to
Health Department in the following work:— 瘀‫ط‬
(i) Manning of hospitals.
(ii) Evacuation of sick and old people.
(iii) Mass inoculation and vaccination.
(iv) Disposal of corpses and carcasses.
1379. Earth Quakes.—(a) this comes without warning and the action has to be immediate. Help should
be rendered at great speed.
(b) In the first phase, immediate measures should be taken for the following: —
(i) Establish information centre,
(ii) Fan out rescue parties,
(iii) Establish first-aid posts,
(iv) Arrange for clothing and rations/cooked food with the help of the Collector.
638

(c) In the second phase action may have to be taken to arrange the following:—~
(i) Clearance of debris,
(ii) Restoration of law and order, control of vehicular traffic and restoration of essential services.
(iii) help in pulling down wrecked buildings,
(iv) Disposal of dead bodies.
1380. Road accident causing death or bodily injury.—(a) Whenever a load accident causing
death or bodily injury or involving damage other than that of a trivial nature occurs, and is either
reported or brought to the notice of the police, the Police Officer should go to the spot at once and take
action to send the injured to hospital.
(b) If any animal has been injured, the same should also be sent to the nearest veterinary dispensary. In
case the owner of the animal disowns interest in it, the police officer should obtain sanction from D.M.
for its sale or for sending it to Pinjrapole/ Goshala. Action may also be taken under prevention of Cruelty
to Animals Act.
(c) The site of accident should be so cleared that the main traffic is not kept interrupted.
1381. Rail or Air Accident.—(a) in both cases, utmost speed in meeting the situation is essential.
퀀‫ط‬
(b) For rail accident, see Appendix 79.
(c) For air accident, see clause 4 of Appendix 101.
(d) Even if there is no reliable information of an accident or there is a rumour only, police must act to
verify it.
(e) If an aircraft fails to land within 30 minutes of its scheduled time or if a message is received of its.
Distress due to (i) fuel exhaustion or (ii) forced landing (for which the pilots are duty bound to inform
the nearest police station or District Magistrate) or any other reason, the local police shall send
information to the “Rescue Co-ordination Centre” located at Patna and Gaya and/or the “Alerting Post”.
Information about the aircraft may be received from these two posts by the P.S. in any case a search
party should be sent by the Police to locate the missing aircraft.
(f) Whenever any accident concerning an aircraft occurs and as a result of which, the aircraft pilot and
other persons who may be on it die or get such injuries which disable them to give information of any
type, the Police officer concerned, whether he be posted to local Police Station or be holding any post,
shall be responsible to give information by quickest possible means to “Director General, Civil Aviation.
R.I Puram. New Delhi (Tel. address “Air Civil“, New Delhi) and give a copy also to the Area Inspector
Officer located at the nearest airport. At the same time, information shall also be given to senior
departmental officers and District Magistrate.
639

Intonation should be given regarding the type of aircraft number of engines, name of pilot in command
and owner of the aircraft, date, time, and place of the accident and details of damage, etc. as available
with details of injured/killed.
(g) When an accident occurs, the police must rush to the mite of the accident and take steps for removal
of injured or dead, noting the position and condition of each.The place of occurrence, wreckage and
available evidence and traces or marks on the ground are to be guarded from the crowds, if any.
Precautions against naked fire light, or against smoking are to be taken. Mails, if found, are to be made
over to post office authorities and other goods are to be kept in safe custody. Eye witnesses among
spectators should be traced and their statements taken in presence of one or two other persons with
their signatures or L. T. Impressions on them. All these documents should be handed over to the
Inspector of Aircraft Accidents on his arrival at the place of occurrence.
Photographs of the P.O. should be taken and in case of the pilot or co-pilot's death the photographs
should be taken without disturbing the dead body or bodies. There after the dead bodies may be
removed. In case of injured persons, immediate action should be taken to save their lives. The captain
and co-pilot should be immediately subjected to medical check up to ascertain the details of
‫ ط‬may be taken by Medical Officer for such check-
consumption of alcohol, if any. The sample of urine,瘀etc.
up.The M.O. should be requested to report if there are any signs of carbon monoxide poisoning. Similar
action should also be taken regarding the passengers, dead or injured. In the case of dead passengers,
the need for Post-Mortem examination can be waived by the Inspector of accidents (Director of air
safety). The dead bodies of crew can be released after Post-Mortem examination on the authorization of
this officer only, but in case of passengers, the I.O. may act independently in consultation with the
airlines concerned. The I.O. should give all facilities and assistance to the Inspector of accidents who, on
arrival, assumes control of the wreckage, etc. Till his arrival all efforts should be made to preserve the
P.O. as it is, except perhaps to rescue the injured where it may be necessary to give succour or save life.
Even in this work, the P.O. should be disturbed as little as possible.
(h) The markings on aircrafts of various countries are given ‘in Appendix 97.
640

1382. Droughts.—unlike a flood situation which may appear suddenly, drought conditions will spread
over a longer period of time. Therefore, planning to face it should be done carefully. The aim should be to help
the non-police departments rather than render or make individual police effort.
In particular liaison should be established with other departments to help them in their relief work.
Arrangements have to be made for collection of rations and fodder and their distribution. Suitable accounts of
means of transport used on such duties should be kept.
For other details, see Appendix 5.
641
..
퀀‫ط‬

CHAPTER 46
MISCELLANEOUS
FLAGS
1383. Necessity.—-In order to distinguish the Police Organizations of different States and units
in the country in Duty Meet, Sports Meet and matches, etc., a flag is designed separately for each of
them. Thus, Bihar Police shall have a flag of its own of the design, colour and size approved by the State
Government.
Similarly, the politic of different districts and units inside the State shall each have separate flags
of the same design as Bihar State Police Flag in which the name of the district or unit shall be inscribed
in letters of approved size in Hindi.
1384. Hoisting of flags.-—-The State Police flag shall be flown on the office building of the State
Police Headquarters if it is in a separate building from other departments.
Similarly, the district/unit flag shall be flown on Parade grounds daily from sunrise to sunset but
on Independence and Republic Days, these flags shall he replaced by national flag.
1385. Flags of Inspector-General and Deputy Inspector-General.—Miniature flags have been

approved for them in Government of India (Ministry of Home Affairs) Memo. No. 86/52-Police-l, dated
䠀‫ ص‬GPA-I, dated 16th June, 1970.
8th January, 1953 as amended by Memo No. 8/35/70-
(a) The flag flown by the Inspector-General should be 6" in the hoist and 9" in the
fly. In case of Deputy Inspector-General, the flag should be a pennant with the
hoist (6" in length) as the base of an isosceles triangle and a length of 9" in the
fly from which point the angle meeting with ends of hoist should be
determined.
(b) The flags should be made of dark blue bunting cloth.
(c) The size of the device.—The device for the flags of the Inspector-General of
Police should be so made as to be contained just within a circle described with
2" as radius with the centre at a point 3" from the pole of the flag and
equidistant from the upper and lower edges. For the flags of Deputy Inspector-
General of Police the device should be similar but so as ‘to be contained just
within a circle described with a radius of 1
(d) The device should be worked in thick white silk cord; and
(e) The laurel wreath should be of the same design as the wreath on the cap badge.
642

(f) See Appendix 65 for design of flag and Star plates on cars etc. which can be
used only when the officer is travelling on duty.
POLICE MUSEUM
1386. Purpose.—-A Police Museum shall be conveniently set up either at Forensic Science
Laboratory, Patna or at any of the training institutions, for-
(a) imparting training in advanced methods of scientific; investigation with the

help of visual demonstration also;
(b) selecting items of important and interesting cases for the Crime Museum at the
Central Detective Training School, 30, Gorachand Street, Calcutta. Such items
may be carried by Police officers going these for training from this State unless
it can be sent by post also; '
(c) selecting interesting and valuable items for holding crime exhibitions and also
for keeping track on development of Police force and its equipments;
(d) selecting Antiques and idols for the State Museums [Rule 307(1)];
(e) informing Bureau of Police Research and Development, New Delhi about any
item useful for them. 퀀‫ط‬
1387. Procedure.—Police officers during investigation of cases or tours shall be on look out for
papers and articles for police, State and Crime Museums and immediately send information to them so
that a ready list is kept before hand about its availability in future. The Director, Forensic Laboratory
may also earmark from among the exhibits sent to the laboratory for opinion those which are likely to
be useful for different Museums. A note shall be made in remarks column in red ink in Mallkhana.
Register (P. M. Form No. 51) in case of exhibits that these are not to be destroyed.
Before actually despatching it, a brief note with description of the article and the circumstances
in which it was found shall be sent to the Police Museum with copies to State Museums or Crime
Museum at Calcutta, On getting confirmation about its likely acceptance at any of these places, these
shall be sent there and where necessary, prior permission of the Court shall be taken under Section
Cr.P.C.
1388. Selection.—-The list of exhibits required for the museum is given below :—
I. Counterfeit Coins Section—
(i) (a) Cast Counterfeit.
(b) Struck Counterfeit.
643

(c) Cast-struck Counterfeit.
(d) Moulds used for preparing counterfeit coins.
(e) Spurious coins used in Confidence trick cases,
(ii) Other appliances used for counterfeiting coins.
II. Note Forgery Section-
(i) Different types of forged bank notes and Court fee stamps recovered during
investigation.
(ii) Blocks, photo-negatives, different types of ink in use, etching implements,

genuine notes used for photography for forgery, photo-etched blocks, Intaglio
blocks and lithographic stones, etc.
III. Ballistics Section/Arms Section—
(1) Samples of country-made guns, revolvers, pistols, stick guns, sawed off guns.
etc.
(2) Samples of cartridges of all calibres, fired bullets, Dumdum bullets, splinters
recovered from the bodies of human victims, shot gun cartridges of all numbers,
types, etc. 瘀‫ط‬
(3) Varieties of swords, spears, sword-Dhals, blades, daggers, sword stick, daos and
other types of cutting and piercing weapons, clubs, etc. lifted by criminals as
weapons of offence.
(4) Unusual types of “small arms” such as—
(a) Shot and ball gun.

(b) Paradox gun.
(c) Multiple barrelled pistols.
(d) Multiple-revolving barrelled shot guns.
(e) Revolver of old type.
(5) A chart showing various types of gun shot injuries and the distances from which
they were fired (in cases when such determination led or helped in the
detection of crime). '
IV. Explosives section.—Bombs, Crackers, Detonators, etc.
Models and samples which have been rendered harmless —Country-made bombs and
dangerous crackers.
644

V. Finger Prim Section—
(1) Photo enlargements of latent finger prints found on various types of surfaces
and where they were useful to identify the criminals.
(2) Photo enlargements of different types of finger prints for instructional
purposes.
(3) Photographs showing decipherment of blurred and smudged finger prints.
(4) Any other exhibits of interest like palm prints etc.
VI. Footprint Section—
(1) Cast made in plaster of paris, resin and wax, bees wax, chemical wax and
plasticine, etc. showing peculiarities of marks.
(2) Recording of surface footprints and shoe-prints by photography after lifting and
tracing on glass sheets.
(3) Photographs of bare footprints showing ridges of the planted surfaces which
were used for identification.
(4) Recording of tyre marks (motor cars or trucks) from the scenes of crime in hit
and run cases.
퀀‫ط‬
VII .Photographs-
(1) Photographs depicting the detection of—

(a) Traced forgery.
(b) Free hand forgery.
(2) Photograph showing the methods employed for comparison of handwriting.
(3) Photo-micrograph s showing comparison of breadth of lines, sequence of

strokes, inks, papers for documents comparison.
(4) Photo micrograph showing comparison of-
(i) Tool marks on wood, on metals, on copper and other wires.

(ii) Striation marks on bullets.
(iii) Striation marks on the base of cartridge cases and the original marks
of the breech face of the firearms.
(iv) Hairs.
(v) Fibres.
(vi) Indentation marks of firing pins or hammer heads (of firearms) on caps
of empties and ejector-extractor marks on the cases.
645
VIII. Miscellaneous items-—
(i) Burglar’s tools,

(ii) False keys.
(iii) Appliances and devices used by Gamblers for different types of gambling.
(iv) Samples of uniform (Photos) of the different cadres of policemen and officers.
(v) Tools used by pick-pockets.
(vi) Samples of forged or altered Railway tickets.
(vii) Appliances (pliers, scissors etc.) and cuttings recovered in wire-theft cases.
(viii) Scene of crime diagrams and photographs.
(ix) Smuggling devices.
(x) Gadgets’ used in cheating.
(xi) Samples of acid bulbs.
(xii) Photographs of serious riotings and the aftermath of.
(xiii) Photographs and history sheets of famous criminals.
(xiv) Weapons used in murder, Bank Dacoity and other cases of importance.
瘀‫ط‬
IX. Adulterated foodstuffs, medicines etc.
X. Special intoxicating drugs used or recovered in cases.
XI. Implements for committing special types of Railway crime or cutting glass.
XII. Items of equipment, armaments, uniform used by Police.
XIII. Documents and registers likely to be useful such as old inspection registers, D.0. Books,
crime directories of exprincely States and British India, gang cases records etc.
N.B.— Serials I to VIII are generally accepted at Central Detective Training School. Calcutta.
1389. Staff.--The staff shall he properly trained in Patna Museum for keeping the items properly
classified, cleaned and they should prevent deterioration as far as possible.
1390. Visitors Book.—This should be also maintained.
646
—: The end :—

INDEX
A Rule No.
ABSCONDEES—
Arrest of— ................................................................................................... ……………….. 118(f), 292
Attachment of property of— .............................................................................................. .. 109(b)
Definition of— ......................................................................................................................... ..118
F. P. slips of— ........................................................................................................................... ..453
—in railway cases ..................................................................................................................... ..497
Proclamation of— ................................................................................................................... ..109
Record of evidence against— .................................................................................................. ..290
Register of—at police-stations ............................................................................................... ...113
Register of—in Superintendent’s office ................................................................................... .883
Rolls of— ............................................................................................................................ .. 883(d)
—to foreign territory ............................................................................................................. ....291
Warrant against— ................................................................................... ……………….. 286, 287, 292
ABSENCE-
—of professional poisoners .................................... ………………………………………………………………..383
—without leave, punishment, for ........................................................................................... ..843
ABSENTEE—
—Statement ............................................................................................................................ ..967
ABSORPTION—
—of ex-service men ................................................................................................................ ..669
ABSTENTION— 瘀‫ط‬
—from investigation .............................................................................................................. .. 160
ABSTRACT—
—of acquittance rolls ............................................................................................................. ..965
ACCIDENT(S)—
—to aircrafts ...................................................................................................................... .. 102(c)
Railway—(see “RAll..WAY“)
—to a gazetted police officer .......................................................................................... .. 1016(a)
—to P.W.D. buildings .................................................................................. ……………... 1130, 1164
ACCOMMODATION—
—for guards ......................................................................................................................... ... 523
ACCOUNT (S) —
Cash—of police station ................................................................................................. .. 124, 944
Cl0thing— ........................................................................................................................... .. 1980
Codes and Manuals relating to— ................................................................... .. 927, Appendix 56
Examination in— ............................................................. ... ...................... .. 867(b), Appendix 52
—objecti0ns ......................................................................................................................... .. 932
Officer in charge of—- ...................................................................................................... .. 935(a)
—of departmental buildings ............................................................................................... .. 1156
—of service stamps ............................................................................................................. .. 910
Periodical check of— ..., ........................................................................................................ ..941
(1)

Index
ACCOUNT (S)—concId. Rule No
Railway—, adjustment of ......................................................................................................................... 1009

Responsibility of accountant for— ...........................................................................................................933(d)
Responsibility of Superintendent for—.................................................................................................. 935(a)
to be checked by Superintendent........................................................................................................... 935(c)
ACCOUNTANT(S)—
Allowance of—……………………………............................................................................................. Appendix 44A
Check of acquittance rolls by—.................................................................................................. 964(e) and (f)
Examination for—............................................................................................................ 867(b), Appendix 52
Making and taking over charge by-—........................................................................................................ 934
Promotion of—.......................................................................................................................................... 864
Responsibility of—for accounts................................................................................………………..…………..933(d)
Responsibility of——for pay bills .......................................................................................................... 965(b)
Security deposits by-—.............................................................................................................................. 992
Time limit to appointment of—................................................................................................................. 868
Training of—.............................................................................................................................................. B67
—to initial cash book ................................................................................................................................ 939
ACCOUNTANT-GENERAL—
—’s instruction on accounts.................................................................................................................. 34B(o)
—to audit building expenditure............................................................................................................... 1158
ACCUSED—
Arrest of—.................................................................................................................................................. 171
Compensation to—in false cases........................................................................................................... 182(b)
瘀‫ط‬
Detention of—in custody....................................................................................................................... 224(c)
Disposal of property of—.............................................................................................. ………………..……….. 324
Identity of—how proved................................................................................................. …………….………... 278
—may be sent up on order of magistrate.................................................................................................. 183
—when to be forwarded to magistrate................................................................................................. 172(a)
ACQUISITION-
—of land................................................................................................................................................... 1152
ACQUITTANCE ROLLS—
Abstract of-— ............................................................................................................................................ 965
Despatch of—to police-station.............................................................................................................. 975(b)
File of—...................................................................................................................................................... 979
Pay—, preparation of ................................................................................................................................ 964
Receipts on-................................................................................................................................................ 977
Travelling all0wance—, preparation of.................................................................................................... 1002
ACTS—
Duties of police under—and local laws...................................................................................... Appendix 101
List of—................................................................................................................................ 925, Appendix 55
Police—contents of........................................................................................................................ Appendix 1
ADDITIONAL POLICE—
Cost of—............................................................................................................................................. 516-521
Quartering of—in disturbed areas.......................................................................................................... .. 518
Supply of—to private persons ………………………………………………………….…………………………………………………. 517
—Superintendent/City Superintendent .............................................................................................. 7A, 3(b)
(2)

Index
Rule No
ADDRESS (ES)—
Complimentary—......................................................................................................................... 713
—of letters to inspector-General............................................................................................. 894(b)
—of matter for gazettes....................................................................................................... .. 888(b)
—of references to F. P. Bureau................................................................................................ 457(a)
Telegraphic—, list of ..........................................................................................911(c), Appendix 54
—to be reported by gazetted officer granted leave.................................................................... 800
ADJUSTMENT-
—of ordnance stores…………………………………………………………………………………………………...1091, 1092
—of railway accounts …………………………………………………………………………………………………….……...1009
ADMINISTRATIVE-
—approval for departmental buildings.......................................................................................1151
—approval for major works………………………………………….……………………………………………..1138, 1142
ADVANCE(S)—
—from chaukidari reward fund ....................................................................................................861
—for building or purchasing house ............................................................................................1007
moter cycle…………………………………………………………………..…………………………………………………..……1008
—of pay on transfer .....................................................................................................................982
Permanent— ........................................................................................................ 948, Appendix 58
—to escorts .................................................................................................................... 536, 550(b)
—to recruits ..................................................................................................................................752
ADVICE SLIPS—
Use of— ........................................................................................................................................937
ADVOCATE- ‫ض‬
Government—, cases for opinion of.............................................................................................893
AGE—
—of recruits .................................................................................................................................663
—of retirement of police officers........................................................................................... 811(a)
—of retirement of ministerial officers ....................................................................................... 875
AGRARIAN UNREST—
Instructions in— …………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….1335, 1338
Police measures in—…………………………..………………………………………………………………….………………1337
Preventive action in—..................................................................................................... 1339, 1340
Special reports in—......................................................................................................... Appendix 3
AGREEMENT—
—from constable ..........................................................................................................................665
Police officers not to enter into— ............................................................................................951(c)
ALARM—
Jail—parades………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………..622
ALLOTMENT—
—of funds for minor works ...................................................................................................1147(e)
ALLOWANCES—
Acting— ........................................................................................................................................986
Bicycle—(see “BICYCLE-3”)
Conveyance—(see “CONVBYANCE")
(3)

Index
Rule No.
ALLOWANCES—concld.
Diet—for armed Police........................................................................................................................................... 760
Horse—(see “H0RSE”).
Motor cycle—for Inspectors and Sub-Inspectors..................................................................... 741, 748, Appendix 47
—of chaukihrs for guarding Governor's route................................................................................................861 (d)
—of head clerks and accountants....................................................................................................... Appendix 44A
—of Police officers under suspension................................................................................................................. 841
—of probationary Sub-Inspectors under training................................................................................................ 747
—of recruits......................................................................................................................................................... 752
—of steno-typist Sub-inspectors ....................................................................................................749, Appendix 42
—of subordinate officers............................................................................................................. 735, Appendix 44A
—of superior officers............................................................................................................................ Appendix 44
Rent—, officers entitled, to.................................................................................................................... Appendix 45
Travelling—(see “TRAVELLING”).
ALTERATI0N—
—of police-station boundaries..................................................................................................... 73(c), Appendix 4
—of site of police-station................................................................................................................................ 1133
AMENITIES—
—in residential buildings ..............................................................................................................................1140(b)
AMMUNTION(S)—
BIank—not to be carried by armed parties .................................................................................................621 A (i)
—boxes, opening of ...........................................................................................................................................1112
Custody of—....................................................................................................................................................
瘀‫ط‬ 1104
Indents for— .....................................................................................................................................................1111
Issue and receipt of— .......................................................................................................................................1110
—lost, committee on ........................................................................................................................................1107
—lost, recovery of cost of ................................................................................................................................1108
—of treasury guard ............................................................................................................................................524
Scale of— ............................................................................................................................................Appendix 66
Service and practice—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………..………..1110
Supply of—........................................................................................................................................................1089
(See also “CARTRIDGES"
ANALYSIS—
Chemical—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….….............216-220, 125, 711
—in Forensic science laboratory.......................................................................................................... Chapter 42
ANCHAL—
—guards ...............................................................................................................................................608, 611(b)
ANIMAL DISEASES—
Police action in—.........................................................................................................................…...1341, 1344
ANNUAL—
—enquiries about persons in crime directory................................................................................................. 361
—indents for forms………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….921(b)
—inspection by Superintendent .................................................................................................................. 39(a)
—repairs to departmental buildings...........................................................................................................….1163
—reports, submission of ............................................................................. …1010-1022, Appendices 60 and 61
—report of papers for record-room .........................................................................................................…….1029
(4)

Index
Rule No.
ANNUAL_concld.
—return of officers of age of 58 ...................................................................................................................812
—return of ordnance and departmental stores .........................................................................................1125
—statement of deaths of convict..................................................................................................................454
—training of mobilization contingent..................................................................................................... 617(a)
ANTECEDENTS—
Verification of—of candidates for employment………..……………………………………………………………………………...92
Verification of—of sub-inspectors........................................................................................................ 656(b)
APPEAL(S)—
—against departmental punishment of menials ........................................................................................872
—against departmental punishment of ministerial officers................................................................. 870(a)
—against departmental punishment of police officers ....................................................................851—853
Communication of results of—…………………………………………………………………………………………………313, 504(c)
—register ....................................................................................................................................................312
—to High Court ...........................................................................................................................................311
—to Sessions Court .....................................................................................................................................310
--to Medical Board .....................................................................................................................................797
APPLICATION—
—for extension of service ......................................................................................................................... 811
—for order under section 356, Cr. P. C. .....................................................................................................281
—for warrants .............................................................................................................................................286
APPOINTMEN(S)—
Authorities empowered to make—............................................................................................ Appendix 41
—certificate ................................................................................................................................................674
—of directors and other staff of F. P. Bureau................................................................................... 457A & B
—of constables............................................................................................................................................661
—of Assistant Public Prosecutor Gr. I to III ............................................................................................... 670
—of Assistant Sub-Inspectors or Havildars ......................................................................................660, 660A
—of inspectors ............................................................................................................................................649
—of ministerial officers………….…..………………….…………………………………..…………………….862, 863 Appendix 51
—of police radio staff, rule for......................................................................................................Appendix 92
—of Reserve Sub-inspector ..........................................................................................................................651
—of Reserve Inspector .................................................................................................................................650
--of special police ........................................................................................................................................405
—of sub-inspectors....................................................................................................... 653-658, Appendix 38
—of superior officers.............................................................................................................................640-645
APPROVERS—
Segregation of—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………298(b)
ARCHAEOLOGY—
Finds of interest to—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………105. N.B. to 1031
ARMED POLICE-
Allowance for--………………………………. .........................................................................................................760
Commissioner to be informed of movement of—….…………………………………………………………………………..615(d)
Constitution of district—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 611
Deputation of magistrates with—....................................................................................................... 621(c)
Disposition of'—at riots…………………………..…………………………………………………………………………………………621(d)
(5)

Index Rule No
ARMED Police — could.

—not to be employed on miscellaneous duties ………………………………………….. 614
—on deputation, free transport for ............................................................. .. 760
Rations for— .................................................................................................... 760
Requisition for—............................................................................................ .. 621
Strength of— .................................................................................. .. Appendix 33
Uniform of— .................................................................................. .. Appendix 65
ARMOURER(S)—
—cadre, its function, etc. ................................................................. 1106(a), 1248
Inspection by assistant inspector or deputy superintendent—…………………. 1096
Scale of tools for …………………………………………………………………………………… 1106(b)
ARMS—
Annual return of——..................................................................................... 1 125
—at police-stations …………………………………………………………………….……… 524, 2(a)
Cleaning materials for—............................................................................ 1089(d)
Cleaning ……………….…………………………………………………………………………………… 1 105
Component parts of— ............................................................................... 1106(0)
Confiscation of— ………………………………………………………………………………………… 326
Custody of— ............................................................................................ ..1104
Delay in disposal of application for— ............................................................ 926E
Deposit of—at police-stations ..................................................................... 325(a)
Destruction of— .......................................................................................... 326(b)
—factories and stores, inspection of ‫ط‬
瘀.......................................................... .. 71(b)
lndents to replace--and stores ....................................................... 1 10'7(b), 1109
—licenses, cancellation of ........................................................................ .. 325(a)
—licenses, renewal of .................................................................. .. 325(h) and (i)
Lost or damaged-—, enquiries about ................................................ .. 1107, 1108
Marking of— …………………………………………………….………………………………………. 1102
—ofesc0rts....................................................................................................... 539
—of treasury guard .......................................................................................... 524
Possession of--by police officers …………………………………………………………………. 697
Recovery of cost of— ………………………………………………………………………………… 1108
Register of—-at police-stations ................................................................... 325(b)
Register of—in court malkhana .................................................................. 325(e)
Responsibility of Superintendent for— ......................................................... 1103
Return of-—to Arsenal ............................................................... 1006, 1098-1100
Scale of— ........................................................................................... Appendix 66
Unserviceable— ............................................................................................ 1 109
Verification of—............................................................................................ 325(g)
ARMS ACT-
Licensesunder—.....................................................................................130(a)
ARMY—
—Deserters..................................................................................................926F
ARREAR—
—pay bills, preparation of .......................................................................... 968(b)
(6)
Index Rule No.
ARREST—
Failure to—………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..109(a)
—of defence personnel………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………..231
—of member of Assembly/Parliament,…………………………………………………………………..………P.M. Form no.42A
—in railway cases …………………………………………………………………………………………… …………………………………..469
—in rioting cases ………………………………….…………………………………………………………….…………………………………235
—of absconders ………………….…………….………………………………………………………………………………………….……118(f)
—of accused ………………….………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………107
—of Ex-Reformatory school boys…….…………………………………… ……………………………………………………………….282
—of military offenders ………………………………………………………………………………………………...……231,Appendix14
—of offenders of foreign countries ………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..226
—of telegraph and post office servants …………………………………………………………………………………………………230
—of railway servants ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..230, 502, 503(b)
Police ofi'1cer’s power of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..221(a)
—under section 34 of police Act …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..225
—under section 101 of Railways Act ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..503
ASSAULT—
—on police ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………144(b)
ASSISTANCE—
—to any officer/person …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………6(c)
—to defence services by police ………………………………………………………………………………………..…………………..6(c)
ASSISTANT (S)—
—of I.G./Dy. LG. offices …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….….….7A 9(a)
—of Inspector /Dy. I.G. offices …………………………………………………………………………………………….….………7A
‫ض‬ 3(a)
—Steno. Sub-inspector ...................... ……………………………………………………………………………………….…….7A 9(b)
ASSISTANT PUBLIC PEOSECUTOR—
—grade I to grade Ill ......................... ……………………………………………………………………………. Appendix 38A, 249
ASSISTANT SUB-INSPECTOR—
Appointment of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….660
Conveyance allowance 0f— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………...751(b)
Duties of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…..88
Kits of— ............................................ ………………………………………………………………..…………..1065, Appendix 65
—may enquire into unnatural deaths ………………………………………………………………………………………………..201(c)
—not to investigate cases .................. …………………………………………………………………………………………..…….88(c)
—of inspector’s office ............................................................................................................................... ..57
Period of posting of— ............................................................................................................................. ..778
Promotion of—to sub-inspector ............................................................................................................. ..659
Promotion of writer constable to— …………………………………………………………………………………………………..729(b)
Training of— ............................................................................................................................................ ..684
ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT—
Casual leave of— ................................................................................................................................ ..794(b)
Confidential reports on— ..................................................................................................................... ..1018
Confirmation of— ................................................................................................................................... ..644
Date from which service of—counts ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..733
Delegation of powers to— ................. ………………………………………………………………………………………………...11(b)
Efficiency bar for—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….721(d)
(7)

Index Rule No.
ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT—concld.
Grant to—for purchase of uniform, etc. ............................................................................... .. 1062
—in charge of subdivision ......................................................................................................... .. 53
Increment of— .................................................................................................................... .. 722(a)
inspection by— ........................................................................................ …………….…139(b), 926(c)
Method of employment of— .................................................................................................... .. 11
Officiating pay of— ................................................................................................................. .. 732
Pay and allowances of— ........................................................................................... .. Appendix 44
Powers of— ....................................................................................................................... 11(a), 13
Quarters for—at Police Training College ................................................................................... 734
Recruitment of— ..................................................................................................................... .. 643
—to attend office .................................................................................................................... .. 877
—to attend parade .................................................................................................................. .. 629
—to attend target practice ..................................................................................................... .. 631
Training of— ............................................................................................................................ .. 677
ATTACHMENT—
—of salary of police officers .................................................................................................... .. 709
—under section 83, Cr. P. C. ....................................................................................... .. 109(b), 289
ATTENDANCE. —
—at office ................................................................................................................................ .. 877
—of witnesses ................................................................................................................. .. 303, 304
瘀‫ط‬
—register of chaukidars ..................................................................................................... .. 110(d)
AUDIT—
—of expenditure on departmental buildings ........................................................................ .. 1158
B
BAD CHARACTERS—
Constables to be taught to recognise— ……………………………………………………………………………….. 375
Officers and men to be questioned regarding—...................................................................... 41(7)
BAD LIVELIHOOD CASES—
Reports in ......................................................................................................185, 404, Appendix 11
Sureties in— ............................................................................................................................ .. 283
BADGES—
Marksman’s—........................................................................................................................ 636(b)
BAIL—
Grant of—in bailable offences ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 223
Grant of—in non-bailable offences 224, 306
Release from— ................................................................................................................... .. 181(g)
BAIL-BONDS—
—to be attached to charge-sheet........................................................................................... .. 175
Court officer to make out— ...................................................................................................... 305
Form of— ............................................................................................................................. .. 181(f)
BANK—
— draft……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..940(d)(e), 972
(8)
Index Rule No.
BEARING-
-charges, payment of ..................................................................................................................953
BEAT—
—house, establishment of.......................................................................................................136(b)
--maps for town…….……………………………………………………………..…………..…………………………………..884
BEDDING--
—of convicts, carriage of .......................................................................................................:..570
BED-HEAD—
—tickets for hospital patients............................................................................................. 1046(d)
BEGGARS--
Duty of Railway police towards—........................................................................................ 465(g)
BEHAVIOUR—
—of police towards public ...........................................................................................1202, 1350
BHALLAS—
—for police......................................................................................................................... 139(b)
BICYCLE—
---allowance of Reserve Inspector and Reserve Sub-Inspector,..............................................745
BILLS—
Accountant to prepare-…………………………………………………………………………………………………..………….933(d)
—, preparation of .......................................................................................................945(c), 946(a), 949
Daily totals of office expenses—in cash book ................................................................................. 939(a)
Duplication of—................................................................................................................................ 945(b)
—for burial of paupers ..................................................................................................................... 121 (i)
‫ض‬
--for diet of hospital patients ...............................................................................................................959
—for diet of prisoners……………………………………………..…………………………………………………..…………….….1005
—for increased salary ...........................................................................................................................985
—for rewards……………………………………….…………………………………………………………………………………….……1006
—for Remittance Transfer Receipts, how endorsed………………………………………………..……..................940(f)
—for service stamps ............................................................................................................................ 952
—for State grants.............................................................................................................................. 947(b)
—, numbering of.............................................................................................................................. 945(e)
Office expenses—, classification of .....................................................................................................954
Office copies of— .............................................................................................................................945(d)
Pay—, encashment of ...........................................................................................................................973
pay—, preparation of ................................................................................................................ 945(b), 965
Signing of— ........................................................................................................................................... 935
Travelling allowance—, encashment of ............................................................................................... 1002
Travelling allowance—-, preparation of............................................................................................. 945(b),
Appendix 57
Travelling allowance—, controlling officers for.......................................................................................755
BIRTHS—
—and deaths, to be reported to Gram Sevak……………………………………………………………….………..126
Registration of—and deaths in municipalities………………………………..…………………………………….127
BLACK MARKS—
Rule for—…………………………………………………………………………………….…………………...............834, 837
(9)

Index Rule No.
BLOOD STAINS—
Rules for forwarding articles containing—.....................................................................................................................219
BOARD-
Medical—………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………..………………………797
BOAT(S)—
Classification of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………….1197
Conveyance of trasure by— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………596
—crews, enrolment of……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………….………………………1173
—crews, kits ...................................................................................................................................................Appendix 65
—crews, leave and travelling allowance of .................................................................................................................1174
—establishment, expenditure on………………………………..…………………………………………………..…………………….……………… 1177
Exemption from tolls of— ............................................................................................................................ ..............1178
Ferry—, overloading of ....................................................................................................................................................99
—for investigating officers ………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………..…………………………86
Government—, use of....................................................................................................................................................762
Hire of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………….…………………1168
Repairs to— .................................................................................................................................................................1170
Stores for-- ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………….. 1171
Travelling allowances for journeys by— .....................................................................................................................1169
BOMBS—
Treatment of …………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………..……………….. Appendix 26
BONDS—
Rail—(see “BAIL-BONDS").
瘀‫ط‬
Security—, registration of ........................................................................................................................................993 (b)
Security—, retention of ………………………………………………………………………………..…..……… …………………………………………..955
BORDER—
Inspectors on—.........................................................................................................................................................403(b)
—security force …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……. 34B(i)
BORROWlNG—
—of money prohibited .............................................................................................................................................705(b)
BOUNDARIES—
—of police-station, alteration in ……………………………………………………….………………….…………………………...73(c), Appendix 4
BOXES—
Kit— ……………………………………………………………………………………………..……………..…..………………………………………..………….1074
BRASS—
—numbers of constables ……………………………………………………………………………….………………………..………..…………..……..1070
—seals, indents for ...................................................................................................................................................922(d)
BREACH—
—of peace, reports of likelihood of ................................................................................................................................82
BRIEF—
Disposal of— .............................................................................................................................................................264(b)
—of public, prosecutor in serious cases ……………..………………………………………………………………..….….……………….………….267
Preparation of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………...………………..……..174(b)
Submission of—to Superintendent …………………………………………………………………..…………………………………………..…….264(a)
(10)

Index
Rule No.
BUDGET—
grants not to be exceeded ............................................................................................................................................928
grants on state budget ……………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………..…….. 1135
BUGLERS—
Allowances of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..… 687(b), Appendix 44A
Training of— .................................................................................................................................................................687
BUILDING(S)—
Accidents to— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………….……………….1130
—agencies ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………….1134
—by whom undertaken.…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………. 1134
Departmental—(see “DEPARTMENTAL”).
Designs for— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..1126
-funds, lapse of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..1161
Materials for roof of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1129
—materials, sale of .....................................................................................................................................................1166
Progress report on— ...................................................................................................................................................1146
Alteration to— .............................................................................................................................................................1136
Public Works Department—budget provision for ……………………………………………………………………………………………... 1135
Public “Works Department-—changes in plan of ………………………………………………………………………………………….….. 1146(c)
Public Works Department—, classification of ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1137
Public Works Department—, repairs to ……………………………………………………………………………..………………………………….1148
Residential|—, projects for …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….. 1140
Residential—, repairs to ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……. 1148(c)
Unauthorized.—not to be erected by railway police ……………………………………………………………………………..…………. 481(b)
‫ض‬
Urgent repairs to— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..
(See also “MAJOR WORKS” AND “MINOR WORKS").
BUOYS—
—for treasure by boat ..................................................................................................................................................596
Reports on— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…… 103
BUREAU—
Criminal intelligence—(see “CRIMlNAL”).
Finger print—-{see “FINGER PRINT”).
Photographic— ........................................................................................................................................422, Appendix 22
BURIAL—
—of intestate persons ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………............................. 121(b)
—0f paupers ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..121(i)
BUS—
Journey of escort by— ...................................................................................................................................................555
BYE-LAWS—
Railway—, infractions of......................................................................................................................................... 465(b)
CALCUTTA—
Arrival of prisoners in— .................................................................................................................................................576
CAMP-
-equipage, recovery of cost of ......................................................................................................................................756
—guard for under-trial prisoners ..................................................................................................................................533
—of troops ....................................................................................................................................................................603
(11)

Index
Rule No.
CANALS—
Wrecks in— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..… 103(h)
CANDIDATES-
--for appointment as sub-inspector, selection of …………………………………………………………………………………………………... 654
—for employment, verification of antecedents of …………………………………………………………………………………………….……….92
—for enlistment in police, medical examination of ……………………………………………………………………………………….…….. 672
--for enlistment, verification of antecedents of ……………………………………………………………………………………………..……… 673
CARTRIDGE(S)—
Empty—cases ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………. 1114—1116
Misfired—, return to arsenal of ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………….1115
CASE(S)—
—against police officers, costs of defence in ........................................................................................................716, 720
—against police, departmental action after ......................................................................................................... 844-849
—diaries, custody of .............................................................................................................................62, 279(a), 1010(e)
—diaries in court, disposal of ....................................................................................................................................... 279
—diaries, instructions for writing and despatch of ................................................ ……………………………………………….164
—diaries in unnatural death cases ............................................................................................................................... 200
—diaries, C.I.D. officer’s ....................................................................................................................................... 432, 433
False—.......................................................................................................................................................................... 182
CASH-
—account at police-stations ................................................................................................................................. 124. 944
—account certificate .................................................................................................................................................... 942
—book, daily ......................................................................................................................................................... 939, 940
瘀‫ط‬
—book, petty.............................................................................................................................................................. 1043
--chests, charge of......................................................................................................................................................... 933
Counting of—............................................................................................................................................................ 940(b)
CASTE— 4
—marks not to be worn in uniform ........................................................................................................................ 1061(c)
—not to be notel in S. B. ....................................................................................................................................... 1041(a)
CASUAL LEAVE—
General rules for— ....................................................................................................................................................... 784
—of constables ............................................................................................................................................................. 788
— of Deputy Inspector-General ............................................................................................................................ .. 855(b)
—of gazetted officers ................................................................................................................................................... 794
—of Inspector (unarmed) and Reserve Inspector ................................................................................................... 786(b)
Register of— ............................................................................................................................................................... 1048
CASUALTY—
—register.................................................................................................................................................................... 1049
CATTLE—
—disease, reporting of ..........................................................................................................................................97, 1341
Impounded—,sale of ................................................................................................................................................ 123(a)
—killed by wild animals ................................................................................................................................................ 129
—poisoning, medico-legal evidence in........................................................................................................205(c), 1261(f)
Strayed—, notices of .................................................................................................................................................123(b)
Trespass of--—on railways .......................................................................................................................................... 468
(12)

Index
Rule No.
CENSURES—
Entry of—in service book …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………….………………838
CENTRAL
—Bureau of investigation ……………………………………………………..……………………………………………………………….……………34B(d)
—clothing stores ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..7A 1(q)
—Excise and custom force ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………..34B(m)
— Forensic Science Laboratory............................................................................................................................... 34B(g)
—Intelligence Bureau.............................................................................................................................................. 34B(c)
—Reserve Police Force ............................................................................................................................................ 34B(f)
CERTIFICATE—
Appointment— ............................................................................................................................................................ 674
Cash account— ............................................................................................................................................................ 942
Charge—........................…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….. 772
Command—........................................................................................................................................................... 90, 1036
Command—of treasure escort ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 592
Discharge— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………........ 813(d)
Health—, fee for …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……..672(b)
Heath—with first pay—bill ........................................................................................................................................... 970
Last pay— ..................................................................................................................................................................... 971
Leave— ................................................................................................................................................................... 1047(e)
Leave—with pay-bills …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….................. 969
Medical— ...............................................................................................................................................................795-797
—of attendance as witness ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 304, 965(g)
—0f F.P. experts ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….….… 450
‫ض‬
—on acquittance roll of reserve ............................................................................................................................... 976(a)
Parchment—................................................................................................................................................................. 856
—to wandering gangs forbidden ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 402
—with pension application ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….. 822
CHALAN—
—for amount remitted from police-stations ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..… 124(f)
—for impounded cattle …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 123(a)
—sent with corpse ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….….. 207(c)
CHARACTER—
Confidential-—roll (see “CONFIDENTIAL”).
CHARGE (S)—
—against police ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……. 50
Bearing— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 953
Making and taking over—by head-clerk ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….… 934
Making and taking over—by subordinate officers ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 773
Making and taking over—by Superintendent ……………………..……………………………………………………………………..…… 771, 772
Making and taking over--of police-station ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..………… 79
—sheet, documents to accompany .............................................................................................................................. 175
—sheet, submission of.......................................................................................................................................... 174, 183
—sheet to be laid before magistrate ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 263
(13)

Index
Rule No
CHART-
Crimc—..................................................................................................................................................................... 880(f)
CHAUKIDARS—
Allowance to--for guarding President’s route etc. ………………………………………………………………………..…………………….861(d)
Attendance register of— .........................................................................................……………………………………..………110(d)
Employment of--for escorts........................................................................................................................................ 240
Enquiries from ..................................................................................................................……………………….…………….112(a)
Hue and cry notices to be explained to—.................................................................................................................... 155
Inspector to supervise work of—.............................................................................................................................. 71(a)
Instruction to—....................................................................................................................................................... 112(c)
Parade of—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……….116
Powers of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….….111(a)
Register of-……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……111(b)
Rewards to— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……….…….. 861
to assist in surveillance of wandering gangs .......................................................................................................... 380(a)
—to report presence of wandering gangs……………………………………………………………………………………………………….……….390
Travelling expenses of—..............................................................................................................................................1004
CHEMICAL EXAMINATION—
Analysis of articles by-...........................................................................................................................216-220 & 1257 II
CHEQUES—
Receipt—................................................................................................................................................................. 937(f)
CHILDREN—
—of female prisoners, disposal of ............................................................................................................................ 297
瘀‫ط‬
CHOLERA—
Reporting of— ................................................................................................................................................... 97, 1341
CIRCLE INSPECTOR (SEE “INSPECTOR”).

CIRCULARS—
File of—at police-stations ….…………………………………................................................................................................134(c)
Issue of—by Inspector-General………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….8
Issue of—by Superintendent ................................................................................................................................1037(c)
CIVIL—
—court, allowance for attending........................................................................................................................... 965(g)
— Defence…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..7 A (8) (b)
— suits against police officers ........................................................................................................................... 716, 720
— suit, enquiry by C.I.D. into false ............................................................................................................................ 426
—Surgeon not entitled to police orderly ....................................................................................................................693
—Surgeon or other Doctors, post-mortem examination by ............................................................................. 207, 209
—Surgeon to be informed of epidemics ................................................................................................................. 1341
—Surgeon to certify to health of lunatic before escort. ………………………………………………………………………………….…585(a)
—Surgeon to fix diet scale in hospital ....................................................................................................................957(a)
— Surgeon to pass diet bills ................................................................................................................................. 959(a)
CLASSES—
Drill— .....................................................................................................................................................................685(b)
Education— ...............................................................................................................................................................630
(14)

Index
Rule No
CLASSIFICATION—
—of constables for leave…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………………..….781
—of crime for entry in crime directory………………………………………………………………………………………………….………...Appendix 17
—of information in C.I. Bureau………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….…. Appendix 21
—of police officers for travelling allowance ........................................................................................................................754
—of P. R. prisoners………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….332
CLEANING-
—of arms………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1089(d), 1105
—of equipment……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……….…………..1121
CLERKS—
Training of—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……..…………867(a)
—unable to give security debarred from promotion ..........................................................................................................996
CLOTHING (See “UNIFORM").
CLUB—
Police—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… Appendix 90
CODE(S)—
Accounts—, list of………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….... 927, Appendix 56
—of conduct……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………..…………………….5
—telegrams from abroad, receipt of…………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………911(e)
COGNIZABLE—
—crime, Investigation of—by railway police……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………484
—offence referred for investigation by magistrate.............................................................................................................156
COINS- ‫ض‬
Counterfeit—, detection of................................................................................................................................... Appendix 24
COMMAND—
—certificate……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………90, 1036
—certificate of treasure escort .......................................................................................................................................592(6)
—of guards ...........................................................................................................................................................................522
COMMANDERS-IN-CHIEF—
Police arrangements for—………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………….514
COMMERCIAL-
—departments, guards for…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………527
COMMISSIONER—
Consultation of—by D.I.G. ....................................................................................................................................................25
Power of—over police……………………………………………………………………………………….................615(d)
Guards for—.................................................................................................................................................................531, 532
Position of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………24(a), 615(d)
COMMITTEE-
—on lost or damaged arms …………………………………………………………………………………………..…1107
—on stores received and despatched …………………………………………………………………………………………….1194
—report book …………………………………………………………………………………………………………...1144
Site— ................................................................................................................................................................................1132
Uniform—.....................................................................................................................................................................1076(b)
(15)

Index Rule No
COMMUNICATION (S)-
—between escorted prisoners and outsiders ....................................................... 543, 583
Departmental— ........................................................................................................ 896(e)
Language of-—to other States .......................................................................................903
—of official Information prohibited..........................................................................….. 710
—of mobilization order ............................................................................................. 6l6(d)
Urgent—from headquarters………………………………………………………………………….904
COMMUNAL UNREST—
—causes, police action, preventive measures in ............................................... l356—i359
—police equipment’s, special police etc. in ......................................... 1360
COMMUTATlON—
—of pension ..................................................................................................... 823
COMPARISON-
—of absconder’s register …………………………………………………………………………………….118(g)
—of fine registers…………………………………………………………………………………………..………125(f)
--of station cash account...............................................................................................944
COMPENSATION-
-to accused in false eases ………………………………………………………………………………………182(b)
COMPLAlNANTS—
Expenses of— ........................................................................................................... 180(a)
COMPLAINTS—
—against police, procedure of enquiry 瘀‫ط‬
into…………………………………..………. 50, I210-1218
---against police, prosecution for false……………………………………………………………………….720
—against police to be reported by court officer………………………………………………………262
COMPLETION—
—report of departmental buildings........................................................................1155(c)
COMPLIMENT (S)-
—by guards and sentries..............................................................................................607
COMPLIMENTARY-
—address prohibited………………………………………………………………………………………………713
COMPONENT PARTS-—
Indents for— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………1106(g)
CONDUCT-
—rules, Government servants’ ……………………………………………..…………….……………..704-714
—rules, police officers’ ……………………………………………………………………………………………666
CONFESSlONS—
—in gang cases ………………………………………………..………………………………………………..………190
Investigating officers not to work for— …………………………………………………………..………48(b)
Recording of—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………191
-of dacoityies to be entered in dacoity register…………………………………………………………..882
Segregation of prisoners making— .................…………………..…………………..………………298(b)
Verification of— .................................................................................................. 191—193
CONFERENCE-
Rest and—room .......................................................................................................... 1226
(16)

Index Rule No.
CONFIDENTIAL—
—character rolls ...........................................................................924, I042, I311, 1248 (g)
—character rolls of ministerial officers ……………………………..…………….…..……………... 873(a)
—correspondence, despatch of ……………………………………..….……………..….…………………..908
Weekly—diary ……………………………………………………………….……….……….……..……. I017, 1023
--enquiry slips, despatch of …………………………………………………….…………………….……….378(a)
—nature of crime directory ...................................................................................... 355(b)
—nature of Criminal Intelligence Gazette................................................................ 890(0)
-nature of surveillance records .....................................................................................374
—reports on officer’s work ..........................................................................................I018
—reports to intelligence Department............................................................. ..1010(b)
CONFIRMATION-—
—of Assistant Superintendent ......................................................................................644
—of Deputy Superintendent .........................................................................648(a) and (6)
-of sub-inspectors…………………………………………………………………………….……………………..68l(b)
CONSENT-
—of injured persons to medical treatment .............................................................2i5
CONSPIRACY—
Prosecutions in—cases ............................................................................................186
CONSTABLES—
Advances to recruits enlisted as—…………………………………………….……………….………. 752(b)
Agreement form………………………………………………..………………………….………………………… 665
Appointment of— ..........................................................................................................663
‫ض‬
Cost of carrying Government properly for—……………………………….…………………..…………759
Court—…………………………………………………………………………………………..…………..………….....251
Deputation of—to railway police ...................................................................................477
Duties of—………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………….89
Education of- ......................................................................................................... ..83, 630
Enlistment order of-………………………………………………………………………..…….……………. 673(c)
Exchange of—between district and railway police .......................................................507
Gang diary of- ...........................................................................................................392
Grant of casual leave/compensatory casual
leave to-by inspectors. ............................................................................................... .. 788
Increment of— ...............................................................................................................730
—in hospital, diet charges for.........................................................................................957
Jurisdiction of--for T.A……………………………………………………………………………………………... 757
Kits of—………………………………………………………………………………………………1065, Appendix 65
Leave classification of—….…………………………………………………………..………………….. 780(a) (ii)
Medical certificate……………………………………………………….……………..…………………………796(d)
Medical examination of-…………………………………………………………….………..…………….........672
—not an officer-in-charge of a police-station ………………………………..…….…………………… 80
--not to enquire into unnatural deaths …………………………………………..…………………… 201(b)
—not to record F.I.R. …………………………………………………………………….…………………….. 143(f)
—of' district police at railway station …………..…………………………………………………………..477
-on leave, free passage to'.'. ...................................................................................... ..807
Pay and allowances of- ................................................................................ Appendix 44A
(17) Period of posting of— …………………………………….………………………………………………………778

Index Rule No
CONSTABLES—concId.
Promotion of—…………………………………………………………….……………………….……….………729(b)
Re-appointment of—…………………………………………………………………………….……….………….671
Recognition of bad-characters by-……………………………………………………….……….……………375
Temporary—, appointment of…………………………………………………………….….………………….667
—to attend jail parade…………………………….……….…………………………… …………..…………350(a)
Training of—...........................................................................................................................686
Travelling allowance of—on transfer……………………………………………….………………………..…..……….764
Uniform of—…………………………………………………………………………………......……………….……Appendix 65
Verification rolls……………………………………………………………………………………..………………………..…….673
Writer—, appointment of.....................................................................................................661
Writer—,training of..............................................................................................684
CONSTRUCT 1ON—
Petty—(see “PETTY").
CONTlNGENC1ES—
Mobilization—(see “MOBILIZATION”).
CONTRACT—
Police officers not to enter into—.............................................................................. 95l(c)
CONTRACTORS-
Building—, agreement form for………………………………………………………….………. Appendix 69
Building—, employment of ………………………………………………………………..………………..... 1154
Clothing—, supply of uniform by……………………………………………………………………1076-1077
瘀‫ط‬
CONTROL-
—of cases by D.I.G, C.l.D. …………………………………………..………………………………………………. 423, 435
---of loudspeakers, bathing ghats etc. in Melas. ………………………………………………………….1351, 1354
—of railway police ........................................................................................................ 460
-of traffic, rules for……………………………..……………………………………………………………Appendix 9
Records and equipments in—room……………………….………………………………………………….1225
—room, functions and rules of............................................................................1223, 1227
-room staff…………………………………..…………………………………………………………………………..…………..1224
Traffic-room……………………………………………………….…………………………………………………..…………….1293
CONTROLLING-
—officer, countersignature of— ............................................................................. 1002(1)
on travelling allowance bills.
—officers for travelling allowance ............................................................................755
CONVEYANCE—
-allowance of inspectors ................................................................................................741
—al1owance of Reserve Sub-Inspector and Reserve Inspector…………………….…………….745
—allowance of Sub-Inspectors ...................................................................... ...............748
-allowance, special ..............................................................................748(d), Appendix 47
—al1owance of assistant Sub-Inspector/Havildars…………………….………………..…………………….….………751(b)
—of escort, arrangements for ......……………………………………………………………………………. 544
Provision of—by prisoner under escort …………….…………………..…………………. 241(e) and (t)
(18)

Index Rule No
CONVICTS—
Female—, children of ....................................................................................................297
Juvenile—, release of.....................................................................................................353
—under escort, advance of expenses for…………………………………………………….………......568
—under escort, carriage of bedding of……………………………………………………….……….......570
—under escort, death or sickness of .............................................................................57l
—under escort, escape of……………………………………………………………………….………...573, 574
—under escort, females and juveniles to be separated……………………….….………...........564
—under escort, firing on……………………..……………………………………………….…………………….572
—under escort handcuffs and fetters for……………….……………………………..……………526, 563
—under escort, halts………………………………………………………………………………..………………..582
—under escort. Journeys of——under escort by rail. ...................................... .. 575—580
—under escort. Journeys of—under escort by road……………………………………….…...581-583
-under escort. Journeys of—under escort by steamer…………………………………….….………584
—under escort, meals…………………………………………………………………………………….………….566
—under escort, prohibited articles for...........................................................................565
—under escort, rations for ............................................................................................561
(See also “ESCORT”).
CONVICTION (S)-
lnformation from criminals after— ...............................................................................195
—of police officers, action on ................................................................................844-847
Previous—, remand to prove ........................................................................................269
‫ض‬
—register …………………………………………………………………………………….……………..……….....317
-register, index to…………………………………………………………………..…. 319, 320, Appendix 15
-sheets ........................................................................................................... 317(e) and (t)
—under section 511, I.P.C. to be entered in Crime Directory……………………………….359(c)
CO-OPERATION—
—between railway and district police .................................................... 474, 49]-496, 505
—between railway police and Railway Protection Force. .............................................462
Meetings………………………………………………………….………………………..…………………..........408
—of railway police with R.P.F. department.............................................................. 462(b)
—with Gram Panchayat........................................................................................... 408(g)
—with NepalPolice..........................................................................................Appendix 19
CORPSE
Conveyance of--by rail……………………………………………………………………..……………........509
Despatch of—-for post-mortem……………………………………………………..………………..270(C)
Disposal of-— ....................................................................................................................... 211(ii)
Disposal of—by railway police ...................................................................................................464
Duties of constable-in-charge of—- ...........................................................................................208
Expenses of municipality in burying— ...................................................................................121(h)
Expenses of transmit1ing— ........................................................................................................210
Finger prints of— ........................................................................................................................272
CORRECTIONS-—
-in letters to be initialled .......................................................................................... 899(a)
—in police-station registers, how made .....................................................................................115
(19)
Index Rule No
CORRESPONDENCE—
Classification and preservation ot1— ..................................................1026, Appendix 63
Confidential--, opening of ........................................................................................... 908
Despatch of— …………………………………………………………………………………….………….….…….. 909
Direct—-with Government forbidden ......................................................................... 894
Destruction of— ........................................................................................................ 1031
List of pending……………………………………………………..…………….…………………..…….……………916
Method of dealing ………………………………………………..………..…………………………..…………….905
—need not go through District Magistrate ................................................................. 891
Original documents not to be sent in— .......................................................................901
Private—not to be sent Service paid ........................................................................909(b)
Rules for receipt of—…………………………………………….…..………………………………………………906
Urgent—…………………………………………………………….…..…………………………………..…………894(c)
—while Superintendent is on tour……………………..……………………………..…...……………… 895
—with District Magistrate……………………………..………………………………..….…..………………..892
—with Inspector-General ...................................................................................... .. 894(b)
—with Nepali hakims .......................................................................................Appendix I9
—with other States ....................................................................................................... 903
Writing of orders on— ............................................................................................. 907
CORRUPTION-
Enquiry about a-in staff ............................................................................50, 1214—1221
COSTS—
—in suits against police officers ............................................................. 7 I 5, Appendix 74
瘀‫ط‬
—of carrying Government properties on escort ..................................................... 575(b)
COUNTERFEIT—
-coins, detection of ......................................................................................... Appendix 24
COUNTRY— '
—stationery, purchase of .................................................................................... .. 955
COURT-— .
—constales .................................................................................................................... 251
interview with prisoners in— ........................................................................................ 301
—khatian register ......................................................................................................... 322
—office. accommodation in ......................................................................................... 252
—office. registers prescribed for .................................................................. ..Appendix 62
—office. returns due from ........................................................................... .. Appendix 64
—office, stationery for .................................................................................................. 253
-officer. daiiy under-trial case reports of .......................................................... 308, 878(b)
-officer, definition of ................................................................................................ 248(a)
—officer, duties of ................................................................................................... 248(b)
—officer. duties in connection with confiscated arms. ............................................... 326
-officer. duties in railway police cases ......................................................................... 504
—officer. duties regarding escorts .............................................................................. 602
—officer, security deposits by ..................................................................................... 992
—officer to assist legal practitioners ........................................................................... 250
—officer to check malkhana statement ...................................................................... 328
(20)

Index Rule No.
COURT—concId.
—officer to report complaints against police-officers ................................................262
Recourse to—for redress of grievances discouraged…………………………………...........714(ii)
Staff of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..246
COVERS—
Bearing—, destruction of ........................................................................................953(c)
-for ordnance stores ..................................................................................................1092
-note system for railway warrants .......................................................................... 575(b)
CREWS (see “BOAT CREWS“).
CRIME-
—Bujharat ................................................................................................................ 316A
-centres, notes on …………………………………………………………………….….……323(b) Appendix7
—charts.....................................................................................................................880(f)
—in mela (s)…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1352
Control of……………………………………………………………………………………………..………….........881
—directory, annual enquiries in connection with .......................................................361
—directory, description of ..........................................................................................355
—directory, inspection of ......................................................................................... 42(b)
—directory, investigating officer to consult ................................................................163
—directory, Part II, classification of crime for entry in…................................ Appendix 17
—directory, Part II, how kept .......................................................................................357
—directory, Part ll, index of entries in .........................................................................365
—directory, Part II, persons to be entered in .......................................................358, 359
‫ض‬
—directory, Part ill, how kept .......................................................................................366
—directory, removal of names from ............................................................................364
—directory slip .......................................................................................................... ..360
—exhibition ............................................................................................................... 1208
Following up of—outside railway limits .......................................................................491
—graphs .......................................................................................................................880
Index of-- ......................................................................................................................879
—maps, maintenance of ......................................................................879(c), Appendix 7
—maps, supply of .................................................................................................... 131(c)
Monthly return of—on railway .....................................................................................511
—near railway limits, information to district police of……............................................490
Monthly return of— ................................................................................................... ..323
-report, annual .........................................................................1020——l02l, Appendix 60
—records for police-station, Superintendent and C.l.B. .............................. ...Appendix 86
Reporting of— ...................................................................................................................4
Specialised courses for Railway/—……………………………………….…………………………………….680
Telegraphic report of serious—on Railway Trains………………………….……………………...380(b)
CRIMINAL (S)-
Foreign—report of arrest of......................................................................................1010(f)
—gangs, lists of……………………………………………………………………………………………Appendix 18
Information to be obtained from—.................................................................................I95
-Intelligence Bureau ............................................................................................. 4l5—421
(21)

Index Rule No
CRIMINAL (S)—concld.
—lntelligence Bureau, classification of information in. ……………………….……………416, Appendix 21
—lntelligence Bureau history sheet ……………………………………………………………………………..363, 1012
-Intelligence Bureau, reference…………………………..…………………………………………………………..417-420
—lntelligence Gazette, confidential nature of.........................................................................890(c)
—lntelligence, Gazette, matter published in ..............................................................................887
—lntellligence Gazette, non-delivery of………………………………………………………………….…………..890(c)
—lntelligence Gazette, perusal of—by police officers……………………………………….…….133, 414, 889
-Intelligence Gazette, statement of wandering gangs in............................................................ 400
—lntelligence Gazette, submission of matter for
publication in…………………………………………………………………………………………….………888, Appendix 53
-of other districts to be entered in conviction register………………………………………………….....3 1 7(h)
—Procedure Code, section 82, proclamation under .................................................................. 288
—Procedure Code, section 83, attachment under .................................................................... 289
—Procdure Code, section 107, l09, I10, reports under. ............................................................. 185
—Procedure Code, section I09, 110, proceeding under............................................................. 404
-Procedure Code, section 110, evidence required for…………………………………………………Appendix11
—Procedure Code, section I62, recording of statement under……………………………………………….170
- Procedure Code, section 299, recording of evidence under.................................................... 290
—Procedure Code, section 356, application for order under..................................................... 281
—Procedure Code, section 356, procedure after order passed under............................... 381, 382
CRIMINAL INVESTIGATION DEPARTMENT—
Collection of information by— ........................................................................................... 413-414
瘀‫ط‬
Control of—and Intelligence Department ............................................................................. 409(a)
Enquiry into false civil suits by--……………………………………………………………….………………..……………426
—Officers, diaries of Functions of-and Intelligence Department ..............................................410
Officers, diaries of……………………………………………………………………………………………………..……432, 433
—Officers, Employment of—by Superintendent ....................................................................... 430
—Officers, investigation by .................................................................................................. 43 1 (a)
—Officers, letters of introduction for………………………………………………………………………………………437
—Officers need not wear uniform…………………………………………………………………………………….1061(e)
-Officers, powers of ....................................................................................................................431
—Officers, progress reports of ...................................................................................................434
—Officers, Relations of—with local subordinates…………………………….……………………..………………429
—Officers, Relation of—with Superintendent……………….…………………………………………………427,428
—Officers, records of cases investigated by ........................................................................435,436
—Officers to report arrival in district……………………………………………………….…………………………437(b)
—to Central Bureau of Investigation, Records from .................................................................. 439
—to keep in touch with l.C.P.O...............................................................................................410(b)
CURRENCY-
—Notes, theft of…………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………….146
CUSTODY—
Death while in…………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………203(b)
—of accused in non-bailable cases..............................................................................................224
-of arms and ammunition .........................................................................................................1104
-of case diaries………………………………………………………………………………….…………….………………..1010(e)
(22)
Index Rule No
CUSTODY—concld.
-of case records……………………………………………………………….....................…..……….………..280
—of confessing prisoner during verification……………….…………………………..……….…….…..194
-of prisoners, under escort at night…………………………..………………………….………….……240(h)
-of prisoners, responsibility of officer incharge for………..…………………………………………..237
-of prisoners by police, rules for………………………………………………………………………….……..239
-of prisoners under trial……………………………………………………………………..………………..…….295
-of sick persons……………………………………………………………………………………….………………….233
police-, definition of………………………………………………………………..…………………………………222
police-, remand to ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..172
CYCLONE-
Duties of Police in ……………………………………………………………………………………………………1377
DACOITY (IES)-
Entry of—in monthly crime return………………………..…….…………………………………………323(e)
Information to railway police in—.................................................................................149
—register ......................................................................................................................882
Extracts from—register to be kept at, police-station ...............................................380(b)
DAFADARS—
Attendance of-—at chaukidari parades .........................................................................110
Halka under— .........................................................................................................7A, 4 (b)
DAILY—
-allowance of chowkidars ..........................................................................................861(d)
—aIlowance of inspectors ..............................................................................................758
‫ض‬
—cash-book ............................................................................................................939,940
—despatch of ease diaries .........................................................................................164(f)
—duties, roster of ........................................................................................................1033
—reports of Circle Inspector .....................................................................................59.878
—reports of court officer ….……………………………………………………….…………..……….……308,87
—totals of contingencies in cash-book ................................................................... 939(b)
DAK-
Despatch of—to camp ............................................................................................895(b)
DEAD BODY (SEE “CORPSE”).
DEATH (S)—
-and accident of police officer…………………………………………………………..……………………..1016
Annual statement 0f—among convicts ..........................................................................454
-from electricity..............................................................................................................204
—from wild animals and snakes ....................................................................................129
—of fine defaulter .....................................................................................................125(d)
—of Gazetted police-officer, report of ....................................................................1016(a)
—of pensioners ...........................................................................................................95(a)
—of police-officers and men on leave…………………….………………………………….……….…..95(b)
—of prisoner in police custody ......................................................................................203
—of prisoner under escort .............................................................................................571
—of reformatory school boys ....................................................................................347(b)
Registration of-in municipal areas ……………………………………………………………………………..127
Reporting of- ..................................................................................................................126
(23) Unnatural——(see “UNNATURAL DEATH”).

Index Rule No
DECEASED-
- men, remittance of pay of heirs of……………………………………………………..………………..978(a)
DECLARATION—
Dying-…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………169
-of acquisition of land ……………………………………………………………………..……………………...1152
-of immovable property by police-officer……………...………………………………………………706(b)
DECORATlONS—
Instructions for wearing— ...........................................................................................1059
DEDUCTIONS—
—from pay bills, for security deposit ………………………….…………………………………………994(b)
—from pay bills, how made ……………………………………….………………………………………….988(c)
—from pay bills not to be shown in cash book .........................................................940(g)
DEED (S)-
Police-officers not to enter into— ………………………..….……………………………………………951(c)
DEFACEMENT—
—of vouchers ...........................................................................................................938(e)
DEFENCE—
Civil— ................................................................................................................. 1266-1268
-of police-officers under prosecution………………………………………………………………….716, 720
—of poor persons in murder cases………………..…………………………………………………………..257
DEFORMITIES—
-to be noted in preparing F.P. slips ............................................................................443(e)
DELEGATION—
瘀‫ط‬
—of charge of accounts by Superintendent ............................................... ..935(a) and (d)
-of powers by Superintendent …………………………….……………….……………………………………..11
DEPARTMENTAL-
—buildings, accidents to ............................................................................................. 1164
-buildings, account of .................................................................................................. 1156
-buildings, administrative approval of ........................................................................ 1151
—buildings, audit of expenditure on ……………………………….…………………….…………….. 11 58
-buildings, classification of ................................................................................ 1150, 1151
—buildings, completion report of ………………………………….…………………………………… 1155(c)
—buiIdings, contractors for …………………………………..……………………. 1154(b), Appendix 69
—buildings, construction of ………………………………..……………………………………….. 1153-1154
—buildings, Cost of—how debited …………………………………………………………………….. 1151(e)
—buildings, disposal ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1166
—buildings, Executive Engineer may advise on ………………………………………………….. 1159(1)
—buildings., fly-leaf for files of ....................................................................................1157
—buildings, inspection of ........................................................................................1155(a)
—bui dings, Money for—not to be made over to P.W.D. .......................................1159(a)
—buildings, progress reports of ..............................................................................1155(b)
—buildings, register of .................................................................................................1149
—buildings, repairs to .........................................................................................1162-1164
—buildings, sanction for ..............................................................................................1151
-buildings, Transfer of-—to P.W.D. ..............................................................................1165
(24)

Index Rule No.
DEPARTMENTAL—concId. —
buildings, urgent repairs to .............................................................................................. 1 163
—Communications, how drafted …………………………………………………………………………………… 896(e)
—Enquiries, subordinate magistrates not to hold.................................................................... 17
—Examination (see “EXAMINATIONS”).
—punishment (see “PUNISHMENT”).
-report ............................................................................................................. 1022, Appendix 60
—stores, delivery of.............................................................................................................. 1093
—stores, list of.......................................................................................................... Appendix 68
—stores, receipt and despatch of................................................................................ I094, 1095
—stores, annual return of.......................................................................................................1125
—stores, sale and destruction of (see also “ORDNANCE”)
DEPORTATION—
—of foreign vagrants …………………………………………………………………………………………………….........401
DEPOSITS—
Security— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….992-997
DEPUTY INSPECTOR-GENERAL-
Appointment of—………………………………………………………………..………………………7A1(b), (c) & (2), 641
Casual leave………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..785(b)
—, C.I.D., control of cases by……………………………………………………………………………………………423-437
Control of C.I.D./I.D. by …………………………………………..……………………………………………………….. 409(a)
Responsibility of-—for legality of procedure ...............................................................................4l2
Duties of—…………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………….9(b)
Inspections by—…………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………...35
‫ض‬
—may call for record of proceedings ...................................................................................... 853A
Powers of—........................................................................................................... 9(b), Appendix 2
Powers of punishment of— ................................................................................................... 825(c)
Powers of suspension of— .........................................................................................................840
Promotion to rank of'—........................................................................................................ 721 (b)
—to appoint ministerial officers ................................................................................................862
—to consult Commissioners .........................................................................................................25
—to order disposal of departmental stores ...............................................................................110
—to sanction leave of Reserve inspector and Inspectors …………………..…………………………......786(a)
Transfers by—..............................................................................................................................775
DEPUTY SUPERTNTENDENT—
Appointment of—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………645
Casual leave …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 794(b)
Confidential reports on— .........................................................................................................1018
Delegation of powers to— .......................................................................................................11(b)
Efficiency bar for- …………………...............................................................................................721 (e)
Eligibility of—for increment ...................................................................................................722(b)
Grant to-—for purchase of uniform, etc. ..................................................................................1062
-incharge of subdivision ................................................................................................................53
Inspection by- ...........................................................................................................................39(b)
Method of employment of— ..................................................................................................11 (d)
Pay and allowances of— ...............................................................................................Appendix 44
(25) Powers of— ........................................................................................................................11(a), 13

DEPUTY SUPERINTENDENTS—concld
Probationary period of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………648
Promotion of—to Indian Police Service……………………………………….………………………………………….723
Promotion of—to selection grade…………………………………………………………………………………………..724
Quarters for—at Training College…………………………………………………………………………………………..738
Seniority of— .....................................................................................................................
.........647
—to attend office ........................................................................................................................877
—to attend parade………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….629
—to attend target practice .........................................................................................................631
Training of- ..................................................................................................................................677
DESCRIPTIVE—
-Rolls, instructions for preparing ...................................................................................Appendix 6
DESIGNS—
—for buildings ...........................................................................................................................1126
—of Car Plate for Inspector-General-Deputy Inspector-General……………………….………Appendix 65
—of flag of Inspector-General Deputy Inspector-General………………………………………………….….1385
—of police flag ..........................................................................................................................1383
DESPATCH-
—of confidential correspondence ..............................................................................................908
—of escort ..................................................................................................................................540
—of papers by packet or parcel post ......................................................................................909(e)
—of stores………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…..1095
—register at police-stations…………………………………………………………………….………………………….132(a)
瘀‫ط‬
--register in Superintendent’s office ……………………………………………………………………………….……..913
DESPERATE-—
—character, escort of………………………………………………………………………………………………..……….240(d)
—character, notice to be given to Jail of…………………………………………………………….……240(e),296(c)
--character. Search of—before production in court……………………………………………………….…..296(b)
DESTRUCTION—
—of correspondence…………………………………………………………………………………………………..1026, 1031
DIARY (IES)-
Case—(see “CASES”).
Inspector to read— ………………….................………………………………………………………………….…………..58
Mufassil-- …………………….……………………………………………………………………………………………..……………87
—of C.I.D. officers ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………432,433
—of constable with wandering gang …………………………………………………………….………………………..392
—of P.P. Experts …………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………..448
--of Inspector …………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………..64
—of Inspector to be read by Superintendent………………………………………………………….………….478(b)
—-of Reserve Sub-Inspector........................................................................................................626
Station—, entries to be made in……………………………………………………………………………………………..116
Station--, filing of………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………60
Tour……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………45
DIALECT(S)—
Knowledge of Hindi and other—-for ministerial officers. ……………………………………………………….806
Knowledge of local—for police officers ..........................................................................................7
(26)

Index
Rule No.
DIET-
—allowance of armed police………………………………………………………………………………………..…………760
—in hospital, bills for………………………………………………..…………………………………………………………….959
Charges to constables for—in hospitals ……………………………………………………………………….…………957
—in hospital, contractor for .................................................................................................. 957(c)
—-in hospital. Scale of—in hospital to be fixed ………………………………..……………………………… 957(a)
by Civil Surgeon-cum-S.E.M.O.
——in hospital. statement of cost of ............................................................................. 958, 9S9(a)
—of prisoners, bills for ............................................................................................................. 1005
—sarkar, duties of .......................................................................................................................958
DIRECTORY—
Crime— (see “CRIME DIRECTORY").
DISCHARGE-
—certificate ........................................................................................................................... 813(d)
Definition of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………813(a)
—of police-officer by court……………………………………………………………………………………….…………….848
—of probationary Sub-Inspectors ………………………………………………………………………………………862(b)
DISCHARGED MEN-
Pay bill for——- ...........................................................................................................................984
Remittance of pay to-- ........................................................................................................... 978(a)
DISCIPLINE-
District Magistrate may not interfere with— ……………………………………………………………….…………..15
‫ض‬
—of special police ……………………………………………………………………………………………..………………406(b)
Suspended police-officers subject to—— ...................................................................................842
DISMISSAL--—
Effect of— ………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………………..829
Notice of—to home district……………………………………………………..……………………………………………..831
Notification of—-in gazette ……………………………………………………………………………………….…………..830
—of officers sentenced to imprisonment....................................................................................845
DISPERSAL—_
—of unlawful assembly by force…………………………………………………………………………..…………….621(h)
DISPOSAL—
—of property at the time of transfer …………………………………………………………………….……………….707
—of old sites .............................................................................................................................1166
DISPOSITION-
—of escorts ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………542
—register ................................................................................................................. .. 776(1)), 1038
DISTRIBUTION—
—of pay …………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………….975-976
—register …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1045(a)
DISTRICT (S)-
Arrival and departure from—-- .................................................................................................. 771
—Crime Bureau……………………………………………………………………………………………….……….415(3), 883A
Gazetted officers not to leave—without permission……………………………..………………………………..770
Maps of adjoining—………………………………………………………………………..……………………………………. 885
(27)

Index Rule No
DISTRICT (S)-—concld.
—Magistrate. Action by—on charges against police. …………………………………………………………..50(e)
—Magistrate alone may order surveillance of suspect. …………………………………….……………….370(b)
—Magistrate, confidential reports by………………………………………………………………..………………….1018
-—-Magistrate, Consent of-—necessary for certain transfers……………………………………………..776(a)
—Magistrate, correspondence need not go through ………………………………………………………..……891
—-Magistrate, correspondence with………………………………………………………………...……………..…….892
—Magistrate, inspection of police-station by ……………………………………………………….………21, 474(b)
—Magistrate may call for crime reports…………………………………………………………….…………………16(b)
—Magistrate may not interfere with discipline……………………………………..……………………..…………..15
—Magistrate may order enquiry in cases of misconduct. …………………………………….………………16(a)
--Magistrate may order transfer of incompetent police-officer. ………………………………………..…...22
-—Magistrate, Notice to—of withdrawal of mobilization contingent………………………………...615(a)
—Magi5trate on tour, guards ………………………………………………………………………………….……..531, 532
—Magistrate, position of ……………………………………………………………………………………..…………………14
—Magistrate, powers of………………………………………………………………………………………………………14-23
-—Magistrate, recommendation for leave by ……………………………………………………………….……792(b)
—Magistrate, relations of railway police with ……………………………………………………………………474(b)
—Magistrate, relations of Superintendent with …………………………………………….…………………..19, 20
Report due from—Magistrate in certain cases ………………..……………………………………………………1013
—Magistrate, supervision of crime by ………………………………………………………………………………………21
—Magistrate to be informed of charges against police………………………………………………..……….50(e)
—Magistrate to preserve authority of Superintendent. ...............................................................18
瘀‫ط‬
--Magistrate to be informed of result of proceedings in certain cases………………………..……….825(c)
—order book ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..…………………1037
—order book, entry of leave in …………………………………………………………………………..……………1047(d)
—police, arrest by—in railway cases …………………………………………………………………………………..….496
-police, Co-operation of—with railway police …………………………………..…………… 474, 491-496, 505
—police constables to be deputed to railway stations ...............................................................477
—police, duties of—in railway accident................................................................................ 508(b)
—police, Inter-transfer of—with railway police …………………………………………………………..…………515
—police to exchange constables with railway police…………………………………….…………………………507
—police to give list of criminals to railway police ……………………………………………………………………506
—police within railway limits ………………………………………………………………………………………….………476
-—prosecutors (See under “ASSISTANT PUBLIC
PROSECUTORS, GRADES I TO III”).
DIVERSION—
—of building funds prohibited ..................................................................................................1160
DOCUMENTS—
Communication of official—prohibited ......................................................................................................710
—concerning exhibits for analysis ..............................................................................................................218
Examination of—by handwriting expert .........................................................................34B (h), Appendix 25
Original-not to be sent in correspondence................................................................................................ 901
Dog squad—.................................................................................................................... 7A I (h) Appendix 83
DOSSIERS—
Rules for— ................................................................................................................................. 353, 883A(b)
Scrutiny of—by inspecting officers …………………………………………………………………………………………………... 42(a)
(28) —to be opened for all persons put under surveillance ………………………………………………………………..369
Index Rule No.
DRAFTING--
—-of special …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1010(d)
—-of reports, general instructions for...................................................................................... I025
DRESS—
Full………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1053
Informal—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… I055
Mess—………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1056
—of escort .................................................................................................................................538
—-of guard ............................................................................................................................... ..524
Review Order— ..................................................................................................................... .. 1054
Uniformity of-— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1058
Working— ............................................................................................................................. .. 1055
DRILL—
Assistant and Deputy Superintendent to pass in— ...................................................................722
Classes for ...............................................................................................................................685(b)
-----not to be performed by special police............................................................................. 406(b)
Punishment-—(see “PUNISI-IMENT“).
DROWNING— -
Medico-legal evidence in cases of— ................................................................................... .. 205(e)
DUTY (IES)—-
—of assistant public prosecutor Grade I………………………………………………………………………………….247
Fatigue~, performance of ........................................................................................... .. 703, 839(5)
Miscellaneous~, police not to be employed on. ..................................................................... .. 6(a)
—of Assistant and Deputy Superintendents ‫ض‬ ................................................................................ 11
—of armed police Reserve Sub-Inspector ..................................................................................624
—-of circle inspectors ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………54
—of constables........................................................................................................................... ..89
—-of court officer .....................................................................................................................248A
—-of Deputy inspector-General __............................................................................................9(b)
—of F. P. Expert ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….......447
—of Havildar for clerical work ................................................................................................ .. 88A
—of inspector-General ................................................................................................................ .. 8
——of inspector incharge at headquarters ……………………………………………………………………………. 12
—meet ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………… 34B(1)
-—of officer-in-charge of police-station ………………………………………………………………………………... 81
—of police, general …………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………….1
—of police in flood, earthquakes, accidents and droughts, etc. ………………………………. 1378—1382
—of railway police ………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………461
—of reserve inspector ................................................................................................................623
—of special police ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….406
—of Superintendent.................................................................................................................... 10
—of town inspectors, etc. …………………………………………………………………………..……………………………55
—of assistant sub-inspectors ………………………………………………………..………………………………………….88
Recall to—………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………806
Return to—before end of leave .................................................................................................................805
Roster of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….. 1033
DYING DECLARATION-
(29) Recording of— ……………………………………………..……………………………………………………………………..……………… 169

Index. Rule No.
E
EDUCATION—
—classes at police-stations …………………………………………………………………………………83, Appendix 35
—-classes in reserve ……………………………………………………..…………………………………..630,Appendix 35
EFFICIENCY-
—bars for gazetted officers ……………………………………………………………………………..…………………….721
—, how judged.................................................................................................................................3
ELECTIONS-
Canvassing in—by police forbidden ……………………………………………………………………………………712(e)
Duties of police ………………………………………………………………………………….…….1323, 1325, 1328-1331
Joint reports of District Magistrate/
Superintendent of Police in—…………………………………………………………………..………………1332
Leave for Government servants ……………………………………………………………………………………………1324
Police deployments in .........................................................................................................…...1327
Prior approval of Government for action in— ………………………………………….…………………………..1333
Prosecution for vehicles carrying Voters in— ……………………………………………………………………….1334
ELECTRICAL-
—apparatus, deaths from …………………………………………………………………………………………….………..204
—and sanitary projects, estimates for ……………………………………………………………………………..1126(c)
ELIMINATION—
——-of names from C.I. Bureau ............................................................................................ 364(b)
EMBANKMENTS—-
— erection or re-erection of ..................................................................................... 100(b), 112(a)
瘀‫ط‬
EMPTY—
— cartridge cases, disposal of ....................................................................................... 1114-1116
ENCASHMENT——
—of pay bills .............................................................................................................................. 973
—of traveling allowance bills ................................................................................................... 1002
ENCROACHMENT-—
—on Government land..........................................................................................................1131(b)
--on roads................................................................................................................................100(a)
ENLISTMENT-
—of constables ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….….661(b)-667
—of ex-service men………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..669
—-of temporary constables ………………………………………………………………………………..………………….667
—orders, entry of……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….673(c)
ENQUIRY (IES)-—
Annual—regarding persons in Crime Directory……………………………………………………………………...361
—by C. I. D., definition of……………………………………………………………………………………….……………….411
—by C. 1. D In special cases ....................................................................................................... 426
—into misconduct of police ………………………………………………………………………………..………………16, 50
---note sheet……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………371
Periodical—regarding convicts ..............................................................................................…...378
(30)

Index Rule No
ENROLMENT-—
—in Indian Territorial Army banned for police............................................................................694
--of boat crews …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1173
ENTERTAINMENTS---
—to police officers ……………………………………………………………………………………….………………………..713
EPIDEMICS—
Police action in— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. I341, 1342
Reporting of-- ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………..97
EQUIPMENT—.
List of Articles of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………. Appendix 68
Marking of—………………………………………………………………………………………..……………………………….1120
Period of wear of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1119(0)
Supply of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1119
Tear Gas-— .............................................................................................................................. 1252
ESCAPE— '
—of prisoners from escort ..................................................................................................572, 574
— of prisoners, prosecution of police officers for ………………………………………………………….………574
ESCAPED CONVICTS—
Arrest of...................................................................................................................................343(a)
F. P. Slips of-- ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……. 118
ESCORT(S)—
Adjustment of expenditure of— ............................................................................................. .. 549
Arms of— ................................................................................................................................ .. 539
‫ض‬
Arrangements for conveyance of— ........................................................................................ .. 544
Death of prisoner on— ............................................................................................................ ..571
Despatch of— ................................................................................................................ .._ .... .. S40
Disposition of-— ..................................................................................................................... .. 542
Dress of— ................................................................................................................................. ..S38
Escape of prisoners from— ................................................................................................573, 574
—Expenses, payment of .......................................................................................................... .. 550
Firing on prisoners by-— ......... .............................................................................................. .. 572
for President, Governor and others ...........................................................................................604
—for troops ................................................................................................................................603
indent for-— ............................................................................................................................ .. 526
—in special circumstances …………………………………………………………………………………………………….558
Inspection of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………....…..546, 581(b)
Night journey of-— ..................................................................................................... .. 546, 581(b)
—not to move without instructions ........................................................................................ .. 541
—of lunatics by rail ................................................................................................................. .. 577
—of lunatics by road ............................................................................................................... .. 585
—of pay to police-stations ....................................................................................................... ..974
—of post office remittances ................................................................................................... ..93(f)
—of prisoners required to give evidence in civil cases ..................................... .. 586, Appendix 32
—of prisoners to and from police posts .....................................................................................240
Prisoners’-—Advance of expenses to—by jail ................................................................... 568, 569
Prisoners’——for special circumstances .................................................................................... 558
(31)
Index Rule No.
ESCORT(S)——concId.
Prisoners’_---for females……………………………………………………………………………………………..……..557(b)
Prisoners’-—for notorious criminals ………………………………………………………………………………..…558(a)
Prisoners’-—for soldier …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..552
Prisoners’--, halt of …………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….582
Prisoners’-—. Journeys of—- by rail ………………………………………………………………………………..575-580
Prisoners’-—. Journeys of—-by road …………………………………………………………………………..…..581-583
P1-isoners’—. Journeys of—-by steamer ……………………………………………………………….……………….584
Prisoners‘—, papers to be given to……………………………………………………………………………………….…559
Prisoners’—-, strength of………………………………………………………………………………………………………..557
Receipt of——on arrival at destination…………………………………………………………………………….…….547
Receipt for payment to………………………………………………………………………………………………..……..937(e)
Relief of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………553, 556
Requisitions for--..................................................................................................................535, 536
Return of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….548
Route of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..545
Strengthening of…………………………………………………………………………………………..…………………………587
—to and from subdivisions..........................................................................................................601
Treasure—by boat, buoys for …………………………………………………………………………………………………596
Treasure—by motor vehicles……………………………………………………………………………….………………….591
Treasure—by rail, accommodation of …………………………………………………………………………………….580
Treasure—by rail, strength of………………………………………………………………….………………………………590
Treasure--by steamer, strength of— ………………………………………………………………………….…………..589
瘀‫ط‬
Treasure—command certificate of— …………………………………………………………………..592(vi) Note (ii)
Treasure——, custody of treasure chest keys by ……………………………………………………………………594
Treasure—-, expenses of………………………………………………………………………………………….…………550(c)
Treasure-, Halt of—at Railway Stations ……………………………………………………………………………….…599
Treasure----, relief of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….……..556
Treasure, responsibility of officer incharge of………………………………………………………………….……..597
Treasure---, strength of…………………………………………………………………………………………………..………587
ESTABLISHMENT—
—-for boats .....................................................................................................................1176, 1177
Reduction in-— ...........................................................................................................................991
ESTIMATES-
—for electrical and sanitary projects…………………………………………………………….…………………..1126(c)
—for major works………………………………………………………………………………………….…………….1143-1145
—for minor works ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1147
EUROPEAN(S)—
—Lunatics, escort of ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…..585
EVIDENCE-
—in cases under section 110, Cr. P. C. …………………………………………….………………………..Appendix 11
—in gang cases…………………………………………………………………………………………….……………Appendix 12
Medico-legal—, obtaining of…………………………………………………………………………………………………..205
Escort of prisoners required to …………………………………………………………………….... 586, Appendix 32
—under section 299, Cr. P. C., recording of.................................................................................290
(32)

Index Rule No.
EXAMINATION(S)—
Ballistics— ................................................................................................................. .. I257 V, 1264
Biological— ............................................................................................................... .. 1257 III, I262
Chemical— .........................................................................................................216—-220, 1257 II
Departmental—of gazetted officers ........................................................................................ ..678
Departmental--of non-gazetted officers ............................................................................... 678(d)
Departmental—-of officers promoted to Deputy Superintendentship. ................................ 648(b)
Departmental—-, travelling allowance for attending
High proficiency— .................................................................................................................... ..676
—in noting and drafting ................................................................................................... 678(d) (ii)
-—-in tribal languages .............................................................................................................. ..675
Medical—(see “MEDICAL”).
—of candidates for sub-inspectorship ……………………………………………………………………………… 654(e)
-—-of ministerial officers in accounts ............................................................... .. 868, Appendix 52
—of medical officers in court…………………………………………………………………………………………….……282
—of prisoner before admission to lock-up .............................................................................. ..238
Physical-— .................................................................................................................. 1257(iv), I263
Promotion—for writer constable/Havildar to
Assistant Sub-Inspector………………………………………………………………………………………. 685(a)
Post mortem-— .................................................................................................................. 207, 209
Serological— ..................................................................................................................... 216—219
EXCESS-
—fares, railway police not to collect ..........................................................................................466
‫ض‬
—in grades of lower cadre ..........................................................................................................981
EXCISE-
——cases, prosecution of ........................................................................................................ ..260
—Sub-Inspector may deposit cash at P.-S .............................................................................. .. 93A
EXECUTIVE ENGINEER-—
——may advise on departmental buildings ........................................................... .. 1153, 1159(b)
Preparation of plans and estimates by— ................................................................. 1143((b), 1144
—responsible for security of treasury strong room ................................................................. ..525
EXEMPTION(S)—
—from municipal tax on horses ............................................................................................... ..699
—from tolls .............................................................................................................................. ..693
—frorn training of constables ............................................................................................. .. 686(c)
-—-from naining of havildars .............................................................................................. .. 684(2)
—from training of sub-inspectors ....................................................................................... .. 682(c)
- " -—-under Arms Act of police ofiicers .................................................................................. ..697
EXHIBITS-
Packing of—for expert opinion …………………………………………………………...…………………. Appendix 78
Rules regarding receipt and disposal
of—in Forensic Laboratory. ………………………………………………………………… 1254(c) (d), 1258
EXPENSES—
—of complainants ...................................................................................................................... 180
—of convicts under escort .............................................................................................. .. 568, S69
—of escorts ............................................................................................................................. .. 550
(33)

Index Rule No.
EXPENSES——concld.
—of feeding police prisoners .......................................................................................... .. 244, 551
—-of investigating officers .................................................................................................. .. 178(c)
—-of sending bodies for post mortem .................................................................................... .. 210
—of witnesses, payment of .................................................................. .. 178(a). 180, Appendix 10
EXPEET(S)—
Finger-print--as witnesses ............................................................................................... .. 278, 449
Finger-print—, certificates of ................................................................................................. .. 450
Finger-print;-in C.].D. ............................................................................................................ 7A 1(g)
Finger-print—, definition of-— .......................................................................................... .. 441 (g)
Finger-print, diaries of ............................................................................................................ .. 448
Finger-print—, duties of ............................................................................................................. 447
Finger-print—-in districts ........................................................................................................ .. 444
Finger-print:-, testing of slips by ............................................................................................. .. 451
Finger-print, tours of ....................................................................................................... .. 446, 448
Handwriting—, examination of documents by ........................................................ .. Appendix ‘25
EXPLOSIONS—
Action to be taken on— ...................................................................................................... .. 102(a)
Reports on— ......................................................................................................................... .. 1014
EXPLOSlVES—
—-factories and stores, inspection of .................................................................................. .. 71 (b)
EXPRESS——
—-letters, despatch of ............................................................................................................... 898
瘀‫ط‬
EXTENSION--
—of leave, Application for—by gazetted officers .............................................................. .. 791 (c)
—of leave, non-receipt of order of ......................................................................................... .. 802
—of service of ministerial ofiicers ..................................................,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,....................... .. 875
——of service of police-officers .....................................................,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,............................ 811
EXTRADITION—
—from Britis possession ................................................................................... .. 229, Appendix 13
--from Nepal ........................................................................................................................... .. 403
F
FALSE—
--cases, procedure in ............................................................................................................... .. 182
—complaints against police .................................................................................................... .. 720
FAMILY—
—Pension ............................................................................................................................ .. 989(a)
FAMINE—
Duties of police in connection with— ................................................................... .. 98, Appendix 5
FATIGUE-— .
—duty ........................................................................................................................... .703, 839(b)
FEEDING-
—of prisoners in hajat .................................................................................................... 239A (g) (i)
—of prisoners during escort .................................................................................................. 240(g)
—of prisoners, expenses incurred in ......................................................................................... 244
—of prisoners under trial ........................................................................................................... 299
(34)
Index Rule No.
FEES-—
—for health certificates for candidates for employment…………………………………………..672, note (2)
—for pleaders defending poor persons…………………………………………………………………….…………….257
-—- for training of buglers ..........................................................................................................687
—for verification of antecedents ..................................................................................................92
---for warrants of arrest in non-cognizable cases ...................................................................287(c)
--for women searchers of female prisoners ...........................................................................296(a)
--to medical officers for post mortem examination ............................................... .. 207(a) and (b)
FEMALE (S)—
F. P. slips of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….342(c)
—lunatics, escort of……………………………………………………………………………………………………………585(e)
Murder of—for gain …………………………………………………………………………………………….…………………206
—not to attend jail parade …………………………………………………………………………………………………350(e)
P. R. slips of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….344(c)
Children of---……………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……………297
—prisoners, escort for ............................................................................................................557(b)
—prisoners not to be handcuffed ………………………………………………………………………………………562(b)
—prisoners on escort, segregation of ……………………………………………………………………………….……564
—-prisoners. Search of—at court …………………………………………………………………………………………..296
—prisoners. Search of—at police-station …………………………………………………………..…………….239A(c)
FERRY—-
—boats, overloading of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………99
FETTERS-
‫ض‬
---for convicts ……………………………….…………………………………………………………….………………………….562
FILES-
Classification of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………….Appendix 62
Index of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1026(b)
Method of arranging——- ..........................................................................................................905
—of acquaintance rolls ...............................................................................................................979
—of departmental buildings, fly-leaf for……………………………………………………………………………….1157
—of returns and circulars at police-stations …………………………………………………………………..………134
FINAL-
—memorandum .........................................................................................................................316
—reports, submission of .......................................................................................................63, 181
---reports in unnatural deaths ....................................................................................................199
FINE—
--defaulter, death of ...............................................................................................................125(d)
—on police-officers by court, effect of …………………………………………………………………………………..846
-—warrants, execution of ………………………………………………………………………………………125(a), 293(b)
FINGER-PRINT (S)---
—Bureau, functions of…………………………………………………………………………………………………....……..445
—Bureaux of other states, list of ……………………………………………………………………..……….Appendix 28
—Bureau, return due to ..............................................................................................................454
Definition of— ............................................................................................................................441
Detection of eases by-—- .............................................................................................Appendix 22
-—Experts (see “EXPERTS”).
(35)
Index Rule No
FINGER-PRINT (S)—concld.
Method of taking—- ...........................................................................................442
—of corpses .......................................................................................................272
-of lepers not to be taken ...............................................................................330(f)
—of RR. Prisoners............................................................................................457(a)
References regarding-— ....................................................................................336
Responsibility of officer taking— ...................................................................443(e)
- slips, deformities to be noted in ......................................................................341
—slips, dispatch outride bureau…………………………………………………………….…273,274
-slips. Despatch...............................................................................................451(b)
—slip improperly taken. Return of ....................................................................452
—slips in railway police cases .......................................................................271(b)
—slips Number of--required for record ............................................................385
—slips of absconders ......................................................................................... 453
—slips of escaped convicts ............................................................................ 343(a)
—slips of females .......................................................................................... 342(c)
—slips of members of wandering gangs ........................................PM. Form No. 85
—slips of persons reported dead ......................................................................455
—slips of prisoners released quickly .................................................................340
—slips of proclaimed offenders……………………………………………………..…….………343(b)
-slips of railway and wandering criminals………..……………………………..….…………342(d)
—slips of unidentified convicts………….……………………………………………….…..……342(a)
—slips of unidentified convicts traced………………………….………………….………….342(b)
瘀‫ط‬
—slips of unidentified suspects traced………………………………….…………..……….……271
-lips, preparation of………………………………………………………………………………………….443
-slips, scrutiny of……………………………………………………………………………………………451(a)
-slips, taking of.....................................................................................................337
—slips, testing of...........................................................................................337-339
-stem, object of ...................................................................................................440
FIRE-ARMS—
Private—prohibited on duty ..........................................................................697(b)
FIRE(S)—
—Brigade Services ........................................................................ 7A l(f), 1269, 1271
Compensation to—Service Personnel in case of injury………………………………..... 1275
Destruction by—of police building ………………………………………………....…… 1130, 1164
Duties of police in case of— ………………………………………………………………….. I270, I376
Inspection of—Service stations by district Superintendents. ............................1272
Orders for dealing witl1— ....................................................................................101
—prohibited in Treasury building .....................................................................524(l)
Training of—-service personnel ………………….………………………………………………….1273
FIRING-
—on prisoners by escort ……………………………………………………………………………………572
—on unlawful assembly …………………………………………………………………….………… 621(k)
FIRST—
—Aid, training in ............................................................................................. 630(d)
—information report, instructions for recording. ...............................................143
(36) -information report in railway cases ..................................................................488
Index Rule No
FIRST—concld.
—information report in special report cases ……………………………………………………….148(b)
—information report in unnatural death cases …………..………………………………..….…….119
—information report, list of stolen property with…………………..………………..……….……145
—information report. Recording of—by
Assistant, Sub-Inspector in charge................................................................88(b)
—information report to be laid before magistrate ……..……………………………263
—information report to whom sent ……………….…………………………..…………...148(a)
—information report when not to be recorded ….………………………………..…..144(a)
—offenders to be entered in Crime Directory …………….……………………………………….…359(b)
FLOOD(S)—
duties of police in—, accident, drought and
earthquakes, etc. …………………….……………………………………………………..1378 1382
FLY-LEAF—
—for files of departmental buildings .........................................................1157
FOOT-PRINTS-
Rules for taking casts of— ……………………………………………………………Appendix 33
FORCE-
Bihar Armed Police—………………..……………………………………..……612, Appendix 23
Changes in—at police post……………………………………………….….………………………777
Enrolment in Territorial—prohibited for police……………..…….………………………694
—register……………………………………………………………………….…….…………………...1039
—return…………..…………………………………………………………….…….………………………963
Railway Protection— ......................................................................................462
Statement of—..............................................................................................1034
FOREIGN-
Arrest of Criminals of—countries ..............................................................226(o)
-criminal. Arrest of'—to be reported ....................................................... 1010(f)
—Criminal gangs, list …………………………………………………………….………Appendix 18
—districts, recruitment of constables in—…………………………….…………….…….…662
— territory, absconders to …………………………………………………………….……………..291
—vagrants, deportation of ..............................................................................401
FORENSIC SCIENCE LABORATORY-
Apparatus, mobile squad, etc. for—..............................................................1265
-its function, set-up etc. ...............................................................7A 1(m)and 1254
Security 0f— .................................................................................................. 1256
Staff of— ........................................................................................................1255
FORMS—
lndents for- ......................................................................................................921
Ordnance—.....................................................................................................1117
Register-………………………………………………………………………………………………………..919
Supply of-—to court office…………………………………………………………………………253(a)
FREIGHT—
—of railway parcels to be prepaid ...............................................................909(f)
FULL DRESS-
Description of-—- ...........................................................................................1053
(37)

Index Rule No
FUNDS-—
Building-—. Diversion of—prohibited ……………………….………………………………1160
Building—. lapse …………………………………………………………….……………………......1161
General provident— …………………………………………………………………………..989(b)(c)
Family Pension— ……………………………………………………………………………….......989(a)
—for minor works, Allotment of……………………………………………………….......1147(e)
FURNITURE-
Expenditure on maintenance of—............................................................... .. 954
-for court office, supply of ......................................................................... 252(b)
—for police station, supply of ...........................................................Appendix 80
G.
GANG-
—Book....................................................................................................... 388, 391
—cases. Application for orders under section 356, Cr.P.C. in ......................... 281
-cases, confessions in ............................................................................... 190, 191
—cases, institution of .............................................................................. 187, 188
—cases, prosecution of ................................................................................... 198
-cases, reporting and Investigation of ........................................ 189, Appendix 12
—diary of constables ...................................................................................... 392
—, list of criminal ...............................................................................Appendix 18
Information from members of— ................................................................. 195(b)
Nepali —, raiding by …………………………………………………………………………………… 403
瘀‫ط‬
—of criminals to be entered in dacoity register.............................................. 882
—of foreign vagrants, deportation of ............................................................. 401
—on railways ....................................................................................... 495, 507(b)
—register ........................................................................................................ 389
—statements. Submission of .......................................................................... 400
Surveillance of criminal— ............................................................................... 380
Wandering—(see “WANDERING GANG").
GAZETTE-
Criminal lntelligence—[see “CRIMINAL(S)“]
Police—-, matter for publication in ................................................................ 886
Police—, non-delivery of .............................................................................890(a)
Police— notification of arrivals and departures in ......................................771(d)
Police——, notification of dismissal in ........................................................... 830
Police—, notification of reward in ................................................................. 860
Police—, Perusal of--by police-officers .......................................................... 889
Police—, private subscriptions to ............................................................... 890(b)
Police--, Submission of matter for insertion in ..........................888, Appendix 53
GAZETTED OFFICER (S)-
Application for leave by— ........................................................................................ '791 , 792
Casual leave of— ............................................................................................................... 794
Extension of service of—not allowed .......................................................................... 81 1(b)
General supervision by— ....................................................................................................37
Grant of leave to—by Inspector-General ..................................................................... 785(a)
leave on medical certificate of----..................................................................................... 795
(38)
Index Rule No
GAZETTED OFFICER (S)—concld.

—not to leave district without permission ...........................................770
Pay and allowances of— ......................................................... Appendix 44
—to report availing and return from leave .......................................... 800
Transfers of— ………………………….…………………………………………………………774
GENERAL-
—Police Fund ………….……………………………………………………999, Appendix 59
—Provident Fund …………………………………………………………………………..989(c)
—Register of magistrate ......................................................................314
GHERAO—
Duties of police in—............................................................................1369
GIFTS—
Acceptance of— .................................................................................... 705
GOOD SERVICE MARKS—
Awarding 0f— ........................................................................................266
GOVERNMENT-
—Advocate, cases for opinion of .......................................................................762
—boats Use of—by gazetted officers ........ ………………………………………………………762
—direct correspondence with-forbidden ………………………………………………….…..…894
—land. Religious uses of—prohibited………………………………………………………………1131
-may call for records of proceedings ….…………………………………………………………….853
—of lndia, submission of memorials to……………………………………………...Appendix 43
—pleader (see “PUBLIC PROSECUTOR”). ‫ض‬
—property, loss of ..............................................................................................702
—saIe, prohibition of purchase at ...................................................................706(a)
—sanction for recurring payments ..................................................................928(c)
—servants‘ conduct rules .............................................................................704-714
—servants, court attendance certificate of ……………………………………………………….304
—servants summoned as witnesses ……….………………………………………………………..302
GOVERNOR-
Compliments by guards to—..............................................................................607(a)
Escort for— ..........................................................................................................604
Guards of honour for— ........................................................................................606
GOON DAISM—
Classification of persons indulging in—……………………………………………………1315, 1316
Preventive action against— .................................................................................1317
GRADES-
—of lower personnel, excess in .............................................................................981
Seleetion—(see “SELECTlON”)
GRANT-—
Budget—not to be exceeded ................................................................................928
—for purchase of uniform ...................................................................................1062
State— ...................................................................................................................947
GRAPHS—
Crime— ................................................................................................................ ..880
(39)

Index Rule No
GUARD (S)-
Accommodation ……………………………………………………………………………………….523
-at block/Anchal headquarters ………………………………………………………………. 608
Command of— ............................................................................................ 522
Compliments to be paid by- ……………………………………………………………….........602
—for hajat, teiling off of …………………………………………………………………………….239
Home-……………………….……………………………………………………..7A(8)(a), 128l—1284
—for magistrates and Commissioners ……………………………………………… 531, 532
—for other departments ............................................................... 5l6, 527, 998
—for private persons ........................................................................... 517, 999
—for railways ...........................................................................529, 530, 1001(b)
—for railway tracks …………………………………………………………………………….. 408(g)
—for undertrial prisoners in camp ………………………………………………………….. 533
Inspection of— 522(b),…………………………………………………………………….. 524(7)(j)
Magazine—, standing orders for ……………………………………………………………… 524
Officers competent to indent for—............................................................. 526
—of honour …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 606
Permanent— I.G.’s sanction required for ………………………………………………... 519
Relief of— ………………………………………………………………………………… 524(6)(e), (7)
—room, lighting of …………………………………………………………………………………. 524
—, position …………………………………………………………………………………………….523(b)
Transfer of— ................................................................................................530
Treasury—, standing orders for ...................................................................524
瘀‫ط‬
Visiting—, register of …………………………………………………………………………….. 1035
Withdrawal of— …………………………………………………………………………........520, 521
H
HAJAT—
—at police-station and classification of prisoners ....................................... 237
Inspection of-………………………………………………………………………………..............69(b)
Key of— ............................................................................................. 78, 23 9(b)
-1-egister in court office ............................................................................... 295
-register in police-stations ……………………………………………….. P.M. Form No. 43A
Removal of prisoner ………………………………………………………………………………… 300
Rules for custody of prisoner in- ………………………………………………………………. 239
HAND-BOOK—
Clothing— .................................................................................................... 1084
HAND-CUFFS—
Care of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 243
—for convicts under escort.................................................................... 562, 563
—for under-trial prisoners ……………………………………………………………….. 241, 242
HANDWRITING—
—Expert, examination of documents by ............................. 7A l(g), Appendix 25
HANGING---
Medico-legal evidence in case of— .......................... 205(d), Appendix 77 (5)(m)
(40)

Index Rule No
HARASSMENT—
—of public to be avoided .........................................................................162
—to Harijans etc......................................................................................1023
HAVILDAR (S)-
Appointment of— …............................................................................... 660A
Excess in grades 0f'— ................................................................................981
—in charge of guard, duties of .................................................................524
—on leave, free passage to ......................................................................807
Jurisdiction of-—for travelling allowance .................................................757
Kits of— ..........................................................................1065(a), Appendix 65
Medical examination of— .........................................................................672
Pay of— ..............................................................................751, Appendix 44A
Probation of— ...........................................................................................668
Promotion of— .........................................................................................729
Punishment drill not to be awarded to— .................................................824
Training of— ..........................................................................................684(2)
Verification rolls of— ................................................................................673
Writer—(see “WHITER"}.
HEAD-CLERKS—
Action by--on escort requisition ……………….…………………………………………….536
Making and taking over charge by ………………………………………………………….934
Pay of— ........................................................................ 867(0), Appendix 44A
—responsible for correctness of pay-bills ........................................... 965 (b)
Security deposits by— …........................................................................992(a)
—to examine and initial bills _..............................................................933(d)
—to have charge of cash -……………………………………………………………………….933
-to keep service-books of ministerial officers ..........................................873
-to number pages of register ................................................................ 919(b)
—to pay bearing charges ..................................................................... 9 53(b)
—to take receipt from pay escort ......................................................... 974(b)
HEALTH CERTIFICATE—
Fee for— ................................................................................................672(b)
—with first pay-bill ....................................................................................970
HEIRS—
-of deceased men, remittances to ......................................................... 978(a)
HIGH COURT-—
Appeals to—…………………………………………………………………………………………….311
—Judges, reception of ...........................................................................605(e)
HINDI —
—office letters, receipts and dispatch of .............................................9l4, 915
HIRE—
—charges of boats ................................................................................ 1168(b)
HISTORY SHEETS—
Criminal intelligence Bureau-— ..........................................................363, 1012
Medical— ................................................................................................ 796(e)
(41)

Index Rule No
HOLIDAYS—
Arrival of treasure on—........................................................................600
HORSE (S)——
-allowance of sub-inspectors................................................................748
Exemption from tax on— ………………..……………………………………….………..699
Grants for purchase and maintenance of— …………………...……….1062,1063
Maintenance of—by inspector………………………………………………..……………68
Maintenance of—by sub-inspector........................................................85
HOSPITAL—
Diet charges in— ............................................................................957-960
Free treatment at Police— .................................................................1303
—leave …...............................................................................................783
-messages seeking help to be relayed ………………………………………………1228
Plan of—to be approved by Director of Health Services……………..…1126(b)
Police-—& medical attendance rules ……….…………………………….1046, 1302
Police—Doctor ....................................................................................1311
Treatment of servants at— .................................................................1307
—staff, punishment of ......................................................................854(b)
—subordinate, leave ………………………………………………………………………….789
—to which injured persons are to be sent ........................................ .. 213
Specialist treatment……………………………………………………………………….…1305
Travelling allowance for journeys to-………..…………………………………………769
HOUSE-
瘀‫ط‬
—allowance, officers entitled to………………………………………… Appendix 45
—building, advances for…………………………………………………………………...1007
—searches, rules for ……………………………..…………………………………………..165
HUB AND DRY—
—notices, rules for .........................................................................151-154
IDENTIFICATION-
-of accused in riot cases ……………..………………………………………………………235
of property ………………………………………………………………………………………...166
—of suspects ……………………………………………………………………………………..236
IDENTITY-
—card ……………………………………………………………………………………………….436
—of accused how proved…………………………………………………………………..278
ILLNESS-
—0f convict under escort……………………………………………………………………571
-of person in police custody…………………………………………………………….…233
-of railway police officers …………………………………………………………………..482
—of Superintendent to be reported ………………………………………………….793
ILL-TREATMENT-
Allegations of—by arrested persons ...............................................221(d)
IMPRISONMENT-—
Sentence of—-on police officers ……………………………………………………...845
(42)
Index Rule No
INCREMENT(S)—
Eligibility for—of officers on probation ………………………………………………….722
—in progressive salaries, rules for ……….……………………………………………….987
—of constables, withholding of ................................................... 730, 832(c)
—of reserve inspector and other inspectors ……………………....725(b) and 742
may be granted by Superintendent -
Service counting for—of Assistant Superintendent…………………………………733
INDENT (S)—
—for Acts ................................................................................... Appendix 55
—for ammunition ....................................................................................111
—for armourers‘ tools and component parts .................................... 1106(g)
—for arms ................................................................................. 1107(b), 1109
—for brass seals .................................................................................. 922 (d)
—for clothing .......................................................................................... 1 077
-for guards and escorts……………………………………………………………………………526
—for maps ............................................................................885, Appendix 55
—for medal-ribbon ...............................................................................1088(a)
—for ordnance stores ...............................................................................1090
—for printed forms .....................................................................................92I
—for rubber stamps .............................................................................. 922(d)
—for service stamps ................................................................................... 107
—for stationery ...........................................................................................922
—for typewriters and duplicating machines………………………………………..…922(c)
‫ض‬
INDEX— .
-of crime…………………………………………………………………………………………………..879
—of dossiers ………………………………….…………………………………………….………356(c)
—of files…………………………………………………………………………………………….1026(b)
—to conviction register ………………………………..…………..319, 320, Appendix 15
—t0 Crime Directory, Part II ……………………………………………………………………365
-to dacoity register …………………………………………………………………………………..882
-to names in absconders regisiter …………………………………………………………….883
INDIAN (s)-
—Army forms for ordnance stores, list of ………………………………………………1117
—Army ex-servicemen, absorption of ……………………………………………………..669
INDUSTRIAL-
—security force .........................................................................................34B
INFECTIOUS DISEASE—
Clothing of men suffering from—to be burnt ………………………………………….1072
—, extended casual leave for contact with …………………………………………..784(h)
-on railway …………………………………………………………………………………………..465(e)
INFORMAL DRESS—
Definition of .............................................................................................1055
INFORMATION (S)-
Collection and distribution of—-by C.I.D………………………………………….…413-414
Collection of—by station officers .................................................................81
First—(see “FIRST INFORMATION")........................................416, Appendix 21
(43)

Index Rule No.
INFORMATION (S)—concld.
—in C.I. Bureau, classification of ................................................................................................ 490
—of crime near railway limits to district police ...................................................................... .. 710
Official communication of—forbidden ................................................................................... .. 117
Separate reports for important— ............................................................................................. .. 20
--—to be given by Superintendent to District Magistrate. …………………………………………………….. 195
—to be obtained from criminals after conviction ..................................................................…………
INITIALS-
-—against entries in cash-book ............................................................................... ..939(e), 940(a)
—-to be dated ......................................................................................................................... .. 899
INJURED PERSONS—
--in police cases, examination and treatment of ............................................................. .. 212-215
—in railway accidents ......................................................................................................... .. 509(a)
INJURY-
Marks of—on prisoners to be recorded .................................................................................. .. 238
INQUESTS-—
—on prisoner dying in police custody ............................................................................... .. 203 (e)
Rules for--in U.D. Cases ................................................................................................. .. 199—204
INSOLVENCY—
—of police officers .................................................................................................................. .. 709
INSPECTION-
—by Assistant and Deputy Superintendents ........................................................................ .. 39(b)
—-by Deputy Inspector-General ................................................................................................ ..36
瘀‫ط‬
—by inspector-General and Additional Inspector-General. ....................................................... ..35
—by Superintendents ........................................................................................................... .. 39(a)
—how to do ......................................................................................................... .. 38 Appendix 76
—of arms by Master Armourer/Deputy Superintendent ........................................................ 1096
-of departmental buildings .................................................................................................. 1155(a)
—of escort by reserve officer .................................................................................................. .. 587
—of guard ........................................................................................................................... .. 522(b)
—of kit ......................................................................................................................... .. 1085, 1086
—of outpost by station officer ................................................................................................ .. 137
--of place of occurrence ............................................................................................. .-Appendix 77
—of police-stations by District Magistrate ................................................................... .. 21 , 474(c)
—of police-station by inspector ...................................................................................... .. 69(a), 70
—-of police-stations by Subdivisional Officer ............................................................................ ..32
—of police-stations, duration of ................................................................................................ ..44
-—of police-stations, instructions for ................................................................................. .. 40, 41
—of pounds by station officer ............................................................................................. .. l23(c)
—of reserve office ..._ ............................................................................................................. .. 926
—of Sessions Court records .................................................................................................. .. 34(a)
—of Superintendents office .................................................................................................... .. 926
--of tear gas equipment ........................................................................................................... 1253
Record of— ...................................................................................................................................46
—report book at police-station ................................................................................................. 135
Return of-by inspectors .......................................................................................... 72(a), 460(ii) (a)
(44)

Index Rule No
INSPECTOR (S)-
Appointment of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………649
Armourer—...........................................................................................................................7A(1)(n)
Casual leave of---…………………………………………………………………………………….………………………….786(b)
Conveyance allowance of— ........................................................................................................741
Daily allowance of— ...................................................................................................................758
Daily reports of---………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…..59, 878
Departmental Examination of—in Hindi .....................................................................................678
—eligible for interview with Governor .......................................................................................695
Free grant to—for purchase of uniform ...................................................................................1062
—in charge, duties of ....................................................................................................................12
Inspection of police-stations by---…………………………………………………………………………………..67(a), 70
Issue of service stamps to— ...................................................................................................910(d)
Jurisdiction of—for travelling allowance………………………………………………………………….……………..757
Leave of-- ................................................................................................................................786(a)
List of— .......................................................................................................................................725
—may depute station officer outside jurisdiction ........................................................................56
—may grant casual /compensatory casual leave to constables. ………………………………………..……788
—may have charge of accounts .............................................................................................935(d)
Notebook of— ..........................................................................................................................65(a)
Pay of--— ........................................................................................................................... 739, 740
Period of posting of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………778
Promotion of—to Deputy Superintendent……………………………………………………………………..……….646
‫ض‬
Punishment of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………824, 825
Railway police-—, duties of ........................................................................................................469
Railway police—, powers of ……………………………………………………………………………………….………….484
Rank of— ....................................................................................................................................639
Receipt and dispatch registers of— .............................................................................................66
Register prescribed for— ..............................................................................................Appendix 62
Responsibility of—-to be enforced ...............................................................................................43
Responsibility of-—-for reports ............................................................................................1163(b)
Responsibility of—regarding criminals ....................................................................................65 (b)
Return of inspection by — ...........................................................................................72(a), 469(b)
Returns prescribed for— ..............................................................................................Appendix 64
Status and privileges of— ...........................................................................................................695
—to hold co-operation meetings …………………………………………………………………………..…………..408(e)
—to inspect arms factories……………………………………………………………………………………….………….71(b)
—to maintain crime graphs …………………………………………………………………………………………..……….880
—to maintain crime map and index …………………………………………………………………………………………67
—to read diaries ...........................................................................................................................58
Touring of— ..................................................................................................................................68
Town and Mufasil--, responsibility of………………………………………………………………………………….…….55
Transfers of — .....................................................................................................................775, 776
Travelling allowance of—for boat journey ……………………………………………………………………………..761
Uniform of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………..1064, Appendix 65
Assistant sub-inspector for—………………………………………………………………………………….………………..57
(45)
Index. Rule No.
INSPECTOR-GENERAL—
Appointment of—and additional— ...................................................………………………………………………….7A(1)(a) (d). 640
Correspondence with— ......................................................................... ……………………………………………………………… . 894
Duties of …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….8
Inspection by—and Additional—- ............................................................................................................................... ..35
—may call for records of proceedings ................................................................... ……………………………… …………….... 853
—may withdraw reserve and mobilization contingents. .......................................................................................... .. 615
Powers of — ...............................................................................…………………………………………………………… .. 8, Appendix 2
Powers of—to award punishment ...........;............................................................................................................... 825(a)
Powers of—to grant leave ........................................................................... ………………………………………………. ......... .. 785
Powers of—to sanction major works ................................................................…………….………………………………….. 1138(b)
Powers of—to sanction minor works ........................................................................................................... .. 1139, 1 147
Powers of—to sanction petty construction ....................................................................................................... .. 1151 (e)
—to sanction purchase of tents .............................................................................................................................. .. 1124
INSTRUCT1ON—
—of subordinates by officer-in-charge ....................................................................................................... .. Appendix 35
INTELLIGENCE-
—department. reports to ........................................................................................................................................ .. 1010
INTER-DISTRICT-
—co-operation .......................................................................................................................................................... .. 408
—transiers ................................................................................................................................................................. .. 779
—transfers leave prohibited after ............................................................................................................................. .. 798
INTERVIEW-—
—for selection of sub-inspectors… .. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 655
—with prisoners in jail ............................................................................................................................... .. 195, 196, 351
—with under-trial prisoners in court ........................................................................................................... …………….. 301
TNTESTATE— 瘀‫ط‬
—persons, burial of ............................................................................................................................................... .. 121(h)
—property, disposal of .................................................................................................................................. .. 120(c), 121
INVALID-
--pension .................................................................................................................................................................... .. 819
Travelling allowance for attendant on—persons………………….. . . ………………………….………………………………………………..1003
lNVESTIGATING—
—officers, expenses of .......................................................................................................................................... .. 178(c)
—officers. rank of .......................................................................................……………………………………………………………... 158
INVESTIGATION-
Abstention from— ..................................................................................................................................................... .. 160
—by assistant sub-inspector ................................................................................................................................... .. 88(b)
--by C.1.D. ............................................................................... ……………………………………………………………………… .. 423-437
—by railway police .................................................................................................................................................... .. 484
Crime Directory to be consulted be'fore— ................................................................................................................ .. 163
Harassment of public to be avoided during— ........................................................................................................... .. 162
—in non-cognizable cases ......................................................................................................................................... .. 265
—in unnatural death cases .............................................................................................................................. .. 199—203
Local—when necessary ............................................................................................................................................. .. 161
—of cognizable crime by railway police .................................................................................................................... .. 484
—of gang cases .................................................................................................................................... .. 189, Appendix 12
(46)

Index Rule No.
lNVESTlGAT1ON—conct'd.
—of important offences ............................................................................ ………………………………………………… Appendix 79
—of students unrest cases ............................................................................................................................ .. 1321, 1322
—outside jurisdiction ................................................................................................................................... .. 56, 147, 150
Recording of statements in-- ..................................................................................................................................... .. 170
Reopening of— .......................................................................................................................................................... .. 184
Responsibility of station officer for— ........................................................................................................................ .. 157
Supervision of—by inspector .................................................................................................................................. .. 54(b)
Supervision of—by Superintendent ............................................................................................................................. ..49
Time period for»-........................................................................................................................................................ .. 173
ISOLATION WARDS—
Space for patients in— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1127
ISSUE— .
—of clothing ........................................................................................................................................................ .. 1083(b)
—of equipment ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1119(b)
—of service stamps......... ..............................................................................................................................................910
JAIL—
—alarm parades ....................................................................................................................................................... ..622
—authorities to cheek P. R. system .......................................................................................................................... ..346
—authorities to advance expenses of convicts under escort ......................................................................................568
Death of P. R. prisoners in— 347(a)
—Department, payment for clothing received from .......................................................................................... .. 1079(1)
F. P. Slips of convicts dying
Guards for—
Interview with prisoners in— 195, 196, 351
Notice of desparate characters to be given to—- ................................................................................................. .. 296(0)
Notice of release of P. R. prisoners— .........................................................................................................................
‫ض‬ ..349
—of release of inhabitants of other States 349 (Q, Appendix 16
—officer to prove identity of accused ........................................................................................................................ ..278
—parade ..................................................................................................................................................................... ..350
Repair of arms of-~by district armourers ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1106(d)
Segregation of confessing prisoners in— .....................................................................................................................298
JOININGH
—of officers ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..771
—time .........................................................................................................................................................................776A
JURISDICTION 1 —
Concurrent—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 147(d)
Definition of-—-for travelling allowance …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………757
Investigation of cases outside— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 56, 147, 159
—of magistrates in railway accidents and cases ………………………………………………………………………….. 510(0), Appendix 30
-of railway police enquiring into missing goods cases ................................................................................................ ..487
—of railway police-station .................. ..'. ................................................................................................................. .. 48C
JUVENILE (S)—
—Aid Bureau ............................................................................................................................................................415(2)
—convicts, release of ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………353
—offenders, surveillance of .................................................................................................................................. .. 370(0)
—prisoners under escort, segregation of .................................................................................................................. .. 564
(47)

Index
K Rule No.
KEY-
—of handcuffs …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..563(b)
—of hajat……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………78, 239A(f)
—of malkhana at court ...................................................................................................................... .. 307(d)
—of malkhana at police-station ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………78
—of post office safe ............................................................................................................................. .. 93(e)
—of treasure chest ................................................................................................................................. .. 594
KHAKI—
Washing of— ........................................................................................................................................ .. 1075
KHATIAN—
—register, courts ..................................................................................................................................... ..322
KIT(S)—
—bexes ………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………………………………………1074
Inspection of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1085, 1036
Issue of—to recruits .......................................................................................................................1066, 1067
List of —………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1065—1077, Appendix 65
—of men on leave.............................................................................................................................. 1084(e)
L
LABOUR—
—Strike ..................................................................................................................................... 1361(d), 1362
LAND—
Acquisition of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1152
瘀‫ط‬
—and buildings, register of ................................................................................................................... ..1149
—disputes, instructions for dealing with………………………………………………………………………………………………….82
—in police occupation, rent of ...................................................................................................................951
Religious uses of Government—prohibited …………………………………………………………………………………………1181
LANDED PROPERTY-
Declaration of— ........................................ ………………………………………………………………………………………..706(b)
Record of— ...................................................................................................................................... ..1041(e)
Sanction for purchase of— .....................................................................................................................706(a)
LANGUAG E—
—examination, high proficiency .......................................... .. ……………………………………………………………….676
—examination, tribal …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….675
—of communications to other States....:………………………………………………………………………………………………..903
LANTERNS—
—for escorts ..............................................................................................................................................581
—for sentry over hajat ........................................................................................................................139A(e)
—for treasury guard………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………....524(b)
LAPSE—
—of funds for buildings ........................................................................................................................ ..1161
—of grant of leave ......................................................................................................................................804
LATHIS—
—for escort ............................................................................................................................................539(b)
(48)

Index
Rule No.
LATRINES—
Scale of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1128
LAW—
Issue of circulars dealing with—by Inspector-General. ................................. ……………………………………………………………….8
—reports to be circulated to prosecuting inspectors ...............................................................................................247(c)
LEAVE—
Absence without—-how punished .............. …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….843
Applications for—by gazetted officers .................................................................................................................. 791,792
Casual—(See “CASUAL LEAVE”).
—certificate………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1047
—certificate with pay bills ...................... …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………969
Constables in superior service for— ......... ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….780(a)(ii)
Date of availing —to be reported……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..800
Death of police officers on— .................................................................................................................................... .95(b)
Different kinds of— .................................................................................................................................................... ..782
Extension of— ................................................................... ……………………………………………………………………………….802, 803
Free transit concessions to men on— ............................................................. ………………………………………………………...807
Hospital— ....................................................................... ………………………………………………………………………………………....783
—how regulated ............................................................................................. …………………………………………………………..780
Inspector-General's power to grant-- …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………785(a)
Kits of men on— ............................... ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...1072(b)
Lapse of grant of— ......................................................................................... …………………………………………………………..804
Medical—card .................... .. .................................. ……………………………………………………………………………………………796(e)
—of boat-crews .................................. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1174(b)
—of hospital subordinates ............... ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….789
‫ض‬
—of ministerial officers, section officers etc. ............................................................................................................ ..869
—of reserve sub-inspectors and other sub-Inspectors .................................... ………………………………………………………...787
—of reserve inspectors and other inspectors .................................................. ………………………………………………………...786
—on medical certificate ................................................................................................................................... ..795—797
Overstayal of— ................................ ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...802,803
Pay of men absent without--......................................................................................................................................968(c)
Pay of men on —.................................................................................................................................................... ..978(a)
Percentage to be allowed on— .................................................................................................................................. ..799
—prohibited after inter-district transfer .................................................................................................................... ..798
Recall from— .............................................................................................................................................................. ..806
Recommendation for— .......................................................................................................................................... ..792(b)
—register ............................................................................................................... ………………………………………………... 1047
Return before expiry of— ........................................................................................................................................... ..805
Return from.- to be reported by gazetted officers ..................................................................................................... ..801
—rules to be referred to in leave application ....................................................................................................... .. 792(a)
Statement of—with pay bills ...................................................................................................................................... ..966
—to be availed of within 35 days of grant ................................................................................................................. ..804
—to be granted before enforced retirement ............................................................................................................. ..809
Travelling allowance for transfer during— ................................................................................................................. ..765
LEGAL-
—practitioners. Assistance by court staff to— ........................................................................................................... ..250
—Remembrancer, cases for opinion of ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... ..893
—Remembrancer, support of appeals to High Court by ....................................................................................... .. 311(a)
—Remembrancer to be consulted in conspiracy cases. ........................................................................................ .. 186{c)
(49)

Index Rule No.
LENDING—
—of money by police officers prohibited ………………………………………………………………………………………….705(b)
LEPERS—
Finger prints of—not to be taken ………………………………………………………………………………………………………443(f)
LETTERS—
Action on receipt of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………906
Corrections in— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………899
Covering—not required in certain cases ......................................... ... ……………………………………………………900
Despatch of confidential-— .............................................................. .. .. ………………………………………………..908
Drafting of— ................................................................................... ... ……………………………………………………896
Express— ......................................................................................... .. ……………………………………………………898
—of appointment for ministerial officers ……………………………………………………………………………………………..863
—of introduction for C.I.D. officers ………………………………………………………………………………………………………437
—received and despatched at police-stations .................................. ……………………………………………………..132
—received and despatched in inspector’s office ............................. .. ……………………………………………………..66
—received and despatched in Superintendent's office ................................. …………………………….. 912—915
(See also ‘" COMMUNICATION “ and “ CORRESPONDENCE”)-
LICENSES—
—for arms, cancellation of .............................................................. ……………………………………………………….325
—for arms, list of .............................................................................. ………………………………………………….130(a)
—for arms, renewal of ..................................................................... ………………………………………………….130(b)
—for processions ..................................................................................... …………………………………………………23
LINES—
Reserve to reside in police— ......................................................................................................................628
瘀‫ط‬
LIST (S)—
—of Acts .......................................................................................................................................Appendix 55
—of authorities competent to award punishment suspension, etc…………………………………………. Appendix 84
—of clothing contractors …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1077
—of Criminal gangs ........................................................................ …………………………………………..Appendix 18
—of departmental stores .................................................................. ……………………………………….Appendix 68
—of F. P. bureaux of other States ............................................................. ………………………………..Appendix 28
—of inspectors .......................................................................................... ……………………………………………..725
—of native States ...................................................................................... ……………………………....Appendix 16
—of Nepalese Hakims ..................................................................... ………………………………………...Appendix 19
—of ordnance forms ........................................................................ …………………………………………………….1117
—ordnance stores ........................................................................... ………………………………………...Appendix 66
—of pending correspondence .......................................................... ……………………………………………………..916
—of property seized during search.‘ .................................................................... .. ……………………………165(d)
—of registers and files .............................................................................. ………………………………..Appendix 62
—of returns and reports ............................................................. ……………………………………………..Appendix 64
—of sub-inspectors ............................................................ ........... ………………………………………………………..727
—of surveilles ........................... ............................................................ ... …………………………………………….372
—to be hung up m police-stations ... ......................................................................... ……………………………….76
LOCK-UP (see “HAJAT”).
(50)

Index Rule No.
LOSS—
—of arms or ammunition ..................................................................................................................................1107, 1108
—of clothing handbook ...........................................................................................................................................1084(c)
—of confidential character-roll .............................................................................................................................. ..924(g)
—of Government property ............................................................................................................................................702
—of medals................................................................................................................................................................ .1087
LUNATICS—
Custody of—....................................................................................................................................................................96
Escort of—by rail ...........................................................................................................................................................577
Escort of—by road ........................................................................................................................................................585
M
MAGAZINE—
—guards, standing orders for ........................................................................................................................................524
Police— ............................................... ………………………………………………………………………………………………………1205—1207
MAGISTRATE (S)—
Deputation of--with armed police ........................................................................................................................... 621(c)
District—(see “DISTRTCT MAGISTRATES”).
Enquiry by—into police misconduct ................................................................................................................................50
—'s general registar .......................................................................................................................................................340
Jurisdiction of—in railway accident cases …………………………………………………………………………………….. 510(c), Appendix 30
—may order accused to be sent up ..............................................................................................................................183
—not entitled to police orderlies ..................................................................................................................................693
—not to hold departmental enquiries ......................................................................................................................... ..17
Procedure to be followed by—in commenting on work of police. ……………………………………………………………………………..29
—‘s record-room, papers for ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1028—1030
‫ض‬
Reference of cognizable offence by— ...........................................................................................................................156
Relations of police with-— .......................................................................................................................................27—34
Subdivisional—, powers of ........................................................................................................................................... ..32
—with armed party, responsibility of .................................................................................................................... .. 621 (i)
MAJOR—
—punishments, list ....................................................................................................................................................... 828
—punishments to be, entered in service book .................................................. ……………………………………………….. 1041(c)
—works, administrative approval for ...................................................................................................................... ..1142
—works, definition of ................................................................................. .., ........ ……………………………………………… 1137
—works, plans and estimates for ............................................................... .. ………………………………………………1143—1145
—works, progress reports on ............................................................................ ………………………………………………… 1146(a)
—works, sanction for .................................................................................. …………………………………………………. 1138, 1141
MALKHANA—
Court— ......................................................................................................................................................................... 307
Locks and keys of— ..................................................................................... ………………………………………………………………. 78
Private property not to be kept in—....................................................... ………………………………………………….. 120(c) Note 2
—Register ............. ............................................................................ …………………………………………………. 119(a), 120, 307
—Statement ................................................................................................ ………………………………………………... 119(b), 327
MAPS—
—at police-stations ............................................................................................. ……………………………………………………………….. 76(15)
Crime——, maintenance of ................................................................................................................................. 879(d), Appendix 7
Crime——, supply of ........................... ................................................................ ………………………………………………………………. 131(c)
(51)

Index Rule No.
MAPS—concld.
Indents for — ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 885,Appendix 55
—of adjoining districts………………………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………..885
—of scene of occurrence ………………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………….176(a)
—of town beats......................................................................................................................................... 884
MARKING—
—of arms …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………………..1102
—of equipment ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…1120
—of uniform ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..1071
MARKS—
Black—. awarding …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……834—837
Good service—, awarding of.......................................................................................................................855
MARRIED QUARTERS—
—at police-stations ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….…91(b)
MEDAL (S)—
Instructions for wearing— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………....1059
Jeevan Raksha—....................................................................................................................................1088(c)
Kendel Humanity—...............................................................................................................................1088(b)
Lost—, replacement‘ of ................... ……………………………………………………………………………………………………1087
—ribbon, indents for ....................................................................................................................... .. 1088(a)
Police—. regulations for ............................................................................................................ ..Appendix 67
—to be worn at kit inspection ........................................................................... ……………………………... 1086(g)
Unclaimed—of deceased men ..........................................................................
瘀‫ط‬ ……………………………... 1088(d)
MEDICAL—
—aid in emergency relief .................................................................... ………………………………. 1378(e) to 1381
—Board. appeal to .............. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….797
—certificate for appointment to be kept in S.B. ............................................... ……………………………... 1040(d)
—certificate, leave on .......................................................................................................................795—797
—certificate of constables .. . ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..….796(d)
—certificate of gazetted officers ..... ……………………………………………………………………………………………….…….795
—certificate of non-gazetted officer………………………………………………………………………………………………….…..796
Classification of officers for—treatment .............................................................................................. .. 1304
—Department, allowances of certain officers of ................................................................... .. Appendix 44B
—Examination of injured persons .................................................................. …………………………….... 212, 215
—Examination of recruits …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..…672
—history sheet ................................................................................................................................... .. 796(e)
instructions for—officers in poisoning cases, etc. ................................................................................ .. 1261
Journey for—treatment outside the State ......................................................... ……………………………... 769(iii)
—leave card ....................................................................................................... ……………………………….. 796(e)
—officers. Examination of—in court………………………………………………………………………………………………………282
—practitioners, fees to ....... ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………207
—stores, purchase of .......... ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………..956
—treatment of injured persons in cases ................................................................................................ .. 213
—treatment of injured personnel in execution of duties ...................................... ……………………………... 1306
—treatment of menials in Police Hospital (outdoor) ........................................... ……………………………….. 1307
(52)

Index Rule No.
MEDICINE-
Post mortem by teachers of Forensic—.......................................................................... 207(v)
Suspicious—with phials to be seized ……………………………………………………………………………… 1260(b)
MEDICO-LEGAL-—
—evidence, collection of..................................................................................................... 205
MEETINGS-
Co-operation—
Police arrangements in—, melas, etc................................................... 1347, 1348 and 1355
Participation in—by police Officers.................................................................................... 712(a)
MEMORANDUM-
Final— ............................................................................................................................... 316
Progress-............................................................................................................................... 61
MEMORIALS—
Rules for submission of— .............................................................................. 700, Appendix 43
MENIALS—
Pay of— ............................................................................................................................. 990
of appeal of—-................................................................................................................... 872
MESS—
—Dress, wearing of........................................................................................................... 1050
MILITARY-
—Deserters .................................................................................................................... 23 1 (b)
offenders, arrest and prosecution of ..................................................... 231, 259, Appendix 14
—police, requisition for ..................................................................................................
‫ض‬ 621(a)
—prisoners. Escort of—by rail ........................................................................................... 577
--service counts for pension .......................................................................................... 780 (f)
—service, verification of .................................................................................................... 817
MINISTERIAL OFFICERS—
Appeals of— ....................................................................................................................... 872
Appointment of— ........... .: .................................................................... 862, 863, Appendix 51
Confidential character rolls of— .......................................................................................... 873
Distribution of pay of-— ................................................................................................... 976(h)
Extension of Service of— ..................................................................................................... 875
Joint cadre of———of Inspector-General/Deputy -
Inspector-General offices. .................................................................................................. 862
Leave of— ........................................................................................................................... 869
Pay of— ............................................................................................................... Appendix 44A
Promotion of-— .................................................................................................................. 864
Punishment of— ..............................................................................................................870, 871
Re-employment of— .......................................................................................................... 876
—, service books of ............................................................................................................ 873
—to know Hindi, etc. .......................................................................................................... 866
Transfer of— ....................................................................................................................... 865
Training of—in accounts .............................................................................. 867, Appendix 52
(53)

Index Rule No.
MINISTER (S)-—
Compliments of guards to— ......................................................................................... … 607(a)
Guards of Honour for— ............................................................................... …………………….. 606
Railway police arrangements for— …………………………………………………………………………………... 513
Visits of Chief—and Ministers ................... ……………………………………………………………………….. 605
Guards of — .......................................................................................................................... 606
MINOR—
—punishments ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 838,871
—works, allotment of funds for ..................................................................................... 1147(e)
-—works, definition of ................................................................................... ………………… . 1137
—works plans and estimates for ................................................................... ………………… . 1147
—works, progress reports on ……………………………………………………………………………………… 1146(b)
—works, sanction for ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1139,1147
MINUTE (S)-
—books of railway police ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 478
—of co-operation meetings to be recorded …………………………………………………………………… 408(f)
MISCELLANEOUS-
—duties, police not to be employed on ……………………………………………………………………………. 6(a)
MISCONDUCT—
Enquiry with serious charge of-- …………………………………………………………………………………………. 50
—-of police. Comments on—by magistrate ........................................................................... 29
Transfer for— .................................................................................................................... 779(b)
MISSING-
瘀‫ط‬
—goods cases, classification of ………………………………………………………………………………………… 485
—goods cases, investigation of …………………………………………………………………………………… 467,487
—persons Bureau ……………………………………………………………………………………… 415(1) Appendix 81
MISUSE—-
—of subordinates in private work ............. ……………………………………………………………………… 1222
MOB—(SEE “UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY”).
MOBILIZATION—
—contingent, annual training of ................... ……………………………………………………………………. 617
—contingent, formation of ............................................................. ………….. 616, Appendix 34
—contingent, post of concentration of ......................................................... ………………… 616(d)
—contingent, withdrawal of ..................... ………………………………………………………………………. . 615
—order, communication of ................................................................................. ………….. .616(e)
Power to order— ......................................... …………………………………………………………………….. 619
Record of men assembled for— ........................................................................................ 61 6(f)
—sub inspector (training), duties of ............................................................. .......... .. ……… . 618
—sub-inspector (training) to conduct education classes in lines. ...................... .. ………….. 630(c)
MONEY—
Payment of—into treasury .............................................................................. ……………. .930, 931
MONEY-ORDER-—
—-receipts as vouchers ........................................................................................ .. ………… 93 8(d)
Remittance of pay by— ........................................ …………………………………………………………………………... 978
(54)
Index Rule No.
MOTOR-
—bus, journey by …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 763
—services, use of—-by escorts ................................................................................. ..545
—vehicles and workshop, Rules for..................................................... 1179, 1185(b). 1187
--vehicles, escort of treasure by ................................................................................. 591
MUFASSILM
—Diary, submission of .............................................................................................. .. 87
MUNICIPAL-
—tax on horses, exemption from .............................................................................. 699
MUNICIPALITY-
Expanses of—in disposing of corpse ................................................................ ……. 121 (h)
Registration of births and deaths in— …………………………………………………………………………. 127
MURDER-
Defence of poor persons charged with—and other offences .................................... .. 257
Medico-legal evidence in— …………………………………………………… 205(f)(g) and Appendix 79(i)
—of women for gain ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 206
MUSKETRY—
Course of— ........................................................................................... 631, Appendix 36
(see also “TARGET PRACTICE”).
N
NEPAL—
Extradition from— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 403
‫ض‬
—Hakims, correspondence with ………………………………………………………………………. Appendix 19
Jail of release of inhabitants of— ............................................................................. 349(f)
Pay of residents of—on leave ……………………………………………………………………………………. 978(b)
—police, co—operation with ........................................................................ .. Appendix 19
NEXT-
—below rule ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 726.1
NIGHT— '
Escort not to navel by— .......................................................................................... .. 546
—-rounds, officers to go on ………………………………………………………………………………………… 140(a)
—rounds, system of .................................................................................. 138, Appendix 8
Searches by— .......................................................................................................... 165(b)
NON-BAILABLE—
—cases, custody of accused in ................................................................................... 224
—oases, grant of bail in …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 306
NON-COGNIZABLE-~
Institution of—-eases by police officers ....................................................................... 255
—-cases, investigation in ............................................................................................ ..31
-—-cases, police enquiries in .................................................................................... 156(c)
— cases referred to police by magistrate ................................................................. .... 265
— cases under Railways Act .................................................................................... ….. 501
—cases, warrants of arrest .................................................................................. .. ….287(c)
(55)

Index Rule No.
NOTE (S)-
-book of districts constables at railway stations ……………………………………………………….. 477(e)
—book of inspector …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 65(a)
Currency—, theft of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 146
—sheets, orders to be passed on …………………………………………………………………………….. 905(a)
Supervision …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 48(d)
NOTICE-
-boards at police-stations ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 75, 481
—of dismissal sent to home district ………………………………………………………………………………. 831
—of requisition for escort …………………………………………………………………………………………. 535(c)
—of withdrawal of guard …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 520
NUMBERS—
Brass—for constables …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1070
0
OATH-
-to be taken by recruits …………………………………………………………………………………………………. 666
OBJECTIONS—
Accounts—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 932
OBSTRUCTION-
-of police ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 144(b)
OFFICE—
Attendance at—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 877
—expenses registers ……………………………………………………………………………………………………
瘀‫ط‬ 946(b)
—expanses vouchers to be attached to bills ……………………………………………………………….. 938(c)
Inspection of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 926
—of prosecutor and court officer …………………………………………………………………………………. 252
Rent of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 950
OFFICER IN CHARGE—
Collection of intelligence by— ……………………………………………………………………………………… 81(d)
Definition of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 80
Deputation of—outside jurisdiction …………………………………………………………………………. 56, 159
Duties of—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 81
—may distribute rewards to chaukidars …………………………………………………………………….. 861(c)
—of accounts, definition of……………………………………………………………………………………….. 935(a)
—of accounts, periodical check by ………………………………………………………………………………… 941
—of accounts to initial cash book daily …………………………………………………………… 939(e), 940(a)
— of guard, duties of…………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 524
—of outpost, duties of………………………………………………………………………………………………… 136(a)
Responsibility of—for register …………………………………………………………………………………….. 81(c)
Responsibility of—for investigations ………………………………………………………………………………. 157
Responsibility of—for safe custody of prisoners …………………………………………………………. 239(a)
—to hold kit inspection …………………………………………………………………………………………… 1185(g)
—to teach subordinates ……………………………………………………………………………. 83, Appendix 35
—to teach recognition of bad characters ……………………………………………………………………….. 375
—to visit wandering gangs ………………………………………………………………………………………. 391, 393
(56)

Index Rule No.
OPIUM—
—cases, institution ......................................................................................................... 260
—smugglers, railway police to look out for …………………………………………………………….. 463(a)
ORDER-—
—-book, district ………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1037
Payment-— ............................................................................................................... ….. 936
Writing of—on correspondence .............................................................................. …… 907
ORDERLIES—
Driver— ................................................................................................................... .. …. 693
Kits for— ................................................................................... ……….. 1065(a), Appendix 65
Scale of— ....................................................................................................................... ..693
ORDERLY ROOMS——
—register …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 824
Reserve Inspector to attend—- ............................................................................. .. ….623(n)
Superintendent to hold— ...................................................................................... .. ….. 10(d)
ORDNANCE—
—forms, list of ....................................................................................................... .. …… 1117
—-stores, annual return of ...................................................................................... ……. 1125
—stores, cost of .............................................................................................................. 1091
—stores, credits for ........................................................................................................ 1092
—stores, etc., delivery of ................................................................................................ 1093
—stores, indents for ....................................................................................................... 1090
—stores, list of .......................................................................................... ………. Appendix 66
‫ض‬
—stores, receipt and despatch of .......................................................................... 1094, 1095
—stores. Return of to arsenal ....................................................... …………. 1096, 1098-—1100
—stores and workshop. Supply from central ................................................................ 1089
—-stores, vouchers for. ................................................................................ .. …… 1098, 1099
Unserviceable—-stores, return of....... 1097
OUTPOST—
Definition of— ................................................................................................................. 136
Inspection of- .................................................................................................................. 137
Records for—— .......................................................................................................... 136(d)
OVERSTAYAL—
—of leave ............................................................................................................ 802, 803, 843
P
PACKET—
-—post, despatch of papers by ..................................................................................... 909(e)
PANCHAYAT—
Conviction by GRAM—to be entered in conviction
register/Jail Parade Report. ................. ................................................................. 263(c)(iv)
Gram—to assist in surveillance of wandering gangs 380(a)
Investigation by Gram— ........................................................................................... 408(g)
Member of Gram—to sign c0nstable’s gang diary ...................................... P.M. Form No. 87
Mukhia of Gram—may investigate unnatural deaths ...................................................... 202
Trial of cases by Gram—— ....................................................................................... 263(c)(ii)
(57)
Index Rule No
PARADE (S)-
Attendance of gazetted officers at— .............................................................................. 629(b)
Chaukidari— .................................................................................................................... 110
Jail— ................................................................................................................................... 350
Jail alarm—- ........................................................................................................................ 622
Reserve»-— ........................................................................................................................ 629
PARCELS—
Despatch of—— ................................................................................................... 909(e) and (f)
PASSAGE (s)- '
-concession to men on leave .............................................................................................. 807
PASSES— .
—for Government vessels ............................................................................................ 1178(b)
—to wandering gangs forbidden ...................................................................................... 402
PATROLS—
Rules for— ....................................................................................................... 138, Appendix 8
PAUPERS— '
Burial of— ....................................................................................................................... 121(i)
Defence of—in certain cases ........................................................................................... 257
PAY-
Advance of—on transfer .................................................................................................. 982
Despatch of-—to police-stations .................................................................................... 975(a)
Distribution oi'—- ........................................................................................................ 975, 976
Escort of-— ................................................................................................................... 974(a)
瘀‫ط‬
—for actual strength only to be drawn ........................................................................... 980
—held over, register of ........................................................................................ 968, 1049(c)
Increments of -— ............................................................................................................... 987
Left thumb impression to be given for receipt of-— .......................................................... 977
—of assistant sub-inspector promoted to sub-inspector. .............................................. 746(b)
—of constables ........................................................................................... 751. Appendix 44A
—of deceased men ........................................................................................................ 978(a)
-—of Deputy Superintendents .......................................................................................... 736
—of Havildars etc. ........................................................................................ 751, Appendix 44A
—of havildars promoted to reserve sub-inspector ........................................ 744. Appendix 46
—of inspectors ............................................................................................................ 739. 740
—of men absent without leave ...................................................................................... 968(c)
—of men on leave .......................................................................................................... 978(a)
—of menials ...................................................................................................................... 990
—of ministerial officers ....................................................................................... Appendix 44A
—of officers promoted to Indian Police Service .............................................. 737,Appendix 44
—of recruits .................................... ................................................................................... 752
—of reserve inspectors ............................................................................................ 742, 743(b)
--of reserve inspectors and other inspectors
officiating as Deputy Superintendents. ........................................................ 739, Appendix 44A
—-of reserve sub-inspector ................................................................................................... 743
—of superior officers .............................................................................................. Appendix 44
Undisbursed— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 976(h)
(58)
Index Rule No.
PAY BILL-
Annexures to—- ................................................................................................................. 966
Arrear—- ........................................................................................................................ 968(b)
Check by Superintendent of— ....................................................................................... 96S(d)
Deductions from——not to be shown in cash book. ..................................................... 940(g)
Encashment of— .................................. ..' ......................................................................... 973
Medical certificate with first .............................................................................................. 970
--of additional police ........................................................................................................ 1000
-—-of discharged men ........................................................................................................ 984
—of police supplied to railways ....................................................................................... 1001
—of rural police ................................................................................................................ 926G
Pre audit of— ................................................................................................................... 985 (c)
Preparation of-— ..................................................................................................... 945(b), 965
Presentation of—— ............................................................................................................. 972
PAYMENT-
—for clothing ................................................................................................................... 1079
—of expenses of witnesses .................................................................................... Appendix 10
—of money ......................................................................................................................... 937
—orders ................................................................................................................... ………… 986
PENDING-
—correspondence., lists of .................................................................................................. 916
PENSION (S)-
Advance applications for— …………………………………………………………………………………….. ‫ض‬ 816(d) (i)
Departmental proceeding within I year after— ………………………………………………………….. 818(a)
Anticipatory/— .................................................................................................................... 820
—application, certificate to accompany . ............................................................................ 822
—applications not to be delayed ........................................................................................ .81 5
Boat crews eligible for— ................................................................................................ 1174(a)
Commutation of— ............................................................................................................... 823
Invalid— ................................................................................................................................ 819
—of Indian Police Service Officers ........................................................................................ 731
Returns of— ...................................................................................... ..; ................... ………… 815
—roll, preparation of ...................................................................................... 821, Appendix 48
Rules for— .................................................................................................................. 814—823
PENSION ERS—-
Death of— ........................................................................................................................... 9S(a)
PEON—
—book ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 918
PERCENTAGE—
—of scheduled castes sanctioned for enlistment ........................................... 664, Appendix 40
—of leave ............................................................................................................................. 799
—of assistant sub-inspectors to be promoted to sub-inspector. ………………………………….. 659(a)
PERIODS-
—of posting in one place ................................................................................. ………….. 778, 868
(59)

Index Rule No
PERMANENT-
—-advance for prisoner’s diet ........................................................................................... 244
—advance, grant of ........................................................................................................... 948
—advance, recoupment of............................................................................................ 945(c)
—advance, scale ................................................................................................. Appendix 58
—guard, supply of .............................................................................................................. 519
PETITIONS-
—to the Government of India, rules for submission of ............................... 700, Appendix 43
PETTY—
—cash-book .................................................................................................................... 1043
—construction. Accounts of—as special contingencies………………………………………………. 1156
—construction. Definition of ………………………………………………………………………………………. 1150
—construction, power of sanction for ........................................................................ 1151(d)
PHOTOGRAPHS-—
—of leaders for police building approved by Government……………………………………….. 712(b)
Taking of—-by photographic bureau ........................................................... 422, Appendix 22
PICKETING—
Selection of criminals for--chart ………………………………………………………………………………. 372(b)
System of-- ........................................................................................................................ 377
PILLARS—
Survey—, report on ................................................................................................. 106, 1015
PLANS-
瘀‫ط‬
—for departmental buildings ., ...................................................................................... 1 151
-—of major works ................................................................................................ 1143—1145
—-of minor works .......................................................................................................... 1147
—of sites for buildings .............................................................................................. 1 132(b)
PLATFORM-—
—duty by district police ................................................................................................. 470
—duty by railway police ................................................................................................. 461
POISONERS-—
Report of absence of professional- ……………………………………………………………………………… 383
POISONING—
—'cases, medico-legal evidence in .................................................. ……… 205(b), 1259, 1260
—cases, telegram to C.I.D. in 148(0)
POLICE-
—Academy, S. V. Patel National ................................................................................ 34 B (b)
—Act, section 8, certificate under .................................................................................. 674
—Act, section 15, proclamation under ........................................................................... 518
—Act, section 17, appointment of special police under ................................................. 407
—Act, section 29, prosecution under ………………………………………………………………………….. 261
--Act, section 34, arrest under ........................................................................................ 225
—agencies for construction of police buildings ................. . ........................... ………. 1134(a)
—associations …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 712(c)
Bihar armed— ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7A3(g)(i) & 5
Bihar Mounted Armed--- ........................................................................................... 7A (5) (b)
(60)
Index Rule No.
POLICE—concld
—Circle ................................................ .................................................................................7A3 (e) (i)
—club ............................................................. .................................................................Appendix 90
-custody, death of prisoner in ........................ ...........................................................................203(b)
—custody, definition of .................................. ...............................................................................222
—custody. detention in ................................... .............................................................................. I72
—custody. illness of person in ......................... ..............................................................................233
District Armed— ................................................. ........................................................................... 611
—Flag. hoisting of ................................................. ....................................................................... 1384
—Gazette (see “GAZETTE").
Indian—Service officers. Pay, Pension etc. of ………….............………….. 731, 732, 787 and Appendix 44
General—fund .................................................................. .........................................999, Appendix 59
—hospital (see ‘“HOSPITAL").
—lines. Reserve to reside in ................................................ ............................................................628
Local-—to render all help to Railways ............................................ ........................................... 471 (c)
—medal_, regulations for .......................................................................... 1088. Appendix 67
—museum, selection of exhibits etc. for ................................................................. 1386-1390
—officers, command and precedence of ............................................................................688
—officers, complaint against .........................................................................................50, 262
—officers. Defense of—in criminal and civil suits ........................................................716, 720
—officers, duties of ............................. .................................................................................. 1
—officers, evidence in court of ................................................................. ....................................... 177
—officers not eligible for enrolment in Territorial Force. ........ .........................................................694
—officers exempted from municipal tax for horse ‫ض‬............... ............................................................699
—officers exempted from tolls ............................................... ..........................................................698
—officers. imprisonment of ......................................................... .....................................................845
—officers in command of armed party, responsibility of ............... ........................................ 621 (i) (ii)
—officers liable for fatigue duty ................................................... ....................................................703
—officers liable to dismissal for insolvency ................................... ................. .............................709
—officers may not communicate direct with Government ....... ...... ........................................ 894(a)
—officers may not communicate official information to press……..............................………..........710
—officers may not engage in private employment .......................... ............... ............................708
—officers may not have connection with press ............ ......................... .................................... 71 1
—officers may not lend or borrow money ............... ................................. .............................. 705(b)
—officers may not purchase at Government sale .... ............................... ..............................1220(b)
—officers may not receive complimentary address ............ ....................... ................................ 713
—officers may not take gilt or gratuity ...... ................................................. ............................ 705(a)
—officers may not take part in political agitation .............. ........................ .................................712
-officers may not vindicate public acts ............................................. ............ ................................714
—officers may possess Government arms without license .......... ................ ................................697
—officers, Powers of—to institute case ................... ................................. ...................................25S
—officers, precedence of ..................................................... .................... ..............................688, 690
—officers, prosecution of ................................ ...................................... ..................... 261(a), 844-849
—officers. rank of ........................................... ............................................... ................................639
—officers. Relations of—with magistrates ................... ............................... ...................................30
—officers. report of death or retirement of ............. ................................... ...............................1016
—officers, seniority of ............................ ..................................................... ..................................689
—officers summoned as witness ........ ......................................................... .................................302
(61)

Index Rule No.
POLICE—concld.
—officers to obtain sanction to acquire property ....... ......................................706(a)
—officers under suspension subject to discipline ........... ..................................... 842
-photo section ......................... ........................................................................ 7A 1(1)
—post, definition of ................. ......................................................................... 73(b)
—public relations officer ................... ............................................................. 7A 1(0)
—relief and welfare ............ .......................................................................1191-1201
River .............................. ............................................................................ 1313,1314
—shivir ....................... ............................................................................... 7A3 (e) (ii)
—sports and games ..................... ........................................................................638
—station, alteration in boundaries of ....... .....................................78(c), Appendix 4
—station“ alteration in site of .............. .............................................................. 1133
—station, arms and ammunition at ..... ................................................................ 524
—station, change in force at .................... ............................................................ 777
-station, definition of…………………………………………..............……………………………….73(a)
—station. distribution of pay at ………………………………………..............………..........976(i)
-station. Inspection of—(see “lNSPECTION”).
-station, maps at .............. ............................................................................... 76(15)
—station, officer-in-charge of (see “OFFICER-IN-C HARG E").
—station, prisoners at ........................ ........................................................ 238, 239
—station, quarters at ............... ............................................................................91
—station, registers at ........................ ........................................... 115, Appendix 62
—station. reports and returns due from ............... ...............................Appendix 64
瘀‫ط‬
—station, sentries at ……………..............………………………………………………………………77
—station to be kept clean………………………..............…………………………………………….74
—training college, quarters for officers at ...... ........................................... 734, 738
—transport. Central Workshop of ............... ...................................................7A 1(i)
Women—(see “WOMEN POLICE”).
POLICE RADIO-
Confidential communication banned by— .. .................................................. 911(d)
Disposition of—staff .................... ......................................................... 7A 1(j), 1238
Functions and set up of—organisation ……..............…………………………………….…1229
—massages ………………………..............…………………………………………………….1242-1247
—office and transport ...... ....................................................................... 1239. 1240
—personnel ....... ............................................................................................... 1230
Recruitment, promotion and uniform of—-personnel ...... ...................... 1235-1237
Stores, maintenance and technical—wings………..............……………………..........1231
POLITICAL-
—agitation, police not to take part in ............. ... .... ........................................................ 712
—prisoners. P.R. slips of ..................... ............... .... ......................................................... 344
PONY—(SEE “HORSE").
POST CARDS-
Reports of absence of prisoners on— ............... .... ..................................................... 383(a)
Use of—.................... ............................. .... ................................................................. 909(g)
POSTING—
Orders of—where passed ............... ..... .... ................................................................. 776(b)
Periods of.............. ................. .... .................................................................................... 778
(62)
Index Rule No.
POSTMASTER—
Safe of—…………………………………………………………………………………………………..93
POST-MORTEM—
—examination, rules for………….……………………………………………………….………………….207
—examination, fees for determining age etc.by ............... ……………….......... 207(a)(iv)
—examination of persons killed in railway accident…………………………………………….509
-report…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………209
POST OFFICE(S)—
—records, information from .......... ……………….....................................................168
-remittances, escort for ....................... ………………..............................................98(f)
Security deposits in—………………………………………………………………………………........993
—servants, arrest of ................. ………………..........................................................230
—to be watched at night ……………………………………………………………………………...140(b)
POUNDS—
Duties of police in connection with…………………………………………………………………..123
P.R.—
Definition 0f— ...... ………………..............................................................................329
—orders how passed ........................ ………………..................................................333
Persons to be made—……………………………………………………………………………….........330
—prisoners, classification…………………………………………………………………………........332
—prisoners, death in jail of .... ………………………………...........................................347(a)
‫ض‬
—prisoners. Finger print of‘-when to be taken ……………………………………….……345(c)
—prisoners, information to police-station regarding .................. ………………...... 348
—not necessarily liable to surveillance ................................ ………………..............331
—slips as release notices ......................... ………………....................................352, 362
—slips from other districts ................ ………………................................................354
—slips of females ……………………………………………………………………………………….. 344(c)
—slips, preparation………………………………………………………………………………....334, 344
—slips to show jail of release……………………………………………………………….............349
—system, jail authorities to check...................... ………………....................... ........346
—T., Certain Muzaffarpur sonars to be made ……………………………………………..349(e)
—Wireless Co-coordinating Directorate …………………………………………………….. 34 B (e)
PRE-AUDIT—
—of pay bills ……………………………………………………………………………………………….985(a)
PRECEDENCE—
police officers .................... ………………..........................................................................688
Warrant of—…………………………………………………............…………………………………………..……690
PRESERVATION—
—of correspondence .... ………………........................................................ 1026, Appendix 62
—of registers ................. ………………........................................................1027, Appendix 62
—of vouchers ....................... ……………….....................................................................938(c)
PRESIDENCY JAIL-
F. P. slips of prisoners transferred………………………............………………………………........ 341(b)
(63)

Index Rule No
PRESIDENT—
Allowance to chaukidars for guarding route of— ……………………………………..861 (d)
Compliments of guards to-.............………….................................................... 607(a)
Escort for— ………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 604
Guards of honour for— ........................ ………….................................................. 606
PRESS (ES)—
—conference ........... …………........................................................................1203. 120
Connection with—prohibited ............................... …………...................................711
Vindication of character in—prohibited ............ …………...................................... 714
PREVENTION-
-against malaria, etc. ....... …………...................................................................... 1308
—of crime, duties of police regarding ...... …………...................................................2
PREVIOUS CONVICTIONS—
Procedure on suspicion of— ...................... …………..............................................269
proof of— ....................... …………................................................................... 276-278
PRISONER(S)—
Classification of— ........................... …………..................................................... 237(a)
Classifying authority of— ....................... …………............................................. 237(b)
Custody of—during verification of confession .......... ………….............................. 194
Custody of—, rules for ................................................................... 23 8-239A
Dangerous--, arrangements for ........... …………............................................. 240, 296
Death of—in police custody .............. ………….................................................. 203(b)
—diet, bills for .................................. …………...............................................244. 1005
瘀‫ط‬
Disposal of property of— ......... ………….......................................................234, 307(i)
Escort of—(see “ESCORTS”).
Examination of— .............. …………...................................................................... 238
Illness of—- ....................................................... …………...................................... 233
Interview with—in jail ........................................... …………..................... I95, I96, 351
Search of—before admission to lock-up ....... …………......................................... 234
Search of'—on arrest .............................. …………................................................ 234
Supply of food and water to………..........................………….................................. 299
Under trial—(sec “UNDER TRIAL").
(See also “CONVICTS”).
PRIVATE-
—cases, experts as witnesses in ......................... ………….................................. 449(e)
—copies of Police Gazette, purchase of ……………………………………………………. 890(b)
—messages not to be sent Service paid ………………………………………………………. 909(b)
—Persons, cost of guards ……………………………………………………………………………..999(b)
—Persons, rewards offered by ........... …………..................................................... 858
PRIZES—
Shooting…………………………………………………………………………………………...........636, Appendix 36
PROBATION-
—of Assistant Superintendents ...... ………….....……………................................................. 722(a)
—of Deputy Superintendents ...... …………................................…………...................... 648, 722
—of sub-inspectors .................... ………….......................……………........................................ 682
—of assistant sub-inspectors promoted to sub-inspector. . ……………………….................. 659(g)
Period of—for all officers ........................ …………..............…………………..... 668(a), Appendix 41
(64)

Index Rule No.
PROBATIONERS—
Removal of without proceedings ……………………………………………………...........668
PROCEEDINGS—
-after prosecution of police officers ……………………………………………….. 846—848
—against ministerial officers.........................................................................871
—for surveillance of suspects ……………………………………………………………… 370(b)
—required for major punishments................................................................828
Rules for drawing up— ................................................................... Appendix 49
—under sections 109, l I0 C r. P.C . ........................................... 404, Appendix11
—unnecessary for removal of officers on probation ……………………………………668
PROCESS-
—Register, inspection of ............................................................................294(a)
PROCESSIONS—
Funeral— .....................................................................................................606A
Licensing of—………………………………………………………………………………………………..23
Police arrangements in— .............................................................................1346
PROCLAIMED OFFENDERS—
Finger print slips of— ................................................................................. 343(b)
PROCLAMATION—
—under section 82, Cr.P.C ...................................................................109(b), 288
PROFICIENT(S)—
Definition of finger print— ...........................................................................441(f)
Testing of F. P. slips by— ................................................................................339
‫ض‬
PROGRESS—
—Memorandum ................................................................................................61
—report of Superintendents …………………………………………………………………...1010(c)
—report of C l. D. officers ...............................................................................434
—report on P.W.D. buildings..........................................................................1146
—report on departmental buildings ..........................................................115S(b)
PROMISSORY NOTE-
—for security deposits ……………………………………………………………......993(a), 994(c)
PROMOTION--
—of assistant sub-inspectors .........................................................................659
—of constables to the rank of assistant sub-inspector.…….……………...............660
—of Deputy Superintendents ................................................................. 723, 724
—of gazetted‘ officers of and above Deputy Superintendents .......................721
—of Havildara from constables’ rank ........................................... 729(b), 1248(1)
—of inspectors to Deputy Superintendents ............................................646. 739
—of ministerial officers ..................................................................................864
—of reserve Inspector to Deputy Superintendents ………………………………………646
—of reserve Sub-inspector..............................................................................650
—of sub-inspector (Unarmed) ........................................................................649
—of Superintendents ......................................................................................721
service book to be consulted regarding— .................................................1041 (f)
Special--, recommendation for ........................................................................728
Withholding of— ..................................................................................726, 832(b)
(65)

Index Rule No.
PROPERTY—
Attachment of— .........................................................................................288,289
Custody of……………………………………………………..……………………………………………….307
Government-, loss of…………………………………………………………………………………….702
Identification of—…………………………………………..……………………………………………..166
lntestate-, disposal of…………………….……………………………………………………120(c),121
List of—to be sent with attachment application………………..………………………109(b)
-of accused, disposal……………………………………………………………………………………..324
—of prisoners, disposal………………………………………………………………………………407(i)
Perishable—, disposal of .............................................................................307(h)
Police not to guard railway—………………………………………………………………………..467
Recovery of—by district and railway police……..………….………………………………..496
Recovery of—through criminals after conviction………………………………………195(c)
Register of-in possession of police ………………………………………….…………….119,120
Seizure of—at house searches…………………………………..………………….…………..165(c)
Stolen—how entered in property register.................................P.M. Form no. 18
Stolen—List of stolen—with first information report……….….…….………..……145(a)
Suspicious-………………………………………………………………………..…….…………….….120(a)
Unclaimed—................................................................................................120(b)
PROSECUTING-
—staff of police cases …………………………………………………………………………7A3(f)246
-staff of police cases to assist public prosecntors………………………………………….284
—staff of police to conduct cases against police .......................................261(b)
PROSECUTION“ 瘀‫ط‬
Conduct of—by legal practitioners………………………………………………………..…….250
—in conspiracy cases ……………………………….…………………………………………………186
—in false complaints against police………………………..…………………………………..720
—instituted by public prosecutors, procedure in…………………………………………256
Liability to—after departmental punishment ………………………………………..……827
—of cases, responsibility for…………………..…………………………………………………..245
—of excise cases …………………………….………………………………………………………….260
—of gang cases ………..………………………………………………………………………………..198
—of military offenders ………………………………………………….………259,Appendix 14
—of police officers …………….………………………………………………………………..844-849
—of police officers for escape of prisoners .............…………………………261(b),574
—of police officer when inexpedient ...........................................................849
—of railway police cases ..............................................................................504
—under Police Act………………………………………………………………………………….261(a)
—of vehicles refusing to carry persons suffering ......................................1345
Withdrawal from-……………………………………………………………………………………..285
PROVIDENT FUND—
General-…………………………………………………………………………………………....989,Appendix 87
PUBLIC-
Appointment of Assistant—Pr0secutor, Grade II &lll ………………………….…………………..670
Behaviour towards— .................................................. …………….............................1350,5
Duties of Assistant—Prosecutor, Grade I ......... ……………............................................285
-mourning, uniform for……………………………………………………………….……………………….…1060
(66)
Index Rule No.
PUBLIC-concld.
—not to be harassed by investigating officers …………………..……………..…..……162
—officers. prosecutions instituted by ................ …………................................256
—prosecutor. Brief of—in sessions cases ............ …………..............................267
—prosecutor, court officers as ..................... ………….....................................249
—prosecutor, employment of ...................... …………..............................256, 268
—prosecutor to appear in appeals before Sessions Court ...... …………..........310
—Prosecutor to give advice gratis ......................................... …………............284
—Prosecutor, withdrawal from prosecution by ................ …………................266
Officer accommodation of Assistant—Prosecutor.. …………...........................285
—servant. defence of police officers by ............................. …………..............252
Statutory powers of Assistant—Prosecutors, Grade I to III………………..…..….716
Training of Assistant—Prosecutor, Grade III ....... …………..............................249
—Undertaking ................................. …………..................................................681
—Works Department building (see "'BUILDINGS“).
-Works Department, transfer of departmental buildings to…………………...1165
PUNISHMENT(S)—
Discrimination necessary in awarding— ................. ………….......................826
—drill ................................................. …………............................................839
—drill to railway police .............................. …………....................................483
Effect of—on liability to prosecution . …………............................................827
—for absence without leave .......... …………................................................843
List of— ....................... …………...................................................................824
‫ض‬
Major—, proceedings required for ..... …………...........................................828
Major—, three years bar for promotion ............ ………….......................726(lll)
Major—to be entered in service book ... …………..................................1041(c)
Minor— ……………………………………………………………..….………………………..838,871
Officers empowered to impose— ............ …………......................................825
—of hospital staff ... …………...................................................................854(b)
—of ministerial officers ........... …………................................................870,871
—register, entries in .......... …………............................................................850
—register to be examined before increments granted. .. …………...........832(c)
PURCHASE-
—at Government sale prohibited .......... …………...................................1220(b)
—of arms and ammunition ...................... ………….......................................197
—of house, advance for ............................ …………....................................1007
—of private copies of Police Gazette ... ………….......................................890(b)
—of tents, tarpaulins, etc. ..................... ………….......................................1124
—of uniform, grants for . …………..............................................................1062
Q
QUALIFICATION-
—for appointment as constables . ………….................................................663
—for post of sub-inspector ........... …………................................................658
—for promotion to havildars ......... …………...........................................729(b)
(67)

Index Rule No.
QUARTERS—
—at police-station................................. ..............................…………..……………..91
—for Assistant Superintendent at Training College ....... ............................. 734
—for Deputy Superintendent at Training College ………........……………………. 738
—for reserve sub inspector and sub-inspectors....... .................................. 750
Free--, officers entitled to ....... ...................................................-Appendix 45
QUARTERLY—
—Check of clothing stock .... ..................................................................... 1082
R
RAILWAY(S)—
—accidents, disposal of persons killed or injured in .... ............................. 509
—accidents, duties of district and railway police in .. ............................ 508(b)
—accidents, final orders in .................................... ................................ 316(f)
—accidents. Magistrates to whom—to be reported.. .................. Appendix 39
—accidents, rules for procedure in .. ..................... ......................Appendix 29
—accidents, special reports in …………………………........……………………….. 510(a)
—accounts, adjustment of .. ................................................................... 1009
—Act, arrest of offenders under ......... ..................................................... 503
—Act, cases under ........................... ................................................ 499—501
—authorities, report of serious offences to ..... ........................................ 473
—bye-laws, infraction of ............ ......................................................... 465(b)
—cases, final report or C.S. to be intimated for claims in ……….. 499(c)
Conveyance of corpses on-.................................................................. 509(b)
瘀‫ط‬
Cost of guards supplied to— ... .............................................................. 1001
-criminals, F.P. slips of ...................... .................................................. 342(d)
Escort of prisoners by— .... ............................................................... 575-5 80
Escort of treasure by— . .................................................................... 590, 592
—freight, prepayment of ... ................................................................... 909(f)
—limits, crime near ........ .......................................................................... 490
—limits, definition of .... ........................................................................... 459
—limits, district police within …………........…………………………………………… 476
-limits, following up of crime outside ......... ............................................. 491
-limits, persons dying within .... ................................................................ 464
-medical officers, post morlem by……………........………. 207(a), 209(0). 509(a)
—officials, relations of railways police with ………………........………. 471—473
—Protection Force ........ .............................................................. 34B(k), 462
Relief of escort on— . .................................................................... 554—5 56
—servants, arrest of ............ ................................................ 239, 502, 503(b)
—servants summoned as witnesses ............. ............................................... 302
—stations, district constables at ........................... ....................................... 477
—stations, halt of treasure escort at ....... .................................................... 599
—stations, notice regarding prisoners at ......... ........................................ 383(b)
—survey parties, supply of guards to ...... ............................................... 529, 530
Travelling by—for journeys on duty ....... .................................................... 68, 85
—warrants, rules for ....................... .......................................... 575, Appendix 31
(68)
Index Rule No.
RAILWAY POLICE-
- armed police reserve for .......................................................... 51 5(c)
Arrangements by—-for tours of Commander-in-Chief .................. 514
Arrangements by—~for tours of Minister and V.I.Ps..................... 513
Arrangements by-for tours of. President, Prime Minister etc ….....604
Bills of—for prisoners‘ diet ...................................................... 1005(b)
—cases, absconders in ...................................................................497
—cases, arrests by district police in ...............................................496
—cases, detention of passengers in ..............................................489
—cases, first information reports in ..............................................488
—cases, prosecution of .................................................................504
—cases, report by telegram in ...................................... 488(c) and (d)
-cases, special reports in……………………………………………………………..501
Control of— .................................................................................. 460
Co-operation of—-with district authorities …………..…………………….474
Co-operation of—-with district police ................. 475, 490—496, 505
Co-operation of—with Railway Protection Force......................462(b)
Disposal of corpses by—……………………………..………….…………………..464
Duties of— .......................................................................... 7A (7) 461
Flying squad in— ...................................................................... 470(b)
impounding of cattle by— ............................................................468
Information to—in dacoities ........................................................ 149
—inspector; duties of .......................................................... 469(a) (ii)
‫ض‬
—inspector, powers ……………………………….…………………….. 484 (Note)
Inter-transfer of-—with district police…………..……………………………515
Investigation……………………………………..…………………………………………484
Jurisdiction for Assistant/Deputy Superintendents of ……………. 469(i)
Minute book to be maintained by— ………………………………………….. 478
Monthly return of crime to be submitted by— ............................ 511
—not to collect excess fares ..........................................................466
—not to guard railway property ....................................................467
Pay bills of— ..................................................................................972
Platform duty of—……………..…………………………………………………………470
Punishment drill to………………………………………………………………………..483
Registers and files to be maintained by— ........... 512 (b), Appendix 62
Relations of—with railway officials ........................................ 47l—473
Rules in Police Manual specially applicable to— ............................458
Sickness among— ...........................................................................482
—station, jurisdiction of .................................................................480
—station, signboards at …………………………………………………………. 481 (a)
-station, unauthorized building ………………………………………………...481(b)
—Superintendent, P.R. orders by ………………………………………………333(b)
—Superintendent, returns and reports due from ..512(a), Appendix 64
—Superintendent, supervision of cases …………………………………………498
—Superintendent, surveillance orders by .......................................370
—Superintendent to report serious cases to authorities………..........473
(69) Surveillance by— .............................................................................505

Index Rule No.
RAILWAY POLICE—concld.
Surveillance of wandering gangs not to be made over to— …………398(b)
—to assist public and railway staff ………………………………………………… 405
—to be given list of criminals by district police ……………………………… 506
—to interchange constables with district police............................... 507
—to interchange information with district police ............................. 479
—to look out for smuggling of opium, etc.— …………………………….. 463(a)
Uniform of— ........................................................................Appendix 65
RANK-
—of investigation………………………………………………………………………………158
—of police officers ……………………….………………………………………………… 639
—of Reserve Sub-Inspector for purposes of certain Acts……………….... 625
RAPE—
Medico-legal evidence …………………………………….....205(h), Appendix 79(5)
RATIONS—
Cost of—for convicts under escort ..................................................... 561
Scale of—for armed police …………………………………………………………. 760(b)
REAPPOINTMENT (see “RE-EMPLOYMENT”)
RECALL-
—from leave ……………………………………………………………………………………806
RECEIPT (S)—
-cheques ………………………………………………………………………….124(d), 937(f)
—for prisoners on delivery by escort ...................................... 547, 559(d)
‫ط‬
—for prisoners on receipt by escort瘀............................................... 559(b)
—for prisoner's property ………………………………………………………………… 234
—for treasure …………………………………………………………………………………. 598
—of clothing....................................................................................... 1081
—of letters, action on ......................................................................... 906
—of stores ......................................................................................... 1094
Payment into treasury of— ……………………………………………………124(f), 929
RECOGNIZANCES-—
Court officer to assess suitability of bonds of— .................................. 305
Release from— ................................................................................ 181 (g)
RECOGNITION—
—of bad characters by constables ....................................................... 375
RECONVICTED—
—prisoner, F.P. slip of ...................................................................... 342(2)
RECORD (S)-
Destruction of— ................................................................................. 1031
—of C.I.D. cases ............................................................................ 435, 436
—of post office, information from .......................................................168
—of Sessions Court, copying of .............................................................34
Preservation of—.................................................................................1027
—room, preservation of papers in ............................................. 1028—1030
RECOUPMENT—
—of permanent advance etc. ............................................................... 945(c)
(70)

Index Rule No.
RECRUITS—
Advances to— .................................................................................... 752(a)
Issue of kits to— .......................................................................... 1066, 1067
Medical examination 0f— ........................................................................672
Oath and rules of conduct for— ......................................... 666, Appendix 37
Pay 0f— ................................................................................................ 752(b)
Standard required for— ............................................................................663
RECRUITMENT—
—0f Assistant Superintendents ..................................................................643
—of constables .................................................................................... 661- 663
RECURRING—
—payments, Government sanction for ………………………………………………. 928(c)
REDUCTION-
—in grade entailed by three blank marks ...................................................835
—in establishments .....................................................................................991
—of sub-inspectors to be reported to D.l.(1 ...............................................833
Orders 0f— .................................................................................................832
RE-EMPLOYMENT—
—of ministerial officers ...............................................................................876
—0f police officers .......................................................................................671
—precluded by dismissal .............................................................................829
REFORMATORY—
—School boys, arrest of ..............................................................................232
‫ض‬
-School boys, eases against ......................................................................... 150
—Scho0l boys, death of ............................................................................347(b)
—School boys, finger prints of .....................................................................330
—School boys, surveillance of .................................................................. 370(c)
REGISTER (S)—
Absconders’—at police-station ...............................................................113(b)
Absconders'—in Superintendent’s office ...................................................883
Appeal— ....................................................................................................312
Casual leave— .......................................................................................... 1048
Casualty— ................................................................................................. 1049
Conviction— ............................................................................................... 3 17
Court khatian— ............................................................................................322
Dacoity—................................................................................................... .. B82
Defect—.................................................................................. 838, Appendix 50
Dispositi0n— ............................................................................................. 1038
Distribution— ........................................................................................ 1045(d)
Force— ...................................................................................................... 1039
Gang— .........................................................................................................389
General—of magistrate ...............................................................................314
General rules for—....................................................................................... 115
Hajat— .........................................................................................................295
Hospital— .................................................................................................. 1046
Index— .................................................................................. P.M. Form No. 65F
(71)
Index Rule No.
REGISTER (S)—concld.
Inspection— ...............................................................................42(b), 135
Leave— ............................................................................................. 1047
List of—maintaincd by all offices ...........................................Appendix 62
Malkhana— ..........................................................................................307
—of arms ...............................................................................325(b) and (c)
—of attendance of chaukidars .......................................................... 110(d)
—of attendance at office .................................................................. 877(b)
—of candidates for appointment as sub-inspector .......................... 654(b)
—of cases in which no F.l.R, recorded .............................................. 144(a)
-of chaukidars ....................................................................................111(b)
—of fine warrants .............................................................................. 125(b)
—of lands and buildings ....................................................................... 1149
—of letters received and dispatched at police-stations......................... 132
—of letters received and despatched in inspectoi-’s office.......................66
—of letters received and despatched in Superintendenmt’s office .. 912-915
—of office expenses etc………………………………………………………………………946(b)
—of pay held over ....................................................................... 968. 1049(a)
—of printed forms ....................................................................................919
—of processes ...................................................................................... 294(a)
—of property in possession of Police ...................................................119(a)
—of receipt and issue of clothing …………………………………………………………1081
—of sessions cases ……………..……………………….…………………………………………315
瘀‫ط‬
—of special reports ………………….…………………….…………………………………....1011
—of target practice ……………..…………………………………………………………………635
—of unidentified persons …………………………………………………………………271 (a)
—of visiting guards .................................................................................1035
—of vital statistics, for Gram Sevaks …………….…………………………….………….126
Preservation of— …………………….…………….…………………………………….1027-1080
Punishrnent—………………………..………………………………………………………………..850
Stationery—...............................................................................................923
Stock and stores— ……………………………………………………….…………………..1045(a)
REGISTRATION-—
—of births and deaths ..............................................................................127
—0f security bonds ...............................................................................993(b)
RE-INFORCEMEN TS-
—from other districts ...............................................................................620
RELEASE—
—from bail or recognizances ................................................................181(g)
Jail of— …………………..………………………………………………………………………………349
—notice, P.R. slips as …………………….………………………………………………..352, 362
—of juvenile convicts.................................................................................353
RELIEF-
—of escorts……………………………………………………………………………..……….553-556
—of guard …………………………………….……………………………………..………………524(5)
—of head clerk and accountant ……………………………………………………………….934
(72)
Index Rule No.
RELIEF—concld.
—of officers, rules for ......................................................................... 771
—operations in emergency ................................................................1371
Task force for— .................................................................................. 1372
REMAND—
-to police custody ................................................................................ 172
—to prove previous convictions ..........................................................269
REMINDERS—
How—dealt with .................................................................................. 91 7
How-entered in despatch register ..................................................... 913(c)
Use of post-cards for— ...................................................................... 909(g)
REMITTANCE(S)—
—by bank drafts in Nepal ........................................................... 978(b), 983
—by bank drafts to subordinates .................................................. 940(e) (f)
—by post offices, escorts for ...............................................................93(f)
REMOVAL-
—from service, effect ............................................................................829
—from surveillance ................................................................................373
—of names from crime directory .......................................................... 364
—of officers on probation without proceedings ……………………………......668
REN EWAL—
—of arms licences ............................................................................... 130(b)
RENT-
—allowances, officers entitled to …………………………………………....Appendix
‫ض‬ 45
—of buildings………………………………………………………………………………………951(b)
—of land in police occupation ………………………………………………………………..951
—of office ................................................................................................950
Statement of--for residential building …………………………………………………. 1140
REPAIRS-
—to boats ……………………………………………………………………………………………. 1170
—to departmental buildings, ......................................................... 1162—1163
—to P.W.D. buildings …………………………………………………………………………… 1148
—to residential buildings ...................................................................... 1148(c)
REPLACEMENT-
-of lost medals ………………………………………………………………………………………...1087
REPORT(S)—
—and returns, list of………………………………………………………………………Appendix 64
Annual crime and departmental—......................... 1020-1022, Appendix 60, 61
Committee—book....................................................................................... 1044
Confidential—on officer’s work ................................................................. 101 8
Confidential-—-to Intelligent Department .............................................. 1010(b)
Daily and Weekly—of circle inspectors …………………………………………… 59, 878(b)
Daily under-trial—of court officer …………….………………………………………………..308
Drafting of ...................................................................................................1025
-due from district officers in certain cases ………………………………………………..1012
Final— ............................................................................................................181
Leave—of gazetted officers .................................................................800, 901(ii)
(73)
Index Rule No.
REPORT(S)—concld.
—of explosives ……………………………...…………………………………………………………………………………………….……1014
---of railway accident................................................................................................................................510
—of target practice ..................................................................................................................................637
Progress—in special report cases …………………………………………………………………………………………….……1010(c)
Progress---- of C.I.D. officers …………………………………………………………………………………….…………………………434
Progress—on buildings………………………………………………………………………………………………..…….1146, 1155(b)
Special—(see “SPECIAL”).
—to be submitted after firing on unlawful assembly. …………………………………………………………….………..621(i)
—-to railway authorities of serious offences …………………………………………………………………………….………..473
—under section I07, 109, l I0, Or. P. C. …………………………………………………………………………………….………….185
REPORTING-
—of crime …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………..4
REPRESENTATIONS—
—from subordinates ................................................................................................................................701
REQUISITIONS—
—for escort………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………535, 536
—for police assistance………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……….6(c)
RESERVE-
—Armed Police (see “ARMED POLICE”).
Constables of—to attend jail parade ……………………………………………………………………………..……………….350(h)
Education classes in— ....................................................................................................... 630, Appendix 35
—office, definition of…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………1032
—office, inspection …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………..926
瘀‫ط‬
—office, registers to be maintained in……………………………………………………………………………………Appendix 62
—office, reports and returns due from .....................................................................................Appendix 64
—officer. Duties of--—regarding escort ………………………………………………………………………………………537--540
-—officer not to keep cash………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………..933(c)
—officer, petty cash-book of .................................................................................................................1043
—officer to prepare pension rolls ............................................................................................................821
Ordinary-...................................................................................................................................................610
Organization of— ............................................................................................................................609--610
Parade of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………………………..629
Reinforcement of— .................................................................................................................................620
--to reside in lines ....................................................................................................................................628
Withdrawal of—by Inspector-General .....................................................................................................615
RESERVE INSPECTOR—
Appointment of— .................................................................................................................7A3 (g) (ii), 650
Conveyance allowance of— .....................................................................................................................745
Duties of— ...............................................................................................................................................623
Free grant to—for purchase of uniform.................................................................................................1062
Jurisdiction 0f—for travelling allowance .................................................................................................757
Language examination of— .....................................................................................................................679
Leave of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..786
Pay of—……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….742
Rank of— .................................................................................................................................................639
Uniform of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….1064, appendix 65
(74)

Index Rule No.
RESERVE SUB-INSPECTOR-
Appointment of— ...................................................................................................................... 651
Conveyance allowance of— ....................................................................................................... 745
Diary of ........................................................................................................................................626
Duties of armed police— ............................................................................................................624
Duties of——on platform ...........................................................................................................470
Free quarters for— .....................................................................................................................750
Function of—(office) ...................................................................................................................6S2
Jurisdiction of—for travelling allowance.................................................................................... 757
Language examination of-— .......................................................................................................679
Leave of— ...................................................................................................................................787
—{office] .....................................................................................................................................652
Pay of Havildars on promotion to— ...........................................................................................744
Pay of — ..................................................................................................................................... 743
Rank of-~ .............................................................................................................................625, 639
--(training) ..........................................................................................................613, 6| 8, 630(c)(d)
—(Transport) and other rank ................................................................................................... 1186
Use of— ......................................................................................................................................627
RESIDENCE—
Change of—by surveille ..............................................................................................................379
—of station officer ........................................................................................................................91
—of men in reserve ....................................................................................................................628
RESIDENTIAL-
—buildings, projects for ...........................................................................................................
‫ض‬ 1140
—buildings, repairs to ...........................................................................................................1148(c)
RESIGNATION S—
—to be in writing ....................................................................................................................... 808
RESPONSIBILITY-
—for case records .................................................................................................................. 280(a)
—for money not paid info treasury ............................................................................................931
—for prosecution of cases ..........................................................................................................245
—for upkeep of accounts ...................................................................................................... 935(a)
—of inspector ...............................................................................................................................43
---of magistrate with armed party ............................................................................................621(i)
—of officer in charge of station for custody of prisoners, ..........................................................237
—of officer in charge of armed party .......................................................................................62](i)
—of officer in charge of treasure escort .....................................................................................597
—of police officers for health of the force ...............................................................................1309
RETIREMENT—
Compulsory-— ..........................................................................................................................854A
Enforced— ................................................................................................................................ 809
—of gazetted officers to be reported .................................................................................. 1016(b)
—of ministerial officers. age of .................................................................................................. 875
-01’ police officers, age of ..................................................................................................... 81 1(a)
—of police officers to be reported to Inspector-General. ................................................... 1016(b)
Wearing of uniform after— ........................................................................................................696
(75)

Index Rule No.
RETRENCHMENT—
Order of--………………………………………………………………………………………………....……………………………988
RETURN (S)-
Annual-—of officers reaching age of 58 ………………………………………………………………………………… 812
—before expiry of leave ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 805
File of—at police station ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 134
Force— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 963
—from leave. Report of—by gazetted officers ...................................................................... 801(b)
Immovable and movable property/—……………………………………………………....….. P. M. Form no. 150
List of— .........................................................................................................................Appendix 64
—of ordnance stores …………………….……………………………………………………………………………………. 1125
—of persons entitled to pension and gratuity ………………………………………………………………………. 815
REVENUE—
---to be paid intact into treasury ................................................................................................ 929
REVOLVER---
—course …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. Appendix 36
—as part of police officer’s equipment …………………………………………………………………………………. 697
REWARDS-
Bills for— .................................................................................................................................. 1006
—in kind prohibited ................................................................................................................... 859
--to sources ............................................................................................................................ 857(e)
—offered by private persons ................................................................................................. 858(d)
Powers of officers to grant— ...................................................................................... 857, 861 B(a)
—to be entered in service books and Gazette—瘀 ……………………………...……………………………………
‫ط‬ 860
—to chaukidars …………………….…………………………………………………………………………………………….… 861
RIBBON—
—for medals, indents for ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1088(a)
RIOT (S)-
—cases, investigation and identification of accused in ……………………… 235, Appendix 79, clause 4
Police to be practiced in dealing with— ………………………………………………………………………….. 621(m)
ROAD-
Encroachment on— .…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 100
Journey by—of escorts of lunatics ………………………………………………………………………………………… 585
Journey by-of escorts of prisoners ...................................................................................... 581-583
--posts, definition of …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 136(b)
ROLLS-
Absconder‘s— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 883(d)
Acquaintance—(see “ACQUITTANCE”).
Confidential character— ............................................................................................................ 924
Descriptive— .................................................................................................................. Appendix 6
Muster— .................................................................................................................................... 962
Pension and Gratuity-, preparation of ....................................................................................... 821
ROSTER—
—of daily duties ....................................................................................................................... 1033
ROUNDS—
Officers to go on— ................................................................................................................. 140(a)
Visit of—to treasury guards ....................................................................................................... 524
(76)

Index Rule No.
RUBBER STAMPS-
lndents for— .......................................................................................................................... 922(d)
—prohibited for signatures ........................................................................................ 899(b), 938(f)
RULES—
of conduct for recruits ......................................................................................... 666, Appendix 37
of conduct for Government servants ............................................................................... 704—715
S
SADDLERY—
Grants for purchase and maintenance of— ................................................................... 1062, 1063
SAFE—
Postmaster’s—-— ........................................................................................................................ 93
SALARY—
Attachment of— ........................................................................................................................ 709
Bills for increased— ....................................................................................................................985
(‘See also “PAY”).
SALE—
—of building material .............................................................................................................. 1166
—of impounded cattle ........................................................................................................... 123(a)
—of property without sanction prohibited ................................................................................ 706
SALUTES—
—by police officers .....................................................................................................................692
SALVAGE-—-
Definition of— ....................................................................................................................... 103(d)
SANCTION—- ‫ض‬
—for alterations to P.W.D. buildings ....................................................................................... 1136
—for departmental buildings ................................................................................................... 1151
—for major works .......................................................................................................... 1138, 1141
—for minor works .......................................................................................................... 1139, 1147
SARKAR—-
Diet—{see “DIET”).
SAVINGS BANKS-
Deposit of security in— ...................................................................................... 992, 994, 995, 997
SCHEDULED CASTE/TRIBE—
—atrocities on .......................................................................................................................... 1023
Reservations for—in services ............................................................................... 664, Appendix 40
SEALS—
Indents for brass—— ................................................................................................................. 922
Facsimile of——to be sent when arms returned ..................................................................... 1100
—of wagons not to be examined by railway police ....................................................................467
SEARCH-
—by night .............................................................................................................................. 165(b)
—for absconders ................................................................................................................... 118(e)
—of house ................................................................................................................…………… 165(a)
—of persons arrested ................................................................................................................ 234
(77)

Index Rule No.
SEARCH—concld.
—of under-trial prisoners ………………………………………………………………….…………………………………..296
—Slip to be attached to F.P. slip……………………………………………………………………………………………..275
SECURITY—
—deposits, rules ………………………………………………………………………………………………….…………992--997
Money—to be deposited in treasury ....................................................................................305 (d)
SEGREGATION—
—of approver during verification of confession .........................................................................194
—of approver in jail ....................................................................................................................298
—of prisoners in trains ...............................................................................................................577
SELECTION-
—for sub-inspectors including reserve sub-inspectors ........................................................656,657
---grade, promotion of Deputy Superintendents to ....................................................................724
—grade, promotion of Superintendents to ............................................................................721(c)
—of Constables for Naik ........................................................................................................ 685(b)
— of men for mobilization contingent ……………………………………………………………………………………616
—of sites for buildings ..............................................................................................................1132
SENIORITY—
--of Deputy Superintendents ......................................................................................................647
--on guards, standing orders for …………………………………………………………………………………………….689
瘀‫ط‬
—over hajat…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….……………..239
SEROLOGIST—
Examination by— .................................................................................................................216-219
SERVICE—
—ammunition, ..........................................................................................................................1110
—books …………………………………………………………………………………..…………………..……………1040—1042
—books, censures to be entered in ……………………………………………………………………..…………………838
—books, rewards to be entered in ………………………………………………………………………..………..855,860
—books of ministerial officers ………………………………………………………………………………………………..873
Condonation of break in— .....................................................................................................671(b)
Entries in—book to be considered by Board………………………………………………………….…………1041 (d)
Extension of—of police officers…………………………………………………………………….………………..810, 811
— stamps, account and issue of ………………………………………………………………………….……………..910(a)
—stamps for court office………………………………………………………………………………..………………….253(b)
---stamps for subdivisional police officers ..............................................................................910(c)
—stamps. Payment for—how made ...........................................................................................952
Statement of— .......................................................................................................................816(a)
Verification of— ..................................................................................................................816, 817
(78)

Index Rule No.
SESSIONS-
—cases, brief of Public Prosecutor in ...........................................................................267
—cases, production of prisoners in ...............................................................................309
--cases, register of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………..315
—cases, statement of ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 323(h)
—cases, unfavourable comments in ......................................................................33, 50(f)
—case, withdrawal of prosecution in ............................................................................285
—court, appeals to ..........................................................................................................3l0
—court, police officers to attend ...................................................................................313
—records, copying of .......................................................................................................34
SICK-
—attendant, travelling allowance of .......................................................................... 1003
SIGNATURE-
Dating of—…………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 899(a)
Rubber stamps prohibited for—……………………………………………………………….. 899(b), 938(1)
SIGNBOARDS—-
—at district Police-Station …………………………………………………………………………………………..75
—at railway Police-Station ........................................................................................ 481(a)
SIGNING——
—of bills .........................................................................................................................935
—of cash book ...............................................................................................................940
SITES—
Committee for selection of— ………………………………………………………………….……………… 1132
Disposal of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. ‫ض‬ 1166
—of departmental buildings, cost of ……………………………………………………………………… 1151
—of police-stations, alteration of................................................................................ 1133
SLIPS—
Advice—..........................................................................................................................937
Crime directory— ...........................................................................................................360
Finger print—(See “FINGER PRINT").
P. R.—(See “P.R.”).
SOLDIERS-—
Arrest of—......................................................................................................................231
Escort of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 552
SPECIAL—
—armed force in certain districts ........................................................... 612, Appendix 33
—contingencies, funds for departmental buildings .................................................... 1156
treated as.
—police, application for ………………………………………………………………………………………. 407(a)
—police, appointment of ……………………………………………………………. 405, 407, Appendix 20
—police, duties of ..................................................................................................... 406(0)
—police, uniform of .................................................................................................. 406(d)
—police telegrams ........................................................................................................ 179
—rep0rt (s) cases, first information reports in ..........................................................148(b)
—report (s) cases, list of ................................................................................... Appendix 3
(79)

Index Rule No.
SPECIAL-concld.
—report (s) cases, No references to C. I. Bureau
necessary in— ...................................................................................418(b)
—report (s) cases, rewards in ………………………………………………………. 857(c)
—report (s) cases. Supervision of—by Superintendent………………………….49
—report (s) cases of railway accidents ..................................................510
—report (s) cases, register of .............................................................. 1011
STAMPS-
Rubber—, indents for .......................................................................922(d)
Rubber—prohibited for signature ........................................ 899(b), 938(f)
Service—(see “SERVICE STAMPS”).
STANDARD-
—for recruits....................................................................................... 663
—for sub-inspectors ............................................................................658
—of efficiency how judged …………………………………………………………………...3
STATEMENT (S)-
Absentee— ………………………………………………………………………………………..967
Malkhana— ………………………………………………………………………………….. 119(b)
—of hospital diet charges .....................................................958(c), 959(a)
—of expenditure ………………………………………………………………………………..943
of force ……………………….………………………………………………………………….. 1034
—of seriously injured persons to be recorded ………………………………….. 214
瘀‫ط‬
—of service for pension ........................................................................816
—of wandering gangs …………………………………………………………………….…. 400
—of witnesses, recording of ................................................................. 170
STATE (S)—
Communication to other— ................................................................... 903
Information of dacoities to be given to C.I.D. of other— ................ 1010(g)
Interchange of conviction rolls with other— ........................................ 318
Pay of officers of—Service ………………………………………… 735, Appendix 44A
STATION-
—cash account.............................................................................. 124, 944
—diary books, issue of ......................................................................... 920
—diary, daily reports, etc. in melas ……………………………………………….. 1349
—diary, how filed………………………………………………………………………………….60
—diary. Information to be recorded in ……………………………………………….116
—diary, Movements of wandering gangs to be entered in …….…………399
—officer (see “OFFICER IN CHARGE”).
—statistics, preparation……………………………………………………………….…131(a)
STATIONERY-
Country—, purchase of....................................................................... 955
—for court office ………………………………………………….…………………………..253
Indents for…………………………………………………………………………………………922
—register…………………………………………………………………………………………..923
Verification of stock of— .................................................................923(b)
(80)

Index Rule No.
STATISTICS-
C.I.D. section for- .................................................................................. 7A 1(k)
Station— .............................................................................................. 131(a)
Use of— .....................................................................................................47
VitaI— .....................................................................................................126
STEAMERS—
Escort of persons by— ............................................................................... 584
Escort of treasure by— ............................................................................. 589
Weighment of treasure sent by— .............................................................. 595
STENO-TYPTST—
-Sub-Inspectors and Assistant Sub-Inspector……….7A 9(b), 683, 749, Appendix 42
STOCK-
—and Stores register .......................................................................... 1045(a)
—of clothing to be checked quarterly ....................................................... 1082
—of stationery to be verified annually ……………………………………..…………….. 923(b)
STOLEN PROPERTY—
How—entered in property register………………….………………………. P.M Form no. 18
List of—with first information report ...................................................... 145(a)
STORES-
Central— ............................................................................................... 1068
Departmental—(See “DEPARTMENTAL”)
—for boats ............................................................................................. 1171
‫ض‬
Medical—, purchase of ..............................................................................956
Ordnance-(See “ORDNANCE”).
STRANGULATION—
Medico-legalevidencein-.................................................205(d)Appendix,77(5)(m)
STRENGTH-
—of prisoners’ escort .................................................................................557
-of treasures escort ................................................................................... 587
—of treasure by steamer ............................................................................589
-of treasure by rail .....................................................................................590
STRIKE-
Different forma of— .............................................................. 1361, 1366, 1367
Police action in-- ..................................................................................... 1363
Special/Joint reports in— ......................................................................... 1365
Police forbidden from reporting to—....................................................... 7 18(b)
STRONG ROOMS—
Ruies for-affecting treasury guards .............................................................525
STUDENTS-
—unrest ........................................................................................... 1318,1319
Actionin—unrest.......................................................................................1320
SUBDIVISIONS—
Conviction sheets at— ........................................................................... 317(e)
Distribution of pay at— ....................................................................... 976(i)
Escorts to and from— .............................................................................601
(81)
Index Rule No
SUBDIVISIONAL OFFICERS—
Powers of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………..32
Powers of—to nominate investigating officer ……………………………………….. 56(b)
SUB-INSPECTORS-
Appointment of— …………………………………………………….. 653—658, Appendix 38
Confirmation of— ..................................................................................... 681(b)
Conveyance allowance of— ……………………………………………………………………….748
Exemption of—-from training …………………………………………………………………682(c)
Free grant to—for purchase of uniform ..................................................... 1062
Free quarters for- ........................................................................................ 750
Jurisdiction of—for travelling allowance …………………………………………………. 757
Leave of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………787
List of ………………………………………………………………………………………………………..727
Pay of— …………………………………………………….………………………………………………746
Period of posting of— …………………………….….……………………………………………..778
Probation of— ……………………………………..……………………………………………………682
Probationary—discharge of .........................................................................682
—promoted to Inspector, pay of ............................................................. 740(b)
Reduction of—-to be reported to Deputy Inspector-General, .................... 833
Rewards to Chaukidars by— .................................................................... 861(b)
Steno-typist—…. ............................................................. 683, 749, Appendix 42
—(training), duties of ……………………………………………..……………………………….. 618
瘀‫ط‬
Training and confirmation of— ................................................................... 681
Travelling allowance of—for joumey by boat ............................................. 761
—under training, allowances of .................................................................. 747
Uniform of— .........................................................................1064, Appendix 65
Use of—in reserve ....................................................................................... 627
(See also “OFFICER IN CHARGE”).
SUBORDINATES—
Instruction of—by officer in charge .....................................83(a), Appendix 35
—not to be pressed to detect cases ......................................................... 48(a)
Representations from-................................................................................ 701
SUITS-
—against police officer ......................................................................716,720
SUMMONS—
Service of-on witnesses in Government employment. ............................. 302
SUPERINTENDENT—
—and sub divisional police officer .................................................... 7A 3(a)(c)
Action by—regarding charges against police .............................. 50(e), (f), (h)
Annual inspection by— ........................................................................... 39(a)
Appointment of— ..................................................................................... 642
Assumption of charge by— ....................................................................... 772
Casual leave 0f— ....................................................................................... 794
Delegation of powers by— .......................................................................11(b)
Duties of—.................................................................................................... 10
Efficiency bar for Assistant— ..................................................................721(d)
(82)
Index Rule No.
SUPERTNTEN DEN T-concld
Illness of—to be reported …………………………………………………………………….……….793
Inspection of office by— ..................................................................................926
Pay and allowances of—………………………………………………………………..…Appendix 44
Position ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………15
Power of suspension of-....................................................................................840
Power of--to grant leave …………………………………………………………....786, 787, 794(b)
Power of—to transfer …………………………………………………………………………………….776
Promotion of—to selection grade..................................................................721(c)
Railway police—(see “RAILWAY”).
Recommendation by—on leave application ................................................ 792(b)
Relation of—with District Magistrate ………………………………………………….…….19, 20
Responsibility of-far arms ……………………………………………………………………….…..1103
Responsibility of—for excess over the grant ............................................... 949(b)
Responsibility of—for observance of security rules …………..………………………..….997
Responsibility of—for prosecution of cases ………………………………………………..245(a)
Responsibility of—for upkeep of accounts………………………………………………………935
Responsibility of—for upkeep of crime index ............................................... 879(a)
-to attend office ...................................................................................... 10(d), 877
—to attend parade………………………………………………………………………………………629(b)
—to check clothing quarterly ………………………………………………………………………..1082
—to check monthly certificate of cash account ………………………………………………942
—to check pay bills .................................................................................. 965(d), (e)
—to draft special reports…………………………………………………………………………….1010(d)
—to examine records of cases against police officers ....................................... 344
‫ض‬
—to escort President, Governor, etc. .................................................................604
—to give District Magistrate full information .......................................................20
—to hold orderly room ………………………………………………………………………………….10(d)
—to instruct Public Prosecutor in Sessions cases ......................................... 267(d)
—to keep confidential character rolls personally .............................................924
-to keep contact with other departments .................................................... 34A, B
—to pay all money into treasury .......................................................................930
—to read Inspector’s diaries .............................................................................878
—to receive Chief Minister or other Ministers .................................................605
—to serve on local bodies .............................................................................. 10(c)
—to supervise target practice ...........................................................................631
—to submit reports of charges against police to
Deputy Inspector-General. ......................................................... 50(e), Appendix 3
—to supervise investigation. ...............................................................................49
—to take permission to leave district……………………………………………………………...770
Visits by subordinates to—’s office .................................................................926A
SUPERIOR OFFICERS—(see “GAZETTED OFFICER”).
SUPERVISION—
—notes ........................................................................................................... 48(d)
—of cases by Inspector ............................................................................... .. 54(b)
—of eases by Superintendent ............................................................................49
—of cases by Superintendent, Railway Police ...................................................498
—of target practice ........................................................................................... 631
(83)

Index Rule No
SURETIES—
Court officer to enquire about— ................................................................................. 305(c)
-in bad-livelihood cases ................................................................................................... 283
SURVEILLANCE-
-by night ..................................................................................................................... 377(b)
—by railway police ........................................................................................................ 505
Description of —............................................................................................................. 367
Object of- ....................................................................................................................... 368
-of gangs ........................................................................................................................ 380
—of juvenile offenders ............................................................................................... 37O(c)
—of suspects, proceedings for .................................................................................. 370(b)
—of wandering gang ............................................................................................. 386, 387
—of wandering gang, using Railway .......................................................................... 507(b)
Persons to be placed under—…………………………………………….…………………..………………….370
P. R. prisoners not necessarily liable to—………………………………………..…………………………..331
-records, confidential nature of ...................................................................................... 374
Removal from—.............................................................................................................. 373
Testing of—by inspecting officers ................................................................................. 41(7)
SURVEILLES-
Change of residence by................................................................................................... 379
Constables’ knowledge of—........................................................................................... 375
Enquiry slips regarding— …............................................................................................ 378
List of— .......................................................................................................................... 372
瘀‫ط‬
Periodical enquiries about— .......................................................................................... 371
SURVEY PILLARS—
Report on— ............................................................................................................106, 1015
SUSPECTS—
Identification of— .......................................................................................................... 236
Proceedings for surveillance of—................................................................................ 370(b)
SUSPENSION—
Allowance while under— .............................................................................................. 841
—of ministerial officers ................................................................................................ 870
—of officers .................................................................................................................. 840
—of sentence for verification of confession ................................................................ 197
Officers under—subject to discipline ............................................................................ 842
SUSPICIOUS PROPERTY-
Entry of—in property register ......................................................................................120(a)
- SWAGGER-CANES—
Use of—prol1ibited ....................................................................................................... 139
SWORDS—
Supply of— ............................................................................................................... 1089(c)
TARGET PRACTICE-
inspection of target before—........................................................................................ 632
Precautions at— .......................................................................................................... 633
Prizes and Badges for—.......................................................................... 636, Appendix 36
Register of—.................................................................................................................. 635
Report of—.....................................................................................................................637
(84) Supervision of—............................................................................................................. 631
Index Rule No.
TAX—
—on horses, exemption from ...........................................................................699
TEAR GAS—
Formation, deployment etc. of— .......................................................... 1249, 1251
—equipment’s and its inspection .............................................................1252, 1253
TELEGRAM(S)—
Charge not to be made over by— ............................................................... 771(b)
Code—from abroad .................................................................................... 911.(e)
—for hue and cry notices ................................................................................. 155
—for- mobilization orders ............................................................................ 616(c)
—from headquarters ........................................................................................904
Instructions for sending ....................................................................................911
—or police Radio message on departure of escort ..........................................556
Rural Police to send—without prepayment ................................................ 155(b)
—sent by railway police in serious cases ..........................................................488
Special police…………………………………………………………………………………………………179
—to be sent after firing on unlawful assembly……………………………….. .......... 621(k)
TELEGRAPHIC—
—addresses, list of ..............................................................................Appendix 54
—Code ......................................................................................................... 911(e)
TEMPORARY—
—constables, enlistment of .................................................................................667
‫ض‬
TENDERS—
—for clothing ..................................................................................................1076
TENTS-
Period of wear of— ........................................................................................1123
Scale of— .......................................................................................................1122
Supply of—....................................................................................................1124
TESTIMONIALS-
—to police officers prohibited .........................................................................713
THANA—
Definition of— .............................................................................................. 73(a)
-map ........................................................................................................... 76(15)
THUMB IMPRESSIONS—
—0f members of wandering gangs ............................................................ 391(c)
—on acquittance rolls ....................................................................................977
TICKET-
Bed head— ................................................................................................ 1046(d)
Purchase or sale of—by railway police forbidden ............................................466
TOLLS—
Exemption of Government vessels from-........................................................1178
Exemption of police officers from—............... .................................................698
Payment of—by escort …………………………………………………….……………………...550(b)
(85)

Index Rule No.
TOOLS—
Armourer’s— scale of …………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1106(1)
TOUR-
Correspondence while Superintendent on— ……………………………………………………………………… 895
—diary ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 45
—of F.P. expert …………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 446-448
—of inspector ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 68
TOWN-
—beat maps ............................................................................................................………….. 884
—inspector ........................................................................................................................... 55
—patrols, rules for ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 138, Appendix 8
TOXOLOGICAL—
—section of forensic laboratory ........................................................................……………… 1257 II
TRADE-
Police officers not to engage in-— …………………………………………………………………………………….. 708
TRAFFIC-
—control room ................................................................................................................... 1293
Diaries of —police ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1297
—education ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1301
—in drugs, railway police to look out for ………………………………………………………………………… 463(a)
—in melas …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1353
—islands, round abouts etc ………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1300
Personnel of —police ......................................................................................................... 1291
—police-station ...................................................................................................................
瘀‫ط‬ 1298
Posting of—police ............................................................................................................... 1295
Prosecution reports of—police ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1299
Rules for control of — ............................................................................................... Appendix 9
strength of—police ............................................................................................................. 1292
Training of-—police ............................................................................................................. 1294
Uniform of—police ............................................................................................................. 1296
TRAINING—
Advance—-at S.V.P. National Police Academy .................................................................. 677(c)
---courses for different ranks ................................................................................... Appendix 93
--of armourers ............................................................................................................... 1248(e)
—of Assistant and Deputy Superintendent ........................................................................... 677
—of buglers ......................................................................................................................... 687
—of constables ................................................................................................................... 686
—of drill instructors .......................................................................................................... 684(2)
—-of ex-service men .............................................................................................................. 669(b)
—of havildars .................................................................................................................... 684(2)
—of ministerial officers ...................................................................................................... 867
—of mobilization contingent …............................................................................................... 617
—of ordinary police in certain districts ................................................................................... 613
—of reserve sub-inspector for civil duties ............................................................................. 681 II
—of sub-inspectors ................................................................................................................. 681
—of traffic police .................................................................................................................. 1294
(86) Travelling allowance for journey to undergo— ...................................................................... 768

Index Rule No.
TRANSFER(S)—
Advance on— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 982
—between district and railway police ..................................................................................... 515
—chart for constables …………………………………………………………………………………………………... 1038(b)
Deputy Inspector-General‘s power ......................................................................................... 775
District Magistrate’s consent necessary to certain-— …………………………………………………….. 776(a)
District Magistrate may order— …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 22
—for misconduct ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 779(b)
inter-district—, leave prohibited after ..................................................................................... 798
—of departmental buildings to P.W.D. ………………………………………………………………………………. 1165
—-of gazetted officer ………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 774
--of ministerial officers …………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 865
—of security deposit ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 995(b)
Superintendent’s power of— .................................................................................................. 776
Travelling allowance of constable on— .................................................................................... 764
Travelling allowance when inadmissible on-— ........................................................................ 765
TRANSPORT—
Free—of armed police …………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 760(a)
Free—on escort duty .............................................................................................................. 759
TRANSPORTATION-
—convicits, leg irons for ………………………….…………………………………………………....................... 562(g)
TRAVELLING ALLOWANCE-—
—bills, encashment ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1002
‫ض‬
—bills, preparation of .................................................................................... 945(b), Appendix 57
Classification of Police officers for-— ........................................................................................ 754
Controlling officers for— ........................................................................................................... 755
—for attending departmental examination .............................................................................. 766
—for journeys by boat ...................................................................................................... 761,1169
—for journeys by motor bus ..................................................................................................... 763
—for journeys outside jurisdiction ........................................................................................... 758
--for journeys to police hospital ............................................................................................... 769
—for journeys to undergo training ........................................................................................... 768
—for sick attendant ................................................................................................................. 1003
—inadmissible on transfer in certain cases ............................................................................... 765
Jurisdiction for purposes of— ................................................................................................... 757
—of boat crews .................................................................................................................... 1174(c)
—of chaukidars ....................................................................................................................... 1004
—of constables on transfer ....................................................................................................... 764
—of officers summoned as witness ........................................................................................... 767
TREASURE-
Arrival of—on holidays ............................................................................................................... 600
—chest, key of ........................................................................................................................... 594
Escort of—(see “ESCORT").
Invoices for-— .......................................................................................................................................... 593
Packing of— ............................................................................................................................................. 593
—sent by boats, buoys for ...................................................................................................................... 596
—sent by steamers, weighment of .......................................................................................................... 595
(87) —Trove .................................................................................................................................................... 104

Index Rule No
TREASURY-
—Challans for miscellaneous receipts .................................................................................... 124(f)
—challans, signing of ............................................................................................................. 930(b)
Encashment of pay bills at— .................................................................................................... 973
Escort for money sent to—— ..................................................................................... ............. 588
—Guards. Kit of— to be inspected by court officer. ............................................................ 1085(g)
—Guards, standing orders for ................................................................................................. 524
Payment of money into— ...................................................................................... 124(f), 929, 930
Responsibility for money not paid into-— .............................................................................. 931
Storage of valuables in— ...................................................................................................... 307(g)
Storage of valuables outside— .............................................................................................. 524(h)
-strong room rules .................................................................................................................. 525
TRIBAL LANGUAGES-
Examination in— ..................................................................................................................... 675
TRIGONOMETRICAL SURVEY—
Pillars of-—………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….... 106
Report on— ............................................................................................................................. 1015
TROOPS-
March of—-through a district .................................................................................................. 603
TYPEWRITERS—
Care of-— .............................................................................................................................. 923(c)
Indents for— ......................................................................................................................... 922(e)
U
瘀‫ط‬
UMBRELLAS-—
—not to be carried with uniform .................................................................................. 538, 106l(h)
UNCLAIMED—
—property, disposal of .......................................................................................................... 120(b)
UNDER-TRIAL-
—cases, daily report of ...................................................................................................... 308, 878
—-prisoners, children of .......................................................................................................... 297
—prisoners, Classification of— ............................................................................................. 237(a)
--prisoners, custody and release ……………………………………………………………………………………… 295(b)
--prisoners, Daily allowance of—-on escort .......................................................................... 561(a)
—Prisoners, expenses incurred for ............................................................................................ 244
—prisoners. Guard for—in camp ………………………………………………………………………………………….. 533
--prisoners. Interview with—-in court ..................................................................................... 301
—prisoners, Production of—in sessions cases ........................................................................ 309
—prisoners, removal from Hajat of ......................................................................................... 300
—prisoners, restrain of ..................................................................................................... 241(a)(i)
--prisoners, search of ............................................................................................................... 296
—prisoners, Segregation of-in jail ........................................................................................... 298
UNDISBURSED PAY—
Rules for—- ............................................................................................................................... 976
UNEXECUTED WARRANTS—
Return of- ............................................................................................................................ 294(b)
(88)

Index Rule No.
UNIDENTIFIED-
—corpse, finger prints of ....................................................................................................... 272
—persons, definition of ..................................................................................................... 441(d)(ii)
—persons, F. P. slip of ................................................................................................... 271, 342(a)
—- persons, Register of ......................................................................................................... 271(a)
—prisoner at jail parade ..................................................................................................... 350(g)
UNIFORM-
—accounts .......................................................................................................................... 1080
Caste marks not to he worn with— ................................................................................... 1061(e)
Check of---on receipt ......................................................................................................... 1083(a)
—committee ..................................................................................................................... 1076(b)
Contractors for— ......................................................................................................... 1076, 1077
Grants for maintenance of-- ................................................................................................. 1063
Grants for purchase of— ...................................................................................................... 1062
—hand-book ........................................................................................................................ 1084
Indents for— ...........................................................................................................………… 1077
Infected—to be destroyed .................................................................................................... 1072
Issue of— ....................................................................................................................... 1083(b)
Maintenance of—of officers of and below the rank of Inspector………………………………………. 1064
Marking of— ........................................................................................................................ 1071
—not to be worn at fancy dress ............................................................................................ 1057
—not to be worn by C.I.D. officer ......................................................................................1061 (e)
—of all ranks, specification of ................................................................................... Appendix 65
‫ض‬
—of men leaving the force .................................................................................................... 1072
—of officers of and above the rank of Deputy Superintendent .................................... 1053-1057
—of special police .............................................................................................................. 406(d)
Ornaments, etc., not to be worn with- ................................................................................... 1061
Payment for— ...................................................................................................................... 1079
—is property of Government subject to rules of disposal after retirement. ................ 1064(c) (d)
Register of receipt and issue of— .................................................................................. 1081, 1083
Replacement of—at officer’s expense ................................................................................... 1087
Serviceable—. how disposed of ............................................................................................. 1072
Stock of—to be checked quarterly ........................................................................................ 1082
Tenders for supply of— ........................................................................................................ 1076
—to be worn on duty ......................................................................................................... 1061(d)
Umbrellas not to be carried witl1— ................................................................................. 1061 (h)
Unserviceable—, how disposed of ........................................................................................ 1072
Wearing of—-by retired officers ............................................................................................. 696
Wearing of decorations and medals with—….......................................................................... 1059
(See also “KIT”).
UNLAWFUL ASSEMBLY—
Instructions for dispersal of—-by armed force - .................................................................. 621(h)
UNNATURAL DEATHS—
--by electricity ......................................................................................................................... 204
Case diaries in— ..................................................................................................................... 200
(89)
Index Rule No.
UNNATURAL DEATHS—concld.
Final report in— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...199(b)
First information report in— …………………………………………………………………………………………….. 199(a)
Investigation of-—by presidents of panchayats ………………………….………………………………………… 202
Investigation of—by subordinate officers ……………………………………………………………………………… 201
Medico-legal evidence in cases of— ....................................................................................... 205
UNSERVICEABLE—-
--arms, Return of—-arms to arsenal ………………………………………………………………… 1092,1097,1098
—clothing, disposal …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 1072
-—departmental stores, disposal of ...................................................................................... 1101
UNTRACED—
Definition of— .............................................................................................................. 441(e)(ii)
URGENT-
—communication from headquarters …………………………………………………………………………………… 904
—duty, boats travelling on ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 178(c)
V
VAGRANTS—
Foreign—, deportation of ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 401
VERIFICATION (S)-
—ofapp1ication …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 270
—of antecedents of candidates for employment …………………………………………………………… 92,926B
—-of antecedents of Sub-Inspectors ……………………………………………………………………………….. 656(b)
-- of arms ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 瘀‫ط‬ 325(g)
-of confessions ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 191-193
—of service................................................................................................................... 816-817
—of stationery stock ....................................................................................................... 923(b)
—-rolls, preparation …………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 673
Suspension of sentence for—of confessions ………………………………………………………………………. 197
VINDICATION--
--of police officers’ public acts prohibited …………………………………………………………………………….. 714
VISITING GUARDS-
Register of— ........................................................................................................................ 1035
VITAL STATISTICS-—
Reporting of— ................................................................................................................. 126, 127
VOLUNTEER-—
Vil1age—Force .............................................................................………………….. 7A 1(d), 1270-1280
VOUCHERS—
—for ordnance stores .................................................................................................. 1098, 1099
Reference in cash-book to-— ................................................................................. 939(0) and (d)
Rules for-— .......................................................................................................................... 938
V. P. COVERS—
—as vouchers ......................................................................................................…………… 938(d)
(90)

Index Rule No.
W
WANDERING GANGS—
Certificates to—forbidden ....................................................................................................... 402
Chaukidars to report presence of— ........................................................................................ 390
Departure of—by rail or steamer ............................................................................................ 397
Departure of—to foreign territory ......................................................................................... 398
Departure of—to neighbouring police-station ........................................................................394
Deputation of railway police to recognise members of— …............................................... 507(b)
Evasion of surveillance by— .................................................................................................... 395
List of—, some of which may be criminal ................................................................... Appendix 18
Movements of—to be entered in station diary ………………………………………………………………… 399
—of foreign vagrants, deportation ……………………………………………………………………………………… 401
Register of— ........................................................................................................................... 389
Statement of— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 400
Splitting up of— ...................................................................................................................... 396
Station officers to visit— ................................................................................................... 391, 393
Surveillance of-- ................................................................................................................ 386, 337
Surveillance of—not to be made over to Railway ……………………………………………………………. 398(b)
WARNING— .
Entry of— in Defect Register................................................................................................... 838
WARRANT(S)—
—against absconders, application for ....................................................................................
‫ض‬ 286
--against absconders, return of …………………………………………………………………………………………….292
--against railway servants ……………………………………………………………………………………………… 502, 503
—-against witnesses, return of .......................................................................................... 109(c)
Attachment—.......................................................................................................................... 289
Bus— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 575A, Appendix 31A
Despatch of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 287(a)
Fine-- ..................................................................................................................………………… 125(a)
Issue of—- ............................................................................................................................... 287
—of precedence ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 690
Railway— ............................................................................................................ 575, Appendix 31
Service of— ...................................................................................................................... 108, 293
Unexecuted--, return of ................................................................................................ 109, 294(b)
WASHING—
—of khaki ................................................................................................................................ 1075
WATER PROOFS-
Care of— ............................................................................................................................. 10S8(d)
WELFARE-
Police— ........................................................................................................................... 1191-1201
WILD ANIMALS— '
Deaths froim— .................................................................................................................... 129(a)
Killing of—prohibited under Wild Life Protection Act, ........................................................ 129(b)
(91)

Index Rule No
WILLS—
Genuineness of— .............................................................................................................................. 122
WIRELESS-— (SEE “POLICE. RADIO”).
WITHDRAWAL—
—from prosectuion .......................................................................................................................... 285
—-of guards ...................................................................................................................................... 520
—of mobilization contingent ....................................................................................................... 615(a)
WITNESSES-
Appearance of police— .................................................................................................................... 177
Attendance of— ............................................................................................................................... 303
Expenses of— …………………………………………………………………………………………… 178(a), 180, Appendix 10
RP. Experts as-— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 449
—in Government employment, certificate of
attendance of. ......................................................................................................................... 304, 965(g)
—-in Government employment, service of summons on ……………………………………………………………… 302
Recording of statements of-— ……………………………………………………………………………………………………… 170
Travelling allowance of officers summoned as— ………………………………………………………………………….. 767
Warrant for arrest ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… 109(c)
WOMEN—(SEE “FEMALES”)
WOMEN POLICE-
Duties of — ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 7A1(p), 1290
Promotion, transfer etc. of-—……………………………………………………………………………………………………. 1288
Recruitment of— ............................................................................................................................. 1287
瘀‫ط‬
Training of— ............................................................................................................................... 1289
Uniform of— .................................................................................................................................... 1286
WORKING DRESS-—
Definition of— …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 1055
WORKS—-
Major and minor—, definition of .................................................................................................... 1137
WRECKS—
Reporting of— ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………... 103
WRITER CONSTABLE—-(SEE “CONSTABLE§").
(92)
—: The end :—
****

Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 1 English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 1 English

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Jhpolice Police Manual Vol 1 English

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(1) Sri Trilok Nath, I.P., Inspector-General of Police ---- on Special

(5) Sri Satyendra Narain Agrawal, Ex Deputy --- Member.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

4. Sri Sinha, prepared an exhaustive questionnaire which was widely circulated. On

6. The Police Manual Revision Committee incorporated the recommendations of the

7. An Implementation Committee was ‫إ‬

PATNA INSPECTOR-GENERALOF POLICE,

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(b) Assistance io defence services. —See Rule 603.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(1) State level.-----

(b)The charge of Intelligence Department is generally held by a Deputy Inspector-General and

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(a) Superintendent of Police is posted in district whose jurisdiction generally coincides

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(4) Village level.--

(a) Chaukidars are appointed for the villages.

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(8) Subsidiary units.—

(9) Miscellaneous Force. –

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

THE DUTIES OF POLICE OFFICERS OF ALL RANKS

8. The Inspector-General.--(a) The Inspector-General is responsible to Government for Police

(b) The duties of Deputy Inspector-General are that he-

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(h) Correspondence with higher officers, e.g. Inspector-General Commissioner. Deputy

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

Sub-Inspector —-Primarily. They are appointed in charge of police-stations or as Junior

Assistant Sub-Inspector.—They are appointed in Police-Station or Circle inspector’s office or

Constable-.—Constables carry on the responsibility of escort, patrolling, guarding of hajat, trafﬁc

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(2) 卐‫ د‬into any allegation of misconduct or neglect of

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

(a) the station diary is written up in the prescribed manner;

(b) the Arms Act is worked out properly;

(d) the working of the rural police;

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

23. Procession licenses.—The powers of a Superintendent or inspector [Rule 54(d)] under

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

32. Powers of Sub-Divisional Ofﬁcers.--Except where it is provided otherwise in these Rules or by

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

33. Reports of unfavourable comments in Sessions Cases.—(a) Special reports in P. M. Form

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT

34-B. Relation with different departments of Government of India.—(a) According to Article

(d) Central Bureau of investigation.—This investigates cases of inter-State and international

JHARKHAND POLICE MANUAL VOL-1 JHARKHAND POLICE DEPARTMENT